english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 1, no. 2, 2018, pp. 106-114 e-issn: 2621-6485 a study of implicature in daredevil web series movie 1isnaini jalu rakhmat prakoso, 2fauzia universitas ahmad dahlan 1jalurp22@gmail.com, 2fauzia@pbi.uad.ac.id abstract people especially them who use english as foreign language tend to feel difficult to understand the implicature, they need to infer the implicature in order to get what the actors mean in a movie. this study is aimed to identify the implicature and their maxim violation and find out how the violating maxims occur in daredevil web series movie. the study is conducted by using a mixed (qualitative-quantitative) method. the research object of this study is about implicature and the violation of the maxim. the subject of this study is a web series movie script entitled daredevil, the scripts are taken from season 1 episode 1 until 3. to collect the data, the writer uses note taking technique. the writer uses pragmatic referential method (metode padan pragmatis) to analyze the data qualitatively, and then count the frequencies of the data quantitatively. the result shows 25 implicatures in daredevil web series movie that occur because of its violation of the maxim. there are 20% implicature by violating the maxim of quantity, 36% implicature by violating the maxim of quality, 26% implicature by violating the maxim of relation, 18% implicature by violating the maxim of manner. by violating the maxim, the characters produce some implied meanings which can be used to misleading the hearer. the implied meaning of the utterances refers to an expression of agreement, denial, refusal, acceptance and indirect sentence, it depends on how the character uses the implicature. keywords: pragmatics, context, cooperative principle, implicature, violating maxim how to cite: prakoso, i.j.r. and fauzia, f. (2018). a study of implicature in daredevil web series movie. english language teaching educational journal, 1(1), 106-114. introduction people communicate with language. crystal (2008) has written in his book that ‘‘language is an act of speaking, writing or signing in a given situation – the notion of parole, or performance’’. thus, language is a system which is used by human to communicate, share feelings and ideas through verbal and nonverbal activities. when people talk using language, there are times when humans say (or write) precisely what they mean. however, in some cases, people tend to say (or write) far from the words meaning or something entirely different from the phrase means. something above is covered in linguistics. linguistics ‘‘may be defined as the scientific study of (lyons, 1968). linguistics concerns about the nature of language and communication. in linguistics contexts are studied in pragmatics. pragmatics is the study of speaker meaning, contextual meaning and it is a study of how more communicated than it said also a study about the expressions of relative distance (yule & stalnaker, 1996). mailto:1jalurp22@gmail.com mailto:fauzia@pbi.uad.ac.id eltej issn: 2621-6485 107 the language which is studied by pragmatics not only about a written language however, a conversation is concerned too. where conversation happens it means that there is communication. communication involves two participants who are speaker and hearer. leech (1983) explains that speaker is someone who receives and interprets the message while hearer is the one who gets or becomes the target of the message. language is used in communication and produces utterances in a particular context. to make an efficient and accurate communication the speaker and the hearer should co-operate each other for misunderstanding may occur in a conversation. people tend to misunderstood in understanding the implicature because of lack of knowledge about it. moreover implicature has many types and rules. grice (1975) in thomas (1995) said that there are two types of implicature: conventional and conversational implicature. conventional implicature occurs when there is no need of special knowledge and special background of knowledge to make the necessary inferences. conversational implicature; positive response is agreement and acceptance, negative response means denial, refusal, mockery, complaint, and lie. there are four maxims in conversational implicature which are quantity, quality, relation, and manner. when a speaker observes all the maxims and precisely said what they mean, they generated no implicature. however, many occasion when people fail to observe the maxims. there are five types distinguished by grice (1975) in thomas (1995) that the speaker is not able to observe a maxim; they are floating, violating, infringing, opting out, and suspending. the problem arises when people realize that actually implicature has many type and rules as mentioned above. people need to observe the context and pay attention to the maxims which is broken in order to get the actual meaning without any miscommunication. the writer will focus on the violating a maxims in the daredevil web series movie implicature. the main reason is because people tend to use the term ‘violate’ to generate the implicature. however the violating maxims itself has its own rules to occur. that is the reason why the researcher only focused on violating of the maxim implicature. the subject of this study is an american web television series created for netflix by drew goddard called marvel's daredevil, or simply daredevil, is a movie based on marvel's daredevil comic by stan lee and bill everett, while the object of the research in this study is violating a maxim in an implicature. implicature (thomas, 1995) argues that an implicature refers to anything that infers from an utterance but that is not a condition for the truth of the utterance. there is a hidden message from speakers that they want to tell. people use implicature for some reasons. for example, implicature applied to sarcastic, implying humor, or delivering the different intention from the speech act usage. grice (1975) as cited in thomas (1995) distinguished two different short of implicature: conventional implicature and conversational implicature. conventional implicature occurs when there is no need of special 108 e-issn: 2621-6485 knowledge and special background of knowledge to make the necessary inferences. in the case of conventional implicature the same implicature is always conveyed, regardless of the context whereas in the case of conversational implicature, what is implied varies according to the context of utterance (thomas, 1995). there are two basic conjunctions of conventional implicature: but, therefore (levinson, 1983). however the conversational implicature is not as simple as it is, the example above is just an example of an introduction of how an implicature works. because there is so many factors which make the implicature occur. conversational implicature needs context in order to understand what is the meaning carried by the implicature. the positive response is agreement and acceptance and the negative response means denial, refusal, mockery, complaint, and lie. this kind of phenomenon is discussed by thomas (1995) that implicature occurs when the speaker is breaking the rules of a good conversation. the rule is called as cooperative principles, in order to get a meaningful conversation speaker should fulfill the maxim, and there are four maxims in conversational implicature which are quantity, quality, relation, and manner. if the speaker fulfills the maxim, there will be no implicature. on the other hand, if the speaker is not able to fulfill the maxim, conversational implicature arises only in a particular context of utterance. cooperative principle the cooperative principle is a rule of conversation when the participants expect that each will make a “conversational contribution such as is required, at the stage at which it occurs, by the accepted purpose or direction of the talk exchange” (thomas, 1995). the cooperative principle is a cooperative activity which is done by the speaker and the hearer. as a cooperative activity which is done by the both speaker and hearer. the principles are called maxims. the maxims are divided into a maxim of quality, a maxim of quantity, a maxim of relevance or relation, and the maxim of manner. however, there is a situation that the speaker or the hearer does not behave cooperatively. which mean the cooperative principle is observed or nonobserved. when the speakers can fulfill the maxims of cooperative principle, it indicates that the observed cooperative principle is done and the speaker will be considered as cooperative in a conversation. however, when the speakers are not able to fulfill the maxims, there will be a non-observed cooperative principle and the implicature will arise. a. observed cooperative principle observed cooperative principle occur when the speakers can fulfill the maxims of cooperative principle, it indicates that the speaker will be considered as cooperative in a conversation. grice (1975) as cited in thomas (1995) has formulated the maxims as follow: eltej issn: 2621-6485 109 1) maxim of quantity: the speaker must make a contribution as informative as is required (for the current purpose of the exchange). the speaker is not permitted to make more informative information than is required. 2) maxim of quality: the speaker is not allowed to not say what you believe to be false. it requires the speaker to be honest to the hearer. 3) maxim of relation: the speaker should be relevant. the speakers should say something which is relevant to the previous saying in a conversation. 4) maxim of manner: the speaker must avoid obscurity of expression, ambiguity. the speaker must be brief (avoid unnecessary prolixity) and orderly. b. non-observed cooperative principle based on thomas (1995) book, non-observed cooperative principle is a condition when speakers cannot fulfill the maxims of cooperative principle. when saying something people fail to observe the maxims. there are five of implicature that occur because the speaker is not able to observe a maxim; they are floating, infringing, opting out, suspending, and violating. 1) floating the maxims floating maxim quantity is known when the speaker is giving less or more information than is needed. floating maxim quality is interpreted as giving some information that does not represent what they think. in floating maxim relation, the hearer is expected to imagine the utterance which is not said as the answer to the question. the last type is floating maxim manner. it is done by being obscure and often excludes a third party. 2) infringing the maxim another type of non-observed maxim is infringing the maxim. it can be considered as a failure of observing the conversational maxims, for the imperfection of the linguistics performance for several reasons. infinging of the maxim can be seen in the baby’s talk or foreign language learner who is not able to speak clearly, nervous, drunk, scared and cognitive impairment people. 3) opting out the maxim opting out the maxim means that the speaker is unwilling to cooperate because of certain reasons. 4) suspending the maxim this maxim is failed to be observed and occurs when there are few words or sentences are inappropriate or taboo to say. usually, this condition happens in the case of the mention of the name, place or thing. then culture, place, time, and the situation will also affect the violation of this maxim. the audience also did not expect the speaker clarifies what the speaker meant because the listener already knew the meaning. to make the interlocutor understand, the speaker will be looking for the pronouns such taboo words. 5) violating maxims 110 e-issn: 2621-6485 the last type of the non-observance of the conversational maxims is violating maxims. speaker violated the maxims when the speaker gives the wrong information intentionally, that the hearer will know the literal meaning of the utterance only. there are four types of violating maxims. they are violating quality, violating quantity, violating relation, and violating manner. research method in this study the writer uses a mixed (qualitative-quantitaive) method. the writer uses pragmatic referential method (metode padan pragmatik) to analyze the data qualitatively. referential method is a method which is used to identify the rule in the analyzing step (sudaryanto, 2015). and then to count the frequencies of the data, the writer uses quantitatively method. vanderstoep and johnson (2009) state in general that, quantitative research specifies numerical assignment to the phenomena under study. the data of this study is dialogue in the script of the daredevil web-series movie containing implicature especially about violating maxims. the subject of this study is an american web television series created for netflix by drew goddard called daredevil. the object of the research in this study is violating a maxim in an implicature. findings and discussion 1. description of the non-observed cooperative principle occurs in the conversation in daredevil web series movie after identifying the data, the writer finds twenty-five (25) implicature utterances uttered by the characters. the writer classify those 25 implicature utterances, the data based on the non-observed cooperative principle that is produced by violating the four maxims. the findings which the writer finds based on the frequency of the occurrences of the maxis that produce implicature are presented in the table below: table 1. frequency of the implicature occurrence no the non observed cooperative principle number of frequency % 1 violating of the maxim quantity 5 20% 2 violating of the maxim quality 9 36% 3 violating of the maxim relation 7 26% 4 violating of the maxim manner 4 18% speaker violated the maxims when the speaker gives the wrong information intentionally, that the hearer will know the literal meaning of the utterance only. the implicature which happens because of the violation of the maxim is divided into four types which are explained above. those are the eltej issn: 2621-6485 111 violating of the maxim quantity, violating of the maxim quality, violating of the maxim relation, violating of the maxim manner. a. the implicature generated by violating the maxim of quantity the speaker must make a contribution as informative as is required (for the current purpose of the exchange). the speaker is not permitted to make more informative information than is necessary. the implicature in daredevil web series movie has violated the principle, here is an example (1) matt : here's how this is gonna work. i'm gonna ask you some questions. you're gonna answer them. if you're lying to me, trust that i will know, and i will be unhappy. where's the boy? foster : he's dead. after in the last scene foster feels that claire hides something to him, he decided to call his russian’s gang to catch matt. however matt realizes, he attack foster and brings him to the roof and interrogates him. after matt asks questions, here foster violates the maxim of quantity by saying he’s dead. since he only gives less information that is needed by matt the daredevil about the boy that they kidnaped on the last episode. b. the implicature generated by violating the maxim of quality the speaker is not allowed to not say what you believe to be false. it requires the speaker to be honest to the hearer. some implicatures in daredevil web series movie are violating the maxim. it can be analyzed through the example below: (2) claire : (whispers) please. (knocking continues). who is it? foster : nypd, ma'am. please open the door. foster answer indicates that he has violated the maxim of quality. in order to capture matt murdock he has lied to claire by saying ‘‘nypd, ma'am’’, however he is not a real nypd (new york police department) officer. he does that because he does not claire know that he is one of the members of the russian gangster which wants to capture matt. c. the implicature generated by violating the maxim of relation in the rule of maxim of relation, the speaker should be relevant. the speakers should say something which is relevant to the previous saying in a conversation. some dialogue in this movie has generates implicature that occur because the actors has violated the maxim of relation, here are some examples: (3) matt : you find anything? claire : (holding foster’s phone). you smashed the hell out of it with that extinguisher. he had a badge. what if you're wrong? in this conversation, claire is violating the maxim of relation. she gives irrelevant answer by saying ‘‘(holding foster’s phone). you smashed the hell out of it with that extinguisher. he had a badge. what if you're wrong?’’ 112 e-issn: 2621-6485 her response is not relevant with matt’s question. she disobey the rule of ‘‘be relevant’’ by saying that statement. d. the implicature generated by violating the maxim of manner the speaker must avoid obscurity of expression, ambiguity. the speaker must be brief (avoid unnecessary prolixity) and orderly. some dialogues have brought up the implicature by violating the maxim of manner can be seen from the dialogues as follow: (4) matt : this is what unhappy looks like. where's the boy? foster : what do you care? if he's not dead yet, he will be. the conversation happens between matt murdock or daredevil and foster the member of russian gang who is interrogated by matt. foster is violated the maxim of manner, because the rule of this maxim is ‘‘avoid the obscurity expression’’. and foster answer generates the implicature by violating the maxim of manner because by saying ‘‘what do you care? if he's not dead yet, he will be.’’ he seems obscure. he should give answer not question. 2. description of implied meaning of utterances uttered by the characters containing implicature in daredevil web series movie the implied meaning generates the reason why the characters use the implicature. the conversation which violate the maxim and generate implicature will have implied meaning. the implied meaning can be seen in the form of yes no question which uttered by the character in the daredevil web series movie dialogues. some kind of expression can be seen in the daredevil web series movie implicature implied meaning. they tend to use indirect answer to say yes or no rather than say it explicitly. some kind of examples which show the agreement expression can be seen from the dialogues as follows: (5) urich : so that's it? that's all i get? man : you know, when i went away to do my 10, every newspaper in town dragged my name through the shit. you were the only one who did it without mentioning my kids. always grateful for that. this conversation happens between ben urich and his friend, urich want to get information but cost of something which can threaten their life but, the man does not want to give the information because he thinks that it is the way too dangerous for him. by saying ‘‘you know, when i went away to do my 10, every newspaper in town dragged my name through the shit. you were the only one who did it without mentioning my kids. always grateful for that.’’ the man already violates the maxim of relation. moreover by saying his answer, he also eltej issn: 2621-6485 113 gives example of the agreement expression that means he refuse to give the information, because back in time he got problem and urich is the only one who helped him. he does not give yes answer because his utterance has already implied that he will stop giving information. conclusion after analyzing the data in daredevil web-series movie, the writer has found that there is implicature occurs by violating the maxim in this movie. there are 25 implicature utterances uttered by the characters in this movie episode 1 until 3 in the first season. from the 25 utterances is classified into the maxim which is violated by the characters. those maxims are violating of the maxim quantity, violating of the maxim quality, violating of the maxim relation, violating of the maxim manner. the final result of the data analysis found that there are five (5) implicature utterances generated by violating maxim of quantity, nine (9) implicature utterances produced by violating maxim of quality, seven (7) implicature utterances produced by violating maxim of relation, four (4) implicature utterances generated by violating maxim of manner. the most often appear implicature is implicature which occurs by violating the maxim of quality which is 36% while the least is the violation of the maxim of manner which is 18% by the frequency of appearance. the writer also finds more findings that the implicature in daredevil web series movie by violating the maxim utterances uttered by the characters has implicit meaning. to understand how the implicature occurs the writer identifies the context of the utterances. the characters on the daredevil web-series movie tend to use the indirect response to deliver their answer because of a certain reason. in this study, the implied meaning in the implicature that occurs because of the violating of the maxim is usually a refusal or agreement in the form of yes or no question. references crystal, d. (2008). dictionary of linguistics and phonetics. new jersey: blackwell publishing. daredevil web series movie script. (2015). retrieved april 27, 2017, from https://genius.com › d › daredevil daredevil. (2015) retrieved march 2, 2017, from www.netflix.com/title/80018294 daredevil web series movie script. (2015). retrieved april 20, 2017, from www.springfieldspringfield.co.uk/episode_scripts.php?tvshow=daredevil-2015 daredevil web series movie script. (2015). retrieved may 1, 2017, from www.simplyscripts.com/scripts/daredevil-pilot.pdf 114 e-issn: 2621-6485 leech, g. n. (1983). principles of pragmatics. new york: longman group limited. levinson, stephen c. (1983). pragmatics. new york: cambridge university press. lyons, j. (1968). introduction to theoretical linguistics. new york: cambridge university press. sudaryanto. (2015). metode dan aneka teknik analisis bahasa.yogyakarta: sanata dharma university press. thomas, jenny a. (1995). meaning in interaction : an introduction to pragmatics. new york: routledge. vanderstoep, s., & johnston, d. (2009). methods for blending qualitative and quantitative approaches. san francisco: jossey-bass. yule, g., & stalnaker, r. (1996). pragmatics. oxford: oxford university press. sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 2, no. 1, 2019, pp. 32-38 e-issn: 2621-6485 using pictures for teaching vocabulary to the junior high school students khafidhoh, anita carolina universitas ahmad dahlan khafidhoh@pbi.uad.ac.id abstract this research aimed at investigating the impact of using pictures for teaching vocabulary. there are various kinds of teaching media. pictures in the form of both picture series and pairs can be chosen as the media in the instructional process. related to the teaching vocabulary, different kinds of vocabulary require different media for teaching, including the different kinds of pictures if the teacher chooses the pictures as the teaching materials. moreover, the impact of the pictures as the teaching media is affected by several factors. thus, it is interesting to conduct further investigation through a research. the research belonged to the experimental study. the population was seventh-grade students of smp n 2 imogiri while the research groups involved the experimental and control groups. the data collection technique used was pre-test and post-test. the research data were the pre-test and post-test scores. there were several findings of this research. first, using pictures can improve the students' achievement. besides, it can also attract the students' attention so that the students really wanted to participate in the instructional process. keywords: impact, picture, vocabulary, experiment. how to cite: khafidhoh & carolina, a. (2019). using pictures for teaching vocabulary to the junior high school students. english language teaching educational journal, 2(1), 32-38. introduction vocabulary is one of the important aspects to students for mastering a certain language. it becomes the microskills in learning the language. ur (1996) stated that vocabulary is the words taught to people when they learnt a foreign language. it means that vocabulary is used to convey the aims of people and without them people cannot say or write what they want. moreover, wilkins in thornburry (2002) says that people can improve their english language more with words and expressions without concern of grammar. it means that besides mastering the grammar, mastering vocabulary is another way to master english. the fact, nowadays, is that students have low mastery of vocabulary. it can be caused by many reasons. based on the preliminary study, one of the reasons might be caused by the absence used of media in the teaching-learning process. moreover, the used of media might help a teacher to teach or deliver vocabulary to students. it also helps the teacher and students to achieve the goal of the learning process. according to murcia (2001) in silviana (2013), “media are tools or physical things used by the teacher to motivate the students by bringing a slice of real-life into the classroom and by presenting language in its more complete communication complex.” so, media have an important role in the instructional process. one of the media commonly used is the picture. a picture is a part of visual media. visual media are everything which can be seen by the human eyes. then, a picture can be defined as an image that is designing or describing by many sense (merriam webster). while according to shing (1981) as cited in aldhionita (2015) pictures are kinds of visual instruction material. wright (1989) stated some kinds of pictures, they are; pictures of single item, pictures of one individual, pictures of popular individuals, photos of a few people, pictures of individuals activity, pictures of spots, pictures from origin, pictures with eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ khafidhoh & carolina 33 a lot of data, photos of the news, pictures of fictions, pictures of maps and symbol, sets of pictures, pictures and scrips, single stimulating photos, bizarre photos, and explanatory photos. then, wright (1989) stated that pictures contribute to interest and motivation. moreover, pictures can be an illustration of the objects (thing, people, animal, etc.) that the teachers cannot take the real object into the class directly. pictures help students understanding the unfamiliar word. they help students to illustrate or understand the meaning of words. thus, pictures can be good visual media in the instructional process. from the previos studies, most of the finding of using picture showed a positive result. based on astuti (2014) and on soviyah and purwaningtias (2018), pictures can improve students' score of the test. however, there is also the result variation of using pictures for teaching vocabulary based on students' background in the learning process. in line with the statement, the context which is mostly related to the setting of the research plays the keyrole in conducting the research. in this case, the researchers choose a certain junior high school as the setting of this research. this is what makes this study different from the previous one. as this research focused on the impact of using the pictures in the instructional process, there would be two probabilities to happen as the research findings. the first would be the fact that the pictures is effective to use in the instructional process. the second, the fact might be the use of pictures isn’t effective to apply in the instructional process. teaching english for young learners in the learning process, students become one of the important elements. according to experts, the age range of young learners is varied. pinter (2011) classifies three groups of young learners. the first group is children who have the age range about 3-5 years old and they at pre-school, the second group is children at primary school and the age about 6-12 years old and they finish primary school at about 11 or 12 years old, but in some other countries they graduate at 13 or 14 years old. pinter mentions that early teenagers are children who have an age of 13 years old onwards. pinter (2011) in puskás (2016) claimed that in slovakia, children at the age of 6 or 7 years old begin their primary school and graduate at around 15 years old, while the elementary school is usually divided into lower and upper primary ages. it means that children at 13 years old are still in elementary school and do not continue to secondary school yet. then, every person has his/her characteristics. young learners have different characters from adults. generally, young learners are easy to learn something new and they prefer to do the action or learn from real things. according to pinter (2006) cited in juhana (2014), the curiosity that young learners have to try and explore new things is very high. scrivener (2011) explains the characteristics of young learners. he stated that young learners are keen, noisy, curious, have low attention, like to experiment, have a sense of humor and like to have fun. they can't concentrate for very long time span and always want to learn new things. however, in learning english children don’t prosper to respond and work on language components like grammar, vocabulary, and pronunciation. children may not understand english as a whole, but they may understand by doing interesting activities, games, and tasks. scrivener (2011) also explains how to consider when teaching young learners (middle and higher primary). the first, teaching english to young learners, teachers not only just talk, but they should use pictures, models, short videos, drawing on the board, and toys. the second keeps the focus of the children's and use things that they understand rather than abstract things. the third, don't expect immediate (or even long-term) student use of english. just keep using english. the fourth, find tasks and activities that are exciting and motivating them. 34 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 teaching vocabulary the important aspect of learning english is vocabulary. everything that people want to say and write needs words or vocabulary. the description of vocabulary by hornby (1995) in sholihah (2009) is that vocabulary is the list of words in a language. while ur (1996) says vocabulary as the words taught to people when they learn a foreign language. vocabulary has an important function in english because it will be the basic skills before getting other skills such as listening, speaking, reading, and writing. vocabulary is used to convey the meaning, the opinion, and the aim of someone. wilkins in thornbury (2002) says that people just can say little with grammar but they almost can say anything with word. if people just spend their time to learn grammar, their english will not improve, they will see the progress if they learn about words and expressions. pictures as instructional media media is a tool in teaching and learning. media help the teachers to convey materials to students. learning media can be a hard file or soft file. moreover, picture is a part of visual media. visual media are everything that can be seen by eyes. then, according to merriam webster, "a picture is a design or representation made by various means (such as painting, drawing, or photography). while according to shing (1981) cited in aldhionita (2015) pictures are kinds of visual instruction material. according to wright (1989), there are some types of pictures; pictures of single objects, pictures of one person, pictures of several people, pictures of famous people, pictures of people in action, pictures of places, pictures from history, pictures with a lot of information, pictures of the news, pictures of fantasies, pictures of maps and symbol, pairs of pictures, pictures and texts, single stimulating pictures, bizarre pictures, and explanatory pictures. media have important roles in the teaching-learning process. the use of media can help teacher and students to achieve the aims of teaching and learning. meanwhile, media support teachers' explanation and help students to understand the materials or the lesson. a picture is one type of media that have important roles in the teaching-learning process. it's beneficial to the teacher, especially in learning english. according to werff (2019) pictures have many functions, with pictures teachers and students can practice structures of grammatical, practice comprehension of listening, do activities of writing, do the free practice of speaking (likes problem-solving activities, role plays, discussions, etc.), do guided practice (drills), and teach, practice, or review new vocabulary. wright (1989) also states that pictures play a role in interest and motivation, a sense of language context, and a specific reference point or stimulus. furthermore, wright (1989) also states some roles of pictures in speaking and writing skills. first, they can motivate students, and make students want to participate and give their attention. second, pictures contribute to the use of language context. pictures bring the world into the classroom (such as a specific object like a train). third, pictures can be used to describe the object in an objective way (this is a train) or interpreted (it’s probably a local train) or respond subjectively (i like traveling by train). fourth, pictures can give responses to questions or substitutions through controlled practice. the last, pictures can stimulate and give information to be referred in conversation, storytelling, and discussion. research method the purpose of the research is to investigate the impacts of using pictures for teaching vocabulary to the seventh grade of junior high school. so, this study is an experimental study. the goal of this method is to determine the cause and effect relation between one variable (independent variable) and another variable (dependent variable), in line with the theory proposed by shadish william r., cook thomas d., campbell, (2002), “an eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ khafidhoh & carolina 35 experiment is a study in which an intervention is deliberately introduced to observe its effects.” the researchers used or applied two groups as the sample of this study. the first is the experimental group taught by using pictures and the second is the control group taught without using pictures. the research design can be followed: table 1. the design of the research group pre-test treatment post-test experimental control moreover, in giving the treatment, the only way used by the researchers is giving pictures to the students by using cards. the cards contain several vocabularies related to the students’ daily life. the vocabulary is also suitable with the basic competence that the teacher should teach to the students, such as about jobs. related to the ‘job’ as the topic of the materials, the researchers give some cards mentioning kinds of job to the students, such as police, doctor, teacher, seller, etc. the population is total members of people, animal, phenomenon, or thing that stay together in one place (sukardi, 2011), whereas the sample is a quantity or group of the population. this research population is the seventh-grade students of smp n 2 imogiri and the sample involves two classes of all the classses. random sampling is used to determine the research sample. the population and samples are chosen based on the researcher’s experience during the internship program. pre-test and post-test were used for collecting the data. the pre-test is the first step to gather the data. it was conducted before the students got the treatment. the second step is post-test. it was used to gather the data after students got treatment. the data from the pre and post tests are then analyzed in the next step. findings and discussion from table 2, the pre-test and post-test mean score of the experimental group are 63.04 and 90.54. then, the std.deviation is 21.872 and 6.714. while the pre-test and post-test mean score of the control group are 70 and 84.29. the std.deviation is 18.527 and 10.248. table 2. pre-test and post-test data description group pre-test post-test mean score standard deviation mean score standard deviation experimental group 63.04 21.872 90.54 6.714 control group 70 18.527 84.29 10.248 from table 3, the mean score of the experimental group increases 27.5 from 63.05 in pre-test up to 90.54 in post-test, while the mean score of the control group increases 14.29 from 70 in pre-test up to 84.29 in post-test. there is a significant difference between both groups. the mean differences of pre-test between both groups is 6.96, and the post-test was 6.25. the mean difference of the experimental group is higher than the one of the control group. table 3. the mean difference between pre-test and post-test group n mean of pre-test mean of post-test mean difference experimental 28 63.04 90.54 27.5 control 28 70 84.29 14.29 mean difference 6.96 6.25 13.21 36 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 from table 4 on output "independent samples test" on the "equal variances assumed," the sig. (2-tailed) is 0.009. it means that the sig. is lower than 0.05 (0.009 < 0.05). moreover, according to the hypothesis test criterion that the sig. (2-tailed) lower than 0.05 means the ho is rejected and ha is accepted. so, it can be said that there is a significant difference in students’ vocabulary achievement between the experimental group and the control group. thus, the hypothesis of this study was accepted. table 4. the result of the hypothesis test t-test for equality of means t df sig. (2-tailed) mean difference std. error difference posttest equal variances asssumed -2.699 54 .009 -6.250 2.315 equal variances not assumed -2.699 46.570 .010 -6.250 2.315 the experimental group of this study was the seventh graders of class d. in this group the researcher taught using pictures. after getting the treatment, the students’ vocabulary achievement significantly improved. the pre-test mean score is 63.04 and the post-test mean score is 90.54, it means that their mean score increases 27.5. this fact is supported by astuti (2014), in her research finding that picture can improve students’ scores of test and students’ achievement. related to the writing skill, some experts agree that the use of pictures can stimulate the writing skill of the students. raimes (1983) stated that pairs of pictures or picture series provide for a variety of guided and free writing exercises. picture series is helpful for teaching writing text which includes series of events or activities. for example, the teacher can use pictures series to teach narrative or recount text. in narrative text, there are several parts which are orientation, complication, resolution, and reorientation. the flow of the story in a narrative text can be represented by series of pictures showing the illustration of the story. next, in recount text, it has orientation and series of events. the series of event can be represented by the series of pictures in the instructional process. in the other hand, paires of pictures can be used to teach the language aspect one by one in detail. for example, it can be used to teach some parts of speech. in teaching nouns, the teacher may give several pictures showing the illustration of the goods. then, for teaching verbs, the pictures can show the illustration of the activities. moreover, for teaching adjectives, the teacher can give some pictures related to the time, place, and so on. next, for the adjectives, the pictures can show the illustration of the related adjectives. in this research, types of the picture used during the research are pairs of pictures and in fact it is helpful to teach some kinds of occupation. it means that there is interconnection between the theories and the fact found by the researchers through this research. moreover, the use of pictures in the instructional process during this research is beneficial. it can be drawn the attention of students, students want to participate in the learning process, work in pairs, enjoy and have fun in the learning process. this statement is in line with wright (1989) that pictures play a role in interest and motivation. therefore, pictures have a good impact to teach vocabulary to the seventh-grade students of smp n 2 imogiri. then, the seventh graders of class f were the control group. in this group, they were taught without pictures. the mean scores of pre-test and post-test of this group also increase. the pre-test mean score was 70 and the post-test mean score was 84.29, it means the increase was 14.29. the situation or atmosphere in the learning process of the control eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ khafidhoh & carolina 37 group is different from the one in the experimental group. during the research, students in this group are lazy and have low motivation in learning english. only some students wanted to participate in the learning process. according to the explanation above, pictures have impacts on teaching vocabulary. it can be proved from the post-test mean differences of experimental group and control group. the post-test mean score of the experimental group is higher than the control group. the mean differences of post-test of both groups were 6.25. hypothesis test also indicated that there is a significant difference in vocabulary achievement of students (sig.>0.05 = 0.009>0.05). moreover, it can be concluded that pictures are more effective and have a good impact to teach vocabulary. it can be proved from the students' achievement that the experimental group who accepted the treatment is higher than the control group who didn't receive the treatment. this is supported by wright (1990) that pictures can motivate students to give their attention and to participate in the instructional process. conclusion the research objective is to know the impact of using pictures for teaching vocabulary and to find out the difference in vocabulary achievement of students between both groups. in the experimental group taught with pictures, the mean score of pre-test was 63.04 and the mean score of post-test was 90.54. so, the increase in the mean score of the group is 27.5. while in the control group taught without pictures, the mean score increased 14.29 from 70 in pre-test up to 84.29 in post-test. then, the hypothesis testing or t-test [sig. (2-tailed)<0.05 = 0.009<0.05] indicated that there is a significant difference between both groups. this statement is supported by sujarweni (2014; 99) who stated if the sig. (2-tailed) < 0.05 the ho is rejected and ha is accepted, it means there is a significant difference between both groups. thus, teaching vocabulary using pictures to the seventh-grade students of smp n 2 imogiri is effective and pictures have good impacts. references aldhionita, l. 2015. a study on teaching vocabulary using pictures to the seventh grade students at smp muhammadiyah kediri academic year 2014/2015. kediri: artikel skripsi universitas nusantara pgri kediri, page 1-9. astuti, desi sri. 2014. teaching vocabulary by using pictures to the second year students of smp negeri 1 embaloh hilir kapuas hulu in academic year 2007/2008. jurnal pendidikan bahasa vol. 3, no. 2, page 189-200. juhana. 2014. teaching english to young learners: some points to be considered. asian journal of education and e-learning vol. 02, page 43-44. pinter, a. 2011. children learning second languages. london: palgrave macmillan raimes, a. 1983. techniques in teaching writing. new york: oxford university press. scrivener, j. 2011. learning teaching, the essential guide to english language teaching. macmilan education. sholihah, h. 2009. teaching english vocabulary using pictures to the fifth grade students of sdn tugu jebres no. 120 surakarta. surakarta: english diploma program faculty of letters and fine arts, sebelas maret university. 38 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 silviana, dilla. 2013. the use of jigsaw ii technique and still pictures combination to improve students’ vocabulary mastery. semarang: journal of english language teaching. soviyah. & purwaningtias, y.(2018). old but gold: the use of picture cues to teach writing (an experimental research). english language teaching educational journal, 1(1), 38-48. sujarweni, wiratna. 2014. spss untuk penelitian. yogyakarta: pustaka baru press. retrieved from https://www.spssindonesia.com/2015/05/cara-uji-independentsample-t-test-dan.html sukardi. 2011. metodologi penelitian pendidikan. jakarta: bumi aksara. thornbury, s. 2002. how to teach vocabulary. essex: pearson education limited. ur, p. 1996. a course in language teaching: practice and theory. cambridge: cambridge university press. werff. 2019. using pictures from magazines in esl classes. the internet tesl journal, vol. ix, no. 7, july 2003. wright, a. 1989. pictures for language learning. cambridge: cambridge university press. https://www.spssindonesia.com/2015/05/cara-uji-independent-sample-t-test-dan.html https://www.spssindonesia.com/2015/05/cara-uji-independent-sample-t-test-dan.html english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 1, no. 1, august 2018, pp. 38-48 e-issn: 2621-6485 old but gold: the use of picture cues to teach writing (an experimental research) 1 soviyah, 2 yunia purwaningtias english education department, universitas ahmad dahlan 1 soviyah@pbi.uad.ac.id, 2 yuniatias@gmail.com abstract picture use in an educational setting fits the idiom: old but gold. they have been used in the classrooms of various levels across generations. they are long known and proved to have the ability to help motivate, demonstrate, and instruct the students during a learning process. however, still, there are plenty of studies done revealing how successfully pictures work in theclassrooms up today.this study is a sort of complement to the phenomenon as it focuses on researching the use of pictures in a classroom. specifically it aims at finding out the effectiveness of the use of picture cues in teaching writing. the study belongs to an experimental research involving two groups of experiment and control. the eighth grade students of a private junior high school in central java indonesia are chosen as the subject of the research during 2017/2018 academic year. employing sample population technique, the study involves a total number of 56 students who are equally divided into 28 students as the experimental group and 28 students as the control group. the experimental group is taught using picture cues while the control group is taught without picture cues. pre-test and post-test are used as techniques to collect the data. as for the data analysis technique, it’s done quantitatively applying both descriptive and inferential statistics. the result of the research shows that there is significant difference in the students’ writing ability between those taught using picture cues and those who are not. this can be seen from the difference in the mean score between them. the result of the pretest shows that at the beginning, both experimental and control groups have slightly different ability in writing with the mean scores 51.32 and 47.86 respectively. meanwhile, the result of the posttest indicates an obvious difference between them in which the experimental group gains 65.75 as its mean score and the control group gets 59.14. furthermore, the application of independent t-test calculation results in the score of 0.000, which is lower than 0.05. this means that the use of picture cues is effective. based on these results, it can be concluded that the use of picture cues is effective to teach writing to students. key words: picture cues, writing, experimental research, recount text how to cite: soviyah.,purwaningtias, y.(2018). old but gold: the use of picture cues to teach writing (an experimental research).english language teaching educational journal, 1(1), 38-48. introduction in indonesia, english serves its position as a foreign language and becomes a compulsory subject from secondary school to college level. in elementary school level, english is categorized into one of the extra-curricular subjects, and hence it is optional. in the secondary school level, the learning of english has a purpose that the students of secondary school are able to improve their mastery of the four language skills, i.e. listening, speaking, reading, and writing. besides, the students are also hoped to have a good mastery on english mailto:soviyah@pbi.uad.ac.id 39 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 soviyah, purwaningtias micro skills such as vocabulary, pronunciation, structure, and grammar. specifically in junior high school level, the target of english learning is to make the students be competent speakers of english, in both spoken and written forms. in other words, it can be said that on completing their three year school schema, the students of junior high school are expected to be able to demonstrate competency in the four skills of english i.e. listening, speaking, reading, and writing. among four skills of english, writing has been considered the most difficult skill to learn. this is because unlike the other three skills, writing is complicated and requires mastery not only of grammatical and rhetorical devices but also of conceptual and judgmental elements (heaton, 1975). in addition to being complicated by nature, the process of writing is demanding as well. it is a skill demanding process (tedrow, 2018). interestingly, in the classroom context, the strong complaints about the complexity of writing are coming not only from the students, quite often teachers also voice complaints about how difficult to teach writing is by stating that the students just can’t write! (tedrow,2018). this situation slowly but surely has caused either students or teachers have a distaste for writing. one of the causes of the catastrophe is because both teachers and students have not done enough of writing. on the one hand, the students’ writing works they’ve done has been scrutinized quite long even before they are ready for inspection. on the other hand, though, very little time and support or guidance is provided by the teachers because the teachers are busy with administrative stuff. practically, much of the writing task is assigned, and then graded, with an eye to finding mistakes and shortcomings. with such a condition, after many mistakes they make along the writing process, students will equate writing with spelling and grammar business rather than finding a voice and space for selfexpression. however in fact, like sports, writing is a skill that requires hours of practice, guidance, and feedback for successful improvement. but like a sports game too, teachers often put the students in a repeated and similar classroom routine in which they give them directions (a writing formula to follow), a topic the students can’t choose (the writing assignment), and a sports game style writing situation (a grade for a writing course or a standardized writing test). consequently, neither such a situation makes the students and the teachers feel that both of them are either good writing teachers or good writers. the portrayed description above is exactly what the english teacher explained during the interview, which marked the beginning of the research. the research started with an intensive preliminary interview with the english teacher and the students of the school in which the research was done. from the interview it was revealed that there were some problems faced by the students when it came to the writing class. to sum up, these problems covered the students’ motivation in writing which was quite low, the students’ interest in writing which was regarded inadequate, the students’ difficulty in expressing their ideas, the presence of writer’s block phenomenon, the monotonous learning activities, and the dependency on one single english textbook. furthermore, it was also found out that the teacher rarely used media during her 40 e-issn: 2621-6485 teaching. the activities of writing class were mainly based on the textbook. all these problems were assumed to have caused the students to get bored easily during the lesson and show constant laziness to do the homework. as a result, the students could not show competence in writing yet. this could be seen from the students’ writing works which displayed some writing drawbacks such as many grammatical errors, limited vocabulary use, and lack of coherence and unity. with these existing problems, the writing class surely needs help and calls for immediate solution. one of the ways to solve the problems is by utilizing learning media, especially the media that best fits the situation explained previously. and it’s picture cues. why picture cues? there are some reasons for this. firstly, picture cues are interesting as they contain various images. moreover as these images are presented in series, they are able to encourage and stimulate the students in composing a text. secondly, picture cues make creative students. as picture cues have a realistic format that helps the students to think and get more ideas in writing, they will definitely make students to be creative writers. furthermore, pictures cues can stimulate language learning process because the pictures they provide usually contain cultural information. in addition, just a cherry at the top of the cake, picture cues are easy to make and inexpensive, it’s only needed pictures from any available sources such as used magazines, newspaper, and internet. these reasons are the center onto which the topic of this study is headed i.e. to have a trial on the use of picture cues in teaching writing and finding out its effectiveness. picture cues literally, picture cues is a word which is made up of two sequential words combined together i.e. picture and cue. the word picture is defined as a visual representation of something, such as a person or scene, produced on a surface, as in a photograph, painting, etc (collins, 2005). in a similar but simpler way, oxford dictionary (2015) gave definition of picture as a painting or drawing, etc that shows a scene, a person, or a thing. meanwhile, cue is referred to an action or event that is a signal for somebody to do something (oxford, 2015). more specifically, collins (2005) specified cue as the part, function, or action assigned to or expected of a person. combining these given meanings, picture cues can be defined as visual representation of something (a person, a scene, or a thing) produced on a surface which contain signals for somebody to do something. more briefly, picture cues can be referred to a number of pictures that contain sequences of signals or events which are related each other. in the language learning field, the role of pictures is noticeably significant. pictures are usually used as learning media function to support and give help to the process of teaching and learning. it’s because pictures can not only motivate but also demonstrate and instruct the students during a learning process (wright, 1989). by nature, as pictures are interesting to see, they are able to attract students so the students are more motivated to learn further. in addition, pictures are stimulating as well, as they can provide cultural information 41 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 soviyah, purwaningtias through images. in sum, pictures have characteristics which can stimulate the language learning process, and thus they are beneficial to use. taking a focused scope on the process of learning writing, the roles pictures and picture cues play are generally the same. in details, the functions of pictures cues are listed below: 1. motivate students in learning writing. pictures cues can increase students’ motivation because it can make the situation of the classroom more interesting. 2. inform students about the object. picture cues can provide information including objects, actions, events, and relationships. 3. train students to arrange the plot story. picture cues can help students to arrange the story plot because picture cues provide sequences of events which interconnected one another. this way, the students will be able to arrange the story plot more easily. 4. facilitate students to expand the story. since picture cues usually show objects, actions and even relationship, they can provide cue answer substitutions and sentence completions. under this function, students will be able to start their written composition more easily and quickly. typically, there are three kinds of picture cues (brown, 2004), they are: 1. short sentence; containing a drawing of some simple actions, and the testtakers are to write brief sentences. 2. picture description; describing something based on the picture. test-takers are asked to describe the picture using four of the following prepositions: on, over, under, next to, around. as long as the prepositions are used appropriately, the criterion is considered to be met. 3. picture sequence description; describing story line picture that can provide stimulation to the students and it must be ambiguous picture, because an test-takers see the following picture 1. 2. test-takers read: 1. what is the man doing in 1st picture? 2. what is the man doing in 2nd picture? test-takers write: 1. he is eating, he is eating his lunch, he is holding the spoon etc. 42 e-issn: 2621-6485 open-ended task at the selective level would give test-takers too many options. completing the functions of picture cues listed previously, harmer (1998) stated that picture cues have some specific characteristic which cover the followings: 1. drilling: with lower level students, picture cues help teacher drill or give exercises to the students how to do cueing different sentences and practising vocabulary in the simple sentences. 2. communication: picture cues are extremely useful for a variety of activities such as describing and drawing activities that have related pictures. 3. understanding: one of the most appropriate uses of picture cues is for presenting and checking meanings. the pictures should be related and easy to guess. 4. ornamentation: picture cues have clear extra visual dimension. 5. prediction: picture cues are useful for getting students into what is coming next. thus students will look at the pictures and guess what is shown. test-takers see test-takers read: describe the man’s morning routine in six sentences test-takers write: he gets up at five o’clock he takes a shower at 05.30 at 06.40 he gets dressed than he eats breakfast about 06.30 he leaves the house then he plays football in the afternoon. 43 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 soviyah, purwaningtias 6. discussion: picture cues can stimulate questions such as “what is showing?” in using the picture cues, there some suggested procedures. prior to the use of picture cues in the classroom, the teacher should decide the theme/topic first. to do this step, it’s best to refer to the course syllabus. next, the teacher provides the picture cues. for this stage, the teacher can make the pictures herself, search the internet, or take the pictures from used magazines or newspaper. in the classroom, these are the suggested procedures of using picture cues: 1. the teacher arranges the pictures based on the theme/topic learned. 2. the teacher divides the class into five or six groups, depending on the size of the class. 3. the teacher distributes one set of the picture cues to each group. 4. the teacher asks the students to pay attention to every object shown in the picture, then write it one by one chronologically according to the order of occurrence. 5. on finishing the writing, the students are asked to submit the work to the teacher. research method with the aim of finding out the effectiveness of using picture cues to teach writing, this study was categorized into an experimental research. the research was conducted in a private junior high school in banjarnegara district, central java province. the research was done in may 2018 and involved56 students of grade eight. these students were divided into groups of experiment and control consisting of 28 students each. there was no sampling technique used as the population served as the sample as well. as for the research variables, there were two variables used, i.e. independent variable and dependent variable. in this case, using picture cues to teach writing was the independent variable (x) and students’writing ability was the dependent variable (y). a writing test in which the students were asked to write a text was utilized as the technique to collect the research data. meanwhile, for the data analysis, it was done quantitatively by applying the descriptive and inferential anlysis, while t-test was used as the hypothesis testing method. research procedures as previously stated, this study was an experimental research and involved two research groupsnamely experimental and control groups. the two groups were given the same material, which was recount text, but different treatment. the experimental group was taught by using picture cues and the control group was taught without using picture cues. the picture cues were used as the learning media. for the picture cues, they were made of some series of pictures which were interrelated and having the common thread among them. the theme of the picture cues was centered 44 e-issn: 2621-6485 around holiday. these picture cues were given in meeting 3, 4, and 5 consecutively. the researcher acted as the teacher. she did the teaching by complying with the lesson plan prepared beforehand. the general teaching procedures were: the researcher explained the material and after that the students of the experimental group were given the picture cues and asked to write a text based on them. on finishing the text, the students submitted their writing works to the researcher. then, the researcher assessed and gave feedback. table 1 depicts the detailed schedule of the treatment. as for the writing test, both groups were given the same pre-test and post-test in which they were asked to write a recount text on their own. to assess the test results, it was used a writing rubric. as the final step, the results of both pre-test and post-test were compared to each other to find out whether or not there was significant difference between them. table 1. schedule of the treatment meeting day topic 1st saturday 5th, may 2018 recount text (function, generic structure, language use) 2nd monday 7th, may 2018 holiday; past tense 3rd tuesday 8th, may 2018 writing sentences based on the given picture cues 4th wednesday 9th, may 2018 writing recount paragraph based on the given picture cues 5th friday 11th, may 2018 writing recount paragraph based on the given picture cues results and discussion based on the findings and anlysis, it could be concluded that in terms of the writing ability, there was significant differencebetween the experimental group and the control group. it means that there was a difference between the students who were taught using picture cues and without using picture cues. table 2 below shows the difference between them. 45 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 soviyah, purwaningtias table 2. descriptive analysis of pre-test and post-test of the experimental and control group class category frequency minimum maximum mean st. deviation experiment pre-test 28 76 51.32 13.894 post-test 35 89 65.75 15.558 control pre-test 34 71 47.86 11.323 post-test 40 78 59.14 12.474 (source: data analysis spss 16) from table 2 of the descriptive analysis of both pre-test and post-test between the experimental and control groups above, it’s obvious that there is a difference between the two groups. the difference lays on the aspects of minimum and maximum score, mean, and standard deviation. seen from these three aspects, it can be said that the experimental group outnumbers the control group. the first aspect is of the minimum and maximum score. in terms of the minimum and maximum score, the experimental group shows an increase from 28 and 76 in the pre-test to 35 and 89 in the post-test. meanwhile, the control group improves lesser from 34 and 71 in the pre-test to 40 and 78 in the posttest. as for the mean score, the experimental group shows better improvement than that of the control group in which it increases from 51.32 in the pre-test to 65.75 in the post-test, while the control group scores 47.86 in the pre-test to 59.14 in the post-test. regarding the standard deviation score, again, the experimental group exceeds the control group with 1.664 points (from 13.894 in the pre-test to 15.558) while the control group only gains 1.151 (11.323 in the pre-test to 12.474 in the post-test). in addition to the descriptive analysis, it’s also done the inferential analysis. this analysis is done in order to check whether or not the distribution of the data is normal. in this study, kolmogorov-smirnov formula completed with spss 16 is utilized as the method to test the data normality. the complete result of the normality test is displayed through table 3 below. table 3. normality test of the pre-test and post-test of the experimental and control groups class category kolmogorov smirnov decision statistic sig. experiment pre-test 0.144 0.200 normal post-test 0.118 0.200 control pre-test 0.113 0.200 normal post-test 0.109 0.200 (source: data anaysis spss16) 46 e-issn: 2621-6485 based on the data on table 3, it can be concluded that both research data of the experimental and control groups are normally distributed. it’s because seen from the level of significance 0.05, both groups show the same result, which is higher than 0.05. the experimental group reaches the data probability (sig.) of 0.200 in both of its pre-test and post-test, which means that the data distribution of the experimental group is normal. the control group shows the same results as well. it gains 0.200 as its data probability (sig.) in both pre-test and post-test run. besides the test of normality, another inferential analysis done is homogeneity test. homogeneity test is done in order to know whether or not the score of one group has the homogeneous variance with the score of the other group’s. in other words, homogeneity test functions to analyze whether the population score is homogenous or not. in this study, the researcher used spss 16. in this case, the data is said homogeneous if the probability (sig.) is higher than the obtained probability, which is 0.05. in contrast, if the probability (sig.) score is lower than the probability score obtained (0.05), the data will be considered not homogeneous. the results of the homogeneity test of this study is illustrated through the following table: table 4.test of homogeneity from table 4 it can be seen that, based on the gained mean score, the significant score (sig) of the data is 0.164, which is higher than 0.05. therefore, it can be concluded that the data variance of the post-test of both experimental and control groups is homogeneous. the last analysis done is hypothesis testing. as previously stated, for hypothesis testing, the research used t-test. the t-test aims at finding out whether or not there is a significant difference in the mean score between the experimental group and the control group. furthermore, hypothesis testing is also used to find out whether the use of picture cues is effective or not to teach writing to students of grade eight of junior high school. theoretically, the hypothesis is rejected if the probability (sig.) is higher than 0.05, which means there is no significant difference between the experimental and control groups. on the contrary, the hypothesis is accepted if probability (sig.) is lower than 0.05, which means there is a significant difference in both groups. the result of hypothesis testing is presented through table 5. table 5. independent sample t-test class n df sig. (2.tailed) decision experiment 28 54 0.000 have a control 28 difference (source: data analysis spss 16) class levene statistic decision statistic sig. experiment 1.198 1.164 homogeneous control 47 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 soviyah, purwaningtias table 5 shows the result of t-test computation of both experimental and control groups, particularly the result of independent t-test of bothgroups in the post-test. from the table it’s clear that the final result is 0.000, which is below 0.05. it means that the proposed hypothesis is accepted and the null hypothesis is rejected. therefore, it can beconcluded that the use of picture cues is effective to teach writing becausethere’s significant difference in writing ability between the students who are taught using picture cues and those taught without picture cues. regarding the findings this research shows, it highlights the theory stating that picture cues as media can be stimulus for students during the learning process (wright, 1989)). furthermore the research findings also support the notion that when used as learning media, pictures (including picture cues) can best serve as an aid to motivate, demonstrate, and instruct the students during the learning process. it also helps students to be able to understand the material more easily because it presents realistic format that helps students to think and get more ideas in composing a text. in other words, picture cues is just an effective tool to support the students’ learning to write in english. in the research field, there are some supporters to the findings of this study. among the researches of the same topic, some of the researches which show similar results, that picture (and picture cues) is an effective tool to use in learning writing, are such researches done by wijayanti (2012), noor (2014), and rizkiani (2016) who have researched the effectiveness of pictures and picture series in teaching writing. the researches of these three resulted in the conclusion that pictures is effective to use in learning writing. furthermore, there’s an interesting fact in regards to the effectiveness of pictures use in the classroom. it’s that surprisingly pictures are serving as a great help in a reading class as well. this is what maulina (2015) proved through her research on the use of pictures in learning reading amongstudents of junior high school. maulina’s research concluded that pictures are effective to improve the students’ reading ability. conclusion in conclusion, picture cues is an effective media to use in teaching writing, particularly in writing recount text. it’s shown through the outcome this research gains which shows that after being given treatment of picture cues, the students show better improvement than that of those who aren’t given picture cues. this fact once again proves that pictures and or picture cues is effective. and there’s no doubt about it. however, there’s another side of the research fields which is interesting to dig more. it’s the issue whether picturecues is also effective to use in teaching other language skills or whether it’s alsoeffective to use among students of higher or lower than junior high school level.this is such an intriguing issue worth further researches. 48 e-issn: 2621-6485 references brown, d. h. 2001.teaching by principle. san fransiscocallifornia: longman. collins. 2005. collins english dictionary. complete and unabridged.new edition. glasgow: harpercollins publisher. harmer, j. 1998.how to teach english. kuala lumpur: longman. heaton, j. b. 1975. writing english language tests. kuala lumpur: longman. maulina, u. 2015. using picture storybook to improve students’ reading ability for the sixth grade students in sd muhammadiyahtegalayang 1, pandak, bantul, yogyakarta in academic year 2014/2015. yogyakarta: universitas ahmad dahlan. noor, f. 2014. implementing sequence picture to improve students’ ability in writing narrative text for grade x of man lab uin in the academic year of 2013/2014. yogyakarta: universitasnegeri yogyakarta. oxfrod. 2015. oxford advanced learner’s dictionary. oxfrod: oxford university press. rizkiani, f. 2016.the effectivenes of using picture to improve students writing skill for eight grade students in the academic year 2015/2016.yogyakarta: universitas ahmad dahlan. tedrow, k., mary. 2018. write, think, learn. tapping the power of daily student writing across the content areas. new york: routledge. wijayanti, i. 2012. the effect of picture series on the writing ability og grade eight students of smpnegeri 1 kalasan, sleman in the academic year 2011/2012. yogyakarta: universitasnegeri yogyakarta. wright. 1989. the media represantation of refuges, visual studies. http//dx.doi.org/10.1080/1472568022000005053/was retrieved on desember 17, 2017 at 20.15 p.m. english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 142-150 142 10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2447 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id a descriptive study on esl learners’ vocabulary knowledge through cognitive and metacognitive strategies b r aravind a,1,*, v rajasekaran b,2 a, b school of social sciences and languages (ssl),vellore institute of technology, chennai, tamilnadu, india 1aravind.abur@gmail.com*, 2rskaran2003@gmail.com *corresponding author 1. introduction “without grammar, very little can be conveyed; without vocabulary, nothing can be conveyed” (wilkins 1972, p. 111). vocabulary learning starts at the very early stage of infancy. according to the national research council (1998), the foundations for language and literacy begin in early childhood when children develop vocabulary and use the vocabulary to communicate. 8 to 12 months; children understand 3 to 50 words. those words were normally familiar persons in the family or their favorite objects around them. even in a learner’s mother tongue, there is incessant learning of new words and new meanings for old words (thornbury 2002, p. 1). it is generally accepted that vocabulary is ‘the heart in learning a second language’, but the acquisition of numerous vocabulary items may be one of the most difficult aspects of learning a second language for most l2 learners (meara 1980; read 2000; stoffer 1995). maley (1986) any learner of a foreign language knows very well that words are essential, and the lack of them leads to difficulties in communication situations. decarrico (2001) points out that vocabulary learning is central to language acquisition whether it is a second or a foreign language. vocabulary often seems to be the least systematized, and the least well-catered for of all the aspects of learning a foreign language, such as listening, speaking, reading, writing, grammar, or even pronunciation. many scholars (e.g. allen, 2009; carter and mccarthy, 1988; hughes, 1989; 2003; jackson & amvela, 2007; lewis, 1993; long and richards, 1997; maley, 1986; meara, 1980; 1982; read, 2000; richards, 1985; schmitt, 1997; seal, 1991; zimmerman, 1996) specifically highlight the neglect of vocabulary studies. a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 10 july, 2020 revised 12 august, 2020 accepted 30 august, 2020 the present research was carried out to study the cognitive and metacognitive vocabulary learning strategies of 36 esl learners’. schmitt’s vocabulary learning strategies questionnaire was used to conduct the study. the study revealed the subsequent array of cognitive and metacognitive strategies employed by esl learners. additionally, semi-structured interviews were also conducted with 10 esl learners’ who completed the questionnaire to get more reliable information about learners’ strategies with vocabulary learning. the findings indicated that ‘using english language media’, ‘verbal repetition’, ‘take notes in class’ were the most popular strategies, whereas ‘skip or pass new word’ and ‘put english labels on physical objects’ were least used. the results of this paper provide many implications for english language teaching. detailed explanations of the participants’ cognitive and metacognitive strategies were given in the discussion this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords cognitive metacognitive vocabulary learning strategies esl learners teaching https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2447 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:aravind.abur@gmail.com mailto:2rskaran2003@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 143 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 142-150 aravind and rajasekaran (a descriptive study on esl learners’ vocabulary knowledge...) fig. 1. types of vocabulary (source: adapted from pikulski and templeton (2004, p. 2) pikulski and templeton (2004, p. 2) demonstrate that vocabulary items play a dominant part in learning to communicate effectively while listening, speaking, reading, and writing. vocabulary items in fig. 1. can be classified in terms of types, meanings, and functions. based on the diagram, vocabulary is categorized into four main groups as meaning/oral vocabulary, literate/written vocabulary, receptive vocabulary, and productive vocabulary. hence, all vocabulary items are interrelated in functions and meanings. vocabulary learning strategies are a part of language learning strategies which in turn are a part of general learning strategies (nation 2001, p. 217). cameron (2001, p. 92) defines vocabulary learning strategies as “the actions that learners take to help themselves understand and remember vocabulary items”. 3.1. survey of literature today, the significance of vocabulary is appreciated both in second language research and in language teaching. the number of studies and books concerning vocabulary instruction has increased. thornbury (2002, p. 4) states, “this is partly due to the recent availability of computerized databases of words (or corpora), and partly due to the development of new approaches to language teaching which are much more word-centered, such as the lexical approach.” burns and richards (2018) emphasized the importance of aptitude tests in second language acquisition (sla). initial learning draws on conscious learning abilities, such as memory, reasoning, and analytic abilities assessed through aptitude tests in sla. mayer (2019) mentioned the influence of multimedia in learners’ deep learning. the impact of deep learning was more from words and pictures than from words alone. amirian and heshmatifar (2013) conducted a study on “a survey on vocabulary learning strategies: a case of iranian efl university students”. 74 students were used for the study. the result showed that determination strategies were frequently used by the students. guessing from context and dictionary usage are the most popular strategies for the iranian learners to acquire vocabulary. ramos (2015) reviewed incidental vocabulary learning under the title, “incidental vocabulary learning in second language acquisition: a literature review”. in the article, he surveyed the understanding of incidental learning and the relationship of reading and the promotion of vocabulary learning through strategies and tasks with technology-based methods. rabadi (2016) investigated a study on “vocabulary learning strategies employed by undergraduate efl jordanian students”. 110 students were used for the study. the study showed 144 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 142-150 aravind and rajasekaran (a descriptive study on esl learners’ vocabulary knowledge...) that memory strategies were the most frequently employed by them and metacognitive strategies were the least frequently used strategies among them. in addition, the study revealed that the variation of jordanian participants’ choice of vocabulary learning strategies were medium strategy users. nosratinia et al., (2017) published a research paper on “promoting second language learners’ vocabulary learning strategies: can autonomy and critical thinking make a contribution?” 100 undergraduate efl learners were used for the study. three questionnaires were given to estimate their critical thinking, autonomy and vocabulary learning strategies, and analyzed by pearson’s product-moment correlation coefficient. findings showed the significant relationships between autonomy and critical thinking, critical thinking and vocabulary learning strategies, autonomy and vocabulary learning strategies. in addition, the stepwise method revealed autonomy is the best predictor of vocabulary learning strategies. specifically, efl learners’ autonomy predicts 20 percent of vocabulary learning strategies compared to critical thinking. aravind and rajasekaran (2018) conducted a study on strategies used by research scholars in vocabulary learning. the findings revealed that the frequent strategies employed were using new words in the sentence, note-taking in the class, studying or spelling of words, spoken repetition, and usage of dictionary. other strategies like the peg method, analyzing of parts of speech, flashcards were not preferred by the research scholars in vocabulary learning. 3.2. schmitt’s vocabulary learning strategies strategies in vocabulary learning were intended to retrieve the learned vocabulary in language learning. schmitt’s taxonomy of vocabulary learning strategies (1997) was based on oxford’s (1990) social, memory, cognitive, and metacognitive categories. schmitt classifies vocabulary learning strategies into two divisions namely discovery strategies and consolidation strategies. the current study investigates cognitive and metacognitive strategies of esl learners’ which comes under consolidation strategies of schmitt’s taxonomy of vocabulary learning strategies. cognitive strategies include mechanical means of learning vocabulary. metacognitive strategies used by learners to manage and assess their individual learning process in vocabulary. 3.3. research objectives there are three research objectives. they are to study the cognitive and metacognitive strategies used by esl learners’ for their vocabulary development, to find out the most and least frequently used cognitive and metacognitive strategies among esl learners, and to determine which of these strategies are more reported by esl learners’ during semi-structured interview. 3.4. research questions the research questions are formulated in three questions. what are the effective cognitive and metacognitive strategies to enrich the vocabulary level of esl learners’? do cognitive and metacognitive strategies motivate esl learners’ in vocabulary enhancement? what are the most and least frequently cognitive and metacognitive strategies used by esl learners? 3.5. significance of the study vocabulary learning strategies play a major part in assisting esl learners to acquire and learn new words easily. studies proved that learners have their own strategies to promote and uplift their vocabulary knowledge. the current study can be beneficial in promoting and assisting esl learners to direct effective strategies to learn vocabulary in english. esl educators and practitioners can enhance the teaching-learning process by exposing the number of strategies employed by other esl learners around the world. also, they can instruct cognitive and metacognitive strategies that facilitate esl learners’ vocabulary development. the findings of this investigation can be an information base for further research in the related field. 2. research method the research methodology employed in this study was a mixed research methodology. schmitt’s vocabulary learning strategies questionnaire was adopted to study the participants’ vocabulary knowledge. especially cognitive and metacognitive strategies were used from schmitt’s vocabulary learning strategies questionnaire to investigate the effectiveness and the impact of 36 esl issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 145 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 142-150 aravind and rajasekaran (a descriptive study on esl learners’ vocabulary knowledge...) learners’ vocabulary knowledge. all the 14 items in the questionnaire (9 cognitive and 5 metacognitive) were collected through online source of google forms 2020 as shown in table 1. the rating scale for the frequency of use of the cognitive and metacognitive strategies as helpful, not helpful, not used but helpful, and not aware. additionally, semi-structured interviews were also conducted with 10 esl learners’ who completed the questionnaire to get more reliable information about learners’ strategies with vocabulary learning. table 1. classification of the items in the questionnaire items cognitive strategies 1 verbal repetition 2 written repetition 3 wordlists 4 prepare flashcards 5 take notes in class 6 use vocabulary section in text book 7 listen to tape of new words 8 put english labels on physical objects 9 keep vocabulary notebook items metacognitive strategies 10 use english language media (songs, newspaper/newscasts etc.,) 11 testing oneself with word tests 12 use spaced word practice 13 skip or pass new word 14 continue to study over time the present study was conducted with 36 third-year esl learners who were randomly selected on single-stage cluster sampling. the participants comprised 20 male and 16 female participants ranging from 18 to 19 years old (see table 2). the sample’s proficiency level ranges between intermediate low and intermediate high. participant’s demographical details, length of time studying english, and other background information were also collected from the participants’ responses. all the participants were exposed to the uniform treatment conditions for the study although they had various language backgrounds. table 2. description of samples category number male 20 female 16 total 36 3. findings and discussion the result of esl learners’ use of cognitive strategies presented in table. 3. the statistical details includes participants’ average, standard deviation and median scores from schmitt’s vocabulary learning strategies questionnaire. 146 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 142-150 aravind and rajasekaran (a descriptive study on esl learners’ vocabulary knowledge...) table 3. statistical details of esl learners’ cognitive strategies cognitive strategies helpful not helpful not used but helpful not aware verbal repetition 32 (88.9%) 4 (11.1%) 0 0 written repetition 30 (83.3%) 3 (8.3%) 3 (8.3%) 0 wordlists 31 (86.1%) 3 (8.3%) 2 (5.6%) 0 prepare flashcards 21 (58.3%) 4 (11.1%) 5 (13.9%) 6 (16.7%) take notes in class 32 (88.9%) 3 (8.3%) 1 (2.8%) 0 use vocabulary section in text book 28 (77.8%) 3 (8.3%) 4 (11.1%) 1 (2.8%) listen to tape of new words 28 (77.8%) 1 (2.8%) 4 (11.1%) 3 (8.3%) put english labels on physical objects 19 (52.8%) 3 (8.3%) 7 (19.4%) 7 (19.4%) keep vocabulary notebook 20 (55.6%) 5 (13.9%) 6 (16.7%) 5 (13.9%) average 26.7 3.2 3.5 2.4 standard deviation 5.3 1.0 2.2 2.8 median 28 3 4 1 table 3 shows the average, standard deviation, and median value of the 9 cognitive strategies. the total group mean of the study is 26.7. the standard deviation of the cognitive strategies is 5.3. the median value of cognitive strategies is 28 as shown in table 3. table 4. statistical details of esl learners’ metacognitive strategies metacognitive strategies helpful not helpful not used but helpful not aware use english language media (songs/newspaper/newscasts etc.) 33 (91.7%) 2 (5.6%) 0 1 (2.8%) testing oneself with word tests 30 (83.3%) 1 (2.8%) 5 (13.9%) 0 use spaced word practice 23 (63.9%) 2 (5.6%) 4 (11.1%) 7 (19.4%) skip or pass new word 13 (36.1%) 14 (38.9%) 2 (5.6%) 7 (19.4%) continue to study over time 23 (63.9%) 9 (25%) 2 (5.6%) 2 (5.6%) average 24.4 5.6 2.6 3.4 standard deviation 7.7 5.6 1.9 3.3 median 23 2 2 2 table 4 shows the average, standard deviation, and the median value of the 5 metacognitive strategies. the total group mean of the study is 24.4. the standard deviation of the metacognitive strategies is 7.7. the median value of metacognitive strategies is 23 as shown in table 4. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 147 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 142-150 aravind and rajasekaran (a descriptive study on esl learners’ vocabulary knowledge...) fig. 2. graphical representation of the comparison of cognitive and metacognitive strategies table 5. most frequently used cognitive and metacognitive strategies of esl learners’ strategies category respondents use english language media (songs/newspaper/newscasts etc.) metacognitive 33 (91.7%) verbal repetition cognitive 32 (88.9%) take notes in class cognitive 32 (88.9%) wordlists cognitive 31 (86.1%) testing oneself with word tests metacognitive 30 (83.3%) written repetition cognitive 30 (83.3%) table 6. least frequently used cognitive and metacognitive strategies of esl learners’ strategies category respondents skip or pass new word metacognitive 13 (36.1%) put english labels on physical objects cognitive 19 (52.8%) keep vocabulary notebook cognitive 20 (55.6%) prepare flashcards cognitive 21 (58.3%) from the responses of the esl learners’, all the cognitive and metacognitive strategies were put together to find the most and least frequently used strategies were reported as shown in table 5 and table 6. based on esl learners’ responses to the ‘helpful’ population, the most and least strategies were calculated. esl learners’ most frequently used strategies were ‘use english language media’ with 33 (91.7%) from metacognitive strategies, ‘verbal repetition’ with 32 (88.9%), ‘take notes in class’ with 32 (88.9%), ‘wordlists’ with 31 (86.1%) from cognitive strategies, ‘testing oneself with word tests’ with 30 (83.3%) from metacognitive strategies and ‘written repetition’ with 30 (83.3%) from cognitive strategies were reported by the esl learners. on the other hand, least frequently used strategies by esl learners are ‘skip or pass new word’ with 13 (36.1%) from metacognitive strategies, ‘put english labels on physical objects’ with 19 (52.8%), ‘keep vocabulary notebook’ with 20 (55.6%), and ‘prepare flashcard’ with 21 (58.3%) from cognitive strategies were reported by the learners for vocabulary learning. esl learners use these cognitive strategies to consolidate new words in vocabulary learning from the perspective of mental process. 32 (88.9%) participants answered the strategies ‘take notes in 148 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 142-150 aravind and rajasekaran (a descriptive study on esl learners’ vocabulary knowledge...) class’ and ‘verbal repetition’ of the dictions to register the words in mind and these two strategies reported the most highly used cognitive strategies. ‘take notes in class’ strategy is though found classical, learners believed this strategy to consolidate the words till date for the learning process. ‘verbal repetition’ is to register the word in the mental process of learning, where the learners’ alleged articulation in the cognitive domain is possible in remembering the word to learn. 19 (52.8%) esl learners’ said that ‘put english labels on physical objects’ as least used strategy in learning the vocabulary. hence, it cannot be taken lightly into the consideration of consolidating the vocabulary in cognitive strategies. learners use metacognitive strategies to deepen the thinking-learning process in vocabulary from the perspective of advanced cognitive levels. 33 (91.7%) learners responded that ‘use english language media’ as a highly used strategy in order to plan and decide the word for manipulation. moreover, this strategy had scored most of the participants’ responses in the metacognitive strategies list. because esl learners believe newspaper, songs, videos give a new angle in remembering the words; they find it novel for learning the vocabulary. surprisingly 13 (36.1%) learners were on the view that it was helpful to ‘skip or pass the new word’ in the learning process and it has ranked the least used strategy in the metacognitive list. at the same time, 14 (38.9%) participants strongly disagree with skipping the new word and it was not helpful in vocabulary learning. as an esl learner, mastery of vocabulary is very much essential in the productive work; words cannot be skipped or passed without learning in the educational progression. fig. 3. 10 8 6 reported strategies by esl learners' use english langauge media take notes in class verbal repetition reported strategies by esl learners’ for vocabulary learning in order to ascertain the responses of esl learners’ attitudes about cognitive and metacognitive strategies, randomly 10 learners were selected and questioned in the form of semi-structured interviews. the learners’ responses were projected in fig. 3. the questions posed to learners as follows. the first question, what is the most frequently used strategy for you, and why? all the 10 participants responded ‘use english language media’ as the most frequently used strategy according to them. they said this particular strategy deepens the understanding level and fasten the learning process. it reported the high number of participants in both cognitive and metacognitive strategies. the second question is named a strategy that is useful in the class. 8 respondents replied ‘take notes in class’ as the useful strategy in the class. during the lectures, learners find this strategy as a powerful strategy since they themselves write the words when they encounter it. the final question to the interviewees is which strategy helps you to remember the word? 6 interviewees said the ‘verbal repetition’ strategy assist them to remember the learned word. learners keep repeating the words again and again to remember the word. all those 3 interview questions were posed to the participants to name a particular strategy from the cognitive and metacognitive strategies. the issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 149 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 142-150 aravind and rajasekaran (a descriptive study on esl learners’ vocabulary knowledge...) participants’ opinions were collected and distributed on the bases of responses to the questions. based on the interview report, ‘use english language media’, ‘take notes in class’, and ‘verbal repetition’ are the cognitive and metacognitive strategies reported by esl learners during the semistructured interviews for vocabulary learning and development. 4. conclusion the prime focus of this research is to study the cognitive and metacognitive strategies on esl learners’ vocabulary learning. it also sought to find out esl learners’ most and least used strategies. the finding of the study revealed the reliability of the research from the questionnaire and interview responses of the participants. data analysis indicated that reported and responded strategy use increased learners’ perceptions towards cognitive and metacognitive strategies on vocabulary. based on the findings of the study, ‘use english language media’, ‘take notes in class’ strategies should be considered to be included in the vocabulary teaching-learning process of esl learners. since both instructors and the learners were in favor of the strategy training in language learning. to conclude, this study reveals that strategies in learning vocabulary may help the learner to discover themselves and it pave way for them into independent learners. the flexibility shown by the esl learners towards being independent is significant in ‘written repetition’ and ‘verbal repetition’ strategies. it indicates that when guided with proper context, they can be more autonomy in learning and developing vocabulary effectively. the least used strategies of this study could help the practitioners to enhance the teaching strategies in vocabulary and also they could introduce the vocabulary learning strategies in the teaching-learning process. references allen, v. f. (2009). techniques in teaching vocabulary. new york: oxford university press. amirian, s. m. r., & heshmatifar, z. (2013). a survey on vocabulary learning strategies: a case of iranian efl university students. journal of language teaching and research, 4(3), 636. https://doi:10.4304/jltr.4.3.636-641 aravind, b. r., & rajasekaran, v. (2018). a study on vocabulary learning strategies research scholars. the international journal of research in teacher education, 9, 16-25. http://ijrte.penpublishing.net/makale/493 burns, a., & richards, j. c. (2018). the cambridge guide to learning english as a second language. cambridge, united kingdom: cambridge university press. cameron, l. (2001). teaching languages to young learners. cambridge: cambridge university press. carter, r., mccarthy, m., channell, j., & mccarthy, m. (1988). vocabulary and language teaching (pp. 6875). london: longman. decarrico, j. s. (2001). vocabulary learning and teaching. in m. celce-murcia (ed.), teaching english as a second or foreign language (3rd ed.) (pp. 285-299). boston: heinle & heinle. hughes, a. (1989). testing for language teachers. cambridge: cambridge university press. hughes, a. (2003). testing for language teachers. cambridge: cambridge university press. jackson, h., and amvela, e. z. (2007). words, meaning and vocabulary: an introduction to modern english lexicology. bloomsburry publishing. lewis, m. (1993). the lexical approach (vol. 1). hove: language teaching publications. long, m. h., and richards, j. c. (1997) series editors’ preface. in j. coady and t. huckin (eds.), second language vocabulary acquisition: a rationale for pedagogy (pp. ix-x). cambridge: cambridge university press. maley, a. (1986). series editors’ preface. in j. morgan, and m. rinvolucri (eds.), vocabulary. oxford: oxford university press. mayer, r. e. (2019). the cambridge handbook of multimedia learning. cambridge: cambridge university press. https://doi:10.4304/jltr.4.3.636-641 http://ijrte.penpublishing.net/makale/493 150 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 142-150 aravind and rajasekaran (a descriptive study on esl learners’ vocabulary knowledge...) meara, p. (1980). ‘vocabulary acquisition: a neglected aspect of language learning’. language teaching and linguistics, 13 (4): 221-246. https://doi:10.1017/s0261444800008879 meara, p. (1982). vocabulary acquisition: a neglected aspect of language learning. in v. kinsella (ed.), surveys: eight state-of-the-art article on key areas in language teaching (pp. 100-126). cambridge: cambridge university press. nation, p. (2001). learning vocabulary in another language. cambridge: cambridge university press. nosratinia, m., & zaker, a. (2017). scrutinizing the impact of teachers’ critical thinking and teaching autonomy on their teaching success and learners’ use of language learning strategies. journal of language teaching and research, 8(1), 122-132. https://doi:10.17507/jltr.0801.15 oxford, r. (1990). language learning strategies:what every teacher should know. boston: heinle & heinle publishers. pikulski, j. j., and templeton, s. (2004). teaching and developing vocabulary: key to long-term reading success. current research in reading/language arts, 1, 12. available: http://www.eduplace.com/state/pdf/author/pik_temp.pdf rabadi, r. i. (2016). ‘vocabulary learning strategies employed by undergraduate efl jordanian students’. english language and literature studies, 6(1), 47. https://doi:10.5539/ells.v6n1p47 ramos, f. d. (2015). ‘incidental vocabulary learning in second language acquisition: a literature review’. profile issues in teachers professional development, 17(1), 157-166. https://doi:10.15446/profile.v17n1.43957 read, j. (2000). assessing vocabulary. cambridge: cambridge university press. richards, j. c. (1985). the context of language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. schmitt, n. (1997). vocabulary learning strategies. in n. schmitt and m. mccarthy (eds.), vocabulary: description, acquisition and pedagogy (pp. 77-85). cambridge: cambridge university press. seal, b. d. (1991). vocabulary learning and teaching. in m. celce-murcia, (ed.), teaching english as a second or foreign language (pp. 296-311). massachusetts: heinle & heinle. stoffer, i. (1995). university foreign language students’ choice of vocabulary learning strategies as related to individual difference variables. unpublished doctoral dissertation, the university of alabama, usa. thornbury, s. (2002). how to teach vocabulary. harlow: longman-pearson educational. wilkins, d. a. (1972). linguistics in language teaching, edward arnold, london. us department of education. zimmerman, c. (1996). historical trends in second language vocabulary instruction. in j. coady & t. huckin (eds.), second language vocabulary acquisition: a rationale for pedagogy (cambridge applied linguistics, pp. 5-19). cambridge: cambridge university press. https://doi:10.1017/cbo9781139524643.003 https://doi:10.1017/s0261444800008879 https://doi:10.17507/jltr.0801.15 http://www.eduplace.com/state/pdf/author/pik_temp.pdf https://doi:10.5539/ells.v6n1p47 https://doi:10.15446/profile.v17n1.43957 https://doi:10.1017/cbo9781139524643.003 english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 1, no. 1, august 2018, pp. 1-12 e-issn: 2621-6485 apology strategies in harry potter movie series 1 intan khoirun nisa, 2 adi sutrisno universitas gadjah mada, indonesia 1 intan.khoirun.n@mail.ugm.ac.id abstract apology is an inevitable part of human communication as an act of face-saving strategy. it is necessarily uttered if an offence is made. this research is an attempt to reveal the apology strategies used as well as to analyse the influence of social distance and relative power to the realization of apology strategies, as seen in harry potter and the order of the phoenix, harry potter and the half blood prince, and harry potter and the deathly hallows part 1 and 2. in total, there are 125 data found and those are classified according the apology strategy employed. the result shows that the majority of the speakers employ indirect apology strategy „explanation or account of cause‟ to apologize. furthermore, this research also found that social distance and relative power are taken into account during the apology process and they affect the linguistic realization of apology strategies in the movies. keywords: apology strategies, social distance, relative power, harry potter. how to cite: nisa, i. k., sutrisno, a. (2018). apology strategies in harry potter movie series. english language teaching educational journal, 1(1), 1-12. introduction uttering an apology is often inevitable. people may be in a situation where they need to apologize due to some offences they have committed to the one spoken to. apology is, hence, considered an important part of human communication, owing to its role as a face-saving strategy. to apologize, people are entitled to choose their ways of apologizing which is commonly called apology strategies. as it has various types of strategies, apology might appear in different linguistic realization for different situation. the situation influencing the speaker‟s choice of apology strategy is called social variables. social variables which influence the realization of apology strategies include social distance and relative power. distance is determined as the familiarity between the speaker and the hearer, while power is defined as the gap of authority between them, seen from the hearer‟s point of view. these variables, which distinctively surround each situation, influence the linguistic realization of apology strategy. for instance, a person would choose different method of apologizing to someone whom he is familiar with compared to apologizing to someone whom he is unfamiliar with. besides, he would also use different apology strategy if he apologizes to his employer or to his colleague. mailto:intan.khoirun.n@mail.ugm.ac.id 2 e-issn: 2621-6485 the more varied the social variables found, the more varied the realization of apology strategies there are. therefore, harry potter movie series are chosen because it has various characters involved, which do not comprise only the students and the teacher, but also the minister, the enemy of the main character, and even the creatures in magic world such as goblin and centaurs. however, the investigated harry potter movie series are only referred to harry potter and the order of the phoenix, harry potter and the half blood prince, and harry potter and the deathly hallows part 1 and 2. this is because in those parts, the majority of the characters have entered their adolescent period, which is assumed that they would have better linguistic realization compared to the moment they were still in their childhood. theoretical framework this research adopted a theory proposed by blum-kulka and olshtain (1984), who divide apology strategies into direct and indirect apology strategies. direct apology strategy is defined as the explicit utterance of apology, which consists of explicit illocutionary force indicating device (ifid) strategy. meanwhile, the remaining strategies are classified as indirect apology strategies. those are explanation or account of cause, taking of responsibility, offer of repair, and promise of forbearance. blum-kulka and olshtain (1984) convey that the linguistic realization of the act of apologizing can take one of two basic forms, or a combination of both. this means the apology strategy expressed by a speaker can be compiled by ranges of apology strategies (blum-kulka and olshtain, 1984). according to them, there are some factors which may influence the reason why the speaker finally decides to apologize by means of bringing back the hearer‟s face even though it risks the speaker‟s face. blum-kulka and olshtain (1984) reveal that social variables including distance and power contribute to the intensification of the apology. briefly, social distance represents the degree of familiarity between the speaker and the hearer. meanwhile relative power represents the level of social gap between the speaker and the hearer. methods the primary data of this research covered the apology utterances taken from the movies. utterance is defined as any stretch of talk, by one person, before and after in which there is silence on the part of that person (hurford, heasley, and smith, 2007). it refers to the use by a particular speaker, on a particular occasion, of a piece of language, including a sequence of sentences, a single phrase, or even a single word (hurford, heasley, and smith, 2007). this is what differs utterance to sentence. utterances include a word, a phrase, a clause, or a sentence, while sentences focus on its grammatical completion consisting of a string of words expressing a complete thought (hurford, heasley, and smith, 2007). hence, apology utterance, as the data in this research, is determined as any utterance containing the strategies of apology. it may consist of only a word, a phrase, a clause, or also a sentence. the data 3 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 nisa, sutrisno were taken from harry potter movie series, namely harry potter and the order of the phoenix, harry potter and the half blood prince, and harry potter and the deathly hallows part 1 and 2. those parts were selected because in those movies, the majority of the characters have entered their adolescent age, which is assumed that they have better linguistic realization to apologize. besides, the movies have covered more than half of the series which means it is quite representative for a research on harry potter. therefore, only those parts amongst all series of harry potter were chosen. there were several steps conducted in collecting the data: 1. downloaded the english subtitles of harry potter and the order of the phoenix, harry potter and the half blood prince, and harry potter and the deathly hallows part 1 and 2 from yifysubtitles.com. 2. watched all the movies which were obtained from the original vcds distributed in indonesia by pt. vision interprima pictures. 3. noted down every utterance containing an apology strategy and described the situational context as a method to understand the cause the speaker uttered the apology. 4. examined and rechecked the rough data to see whether it suited the felicity condition for apology proposed by blum-kulka and olshtain (1984) or murphy (2015). 5. omitted some data which did not suit at least one of the preconditions. 6. grouped the final data according to the movies to make it easier to find. meanwhile, in analysing the data, some step also had been conducted; those are: 1. classified the data according the apology strategies proposed by blumkulka and olshtain (1984) 2. examined the social distance and relative power influencing each apology utterances in the data. 3. counted the result to find out the most frequently used apology strategy. 4. recapitulated the data in table. 5. analysed the table descriptively by also providing the example for each strategy to see how apology strategies were applied in the movies as well as how the social distance and relative power influenced the linguistic realization of apology strategies in the movies. results and discussion according to the research data, there are 5 types of apology strategies found in the movies. those are explicit illocutionary force indicating device, explanation or account of cause, taking of responsibility, offer of repair, and combination strategy. mostly, the speaker prefers to employ indirect apology strategy which reaches up to 69.6%, while direct apology strategy is only used in 30.4% of the total data. to be exact, the most frequently used indirect strategy is explanation or account of cause by attaining 44% data in the movies. furthermore, the social distance and relative power also influence 4 e-issn: 2621-6485 the linguistic realization of apology strategies in the movies. below are some examples of the data in each strategy obtained from the movies. explicit illocutionary force indicating device (ifid) this strategy is signalled by the existence of a performative verbs in ifid such as “i‟m sorry.”, “pardon me.”, “forgive me.”, “excuse me”, “i beg your pardon.”, and “i apologize”. presented below is an example of this strategy found in the movies. (1) hp.7.1. eoa + ifid + eoa. dp= 00:24:30,460 00:24:59,956 context: in this scene, harry invites ron to go together with him and leave the burrows but ron refuses. he tells harry that his plan is insane because they still have many things to consider such as the trace that still lies within harry, as well as her brother’s wedding. ron also does not want to leave hermione. hearing ron’s refusal, harry utters that he apparently does not care about the wedding ron mentioned because the more he postpones to find those horcruxes the stronger voldemort gets. harry potter : come with me. ron weasley : what, and leave hermione? you mad? we wouldn't last two days without her. don't tell her i said that. besides, you've still got the trace on you. we've still got the wedding... harry potter : i don't care about a wedding. i'm sorry. no matter whose it is. i have to start finding these horcruxes. they're our only chance to beat him... and the longer we stay here, the stronger he gets. number (1) is an example of ifid strategy using three strategy combinations namely eoa + ifid + eoa below the influence of dp=. in this situation, the offence is committed by harry for insisting to leave the burrow. for his apology, he employs three strategy combinations, eoa + ifid + eoa. the first explanation is when he says “i don't care about a wedding”. harry explains that he insists to leave because ron brother‟s wedding is apparently not quite necessary for him. his apology is followed by a direct apology “i‟m sorry. no matter whose it is”. he seems to realize that he has offended ron by saying that he does not care about the wedding, therefore, he spontaneously says “i‟m sorry”. following this strategy, harry creates another explanation “i have to start finding these horcruxes. they're our only chance to beat him... and the longer we stay here, the stronger he gets.”. this explanation is aimed to make ron understand that if he stays longer in the burrow, even for the 5 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 nisa, sutrisno wedding, it would postpone his searching for horcruxes, which can make voldemort stronger. in example (1), dis seen through harry and ron‟s close relationship, because they have become friends even at harry‟s first arrival in the magic world. therefore, it can be concluded that there is no distance between them. while p= is caused by their similar status as student at the same level, which makes them has no more or less power towards each other. however, even though the social variable of this situation is dp=, harry as the speaker in example (11) employs longer strategy, unlike other data which typically use shorter strategy. one of the reasons is because harry‟s offence in this situation is quite serious. actually, the cause of the offence in all of the provided examples is quite similar, which is the speaker is leaving the hearer. however, in example (1), harry is not just about to leave the hearer, but also other occupants of the burrow. besides, harry‟s abandonment in this situation is not temporary, he is planning to leave permanently, and there is no indication to return. therefore, even though harry and ron have close distance and equal power, harry uses longer strategies with longer explanation as well. explanation or account of cause (eoa) this strategy contains the reason of the offence committed by the speaker, without providing additional strategies. analysed below is an example of how it is used in the movies. (2) hp.5. eoa. dp 01:40:51,586 01:41:12,472 context: umbridge finds harry sneaking into her room to use the floo network. she insists him to tell where he wants to go but harry does not want to tell her anything. umbridge thinks that harry’s escape trial becomes ministry security’s issue and since harry does not want to tell anything, umbridge plans to use the illegal cruciatus curse to harry so that he will open his mouth. cruciatus curse causes the victim to feel pain and physically tortured. dolores umbridge : very well. you give me no choice, potter. as this is an issue of ministry security... you leave me with... no alternative. the cruciatus curse ought to loosen your tongue. harry potter : (staring at umbridge) hermione granger : that‟s illegal. dolores umbridge : what cornelius doesn‟t know won‟t hurt him. 6 e-issn: 2621-6485 number (2) is an example of eoa strategy influenced by dpvariable. in this situation, umbridge‟s cruel intention for using cruciatus curse becomes the offence of example (2). as seen in above dialogue, for this offence, umbridge explains that cruciatus curse is needed to be done because harry‟s reason for room breaking is suspected to be related to the ministry security. through this utterance, umbridge has indirectly uttered an apology using eoa strategy. influenced by dpvariable, dis shown by harry and umbridge‟s familiarity towards each other because umbridge has become harry‟s teacher in throughout this year and pis caused by harry‟s lower authority as student. due to these social variables, umbridge uses an idiom „loosen your tongue‟, which means „to speak‟, to harry. this idiom would be less used to hearer with higher authority because the chosen diction is quite brave. however, despite the social variables, umbridge creates a longer explanation. the possible cause is that she is about to make a serious violation, which is breaking the law. besides, by using cruciatus curse means she is going to torture harry physically. taking of responsibility (tor) this strategy is used when the speaker takes the blame for the offence he has committed to the hearer. see example (3) to find out how this strategy is applied. (3) hp.5. tor. dp= 00:13:30,783 00:13:37,181 context: in this scene, harry is disappointed because during the holiday harry did not receive any letters from his best friends and that makes him know nothing regarding to what happened in the magic world. harry is rather pissed and ron explains that he and hermione actually wanted to write but dumbledore did not allow them to. harry potter : couldn't have put any of this in a letter, i suppose? i've gone all summer without a scrap of news. ron weasley : we wanted to write, mate. really, we did. only... harry potter : only what? hermione granger : only dumbledore made us swear not to tell you anything. number (3) is an example of tor strategy influenced by dp= social variables. as explained in theoretical framework, there are three sub-categories of tor strategy. one of them is denial of fault. number (3) is an example of this sub category. in this situation, the offence is committed by ron and hermione for not writing any letters to harry during holiday. realizing his fault, he says “we wanted to write, mate. really, we did.” as seen in this 7 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 nisa, sutrisno utterance, actually ron admits that he is mistaken for not writing letters to harry, but he refuses to be accused that it is because he did not want to write it. in fact, he is forbidden by dumbledore. example (3) is influenced by dp= social variable. the negative distance (d-) is caused by harry‟s close friendship with ron weasley, and the equal power (p=) is caused by their similar status as students in hogwarts. due to these variables, ron‟s choice of language in his denial remains casual. he uses a call name such as “mate” which indicates his familiarity and closeness to harry. ron also adds “really, we did.” in his apology as a method to minimize his offence and to show his sincerity. even though they have equal power, this intensification is added because ron‟s offence is quite serious because it has triggered harry‟s anger. offer of repair (oor) this strategy is employed in order to offer the compensation to the hearer for the violation the speaker has committed. discussed in example (4) below is how oor is used in the movies. (4) hp.5. oor. dp+ 00:48:06,884 00:48:30,635 context: in this scene, umbridge is inquiring professor trelawney when she is teaching. in the middle of the scene, umbridge wants professor trelawney to predict her. at first, professor trelawney looks doubtful because the prediction for umbridge will not be positive. however, looking at umbridge’s disappointment, professor trelawney then expresses what she sees, which unfortunately is not a good prediction. dolores umbridge : one teensy little prophecy? pity. professor trelawney : no, wait. wait, no. i think i do see something. yes, i do. something dark. you are in grave danger. dolores umbridge : lovely. in above situation, umbridge now has not just become a teacher but also an inquisitor in hogwarts. in this example, the offence is created by professor trelawney for disappointing umbridge by refusing to tell her the prophecy she wanted. due to this offence, she expresses an indirect apology by uttering her prediction to umbridge. “no, wait. wait, no. i think i do see something. yes, i do. something dark. you are in grave danger.”. in that utterance, it can be seen how she tries to repair umbdrige‟s disappointment by conveying her prediction. 8 e-issn: 2621-6485 this example is influenced by dp+ social variables. dis caused by umbridge and professor trelawney‟s familiarity towards each other because both are teachers in hogwarts. meanwhile, p+ is influenced by umbridge‟s position as an inquisitor which in this situation has higher authority towards the speaker, professor trelawney. due to the variables, as seen through professor trelawney‟s words, it looks that she really wants to repair umbridge‟s disappointment. she even mentioned „no‟ for several times which indicates her „fear‟ towards umbridge as an inquisitor. combination strategy this strategy is newly created in accordance to blum-kulka and olshtain‟s theory (1984) that the linguistic realization of the act of apologizing can take one of two basic forms, or a combination of both. that means an utterance of apology may consist of a combination between the strategies in direct and indirect apology or a combination between strategies in indirect apology. however, combination is only referred to an apology utterance consisting of more than one indirect apology strategies. for any strategy combination consisting of a performative verb in ifid, it remains categorized as ifid. discussed below is the analysis of combination strategy found in the movies. (5) hp.7.2. eoa + oor. d+ p+ 00:13:48,293 00:14:07,443 context: harry, ron, and hermione are in gringotts. to make sure that bellatrix lestrange he sees is not an impostor; the staff wants to check her wand. but the fake bellatrix lestrange (hermione) refuses. the staff explains that it is the bank’s policy. and like it or not, he must insist to do so. goblin : madam lestrange, would you mind presenting your wand? bellatrix lestrange : and why should i do that? goblin : it's the bank's policy. i'm sure you understand given the current climate. bellatrix lestrange : no. i most certainly do not understand. goblin : i'm afraid i must insist. this example is influenced by d+ p+ variable. d+ is caused by the presence of distance between bellatrix and the goblin. even though the goblin knows who madam lestrange is, nevertheless, there is no interaction which happened between them outside the bank. p+ is affected by bellatrix lestrange‟s greater power as the death eater. in this situation, the offence is committed by the goblin for insisting bellatrix lestrange to confirm her identity. influenced by this variable, the goblin uses two combinations of indirect apology strategy eoa + oor. eoa is used to explain that he must insist 9 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 nisa, sutrisno due to the bank policy and oor is shown by the second utterance “i'm sure you understand given the current climate.” this oor is identified as unspecified oor because the goblin only impliedly offers his certainty towards bellatrix. by using oor he shows how madam lestrange is much respected that he „offers‟ his certainty of her understanding to make his utterance as polite as possible. conclusion referring to the result and the analysis, indirect apology strategy becomes the most commonly used strategy in this research. to be exact, the speakers prefer to use an indirect strategy by explaining the cause of the offence rather than to utilize either direct or other indirect apology strategies. in accordance to the influence of the social variables, this research finds that social distance and relative power are taken into account during the process of apologizing. the analysis reveals that these variables affect the linguistic realization of apology strategies used by the characters. the realization seen in the data is the length of the strategy the speaker employs. to a situation in which the social distance between the interlocutors is negative and the relative power is equal or negative, the speakers tend to create shorter explanation by adding a call name such as “dear”, “mate”, or the first name of the hearer. however, to a situation in which the social distance between the interlocutors is positive or negative and the relative power is positive, the speakers more likely create a longer explanation by adding a more formal call name such as “sir”, “ma‟am”, “professor”, or the last name of the hearer. references austin, j. (1962). how to do things with words. oxford: clarendon press. aydin, m. (2013). cross cultural pragmatics: a study of apology speech acts by turkish speakers, american english speakers and advance nonnative speakers of english in turkey (unpublished master's thesis). minnesota state university mankato. retrieved from https://cornerstone.lib.mnsu.edu/etds/269 bagherinejad, i., & jadidoleslam, m. r. (2015). on the use of apology strategies by iranian efl learners: do gender and proficiency level matter? theory and practice in language studies, 5(6), 1263-1274. doi:10.17507/tpls.0506.20 baldwin, j. r. (2009, march 14). communication 370 – psychology of language. retrieved january 14, 2018, from http://my.ilstu.edu/~jrbaldw/370/structure.htm blum-kulka, s., & olshtain, e. (1984). requests and apologies: a crosscultural study of speech act realization patterns (ccsarp). applied linguistics, 5(3), 196-213. 10 e-issn: 2621-6485 brown, p., & levinson, s. c. (1987). politeness: some universals in language usage. in studies in interactional sociolinguistics (pp. 311-323). cambridge: cambridge university press. brown, r., & gilman, a. (1968). the pronouns of power and solidarity. indianapolis: bobbs-merrill. byon, a. s. (2005). apologizing in korean: cross-cultural analysis in classroom settings. korean studies, 29, 137-166. cutting, j. (2002). pragmatic and discourse. london: routledge. hurford, j. r., heasley, b., & smith, m. b. (2007). semantics: a coursebook (2nd ed.). new york, united states of america: cambridge university press. hymes, d. (1974). foundations of sociolinguistics: an ethnographic approach. philadelphia: university of pennsylvania press. kay, c. y., kai, f. j., jun, g. k., & hor, w. y. (2014). the impact of social network on english proficiency among students in university tunku abdul rahman (utar) sungai long, malaysia (unpublished master's thesis). university tunku abdul rahman. retrieved from http://eprints.utar.edu.my/id/eprint/1684 majeed, a., & janjua, f. (2014). apology strategies and gender: a pragmatic study of apology speech acts in urdu language. merit research journal of education and review, 2(3), 54-61. retrieved from http://oaji.net/articles/2014/919-1402092829.pdf mey, j. l. (2001). pragmatics: an introduction (2nd ed.). united kingdom: blackwell publishing. ogiermann, e. (2009). on apologising in positive and negative politeness cultures. amsterdam: john benjamins. olshtain, e., & cohen, a. (1983). apology: a speech acts set. in sociolinguistics and second language acquisition (pp. 18-36). rowley, mass.: newbury house. owen, m. (1983). apologies and remedial interchanges: a study of language use in social interaction. berlin, new york and amsterdam: mouton. peccei, j. s. (1999). pragmatics. london: routledge. 11 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 nisa, sutrisno salih, r. m., & elhassan, i. b. (2016). apology strategies used by sudanese efl learners. journal of humanities, 17(4), 193-203. retrieved from www.sustech.edu/staff_publications/20161227082426196.pdf. searle, j. r. (1965). what is a speech act? in the philosophy of language (2nd ed., 1990, pp. 115-125). new york: oxford university press. . (1976). a classification of illocutionary acts. language in society, 5(1), 1-23. retrieved from www.jstor.org/stable/4166848. yates, d. (director), & heyman, d., & barron, d. (producers). (october 13th, 2009). harry potter and the half blood prince [motion picture on vcd]. indonesia: pt. vision interprima pictures. yates, d. (director), & heyman, d., & barron, d. (producers). (september 11th, 2007). harry potter and the order of the phoenix [motion picture on vcd]. indonesia: pt. vision interprima pictures. yates, d. (director), & heyman, d., barron, d., & rowling, j. k. (producers). (march 21st, 2011). harry potter and the deathly hallows part 1 [motion picture on vcd]. indonesia: pt. vision interprima pictures. yates, d. (director), & heyman, d., barron, d., & rowling, j. k. (producers). (september 8th, 2011). harry potter and the deathly hallows part 2 [motion picture on vcd]. indonesia: pt. vision interprima pictures. yule, g. (1996). pragmatics. oxford: oxford university press. 12 e-issn: 2621-6485 appendix table 1. the overall use of apology strategy in the movies no apology strategies direct strategy n % indirect strategies n % 1. explicit illocutionary force indicating device (ifid) 38 30.4% explanation or account of cause (eoa) 55 44% 2. taking of responsibility (tor) 9 7.2% 3. offer of repair (oor) 5 4% 4. promise of forbearance (pof) 0 0% 5. combination 18 14.4% total direct 38 30.4% indirect 87 69.6% table 2. the general distribution of social distance and relative power on apology strategy used in the movies no social variables apology strategies total ifid eoa tor oor pof combination n % n % n % n % n % n % n % 1. dp= 13 10.4 23 18.4 6 4.8 4 3.2 0 0 7 5.6 53 42.4 2. dp10 8 16 12.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 3.2 30 24 3. dp+ 12 9.6 12 9.6 2 1.6 1 0.8 0 0 3 2.4 30 24 4. d+ p= 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5. d+ p2 1.6 2 1.6 1 0.8 0 0 0 0 3 2.4 8 6.4 6. d+ p+ 1 0.8 2 1.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.8 4 3.2 total 38 30.4 55 44 9 7.2 5 4 0 0 18 14.4 125 100 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 133-141 133 10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2311 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id the quality of an english summative test of a public junior high school, kupang-ntt thresia trivict semiun a,1,*, fransiska densiana luruk b,2 a, b university of timor, el tari km 09, sasi-kefamenanu-east nusa tenggara, indonesia 1tsemiun@yahoo.co.id*; 2 densianaluruk@gmail.com * corresponding author 1. introduction the scholars are in harmony to say that validity and reliability are the two important criteria for the quality of language testing. validity is related to “how well what is assessed corresponds with the behaviour or learning outcomes that should be assessed” (iliya, 2014). it is to see whether or not a test measures accurately what it is intended to measure (hughes, 1989). meanwhile, haryudin (2015) asserted reliability as “the consistency of the examination scores. also, it refers to the scope to which the test produces consistent results if different markers mark it.” according to bachman & palmer (1996), reliability is defined as consistency of test scores. validity and reliability cannot be separated with assessment. assessment is a scientific method of the evaluation to acquire feedbacks related to the information of teaching and learning, make teachers and students see the achievements and shortcomings clearly, and improve teaching and learning efficiently (qu & zhang, 2013). in evaluating students’ achievement, a teacher-made test should bear objective and accurate scores. of course, developing a good test is not easy to do, especially if teachers do not understand or have limited information related to the procedures or principles of a good test. however, if the test is not good, the result yielded by the test is of course not good too. this can harm students since the result is not objective and unfair, and the students’ true competence cannot be reflected. arikunto (2013) stated that teacher-made tests are useful to determine how good students master the learning materials given in a particular time are, to determine whether a learning objective is already accomplished, and to obtain scores. for these reasons, it is important for teachers to possess the skills of creating valid and reliable test and also in analyzing assessments. a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 02 july, 2020 revised 30 july, 2020 accepted 30 august, 2020 this study aimed at examining the quality of an english summative test of grade vii in a public school located in kupang. particularly, this study examined content validity, reliability, and conducted item analysis including item validity, item difficulty, item discrimination, and distracter effectiveness. this study was descriptive evaluative research with documentation to collect data. the data was analyzed quantitatively except for content validity, which was done qualitatively. content validity was analyzed by matching the test items with materials stated in the curriculum. the findings revealed that the english summative test had a high content validity. the reliability was estimated by applying the kuder-richardson’s formula (k-r20). the result showed that the test was reliable and very good for a classroom test. the item analysis was conducted by using iteman 3.0 and it revealed that the test was mostly constructed by easy items, most of the items could discriminate the students, most distracters were able to perform well, and the most of items were valid. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords english summative test validity reliability item analysis https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2311 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:1tsemiun@yahoo.co.id mailto:2%20densianaluruk@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 134 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 133-141 semiun and luruk (the quality of an english summative test...) studies in the area of evaluation had been conducted by scholars (cang & wu, 2012; abedi, 2009; munoz, et al., 2003) on different focuses on teaching and learning english as a foreign language, particularly in countries of non-native speakers of english. abedi (2009) had conducted research to evaluate assessments for english language learning (ell) students in turkey. he focused on evaluating language factors based on the assumption that when instructional materials contained complex linguistic structures, ell students might face serious difficulties in understanding instruction of the test. the result revealed that such unnecessary linguistic complexity seems to affect the validity and reliability of the assessment that lead to the low quality of ell outcomes. so, a good language is very important to gain a good quality of a test and certainly to avoid frustration for the students as the test takers. the sample size of the study presumably could affect validity and reliability too. chang and wu (2012) investigated the validity and reliability of teacher assessment under a web-based portfolio assessment environment. they reported some results of web-based portofolio teacher assessments i.e. (1) achieved an acceptable level of reliability; showed a strong level of inter-rater reliability and inner-rater reliability regarded as a reliable assessment method; (2) demonstrated an acceptable level of validity; (3) and the portfolio scores were highly consistent with the students’ end-of-course examination scores, implying that web-based portfolio teacher assessment was a valid assessment method. based on the results, they confirmed that the smaller sample size might have negative influences on the analysis results. similarly, munoz et al. (2003), in their study had acknowledged that the limited number of samples impacted on the less validity of the test. in the field of english language teaching, especially in the indonesian context, there were valuable studies investigating tests made by english teachers. primadani (2013) and ratnafuri (2011) analyzed an english mid-term test and a final test. both studies revealed that the quality of the tests were not so good due to the reason that the teachers did not follow the rules in how to develop test items which resulted with low quality of the test. furwana (2019) analyzed the validity and reliability of teacher-made english summative test in a vocational high school located in palopo. the result revealed that the teacher made test had good quality regarding content validity and reliability. another study conducted by sugianto (2017) was focused on analyzing an english summative test for senior high school in palangkaraya. the result showed that the english summative test was valid and reliable which was proven statistically. to summarize, the valuable studies presented above reported different results on teacher-made tests because constructing a test also related to the competence of the test developers. this indicated that teachers were lack of conceptual assessment tools or the practical skills to investigate or use tests (fulcher, 2012). the test developers should have been knowledgeable with the issue of constructing a good test. it is important because students’ competence will not be reflected truly if the test cannot function properly. different from the previous studies, the present study was conducted in kupang, the capital city of east nusa tenggara province, where the development of education is still the main concern of the government as the former minister of education and culture muhadjir effendy (seo & setiawan, 2018) said that education in east nusa tenggara was the third lowest nationally, after papua and west papua. this study highlighted teachers’ role in assessing students’ achievement through an english summative test. it was assumed that the result might reveal different outcomes for the quality of the test. the investigation of quality was narrowed to the quality of an english summative test constructed by an efl teacher in a public junior high school in kupang. the goal was to determine if the english summative test was a reliable and valid measure of students’ achievement. the present study investigated the content validity, reliability, item validity including item difficulty, item discrimination, and distracters effectiveness of the teacher-made english summative test. by investigating the quality of the test, the efl teacher would be informed and able to do a selfreflection whether the english summative test had met good quality, or whether the teacher had created a good language test or vice versa. if the test was valid and reliable, the test was useful and truly reflecting the competence of students. in addition, the result of item validity, item discrimination, item difficulty, and effectiveness of distracters could help the efl teacher to see items that worked well. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 135 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 133-141 semiun and luruk (the quality of an english summative test...) 2. research method this research was a descriptive evaluative research to describe and evaluate the quality of an english summative test constructed by an efl teacher in a public junior high school located in kupang. this research used documentation to collect the data such as an english summative test, a blueprint, an english syllabus, and students’ answer sheets. the data analyses were separated into several parts. first, content analysis was done for revealing the content validity of the test. within this research, content analysis was defined as the analysis by matching the content of items or questions in the test with the english syllabus used, and the table specification or the blueprint of the test to examine if each item measured the content or objective of the course or unit being taught. later the proportion of items that measured an indicator would be calculated into percentage. the following considerations were taken as the content review judgments: (1) how appropriate the items are, (2) how complete the item samples are, (3) and the way the items assess the content (mindes, 2003). third, the test reliability was done by applying the kuder-richardson’s formula (k-r20) to obtain inter-item based reliability value. the result of reliability coefficient was interpreted based on interpretation of nunnally (1978). fourth, item validity, item difficulty, item discrimination, and distracter effectiveness were analyzed by the means of iteman 3.0 software. the test items were listed according to their degrees of validity (arikunto, 2013), difficulty and discrimination (salwa, 2012). meanwhile, to reveal the effectiveness of distracters, dibattista & kurzama (2011) definition was used. a properly functioning distracter was defined as a distracter that had been chosen by at least 5% of the students. if no student chose the distracter, the distracter could not perform well, and that should be removed. 3. findings and discussion the quality of test could be seen through the validity and reliability of the test. within the test, the quality of the english summative test of grade vii was evaluated through content validity, reliability, and item quality concerning item difficulty, item discrimination, item distracter and item validity. 3.1. content validity by relying on the content analysis and review judgment, content validity was analyzed. the finding of content validity of english summative test of grade vii signified that the test had a high content validity as represented in table 1. table 1 displayed the distribution of the items which were in line with the curriculum. 50 items in the test had relevance to the indicators and/or the basic competence meaning that the test had 100% agreement with the curriculum. the findings of the test signified that it was only constructed to measure reading and writing skills as informed by the teacher. the test missed listening and speaking skills due to practical reasons such as time allotment, administration, and cost. the findings revealed that the test had high content validity. it had 100% agreement with the curriculum. thus, the test had been constructed with representative samples of materials measured by proper indicators. the english summative test of grade vii showed high content validity which meant the test was constructed properly. in order to have high content validity, a test should be able to represent the materials given during teaching and learning process in a settled period (djiwandono, 2011). the materials used were short functional texts and monolog essays. the reading skill such as reading comprehension was appropriate to be measured by multiple-choice form. on the contrary, the writing skill was not appropriate to be measured through multiple-choice form. brown (2004) asserted that writing was a productive skill and it was best assessed by the product made by the students. it was hard to define students’ writing performance by multiple choice. it would be better if the teacher had another type of test to assess students’ writing performance. 136 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 133-141 semiun and luruk (the quality of an english summative test...) table 1. content validity of the test basic competence indicators test item % reading 1. responding to the meaning contained in a short functional written text accurately given a shopping list, students determine the communicative goal precisely 1 2% provided a greeting card, students determine the implied information accurately 2, 3 4% presented a greeting card, students determine the implicit information in the text clearly 4,5,6,8 8% given a greeting card, students determine the word meaning (antonym) correctly 7 2% provided an announcement, students determine the general description of the text correctly 9,17 4% presented an announcement, students determine the certain information in the text accurately 10,11,12, 18 8% given an announcement, students determine the word meaning (synonym) correctly 13 2% provided a short massage, students determine the certain information in the text clearly 14 2% presented a short massage, students determine the word meaning (synonym) accurately 15 2% given a short massage, students determine the referent precisely 16 2% 2. responding to the meaning and rhetorical steps of descriptive/procedur e texts accurately provided a descriptive text, students determine the general picture appropriately 26 2% presented a descriptive text, students determine the communicative goal precisely 19,24 4% given a descriptive text, students determine the certain information in the text correctly 20, 27, 28, 29 8% presented a descriptive text, students determine the main idea of the paragraph correctly 21 2% given a descriptive text, students determine the referent accurately 22, 30 4% provided a descriptive text, students determine the word meaning (synonym) correctly 23, 25 4% presented a procedure text, students determine the communicative goal precisely 31 2% given a procedure text, students determine the certain information in the text accurately 32, 33, 34, 35,36, 37, 38, 39, 40 18% writing 1. expressing meaning in short functional written text by using a variety of written languages accurately provided jumbled words, students can arrange these words into an announcement 41 2% given jumbled words, students can arrange these words into a greeting 42 2% 2. expressing the meaning and rhetorical steps in a short essay (descriptive/procedu re text) by using a variety of written languages accurately presented a few sentences, students can arrange these sentences into a coherent descriptive text 43 2% given a few sentences, students can arrange these sentences into a coherent descriptive text 44 2% given an incomplete descriptive text, students can complete the text with the correct nouns and verbs. 45, 46, 47 6% provided an incomplete procedure text, students can complete the text with the appropriate verbs. 48, 49, 50 6% the result of this present study was in harmony with the result reported by widowati (2011), husna (2012), haryudin (2015), fathoni (2017), nugrahanto, et al. (2018) and furwana (2019). issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 137 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 133-141 semiun and luruk (the quality of an english summative test...) thus, teacher-made tests had evidence indicating the right selection of samples in course materials to reveal high content validity. according to rudner & schafer (2002), teacher-made tests had the advantage of being directly related to the content already taught in the classroom. the content of tests would be based directly on a detailed course syllabus, books, and other materials used in the classroom. however, in contrast to the result of the present study, ratnafuri’s study (2011) reported moderate content validity of the english final test, sugianto (2011) asserted 46% content validity of the english formative test, wulandari (2014) stated that the english summative test was 51% valid in content, and setiyana’s research (2016) revealed that the validity of the english summative test was not good since the percentage in content validity was below 73%. a teacher-made test could contain high content validity. yet, if the content validity was low or moderate then it was presumably related to the competence and/or experience of the test developers in constructing the tests. 3.2. reliability the reliability of the test was assessed by evaluating the internal consistency of the test. based on the inter-item based reliability analysis, it revealed that the reliability coefficient for the test was at .820 so the test was reliable and considered very good for a classroom test. however, there were some items to be revised to maximize the reliability of the tests. the result was in harmony with the result of primadani (2013) and haryudin (2015). the high reliability of the test was due to the number of items which were crucial for test reliability. the teacher-made english summative test of grade vii contained 50 items, so that the test was considered as a long test. according to griswold (1990) carefully written tests with an adequate number of items usually produce high reliability since they usually provide a representative sample of the behavior being measured. in this regard, griswold (1990) also said that long tests can make three things to help maintain validity. firstly, they increase the amount of content that the students must address, ensuring a more accurate picture of student knowledge. secondly, long tests counteract the effects of faulty items by providing a greater number of better items. third, long tests reduce the impact of student guessing. the result of high reliability could be as a result of students who had learned well or because the students remembered the materials given during the instruction. it also could be interpreted that the students had good skills in reading since many students could score high in the test. however, the result of reliability could not be the basis of interpreting students’ writing skills. 3.3. item analysis each conclusion of item difficulty, item discrimination, item distracter, and item validity is provided in table 2, table 3, figure 1, and table 4. table 2. the distribution of classified difficulty index range of difficulty index category item p = 1.00 very easy 1 item .70 < p ≤ 1.00 easy 33 items .30 < p ≤ .70 moderate 15 items .00 < p ≤ .30 difficult 1 items p = .00 very difficult 0 item item difficulty analysis revealed some results as can be seen in table 2. first, one item or 2% of the items had the index of difficulty 1.00 (p = 1.00) which meant this item was very easy to be solved by the examinees. so, this item should be removed. second, 33 items or 66% of the whole items had the index of difficulty .70 < p ≤ 1.00. these items were considered easy and possible to be retained. third, 15 items or 30% of the whole items had the index of difficulty .30 < p ≤ .70, these items were moderate. due to this fact, the items were also possible to be retained. fourth, an item or 2% of the whole items was considered difficult because the index difficulty was .00 < p ≤ .30. however, this item can still be retained. 138 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 133-141 semiun and luruk (the quality of an english summative test...) the findings of item analysis revealed that there were many easy items compared to moderate items. the easy items lead to the interpretation that the items were not changeling for the students hence they could successfully answer the questions. another interpretation of the findings was the teacher might already give the materials during the instruction. they could answer correctly because they already remembered the answers. there was also the last interpretation, i.e., there were many items that looked easy due to the reason that there were also many good students. as labeled with accreditation a, this school has become a favorite school in kupang. to be selected as students in this school, the candidates should follow a placement test. they, who were selected, passed the criterion score of the placement test and they had good or high index grade value of elementary national examination. therefore, most of the students were good students academically. table 3. the distribution of classified discrimination index range of discrimination index category item .40 and above very good 17 items .30 – .39 good 13 items .20 – .29 sufficient 7 items .19 and below poor 13 items item discrimination analysis, as shown in table 3, showed that out of 50 items in the test, there were 17 items or 34% items which were very good in discriminating the performance of the examinees. meanwhile, 13 items or 26% items could discriminate up and low group of the examinees yet these items were not as good as the previous 17 items. next, 7 items or 14% items only had sufficient discrimination power, while 13 items or 26% items could not discriminate the performance of the examinees at all. thus, these sufficient and poor items should be reconsidered. in the test, there were many items with good discrimination power than poor discrimination power. although the items were easy, the items still had good discrimination power. therefore, it could be interpreted that the items looked easy because there were many good students involved in the present study not because the items were below their level of competence. however, it was a need to conduct another study to find out the characteristics of the students involved in the present study. fig. 1. the distribution of distracters within the test figure 1 presents summaries of the findings. the result of distracters analysis asserted that all distracters in item number 10, 11, 12, 29, 37, 38, and 50 were not selected at all. the distracters should be removed because the distracters did not contribute to the questions’ discriminatory ability. next, 22% items (3, 8, 9, 14, 21, 30, 32, 34, 35, 39, and 40) had only one functional distracter and 26% items (1, 2, 5, 6, 16, 22, 28, 33, 36, 43, 44, 48, and 49) had two functional distracters. in these cases, the distracters were reconsidered or replaced with better ones. and, 38% items (4, 7, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 31, 41, 42, 45, 46, and 47) had good alternative answers. hence, all three items can lure the examinees who did not have much information related to the questions. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 139 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 133-141 semiun and luruk (the quality of an english summative test...) the analysis showed that there were many effective distracters as well as ineffective distracters within 50 items. the test for grade vii students had 19 items in which all the distracters could work effectively. when all the distracters could function effectively, it could be assumed that the materials tested by the items were new or never be given to students during the instruction. table 4. the distribution of classified validity index range of item validity category item .81 – 1.00 highly valid 1 item .61 .80 valid 11 items .41 .60 adequately valid 21 items .21 .40 lees valid 11 items .00 .20 poorly valid 6 items the validity of 50 items (table 4) showed that out of the 50 items there were 6 items (10, 13, 20, 34, 35, and 38) that should be removed, and 11 items (3, 8, 11, 12, 21, 22, 24, 25, 41, 49, and 50) that should be revised. the rest items could be accepted because they were considered as valid items. item validity of the test also showed that the number of valid items was greater than the number of invalid items. the valid items had contributed to the reliability of the tests and to maximize the test reliability, invalid items should be removed. 4. conclusion the english summative test to test the achievement of the grade vii students was categorized as a good test, to be specifically presented next. first, in terms of content validity, the test had a high content validity, where 50 items (100%) had an agreement with the curriculum. second, in terms of reliability criteria, the english summative test showed reliability coefficient value at .820 indicating that the test was good for a classroom test. third, in terms of difficulty level, the test was mostly constructed by easy items. the items looked easy presumably because the students were good academically or because the same materials had already been given during teaching and learning instruction. for the discrimination index result, most of the items could discriminate between students who were good and students who were weak. next, in the case of the item distracter it was concluded that most distracters or alternative answers were able to perform well in the test. last, the item validity of the test showed that the numbers of valid items were greater than the number of invalid items. the result of the present study indicated that it was important for the teacher to construct an appropriate test. the test used was aimed at measuring the reading and writing skills as intended by the teacher. however, the 10 items used to measure a writing skill might be reliable but it was not a valid test of the writing skill. therefore, it is a need for the teacher to understand the form of test that appropriately measures the writing skill of the students. for future researchers who want to conduct research on the same topic, it is suggested to involve experts to validate content validity. the judgments of each item need carefully checked in order to make the relevance of each item with the curriculum more precise. in order to reveal more accurately validity results, it is suggested to examine not only content validity but also face and construct validity to give wider views in regard to the appropriateness of the tests. last, it will be better if future studies also observe the characteristics of the students. the characteristics of the students will help in interpreting the findings. references abedi, j. (2009). validity of assessments for english language learning students in a national/international context. ese, 16, 167-183. https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/validity-of-assessments-for-englishlanguage-in-a-abedi/0351. accesed 24 july 2020. arikunto, s. (2013). dasar-dasar evaluasi pendidikan (2nd ed.). jakarta: paragonatama jaya. https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/validity-of-assessments-for-english-language-in-a-abedi/0351 https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/validity-of-assessments-for-english-language-in-a-abedi/0351 140 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 133-141 semiun and luruk (the quality of an english summative test...) bachman, l. f., & palmer, a. s. (1996). language testing in practice. designing and developing useful language tests. oxford, new york: oxford university press. brown, h. d. (2004). language assessment. principles and classroom practices. white plains, ny: pearson education, inc. chang, c.-c., & wu, b.-h. (2012). is teacher assessment reliable or valid for high school students under a web-based portfolio environment? educational technology & society, 15(4), 265–278. https://www.ds.unipi.gr/et&s/journals/15_4/23.pdf. accesed 24 july 2020. dibattista, d., & kurzawa, l. (2011). examination of the quality of multiple-choice items on classroom tests. the canadian journal for the scholarship of teaching and learning, 2(2). https://doi.org/10.5206/cjsotl-rcacea.2011.2.4 djiwandono, s. (2011). tes bahasa. pengangan bagi pengajar bahasa (2nd ed.). jakarta: pt. indeks jakarta. fathoni. (2017). an analysis on content validity of english summative test items of second grade students at mtsn kalijambe in the academic year 2015/2016. state islamic institute of surakarta. fulcher, g. (2012). assessment literacy for the language classroom. language assessment quarterly, 9(2), 113-132. https://doi.org/1080/15434303.2011.642041 furwana, d. (2019). validity and reliability of teacher-made english summative test at second grade of vocational high school 2 palopo. journal of language and literature, 13(2), 113-122. https://doi.org/10.15294/lc.v13i2.18967 griswold, p. a. (1990). assessing relevance and reliability to improve the quality of teacher-made tests. nassp bulletin, 76, 18-24. https://doi.org/10.1177/019263659007452305 haryudin, a. (2015). validity and reliability of english summative tests at junior high school in west bandung. jurnal ilmiah p2p stkip siliwangi, 2(1), 77-90. https://doi.org/10.22460/p2m.v2i1p7790.167 hughes, a. (1989). testing for language teachers. cambridge: cambridge university press. husna, h. h. (2012). an analysis of english summative test for 6th grade students in three public elementary schools in udanawu district, blitar regency. state university of malang. iliya, a. (2014). formative and summative assessment in educational enterprise. journal of education and practice, 5(20), 111-117. https://www.iiste.org/journals/index.php/jep/article/view/14252. accessed 24 july 2020. mindes, g. (2003). assessing young children (2nd ed.). new jersey: pearson education, inc. munoz, a., alvarez, m., casals, s., gaviria s., & palacio, m. (2003). validation of an oral assessment tool for classroom use. columbian applied linguistics journal, 5(5), 139-157. https://doi.org/10.14483/22487085.186 nugrahanto, a., winarsih, d., & farikah. (2018). the content validity of the summative test items of english for the tenth graders of sma negeri 1 magelang in the school year 2015/2016. journal of research on applied linguistics language and language teaching, 1(1), 7-14. https://doi.org/10.31002/jrlt.v1i1.188 nunnally, j. (1978). psychometric theory. new york: mcgrow-hill contemporary. primadani, a. e. (2013). an analysis of a midterm english test of the 7th grade accelerated class at smpn 3 malang. state university of malang. qu, w., & zhang, c. (2013). the analysis of summative assessment and formative assessment and their roles in college english assessment system. journal of language teaching and research, 4(2), 335-339. https://doi.org/10.4304/jltr.4.2.335-339 ratnafuri, w. f. (2011). an analysis of the teacher-made english test in the final test of the 2nd semester of 2010/2011 of the first year students of smpn 1 kauman, tulungagung. state university of malang. rudner, l., & w. schafer. (2002). what teachers need to know about assessment. washington, dc: national education association. https://www.ds.unipi.gr/et&s/journals/15_4/23.pdf https://doi.org/10.5206/cjsotl-rcacea.2011.2.4 https://doi.org/10.1080/15434303.2011.642041 https://doi.org/10.15294/lc.v13i2.18967 https://doi.org/10.1177/019263659007452305 http://e-journal.stkipsiliwangi.ac.id/index.php/p2m/article/view/167 http://e-journal.stkipsiliwangi.ac.id/index.php/p2m/article/view/167 https://doi.org/10.22460/p2m.v2i1p77-90.167 https://doi.org/10.22460/p2m.v2i1p77-90.167 https://www.iiste.org/journals/index.php/jep/article/view/14252 https://doi.org/10.31002/jrlt.v1i1.188 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 141 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 133-141 semiun and luruk (the quality of an english summative test...) salwa, a. (2012). the validity, reliability, level of difficulty and appropriateness of curriculum of the english test. diponegoro university. seo j., & setiawan, k. (2018). menteri muhadjir effendy: pendidikan di ntt urutan 2 terbawah. tempo.co. https://nasional.tempo.co/read/1048094. accessed 25 july 2020. setiyana, r. (2016). analysis of summative tests for english. english education journal, 7(4), 433-447. http://www.jurnal.unsyiah.ac.id/eej/article/view/5525. accesed 25 july 2020. sugianto, a. (2017) validity and reliability of english summative test for senior high school. indonesian efl journal: journal of elt, linguistics, and literature, 3(2), 22-38. http://ejournal.kopertais4.or.id/mataraman/index.php/efi/article/view/3191. accessed 24 july 2020. sugianto, a. (2011) analysis of validity and reliability of english formative tests. journal of english as a foreign language, 1(2), 87-94. https://doi.org/10.23971/jefl.v1i2.193 widowati, d. h. (2011). item analysis on a teacher-made try-out test of uan 2010/2011 of junior high schools in malang. state university of malang. wulandari a. (2014). an analysis on the content validity of the summative test items at the even semester of the second grade; a case study of mts al-amanah. syarif hidayahtullah state islamic university. https://nasional.tempo.co/read/1048094 http://www.jurnal.unsyiah.ac.id/eej/article/view/5525 https://doi.org/10.23971/jefl.v1i2.193 english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 1, no. 3, 2018, pp. 176-190 e-issn: 2621-6485 improving students’ writing skills through the application of synectic model of teaching using audiovisual media 1 ufi ruhama’, 2 dewi ismu purwaningsih 1 universitas muhammadiyah pontianak 2 universitas nahdlatul ulama kalimantan barat ufiruhama@unmuhpnk.ac.id abstract writing might be difficult for some people (alwasilah, 2007). some students can speak english fluently and confidently, although since they have difficulties in conveying their ideas in writing. thus, it needs the effective and efficient model of teaching to improve the teaching learning process. synectic model of teaching is a model applied to enhance students’ ability to write. this model combines various forms of metaphoric thinking to see old ideas in different ways. in this research, the researcher used audiovisual media to support learning. the purpose of this research is to find out students’ improvement in writing descriptive texts using synectic model of teaching. the sample of the research was 36 students of class ixd in mtsn 2 pontianak. the research was classroom action research using kemmis and mc taggart model with two cycles. the result shows that there is improvement in students writing skill. the mean score of pre-test is 56.01, posttest 1 is 66.5, and posttest 2 is 87.46. it means the application of synectic model of teaching using audiovisual media is able to increase students’ ability in writing descriptive text. keywords: writing skill, descriptive text, synectic model, audiovisual how to cite: ruhama, u., purwaningsih, d.i. (2018). improving student’s writing skills through the application of synectic model of teaching using audiovisual media. english language teaching educational journal, 1(3), 176-190. introduction background it cannot be denied that writing is the complex skills because the students need to comprehend spellings, grammars, sentences, vocabularies, and structures as the units in writing. wasilah (2009) said that writing is considered difficult and people will be able to write after they have mastered listening, speaking, and reading skill. writing not only gets the words down, but it also needs the skills to choose the words, spelling, punctuations, grammar, sentence linking, and text construction correctly (phillip, 2003). based on pre-observation in the class, the teacher taught students in monotonous ways, so the students were less motivated in learning. it caused the mailto:ufiruhama@unmuhpnk.ac.id eltej issn: 2621-6485 ruhama, purwaningsih 177 students not interested in learning. the writing skill of the students in class ixd of islamic junior high school (mts) n 2 pontianak was in low category of proficiency. they could not convey their ideas clearly in writing because they had limited vocabularies, low proficiency, and were less motivated in learning english. these factors made them difficult to express their ideas through writing. writing is not just about a skill, but it is more than how the writers can encourage or extend their thinking, ideas, and motivate themselves to communicate with other people through writing (fulwiller,2002). moreover, writing makes our thoughts visible, changing our thinking into print, allowing us to develop and encourage our ideas (harmer, 2007). writing as a complex skill needs a process to be mastered. some students can speak english well and fluently, but they find it difficult to convey their ideas in writing. it requires interesting methods in teaching to change students’ mindset in learning, such as making new habits of students in learning. the effective and efficient learning model can motivate the teacher to create and apply the creative technique in class, therefore, learning writing can be one of the interesting skills to be learnt. writing can be learnt in various models (wagiran and doyin, 2005).one of them is writing an essay. the students are supposed to develop not only their ideas in making an essay, but also strategies to express their ideas, and making the interesting essay to be read. they have to arrange and connect their sentences to be a complete essay. the effective teaching is based on the process of teaching learning itself, such as students learn easily, pleasantly, and learning objectives are achieved. nowadays, the teaching learning process still tends to be teacher-centered, thus it makes the students passive and unable to express their ideas in the class that affected their score (agustina, 2016). learning english at school is mostly boring. english has not been taught using innovative methods. teachers have not used the teaching media in class (prasmono, 2010). on the other hand, curriculum 2013 demands the students to be active and the teachers to be the facilitator in the process of teaching learning. during the process of writing, the teacher can be the facilitator, guide, and motivator (brown, 2001 and harmer, 2001). people who love reading cannot be guaranteed that they can write well. the theory that states that a good reader would be a good writer is a myth because many people who love reading cannot write well (pudewa, 2011). indeed, people who have learning style can be a good writer because the ability to write belongs to all people. anyone who is motivated to learn and always practice writing seriously will be able to write well (schneider, 2011). vivanco stated that the ability to write has nothing to do with the innate nature but related to motivation and attitudes (vivanco, 2009). 178 e-issn: 2621-6485 state islamic junior high school 2 (mtsn 2) pontianak is one of the favorite schools in pontianak. as the favorite school, it demands the students to have good english proficiency. it interests the writer to do the research in this area by applying synectic model of teaching. writing can be learnt in various forms (wagiran and doyin, 2005). one of them is writing descriptive text. in writing, students are expected not only to be able to develop the ability to make an essay, but also expected to express ideas by making interesting essays to read. they have to arrange and connect their sentences to be a complete essay. one learning model that can be applied in improving students' writing skills is synectic model of teaching. synectic was from greek, it means combining the different forms. according to gordon (1980) synectics is a combination of several forms using figures of speech to obtain new views. therefore, the synectic model of teaching is a learning model which brings together several elements by using figures of speech to get new views. the figure of speech in the questionnaire is a metaphorical activity. synectic model of teaching is a creative model of teaching. it focuses on the students’ creativity and students’ strategy to solve the problem using rational and intellectual way with rational and emotional way. this model was designed by gordon and aimed to develop students’ creativity (aunurrohman:2014). synectic process involves the implementation of metaphor, that is the comparison between two objects, ideas or concepts. (estes et al., 2010). most students had difficulties in choosing the main idea when they wrote a descriptive text. even after they have been explained about the main idea, they still had difficulties in developing and exploring their ideas. furthermore, they had the negative perception about writing, i.e. writing was complex and difficult skill to be mastered. therefore, the synthetic model of teaching is used to enhance students’ writing competency. in this research, the writer took audiovisual media to implement the synectic model to transfer the knowledge. .the use of learning model in the learning process could facilitate the accomplishment of the learning objectives. learning media are a vehicle and delivery of information or learning messages to students. by using media during learning, the media can help teachers to improve the student achievement (sari and sasongko, 2013). dunifa (2016) stated that it cannot be guaranteed that anyone who is diligent in reading will be able to write. the theory that states that a good reader would be a good writer is a myth because many people who love reading cannot write well (pudewa, 2011). indeed, people who have learning style can be a good writer because the ability to write belongs to all people. anyone who is motivated to learn and always practices writing seriously will be able to write well (schneider, 2011). vivanco stated that the ability to write has nothing to do with the innate nature but related to motivation and attitudes (vivanco, 2009). eltej issn: 2621-6485 ruhama, purwaningsih 179 according to wahyuningsih et al (2014), audiovisual learning media are one of the media that enable two senses of the students, namely sensory and auditory so they can improve student learning and achievement. furthermore, the audiovisual media are used to make the students more interested, especially when the students were offered with several films which were short duration, have good stories, and contained the simple language to be understood, so the media are able to attract students' interest in understanding the subject matter. synectic model of teaching using audiovisual is an interesting method because it provides the students to explore and experience. it creates the variety of writing because it gives the students many ideas to be written. this model has strengths, it develops the creative thinking of the students and teacher and helps the students to solve the problem. on the other hand, this model has weaknesses, it is difficult to be applied to the class with the oldest methods of teaching and class which does not have adequate facilities (mutmainah, aquami, 2016). teaching writing descriptive text according to wagiran and doyin (2005), writing is a language skill used for communicating indirectly. this skill is obtained through the process of learning and practicing. writing is also a complicated process, such as prewriting, observing, drafting, revising, and the last is editing. it requires the ability to communicate ideas, opinions, and feelings in writing. this research focuses on descriptive text writing. it is related to characteristics, people, or things in a basic way. kane (2000) said that description is about something that can be looked, can be heard and can be tested. these are the steps in writing descriptive text (muchlisoh, 1994): 1. formulating the objective of the writes in writing; 2. observing the object carefully; 3. making the details about what was the writer seen, heard, and felt about the object, especially the object related to the purpose of writing; and 4. giving the additional explanation to give the special things in writing. synectic model of teaching using audiovisual media according to joice, et. al, there are two strategies or models in teaching as the basic of synectic model of teaching, i.e. creating something new and making the strange things become familiar. it can be seen as follows. 1. the first strategy (creating something new). a. first stage: the teacher asks students to describe the situation and topic. b. the second step: students make their own direct analogies, choose them, explore them further. c. the third step: students become their imagining object as they have chosen in the second stage. 180 e-issn: 2621-6485 d. the fourth step: students take descriptions of the second and third stages, proposing some analogies conflict and choosing one of them. e. the fifth step: students make and take their other own direct analogy, that is based on the conflict of analogy. f. the last step: the teacher asks students to do the task and uses the last of analogy or their syntactic experience. 2. the second strategy (making the strange things become familiar). a. the first step: the teacher provides information about the new topics. b. the second step: the teacher proposes a direct analogy and students describe it. c. the third step: the teacher asks students to "be" a direct analogy. d. the fourth step: students identify and elaborate the points of similarity between new topic and direct analogy. e. the fifth step: students elaborate wherever the analogies are not appropriate. f. sixth step: students explain the original topic. g. stage step: students prepare a direct analogy and explore similarities and differences in this research, audiovisual media were used to implement the learning model of teaching. learning media are an intermediary tool that can help the process of teaching and learning which aim to clarify the meaning from the message delivered to make the purpose better and perfect (pulukadang, 2016).sanjaya (2006) in pulukadang (2016) states that audio visual media contain the sound and picture that can be seen, for example the video recordings in various sizes of movies, sound slides and etc. using visualization in giving the material can build students interest in learning, thus the students will have more motivation in learning. they also make the teaching learning process easily and pleasantly so the students’ achievement will get increased.the use of audiovisual as the media of teaching in this research aims to improve the score of writing. research method this research used kemmis and mctaggart’smodel of classroom action researh. this classroom action research focused on efforts to change the real conditions happening to the expected conditions (improvement oriented ).the research used two cycles that each cycle consisted of 4 stages, namely planning, implementation, observation, and reflection. the methods consisted of: 1. planning the teacher and collaborator (researcher) prepared the process of teaching learning, as follows: a. preparing teaching media and constructing some steps in doing the action. the writer as the collaborator assisted the teacher in designing each cycle in four meetings. b. making the lesson plan which was implemented in teaching learning process. eltej issn: 2621-6485 ruhama, purwaningsih 181 c. designing students’ test. d. designing observation sheet. 2. acting in this level, the teacher implemented the planning, i.e. teaching writing description text. the theme in this meeting was based on the textbook. the teaching was done in four meetings divided into two cycles. the teaching learning process used the synectic model of teaching with audiovisual media. 3. observing in this level, observation systematically in the classroom was conducted by the researcher. the observation was done by the observer when the teacher learning process took place to see the process occurring during the action, the impact of using the method, and the problem occurring in the process of teaching learning. this level was conducted to collect the data to improve the next process. 4. reflecting in this level, the writer reflected the impact of implemented method then evaluated the process of teaching learning. it was used to improve for the learning and teaching process in the next cycle. action research model was described as spiral steps by kemmis and mctaggart in burns (2010) as follows: figure 1. spiral of classroom action research the research was held in mtsn 2 pontianak. it involved class ix d, there were 36 students. the data collecting techniques in this research namely 182 e-issn: 2621-6485 observation, interview, and test. the researcher conducted the observation in the class while the teaching learning process was being done. the researcher observed the interaction of the students and all activities in the classroom. the collecting data used field notes as the tool. the interview was done in the pre-research to the english teacher. the interviewed aimed to find out the problems faced by the students in writing. furthermore, the test was given to the students to know the improvement of students particularly in writing. it consisted of pre-test and post-test of the last session. the pre-test was given before the method was implemented. the posttest was conducted to know the progress students’ writing ability of descriptive text. in conclusion, the tests aimed to measure the improvement writing skill of students. qualitative and quantitative were used in analyzing the data. the qualitative was analyzed from the data in observation. quantitative data were gained from the test. it was analyzed to find out the writing skill improvement from the test and both cycle 1 and 2 tests. the improvement was seen from the mean score of the results. the writing evaluation used the analytic method by reid (1993). it elaborated the writing product into five elements, namely content, form/organization, vocabulary/style, language use/grammar, and mechanics. the categorization of students writing skills can be seen in table 1. table 1. the category of the students’ writing skills score categorization 89 – 100 excellent 79 – 88 good 66 – 78 fair 46 – 65 poor 0 – 45 very poor results and discussion the result was taken from the teaching learning process during the research. it was implemented in two cycles. in each cycle, the students were given the test to know their improvement in descriptive writing text using audiovisual media in the synectic model of teaching. the research implementation was conducted collaboratively with the english teacher of mtsn 2 pontianak. before implementing the synectic model of teaching, the researcher had interviewed the students about their difficulties in learning english. from the student’s ’interview, it can be concluded that the they faced the difficulties in writing. they had difficulties in conveying their ideas, selecting the appropriate words, and organizing their ideas in writing. eltej issn: 2621-6485 ruhama, purwaningsih 183 before the action, the writer had conducted pre-test to know the students’ ability of writing. from the test, it can be known that the mean score of students was 56.01. it was categorized as poor. there were 3 students who had high score, 12 students that had medium score and 21 students that had low score in descriptive text writing. the students had difficulties in using the appropriate words or correct grammatical forms. they also had the limited vocabularies. they also found difficulties in making good paragraphs and using the correct punctuations. the questionnaires were delivered in the end of pre-test. it was used to know the attitude of the students toward the teaching learning process in the classroom. table 2. students’ attitude of teaching learning process before applying synectic model of teaching no questions items students’ answer yes no 1 do you like english? 30 6 2 do you like english writing? 20 16 3 do you think that writing descriptive is difficult? 28 8 4 do you feel bored while studying english? 28 8 5 do you enjoy studying by using video/film? 32 4 6 do you always learn english using media? 21 15 7 are you willing to learn descriptive text by using audiovisual media? 33 3 8 do you agree if learning by watching video is interesting? 29 6 9 do you think that using media in learning can motivate you to study? 28 8 based on the problems above, the researcher applied synectic model of teaching using audiovisual media to enhance the students writing skill. 1. cycle 1 the activities as follows: a. planning before doing the research, the researcher had prepared the instrument based on the syllabus and had discussed with the teacher, such as: 1) arranging the lesson plan and composing the step in doing the action. 2) preparing the material and students worksheets and tests. 3) preparing the notes to write and the video recorder to record the activities in the process of teaching and learning. 184 e-issn: 2621-6485 b. acting the researcher was the collaborator who helped the teacher through the teaching and learning in the class. 1) the first cycle a) the early meeting (1) opening the teacher greeted the students in the class and asked some questions as the brainstorming. the questions were about the pre knowledge of the students in describing something.the researcher gave the conclusions based on the students answer. (2) main activity in this stage, the teacher implemented the method. the teacher used videos and images that could attract the students’ attention.the teacher explained about describing an object. then, teacher played a video and asked students to describe the situation or topic they watched on the video. the students expressed a direct analogy, one was selected and developed. after that, students discussed and collaborated the conflicts in the video. next, the teacher asked the students to review their discussion and put it in descriptive writing. students were asked to read their writing in front of the classroom. (3) closing the teacher reviewed the descriptive text characteristic and made a summary. the teacher asked the difficulties of writing descriptive text as well. then, the teacher ended the class. b) the second meeting (1) opening the teacher greeted the students. then, the teacher reviewed the material that was taught in the last meeting. he asked some questions to brainstorm them. (2) main activity the teacher reviewed the previous material and the students still remembered about it. the teacher showed the video and let the students describe the people in the video. afterwards, the teacher gave the test to complete paragraph related to the descriptive text. they were not allowed to ask their friends during the test. (3) closing after the test had been submitted, the teacher asked the difficulties in doing the test. the teacher and students concluded the material. then, the teacher ended the class. c. observing the students’ levels of interest in learning writing can be seen from the first cycle. the students participated actively in the process of teaching and learning. they answered the teacher’s questions eltej issn: 2621-6485 ruhama, purwaningsih 185 enthusiastically. almost all the students paid attention to the explanation and cooperated well in the process of teaching and learning. the students found difficulties in writing the descriptive text, they lacked vocabularies and could not translate particular words. besides, it was still hard for them in organizing the words to make them to be the sentences. some sentences were grammatically incorrect. on the other side, the students participated actively in the class because the application of synectic model of teaching had motivated them in learning. they could also write the text longer than before. d. reflecting the reflecting stage was done to evaluate the process of teaching learning in the first cycle. in this stage, both researcher and the teacher discussed some problems occurring in the class. it was found that the students still had lack of writing the descriptive text. they had difficulties in arranging the words and using the correct grammar. on the other hand, there was the improvement in the students’ score compared to the one of the pre-test. the result showed that the students got 66.5, which was categorized as fair. there were 7 students who had high score, 16 students who had the medium score and 13 students who had low score in writing descriptive text. to conclude, the students still needed the enhancement in their writing, thus it was needed to conduct the cycle 2. 2. cycle 2 the first cycle showed that there was enhancement in students’ writing, however, there were still many difficulties faced by the students in writing descriptive text. thus, the research continued to the cycle 2 conducted in two meetings. a. planning in this stage, both researcher and teacher revised the plan in teaching. they reviewed the material and gave more attention to the structure of descriptive text that was the aim of descriptive text, the generic structure of the text, and the language feature of descriptive text. the teacher also taught the simple present tense because the students had difficulties in language use. b. acting 1) the first meeting a) opening the teacher greeted and asked some questions to the students. after that, the teacher invited the students to describe their friends to recall their information about descriptive text. b) main activity the teacher explained the descriptive text, such as the structure, the purpose, the generic structure; moreover, the 186 e-issn: 2621-6485 language feature of descriptive text. after that, the teacher explained about simple present tense. students were asked to discuss and describe the building in the video. students wrote a description text assisted by the researcher especially in vocabularies and structures. the students who have finished first were asked to write on the board while others read their friends' writing. the teacher asked students to observe their friends' writing and the teacher corrected. then, the teacher asked the students' understanding by giving an ad-shaped video and then giving the questions and answering the students. c) closing the researcher concluded the lesson that has been taught. after the question and answer session, the class ended. 2) the second meeting in this session, the researcher gave the second post-test to the students to know the improvement of writing skills after applying the second cycle. the students did the test by themselves. they were not allowed to ask to their friends and look at their friends’ writing. c. observing in this cycle, there was improvement in students’ participation. when the teacher conducted aperception, students showed their enthusiastic in answering questions. the teachers also provided motivation to make the students not feel hesitate and silly in asking and answering questions. students participated actively in process of teaching learning because of the media used in the classroom. according to the result of post-test 2, they were 34 students who had high score and 2 students had medium score. there were no students who had low score in writing descriptive text. the mean score of the students in writing descriptive text was 87.46. d. reflecting in the cycle 2, it was found the improvement in students’ writing skill and participation in the class. the students were more motivated and interested in the process of teaching and learning. it can be seen from the observation in the teaching learning process. furthermore, the analysis data on questionnaire showed that there was enhancement in the students’ attitude toward the process of teaching learning in the class. it could be seen from table 3. eltej issn: 2621-6485 ruhama, purwaningsih 187 table 3. the result of the second questionnaire no questions items students’ answer yes no 1 do you like english? 33 3 2 do you like writing in english? 27 9 3 do you think that writing descriptive is difficult? 31 5 4 do you feel bored while studying english? 33 3 5 do you enjoy studying by using video/film? 34 2 6 do you always learn english using media? 30 6 7 are you willing to learn descriptive text by using audiovisual media? 35 1 8 do you agree if learning by watching video is interesting? 33 3 9 do you think that using media in learning can motivate you to study? 34 2 discussion the data collected from interview, observation and test show that there is improvement in students writing skills and attitudes toward learning english. at first, the researcher identified that the students had the low score in writing. the students faced the difficulties on it, such as the lack of vocabularies, the use of the correct grammar and punctuation, the use of the appropriate words, and the content of writing. they also had low motivation in writing because it was the most difficult skill to learn. related to the problems, the researcher applied synectic model of teaching using audiovisual media. 1. the application of synectic model of teaching using audiovisual the teacher has applied the synectic model of teaching using audiovisual media to teach writing descriptive text to class ix d students in mtsn2 pontianak. this method is effective in teaching writing because the application of synectic model gives two effects, they are the effect of learning and co-effect (djudin, 2017). it improves the general creative ability and creative ability of the students. as the result, it increases the students’ ability in writing descriptive text. 2. the students’ improvement in writing ability from the analysis of students’ mean score in writing descriptive text, it can be concluded that the application of synectic model of teaching using audiovisual can improve the students’ ability in writing. it can be seen from their improvement in writing test. the improvements are the ability of choosing the correct words in vocabulary, making good sentences, making longer sentences, using the correct grammar and punctuation in the sentences. besides, their regular writing practice had shown significant improvement in their writing result just as what pratolo suggested in his study (2015). their improvement in writing descriptive text can be seen in figure 2. 188 e-issn: 2621-6485 figure 2. students’ mean score in writing descriptive text test based on figure 2, it can be summarized that the students make the improvement in writing skill. the mean of pre-test is 56.01, post-test 1 is 66.5, and post-test 2 is 87.46. it means that the application of synectic model of teaching using audiovisual media can improve students’ ability in writing descriptive text. conclusion based on several stages of the research that has been done, it can be concluded that the use of the synectic model of teaching in writing was very effective to increase the students’ abilities in writing descriptive text. the implementation of this method helps the students in understanding and expressing their creative ideas in writing through the learning activities. this method not only makes students able to put creative ideas in writing but also help students be more motivated to learn and discuss groups and train them to participate actively in the process of learning. the results of this study indicate that this method is very effective in improving students' writing in english. therefore, it is expected that english subject teachers at mtsn2 pontianak can apply this method in the process of teaching learning to make the students active in thinking, expressing their ideas and participating in class discussions, so it can create the fun teaching learning process. 0 20 40 60 80 100 pre-test post test 1 post test 2 60 70 80 eltej issn: 2621-6485 ruhama, purwaningsih 189 references alwasilah, c. (2007). ctl menjadikan kegiatan belajar-mengajar mengasyikkan dan bermakna. bandung: mizan learning center. agustina, s., et. al, (2016). pengaruh model pembelajaran sinektik terhadap hasil belajar fisik pada siswa kelas x sma negeri 4 palu. jurnal pendidikan fisika tadulako (jpft) vol. 4 no. 2. aunurrahman. (2014). belajar dan pembelajaran. bandung: alfabeta. brown, h. d. (2001). teaching by principles. new york: longman. burns, a. (2010). doing action research in english language teaching. a guide for practitioners. london: routledge taylor & francis group. dunifa,l. (2016). the effect of holistic and discrete tasks on english writing performance of students with different learning style. international journal of english language teaching. vol.4 no.9, pp1-13 november 2016. estes, t. h., mintz, s. l. & gunter, m. a. (2010). instruction: a models approach. london: pearson. fulwiller. (2002). the oxford essential guide to writing. new york. gordon, j.j. william. (1980). synectics model. new york: longman publishers. harmer, j. (2001). the practice of english language teaching. essex: longman. harmer, j. (2007) how to teach writing. new york: cambridge university press. kane, t. (2000). the oxford essential guide to writing. new york: barkley books. 190 e-issn: 2621-6485 prasmono, a. (2010). pengaruh penggunaan media pembelajaran komputer multimedia dan digital video disc terhadap prestasi belajar listening ditinjau dari motivasi belajar siswa sekolah menengah pertama negeri di kabupaten wonogiri. tesis. universitas sebelas maret surakarta. pratolo, bambang widi (2017): exploring indonesian learners' beliefs about language learning strategies through reflection. figshare. thesis. https://doi.org/10.4225/03/58b7763874bf3 https://monash.figshare.com/articles/exploring_indonesian_learners_b eliefs_about_language_learning_strategies_through_reflection/471192 7 pulukadang, w. t. (2016). meningkatkan kosakata siswa melalui penggunaan media audio visual pada pelajaran bahasa inggris di kelas v sdn no. 30 kota selatan kota gorontalo. e-jurnal universitas negeri gorontalo. scheineider, p. (2011). writing alone and with others. oxford: oxford university press. djudin, t. 2017. synectics model: an offer to develop students’ creativity through science learning. journal of education, teaching, and learning, 2 (1) : 65 – 70. vivanco, v. (2009). holistic versus communicative approach in assesing oral production in english, relieve, volume 15, number 2. wagiran and doyin, m. (2005). curah gagasan pengantar penulisan karya ilmiah. semarang: rumah indonesia bis fbs unnes. wahyuningsih, m.g. s. (2014). penerapan media audio visual dalam pembelajaran bahasa inggris. jurnal teknologi pendidikan dan pembelajaran vol.2, no.1, ,hal 79 – 92. https://doi.org/10.4225/03/58b7763874bf3 https://monash.figshare.com/articles/exploring_indonesian_learners_beliefs_about_language_learning_strategies_through_reflection/4711927 https://monash.figshare.com/articles/exploring_indonesian_learners_beliefs_about_language_learning_strategies_through_reflection/4711927 https://monash.figshare.com/articles/exploring_indonesian_learners_beliefs_about_language_learning_strategies_through_reflection/4711927 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 25-33 25 10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3336 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id integrated task on students’ writing quality: is it more effective? hieronimus canggung darong universitas katolik indonesia santu paulus, jalan ahmad yani 10 manggarai ntt tenda, watu, ruteng, kabupaten manggarai, nusa tenggara tim. 86511, indonesia hieronimusdarong@gmail.com how to cite: darong, h.c. (2021). integrated task on students’ writing quality: is it more effective? english language teaching educational journal, 4(1), 25-33. doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3336 1. introduction a great number of research studies have been focusing on the role of task design in foreign or second language learning, (in’nami & yokoizumi, 2016; leaper, 2014; nitta & nakatsuhara, 2014). the interest is mainly inspired by the learners' experiences as well as teachers’ expectation regarding the quality of the spoken performance. yet, many studies on writing are becoming increasingly familiar and have already widely seen as a great source of writing inquiry. writing, as the field of the second language, considers the authenticity and meaningfulness of connecting writing with other skills (plakans, 2010). traditionally, writing assesses other skills independently and examines global construct and individual experiences in response to a given exposure. this old-fashioned type of measurement was changed into the integrated one. writing, then, was not seen as an isolated, solitude construct, and independent assessment task. the skill of writing is not concerned with autonomous but, rather allied with reading, listening and speaking (plakans, 2010). integrated writing tasks that include distinctive language skills such as both reading and listening skills are mostly considered as tools to determine the writing quality academically. they are predominantly investigated by many researchers in relation to language writer’s strategy use and performance (ghavamnia, tavakoli, & esteki, 2013; gu, 2014; yang & plakans, 2012)(grace & malang, 2018), task representation, (pertiwii, dian, ngadiso, & drajat, 2018; plakans, 2010; shi & a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 04 january 2021 revised 29 march 2021 accepted 20 april 2021 integrated tasks are popularly known and accepted as an effective way of improving students’ writing quality. however, it is still not clear to what really accounts for its effectiveness. this study examined whether the students who were facilitated by integrated task achieved higher writing quality than those who were not. twenty two students participated within the group experiment utilizing a counterbalance technique in controlling the order effect. in the first session, twelve students were asked to write an essay based on an integrated (int) task while the other 12 wrote based on an independent (ind) task. then, the task division was switched in the second writing session. students’ writing quality were scored by three raters and were analyzed descriptively and inferentially using wilcoxon signed rank test (wsrt). the results confirmed that the quality of students’ writing using both integrated and independent tasks was not significantly different. there are still other aspects contributing to writing quality. thus, task types do not guarantee the students’ writing quality. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords independent task integrated task quality of writing https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3336 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:hieronimusdarong@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0050-0040 http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3336&domain=pdf 26 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 25-33 darong (integrated task on students’ writing quality: is it more effective?) ma, 2016) and scoring system in conjunction with writing performances of different context, (gebril & plakans, 2013; knoch & sitajalabhorn, 2013; sawaki, quinlan, & lee, 2013; wolfersberger, 2013). however, the investigation on the quality of writing was, in fact, carried out and was considerably influenced by various factors such as the strategy of giving task to the students, (abrams & byrd, 2017; rassaei, 2014; thi, nguyen, pham, & pham, 2015; wette, 2014) and accounts for task scores and rater skills effect, (barkaoui, 2014; in’nami & yokoizumi, 2016; ling, mollaun, & xi, 2014; plakans, gebril, & bilki, 2016; shin & ewert, 2015; yan, 2014). the test takers’ proficiency level and comprehensive corrective feedback, (cho, rijmen, & novak, 2013; kuiken & vedder, 2014; zhang, 2017) were also the main concern of the previous research studies. even though there have been many research findings showing attention toward writing, most of them are focusing on the way of teaching writing which is considered as partial study due to their target at linguistic features. as such, there is a tendency to regard it as explicit knowledge through an explicit instruction. this present study, on the other hand, concerned the integrated task of writing in which explicit knowledge carried out in a focused task of implicit instruction. besides, the findings on the effectiveness of integrated task might not be definitely generalized to the participants’ education level. most of the previous findings found that it is more effective than independent task as it was applied on the secondary level and the students who took the admission test to the university. however, this result is still questionable for its consistency if it is applied to a different level of students, for example, college students who have learned english for a long period of time. based on the aforementioned gap, this study aims to know whether the college students who are facilitated by integrated task achieve higher writing quality than those who are facilitated by independent task. then, the study might contribute to teacher viewpoints in employing a particular task type for teaching writing. in this respect, the task type should be constructed in such a way that it might be of benefit for improving students’ writing quality. 2. integrated task in practice, integrated task cannot be separated from independent task. to measure students writing quality, the task type in question has been broadly utilized to see the students writing quality. students are required to make an essay independently and examine global construct and individual experiences without having any exposures. even though it is a challenging work, learning to write through such a task type is widely practiced for teachers to gain students’ writing quality. yet, as time went by, this old-fashioned type of measurement was changed into the integrated one. writing, then, was not seen as an isolated, solitude construct, and independent assessment task. the skill of writing is not concerned with being autonomous but, rather allied with reading, listening and speaking or being integrated, (plakans, 2010). with respect to the remodeling highlighted above, there have been many definitions of integrated task proposed by scholars. for example, integrated task is a sort of task in which test takers are asked to compose a certain text that display appropriate and meaningful uses of and orientations to source evidence, both conceptually such as apprehending, synthesizing, and presenting source ideas from the text and textually involving stylistic conventions for presenting, citing, and acknowledging, (cumming et al.2005). meanwhile, highlighting the construct of reading-to-write tasks, it is regarded as an instructional task combining reading and writing for various educational purposes (delaney, 2008). meanwhile, plakans (2009) has provided the conception by involving other skills. integrated writing task is the task type which elicits writing performance that includes other aspects such as reading or listening abilities. furthermore, in her other work, a very broad definition is proposed that is a task requiring more than one skill for completion (yang & plakans, 2012). in the most detailed definition, integrated writing task is a task type in which test-takers are provided with one or more languagerich source texts and are asked to compose an essay requiring extraction of the source texts for opinions, choosing and constructing ideas, synthesizing ideas from one or more source texts, transfiguring the language used in the input, managing opinions and utilizing stylistic conventions such as linking ideas and recognizing sources. the rating scale employed to grade such an essay needs to consider these features specific to integrated writing tasks (knoch & sitajalabhorn, 2013). in short, the definitions provided above have confirmed that integrated task particularly in writing task has been welldefined in the issue of skill combination and source use. e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 27 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 25-33 darong (integrated task on students’ writing quality: is it more effective?) with such conceptions mentioned above, integrated writing tasks have been assumed widely as an effective task to measure student writing quality. then, it is not surprising this type of task has been largely used by the teachers to examine students’ writing quality. they are provided with reading material and require students to construct a text based on the information given in the text. subsequently, the questions are given to the students for the sake of their text. (knoch & sitajalabhorn, 2013). in other words, the students are required to summarize the text given by the guidance of predetermined questions. a modification of the task in question is a reading stimulus with two or more texts. in this regard, learners might compose to synthesize several source texts or confront ideas on the similar issue then think of their stance and write a text to argue it. the elaboration might be by taking the main ideas from the passages with their own ideas and examples to combine (grabe & zhang, 2013). this task type, in fact, is not only upon reading input but also in listening skill. in the toefl test for example, the students or test takers might be asked to compose or summarize, synthesize their opinions after they listen to a text. as such, reading or listening text are regarded as an alternative writing task serving as a tool highlighting topical information, text rephrasing blueprint, and writing evaluation (hayes, 1996). progress reports in the field have shown different findings. integrated task is still considered difficult as the students have limited reading and writing proficiency, the challenge of reading long passages, a lack of fluency in reading and limited l2 background knowledge, and relatively little experience (and practice) integrating reading and writing skills for academic purposes. besides, students also face challenges with l2 reading/writing tasks that require a large amount of inferencing (grabe & zhang, 2013; zhang, 2017). apart from those mentioned the factors that affect performance on such tasks contributed to the quality of writing. for example, different test taker variables on the performance on integrated task might lead and influence task difficulty (cho, rijmen, & novák, 2013). differently, the quality of performance on rtw tasks might be determined by human raters who make scores. rater and rater-related interaction effects account for the considerable degree of variance in ratings. in this context, the rater variable is one of the main consideration and often affects score reliability in assessing students’ writing quality (barkaoui, 2014; ling, mollaun, & xi, 2014; plakans, gebril, & bilki, 2016; shin & ewert, 2015; yan, 2014). along with the same line, regardless of analytic rating domain could capture the difference in variability of test takers’ proficiency utilized in the reading to write (rtw) task, person and rater facets contributed to score variability in students’ writing quality (cho, rijmen, & novak, 2013; kuiken & vedder, 2014; shin & ewert, 2015; zhang, 2017). as such, those two variables need to be taken into account. meanwhile, in’nami & yokoizumi (2016) emphasized that context, methods, scoring criteria, might lead to varied performance over tasks. consequently, the task should be constructed in such a way that it really measures what to measure. thus, empirically, reading to write (rtw) as an integrated task might be seen differently in the context of its focus. this might be seen as a learning tool as the focus is on skill combination and source use (knoch & sitajalabhorn, 2013). yet, this tends to be considered as an alternative task (hayes, 1996). this provides a topical idea, text revision types, and writing assessment, (shin & ewert, 2015). however, regardless of how it is viewed, reading to write task is concerned with the ability in the sense of reconstructing any single information from the source text which, in turn, be synthesized into students’ composition. as such, the task refers to the process level which influences and affects their understanding and the ability during the task completion. however, to date the examination toward the level where the integrated task is applied has not yet been sufficiently investigated. in this regard, a clear picture of students’ writing quality needs to be examined for the sake of having a clear insight into what and how the integrated task should be employed. 3. method this study was carried out in 2020. twenty-two students of english study program, enrolled in a single class, participated in the study. there were seven males and fifteen females. before entering the college, they studied english for 6 to 8 years including the time in which they were given treatment. at the time of the investigation, the subjects were taking a compulsory 100 minutes essay class. sentence writing course was given in advance, as a requirement to the essay class and all succeeded up to this level. all the participants have not taken any standardized english proficiency test. this is a within groupexperimental study that utilized a repeated measure design. counterbalance technique was utilized to control the treatment order effect. each of the students was given both types 28 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 25-33 darong (integrated task on students’ writing quality: is it more effective?) of task in which they had to write an argumentative essay twice both integrated and independent. before asking the students to write, in the first session, the researcher divided the students into two sub-groups. the first group consisting of eleven students was given an independent (ind) writing task and the second group involving the rest eleven students were given an integrated (int) task. both were given 10 minutes to read a passage, and then write their essay in 30 minutes. in the following session, the task administrations are switched. two topics with equal complexity were selected after consulting with their english teacher. the topic for the first session that was given to both independent and integrated tasks was about the teacher knowledge and ability. the second session was about the social status and material possession. both topics convincingly and effectively held the students’ interest and elicited clear standing points generating their idea for argumentation. each student was asked to write an essay consisting of 400 hundred words in 40 minutes based on the topic given. holistic scoring rubric was applied to score students writing, two experienced teachers with master’s degrees and are still taking a doctoral program in english language department participated in the scoring process. for the sake of subjectivity, the teacher and researcher were not involved as the raters. after writing activity, the researcher coded the essays based on the names and was given to the raters with anonymous work. the scores then were analyzed using descriptive statistics which in turn were followed by inferential statistical analysis (wilcoxon signed rank test -wsrt) to compare the quality of students’ writing produced through both task types. 4. findings and discussion 4.1. findings the primary goal of this study is to investigate the difference between the quality of students’ writing which is composed based on integrated and independent tasks. the result of descriptive statistical analysis in table 1 showing the means of the writing using integrated task (reading to write) was 3.54. meanwhile, the means of writing using independent task was 3.36. the means of both writing, in which integrated tasks are bigger than independent were analyzed by using wilcoxon signed ranks test (wsrt). table 1. descriptive statistics of the quality of independent and integrated writing task group n mean std. deviation min max indq 22 3.3636 .72673 2.00 5.00 intq 22 3.5455 .59580 3.00 5.00 a. indq = independent task group b. intq = integrated task group table 2. rank of task types n mean rank sum of ranks intq – indq negative ranks 4a 5.88 23.50 positive ranks 7b 6.07 42.50 ties 11c total 22 a. intq < indq b. intq > indq c. intq=indq with respect to the ranks as displayed in table 2, there were four students belonging to a negative rank. it means that the students who were given an integrated task got lower score than the students who were given an independent task. seven students were in positive rank which means that the integrated task gives more benefit toward the quality of writing than the independent task. meanwhile, eleven students were in an equal position. they got the same scores indicating that their quality of writing was similar as they wrote and were treated by both the integrated and independent task. this indicates that the integrated task did not affect the majority of the students’ writing quality. the integrated task results were only differently found in seven students whose scores were better than as they were asked to write using independent tasks. e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 29 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 25-33 darong (integrated task on students’ writing quality: is it more effective?) table 3. wilcoxon signed ranks test intq – indq z -.884b asymp. sig. (2-tailed) .377 in response to the research question and regarding the effectiveness of using integrated task yielded surprising results as shown in table 3. based on negative rank (b), the result of the analysis indicated that the quality of students’ writings using integrated (intq) task (reading to write) were not significantly different from those who were given the independent task (z=-.884, p > 0,05). it means that students could write essays in an equal quality regardless of the task types. saying it differently, the facilitation of reading to write was not effective. it is notable that the three raters used the same scoring rubric for both independent and integrated task. what is meant here is that the focus of the raters was not only on the products so long the rubric embodies them in the criteria but also language use component was taken into consideration. in addition, holistic rating raters’ attention are concerned much more on grammar and vocabulary as the linguistic features than rhetorical features in determining the overall quality of essay. regarding the feedback, the students writing was more or less dealt with those aspects. this is to say that the grammar and vocabulary are regarded as being bad which, in turn, definitely influence the rhetoric features development. 4.2. discussion with respect to the gap, this present study examined the effect of the integrated task reading to write (rtw) task toward the quality of students writing in the level of college students who have learnt english for many semesters. the counterbalancing effect was fulfilled since the students were divided into two groups in terms of having an opportunity in writing using integrated and independent task. as such, the method in question was meaningful to avoid experience factors and being fatigue toward the writing production. the result of this present study is beneficial to our comprehension of the concept of reading to write (rtw). as such, this present study might help us to justify the way of employing the task type and determine the quality of students’ writing. this is to say that understanding the sort of writing atmospheres and tasks are needed and more beneficial for bringing students toward increasingly more fluent and coherent expression of their ideas, experiences, and feelings in composing an essay. moreover, as the area of second or foreign language, writing embraces the authenticity and meaningfulness of relating writing to other skills (plakans, 2010). consequently, language teachers and testers should have a good understanding of how writers deal with and compose for integrated tasks. in a study which was conducted by gebril & plakans (2013) in the integrated tasks, the source text provides language support. some keywords and ideas might be taken by the writers which lead them to write a longer essay. besides, having a number of words in the writing are the logical consequence of having good language proficiency in comprehending the source text. likely, the nature of integrated tasks is to force the students to process the source materials, understand the idea, synthesize and present that source information into writing (plakans et al., 2016). the requirement to integrate the sources in integrated task goes with an expectation that the writers can get some input which might be helping them to generate their ideas. this, definitely, would be beneficial in contributing to a higher proficiency of the writers in producing writing quality as a product involving the task representation and the writing itself. in agreement with the findings above, some previous studies also found that reading to writing task had a significant effect on students’ writing, (zhang, 2017). there was a significantly better performance as the students employed reading to write tasks. what language they have in the reading passage was proper and helpful to do an essay. in addition (plakans et al., 2016) found that the contribution of integrated writing tasks increases as score level increases. however, the findings of this present study contrasts to those previous findings mentioned. as it has been proved, the wsrt analysis yielded surprising results. there was no significant difference between the use of independent and integrated task in the quality of students' writing. although it was assumed that the integrated task might be better in terms of the quality compared to the independent one, providing exposure to writing in which other skills are integrated should not ideally bridge the needs of generating ideas into a discourse level as a product. 30 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 25-33 darong (integrated task on students’ writing quality: is it more effective?) this present study mirrors the report of (plakans, 2010) noting that integrated does not mean to make writing easier. the source text might be helpful for some students in understanding the topic of the passage which is so-called content schematic task representation. however, some might have difficulties in writing or even to consider it as a barrier. moving further, it is worth mentioning that writing using independent task deals with the why the students cope with their background knowledge regarding the topic as they concern themselves. writer’s background knowledge seems influenceable in the point of the interpretation toward the given task (integrated and independent tasks). as such, it would be beneficial to generate their ideas into writing. in this present study, data of the raw score showed that few students could do the writing well. in this context, they might have good background knowledge which goes together with the language competence accumulation of the topic which could lead them to generating the idea in writing an essay. meanwhile, the independent task requires more writing and cognitively demands more generation, planning, and organization than in the integrated tasks in which ideas from reading are definitely summarized. moreover, regarding the scores, without having an exposure of a passage, the students, in fact, produced a good quality of writing. it was found that there were four students out of twenty-two who have higher scores as they were asked to write by independent task than the students who were treated by the integrated task. in agreement with previous research, (plakans, 2010), other aspects such as the background knowledge of the topic given might contribute to the writing. while the integrated task was not really supporting as it was assumed. four students’ writing indicated having no effect on writing quality. this, then, weakened the previous studies of (barkaoui, 2014; gebril & plakans, 2013) as previously mentioned. another issue came up to this surprising fact is that the complexity of the demands in the task compared to the independent one leading to the reconsideration or so-called recirculation of ideas in the process of writing. in this regard, language proficiency might be one of the sources toward such problem. this present study corroborates the previous findings emphasizing the contribution of writing ability in english and english language proficiency are beneficial to the score of the tasks, (barkaoui, 2014; gebril & plakans, 2013; yang & plakans, 2012). however, it is not the only one and one only. noticing the feedback from the three raters, students have some problems in language features resulting in the scores. this is to say that the types of task do not really matter in this present study. the total number of students whose writing scores were the same, both independent and integrated, does not reflect the finding of abrams & byrd (2017) saying that the task type improved the overall writing quality involving grammatical accuracy and lexical richness. in agreement with yang & plakans (2012) and plakans (2010), students’ performance in writing mainly rely on their strategy employing their language into production level. as such, the language production deals with an understanding of the information from the source text. in other words, this may indicate that task types are not really influential in the students’ writing but tend to be influenced by other factors which contribute to the writing. what is more interesting is that this embraced the students on average, no matter, they belong to the independent or integrated task. yet, there were four students who were supposed to at least better as they belong to integrated but then, are negatively positioned from independent. besides, there were also four who are better than those employed independent tasks. again, the raw score confirmed that their language proficiency was another aspect to cope with. again, this corroborates the findings emphasizing the language proficiency and accuracy can result in writing an essay, (barkaoui, 2014; gebril & plakans, 2013; zhang, 2017). thus, types of tasks do not guarantee the writing quality. many other aspects such as language proficiency, accuracy and background knowledge involving the ability to generate idea into a discourse should be taken into account. by and large, the students' writing quality by means of the integrated task was not significantly different from the independent one. the majority of students writing remain the same in terms of having the effect of integrated task (rtw. then, no matter to what level students belong to, high, medium or low, aside from task types, discourse competence and knowledge background are highly required. in this regard, the two aspects in question might be of benefit in constructing ideas from sentences to a text in employing a certain task type and its complexity. when we choose tasks, it might be better to consider those as they also affect writing quality. any single provided task will be a features’ bundle. we might have a task that has simple input, involves the here-and-now and has the same topic (features making the task easy) but the information covers much more elements and is not well-constructed (features making the task complex). briefly, a task may be simple in some ways but complex in others. e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 31 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 25-33 darong (integrated task on students’ writing quality: is it more effective?) 5. conclusion the study found that the use of integrated task was not more effective than the independent task. regardless of task types, the result of this study should be recognized as a standing point to shed light on considering other aspects of the quality of writing. therefore, this present study provides an implication both theoretically and pedagogically. regarding the theoretical implication, this study may contribute to the existing conceptual framework of how to design features and task complexity with the involvement of discourse competence. meanwhile, the pedagogical implication is concerned with what and how a task type is employed. with the consideration of knowledge background and language proficiency, the instructional techniques and approaches to employ a task type are highly needed in gaining students’ writing quality. regarding the limitations of this present study, this present finding provides possible paths for further studies. first, the understanding of source texts, in fact, might be beneficial or being complex for the students or writers. it might be better if further research studies deal with how the correlation of understanding the source text, language proficiency with writing quality. besides, a further research might be able to reveal the extent of students’ background knowledge on the topic given that influence the quality of writing. as such, it deals with how the students transfer their knowledge by means of a language they possess following the possible topic given. thus, the relation of topic familiarity, background knowledge and the language used toward writing quality is another challenging topic to deal with in the future. declaration author contribution : the author confirms sole responsibility for the following: study conception and design, data collection, analysis and interpretation of results, and manuscript. funding statement : the author declared no potential conflicts of interest with respect to the research, authorship and/or publication of this article. conflict of interest : the author declares no conflict of interest. additional information : the author received no financial support for the research and/or authorship of this article. references abrams, z., & byrd, d. r. (2017). the effects of meaning-focused pre-tasks on beginning-level l2 writing in german : an exploratory study. language teaching research, 21(4), 434–453. https://doi.org/10.1177/1362168815627383 barkaoui, k. (2014). examining the impact of l2 proficiency and keyboarding skills on scores on toefl-ibt writing tasks. language testing, 31(2), 241–259. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532213509810 cho, y., rijmen, f., & novak, j. (2013). investigating the effects of prompt characteristics on the comparability of toefl ibttm integrated writing tasks. language testing, 30(4), 513–534. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532213478796 cumming, j., clark, s. e., ste-marie, d. m., mccullagh, p. and hall, c. 2005. the functions of observational learning. psychology of sport and exercise, 6, 517–537. delaney, a. y. (2008). investigating the reading-to-write construct. journal of english for academic purposes, 7, 140–150. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jeap.2008.04.001 gebril, a., & plakans, l. (2013). toward a transparent construct of reading-to-write tasks : the interface between discourse features and proficiency. language assessment quarterly, 10(1), 9–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/15434303.2011.642040 ghavamnia, m., tavakoli, m., & esteki, m. (2013). the effect of pre-task and online planning conditions on complexity, accuracy, and fluency on efl learners ’ written production. porta linguarum, 20(junio), 31– 43. grabe, w., & zhang, c. (2013). reading and writing together: a critical component of english for academic purposes teaching and learning. tesol journal, 4(1), 9–24. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesj.65 https://doi.org/10.1177/1362168815627383 https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532213509810 https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532213478796 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jeap.2008.04.001 https://doi.org/10.1080/15434303.2011.642040 https://doi.org/10.1002/tesj.65 32 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 25-33 darong (integrated task on students’ writing quality: is it more effective?) grace, d., & malang, u. n. (2018). relationships among writing and reading as a respond to critical journal review. international journal of emerging technologies in learning, 8(1), 341–344. gu, l. (2014). at the interface between language testing and second language acquisition: language ability and context of learning language. language testing, 31(1), 111–133. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532212469177 hayes, j. r. (1996). a new framework for understanding cognition and affect in writing. in c. m. levy & s. ransdell (eds.), the science of writing: theories, methods, individual differences, and applications (p. 1– 27). lawrence erlbaum associates, inc. in’nami, & yokoizumi, r. (2016). task and rater effects in l2 speaking and writing : a synthesis of generalizability studies. language testing, 33(3), 341–366. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532215587390 knoch, u., & sitajalabhorn, w. (2013). a closer look at integrated writing tasks : towards a more focussed definition for assessment purposes. assessing writing, 18(4), 300–308. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asw.2013.09.003 kuiken, f., & vedder, i. (2014). rating written performance : what do raters do and why ? language testing, 31(3), 329–348. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532214526174 leaper, d. a. (2014). the influence of prompt on group oral tests. language testing, 31(2), 177–204. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532213498237 ling, g., mollaun, p., & xi, x. (2014). a study on the impact of fatigue on human raters when scoring speaking responses. language testing, 31(4), 479–499. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532214530699 nitta, r., & nakatsuhara, f. (2014). a multifaceted approach to investigating pre-task planning effects on paired oral test performance. language testing, 31(2), 147–175. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532213514401 pertiwii, dian, ngadiso, and drajat, n. a. (2018). the effectiveness of dictogloss in teaching writing skill viewed from students’s motivation. international journal of emerging technologies in learning, 8(1), 366–380. plakans, l. (2009). discourse synthesis in integrated second language writing assessment. language testing, 26(4), 561–587. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532209340192 plakans, l. (2010). independent vs. integrated writing tasks: a comparison of task representation. tesol quarterly, 44(1), 185–194. https://doi.org/10.5054/tq.2010.215251 plakans, l., gebril, a., & bilki, z. (2016). shaping a score : complexity , accuracy , and fluency in integrated writing performances. language testing, 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532216669537 rassaei, e. (2014). effects of textual enhancement and input enrichment on l2 development. tesol journal, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesj.149 sawaki, y., quinlan, t., & lee, y. (2013). understanding learner strengths and weaknesses : assessing performance on an integrated writing task. language assessment quarterly, 10(1), 73–95. shi, l., & ma, z. (2016). application of visual interactive concept map in college english writing teaching. internaltional journal of emerging technologies in learning, 11(11), 32–36. shin, s., & ewert, d. (2015). what accounts for integrated reading-to-write task scores ? language testing, 32(2), 259–281. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532214560257 thi, m., nguyen, t., pham, h. t., & pham, t. m. (2015). the effects of input enhancement and recasts on the development of second language pragmatic competence. innovation in language learning and teaching, (april 2015), 37–41. https://doi.org/10.1080/17501229.2015.1026907 wette, r. (2014). teacher-led collaborative modelling in academic l2 writing courses. elt journal, 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccu043 wolfersberger, m. (2013). refining the construct of classroombased writing-from-readings assessment : the role of task representation. language assessment quarterly, 10(1), 49–72. https://doi.org/10.1080/15434303.2012.750661 yan, x. (2014). an examination of rater performance on a local oral english proficiency test : a mixed-methods approach. language testing, 31(4), 501–527. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532214536171 https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532212469177 https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532215587390 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asw.2013.09.003 https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532213498237 https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532214530699 https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532213514401 https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532209340192 https://doi.org/10.5054/tq.2010.215251 https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532216669537 https://doi.org/10.1002/tesj.149 https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532214560257 https://doi.org/10.1080/17501229.2015.1026907 https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccu043 https://doi.org/10.1080/15434303.2012.750661 https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532214536171 e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 33 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 25-33 darong (integrated task on students’ writing quality: is it more effective?) yang, h.-c., & plakans, l. (2012). second language writers strategy use and performance on an integrated reading-listening-writing task. tesol quarterly, 46(1), 80–103. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.6 zhang, x. (2017). reading – writing integrated tasks, comprehensive corrective feedback, and efl writing development. language teaching research, 21(2), 217–240. https://doi.org/10.1177/1362168815623291 https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.6 https://doi.org/10.1177/1362168815623291 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 188-197 188 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id how silence facilitates verbal participation dat bao a,1,*, nguyen thanh-my b,2 a monash university, wellington rd, clayton vic 3800, australia b ho chi minh open university, 97 võ văn tần, phường 6, quận 3, thành phố hồ chí minh 700000, vietnam 1 dat.bao@monash.edu.au*; 2 my.t.nguyen112@gmail.com * corresponding author 1. introduction this article, which draws upon research evidence, argues that language teachers should not simply promote learner talk by discouraging learner silence. we believe that doing this would represent a serious misunderstanding of how silence works because, without productive mental processing, talk either cannot happen or happens in poor quality. we would like to challenge the scholarly view, such as one advocated by canary and macgregor (2008), that ideal students are those who participate in classroom discussion and less ideal students are those who remain silent. justified by that view, many intervention projects have been conducted to ‘rescue’ learners from silence. for instance, a study by smith et al., (2005) was designed to put introverted students through pedagogical therapy with remedies for articulation. such an experiment would produce temporary results rather than long-term educational impact because it treats students as if they were patients in the hospital. in other words, those treatments might help lessen the symptoms of being quiet but barely remove silence completely when it comes to introverted students’ personality. this is only one example of research of this type among others, including classroom experiments by boniecki and moore (2003), canary and macgregor (2008), dallimore et al., (2004), weaver and qi (2005), to cite a few. classroom intervention sometimes oversimplifies silence and ignores the fact that many learners employ silence to incubate thoughts and rehearse internal performance. once such preparation brings readiness, these students would speak out and contribute to the lesson at their best. any attempt to cut off silence from talk would mean to stop this productive process from happening and cause damage to students’ learning mechanisms. to support our argument, we collected evidence about how learners use silence to prepare for talk. we hypothesise that although there may be a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 28 october 2020 revised 10 december 2020 accepted 14 december 2020 the article reports a qualitative-quantitative case study of 239 vietnamese university students’ perspectives on the effects of their silence on the formulation and quality of their talk. it presents participants’ voices with regards to whether and how their silent thinking influences verbal communication in the english language classroom and discusses the dynamics of productive learning strategies that would benefit the quality of speech. data from an open-ended questionnaire reveal insights into students’ silent and verbal learning with a focus on the logical relationship between the two modes. three findings coming out of this project include different nuances of the silent learning behaviour, the frequency of success in producing speech after mental processing practice, and a range of practical strategies that helps turn thoughts into verbal output. the study unpacks the importance of silence as autonomous learning and proposes relevant classroom activities for more rewarding outcomes. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords silence talk learner perception learning experience http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:dat.bao@monash.edu.au mailto:my.t.nguyen112@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 189 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 188-197 dat bao & nguyen thanh-my (how silence facilitates verbal participation) students who may use silence passively to relax and switch off from classroom discussion, there might be others who thoughtfully employ silent processing to build talk and hope to participate once they are ready to do so. with this in mind, the study investigated vietnamese university students’ perspectives on the effects of their silence on the formulation and quality of their talk. without pre-conceived evaluation of the value of learner silence in this community, the study is open to participants’ voices with regards to whether and how their silent thinking influences verbal communication in the english language classroom, which can be either negative or positive, or both. in the case where positive use of silence is noted, the project looks further into the dynamics of such productive moments for learning strategies that would benefit the quality of speech. learner silence has gained a great deal of scholarly attention due to the challenge to both the understanding of silent behaviour and the use of silence in learning. to many teachers, quiet learners who seldom verbally contribute to the lessons are underestimated as being passive and unenthusiastic (kalamaras, 1994). silence is often viewed as a cultural phenomenon. over the years, students’ quietness in many east-asian educational settings is construed as the demonstration of its unique culture. as ramirez (1989) asserts, cultural factors and early experiences often direct learning styles; students from different backgrounds might develop divergent thinking, learning, and behaving. studies into the relationship between socio-cultural aspects and learning habits (see, for example, abede & deneke, 2015; bista, 2012; santosa & mardiana, 2018) have pointed to learner background of confucian and collectivist society to explain silence. common characteristics associated with these philosophy systems are the appreciation of mercy, social order, responsibility, and interdependency. a study by bao (2014) however, discovered that many east-asian students who have studied in australia do not believe in confucianism as the explanation of their behaviour. instead, they admit having adapted and modified their learning styles to a great extent to suit the new academic culture. because of this, to hold on to students’ cultural origins and deny students’ ability to be flexible learners represents narrow-mindedness. it is unhelpful to develop research designs based on stereotypical thinking. in confucian and collectivist societies, students often refrain from impulsive talk as a way of maintaining social harmony. arguments and critique are not highly recommended in these educational contexts; thus, the communication between teachers and students in the classroom is usually one-way, initiated by teachers in most cases (wursten & jacobs, 2013). some students speak only when being called by teachers to show respect to status. talking less or keeping quiet also serves to refrain from negative behaviour during a conversation when one feels upset. in many international settings, when learners behave within such cultural reasoning, they may be perceived as uncooperative and over-dependent on knowledge transmission (nguyen, a. t. h., 2002; nguyen, h. t., 2002; tran, 2013). while each culture embraces its values, it seems to be senseless to determine which is more rational without consideration of the social context of learning. while becoming too busy looking into cultures to explain silence as a problem, many forget that silence is laden with important cognitive values, which contain preconditions for composing thoughts that can become verbal participation. for example, in the context of a law-school setting, the fast pace of high-pressure discussion where both the accuracy and fluency in speaking contribute to the persuasiveness of a speech seems to be required of eloquent students. a silent pause provided during such discussion may encourage silent learners to express their voices and join a debate. silence allows less verbal students to think and break eloquent peers’ verbal dominance when needed (roberts, 2010). silence can be a preparatory step for verbal involvement after learners have sufficiently employed their personal space for attentive listening and proactive thinking. the internalization of language input usually occurs in silence when the stimulus domain in the learner’s brain turns on a more conscious mode. as krashen's distinction (1981) between acquisition and learning indicates, simple data are stored in explicit knowledge source and the more challenging abstract rules are stored in implicit knowledge source. simply put, when the mind struggles with complex data, learners need more thinking time to boost the creative ideas and problem-solving skills (nijstad et al., 2010). besides ideas, mental processing also benefits language rehearsal. if in actual conversation, linguistic self-repair is constructed through pauses, hesitation, tracks, and corrections such as ‘ah’, ‘well’, ‘i mean’, in the mind, such repair manifests in silence (goodwin, 1981; tannen, 1993). according to guerrero (1991), many learners practice self-talking, a kind of metatalk or inner speech, consecutively over the years before the time an accurate and meaningful 190 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 188-197 dat bao & nguyen thanh-my (how silence facilitates verbal participation) utterance is officially produced. thus, the quality of language output can be improved thanks to the adequate amount of time devoted to thoughtful participation. there are also other circumstances under which silence is advisable. for instance, silence is preferably observed in libraries for its favourable earning conditions (ollin, 2008; zembylas & michaelides, 2004). silence serves as disciplinary classroom management and precondition for studying (bista, 2012), especially when excessive talk turns into chaotic noise and distraction. although many teachers are acutely aware of this, when it comes to academic performance, some disvalue the use of silence and regard it as inferior to speech. the current study challenges this common perception and presents a more truthful picture of learning by collecting students’ voices. these voices will help justify the nature of their use of silence as well as how such silence supports or fails to support verbal participation in the english language classroom. after all, learners themselves must be given the opportunity to explain their own behaviour instead of scholars or teachers always speaking for them on the basis of presumption. 2. research method this case study was conducted at a tertiary school located in ho chi minh city, vietnam in 2020. the choice of research location has to do with the researchers’ professional network and travel practicality. students from various bachelor year levels in a wide range of discipline majors were recruited on the foundation of voluntary participation in the project. their english proficiency ranged from basic (a2) to upper-intermediate (b2) in the common european framework of reference for languages (cefr), as identified by the name of their current english classes reported in a questionnaire. data on learner reflection were collected to explore both silent and verbal learning with a focus on the relationship between the two modes. more specifically, the questionnaire including eight open-ended questions was developed to seek data in response to four research questions: 1. do students prefer silence or talk in their everyday learning? 2. why do they make such choices? 3. how much silence can turn into talk? 4. what strategies enable that to happen? the reason for open-ended questioning has to do with the need to foster free thoughts and encourage participants’ voice, a philosophy inspired by johnson and christensen (2017). the open nature of this questionnaire acts simultaneously as a qualitative and quantitative tool of data collection. it is qualitative in the sense that participants can write their thoughts in free-styled reflection; it is quantitative in the sense that it yields statistical data to show the proportion of different inclinations in the use of classroom silence. thanks to this mixed-method exploration, the outcome of the project will be presented both statistically and insightfully. 3. findings and discussion this section presents students’ favourite learning behaviour with regards to silent and verbal learning. in this regard, participants stated how much they enjoy talking, cherish silence, prefer to think then talk, or prefer to talk then think. these four varieties were created to tap into the nuances of learning behaviour as we do not want silence and talk to be the only choices of behaviour. research conducted by bao (2014) on international students has demonstrated that between speech and silence there are often a variety of learning modes that are in-betweens. below is the breakdown of students’ choices. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 191 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 188-197 dat bao & nguyen thanh-my (how silence facilitates verbal participation) 3.1. preference for silence and talk fig. 1. student choice of silence and talk although the study focuses on silence, talk stands out as the most favourite choice in students’ learning modes. the chart above shows the number of students (out of 239 participants) who opt for their favourite mode of practicing communicative skills. talk (coded in orange) takes up the most choice among 137 participants (57.9%) as their ultimate aim of classroom learning; while silence (blue) represents the preference of a quarter of the participants (60 students) who enjoy practising verbal skills quietly (24.9%). silence first (gray) is the choice of 39 students who wish to incubate thoughts and will try to speak (16.3%). talk first (yellow) is the choice of only 3 students (0.9%) who feel the need to speak first and reflect later. the open-ended data reveal four reasons for silence and three reasons for talk. 3.2. four reasons for silence first, silence benefits speech. half the number of participants acknowledge that their ultimate aim in learning is to speak rather than keep silence. however, without planning on the intended performance, that aim would be impossible. for example, some would polish their words in the mind until they are ready to speak, elaborating that such autonomous space is important if one wishes to exercise control over the quality of speech. autonomy is sometimes interpreted in the discourse as personal freedom (bosacki & bosacki, 2005). as one student reflected: after formulating the ideas, i will arrange how to speak about it, and check my language to be accurate so that my talk has fewer mistakes. second, silence has its value without the need to speak. the remaining students, on the contrary, emphasise silence as a learning tool in itself, that is, to serve comprehension and analytical thinking without having to finally say that out loud. one explained: not all the time i say aloud helps me understand the lesson. when i keep silent, i understand better. i have more time to brainstorm. third, silence plays the role of maintaining communication rules. it occurs in between two talking turns, that is, when one person finishes what they need to say, a moment of silence would indicate that the turn is now ready to pass on to the next person, turn-giving. suppose this rule is not well observed, everyone might be confused, as one participant reasoned: 192 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 188-197 dat bao & nguyen thanh-my (how silence facilitates verbal participation) talking out of turn will cause distraction. the speaker must have a listener. it is very common for everyone to take turns to say. this way of practicing the silent rule is acknowledged in the relevant discourse as having a communicative function (see, for example, jensen, 1973). fourth, silence allows an internal dialogue between the listener and the speaker. while being attentive to someone else’s verbal contribution, the listener not only tries to comprehend the message but also quietly interacts with that message. such interaction, according to the data, involves interpreting information, forming an opinion, and planning a response. these ways of utilising silence are not mutually independent but rather interrelated. they demonstrate several graded ways of thinking, ranging from silence for understanding and thinking to silence for supporting the rule and performing. the choice of such a decision would be contingent upon classroom situations, personality, and the degree of learning challenge. 3.3. three reasons for talk students who opt for talk as their optimal learning choice also share their rationale. first, the aim of talk is to receive feedback. one student explains: even when i know how to pronounce the words and make a sentence; i still want to say it aloud so that my teacher can listen and fix my mistakes. sometimes what you perceive is not always correct; therefore, communication is to learn from each other which makes our perspectives richer. second, talk serves to build confidence in communication, as one reveals: when we share our thoughts, we have a chance to know how good our communication skills are. we notice our current level from that awareness and know what gaps in our knowledge should be filled. doing is always harder than thinking. third, talk makes teamwork possible. silence affects teamwork efficiency since the lack of communication among members leading to low performance of roles and responsibilities. one participant expresses concern over excessive silence: it is great to prepare before speaking but thinking too long will lead to stagnation. a person who thinks too carefully cannot give quick responses. someone who thinks too much may forget the initial ideas. as data speak, silence can be useful or useless. although silence proves to be a useful conceptual tool to construct ideas and language, excessive silence might turn out to be a negative factor in learning. simply put, thinking about how language works in silence is advantageous; however, it is not advisable to remain silent all the time. learner silence becomes productive when one utilises quiet space for thoughts and output, while not properly employing it might also result in low learning impacts. 3.4. how much silence transforms into talk this discussion takes a closer look at the productive side of silence in supporting verbal output. the finding illuminates the extent to which the students’ mental processing practice yields speech performance. it is important to note that not all moments of preparation for verbal participation are successful. sometimes, one thinks hard for a way to participate but might end up producing little or nothing to say. in the questionnaire design, we lined up such possibilities in a nuanced frequency ranging from the most to the least often when they attempt to use silence works or fails to work as planned. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 193 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 188-197 dat bao & nguyen thanh-my (how silence facilitates verbal participation) fig. 2. how often silence become talk figure 2 demonstrates various degrees of student confidence in silent learning or the possibilities of how often cognitive processing in silence can lead to immediate verbal participation reported by the participants in this case study. it is interesting to see that the percentage mostly distributed in the middle of the scale, demonstrating the fair effectiveness of learner silence in preparing the talk. as revealed by the data, is that on average, 18 students (7.5%) disclose that their attempts to turn silent thinking into verbal participation always succeed and 45 students (18.8%) remember they frequently succeed (as shown in the dark blue and orange columns). that is, one quarter of the 239 participants (26.3%) have that confidence that there is a strong connection between mental processing and verbal articulation. these are students who feel they have great control over the efficiency of their silent learning. one participant internalised: i usually keep quiet when i need to brainstorm ideas. while my friends are talking, i will arrange the ideas in mind, translate my thoughts into english. that approach is much better because thinking and talking at the same time is too risky to make mistakes. the gray column in the middle shows that nearly half the number of participants are less certain about how silence can become talk. that is, 69 students (40.2%) remember that out of ten times they try to think for talk, 4 times they might end up talking and 6 times they might remain silent. although this group do not have great control over their mental rehearsal, they do believe in the value of silence in forming speech. one of the reasons for silence is students’ ambition of highquality participation, that is, the belief that talking meaningfully is far more important than talking nonsense. below are some thoughts from participants: a vietnamese proverb says, words must be weighed not counted; spend time on saying what is worthwhile. i usually concentrate silently on thinking about the answers. funny talks are only useful for socialisation. while studying, students should think more and talk less. the remaining 80 students (33.5%), as shown in the yellow and light blue columns, do not make effort in verbal participation but most of the time stay within their silent thinking. in this group, some students do not see the lack of participation is a problem but feel that they can learn to listen and observe without having to speak. as several participants elaborate: 194 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 188-197 dat bao & nguyen thanh-my (how silence facilitates verbal participation) when i am quiet, i focus more on the ideas and i feel like i can complete my work in silence more quickly rather than talking with someone else. you should probably keep quiet for a while waiting for someone to answer first. then you will understand how to tackle the task and be more ready to contribute the next answers. when i stop talking, i can watch other people working and i learn more from them. that is why the following speakers will often make fewer mistakes than the antecedent ones. when i was quiet to observe and listen to my friends, i was able to refine what i agreed with and i had plenty of time to formulate sharper ideas before joining the discussion. others take a cautious stance towards participation for different psychological reasons, as stated in students’ words: i did not want people to judge me when i contribute something new first. i would rather listen to others and join the discussion to express my agreement or disagreement. i usually keep quiet at the beginning of the lesson or before the presentation. probably i cannot speak anything until i feel ready enough. overall, the data show a reasonable balance between silent thinking and verbal contribution. this reality reflects what the discourse highlights about communication, that is, effective communication is about both speech and silence (bao, 2020a). as evident in the data, silence proves to be useful for speech as it is employed more proactively than demonstrate passively in the learning process. these figures, which represent the efficiency of silence, are not commonly documented in the current discourse in silence research. although this is only a case study of 239 students in one context, the breakdown in the silent-talk relationship signifies the extent to which learners treat silence as a learning tool. it also consolidates the significant reality that silence has a closer relationship with talk than we often know. from this awareness, it would be unhelpful if teachers think twice before blaming quiet students for not learning. depending on students’ intellectual ability, character traits, and classroom dynamics, silent rehearsal might experience a delay until students feel ready to speak. teachers might learn to be tolerant of all this and maintain a conducive atmosphere for mental engagement among individuals. 3.5. strategies for transforming silence to talk it has been proved from research from research that learner behaviour is never static, because learners constantly adjust their participation mode (bao & ye, 2000). when taking a closer look at how students treat silence as a set of learning skills we realize that silence is not one single behaviour but is made up of a range of practical strategies with the potential to connect thoughts into verbal output. data collected from one of the open-ended questions reveal eight different ways of employing silence as outlined below. table 1. list of strategies for transforming silence to talk silent learning strategies frequency percentage of cases gathering thoughts 181 75.7 mental rehearsal 179 74.9 writing down ideas 163 68.2 self-talk 125 52.3 listening to peers 107 44.8 doing nothing 6 2.5 using a dictionary 5 2.1 visualising others the strategies in table 1 are not employed separately from one another. instead, most students resort to more than one strategy as arising from both classroom circumstances and individualised ways of learning. as the data show, the five most frequently employed strategies in this case study issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 195 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 188-197 dat bao & nguyen thanh-my (how silence facilitates verbal participation) include gathering thoughts (75.7%, n=181), rehearsing talk in the mind (74.9%, n=179), writing down ideas (68.2%, n=163), self-talk (52.3%, n=125), and listening to peers (44.8%, n=107). visualising was reported by a minority of participants (2.1%, n=5 in all). very few students treat silence as an idle time and do nothing, that is, making no effort to think or speak (2.5%, n=6). it is important to note that a large percentage of students, that is, between 52.3% and 75.7% of all respondents, acknowledge that they employ silence in intensive mental work such as gathering thoughts, rehearsing participation in the mind, talking to oneself, and writing down what they wish to say. such practices demonstrate an autonomous tendency to make pro-active use of silence for learning rather than to use silent time for relaxation. 4. conclusion three implications can be drawn from this study to benefit elt pedagogy. first, teachers need to be attentive to learner needs for silent processing. a time can be allocated for this practice when tasks are designed, with instructions for how much time students might need as well as how to follow up on that in the end. second, silence needs to have an outcome, whether it is speech, or it results in students’ enhanced l2 input, the latter of which can be evident in form of note-taking or improved assessment performance at a later time. third, teaching needs to recognise silence as multiple learning strategies rather than perceive it as one type of behaviour. with this understanding in mind, classroom activities can include these ways of learning to be communicated to learners for clear expectations and for maximizing the potential of mental processing. the study has provided evidence of students’ diverse ways of using silence. this goes well with the discourse that recognizes silence as a form of engagement (bao, 2020b) and a strong association with vocal manipulation (bao, 2019). we appeal for teacher support to ensure that learners can exercise more choices and control over the learning process. the ultimate aim of such endeavour is to help learners take advantage of productive silence for speaking practice through various strategies. from a learner perspective, silence both facilitates and hinders the learning process. besides, it is important to be mindful of learners who might be off task during silence, that is, simply relaxing and not knowing how to employ mental rehearsal for learning. teachers might wish to develop a balanced understanding that not all positive silences lead to speech, but it all depends on class time availability, classroom circumstances, and individual decisions to contribute. the exploration of learner perspectives on the role of silence in producing verbal output in this article only representes one specific case. there is the need to replicate this type of research in other contexts for a more generalised view on how silence can boost speech. a second recommendation for research is how pedagogy responds to this silence-speech productive model with a relevant instructional procedure and strategies. a third topic is to compare teacher and learner attitudes towards reflective learning and how that understanding influences classroom learning. references abede, d. t. & deneke, d. g. (2015). causes of students’ limited participation in efl classroom: ethiopian public universities in focus. international journal of educational research and technology, 6(1), 74–89. bao, d. (2014). understanding silence and reticence: nonverbal participation in second language acquisition. london & new york: bloomsbury. bao, d. (2019). the place of silence in second language acquisition. english language teaching and research journal (eltar-j) 1(1), august 2019, pp. 26-42. bao, d. (2020a). exploring how silence communicates. english language teaching educational journal, 3(1), 1-13. bao, d. (2020b). silence, talk, and in-betweens: east-asian students’ responses to task challenge in an australian university. in jim king & harumi seiko (eds). east-asian perspectives on silence in english language education. bristol: multilingual matters, pp.17-36. bao, d. & ye, y. (2020). investigating learner silent and verbal response to tasks. international journal of teaching and education 4(1), pp.61-72. doi: https://doi.org/10.22437/ijolte.v4i1.10469 https://doi.org/10.22437/ijolte.v4i1.10469 196 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 188-197 dat bao & nguyen thanh-my (how silence facilitates verbal participation) bosacki, s. l., & bosacki, s. (2005). the culture of classroom silence (vol. 31). peter lang. boniecki, k. a., & moore, s. (2003). breaking the silence: using a token economy to reinforce classroom participation. teaching of psychology, 30(3), 224-227. bista, k. (2012). silence in teaching and learning: perspective of a nepalese graduate student. college teaching, 60(2), 76–82. canary, d. j., & macgregor, i. m. (2008). differences that make a difference in assessing student communication competence. communication education, 57(1), 41-63. dallimore, e. j., hertenstein, j. h., & platt, m. b. (2004). classroom participation and discussion effectiveness: student-generated strategies. communication education, 53(1). goodwin, c. (1981). conversational organization: interaction between speakers and hearers. academic press. guerrero, m. c. m. (1991). the nature of inner speech in mental rehearsal of the second language [unpublished doctoral dissertation]. inter american university. jensen, j. v. (1973). communicative functions of silence. etc: a review of general semantics, 249-257. johnson, b., & christensen, l. b. (2017). educational research: quantitative, qualitative, and mixed approaches. kalamaras, g. (1994). reclaiming the tacit dimension: symbolic form on the rhetoric of the silence. state university of new york press. krashen, s. d. (1981). second language acquisition and second language learning. pergamon press. nguyen, a. t. h. (2002). cultural effects on learning and teaching english in vietnam. the language teacher. http://www.jalt.publications.org/old_tlt/articles/2002/01/an nguyen, h. t. (2002). vietnam: cultural background for esl/efl teachers. the review of vietnamese studies, 2(1), 1–6. nijstad, b. a., de dreu, c. k. w., rietzschel, e. f., & baas, m. (2010). the dual pathway to creativity model: creative ideation as a function of flexibility and persistence. european review of social psychology, 21(1), 34–77. https://doi.org/10.1080/10463281003765323 ollin, r. (2008). silent pedagogy and rethinking classroom practice: structuring teaching through silence rather than talk. cambridge journal of education, 38(2), 265–280. ramirez, m. i. (1989). pluralistic education: a bicognitive-multilcultural style: cross ethnic comparisons. early child development and care, 51, 137–155. roberts, d. e. (2010). the paradox of silence: some questions about silence as resistance. faculty scholarship at penn law, 1318. https://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/faculty_scholarship/1318 santosa, b., & mardiana, r. (2018). english learner’s perspective on culture and silence in an efl university classroom. international journal of english language teaching, 6(8), 18–24. smith, k. a., sheppard, s. d., johnson, d. w., & johnson, r. t. (2005). pedagogies of engagement: classroom‐based practices. journal of engineering education, 94(1), 87-101. tannen, d. (ed.). (1993). gender and conversational interaction. oxford university press. tran, t. t. (2013). factors affecting teaching and learning english in vietnamese universities. the internet journal language, culture and society, 38, 138–145. weaver, r. r., & qi, j. (2005). classroom organization and participation: college students' perceptions. the journal of higher education, 76(5), 570-601. wursten, h., & jacobs, c. (2013). the impact of culture on education. the hofstede centre, itm international. zembylas, m., & michaelides, p. (2004). the sound of silence in pedagogy. educational theory, 54(2), 193–210. http://www.jalt.publications.org/old_tlt/articles/2002/01/an https://doi.org/10.1080/10463281003765323 https://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/faculty_scholarship/1318 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 197 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 188-197 dat bao & nguyen thanh-my (how silence facilitates verbal participation) appendix – questionnaire 1. do you feel comfortable or uncomfortable when keeping silent in an english-speaking classroom? why? 2. do you feel annoyed or comfortable if your partners tend to keep quiet without sharing ideas with you in a speaking activity? please explain. 3. do you think silent students are unintelligent and passive or do you have another opinion? 4. in a speaking activity in a classroom, do you initiate or respond? 5. do you improve english speaking skills by talking aloud or processing ideas quietly? how? 6. does your teacher provide sufficient thinking time during english speaking activities? please comment on how and in what case you might need such a time. 7. how often does your silent thinking result in talk? if possible, give an example of how silence help you prepare for class participation. 8. which of these do you usually do during your own silence while preparing for interaction? writing down ideas, self-talk, mental rehearsal, listening to peers, gathering thoughts, doing nothing, others (please explain). english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 15-24 15 10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3935 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id virtual or face to face classes: ecuadorian university students’ perceptions during the pandemic julia sevy-biloon universidad nacional de educacion (unae), 54wh+6h chuquipata centro, ecuador julia.sevy@unae.edu.ec a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 07 april 2021 revised 16 april 2021 accepted 21 april 2021 due to the pandemic, classes have moved online for 2020-2021, and a return to face-to-face classes in the national university of education (unae) in ecuador is unknown. students studying in the undergraduate program to be english language teachers are slowly adapting to this new form of e-learning, and some have found that they prefer online classes, while many are waiting for the day they return to classes. the objective of this study is to look at the pros and cons given by 69 students discussing why taking classes virtually or face to face is a better option for efl and being an elt professional in these turbulent times. some prefer online learning for various reasons such as safety, comfort, economic reasons, and having more time in general. some find elearning difficult and want to return to synchronous classes because they feel there is little interaction between classmates and teachers, they cannot practice english authentically, cannot get clarification from the teacher, have a hard time concentrating online, and there are constant internet connection issues. in conclusion, this information has great importance for teachers today who are struggling to teach in this new medium and teach to the needs of their students to aid in their planning and will contribute to future teachers who will teach online. this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords elt efl virtual learning and teaching face-to-face learning and teaching e-learning how to cite: sevy-biloon, j. (2021). virtual or face to face classes: ecuadorian university students’ perceptions during the pandemic. english language teaching educational journal, 4(1), 15-24. doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3935 1. introduction since the pandemic started, teachers have had to reevaluate and reformat how classes are taught and delivered. allo (2020) and raveendran (2021) explains how around the world, schools have closed and are no longer providing face-to-face classes. this is no different in ecuador. though students and teachers alike are still being expected to complete the same tasks but in a new way. teachers still must teach, and students still must learn but through a new medium of e-learning. cabero (2006) explains how e-learning is a new form of distance education that allows the teachers to use innovative technologies to create a more interactive class while the teacher and students are in different geographic places. in the national university of education (unae) in ecuador, this has proven to be almost impossible since teachers and students alike are struggling in the new medium of e-learning where classes were previously designed to be face to face. allo (2020) makes it clear that students have various opinions about e-learning and their new reality, and it is important to understand these perceptions to improve online learning environments. this paper looks into students’ perceptions and opinions of staying https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3935 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id mailto:julia.sevy@unae.edu.ec http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2285-2696 http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3935&domain=pdf e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 16 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 15-24 sevy-biloon (virtual or face to face classes: ecuadorian university students’ perceptions during the pandemic) home and taking classes online through an e-learning format. it looks at what students think are the pros and cons of this new learning form due to the covid-19 pandemic and how teachers are attempting to adapt. akande and samson (2009) discuss how perceptions can help understand a person’s motivation and how they will react to different situations. in terms of the classroom and this new environment, it is important to understand what students think to help teachers plan for the future. allo (2020) describes how teachers are adapting to this new reality by giving lectures, using various online learning tools, online forums, applications for virtual assignments, and e-classrooms to continue student education and how these adaptions affect their students’ abilities to learn and their motivation. layali and al-shlowiy (2020) explain how focusing on students’ perceptions to understand this new reality can give new insight into how the covid-19 pandemic has changed the face of education and how to move forward. at the beginning of the pandemic, teachers had little time to prepare for online classes and had to learn how to teach through video conference applications. they also had to learn how to base their classes around their virtual classroom. agung, surtikanti and quinones (2020) describe how the initial problem of e-learning was lack of or unstable internet connection creating a situation where everyone had to quickly adapt and find solutions to continue education during the pandemic. many students were initially faced with the basic problem of not having internet access in their homes. in ecuador (la educacion en ecuador, 2020), 4.5 million students were affected when schools closed in march of 2020 due to the pandemic. according to an article in the newspaper el pais by constante (2020, june 16), over 70% of students do not have internet access in their homes or the necessary technology for them to successfully study. these sources show how this occurrence is like the rest of the world. in unae, efl students and teachers have been adapting to this new medium for the last year. teachers have had to adapt and learn new forms of teaching and assessment, teach longer hours, take courses about technological tools to aid in teaching and support the student’s needs. while students have had to struggle with finding consistent internet connection, handle many personal problems, adapt to staying home most of the time, and learn how to learn a language and become a teacher through independent online learning. maison, kurniawan, and anggraini (2021) have described situations during the pandemic where students are becoming more independent and in charge of their own learning. some are taking advantage of an autonomous learning environment and striving through improving their e-learning skills. however, after teaching and learning online for two semesters, many teachers and students are learning to adapt to the new normal of e-learning in english as a foreign language (elt) and english language teaching (elt). agung, surtikanti and quinones (2020) discussed the adaptations that have been made to a typical efl classroom, teachers' strategies, and the student's perceptions about learning online because of the covid-19 pandemic. some students are even finding taking classes online is an improved learning mode for them to advance in their studies. evisen, akyilmaz and torun (2020) completed a study in turkey and found that students thought there were some advantages to e-learning during the pandemic. some students liked having more time to complete tasks, work more independently, and ultimately many felt more comfortable learning in their own home in a safe environment. whiles others are still struggling and feel their education is lacking because they cannot attend face-to-face classes. evisen, akilmaz and torun (2020) explained many students had connection problems, many were still trying to get accustomed to the new learning process, have many distractions while studying outside of the classroom, and some just missed going to classes and socializing with other students and teachers in a face to face environment. nartiningrum and nugroho (2020) found similar findings in indonesia, explaining that their students had similar challenges during the time of changing from face-to-face to online learning. this is not different in continental africa, where adeoye, adanikin, and adanikin (2020) found with the pandemic a clear divide between the poor and wealthy students in the country. many students have not been able to afford to keep studying as education changes from a classroom setting to virtual or online education. many students are falling behind because they do not have adequate internet access throughout the country. these advantages and disadvantages of online classes are similar to the ones that were found in ecuador. this study found that understanding the student’s perceptions of what aids in their learning and what is difficult allows for teachers to better plan their online classes and help students who do not have internet access. this contribution to the area of education will aid teachers around the world who are attempting to plan classes and teach to the needs of their students. 17 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 15-24 sevy-biloon (virtual or face to face classes: ecuadorian university students’ perceptions during the pandemic) 1.1. perceptions when discussing students’ perceptions, it is important to understand how this idea can be defined. mcdonald (2011) explains how perceptions can be one’s reality and how one person sees that experience. he goes onto explain how many factors such as religion, geography, cultural expectations, level of education, and personal background can all affect how a single person can perceive an event or activity taking place. meaning most people having similar experiences can all have different perceptions. qiong (2017) defines perception as to how people understand and internalize knowledge, experiences, or expectations. the author goes onto to explain that first, people choose what they will perceive from the world around them. then they must construct a format that makes sense to them to understand the information being internalized. finally, they decipher the organized information to create individual perceptions of a person, place, thing, or experience. perception can be manipulated and different depending on factors that affect the students. akande and samson (2009) go even further and explaining that a person’s prior knowledge of the situation can also play a role in affecting how that person perceives the situation was occurring, especially in education. de lange, heilbron, and kok (2018) make it clear that what people know before the thing or experience can shape people’s perceptions about that area. 1.2. distance learning, e-learning, and face-to-face learning to understand the changes that have occurred in the past year and the effects they have had on university students, first, we must understand the different mediums that have been used in education. radha, mahalakshmi, kumar and saravanakumar (2020) explain that education is how students can learn. in turn, this is how students gain knowledge about a certain subject or area of importance. it is important to understand how learning outside of the classroom has evolved over time. teachers had always taught in a traditional face-to-face classroom, though before the pandemic, many universities had created distance learning programs. these programs were defined by moore and kearsley (2012) as a way for students to obtain classroom-based instruction outside the classroom using various forms of technology, so students can receive courses while physically in a different place than in a traditional classroom. today, students have not been given the option of being in a classroom, and therefore, physically being in a different place is the only feasible option available. therefore, taking courses has become what finch and jacobs (2012) explain as distance learning or being in a different place and still allowing students to have a classroom experience. bell and fedeman (2013) suggest that these distance learning programs have adapted because of the egregious amounts of technological advances on the internet or worldwide web. however, it is important to point out that distance learning has rapidly evolved into an updated medium called e-learning. this can be defined by layali and alshlowiy (2020) as the use of all online tools such as video conferencing applications, messaging applications, and social media applications that promote interaction. these researchers go on to explain how these tools can aid in students learning and allow for mimicked social interactions that once occurred in a face-to-face classroom creating an optimal learning environment for some participants. 1.3. pandemic problems and solutions from around the world in the area of education around the world, teachers and students have experienced many of the same struggles that have been brought about by the covid -19 pandemic. azzahra (2020), agung, surtikanti and quinones (2020), and nartiningrum and nugroho (2020) describe how in indonesia, many low-income students whose families live outside large cities do not have access to the internet or have very limited resources to be able to study online. this broadens the inequality between students even more than before the pandemic. they go onto describe how having stable internet has been a major impediment for changing to an e-learning environment. azzahra (2020) goes onto to explain how these new problems also have come with big solutions. the government and private organizations have been working nonstop to increase access to technology for low-income students and create new forms of learning online to aid in the teaching and learning process around the country. nartiningrum and nugroho (2020) have shared how teachers who have experienced the problems of students not being able to connect or becoming less motivated to learn have innovated teachers to learn new teaching strategies and create powerful online learning tools. other countries discussed by evisen, akyilmaz and torun (2020) are turkey, which has had similar problems and is working to find new solutions. students have made it clear that they feel as though they cannot interact as well with their classmates and teachers in an e-learning mode verse a face-to-face class, according to adnan and anwar (2020). this e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 18 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 15-24 sevy-biloon (virtual or face to face classes: ecuadorian university students’ perceptions during the pandemic) is a common complaint and perception of students around the world. in the philippines, toquero (2020) mentions how curriculum adaptions are necessary for higher education to improve the learning of students. the author explains how universities and institutions were not ready for the pandemic, and changes are necessary for education to improve. ecuador is no different. asanov, flores, mckenzie, mensmann, and schulte (2021) found that students struggle with an internet connection, and not everyone has access directly from their home or has the tools necessary to take online classes. lynch (2020) goes even further, saying that even with the correct use of technology and access to the internet, online classes need to be adapted to the new format. students find many teachers are not adapting the curriculum to fit the new normal. this is creating a disconnect between the virtual classes and the material. teachers and institutions around the world have begun to adapt to the new form of education and learning that is necessary because of the pandemic. teachers have begun innovating their teaching strategies and utilizing technological tools to better their online classes. in india, jena (2020) explains these are the ways the pandemic has actually created opportunities in education. teachers have learned new tools and are applying strategies that were not used in the past. not only are teachers adapting, but the government has invested in educational platforms to aid in student learning. in chile, sepulveda-escobar, and morrison (2020) explain how the pandemic has created an environment for new innovations and for teachers to expand their knowledge and technological abilities. this has been a huge advantage of moving to online learning in the country. velle, newman, montgomery and hyatt (2020) explain that at first, the teachers struggled with changing to online teaching, but with a push for teacher training programs for new technology and strategies to teach online virtual courses are improving. they found many teachers are taking courses to improve their technology use to gain more strategies for interactive online teaching methods. these training have been opportunities for teachers to participate in professional development courses and become better teachers. tejedor, cervi, tusa and parola (2020) found in ecuador that students enjoyed e-learning classes when the teacher was prepared and used ict interactive strategies for teaching. however, they explained that for many of their classes, the teachers were not prepared with these types of tools and did not have the knowledge to make classes innovative. another factor that was found is how fast many young students were able to adapt to virtual or online classes if they had internet access. in greece, kamarianos, adamopoulou, lambropoulos, and stamelos (2020) found many students adapted to the new norm faster than many teachers, considering how comfortable they were with using technology. however, they found that access to new technology played a major role in their ability to adapt. through various studies around the world, it can clearly be seen that access to technology, materials, and the internet are very important for being successful and play an important role in students’ perceptions of online learning. 2. method this paper proposes the question of how students have perceived changes to efl classes at a university level, their opinions and lived experiences about the positive and negative effects of elearning and teaching, and students’ personal life during the time of a pandemic. the objective of this research was to find out why some students prefer online learning, while others are still struggling to improve and feel comfortable taking classes in this mode to better prepare future online classes and be more prepared to teach them. it is based on qualitative research following a phenomenological approach as it is based on how student educational lives have changed because of the pandemic and describe the pros and cons of these changes when participating in e-learning given by the students themselves. this approach allows the readers to understand how the population has felt during the pandemic and their personal experiences in virtual class situations. the research is based on an online questionnaire. this questionnaire had eight questions, and some were open-ended, and some were structured. the questions asked about students learning preferences, perceived positive and negative effects of elearning, factors which affected their ability to learn in a positive or negative way. this allows for interpretation of the student’s opinions of their experiences from changing from face-to-face to online learning during the pandemic. this paper is based on a sample of 69 upper intermediate elt teacher trainee students from unae. the researcher observed virtual meetings, using answers from a semistructured questionnaire asking about students’ experiences, feelings, and opinions about the changes 19 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 15-24 sevy-biloon (virtual or face to face classes: ecuadorian university students’ perceptions during the pandemic) that have occurred based on online learning and 15 one on one interviews of various students’ personal experiences throughout the last year of their education during the pandemic in the elt teacher training major. 3. findings and discussion 3.1. findings this paper shows students' perceptions about online learning verse face to face learning. figure 1 explains the percentage of students that prefer virtual to face-to-face classes. fig. 1. comparison of virtual to face to face classes figure 1 shows the number of students who prefer virtual learning to face-to-face learning. it can be seen about 70 percent of students prefer face-to-face classes, to about 30 percent of students prefer virtual learning. the mind map in figure 2 explains why some students prefer face-to-face learning verse virtual learning. figure 2 shows 47 students’ different reasons why they prefer taking classes face to face instead of the current virtual mode. fig. 2. mind map of students’ preference on face to face class figure 2 lists the reasons why 47 students prefer face-to-face learning. thirty students explained that when studying in the classroom, they are able to concentrate better and have fewer distractions than when studying online. forty students said that they do not have to worry about their internet connection or any technical problems. twenty students explained that they have more opportunities e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 20 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 15-24 sevy-biloon (virtual or face to face classes: ecuadorian university students’ perceptions during the pandemic) for real interactions in english, such as spontaneous conversations with their teachers and peers. fifteen students made it clear that they can interact more with their peers, and they can ask questions to their teachers when they need to. figure 3 shows 22 students’ reasons as to why taking classes virtually aids in the learning process. fig. 3. mind map of students’ preference on virtual class figure 3 identifies the reasons why 22 students prefer virtual or an e-learning mode to face-to-face classes. eighteen students explained that they now have more time to spend with their family and to complete tasks and responsibilities at home. ten students described how when they were attending university, they used to spend more money on food and transportation, and now they can save this money. seven students found it is much easier for them to concentrate in class while learning virtually. they have found they are less distracted while staying home to learn. twenty students feel safer at home because of the coronavirus and are happy they are not exposed to getting sick. ten students have less anxiety and find themselves participating more in english virtually. they expressed they are less embarrassed if they answer incorrectly while studying behind a screen. 3.2. discussion the research began with twenty class observations of intermediate english language classes online over the course of one semester or four months. these observations gave important information about factors that can show how well virtual classes are functioning, such as how students participate in class, general types of questions they had, and difficulties students had while attending these classes. it is important to understand students’ perceptions. qiong (2017) explains how perceptions can help understand a person’s situation, and this can aid the teacher in creating a better learning environment for the students. in every class observation, 60-90% of the students did not turn on their video cameras for the entire class, while only about 50% of the students actively participated in a class by sharing answers and asking pertinent questions connected to the class content. when asked about why they did not turn on their videos in the one-on-one interviews, many students explained that they either did not have a working video, their internet connection was not good enough to allow them to turn on their video, or they were doing other activities while attending class and therefore could not turn them on. just as kamarianos, adamopoulou, lambropoulos, and stamelos (2020) found, students can participate and increase their abilities to learn when technology and internet connection are not a problem. one student said: “i do not have a computer, and we do not have the internet at home. i have to use my cell phone for class and use the internet from my cell phone provider. i simply do not have enough internet to turn on my camera.” 21 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 15-24 sevy-biloon (virtual or face to face classes: ecuadorian university students’ perceptions during the pandemic) in the questionnaire, students explained that they did not turn on their video cameras and sometimes did not participate in class because they were worried about their appearance, they were working, cooking a meal, taking care of their younger siblings or their children, or felt uncomfortable turning the camera on. many explained they did not participate because they were embarrassed, felt they did not know the right answers, would say the wrong thing, or we're doing other activities while signed into class. one student explained that she is home with her younger siblings and baby and must help her siblings in their online classes, take care of her baby and attend class at the same time. she is doing her best to pay attention in class but cannot actively participate or turn on her camera for the aforementioned reasons. because of the pandemic, many students have needed to get a job to help their families financially. one student commented: “i now have to work to provide for my child since my husband lost his job. i am working while i am attending your class, and this is the reason i cannot turn on my camera.” the reasons mentioned above were observed in the virtual classes, and when asked in the questionnaire if students prefer face to face classes or e-learning, they said they prefer going to class because they are distracted at home and cannot focus or pay attention like when they were in classes in the university. one student described how when she could attend class in unae she could focus only on her studies and not taking care of her family and going to work at the same time. this gave her the ability to study more and learn more in her classes. many students all agreed the most difficult aspect of e-learning is having a stable internet connection and the use of a computer for classes. many students described how they share one computer with their siblings or must take classes on their cellphones. there are a few who do not have stable internet access in their homes and have had to go to a public area with free internet. one student said: “at least once a week, the internet in my house does not work, and i must put myself in danger of getting the virus (covid) by taking a bus to the city center and find free wi-fi to take my classes.” on the other hand, there were some students who said they have found they prefer taking classes online and not having to go to the university each day. some students explained that they live extremely far from the university and now they have more time for homework, their personal life, and studying because they do not have to travel more than two hours each day. ten students described how they feel more comfortable and participate more through zoom classes than they did when they attended classes face to face. they explained how they have found they learn better independently and have more confidence actively participating in class from behind a screen. these students voiced that they are improving and learning much easier since beginning classes in an online format. students have found when teachers have adapted the curriculum and use new technological tools. they find online learning easier for them. tejedor, cervi, tusa and parola (2020) found that in ecuador, teachers’ knowledge of technology and how they adapted their classes changed the perceptions of the students who were learning online to a more positive perspective. the results of the findings have shown that many of sixty-nine students from the english language teaching major from semesters four, five, and six have various feelings about studying online and face to face. forty-seven students explained that they prefer learning in a face-to-face classroom, while twenty-two students find e-learning a better format for their individual needs. twenty-two students who said they preferred face-to-face classes had various reasons. twenty students explained they have internet connection problems, platform problems, and general technology issues, which make studying online more difficult for them. eleven students explained they have more opportunities to improve their oral and listening english language skills and have better interaction with the teachers and other students for the purposes of studying understanding topics, and asking questions while attending face-to-face classes. nine students said they could not e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 22 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 15-24 sevy-biloon (virtual or face to face classes: ecuadorian university students’ perceptions during the pandemic) focus at home and have many distractions when taking synchronous classes, and trying to study at home can be a very difficult task. these findings explain why many students prefer learning in a faceto-face setting instead of online learning. however, there were twenty-two students who have adapted to e-learning and have come to prefer taking classes online. ten students explained that they feel more relaxed at home because of the pandemic and do not have to worry about getting sick. nine students said they have found that learning from the comfort of their home has made them feel more relaxed and less anxious about speaking in front of others in the class. they have found they participate more in class because they are behind a screen and do not feel like the spotlight is on them, and they are saving a lot of time and money because they do not have to travel to the university. this has allowed them to have more time for homework, studying, working, and for their families. 4. conclusion before the pandemic, technology was being used in classrooms and advancing at a rapid rate, these changes in technology have changed the way students learn, and teachers teach. then the pandemic began, and this research found students have different opinions about learning face to face verse elearning. most students would like to go back to face-to-face classes as soon as possible for many different reasons. however, some students have found learning online to be beneficial to their individual learning styles and needs. since converting to e-learning was so difficult for most, finding out that some students are more comfortable and learning more comes. this research has proven to be interesting since it shows how students learn and improve in different ways depending on their individual needs and living conditions. this paper also found that there are many uncontrollable outside factors in each students’ life that can affect their ability and interest to learn in an online mode. the implications of this research shows how technology can affect teaching and learning. it also explains how students perceive this use of technology, which in turn can influence the teacher’s abilities to teach effectively. without stable internet access, all of the planning and creation of online courses for students can be deemed useless since the students cannot participate properly. students made it clear that without this, assisting classes online is almost impossible and demotivating. they had also expressed that having many other responsibilities in life such as a job, a family, children, and siblings make studying at home not as important as when they were able to study in a classroom. this can implicate that many students need more support financially and personally to strive and learn in an online setting verse a face-to-face classroom setting since students who have these types of support tend to enjoy online learning more, and some students enjoy this new mode of learning at the university level in ecuador. declaration author contribution : the author confirms sole responsibility for the following: study conception and design, data collection, analysis and interpretation of results, and manuscript. funding statement : the research is funded under no research project. conflict of interest : the author declares no conflict of interest. additional information : no additional information is available for this paper. references adnan, m., & anwar, k. (2020). online learning amid the covid-19 pandemic: students' perspectives. journal of pedagogical sociology and psychology, 2(1), 45-51. doi.org/10.33902/jpsp.%202020261309 adeoye, i. a., adanikin, a. f., & adanikin, a. (2020). covid-19 and e-learning: nigeria tertiary education system experience. international journal of research and innovation in applied science, 5(5), 28-31. retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net https://www.researchgate.net/ 23 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 15-24 sevy-biloon (virtual or face to face classes: ecuadorian university students’ perceptions during the pandemic) agung, a. s. n., surtikanti, m. w., & quinones, c. a. (2020). students’ perception of online learning during covid-19 pandemic: a case study on the english students of stkip akande, samson o. (2009). knowledge, perception, and attitudes of library personnel towards preservation of information resources in nigerian federal university libraries. library and phylosophy practice ejournal. 303. retrieved from http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/libphilprac/303/ asanov, i., flores, f., mckenzie, d., mensmann, m., & schulte, m. (2021). remote-learning, time-use, and mental health of ecuadorian high-school students during the covid-19 quarantine. world development, 138, 105225. retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc7581322/ azzahra, nadia f. (2020). addressing distance learning barriers in indonesia amid the covid-19 pandemic. center for indonesian policy studies. doi:10.35497/309162 bell, b. s., & fedeman, j. e. (2013). e-learning in postsecondary education. the future of children, 23(1), 165-185. retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net cabero, j. (2006). bases pedagógicas del e-learning. revista de universidad y sociedad del conocimiento, 3(1), 1-10. retrieved from http://www.uoc.edu/rusc/3/1/dt/esp/cabero.pdf constante, s. (2020). ecuador: la educación online desde casa es imposible e injusta. el pais. retrieved from https://elpais.com/elpais/2020/06/12/planeta_futuro/1591955314_376413.html de lange, f. p., heilbron, m., & kok, p. (2018). how do expectations shape perception? trends in cognitive sciences, 22(9), 764-779. doi.org/10.1016/j.tics.2018.06.002 evişen, n, akyılmaz, ö, torun, y. (2020). a case study of university efl preparatory class students’ attitudes towards online learning during covid-19 in turkey. gaziantep üniversitesi eğitim bilimleri dergisi, 4(2), 73-93. retrieved from https://dergipark.org.tr/en/pub/guebd/issue/59201/803017 finch, d., & jacobs, k. (2012). online education: best practices to promote learning.proceedings of the human factors and ergonomics 56th annual meeting. doi/abs/10.1177/1071181312561114 allo, m. d. g. (2020). is the online learning good in the midst of covid-19 pandemic? the case of efl learners. jurnal sinestesia, 10(1), 1–10. retrieved from https://sinestesia.pustaka.my.id/journal/article/view/24 jena, p. k. (2020). impact of pandemic covid-19 on education in india. international journal of current research (ijcr), 12. doi.org/10.24941/ijcr.39209.07.2020 kamarianos, i., adamopoulou, a., lambropoulos, h., & stamelos, g. (2020). towards an understanding of university students’ response in times of pandemic crisis (covid-19). european journal of education studies, 7(7). doi.org/10.46827/ejes.v7i7.3149 el universo. (2020). la educación en ecuador tiene que continuar y todos debemos apoyarla, asegura unicef. retrieved from https://www.eluniverso.com/noticias/2020/08/26/nota/7955776/educacion-tiene-quecontinuar-todos-debemos-apoyarla/ layali, k., & al-shlowiy, a. (2020). students’ perceptions of e-learning for esl/efl in saudi universities at time of coronavirus: a literature review. indonesian efl journal, 6(2), 97108. doi: 10.25134/ieflj.v6i2.3378 lynch, m. (2020). e-learning during a global pandemic. asian journal of distance education, 15(1), 189195. retrieved from http://www.asianjde.org/ojs/index.php/asianjde/article/view/457 maison, m., kurniawan, d. a., & anggraini, l. (2021). perception, attitude, and studentawareness in working on online tasks during the covid-19 pandemic. jurnal pendidikan sains indonesia (indonesian journal of science education), 9(1), 108-118. retrieved from http://erepository.unsyiah.ac.id/jpsi/article/view/18039 mcdonald, s. m. (2011). perception: a concept analysis. international journal of nursing terminologies and classifications, no-no. doi.org/10.1111/j.1744-618x.2011.01198.x moore, m., & kearsley, g. (2012). distance education: a systems view of online learning (3rd ed.). belmont, ca: wadsworth. doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2020.1766204 http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/libphilprac/303/ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc7581322/ http://www.uoc.edu/rusc/3/1/dt/esp/cabero.pdf https://sinestesia.pustaka.my.id/journal/article/view/24 https://doi.org/10.24941/ijcr.39209.07.2020 http://dx.doi.org/10.46827/ejes.v7i7.3149 http://www.asianjde.org/ojs/index.php/asianjde/article/view/457 https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1744-618x.2011.01198.x e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 24 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 15-24 sevy-biloon (virtual or face to face classes: ecuadorian university students’ perceptions during the pandemic) nartiningrum, n., & nugroho, a. (2020). online learning amidst global pandemic: efl students’ challenges, suggestions, and needed materials. english franca: academic journal of english language and education, 4(2), 115-140. http://dx.doi.org/10.29240/ef.v4i2.1494 qiong, o. u. (2017). a brief introduction to perception. studies in literature and language, 15(4), 18-28. retrieved from http://flr-journal.org/index.php/sll/article/view/10055 radha, r., mahalakshmi, k., kumar, v. s., & saravanakumar, a. r. (2020). e-learning during lockdown of covid-19 pandemic: a global perspective. international journal of control and automation, 13(4), 10881099. retrieved from http://sersc.org/journals/index.php/ijca/article/view/26035 raveendran, b. (2021). lessons on learning: how the pandemic changed education. forbes india. retrieved from https://www.forbesindia.com/blog/education/lessons-on-learning-how-the-pandemic-changededucation/ sepulveda-escobar, p., & morrison, a. (2020). online teaching placement during the covid-19 pandemic in chile: challenges and opportunities. european journal of teacher education, 43(4), 587-607. doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1820981 sun, a., & chen, x. (2016). online education and its effective practice: a research review. journal of information technology education: research, 157-190. retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/310503884_online_education_and_its_effective_practice_a_ research_review tejedor, s., cervi, l., tusa, f., & parola, a. (2020). education in times of pandemic: reflections of students and teachers on virtual university education in spain, italy, and ecuador. revista latina de comunicación social, (78), 1-21. doi:10.4185/rlcs-2020-1466 toquero, c. m. (2020). challenges and opportunities for higher education amid the covid-19 pandemic: the philippine context. pedagogical research, 5(4).doi.org/10.29333/pr/7947 velle, l. l., newman, s., montgomery, c., & hyatt, d. (2020). initial teacher education in england and the covid-19 pandemic: challenges and opportunities. journal of education for teaching, 46(4), 596-608. doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2020.1803051 http://dx.doi.org/10.29240/ef.v4i2.1494 http://flr-journal.org/index.php/sll/article/view/10055 https://www.forbesindia.com/blog/education/lessons-on-learning-how-the-pandemic-changed-education/ https://www.forbesindia.com/blog/education/lessons-on-learning-how-the-pandemic-changed-education/ https://www.researchgate.net/publication/310503884_online_education_and_its_effecti https://doi.org/10.29333/pr/7947 https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2020.1803051 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 254-262 254 10.12928/eltej.v3i3.2277 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id utilizing learner language to craft well–targeted endorsements in english language teaching practices nasrullah a,1,*, elsa rosalina b,2, eka puteri elyani c,3 a, b, c lambung mangkurat university, jl. brigjen h. hasan basri, kayu tangi, banjarmasin, kalimantan selatan, indonesia 70123 1 nasrullah01@ulm.ac.id *; 2 elsa.rosalina@ulm.ac.id ; 3 eka.elyani@ulm.ac.id * corresponding author 1. introduction the phenomena of learning english as a foreign language have been spread over the world. slow and fast, success and failure in learning the language become ‘pieces of stuff’ that depict teaching and learning achievement in an academic setting. in indonesia, the learning of english has been started since students in the secondary level, yet the attainable mastery of the language performance in the level of either written or, in particular, spoken does not reflect the duration of learning the language. hence, there is a belief the system of immediate education is not as successful as expected in teaching english (tosun, 2012). a number of academic papers have supported this notion (aktas, 2005; bayraktaroglu, 2012; enginarlar, 2003; darancık, 2008; gunes, 2011; hamamcı, 2013). therefore, in learning english, there is a space to reflect on whatever ways in which how learners learned the language to ensure the learning quality process in terms of aspects in language that have been completely learned and acquired from every developmental stage. in order words, by paying the attention to the pace of learners’ learning, the opportunities to witness and nurture their language development can be addressed appropriately. a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 11 june 2020 revised 14 december 2020 accepted 22 december 2020 learning a foreign language for those who have their first and second language often puts learners in imperfection mastery such as irrelevant lexical choice, and source cultural bounds language utterances. knowing the concepts merely cannot guarantee the process of avoiding mistakes or errors that learners have. there has been an amount of research on learner language which focuses on language corpus but little on highlighting the research specific language components grammatically contributing to language learners’ competence. therefore, to fill the void, this study aimed at scrutinizing and yielding information on the practical way of phenomena in indonesians’ interference by knowing the students’ feature descriptions of language competence. in this research, a guided interview was used to sub-ethnic of banjarese which covered several banjar kuala and banjar hulu preservice english teachers in getting the data of this study. the findings reveal language problems in lexical aspect, semantic confusion, incorrect use of word-formation pattern, prepositional misuse, and problems in language syntax and discourse. the implication of this study calls for recommendations to adopt techniques in mitigating suggested learner language in the area of subject-verb concord, tenses, and lexical problems in a process of language development this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords banjar kuala banjar hulu pre-service english teachers english language practices learner language http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id mailto:nasrullah01@ulm.ac.id mailto:elsa.rosalina@ulm.ac.id mailto:eka.elyani@ulm.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 255 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 254-262 nasrullah et.al (utilizing learner language to craft well –targeted endorsements) the discussion on how learners learned will be closely related to historical based knowledge on the concept of contrastive analysis (ca), error analysis (ea), and interlanguage (il) since they had been major areas of inquiry in second language acquisition (sla) research studies (he, 2019). he highlighted that contrastive analysis became a paradigm in foreign language learning during 1950s and 1960s. the concept of contrastive analysis (ca) was first developed by charles fries in 1945 as an integral component of the methodology of fl teaching. it ca, it was noted that in learning an fl, the learner tended to bring with him the knowledge of the l1, and suggested that this should be taken into consideration in teaching the l2 (al-khresheh, 2016). such descriptive comparison serves to show how languages differ in their sound system, grammatical structure, and vocabulary. however, contrastive linguists had made over claims or high expectations from the teacher. in fact, a few parts of the learning problems can be predicted. many problems are of the native language. the main problem is that language learning cannot be comprehended by a purely linguistic study; those who were concerned with language learning shift their attention to the new disciplines of error analysis, performance analysis, or interlanguage studies. likewise, the contrastive analysis was denied by many as an applied discipline. since its inception in 1970s, agbay& reyes (2019) uttered that error analysis had been a subject of interest of many scholars in the past in identifying, classifying, and systematically interpreting flaw forms done by learners based on linguistics perspective. moreover, it pictures out what problems occurred, through a systematic study or learners’ error not just to identify learning problem but also to open the mind of language learner (johanssen, 2008). it is not merely a matter of revealing the surface position of where the spots of language deficiency are, but also heed the focus to correct version and something that underwrites to learner’s progress in target language mastery. in order words, the heart of instruction has been a shift from the teaching of second language acquisition whose main concern is language teacher to analyzing the learner language in the classroom (tarone & swierzbin, 2009). in the following phase, problems were also found ea. the study of errors is not sufficient to recognize learners’ difficulties rather the entire learners’ performance was very crucial to be the object of study, whether as it talks about errors and non-errors, through performance analysis. then, the next phase of development was interlanguage studies (ils). it was the study of learner language as a system to show the gradual development towards the target language. the central attention is on the learning process as a comparison with first language acquisition. özkayran & yılmaz, (2020) explained that there are two types of error categories, namely, intralingual and interlingual. while the former is perceived by learners who feel that second language patterns are similar to first language forms, the latter is an incomplete application of rules of second language learned. as the part of interlanguage study, rustipa (2011) added that interlanguage is resulted from l1 transfer, strategies of second language training (e.g simplification), and overgeneralization of second language forms. morover, lasaten (2014) categorized errors in taxonomy comprising of (a) grammatical (prepositions, articles, reported speech, singular/plural, adjectives, relative clauses, infinitives, verbs and tenses, and possessive case); (b) syntactic (coordination and conjunctions, sentence structure, nouns and pronouns, and word order, fragment and run on); (c) lexical (word choice); (d) semantic (literal translation); and (e) substance/mechanics (punctuation, capitalization, and spelling). previous studies have been conducted on ea and interlanguage. several of them such as turkish efl learners’ linguistics and lexical errors by ozkan kirmizi and birten karci in (2017), and the nitty-gritty of language learners’ errors conducted by bandar mohammad saeed al-sobhi in 2019, and contrastive analysis study of interlanguage errors by gibriel in 2020. the first study reported that the most causes errors made is l1 interference while the second study examines the errors caused by negative language transfer and why such errors occur. the third study elaborated theoretical review on ca, ea, and il. even a bulk of previously mentioned studies have been elaborated, however, a little research is conducted in the indonesian context particularly in interlanguage perspective. therefore, the main aim of this study is to find out a linguistic analysis on interlingual process done by indonesian pre-service english teachers and formulate recommendations as its contribution for language teaching practices. 256 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 254-262 nasrullah et.al (utilizing learner language to craft well –targeted endorsements) 2. research method this study employed a qualitative method. the research subjects were the pre-service english teachers recruited from students of english department academic year 20172018. the total number of subjects was 108 students in which there were 83 students categorized as banjar people speaking banjarese in their daily lives. from the total number of banjar people, 70 was specified as banjar kuala while 13 students were classified as banjar hulu. the techniques in collecting data used by researchers were elicitation and documentation. the former technique was to get the information about learner language through interview which then to be transcribed into written form to see erroneous sentences of spoken way. the latter one was to scrutinize grammatical error which might occur obtained from written one. both ways were applied to get a better picture in error analysis framework toward the students’ performance to apply comparative taxonomy to search for whether the source of errors came from interlingual or intralingual. furthermore, having those series of activities, the researchers could reveal several learner language characteristics e.g., lexical characteristics, syntax, and discourse. 3. findings and discussion this part discusses research aims which address a linguistics analysis on interlingual process followed by discussion based related theories and recommendations to english language teaching. 3.1. a linguistics analysis on interlingual process learner language not only covers the discussion of phonological areal in language transfer, but it also talks about another aspect of interlanguage errors. there are two models of analyses. learner language areas are stated by lightbown et.al. (2013) who explained them into developmental sequences, grammatical morphemes, negation, questions, relative clauses, and reference to past. furthermore, the other study was conducted by johanssen (2008) encompassing the lexical, syntax, and discourse characteristics of learner language. here is the table which elaborates the findings: table 1. banjar kuala learner language error identification no banjar kuala (place of origin) the number of subjects learner language error identification 1 banjarmasin 32 article and plural, lexical error, equivalence error, concord, nominal sentence construction, simple sentence muddle, tenses confusion, relative clause problem, the use of negative, spelling problem, verbal sentence construction, pronoun problem, conjunction problem, active sentence, to infinitive problem 2 banjarbaru 10 verbal sentence construction, tenses confusion, concord, prepositional phrase, plural noun problem, conjunction problem, reference, complex sentence problem, combining sentence problem, to infinitive problem 3 martapura 4 combining sentence problem, lexical error, concord, determiner problem 4 barito kuala 2 sentence construction, noun phrase/word order, preposition misplace, concord, lexical error 5 pelaihari 9 concord, mechanics problem, prepositional gerund, lexical error / confusion, singular/plural noun, comp adjective problem, tenses and verbal problem, verbal concept problem, conjunction problem, quantifier problem, complex sentence problem, passive voice, article problem 6 tanah bumbu (batulicin, pagatan) 9 apostrophe, modal, relative clause, mechanics problem, miscellaneous problems in sentence construction [ no clear nominal sentence ], verb form confusion, concord, determiner confusion, tenses, complex sentence problem, comp adjective problem, verb phrase problem 7 kotabaru 4 conjunction problem, subject determining problem, nominal sentence, verb missing, lexical confusion, relative clause, spelling problem, negation problem total 70 subjects issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 257 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 254-262 nasrullah et.al (utilizing learner language to craft well –targeted endorsements) with regard to language learner errors done by pre-service teachers of banjar kuala, it was found that concord, lexical confusion, tenses become the most frequent errors possessed by them from several regencies besides other problems such as spelling problem, sentence types, the use of modal. this finding has been pinned by ferris (2011) who said that ‘morphological, syntactic, and in particular lexical forms deviate patterns of learned language, expected from learners who learn the target language. in this respect, the errors are caused by limited resources patterns of mother-tongue language which lead learners to decide what has been possessed previously in the first language in actuating language performance in the target language (james:2013). table 2. banjar hulu learner language error identification no banjar hulu (place of origin) the number of subjects learner language error identification 1 hulu sungai utara (amuntai) 3 tenses confusion 2 hulu sungai tengah (barabai) 2 part of speech confusion, negation (developmental sequence ), verbal confusion, concord problem 3 hulu sungai selatan (kandangan) 3 lexical choice, the absence of verb, concord, clause construction problem, spelling, verbal sentence problem, clause construction problem, lexical confusion, tenses confusion 4 rantau 2 mechanics problem, nominal sentence problem, plural noun problem, demonstrative pronoun, tenses problem concord, lexical problem, verbal confusion 5 balangan 6 tanjung 3 tenses problem, preposition, plural noun total 13 subjects from table 2, it is noticeable that tenses problems, verbal confusion, case of singular and plural also become considerable hurdles reflected in speech produced by pre-service english teachers. in line with ferris (2011), james (2013), and gibriel (2020) also emphasized that errors in tenses and verb forms are frequently found for those who learn english in the process of their foreign language learning. geographically, south kalimantan consists of 13 regencies, they are: kotabaru, tanah bumbu, tanah laut [pelaihari], banjarmasin, barito kuala, banjarbaru, banjar [martapura], tapin, hulu sungai selatan [kandangan], hulu sungai tengah [barabai], hulu sungai utara [amuntai], balangan and tabalong. all regencies’ inhabitants are mainly inhibited by the ethnic of banjar who speak banjarese in their daily lives even though several ethnics reside in that region like dayak, java, bugis and arab. although this province has many regencies at which banjarese is the primary language used, there are two main dialects of banjarese: bahasa banjar kuala and bahasa banjar hulu (hapip, 2008). banjar kuala is spoken by people who live in kotabaru, tanah bumbu, tanah laut [pelaihari], banjarmasin, barito kuala, banjarbaru, banjar [martapura], while banjar hulu dialect is used in tapin, hulu sungai selatan [kandangan], hulu sungai tengah [barabai], hulu sungai utara [amuntai], balangan and tabalong. several researches in phonological area in terms of vowel as well as problems in spelling for foreign language learners had been conducted regarding to one of sub-dialect, banjar hulu. mcmahon (2012: 103) who explained that bbh, in terms of vowel, has only 3 vowels: /ʌ/, /i/, and /u/, compared to english which entails 12 vowels: /ɪ/, /ɛ/, /æ/, /ʌ/, /ɒ/, /ʊ/, /i:/,/ɑ:/, /ɔ:/, /u:/, /ɜ/, and /ə/. the investigation of banjar dialect had been strengthened by two previous studies. firstly, suryadikara, et. al. (1981) stated that bahasa banjar hulu has three vowels /i/, /u/, and /a/, and 258 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 254-262 nasrullah et.al (utilizing learner language to craft well –targeted endorsements) bahasa banjar kuala has six vowels /i/, /u/, /a/, /o/, /`e/ and /e/. secondly, kawi (2002) mentioned that banjarese has six vowels recognize six vowels, namely: low vowels /a/, high vowels /i/ and /u/ and middle vowels /e/, /ə/, and /o/. as the second language that learners learn english, the phenomenon of language transfer in which the first language is believed by many researchers is to be one of the main factors that influence second language production (dewaele, 1998; cenoz, 2001; liu, 2001; ortega, 2008; tremblay, 2006; torrijos, 2009). different sound systems between english language and the native language of the learners can lead to phonological errors as the learners tend to substitute the english features with what is familiar in their native language during oral communication (rahmah & sari, 2016). from the findings, it can be highlighted 2 classifications: an overview of learner language in the area of lexical characteristics and area of syntax and discourse. learner language in the area of lexical characteristics errors which include overuse of common words and lack of variation become lexical characteristics of learner language. there are 12 times lexical problems that are done by english learners of banjar kuala learners (bkl) and 4 times done by banjar hulu learners (bhl) as they are challenged to make a written text regarding their perception of what they want to be in the future. they are the following identified selected problems that banjarmasin pre-service english teachers have. one of the problems identified here is improper choice of diction. as bkl are asked under topic future profession, one of them stated that “…because they parent did not have money” instead of saying ‘their’ word, he mentioned ‘they’. it is done by the learner unconsciously. the other example includes the statement of “i also want to be the indonesian embassy”. the word embassy here is not appropriate. in this context it is better to be replaced by the word ambassador. the other error produced by learner is reflected in the statement of “i aspire to be a translator”. in this case, the word ‘aspire’ is better taken over by ‘am inspired.’ in the meantime, the similar errors had been shown by bhl. one of them corresponds the question by stating “i choice this dream because i want to be useful person. the diction of ‘choice’ here is not properly stated. in this ‘verb’ position, the noun ‘choice’ is better replaced by the word choose. moreover, there was also a learner who stated “every day i do reproduce friends. instead of saying ‘make’, the learner mistakenly said improper word utterance. the second area is mistakenly done by bhl and bkl is word confusion. conceptual confusion is the learning of target language’s words, but still semantically confused, for example, “after i graduate from degree, i hope i can get scholarship”. the word ‘degree’ is better substituted by this undergraduate level because the word ‘degree’ is still too general and interpretable. the next area that is difficult for learners from banjar kuala is the use of proper preposition/prepositional phrases. the discussion over preposition is not only talking about the use of which to state about the place or position but also become complementary in completing the other lexical verb. as the statement spoken by one of them said that “i want to be a good teacher because when i was on junior high school”. even he has learned it overtime when he was in secondary school, and now he is in the university level, the use of that proper preposition is still a problem as is shown in the oral production performance. likewise, banjar hulu learner also showed a similar mistake reflected in his statement such as “i took my first step to reach my dream by learn english of this time”. in this respect, the preposition ‘by’ is supposed to be followed by verb with gerund, and the preposition ‘of’ is better changed with the use of ‘at’. the last area which sometimes confuses learners both for banjar kuala and banjar hulu is the use of apostrophe. as one of the selected sample of learners who said the statement of “i want to make my father happy and achieve my father dream”. in this case, ‘my father dream should be completed with the existence of apostrophe to become my father’s dream. thus, even this seems simple, the use of such punctuation will bring a good meaning of a possession. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 259 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 254-262 nasrullah et.al (utilizing learner language to craft well –targeted endorsements) learner language characteristics in the area of syntax and discourse as it deals with the area of syntax and discourse, there are four main errors that were observed here despite its high frequent level of errors produced by banjar kuala and banjar hulu pre-service english teachers. the first is the use of inappropriate pronoun (gilquin, g., & granger, s.,2015). to be more specific, the use of reflexive pronouns is fairly common to be the spot of errors. the example of the asked learners who corresponds the answer said “future work i want is bank employee because of his big salary”. the pronoun ‘his’ here might be changed into ‘its’ to express the possession of a thing. the second is the use of verb and verb phrases. of the analysis, there are several errors that banjar kuala [around 11 errors and banjar hulu [4 errors] leaners do in this study. several learners form banjar kuala said “it is can make me always remember”. in this case, there is a possibility that learners are still confused to distinguish use of nominal sentence and verbal sentence. so as the modal comes, it is usually not preceded by the existence of ‘to be’. the other error also done by learners is reflected by the statements “i still thinking to try another job” and “when i know the doctor is costs a lot. in this matter, there is an appearance of ‘to be’ in the former sentence, while at the latter sentence the existence of ‘to be’ is not necessary. similarly, banjar hulu learners also did errors as some of them produced sentences such as “it because our prophet said good for everybody” and “my attempt to do that is always study and learn”. in the first sentence, the absence of ‘to be’ is not seen there while in fact it is important to show the good sentence construction. while in the second sentence, confusion over sentence types of nominal and verbal sentence has occurred here. a solution offered, there might be two ways; one way is by deleting ‘is’ in maintaining the other parts, and the other way is keeping the ‘to be’ and making the verbs become a progressive sentence. the third focus in the area of syntax and discourse is the use of proper concord (johanssen, 2008). interestingly, the most common error done by the learners either banjar kuala or banjar hulu is concord (around 20 errors). concord is the connection between the subject and verb. they are inseparable one another. here are several descriptions of concord errors of banjar learners. for banjar kuala, several learners produced sentences as follow “one of the advantages are…”, “i want to be a person who have a permanent job.”, and “i want to become a person who learn better”. the earlier example statement needs to change to ‘are’ to become ‘is’ because subject from ‘one of’ is customarily classified as singular. for the second sentence and third sentence, even in the adjective clause structure, the concord is still applied, and in this case, the learner failed to identify its rule; therefore, in this case, the italic word ‘have’ is better replaced by ‘has’ while the last sentence the word ‘learn’ is added the ending -s to be ‘learns’. similarly, the banjar hulu learners still did errors in their utterances as two of them stated “he always work hard for my family” and “why i really want this dream come true”. the word ‘work’ in the first sentence is supposed to be added -s there while the word ‘come’ is also added -s to be ‘comes’. the last main errors problem discussed in this study is tenses problem (simbolon, 2015). like any other indonesian learners as they learn english as a foreign language, bkl and bhl also got tenses problem. for both of these learners, it is hard to differentiate between past tense and present tense as they tell a past story. for example, one from banjar kuala said “i always change what i want to become since i am kid”, and the other from banjar hulu stated, “my family always supported me recently as i want to plan my future action in my life”. the first sentence from bkl uses present by the existence of ‘am’. however, it should be expressed in the past tense by the use of ‘was’, while for the second sentence, the word ‘supported’ which is stated in past form should be expressed in present form to be ‘supports’ because its time period as it is spoken and meant for is in the present occasion. 3.2. recommendations to english language teaching practices. regarding the problem in sv concord as the agreement between subject and verb in a sentence, it is a very essential part of sentence formation. if the existence of a subject or verb is absent, the sentence cannot be formed and the meaning is corrupted in that structure. in light of the problem of concord that the students have, the teacher can use a variety of techniques; one of them is by using 260 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 254-262 nasrullah et.al (utilizing learner language to craft well –targeted endorsements) direct exposure. in this discussion, it is better for english teachers to bring about the theme of concord within its detail like interrupting phrases or preposition with usually follow the subject in order that students will be able to identify the availability of either subject or verb as predicate. another technique to handle the issue of subject and verb issue might be the use of the handshape coding technique. it is a combination of hand technique and shape coding technique. shape coding is a variant of the technique using types of shapes such as circle, rectangle, oval, triangle, and others or arrows to code the structures of a sentence such as detecting subjects, verbs and predicates. besides, shapes are used to cipher the phrases and objects such as “line up” in the sentences (ebbels, 2013). with regard to tenses, since the different use of tenses of english as the target language and only single fewer tenses for the indonesian language, the difficulties of indonesian learners are dominantly found here. for example, deductive and inductive techniques can be used to learn tenses. while deductive one can be used to easily remember rules of english grammar, the inductive one can be used for making them easier to use in the communication area. the other technique that can be used is by using tenses simplification. in this talk, the 16 tenses of english can be reduced become 3 main tenses: present, past, and future. the other subdivisions can become the detail for those three main tenses that are used rarely in daily conversation. by this strategy, indonesian learners can be familiar to understand tenses of english because of its similarity. with respect to lexical problems, there are several ways that can be taken to get out of it; one of them is by utilizing word net; lexical database for both english and indonesian language. the learners are introduced to the dictionaries or glossary which provides detailed information on the word use. it is done to select words appropriately based on the context of utterance. another way to make learners aware of lexical choice as they speak to the target language, english in particular, is by introducing material of collocation, phrase, clinch, idiom, and so forth; it is supposedly done to make them realize that english does not only consist of a row of single word complied one after the other but also have words that stick together which carry a new meaning rather than in the separate position. 4. conclusion the findings of this study as a corresponding to research aims show that there are several phenomena of interlingua process carried on by pre-service english teachers as foreign language learners to a certain degree. the most three frequent problems that happen to both banjar kuala and banjar hulu people in south kalimantan, one of the ethnic variants in indonesian are concord, tenses, and lexical. while the others are: verbal and nominal sentence, conjunction, and singular plural noun determination. the rests comprise other sentences’ construction determiner, reference prepositions, comparative adjectives, and active and passive sentences. these findings can inform both the teachers and learners not only for the sake of improving target language competence knowledge but they also prompt the awareness to avoid such those problems by having more exercises in those more frequent areas since goals of learning are constituted from the learners’ needs as a form of built-in syllabus not solely from planned and imaginary teaching plan. in addition, since learner language has been coined with research in linguistics, this study can be an impetus for other researchers toward the involvement of the other linguistics aspects in english language teaching so the real contribution to the language instruction area can be more apparent. references agbay, n. g., & reyes, y. d. (2019). scrutinizing interlingual and intralingual error: basis for english writing program. the educational review, 3(10), 142–151. https://doi.org/10.26855/er.2019.10.003 aktas, t. (2005). communicative competence in foreign language teaching. journal of language and linguistic studies, 1(1), 89. al-khresheh, m. h. (2016). a review study of contrastive analysis theory. journal of advances in humanities and social sciences, 2 (6). https://doi.org/10.20474/jahss-2.6.5 https://doi.org/10.26855/er.2019.10.003 https://doi.org/10.20474/jahss-2.6.5 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 261 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 254-262 nasrullah et.al (utilizing learner language to craft well –targeted endorsements) bayraktaroglu, s. (2012). why don’t we become successful in foreign language education what should be the trend in foreign language education in turkey? yabancı dil egitimi calıstayı bildirileri, 12-13 november 2012. hacettepe universitesi, anakara. cenoz, j. (2001). the effect of linguistic distance, l2 status and age on cross-linguistic influence in third language acquisition. in jasone cenoz,britta hufeisen and ulrike jessner (eds.), cross-linguistic influence in third language acquisition: psycholinguistic perspectives (pp: 8-20). clevedon, uk: multilingual matters. from google books, (online), (http://books.google. com), accessed on october 15, 2020. darancık, y. (2008). implementation of alternative methods with literary texts in second language teaching. doctorate thesis. adana: cukurova university. dewaele, j-m. (1998). lexical inventions: french interlanguage as l2 versus l3. applied linguistics, (online), 19: 471490. ebbels, s. (2013). effectiveness of intervention for grammar in school-aged children with primary language impairments: a review of the evidence. child language teaching and therapy, 30(1), 740. enginarlar, h. (2003). teaching foreign language in primary schools. foreign language education and quality search in turkish education system. i̇stanbul: ozel okullar dernegi. ferris, d. r. (2011). treatment of error in second language student writing. ann arbor: the university of michigan press. gunes, f. (2011). language teaching approaches and practices in turkish language teaching. mustafa kemal universitesi sosyal bilimler enstitusu dergisi, 8(15), 123-148. gibriel, m. (2020). crosslinguistic influence on efl students’ writing: a contrastive analysis study of interlanguage errors. journal of asia tefl, 17(3), 1077–1084. https://doi.org/10.18823/asiatefl.2020.17.3.24.1077 gilquin, g., & granger, s. (2015). learner language. the cambridge handbook of english corpus linguistics, january, 418–436. https://doi.org/10.1007/9781139764377.024 hamamcı, z. (2013). examination of methodology in foreign language teaching history. egitimve ogretim arastırmaları dergisi, 2(1), 66-70. hapip, a. d. (2008). kamus banjar-indonesia. banjarmasin: rahmat hafiz al-mubaraq. he, l. (2019). learner language analysis: a case study of a chinese efl student. journal of asia tefl, 16(3), 1013–1019. https://doi.org/10.18823/asiatefl.2019.16.3.18.1013 james, c. (2013). errors in language learning and use: exploring error analysis. london: routledge. johanssen, s (2008). contrastive analysis and learner language: a corpus-bases approach. university of oslo. 112. kawi, djantera. (2002). bahasa banjar: dialek dan subdialeknya. banjarmasin: pt. grafika wangi kalimantan. kirmizi, o., & karci, b. (2017). an investigation of turkish higher education efl learners’ linguistic and lexical errors. educational process, international journal, 6(4), 35–54. https://doi.org/10.22521/edupij.2017.64.3 lasaten, r.c.s., 2014. analysis of errors in the english writings of teacher education students. journal of arts, science & commerce, 5(4): 92. lightbown, p, spada, margaret, n. (2013). how languages are learned. oxford: oxford university press. liu, s. (2001). studies on transfer in second language acquisition. guangxi normal university journal, (online), 3:1-29, (http://www.gxnu. edu.cn) mcmahon, a., & mcmahon, r. (2012). the vocal tract. evolutionary linguistics (cambridge textbooks in linguistics, pp. 102-118). cambridge: cambridge university press. https://doi.org/10.18823/asiatefl.2020.17.3.24.1077 https://doi.org/10.1007/9781139764377.024 https://doi.org/10.18823/asiatefl.2019.16.3.18.1013 https://doi.org/10.22521/edupij.2017.64.3 262 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 254-262 nasrullah et.al (utilizing learner language to craft well –targeted endorsements) ortega, m. (2008). cross-linguistic influence in multilingual language acquisition: the role of l1 and nonnative languages in english and catalan oral production. íkala, revista de lenguajey cultura,13(19), 121-142. özkayran, a., & yılmaz, e. (2020). analysis of higher education students’ errors in english writing tasks. advances in language and literary studies, 11(2), 48. https://doi.org/10.7575/aiac.alls.v.11n.2p.48 rahmah, n. a. & sari a. l. (2016) “phonological transfer: banjarese language into english language. retrieved from https://core.ac.uk/reader/79443038 rustipa, k. (2011). contrastive analysis, error analysis, interlanguage and the implication to language teach ing. ragam jurnal pengembangan humaniora, 11(1), 16-22. simbolon, m. (2015). an analysis of grammatical errors on speaking activities. journal on english as a foreign language, 5(2), 71. https://doi.org/10.23971/jefl.v5i2.368 suryandikara, f., et.al. (1981). geografi dialek bahasa banjar hulu. pusat pembinaan dan pengembangan bahasa, departemen pendidikan dan kebudayaan: jakarta. tarone, e., & swierzbin, b,. (2009). exploring learner language. oxford: oxford university press. torrijos, m. m.r. (2009). effects of cross-linguistic influences on second language acquisition: a corpusbased study of semantic transfer in written production. revista de lingüística y lenguas aplicadas. (online), 4: 147-159, (http://ojs.upv.es) tosun, c. (2012). “is it the reason for failure in teaching and learning foreign languages in our country methodology? what should be the trend in foreign language education in turkey.” yabancı dil egitimi calıstayı bildirileri, 12-13 kasım 2012 tremblay, m-c. (2006). cross-linguistic influence in third language acquisition: the role of l2 proficiency and l2 exposure. cahiers linguistiquesd’ottawa. (online), 34: 109-119. https://doi.org/10.7575/aiac.alls.v.11n.2p.48 https://core.ac.uk/reader/79443038 https://doi.org/10.23971/jefl.v5i2.368 http://ojs.upv.es/ english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 86-94 86 10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2361 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id efl students’ attitudes towards learner autonomy in english vocabulary learning thao quoc trana,1,* a ho chi minh city university of technology (hutech), 475 a dien bien phu street, ward 25, binh thanh district, ho chi minh city, vietnam 1 tq.thao@hutech.edu.vn * * corresponding author 1. introduction many researchers (e.g., nation, 2001; richards & renandya, 2002; schmitt, 2010) have claimed that vocabulary is one of the most important components of language learning in which learners are able to use it in order to support for four language skills. likewise, balci and çakir (2011) have confirmed that vocabulary plays a vital role in any stages of the learners’ language development. moreover, it is impossible for a learner to communicate without the required vocabulary. indeed, a number of scholars (e.g., willis, 1990; lewis, 1993; folse, 2004) in the field of vocabulary believe that communication can occur without syntax and grammar, but not vocabulary. as such, it cannot be denied that if learners have no vocabulary, they cannot express their ideas, thinking or feelings as well as are unable to understand the meaning of written and spoken texts. thus, vocabulary learning is a prominent domain to approach a satisfactory language proficiency level (boers & lindstromberg, 2008). the concept of learner autonomy (la) has generally been focused as an alternative approach (e.g, gremmo & riley, 1995; benson, 2001; duong & seepho, 2013, 2014; duong, 2015; tran & vo, 2019), and it has been emphasized in educational environments and particularly in language learning (e.g., holec, 1981; dickinson, 1995; little, 1991; benson, 2003). mcdevitt (1997) states that “the end product of language learning is an independent learner” in every aspect of the language” (p. 34). therefore, vis-à-vis the aspect of vocabulary, helping learners to learn how to learn vocabulary autonomously is an immensely important element which esl/efl teachers have to take into account in teaching. nevertheless, in the vietnamese context as well as other efl ones, it is noticed that the matter of la in english vocabulary learning is not yet much emphasized (e.g., duong, 2015; tran & nguyen, 2017). many efl learners are still educated with the passive style along with the teacher-centered belief (nguyen, 2014), and their proficiency in vocabulary today is still poor as they focus on a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 22 june, 2020 revised 03 august, 2020 accepted 25 august, 2020 whether efl learners can use english well or not depends much on vocabulary they possess. learner autonomy (la), however, plays a pivotal role in amassing efl learners’ vocabulary. this study endeavored to explore students’ attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning. two hundred english majors from a ho chi minh city based higher institution, vietnam got involved in answering the closed-ended questionnaire, and ten students took part in semistructured interviews. the findings indicated that participants were cognitively aware of the importance of la in english vocabulary learning, but affectively and behaviorally they showed low interest in la in english vocabulary learning. such findings may shed light on how to improve the teaching and learning of the english language in general and english vocabulary in particular at the research context and other similar efl contexts. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords attitude english major english vocabulary learning higher institution learner autonomy https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2361 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:tq.thao@hutech.edu.vn http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 87 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 86-94 thao quoc tran (efl students’ attitudes towards learner autonomy in english vocabulary learning) memorizing a long list of english vocabulary provided by efl teachers (nguyen, 2013). in addition, learners are spoon-fed with vocabulary rather than learning the vocabulary independently (e.g., duong, 2015; tran & nguyen, 2017). therefore, this study endeavors to explore the students’ attitudes toward la in english vocabulary learning at the context of a ho chi minh-based higher institution, vietnam. the research question is ‘what are english majored students’ attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning at a ho chi minh-based higher institution?” the notion of la has been differently defined by scholars and researchers (e.g., holec, 1981; little, 1991; littlewood, 1996; macaro, 1997; benson, 2001; vanijdee, 2003). holec (1981) defines la as the ability of learners to take charge of one’s own learning. likewise, littlewood (1996) defines la as “learners’ ability and willingness to make choices independently” (p. 427). in addition, macaro (1997) states that la is “an ability to recognize the value of taking responsibility for […] learning” (p. 168). in the same vein, benson (2001) highlights that la is “the capacity of taking control of learning management, learning content” (p. 47), and other researchers (e.g., duong & nguyen, 2018; tran & duong, 2018; tran, 2018; tran & vo, 2019) have pinpointed that la as a complicated process in which learners must become more active and independent agents of language classrooms and even outside classrooms in different arenas such as selecting extra materials, selecting learning strategies, and self-evaluating their learning outcomes. in short, there are different ways to define learner autonomy. within the scope of this study, la is considered as learner’s willingness and ability to take responsibility for his/her own learning. vocabulary learning is one of the major challenges faced by language learners (ghazal, 2007), and it is impracticable for a learner to communicate without the necessary vocabulary items. however, a learner cannot learn all vocabulary in language classes, so he/she must seek other useful ways to help her acquire language vocabulary in the best way. la is an extreme support for learners in vocabulary learning because it provides many advantages for learners (gu & johnson, 1996) as follows. la not only enhances the learner’s motivation to help them learn vocabulary more effectively but also accommodates learners with more opportunities for language communication. in addition, it caters to the individual needs and abilities of learners as well. moreover, it heightens the learners’ readiness towards active learning and helps them become more self-confident. in another aspect, according to nada (2015), la is very valuable because of two following reasons. the first reason is that la helps students to develop their learning. the next reason is that it helps them to become interactively motivated learners. therefore, the importance of la in language learning process is undeniable. during that process, attitude is the core element that helps to build la. according to qui and li (2006), positive attitudes are considered as a crucial factor which leads to the success of the development of la. attitude is defined as “a psychological tendency that is expressed by evaluating a particular entity with some degree of favor and disfavor” (eagly & chaiken, 1993, p. 1), and it is composed of three components, namely cognitive, affective and behavioral components (luu, 2011). according to kara (2009), learners’ attitude has an important impact on their behaviors as well as on their performance. attitude can shape the way students think, understand, feel and behave. in other words, it is believed that attitude shapes all decisions and actions (e.g., brown, 2001; eagly & chaiken, 1993; tran, duong & huynh, 2019; tran & seepho, 2016; tran & tran, 2017). richardson (1996) asserts that “attitudes and beliefs are a subset of a group of constructs that name, define, and describe the structure and content of mental states that are thought to drive a person’s actions” (p.102). furthermore, dörnyei (2007) states that not only intellectual capacity but also attitudes do contribute to the success of language learning. more academically, ellis (1994) mentions that learners’ attitudes have been identified as an important variable on learning outcome. there are two tendencies of attitudes, i.e. positive and negative ones. a student who has a positive attitude towards a target language will attempt to do well in the classroom and study hard. in contrast, negative attitudes can impede language learning continuity. prior studies have shown that research on different areas of la in english language learning has been conducted. in respect of attitudes towards la in english language learning, many researchers (e.g., chan, 2001; joshi, 2011; mohamadpour, 2013; chen & pan, 2015; sedighi & tamjid, 2016) have conducted studies on this area. remarkably, chan (2001) investigated the degree of la from the learner perspective in hong kong. her research explored the learners’ attitudes of language learning, teacher and learner roles, their learning preferences and perception of learner autonomy. to achieve the aims of her research, 20 second-year english majored students in polytechnic 88 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 86-94 thao quoc tran (efl students’ attitudes towards learner autonomy in english vocabulary learning) university were asked to fill in four questionnaires. the findings revealed that the participants had a positive attitude towards autonomous learning. in addition, they had a clear understanding of learner autonomy and the role of the teacher. chen and pan (2015) carried out a survey with the use of questionnaire on students in a junior high school in central taiwan. findings from 130 ninth-grade students revealed that the students held positive attitude towards autonomous in language learning, however, they are medium autonomous learners. the researchers also found that there was a correlation between learners’ learning autonomy levels and the use of language learning strategies. in the context of vietnam, researchers (e.g., luu, 2011; le, 2013; duong & seepho, 2014; nguyen, 2014) have conducted studies on learners’ language learning strategies in general and vocabulary learning in specific. luu (2011) carried out his study at university of finance-marketing to investigate learners’ attitudes toward vocabulary learning autonomy and strategies they utilized in vocabulary learning. the participants belonged to two groups. the first group consisted of 140 first year students from four pre–intermediate english classes. the second group consisted of 13 teachers. the findings indicated that although the students found their vocabulary very poor, and understood the importance of vocabulary learning autonomy, they still did not have a good habit of autonomous vocabulary learning. they even had low intrinsic motivation to learn and their confidence level for vocabulary learning is also not high. they thought that vocabulary learning was hard and they self-assessed their ability for the skill as rather low. for learning strategies, the students reported high familiarity to using bilingual dictionary, asking for l2-l1 translation, spoken repetition and word list for vocabulary retention. le (2013) did a study on students’ belief about and performance of la, and designed an integration between learner training with language courses of listening and speaking 3 at a private university in ho chi minh city, vietnam. the findings indicated the major perception of la relevant to taking initiative in self-study and some hindering factors such as time constraints, a stringent syllabus, and relationship between teachers and students. it is noticed that different studies have been conducted exploring various aspects of la in english language learning; however, the research area on attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning seems not to be much focused. therefore, there is a niche for this current study which aims at exploring attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning of english majors at a higher institution in ho chi minh city, vietnam. 2. method 2.1 research location and participants this mixed methods study was conducted at a higher institution located in ho chi minh city, vietnam. the research participants were 200 first and second-year english majored students who were purposively sampled to answer the questionnaire. table 1 indicates that there were 88 male students (44%) and 122 female students (56%). in respect of the number of hours of learning english vocabulary, over a half of the students (68.5%) spent less than one-hour, while a very small number of students (2%) allocated more than two hours to learning vocabulary daily. in addition, 17% of whom spared about one hour, and 12.5% of students spent from one to two hours. of 200 participants, ten students were purposively invited for semi-structured interview. they were chosen based on their volunteering and number of daily vocabulary learning hours. table 1. research participants’ general information no. information n=200 f % 1 gender male 88 44.0 female 112 56.0 2 number of daily hours of learning english vocabulary less than 1 hour 137 68.5 about 1 hour 34 17.0 1 2 hours 25 12.5 more than 2 hours 4 2.0 note: f: frequency; %: percent issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 89 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 86-94 thao quoc tran (efl students’ attitudes towards learner autonomy in english vocabulary learning) 2.2. research instruments two research instruments, viz. closed-ended questionnaire and semi-structured interview, were employed for data collection. the questionnaire consists of two parts: part a asking the respondent’s background information; part b (main content) asking the respondent’s attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning. the main content which was adapted from luu (2011) includes 12 closed-ended items with five-point likert scale (from strongly disagree to strongly agree). items 1 to 8 are for the significance of autonomous english vocabulary learning (cognitive component), while items 9 12 are for interest in autonomous english vocabulary learning (affective & behavioral components). the questionnaire was translated into vietnamese so that respondents did not encounter any language difficulty in answering the questionnaire. the cronbach’s alpha value of the whole questionnaire was .79, which means that the reliability of the questionnaire was high. the semi-structured interview includes three main questions for in-depth information on participants’ attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning. the interviews were conducted in vietnamese so that learners could express their ideas and thinking fully. 2.3. procedures for data collection and analysis with respect to data collection, the official questionnaire and interview protocol were conducted after they had been piloted. the questionnaires were administered to respondents in person, and instruction was conducted. it took the respondents approximately 15 minutes to finish the questionnaire. the questionnaires were returned after that. then, ten students were invited for faceto-face semi-structured interview. the interviews were conducted at break time and after class. the interview protocol was explained to interviewees. each interview lasted from 20 to 25 minutes. all the interviews were recorded for later analysis. regarding data analysis, the quantitative data from questionnaires were analyzed by spss in terms of descriptive statistics, while the qualitative data from interviews were analyzed by the content analysis approach. the interval scores of the five-point likert scale were interpreted as 1.00 – 1.80: strongly disagree; 1.81 – 2.60: disagree; 2.61 – 3.40: neutral; 3.41 – 4.20: agree; 4.21 – 5.00: strongly agree. the interviewees were coded as s1, s2 to s10. in order to make sure that qualitative data analysis was valid and reliable, two researchers in the field of english language studies were invited to re-analyze the three randomly chosen pieces of data. the percentage of convergent results among researchers should be at least 95%. 3. finding and discussion 3.1 finding 1) english majored students’ attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning as can be seen from table 2, the overall mean score of english majored students’ attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning is 3.42 (out of 5). particularly, the mean score of the significance of autonomous english vocabulary learning was very high (group 1: m = 4.32, sd = .44); however, the mean score of the interest in autonomous english vocabulary learning was relatively low (group 2: m = 2.51, sd =. 92). it can be indicated that cognitively, the participants were well aware of the importance of autonomous english vocabulary learning, but affectively and behaviorally they were not much interested and engaged in learning english vocabulary autonomously. table 2. english majored students’ attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning no. n=200 m sd 1 cognitive component 4.32 .44 2 affective and behavioral components 2.51 .92 total 3.42 .51 note: m: mean; sd: standard deviation 90 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 86-94 thao quoc tran (efl students’ attitudes towards learner autonomy in english vocabulary learning) 2) english majored students’ attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning in terms of cognitive component the results in table 3 illustrate the significance of autonomous english vocabulary learning. cognitively, the participants strongly agreed that autonomous english vocabulary learning “is necessary” (item 2: m = 4.60, sd= .62) and “plays an important role in english language learning” (item 1: m = 4.32, sd = .74). in addition, they strongly believed that autonomous english vocabulary learning could help them to improve their language skills, i.e., speaking skill (item 4: m = 4.21, sd = .69), listening skill (item 5: m = 4.35, sd = .88), reading skill (item 6: m = 4.52, sd = .69), writing skill (item 7: m = 4.37, sd = .78) and to understand english grammar (item 8: m = 4.36, sd = .79). however, the participants were in agreement that autonomous english vocabulary learning “helps [them] to develop my english language proficiency” (item 3: m = 4.07, sd = .89). table 3. english majored students’ attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning in terms of cognitive component no. autonomous english vocabulary learning… n=200 m sd 1 plays an important role in english language learning. 4.32 .74 2 is necessary in english language learning. 4.60 .62 3 helps me to develop my english language proficiency. 4.07 .89 4 helps me to improve my speaking skill. 4.21 .89 5 helps me to improve my listening skill. 4.35 .88 6 helps me to improve my reading skill. 4.52 .69 7 helps me to improve my writing skill. 4.37 .78 8 helps me to understand english grammar. 4.36 .79 note: m: mean; sd: standard deviation qualitatively, the findings from the semi-structured interviews showed a consistent tendency with those of questionnaires that interviewees highlighted the importance and necessity of autonomy in english vocabulary learning. they shared as follows: i think that autonomous english vocabulary learning is very important because it helps me understand new words which i learned in class more carefully and from that it also helps me comprehend and remember the previous lessons in general and vocabulary in particular better. (s2) i think learner autonomy is extremely vital and necessary in not only learning vocabulary but also in learning other english skills such as listening, speaking, reading and writing skills. i recognize that the help from friends and english teachers is very helpful, but they are not always available to help me at any time. (s1) to me, autonomous english vocabulary learning is very significant because i think the more i self-learn vocabulary, the better english i will have. (s4) 3) english majored students’ attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning in terms of affective and behavioral components as shown in table 4, it is noticed that the participants did not have clear affective attitudes towards whether they found it “interesting to learn english vocabulary autonomously” (item 9: m = 2.64, sd = 1.17) and “enjoyable to learn english vocabulary autonomously” (item 10: m = 2.73, sd = 1.04). regarding behavioral component, they did not “set the goals for autonomous english vocabulary learning” (item 11: m = 2.39, sd = 1.03), and they did not “often prepare vocabulary before class” (item 12: m = 2.28, sd = 1.06). regarding the standard deviation scores of items 9, 10, 11 and 12, they are relatively large, which means participants’ answers to the mentioned items were scattered. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 91 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 86-94 thao quoc tran (efl students’ attitudes towards learner autonomy in english vocabulary learning) table 4. english majored students’ attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning in terms of affective and behavioral components no. n=200 m sd 9 i find it interesting to learn english vocabulary autonomously. 2.64 1.17 10 i find it enjoyable to learn english vocabulary autonomously. 2.73 1.04 11 i set the goals for autonomous english vocabulary learning. 2.39 1.03 12 i often prepare vocabulary before class. 2.28 1.06 note: m: mean; sd: standard deviation the findings from the semi-structured interview exhibited some similar trends as those of the questionnaire. for example, some students said that: it is very difficult for me to learn vocabulary autonomously after class. although most of the students are advised to learn vocabulary autonomously by our teacher, we do not know how to do it. therefore, i usually only set the time to learn vocabulary only before tests or exams. (s3) i admit that i am not interested in learning vocabulary. i know that it is very important, but to me, but learning vocabulary is very boring. (s2) i hate learning vocabulary because i do not know how to learn it effectively and fast. i found it difficult to learn vocabulary autonomously after class without the help and instruction of my english teachers. (s5) in addition, infrequent planning of any specific goals for vocabulary learning was also found in the interview results. for instance, i don’t set any goals for my learning vocabulary. i am not good at english. i just wish to pass the exams. (s7) to tell you the truth, i seldom plan any specific goals for my vocabulary learning. after class, i have to study other classes and do a lot of homework. thus, i often concentrate on learning it in my free time when my english teacher asks me or before important english exams or tests. (s10) 3.2. discussion this study revealed some significant points. participants, in general, had positive attitudes towards la in english language learning. this finding is in alignment with that in previous studies (e.g., chan, 2001; chen & pan, 2015) which have significantly asserted that the students held positive attitudes towards la in learning english in general and english vocabulary learning in particular. this is viewed as a favorable condition which can strengthen the teachers’ efforts and beliefs in teaching vocabulary to their students. in other words, english majored students’ positive attitudes towards learning english vocabulary autonomously can be considered as a powerful motivating source for students to pay serious attention to vocabulary learning. cognitively, participants perceived that la played important roles in english vocabulary learning. this piece of evidence may show that the efl high school students were ready to take responsibility for their own english vocabulary learning. this finding was confirmed by the results from sedighi and tamjid (2016) who found out that the respondents were willing and capable of taking responsibility for their own learning. conversely, the findings from mohamadpour (2013) found out that the awareness of efl students of learner autonomy and their readiness to become autonomous learner were relatively low. one of the possible explanations may be that the participants were english majored students who had learned english for many years. that is why they were well aware of the importance of english vocabulary learning, and perceived the importance of la in english vocabulary learning in order to improve their english language skills. notwithstanding, the participants had neutral affective attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning, and they had negative behavioral attitudes towards la in english vocabulary 92 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 86-94 thao quoc tran (efl students’ attitudes towards learner autonomy in english vocabulary learning) learning. in another aspect, many of the participants may have had positive affective attitudes as the standard deviation scores were not convergent. such findings contradict their cognitive attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning. it can be understood that although the participants believed that la in english vocabulary learning was very important and useful to improve their english, they seemed to be quite reluctant to perform it. there are some possible explanations for such findings. the first reason may be that many participants may find learning english vocabulary independently boring, and they may have a tendency of dependence on their teacher who can supply them with new words in each lesson. the second reason may be due to the fact that participants were firstand second-year students, so they did not know how to use vocabulary learning strategies appropriately. the next reason may be that participants were not autonomous in learning as the fact shows that nearly 70% of the participants reported that they allocated less than one hour to learning english vocabulary daily. these findings are consistent with joshi’s (2011) finding which found that although the learners were ready to take responsibility for their own language learning, they had tendency to accept the teachers’ power and authority in the learning process, and they are supported by the finding of sedighi and tamjid (2016) who have found that when students explored appropriate language learning strategies, they could develop their autonomy gradually through individual selection and application of different words in various circumstances. this may imply that there seems to exist a gap between participants’ awareness of la english vocabulary learning and their emotion and action of autonomous english vocabulary learning. the implication seems to be consistent with the result from luu (2011) which has shown that students were clearly aware of the role of autonomy in learning vocabulary; however, their level of interest in broadening their english vocabulary knowledge was only neutral. 4. conclusion some conclusions can be drawn up in this study. participants perceived that la played important roles in learning english and improving their english proficiency, but some participants were in favor of la in english vocabulary learning affectively and behaviorally. a gap exists between participants’ cognitive attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning and their affective and behavioral attitudes towards la in english vocabulary learning. such conclusions can suggest some implications. the findings showed that although students were well aware of the importance of la in english vocabulary learning, their interest (affective and behavioral attitudes) in english vocabulary learning was low. hence, it is imperative that teachers should motivate students and show them how to learn vocabulary independently by learning vocabulary by listening to english songs and watching english captioned movies. additionally, students should be encouraged to make plans, set goals and manage their learning as well as selfevaluate their english vocabulary learning. along with that, teachers should get involved in monitoring and checking their students’ english learning process in general and english vocabulary learning in specific. this small-scale study is subject to some limitations. first, this study focuses on only one aspect of la in english language learning. secondly, this study involved only first and second year students. hence, it is recommended that further research should include a wide range of students so that the results can be generalized to larger populations. references balci, ö., & çakir, a. (2012). teaching vocabulary through collocations in efl classes: the case of turkey. international journal of research studies in language learning, 1(1), 21-32. doi: 10.5861/ijrsll.2012.v1i1.31 benson, p. (2001). teaching and researching autonomy in language learning. london: longman. benson, p. (2003). learner autonomy in the classroom. in d. nunan (ed.), practical english language teaching (pp. 289-308). new york: mcgraw hill. boers, f., & lindstromberg, s. (2008). how cognitive linguistics can foster effective vocabulary teaching in f. boers & s. lindstromberg (eds.), applications of cognitive linguistics: cognitive linguistic approaches to teaching vocabulary and phraseology (pp.1-61). berlin: mouton de gruyter. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 93 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 86-94 thao quoc tran (efl students’ attitudes towards learner autonomy in english vocabulary learning) chan, v. (2001). learning autonomously: the learners' perspectives. journal of further and higher education, 25(3), 285-300. doi: 10.1080/03098770120077649 chen, h. l., & pan, h. h. (2015). learner autonomy and the use of language learning strategies in a taiwanese junior high school. journal of studies in education, 5(1), 52-64. doi: 10.5296/jse.v5i1.6972 eagly, a. h., & chaiken, s. (1993). the psychology of attitudes. orlando, fl, us: harcourt brace jovanovich college publishers. brown, j. d. (2001). using surveys in language programs. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. ellis, r. (1994). the study of second language acquisition. oxford: oxford university press. dickinson, l. (1995). autonomy and motivation: a literature review. system, 23, 165-174. doi: 10.1016/0346-251x(95)00005-5 dörnyei, z. (2007). research methods in applied linguistics. new york: oxford university press. duong, t. m. (2015). a portfolio-based learner autonomy development model in an efl writing course (doctoral dissertation). thailand: suranaree university of technology. duong, t. m., & nguyen, t. t. t. (2018). the role of learner autonomy in language education. proceedings of the international conference on language teaching and learning today 2018, held at ho chi minh city university of technology and education. hcmc: ute. duong, t. m., & seepho, s. (2013). efl teachers’ perceptions of promoting learner autonomy in a thai efl context. paper presented at culi’s international seminar 2013, bangkok, thailand. retrieved from http://www.culi.chula.ac.th. duong, t. m., & seepho, s. (2014). promoting learner autonomy: a qualitative study on efl teachers’ perceptions and their teaching practices. proceedings of the international conference: dral 2 / ila 2014, held at king mongkut’s institute of technology thonburi, bangkok, thailand (pp. 129-137). bangkok: kmitt. folse, k. s. (2004). vocabulary myths: applying second language research to classroom teaching. ann arbor, mi: university of michigan press. ghazal, l. (2007). learning vocabulary in efl contexts through vocabulary learning strategies. novitas-royal, 1(2), 84-91 gremmo, m-j. & riley, p. (1995). autonomy, self-direction and self-access in language teaching and learning: the history of an idea. system, 23(2), 151-164. doi: 10.1016/0346-251x(95)00002-2 gu, y. q., & johnson, r. k. (1996). vocabulary learning strategies and language learning outcomes. language learning, 46, 643-679. doi: 10.1111/j.1467-1770.1996.tb01355.x holec, h. (1981). autonomy in foreign language learning. oxford: pergamon. joshi, k. r. (2011). learner perceptions and teacher beliefs about learner autonomy in language learning. journal of nelta, 16, 13-29. kara, a. (2009). the effect of a ‘learning theories’ unit on students’ attitudes towards learning. australian journal of teacher education, 34(3), 100-113. doi: 10.14221/ajte.2009v34n3.5 le, x. q. (2013). fostering learner autonomy in language learning in tertiary education: an intervention study of university students in hochiminh city, vietnam. ph.d. thesis, nottingham university. lewis, m. (1993). the lexical approach. hove, uk: language teaching publications. little, d. (1991). learner autonomy 1: definitions, issues and problems. dublin: authentik. littlewood, w. (1996). autonomy: an anatomy and a framework. system, 24(4), 427-435. doi: 10.1016/s0346-251x(96)00039-5 luu, t. t. (2011). an empirical research on self-learning vocabulary. theory and practice in language studies. 1(2), 1688-1695. doi: 10.4304/tpls.1.12.1688-1695 macaro, e. (1997). target language, collaborative learning and autonomy. clevedon: multilingual matters. mcdevitt, b. (1997). learner autonomy and the need for learner training. language learning journal, 16, 34-39. doi: 10.1080/09571739785200251 http://www.culi.chula.ac.th/ 94 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 86-94 thao quoc tran (efl students’ attitudes towards learner autonomy in english vocabulary learning) mohamadpour, p. (2013). realization of autonomy and english language proficiency among iranian high school students. theory and practice in language studies, 3(7), 1187-1193. doi: 10.4304/tpls.3.7.1187-1193 nada, j. a. (2015) investigating efl learner' attitudes towards using information technology. eugene, oregon: international society for technology in education. nation, p. (2001). learning vocabulary in another language. new york: cambridge university press. nguyen, n.t. (2013). the effects of semantic mapping on vocabulary memorizing. proceedings of the 3rd international conference on foreign language learning and teaching, bangkok, thailand. nguyen, n. t. (2014). learner autonomy in language learning: teachers' beliefs (unpublished doctoral thesis). queensland university of technology. qui. s & li. q. (2006). a survey on english majors attitudes towards learner autonomy. celea journal, 29 (5), 66-74. richards, j. c., & renandya, w. a. (2002). methodology in language teaching: an anthology of current practice. cambridge, england: cambridge university press. richardson, v. (1996). the role of attitudes and beliefs in learning to teach. in j. sikula (ed.), handbook of research on teacher education, 2nd ed. (pp. 102-119). new york: macmillan. schmitt, n. (2010). researching vocabulary: a vocabulary research manual. basingstoke, england: palgrave macmillan. sedighi, e., & tamjid, n. h. (2016). the relationship between iranian efl learners’ autonomy and their vocabulary learning strategies with a focus on gender. the journal of applied linguistics, 9 (18), 183196. tran, t. n.p., & tran, t. q. (2017). attitudes towards the learning of culture in english language learning among vietnamese high school students. proceedings of the third international tesol conference promoting elt: diverse perspectives and new horizons at ho chi minh city university of education (pp.233-246). ho chi minh city: ho chi minh city university of education publishing house. tran. t. q., (2018). the roles of technology in promoting english-majored students’ learner autonomy: a critical look at hutech context. proceedings of conference on technology and science 2018 at ho chi minh city university of technology (pp.344-348). ho chi minh city: science and technology publishing house. tran, t. q., & duong, t. m., (2018). efl learners' perceptions of factors influencing learner autonomy development. kasetsart journal of social sciences, 39(1),1-6. doi: 10.1016/j.kjss.2018.02.009 tran, t. q., & seepho, s. (2016). efl learners’ attitudes toward intercultural communicative language teaching and their intercultural communicative competence development. journal of english studies, 11, 1-40. tran. t. q., & nguyen, t. g. (2017). the use of english vocabulary learning strategies among vietnamese high school students. proceedings of the third international tesol conference promoting elt: diverse perspectives and new horizons at ho chi minh city university of education (pp.223-232). ho chi minh city: ho chi minh city university of education publishing house. tran. t. q., & vo. d. q. (2019). tertiary english majors' perceptions of the importance of learner autonomy and autonomous language learning strategy use. proceedings of the international conference: autonomy and motivation for language learning in the interconnected world at ho chi minh city university of technology and education (pp.102-113). ho chi minh city: vietnam national university – ho chi minh press. tran t. q., duong, t. m., & huynh, n. t. t. (2019). attitudes toward the use of tell tools in english language learning among vietnamese tertiary english majors. vnu journal of social sciences and humanities, 5(5), 581-594. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1172/vjossh.v5i5.498 vanijdee, a. (2003). thai distance english learners and learner autonomy. open learning, 18(1), 75-84. willis, d. (1990). the lexical syllabus: a new approach to language teaching. london: collins elt. english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 263-271 263 10.12928/eltej.v3i3.2463 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id varying strategies to maximize the effectiveness of elt: lessons from training sessions a. dzo’ul milal a,1,*, zuliati rohmah b,2, wahju kusumajantib,3 a, b, c uin sunan ampel surabaya, jl. ahmad yani no.117, jemur wonosari, kec. wonocolo, kota sby, jawa timur 60237, indonesia 1 dzoulmilal@uinsby.ac.id *; 2 zettira@gmail.com ; 3 wahjukusumajanti@uinsby.ac.id * corresponding author 1. introduction despite the advancement of technology and the popularity of distant teaching and learning, teachers still play an essential and strategic role in determining the success of instructional programs including language learning. weaknesses in the curriculum, meager materials, incomplete facilities can be compensated with the presence of resourceful and skillful teachers. therefore, their knowledge needs to be always updated and their skills developed. this implies the importance of teacher professional development. what knowledge and which skills are to be trained on the teachers, and how the training makes any difference in the teachers are addressed in this study. several studies on teacher professional development (tpd) have taken some focuses, neghavati (2016) on the importance of online literacy to be given in teacher training program, van driel & berry (2012) on the significance of teachers’ understanding of how learners learn (pedagogical content knowledge) to be included in tpd programs, and girvan et al. (2016) on the need of teacher’s understanding of experiential learning. farrell (2012) said the time gap between graduation and starting to work causes some challenges on teachers either in planning, delivering, or managing the lesson. hence, they need some transitional training to cope with those problems. dixon et al. (2014) found that differentiating instruction is positively related to a teacher’s efficacy and their belief about efficacy. they recommend that differentiating instruction be one of the subjects of a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 05 july 2020 revised 10 august 2020 accepted 21 december 2020 several factors determine the effectiveness of language learning, one of which is the variety of strategies carried out by the teacher in the teaching and learning process. defined as any efforts made to maximize the learning achievements, strategy encompasses material development, classroom management, and teaching techniques. the question is in what ways the teacher implements such a variety, and what the effect is. this study used a descriptive technique in the sense that it described the existing phenomenon as it was without giving any treatment to bring about the data. it was conducted in an in-service teacher training which aimed to improve the trainees’ mastery of elt strategies and the teaching language. the data were collected using questionnaires, observation, documentation, interviews, and reflection. the subjects were the trainers and the teacher trainees who have mixed language abilities and teaching experiences. having been collected, the data were analyzed by classifying the topically relevant facts, displaying them, scrutinizing their interconnections, and drawing some conclusive points. the findings show a range of varieties was employed during the training process, covering the use of diverse materials, fun classroom activities, learner-centered approach, affect-lowering classroom management, and varied interaction patterns. as effective learning is dependent on the fresh minds, teachers should always strive to prevent their students from exhausting monotony. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords classroom management fun activities interaction patterns learner-centered approach teaching materials http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:dzoulmilal@uinsby.ac.id mailto:zettira@gmail.com mailto:wahjukusumajanti@uinsby.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 264 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 263-271 a. dzo’ul milal et.al (varying strategies to maximize the effectiveness of elt) teacher training. however, they did not explain what aspects of teaching should be differentiated and how to implement it in classroom practice. due to its significance, they suggested that differentiating the instruction be taken as the focus of future studies. this present study is, on the one hand, in line with such a recommendation, on the other hand, it filled the niche left out by other researchers. it focused on the various types of materials, differing techniques of presentations, varieties of interaction patterns, and divergent ways of classroom management. those points have not been dealt with by the aforementioned studies. this study was conducted by exploring the in-service teacher professional development program of which aim was to expand english teachers’ knowledge about the variety of teaching strategies and simultaneously improving their ability in using teacher language. strategy defined as any efforts made by the teacher to maximize the learning achievement encompasses preparing relevant teaching materials, managing a conducive classroom, and conducting effective teaching techniques. varying the strategies is a logical consequence because in a big class consisting of various learners’ characteristics, mixed abilities, and different preferences (dörnyei, 2014; skehan, 2014), following a learner-centered approach (schreurs & dumbraveanu, 2014), the teacher should vary her/his strategies so that each student feels not only catered individually; thus, increasing their motivation and engagement in learning, but also satisfied and could learn best because the materials and activities are made appropriate with the learners’ differences. according to merrill (2001), a classroom teaching and learning process is an interaction among interrelated components: knowledge component, strategy component, and instructional transaction component. knowledge is conveyed by the materials, strategy includes methods and techniques, and instructional transaction refers to interactions among instructional participants, such as teacher and students. a teacher uses techniques to present the materials to be learned by students in a certain learning condition. it is the teacher who decides what kinds of materials, techniques, and learning conditions are most effective for the students to learn. therefore, the teacher needs to be well-trained to be able to make such a decision. here lies the importance of teacher professional development (hughes et al., 2018). managing the classrooms is the teacher’s effort to prepare a conducive learning condition so that the learning process can take place efficiently and effectively. this should also be done in various ways following the learners’ variabilities. they will learn best when the instruction is suitable for their differences. learning will likely happen when the learners have the feelings of autonomy and responsibility (najeeb, 2013), no anxiety (horwitz, 2010), secure, not threatened, low-affective filter (krashen, 1985). the classroom, therefore, should be managed in such a way to create such a learning condition. among the differences of the learners are their personality traits (dörnyei, 2014; petric, 2019), multiple intelligences (gardner, 2015), and learning styles. to cope with such divergent learners’ variables, numerous types of materials also need to be prepared, either pedagogical or authentic materials (tomlinson, 2012), in terms of multimodal materials (kress, 2010), either verbal (spoken or written), image (still or moving), or music. with these various materials, as many students as possible may get an advantage. due to learners’ differences, the teacher can also conduct different activities to accommodate those learners’ variabilities, such as classical, group, pair, or individual works (spratt et al., 2005). the main consideration is how to make the students actively involved in the activities. active engagement in the learning process is effective for learning to happen. 2. research method this study used a qualitative approach because it was based on verbal data. it applied a descriptive technique in the sense that it merely described the existing phenomenon as it was without giving any treatment to produce the required data. the site was the teaching and learning process in the teacher training sessions in sidoarjo, gresik, and malang regencies. the training in each site lasted in three successive days, done consecutively with two-week intervals. the subjects were three trainers who have been trained as master trainers for the training of junior secondary school english teachers, who have obtained an in-service certificate in english language teaching (icelt) certificate from cambridge university, and a total of 60 trainees (20 teacher trainees in each place). they were teachers of english at islamic junior secondary schools (mts) and have mixed language abilities and heterogeneous ages and teaching experiences. the training was designed as a teacher professional development that aimed to improve english teachers’ knowledge about the variety of teaching strategies and simultaneously improving their ability in using teacher issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 265 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 263-271 a. dzo’ul milal et.al (varying strategies to maximize the effectiveness of elt) language. as the data were obtained from a teacher training program, it was expected that the experiences that the trainees got during the training would be implemented when they return to their schools. hence, the trainers were always aware of the contents, the activities, and the procedures. the trainers were supposed to become models that were imitated by the trainees. the data were collected through questionnaires, observations, documentation, interviews, and reflections. the first questionnaire used to get information about the teachers’ needs was responded to before the training. its results were taken as a basis to design the training contents. observations were done by the researchers while training (participant observation) and sitting in the training room writing field notes when one of the trainers was teaching (non-participant observation). it was done to record the teaching procedures, interaction, activities, and classroom management. the documentation study was to see the materials and media used by the trainers during the sessions. interviews were done to the trainers to gain information about the reasons and purposes regarding their teaching performance and to the trainees about their attitude towards and perception of the sessions. the second questionnaire to get input about the trainees’ evaluation of the training was filled up by the end of the training. reflections were made by the researchers based on the feeling and experience as supplementary to the existing data. the data were analyzed following miles, huberman and saldana’s (2020) qualitative analysis techniques consisting of data reduction, data display, and conclusion drawing. data reduction means that there were processes of selecting, organizing, and simplifying. the observations notes describing the detailed teaching steps and activities, for example, were selected and organized to gain relevant and orderly points. the results of documentation and interviews were simplified to get clear ideas. the data were displayed to facilitate concluding, by explaining the relationship, such as that between the activities and their purposes, and tendencies of the trainers’ being always friendly and warm with the trainees. in that way, it is easier to make inferences and interpretation. finally, some conclusive points were made, discussed, and interpreted within the framework of teacher professional development purposes. 3. findings and discussion the findings are related to pre-training input about teachers’ needs, whilst-training process covering contents and procedures, and post-training evaluation including the impact on the trainees. the training contents were focused on elt strategies included how to develop materials, how to manage the classroom to establish a conducive learning condition, and how to vary the activities to prevent students from boredom. it was based on the humanistic teaching principle, i.e. the teaching and learning process was underlain by a learner-centered approach of which consequence is that the teacher accommodates the learners’ differences. 3.1. trainees’ profile and needs the trainees were teachers of english at islamic junior secondary schools (mts) in the districts of sidoarjo, gresik, and malang. the total number of participants was 60 teachers. the recruitment was done by the local teacher’s associations, so it was considered representative of all islamic school english teachers in the districts. the results of needs analysis questionnaire showed that the genders were proportionally distributed with varying ages between 44 – 31 years old with the average age of about 40 years. most of them were teaching at public schools, only a few were at private ones. their educational backgrounds were relatively varied. ninety percent were graduates of english education departments, the rest from the non-english departments. their teaching experience also varied, ranging from 20 to 6 years. they are all working as full teachers and have no extra job. viewing their teaching load, 60% teaching for more than 30 hours per week, the rest is around 20 hours per week. what they liked in being teachers is that they love meeting and interacting with students. what they did not like was related to administrative tasks, such as correcting test results, making academic reports, and writing lesson plans. the data showed that the difficulties they faced in the teaching and learning process was how to manage the class, conduct communicative activities, face the students who have low learning motivation, use varied strategies, and how to motivate students to learn english. some of them faced the difficulty of implementing the curriculum contents, developing fun and varied teaching techniques and media, and evaluating learning achievements. considering those divergent backgrounds of the trainees, the training that aimed to cope with some of those problems was 266 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 263-271 a. dzo’ul milal et.al (varying strategies to maximize the effectiveness of elt) designed and conducted to satisfy those empirically existing needs on the one hand, and to comply with some theoretical language teaching requirements on the other, such as teacher language (walsh, 2002). 3.2. varying teaching materials regarding the teaching materials, trainees were introduced to and trained on how to select, adapt, and develop a range of materials. the findings showed that one of the training materials was about the kinds of language teaching materials, how to select and how to adapt them. the teacher trainees were taught, first, how to select the authentic materials which is dictated by their suitability for the teaching and learning objectives. second, they were also trained on how to adapt the authentic materials to make them relevant to the learners’ life. in using the train schedule, for example, the teacher may modify the names of the cities of departure and destination so that they are familiar to the learners, thus, becoming more meaningful. in using e-mails as the teaching materials, the teacher can modify the names that exist in the mails, for instance, by using the names of the students in the class. in that way, the e-mail becomes more contextual. in short, adaptation needs to be done to make the authentic materials more relevant to the learners. first, using the materials needs to consider variety and relevance. to cope with learners’ divergent characteristics, materials should be developed in such a way that they become effective for each learner’s learning. to accommodate students with visual learning style, for example, the materials were in forms of written texts, graphics, pictures, figures, tables, maps, or any other materials which can be perceived by the learners using their visual senses. for auditory learners, the materials are spoken texts either in the forms of oral announcements, speeches, stories delivered orally, tv news, conversations, lectures, airplane pre-flight instructions, classroom presentations, videos, audio-recordings, talk shows, or any others. in sum, materials should be so varied to accommodate learners’ differences. there are two kinds of language teaching materials: pedagogical and authentic (tomlinson, 2012). pedagogical materials are the materials which are developed intended to be used for teaching and learning purposes, such as students’ handbooks, students’ working booklets, school textbooks, etc. these materials are rigorously developed and strictly graded in their level of difficulty according to the grades of the learners. the topics are carefully selected and the educational values are integrated to make them appropriate to achieve certain target competences. the basic consideration is how to develop the materials relevant to the predetermined learning objectives. authentic materials are those taken from the real-life communication which is not intended for teaching and learning purposes, such as taken from newspapers, magazines, television broadcasts, in the forms of advertisements, news, editorials, pictures, etc. there are things to consider in using authentic materials, such as whether they are suitable with the teaching objectives, and whether they are relevant with the learners’ characteristics, level of their language competence, their cognitive capacity, and their age and experiences. since the materials are not intended for teaching and learning purposes, to use them in the classroom, teachers need to select them and adapt them to make them appropriate for the learning goals and relevant for the students. some examples of authentic materials that can be used in elt classrooms are newspapers, advertisements, wrappings, train schedules, song lyrics, announcements, diaries, restaurant menus, e-mails, manuals, job contracts, maps, identity cards, driving license, etc. any of those texts are adaptable and usable as the teaching materials depending on the topic of the lesson. therefore, to use any of them in the language lessons, the teacher should think of adapting the materials or selecting the tasks which are appropriate for the students. 3.3. varying ways of managing classroom the findings show that the teacher trainers implemented some strategies to make the learning condition conducive for learning. they tried to create a good rapport with the trainees by showing solidarity and a close or intimate relationship with the trainees. the trainers smiled a lot, called the trainees by names, asked some personal questions to some trainees. one of the trainers did not seem to be pushy, authoritarian. in instructing to do an activity, she used a more inclusive invitation than an exclusive order. for example, the trainer said, “ok. now let’s look at number 9” (pointing to question number 9 on the worksheet) rather than saying, “ok. look at number 9.” the former issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 267 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 263-271 a. dzo’ul milal et.al (varying strategies to maximize the effectiveness of elt) indicated involvement of the speaker implying a closer relationship between trainer and trainees and not superior-subordinate commands. the findings also demonstrated that the trainers gave greater autonomy and responsibility to the trainees and suggested that they also do the same to their students. the teachers should trust their students by giving them freedom in the learning process. for illustration, in conducting a group discussion activity, students are let to choose their members to create a group. in giving a reading task, students are instructed to go to the library and given the freedom to choose what to read. then, they are assigned to write a report of what they have read. to maintain a good relationship between the teacher and students, trainees are also advised not to be angry with the students when they cannot or do not make their homework. what the teacher needs to do is not to be angry but to ask them personal reasons, why they do not do the assignments, and ask if they can comply with the tasks. when the students seem to get difficulty complying with the work, they can be given the freedom to choose to compensate for it. in that way, students feel secure, not threatened, and not intimidated; hence, preserving a good feeling with the teacher. the harmonious social relationship between teachers and students will prevent students from feeling of anxiety when they meet and interact in the classroom. that was exemplified by the trainers’ smiley behavior, who always tried to retain unintimidating, and did not keep distant from the trainees. the trainers always interacted closely and intensively with the trainees although they were relatively having a distant relationship. that was evidenced by the fact that they had not known each other before the training. the trainers were senior lecturers at a state university and the trainees were junior secondary school teachers, the trainers and trainees had never met before and had never communicated either. still, they interacted as if they had known each other before, even since the first meeting. that was because the trainees put their name tags on the table in front of them, and the trainer stuck it on her dress. also, the first meeting was commenced with a personal introduction. therefore, the trainer and trainees knew and called each other by name. managing a classroom is an effort made by the teacher to create a learning condition that is conducive for learning. there were ways conducted by the teachers to establish a good learning condition, related to physical and psychological conditions. the classroom is physically conducive for learning, for example, when it is clean, tidy, not noisy, and cool. in such a condition, students will feel convenient to stay and to learn because they are not bothered by any external disturbances, hence, they can concentrate on learning. what is more important is the psychological condition that exists in the classroom. the condition is favorable for learning when there is a good social relationship among the people in the classroom, for instance, between teacher and students, and among students. the condition is also effective when students feel to have autonomy and responsibility. the learning condition is also supportive when students feel secure and safe, and do not feel anxious, or threatened. this goes in line with the principles of suggestopedia (larsenfreeman, 2000; richards and rodgers, 1986) which claims that there was a positive connection between learners’ knowledge change and their non-anxious condition (warr & downing, 2000). 3.4. varying activities the training was held in three successive days, lasting for six hours each day, starting from 08.00 a.m. and ended at 03.00 p.m. the break time was one hour, 12.00-13,00. this background is important to imagine the density of the program and the workload. if only had the activities not been varied and fun, the trainees who were adult learners might have been bored and dropped out. the trainees’ comments in the final training evaluation showed that they enjoyed the sessions and felt satisfied with the program. the findings show that the trainers carried out an array of activities not only to prevent the trainees from boredom but also to give a model of how to conduct it in their teaching. a range of activities were done, such as working in groups matching words, board race, guessing the words, mingling interviews, role plays, jigsaw reading, etc. when the topic was about discussing the variety of teacher and student roles, for instance, trainees were asked to match which activities match one another. for example, when the teacher has the role of informer, the students are listeners and notetakers, when the teacher is monitoring, the students are doing tasks, when the teacher acts as a consultant, the students as clients. a range of interaction patterns were also practiced, such as classical work, group work, pair work, individual work, and mingling activities (harmer, 2007). an example of mingling activity 268 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 263-271 a. dzo’ul milal et.al (varying strategies to maximize the effectiveness of elt) was that the trainees were divided into two groups, each of one group had words, the other had the corresponding definitions. they mingled to find out their partners of words and their definitions. after that, each of the pairs told the class about their findings and got feedback from the other trainees as well as the trainer. the benefits of such an activity were that besides collaborating to understand the concepts, the trainees were actively engaged in an inquiry learning, and practiced using the target language. also, all trainees with visual, auditory, kinesthetic, and social learning styles would get advantages because such an activity stimulates all senses. more importantly, the trainer did not need to give a too lengthy and boring explanation. the findings also showed that the trainers most of the time used english as a medium of instruction. that was beneficial for the trainees in some ways. first, the trainees became accustomed to listening to the target language speech, thus improving their listening ability. second, since the interaction, questions, and answers, were done in english, the trainees also got a lot of chances to communicate using english, hence increasing their communicative skills. third, as the trainees were of mixed language abilities, the trainers needed to accommodate their talks so that everyone can understand. while doing it, the trainers also tried to raise the trainees’ awareness of the type of language they were using, i.e. modified and simplified exerting all possible strategies to make the talk comprehensible, such as using gestures, realia, mimics, and other instructional media. besides, the trainers also encouraged and reminded them of the importance of maximum use of the target language when teaching the students, even from the initial stage of their learning. in that way, the trainees found a model to imitate and were enthused to practice it in their schools. fourth, because english was always used throughout the sessions during the training, the trainees got an abundant amount of understandable linguistic input to promote their language acquisition (krashen, 1985). thus, the trainees could also improve their language skills. in sum, the training impacts expected on the trainees were not only the improvement of cognitive knowledge and understanding, but also the development of awareness, as well as the enhancement of their language competence. by the end of the training, trainees were asked to fill up a questionnaire about their perception of the training focusing on the training management, content relevance, training strategy, the trainers’ competence, and the training impacts on the trainees. most responses implied that the training had a good quality. only a few gave medium scores, and nobody viewed negatively. when asked about what needs to be maintained if conducting the same training again, the participants' responses indicated the existence of varied games, relevance to the needs of teachers and students, various ways of delivering materials, and suitable methods used by the trainers although the participants are mostly senior. regarding what still needs to be improved among others are teaching practice using electronic media, making online tests, and making scientific writing. the general comment from the trainees showed that the training was useful, interesting, and fun. the findings showed the variability of the trainees’ profiles, experiences, and needs. that the trainees have different ages, abilities, lengths of teaching experiences, and teaching loads entailing their divergent needs necessitate the diversification in their instruction. that was aimed not only to respond to their various needs effectively but also to cope with the problem of boredom that the trainees might have suffered due to the long and exhausting proceeding of the training sessions. since the learners (trainee teachers) have different concentration-span capacities, various motivations and needs, instruction will be effective when it is done diversely in accordance with those differences. this goes in line with dornyei (2014) and skehan (2014) who assert that varying the strategies is a logical consequence in a class which consists of various learners’ characteristics, mixed abilities, and different preferences. besides those objective realities, another determinant factor confirming the importance of varying the instruction is the currently developing trend towards the implementation of humanistic instruction, viz. the realization of a learner-centered approach. the learner-centered teaching requires that each of the individual participants in the classroom be addressed and catered so that they feel satisfied; hence, increasingly motivated to learn. this high motivation, in a later stage, will promote success in the learning efforts. this is consistent with masgoret & gardner (2003) who claim that there is a correlation between motivation and achievement. while the importance of variety is confirmed in the instructional purposes, the findings also demonstrated the teaching aspects which are to be varied, namely the materials, the ways of classroom management, and the activities. these facets as the research results seem to fill the gap left away by the previous studies conducted by neghavati (2016), van driel & berry (2012), girvan et al. (2016), and farrell (2012). this study also successfully responded to dixon et al. (2014) who issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 269 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 263-271 a. dzo’ul milal et.al (varying strategies to maximize the effectiveness of elt) recommended that diversifying the instruction be focused in the future studies. therefore, in designing teacher professional development, the ways of differentiating those components for instructional purposes need to be taken into consideration as the contents not only of the teacher training, lesson planning, mentoring, and school supervising, but also of the curriculum of teacher education. the findings presented above have several implications on elt. the humanistic teaching and learning requires the implementation of learner-centered approach (jingna, 2012). learners have differences and each of the learners needs to be paid attention and satisfied. teaching cannot ignore individual student’s strengths and weaknesses, motivation and preferences, talents, and potentials. each of the students’ needs to feel satisfied, and their needs catered. the implication is that teachers are demanded to pay greater attention to the learners’ variabilities. the corollary is that the teaching should be differentiated to accommodate such a variability (dixon et al., 2014) and the teacher’s competence ought to be up-dated and up-graded in line with the advancement of the required skills. consistent with the above findings, the teaching aspects that must be differentiated encompass all classroom components, such as contents, strategies, and instructional transaction (merrill, 2001). the demands of the teachers are not only coming from student personality factors but also from the advancement of external factors, like the current development of information technology. to be successful in the future, students need to acquire four competencies, called 4cs of the 21st century skills, namely creativity, critical thinking, collaboration, and communication (d’addario, 2020). creativity is described as the capacity to have a solution over the problems. critical thinking is indicated by the ability to think critically, by identifying and describing the problem, analyzing the information, formulating solutions, and taking action. collaboration is the ability to work in teams, learn from, and contribute to the learning of others, use social networking skills, and work empathically with others. communication refers to the ability to communicate effectively, spoken and written, receptively and productively (d’addario, 2020). furthermore, the revitalization of character education permeating all national education programs, such as the case in indonesia, has given greater responsibility on the shoulders of the teachers. it is intended to emphasize the inculcation of moral values on the students, in line with the development of their cognitive intelligence (silvia, 2015). the character education, according to lickona (1997), is making students accustomed to being virtuous. its realization in everyday life is manifested in terms of honesty, responsibility, kindness, and courtesy. these might bring about effects on the teacher development programs, especially in connection with the training contents and techniques. the significance of this study with those teachers’ tasks lies in the ability to use diverse strategies. when the teacher is aware of and able to implement this principle of varying the strategies, any contents can be delivered using such tactics. a teacher training program is a way to improve such a capability. 4. conclusion consistent with the aims of this study, describing the ways the trainers implemented a variety in the teaching process, this study revealed the trainers’ use of diverse materials, fun classroom activities, learner-centered approach, affect-lowering classroom management, and varied interaction patterns. in relevance to the second aim of whether such a variety was effective, it found out the positive effects on the trainees as evidenced by their positive comments and most of their responses which implied that the training had a good quality and impacts on the improvement of their knowledge and experiences. despite the fact, this study is acknowledged to have limitations. the training effects were viewed based on the questionnaires of which the truth of the responses was based on assumptions. it was also gained through subjective reflections of the trainees and limited only to the time when they had just finished having the training. it is suggested that further research be conducted to reveal the longer-term impacts to see whether the trainees implement the knowledge and experiences as the training results in their actual teaching at schools. so, teacher training for professional development is seen as a trigger to improve the teacher’s quality which in a later step affects the improvement of the quality of the learners. 270 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 263-271 a. dzo’ul milal et.al (varying strategies to maximize the effectiveness of elt) references d'addario, m. (2020). ontological coaching: transformation and development of yourself. babelcube inc.. d'addario, m. (2020). educational coaching. babelcube inc. dixon, f. a., yssel, n., mcconnell, j. m., & hardin, t. (2014). differentiated instruction, professional development, and teacher efficacy. journal for the education of the gifted. https://doi.org/10.1177/0162353214529042 dörnyei, z. (2014). the psychology of the language learner: individual differences in second language acquisition. the psychology of the language learner: individual differences in second language acquisition. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781410613349 farrell, t. s. c. (2012). novice-service language teacher development: bridging the gap between preservice and in-service education and development. tesol quarterly. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.36 gardner, h. (2015). the theory of multiple intelligences. in handbook of educational ideas and practices. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511977244.025 girvan, c., conneely, c., & tangney, b. (2016). extending experiential learning in teacher professional development. teaching and teacher education. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.04.009 harmer, jeremy. (2007). the practice of english language teaching. london: pearson longman. horwitz, e. k. (2010). foreign and second language anxiety. language teaching. https://doi.org/10.1017/s026144480999036x hughes, j., morrison, l., & dobos, l. (2018). re-making teacher professional development. studies in health technology and informatics. https://doi.org/10.3233/978-1-61499-923-2-602 jingna, d. (2012). application of humanism theory in the teaching approach. higher education of social science. https://doi.org/10.3968/j.hess.1927024020120301.1593 krashen, stephen d. (1985). the input hypothesis: issues and implications. oxford: pergamon. kress, gunther. (2010). multimodality: a social semiotic approach to contemporary communication. n.y.: routledge. larsen-freeman, diane. (2000). techniques and principles in language teaching. second edition. oxford: oxford university press lickona, t. (1997). the teacher’s role in character education. journal of education. https://doi.org/10.1177/002205749717900206 masgoret, a.-m., & gardner, r. c. (2003). attitudes, motivation, and second language learning: a metaanalysis of studies conducted by gardner and associates. language learning. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9922.00227 merrill, m. d. (2001). components of instruction toward a theoretical tool for instructional design. instructional science. https://doi.org/10.1023/a:1011943808888 miles, m. b., huberman, m., & saldana, j. (2020). qualitative data analysis-a methods sourcebook -4th edition. in sage. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9781107415324.004 najeeb, s. s. r. (2013). learner autonomy in language learning. procedia social and behavioral sciences. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.01.183 neghavati, a. (2016). core skills training in a teacher training programme. procedia social and behavioral sciences. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2016.10.085 petric, d. (2019). introvert, extrovert, and ambivert. the knot theory of mind. https://doi.org/10.13140/rg.2.2.28059.41764 richards, jack c. & theodore s. rodgers. (1986). approaches and methods in language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. schreurs, j., & dumbraveanu, r. (2014). a shift from teacher-centered to learner-centered approach. international journal of engineering pedagogy (ijep). https://doi.org/10.3991/ijep.v4i3.3395 https://doi.org/10.1177/0162353214529042 https://doi.org/10.4324/9781410613349 https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.36 https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511977244.025 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.04.009 https://www.google.co.id/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22jeremy+harmer%22 https://doi.org/10.1017/s026144480999036x https://doi.org/10.3233/978-1-61499-923-2-602 https://doi.org/10.3968/j.hess.1927024020120301.1593 https://doi.org/10.1177/002205749717900206 https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9922.00227 https://doi.org/10.1023/a:1011943808888 https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9781107415324.004 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.01.183 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2016.10.085 https://doi.org/10.13140/rg.2.2.28059.41764 https://doi.org/10.3991/ijep.v4i3.3395 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 271 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 263-271 a. dzo’ul milal et.al (varying strategies to maximize the effectiveness of elt) silvia, arnis. (2010). a closer look at character education in indonesia: what every educator should know. jakarta: uin jakarta skehan, p. (2014). individual differences in second language learning. individual differences in second language learning. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315831664 spratt, mary, alan pulverness, melanie williams. (2005). the teaching knowledge test (tkt) course. cambridge: cambridge university press. tomlinson, brian, (2012). materials development for language learning and teaching. volume 45, issue 2. april 2012, pp. 143-179. van driel, j. h., & berry, a. (2012). teacher professional development focusing on pedagogical content knowledge. educational researcher. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189x11431010 walsh, s. (2002). construction or obstruction: teacher talk and learner involvement in the efl classroom. language teaching research. https://doi.org/10.1191/1362168802lr095oa warr, p., & downing, j. (2000). learning strategies, learning anxiety and knowledge acquisition. british journal of psychology. https://doi.org/10.1348/000712600161853 https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315831664 https://www.cambridge.org/core/search?filters%5bauthorterms%5d=brian%20tomlinson&eventcode=se-au https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/language-teaching/volume/4b6ede9ee0b479812e9e7e05f9ada1b4 https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/language-teaching/issue/75b5c620750ca3874066ea050b9c2276 https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189x11431010 https://doi.org/10.1191/1362168802lr095oa https://doi.org/10.1348/000712600161853 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 163-173 163 10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2349 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id exploring efl students’ perception of online learning via microsoft teams: university level in indonesia ahmad ridho rojabia,1,* a iain jember, indonesia 1 ahmadridhorojabi@gmail.com * * corresponding author 1. introduction an internet connection has been crucial in the era of globalization to enhance human activities in various activities of economic, culture, defense, and many others (fallows, 2004). furthermore, allen & seaman (2017) found that there were approximately six-million students who took part in at least one higher education online course in 2015, compared to 1.6 million in 2002. it means that in the era of globalization, technology is capable of promoting human life, one of which is in the education field. by exploiting technology, teaching and learning activities are now not only carried out in schools, but it can also be carried out in long distances. as reported by dorf (2019), educational technologies are classified into learning tools, educational resources, learning environments, as well as learning methods. firstly, both digital and non-digital technologies used to promote learning through internet connection is defined as learning tools secondly, educational resources provide textbooks, tutorials, and other learning materials. thirdly, providing the learners to learn both in conventional as well as in online learning management systems in various locations, contexts, and cultures is defined as a learning environment. fourthly, exemplifying an action of the specific contents of a subject that may be a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 19 june, 2020 revised 10 august, 2020 accepted 8 september, 2020 an internet connection has been crucial in the era of globalization to enhance human activities in various activities of economic, culture, defense, and many others, especially in the efl classroom setting. microsoft teams as an innovative online learning platform provides unique features to enhance its potential to help efl teachers to conduct better interaction as well learning environment in online learning. this research aimed at exploring students’ perceptions of online learning via microsoft teams. the study was conducted with twenty-eight sixthsemester students at open university (universitas terbuka-upbjj jember). data were collected by using questionnaires to gain information about the efl students’ perception of online learning via microsoft teams. the questionnaire was distributed to the students through google forms after all materials in online learning had been conducted. the questionnaires data obtained were analyzed descriptively. the finding of the research revealed that online learning via microsoft teams is categorized as something new for the students but this interaction and learning environment motivated students in participating online learning, as a result, they can easier to comprehend the learning materials. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license keywords students’ perception online learning english language teaching 10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2349 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:ahmadridhorojabi@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 164 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 163-173 ahmad ridho rojabi (exploring efl students’ perception of online learning via microsoft teams:…) properly understood by learners is defined as a learning method. for instance; drill and practice, memorization, collaborative learning, and competency-based learning. it can be concluded that the learners’ experiences covering learner’s perceptions, as well as learners’ performances of the learning tools, educational resources, learning environment, and methods can be gained through educational technology. learning systems by integrating internet connections with teaching and learning processes are identified as online learning systems or virtual learning systems (bentley et al., 2012). providing all courses of distance learning exclusively over the internet is called online learning (nguyen, 2015). in brief, this kind of teaching differs from conventional or face-to-face learning where students are expected to enter a classroom physically. in a face-to-face classroom, some students lose opportunities to communicate, unless they are self-confident, and can respond quickly, whereas online learning provides the learner with the flexibility and offers them with an engaged learning environment. bakerson et al. (2015) states that in online learning, the learners are offered unique opportunities for an engaging learning environment. in an online learning environment, face to face interaction is replaced by virtual interaction which provides convenience and flexibility (bower et al., 2015; hoi et al., 2018; landrum et al., 2020; smith et al., 2019). virtual learning provides unique features of a learning management system, for instance, authoring tools, rubrics, feedback tools, chat discussion, comment field, assignment submission, and files or document sharing. an online instructor can assess the sense of community by observing who is taking part and who is performing in the group (tinto, 2009). in line with this statement, martin et al. (2019) argues that it is important for an online teacher to be enthusiastic and extract resources at their institution by implementing both asynchronous and synchronous learning of a variety of platforms. moreover, hamilton (2015) states that in an online digital device, the students teach and learn each other spontaneously, they turn a teacher-directed, technology-based, non-individualized activity into a project that expressed their interests and viewpoints as well as demonstrate creativity and collaboration. in brief, this online learning creates an engaging as well as enjoyable learning by providing unique features to gain better interaction as well as a learning environment. hamilton (2015) confirms that instructional technology used by the teacher is more important than the equipment used. the purposes of the activities are to develop background knowledge, model an activity, to read, to demonstrate, to solve a problem, to explore, to review information, to respond to an idea, fee senses, as well as to engage students in critical thinking. furthermore, identifying the learning objectives and providing the appropriate students’ needs in learning is the most important step in designing an online learning environment. the objectives provide all learning objectives, teaching strategies, learning activities, and assessments that are listed on the syllabus (sewell et al., 2010). sebastianelli (2015) confirms that learning material was the most important factor for both grasped learning and student satisfaction. furthermore, teachers should know that what the student does is more important than what they do. to construct a meaningful and valuable user experience, the materials and learning activity in online learning platforms should be useful, usable, desirable, findable, accessible, credible as well as valuable (dorf, 2019). in english language teaching, efl lecturers provide the learners integrated skills, namely; listening, speaking, reading, and writing by implementing various methods or strategies to increase the students’ motivation and involvement in the teaching and learning process. at university, the english language teaching aim is to improve the student’s language skills both oral and written. there are various methods that efl lecturers may exploit in the classroom based on the students’ character and students’ needs. the methods provide them to an engaged learning process, improve their language skills as well as develop their critical thinking skills. one of the effective methods is by exploiting online learning. online learning supports the learners’ autonomy and enhance selfdiscipline for their learning progress (zayapragassarazan, 2020). in sum, online learning is designed to encourage the student’s participation, motivation, self-discipline, and learners’ autonomy in an online learning environment. one of the effective online learning platforms is microsoft teams, it is a cloud app digital hub that brings conversations, meetings, files and apps together in a single learning management system (lms) (microsoft, 2018). microsoft teams applications can easily be downloaded through desktop and mobile applications, and its features are exploited by people everywhere. microsoft teams provides better features like other social media covering chat rooms, collaborative issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 165 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 163-173 ahmad ridho rojabi (exploring efl students’ perception of online learning via microsoft teams:…) discussion, content sharing, and video conferencing (buchal & songsore, 2019; henderson et al., 2020; hubbard & bailey, 2018; ilag, 2020; mcvey et al., 2019; tsai, 2018). tsai (2018) predicts that microsoft teams will exist in advance over the next two years. by the end of 2020, 41% of organizations expect to use microsoft teams globally. tsai’s research covered a survey of 901 respondents from various organizations including small to medium-sized businesses and enterprises. respondents came from a variety of industries, together with manufacturing, healthcare, non-profits, education, government, and finance. this research is somewhat limited for educational research, however, it provides a type of environment students will experience as they turn into the workplace. teachers can post assignments to individuals, small groups, or the full class using the assignment function in teams (allison & hudson, 2020; pretorius, 2018). they explained that in their practice they could adjust assignments to everyone in their diverse classroom of learning styles and academic abilities. in brief, the teachers can exploit features provided in microsoft teams. the features include scheduling the meeting, sharing invitation links to the students to join the meeting, conducting web conference, interacting in the web conference, sharing files or documents, sharing screen or desktop, communicating in chatting box, changing the role of participants to attendee or presenter, recording web conference, as well as downloading the recording. materials, students interaction, as well as a learning environment, are the important factors which help students in achieving their learning goal optimally (fortune et al., 2011). as mentioned earlier, microsoft teams as one of the online learning platforms provide those three factors which can be applied in an online learning environment. one disadvantage in online learning is the inability of the teachers to see the students’ body language. there is a missing nonverbal hint expression of confusion on a student’s face, for example, or distracted doodling in a notebook that could help them measure understanding. in online learning, the teachers need to take extension time to assess students from the beginning (bakerson et al., 2015). another cause of failure in online learning environments is the lack of an arranged schedule, repeatedly studying, disciplined as well as self-motivation (sun, 2014). it means that teachers need to provide nice facial expressions and body language, good learning materials, and learning instructions to create nice interaction and motivate the learners in participating in an online class. some previous studies were conducted to measure the level of satisfaction on students’ interaction as well as students’ learning environment. according to fortune et al. (2011), the dimensions of online learning cover learning environment, face to face, technology, learning, preferences, and collaboration. meanwhile, gray & diloreto (2016) confirm that course structure/organization, learner interaction, student engagement, instructor presence, and student satisfaction are the appropriate dimensions of online learning. hence, in this study, measuring student interaction as well as learning environment in online learning are conducted. considering the above explanations, the researcher is interested to conduct this study to explore the efl students’ perception in online learning via microsoft teams. the perceptions cover the students’ interaction as well as the learning environment in online learning via microsoft teams. furthermore, the research questions are; (1) how is the students’ interaction in online learning via microsoft teams? and (2) how is the students’ learning environment in online learning via microsoft teams? 2. research method after finishing the online class via microsoft teams, 28 students from undergraduate students pursuing a bachelor degree of early childhood study program in indonesian open university, jember branch were selected by purposive sampling and they were required to complete a questionnaire. a questionnaire survey was given and collected to know the result of students' perceptions. the questionnaire was used to describe students’ perception in online learning from 2 aspects of perception: students' interaction as well as students' learning environment. the data were collected from the students by using the questionnaire after finishing the online class via microsoft teams. the questionnaire was developed to describe students’ perceptions of online leaning for english class. the questionnaire has 16 items of 2 dimensions. the dimension of student interaction was developed by gray (2016), while learning environment was developed by fortune (2011). 166 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 163-173 ahmad ridho rojabi (exploring efl students’ perception of online learning via microsoft teams:…) the questionnaire contained a 16 five-point likert format: (5) strongly agree, (4) agree, (3) neutral, (2) disagree, and (1) strongly disagree which was distributed to know the students’ perception in english online class. this instrument was developed by the researcher based on the review of the literature of perception theories. the students responded to the questionnaire once, after finishing all the materials in an online class via microsoft teams. all the responses were collected online through the google forms website. the validity and reliability of data were processed by using spss software. the validity was tested by using the pearson correlation method, while reliability was tested by using the cronbach’s alpha method. furthermore, the questionnaire distributed to the learners was adopted, modified, and translated into the indonesian language. one expert was involved in editing each item of questionnaire into the indonesian language. furthermore, the data obtained from the questionnaire is presented in the form of tables and figures to determine the tendency of students' perceptions related to students’ interaction as well as students’ learning environment in online learning via microsoft teams. 3. finding and discussion from the analyzed questionnaire, the following results were obtained, and the results of the validity and reliability, students' perception of students’ interactions in online learning are presented in the following tables and figures. table 1. the validity and reliability items r value sig r table conclusion cronbach's alpha critical point conclusion q1 0,770 0,000 0,374 valid 0,956 0,7 reliabel q2 0,870 0,000 0,374 valid q3 0,879 0,000 0,374 valid q4 0,409 0,031 0,374 valid q5 0,806 0,000 0,374 valid q6 0,795 0,000 0,374 valid q7 0,535 0,003 0,374 valid q8 0,739 0,000 0,374 valid q9 0,896 0,000 0,374 valid q10 0,729 0,000 0,374 valid q11 0,791 0,000 0,374 valid q12 0,582 0,001 0,374 valid q13 0,844 0,000 0,374 valid q14 0,882 0,000 0,374 valid q15 0,891 0,000 0,374 valid q16 0,892 0,000 0,374 valid in this study, the validity test was carried out using the pearson correlation method. if the correlation value (r-count) obtained is greater than r table, it is concluded that the question is valid. in the number of samples (n) 28, the value of r-table is 0.374. based on the table above, the lowest calculated r value is 0.409, namely q4 and the highest calculated r-value is 0.896, namely q9. because all questions have a calculated r value greater than r-table, it can be concluded that all questions are valid. meanwhile, the reliability test was carried out using the cronbach's alpha method. if cronbach's alpha value is greater than its critical point, which is 0.7, it is concluded that the variable is reliable. based on the table above, the cronbach's alpha value obtained was 0.956. as the value is greater than 0.7, it can be concluded that the data is reliable. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 167 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 163-173 ahmad ridho rojabi (exploring efl students’ perception of online learning via microsoft teams:…) table 2. the number or respondents who took questionnaire on students’ interaction in online learning via microsoft teams no score criteria frequency item 1 item 2 item 3 item 4 item 5 item 6 item 7 item 8 1 5 strongly agree 7 7 2 5 3 3 7 5 2 4 agree 12 7 7 18 11 5 15 9 3 3 neutral 2 6 5 2 0 6 4 4 4 2 disagree 7 7 13 3 12 12 2 9 5 1 strongly disagree 0 1 1 0 2 2 0 1 total 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 table 3. the percentage of the students who took the questionnaire on students’ interaction in online learning via microsoft teams no score criteria percentage (%) item 1 item 2 item 3 item 4 item 5 item 6 item 7 item 8 1 5 strongly agree 25.00% 25.00% 7.10% 17.90% 10.70% 10.70% 25.00% 17.90% 2 4 agree 42.90% 25.00% 25.00% 64.30% 39.30% 17.90% 53.60% 32.10% 5 3 neutral 7.10% 21.40% 17.90% 7.10% 0.00% 21.40% 14.30% 14.30% 3 2 disagree 25.00% 25.00% 46.4.00% 10.7% 42.90% 42.90% 7.10% 32.10% 4 1 strongly disagree 0.00% 3.60% 3.60% 0.00% 7.10% 7.10% 0.00% 3.60% total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% the results in the form of the above tables are then analyzed to find out the percentage of students' perceptions of each question item, which is reflected in the figure below. fig. 1. the percentage of students’ perception on students’s interaction in online learning via microsoft teams 168 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 163-173 ahmad ridho rojabi (exploring efl students’ perception of online learning via microsoft teams:…) based on the above diagram, it illustrates that students show the perception of disagreeing if the students' interaction in online learning supports them in studying. this is proven by several reasons after they gave their response through a questionnaire that they have problems to communicate with both their students and lecturers. the following is the students' response to each item of the questionnaire. item no 1: online learning makes me easier to interact with the lecturer. from the above question, there are 7 out of 28 students (25%) who said strongly disagree, 12 students (43%) who said agree, and 7 students (25%) who said disagree. this warns us as teachers that interactions between students and lecturers are very important to build communication in the process of teaching and learning. this happens due to the lack of intensity of interaction between students and lecturers in which there is a limited face to face interaction between students and teachers in an online class. this is evident from the students' respond who disagreed that online learning does not make them easier to interact with the lecturer. item no 2: interaction with lecturers becomes closer to online learning. the above question was responded by 7 out of 28 students (25%) who said strongly agree, 7 students (25% ) who said agree and 7 students (25%) who said disagree. from the responses, it can be said that some students still find difficulties in getting closer to their lecturers. this is due to the less intensity of face to face interaction between students and lecturers or they are not comfortable with technology to interact. item no 3: expressing the problems faced in online learning to the lecturers is more comfortable than face to face. the above question was responded by 13 out of 28 students (46%) in a questionnaire who said disagree. that percentage indicates that most students face problems in expressing problems to their lecturers in online learning classes. things might become worst because if students experience problems dealing with the lecture in an online class, they should consult their problems to their lecturers in order to get the solution. item no 4: miscommunication between lecturers and students often happens in online class. there are 18 out of 28 students (38.89%) who said agree. this happens because students and lecturers only interact through written language in english like chat discussion on microsoft teams and whatsapp group as well and it often causes miscommunication as there is no face to face communication directly. item 5: online lecture makes interactions between students easier. besides the problem of interaction with the lecturer, it turns out that online class gives difficulties for students interacting with other students. this is proven by 12 out of 28 students (46%) who responded disagree to this question. as teachers, we need to find out a solution. if students face problems dealing with interaction between students, it can influence the learning process. hence, it can affect the students' learning outcomes. item 6: interaction between students becomes closer in online class. that statement was responded disagree by 12 out of 28 students (43%). it means that there is a problem of interaction between students in the online environment as they are not accustomed to student-student interaction virtually. they prefer to have face to face interaction in a conventional class than in online classes. item 7: miscommunication between students often occurs in online classes, for example in conducting the paper of presentation in the group. for this statement, most students responded agree by 15 out of 28 students (53.60%). it shows that there is often miscommunication between students in online learning due to the poor signal or the well-preparation in conducting the paper of presentation virtually. in brief, they prefer presenting a paper of presentation in a conventional class to a virtual class. item 8: overcoming complications between students becomes easier in online learning, for example in completing the group paper. for this statement, 9 out of 28 students (32%) responded agree and 9 out of 28 students (32%) responded disagree. in online learning, some difficulties in completing group paper could be solved by some students by chatting with their friends through social media, but for other students, they cannot get a solution to overcome complications regarding group paper completion because they are not accustomed to the technology. furthermore, the results of students' perceptions of students’ learning environment in online learning are presented in the tables and figure below. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 169 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 163-173 ahmad ridho rojabi (exploring efl students’ perception of online learning via microsoft teams:…) table 4. the number or respondents who took questionnaire on students’ learning environment in online learning via microsoft teams no score criteria frequency item 1 item 2 item 3 item 4 item 5 item 6 item 7 item 8 1 5 strongly agree 5 5 2 2 3 3 4 4 2 4 agree 7 13 9 13 5 5 8 3 5 3 neutral 6 5 11 9 6 11 8 10 3 2 disagree 10 5 6 4 13 9 8 9 4 1 strongly disagree 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 total 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 table 5. the percentage of the students who took questionnaire on students’ learning environment in online learning via microsoft teams no score criteria percentage (%) item 1 item 2 item 3 item 4 item 5 item 6 item 7 item 8 1 5 strongly agree 17.90% 17.90% 7.10% 7.10% 10.70% 10.70% 14.30% 14.30% 2 4 agree 25.00% 46.40% 32.10% 46.40% 17.90% 17.90% 28.60% 10.70% 5 3 neutral 21.40% 17.90% 39.30% 32.10% 21.40% 39.30% 28.60% 35.70% 3 2 disagree 35.70% 17.90% 21.40% 14.30% 46.40% 32.10% 28.60% 32.10% 4 1 strongly disagree 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 3.60% 0.00% 0.00% 7.10% total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% fig. 2. the percentage of students’ perception on students’s learning environment in online learning via microsoft teams 170 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 163-173 ahmad ridho rojabi (exploring efl students’ perception of online learning via microsoft teams:…) item number 1: learning environment in online class helps me to understand the materials easier. that statement was responded disagree by 10 out of 28 students (36%). it happens due to the students feel that online learning could not support their learning environment comfortably. for example, in online learning, some difficulties in comprehending materials could not be solved easily by some students because they are not accustomed to the technology. some learners had no selfconfidence to ask questions virtually. in brief, some students are comfortable to have face to face interaction when they get problems with the tasks. item number 2: learning environment in an online class arouses me to learn and understand the materials actively. this statement was responded by 13 out of 28 students (46%) of students who responded agree with it. it indicates that students have good enthusiasm for understanding the materials in the online environment due to nice materials, videos, and fun activities collaboratively in an online class. item number 3: learning environment in online learning pushes me to take online learning. this statement was responded by 9 out of 28 students (32%) who agreed with it. they took online classes due to the system of learning during covid-19 by using an online learning platform, in this case, is by exploiting microsoft team. for the first time, it was difficult for them in adapting with the features provided by microsoft teams. however, when the lecturer introduced and provided learning materials, and discussions in fun and meaningful tasks in an online class, it motivated them to join and learn english more. item number 4: i feel comfortable in answering questions in an online class. this statement was responded by 13 out of 28 students (46%) who agreed with it. they felt comfortable answering questions from their lecturer due to the easy and interesting materials they got and it is something new and challenging to learn english in online learning. some students felt comfortable to be volunteers to read the texts provided in the online class as well as to answer some questions or discussions given by the lecturer. item number 5: i prefer to learn online to face to face. this statement was responded by 13 out of 28 students (46.40%) who disagreed with it. most students feel that face to face lecture is more comfortable in helping them comprehending the materials easier. besides, in online learning, they need to have enough data and good signal to support the teaching and learning process. sometimes, the lecturer or student can get poor signal and they try to re-join the class. item number 6: learning environment in online learning gives me a huge contribution to the study. this statement was responded by 11 out of 28 students (39%) who said neutral and 9 out of 28 students (32%) who disagreed with it. the reason why some students said neutral, it is due to the flexibility. in brief, the students can learn english enjoyably at home. for instance, when they got experience in speaking tasks “talking about home”, they could easily describe rooms in their house as well as their functions. while other students disagreed with this question, it is due to the sense of discomfort while they were involved in the online learning environment. item number 7: learning environment in online class makes it easier to find my learning needs. this statement was responded by 8 out of 28 students (29%) who agreed with it. one of the reasons why some students agreed with it is due to the easiness of accessing the materials on the internet. while 8 out of 28 students (29%) disagreed with it as they prefer face to face interaction in the teaching-learning process. in face to face interaction, they can directly ask some questions when they find difficulties understanding the materials and there are 8 out of 28 students (29%) who said neutral with it because they had no option, they just followed the class either face to face or online class. item number 8: i recommend conducting online learning in the future due to the comfortable learning environment. this statement was responded by 10 out of 28 students (36%) who said neutral. the reason why some students said neutral because they have already got experience in online learning, and it provides them the benefits as well as challenges. in brief, they have got preparation in learning english either face to face or online class for the future. while 9 out of 28 students (32%) who disagreed with it because they feel more comfortable when english class is conducted by face to face, for example when they have to study writing or grammar with various patterns of tenses. in face to face interaction, they can create their own sentences or paragraphs well as they can directly be evaluated by the teacher in the classroom. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 171 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 163-173 ahmad ridho rojabi (exploring efl students’ perception of online learning via microsoft teams:…) from the above results dealing with student’s responses towards the learning environment in online learning, it can be debated that the learning environment in online learning does support students in learning. hence, all supports from teachers, staff as well as parents are needed to enhance the quality of the online learning environment. in line with this, radovan & makovec (2015) confirm that the learning environment becomes one of an essential part of helping students have a better enthusiasm for learning. for this reason, the learning environment should create an impressive atmosphere and motivate students for a better education. dealing with student’s interaction with the learning environment in online learning, it can be discussed that the student’s interaction is also beneficial to support students in online learning. in line with this, lin & lin (2015) confirm that student-students interaction as well as teacher-student interaction should always be constructed to improve communication and discussion of each activity in the process of teaching and learning. the previous studies conducted by peterson et al. (2018) and martin & tapp (2019) confirm that the implementation of synchronous learning has facilitated students’ interactions and collaborative learning. hence, they can access all the materials comprehensively. however, based on this current finding, there were still 46% of students who disagreed that online lecture helps them interacting and collaborating. that weakness of synchronous learning should be solved by the teachers by providing enjoyable activities, and easy tasks so that the learners can engage, interact, as well as collaborate in online learning optimally. moreover, poston et al. (2020) argue that microsoft teams will be very beneficial when it starts in a small class, the learners can complete group work of their collaborative paper by exploiting powerpoint, and the teachers should convince the learners that they already have good understanding of how teams can be exploited in an online course. it is in line with the current finding that by conducting a small class of 28 students only has resulted in an excellent learning process and learning outcomes. it was revealed that the learners felt comfortable in answering questions, and discussing paper collaboratively due to the interesting materials they got, and they actively engaged to learn english in online learning as it is something new and challenging. 4. conclusion based on the findings and discussion, it can be concluded that online class via microsoft teams supports the students’ learning environment optimally. most respondents of this study gave their positive perception toward the students' learning environment in an online class. the positive judgment from the respondents came from their experience in online learning by using microsoft teams. furthermore, online learning supports their interaction between student-student interaction, as well as student-teacher interaction. the current study employed a small sample; the generalizability of these results is limited. however, this study has given a view of students' perception of online learning. future research should investigate the importance of student interaction, as well as the learning environment in online learning. additional research could expand the student sample to explore a broader selection of majors and grade levels. future qualitative analyses could focus on the student’s perceptions, students’ attitudes, and students’ satisfaction of taking online classes as well as the benefits of taking online classes via microsoft teams. a focus on student’s interaction and learning environment would also be advised to identify the impact of students successful in participating in online learning. references allen, i. e., & seaman, j. (2017). distance education enrollment report 2017. digital learning compass, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1108/ijem-02-2014-0018 allison, n., & hudson, j. (2020). integrating and sustaining directed and self-directed learning through ms teams and onenote: using microsoft teams and onenote to facilitate communication, assignments, and portfolio management. baleap tel sig webinar, 03 jun 2020. 172 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 163-173 ahmad ridho rojabi (exploring efl students’ perception of online learning via microsoft teams:…) bakerson, m., trottier, t., & mansfield, m. (2015). assessment in online and blended learning environments (s. koc, x. liu, & p. wachira, (eds.)). information age publishing inc. https://mafiadoc.com/assessment-in-online-and-blended-learning-_597c73591723ddb28e0735fb.html bentley, y., selassie, h., & shegunshi, a. (2012). design and evaluation of student-focused elearning. electronic journal of e-learning, 10(1), 1–12. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/267262478_design_and_evaluation_of_studentfocused_elearning bower, m., dalgarno, b., kennedy, g. e., lee, m. j., & kenney, j. (2015). design and implementation factors in blended synchronous learning environments: outcomes from a cross-case analysis. computers & education, 86, 1–17. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2015.03.006 buchal, r., & songsore, e. (2019). using microsoft teams to support collaborative knowledge building in the context of sustainability assessment. proceedings of the canadian engineering education association (ceea), 1–8. https://doi.org/10.24908/pceea.vi0.13882 dorf, r. c. (2019). educational technology. in ieee transactions on education (vol. 12, issue 1). https://doi.org/10.1109/te.1969.4320439 fallows, d. (2004). the internet and daily life. pew research center’s internet & american life project. https://www.pewresearch.org/internet/2004/08/11/the-internet-and-daily-life/ fortune, m. f., spielman, m., & pangelinan, d. t. (2011). students’ perceptions of online or face-to-face learning and social media in hospitality, recreation and tourism. merlot journal of online learning and teaching, 7(1), 1–16. https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/students%27-perceptionsof-online-or-face-to-face-and-fortune-spielman/69ec10415eb160338c5398ea0556ce427d601930 gray, j. a., & diloreto, m. (2016). the effects of student engagement, student satisfaction, and perceived learning in online learning environments. ncpea international journal of educational leadership preparation, 11(1), 98–119. hamilton, b. (2015). integrating technology in the classroom. tools to meet the needs of every student. international society for technology in education. https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/26088145-integrating-technology-in-the-classroom henderson, d., woodcock, h., mehta, j., khan, n., shivji, v., richardson, c., aya, h., ziser, s., pollara, g., & burns, a. (2020). keep calm and carry on learning: using microsoft teams to deliver a medical education programme during the covid-19 pandemic. future healthcare journal, 7(3), 1–4. https://doi.org/doi:10.7861/fhj.2020-0071 hoi, s. c., sahoo, d., lu, j., & zhao, p. (2018). online learning: a comprehensive survey. https://arxiv.org/abs/1802.02871 hubbard, m., & bailey, m. j. (2018). mastering microsoft teams. in mastering microsoft teams. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4842-3670-3 ilag, b. n. (2020). organization readiness for microsoft teams. apress, berkeley, ca. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4842-5875-0_3 landrum, b., bannister, j., garza, g., & rhame, s. (2020). a class of one: students’ satisfaction with online learning. journal of education for business, 0(0), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.1080/08832323.2020.1757592 lin, e., & lin, c. h. (2015). the effect of teacher student interaction on students ’ learning achievement in online tutoring environment. international journal of technical research and applications, 22(22), 19–22. martin, l., & tapp, d. (2019). teaching with teams: an introduction to teaching an undergraduate law module using microsoft teams. innovative practice in higher education, 3(3), 58–66. http://eprints.staffs.ac.uk/5613/1/martin and tapp 2019.pdf mcvey, m., edmond, a., & montgomery, d. (2019). supporting students to develop their digital literacies using microsoft teams. alt winter conference 2019, 11-12 dec 2019. http://eprints.gla.ac.uk/206468/ microsoft. (2018). welcome to microsoft teams. microsoft teams [online]. https://docs.microsoft.com/enus/microsoftteams/teams-overview nguyen, t. (2015). the effectiveness of online learning: beyond no significant difference and future horizons. merlot journal of online learning and teaching, 11(2), 309–329. https://jolt.merlot.org/vol11no2/nguyen_0615.pdf peterson, a. t., beymer, p. n., & putnam, r. t. (2018). synchronous and asynchronous discussions: effects on cooperation, belonging, and affect. online learning journal, 22(4), 7–25. https://doi.org/10.24059/olj.v22i4.1517 poston, j., apostel, s., & richardson, k. (2020). using microsoft teams to enhance engagement and learning with any class : it ’ s fun and easy. pedagogicon conference proceedings, 6, 1–7. https://encompass.eku.edu/pedagogicon issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 173 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 163-173 ahmad ridho rojabi (exploring efl students’ perception of online learning via microsoft teams:…) pretorius, m. (2018). sharepoint and assignments. microsoft teams for education. [online]. https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/microsoft-teams-for-education/microsoftteamsassignments-and-sharepoint-documents/td-p/287119 radovan, m., & makovec, d. (2015). adult learners’ learning environment perceptions and satisfaction in formal education-case study of four east-european countries. international education studies, 8(2), 101–112. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.5539/ies.v8n2p101 sebastianelli, r., swift, c., & tamimi, n. (2015). factors affecting perceived learning, satisfaction, and quality in the online mba: a structural equation modeling approach. journal of education for business, 90(6), 296–305. https://doi.org/10.1080/08832323.2015.1038979 sewell, j., frith, k., & colvin, m. (2010). online assessment strategies: a primer. merlot journal of online learning and teaching, 6(1), 297–305. https://jolt.merlot.org/vol6no1/sewell_0310.pdf smith, c., hoderi, m., & mcdermott, w. (2019). a preliminary study of students perception and learning from different delivery methods. academy of educational leadership journal, 23(2), 1c. sun, s. (2014). learner perspectives on fully online language learning. distance education, 35(1), 18–42. https://doi.org/10.1080/ 01587919.2014.891428 tinto, v. (2009). taking student retention seriously: rethinking the first year of university. fye curriculum design symposium. http://www.fyecd2009.qut.edu.au/resources/ spe_vincenttinto_5feb09.pdf. tsai, p. (2018). business chat apps in 2018: top players and adoption plans. the spiceworks community. [online]. https://community.spiceworks.com/blog/3157-business-chat-apps-in-2018-topplayers-andadoption-plans%0a zayapragassarazan, z. (2020). covid-19 : strategies for online engagement of remote learners. jawaharlal institute of postgraduate medical education and research (jipmer), 9(246), 1–11. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.7490/f1000research.1117835.1 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 49-60 49 10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3489 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id efl students’ perspectives on the employment of language learning strategies tham my duong a,1,*, hang thi thu nguyen b,2 a ho chi minh city university of economics and finance (uef), 141-145 dien bien phu street, ward 15, bình thạnh district, ho chi minh city, vietnam b pham phu thu high school, 425-435 gia phu, ward 3, district 6, ho chi minh city, vietnam. 1 thamdm@uef.edu.vn*; 2 hangntt.168t@ou.edu.vn * corresponding author a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 20 january 2021 revised 31 march 2021 accepted 20 april 2021 it is widely acknowledged that language learning strategies (llss) are beneficial to learners’ academic achievements, learner autonomy, and motivation; however, it is indicated that vietnamese students, particularly high school students, have found it hard to employ llss. this paper aims at exploring language learning strategies used by high school students and underlying reasons at a high school located in ho chi minh city. the study involved 238 efl high school students in responding to a closedended questionnaire and twenty of them in answering the semi-structured interview questions. the quantitative data collected from the questionnaire were processed by spss version 25.0 in terms of descriptive statistics, and the qualitative data were analyzed by the content-based approach. the results of the study indicated the efl high school students’ moderate use of llss. remarkably, metacognitive strategies were the most commonly used category, compared to memory strategies – the least employed category. the findings may serve as a guideline for efl teachers on facilitating high school students' english language learning. it is also hoped that the results of this study may contribute to the literature about english language learning strategies in efl contexts. this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords contribution language learning strategies frequency high school students vietnamese efl context how to cite: duong, t. m., & nguyen, h. t. t. (2021). efl students’ perspectives on the employment of language learning strategies. english language teaching educational journal, 4(1), 49-60. doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3489 1. introduction it is undeniable that the active use of language learning strategies (llss), language aptitude, and learner motivation play a pivotal role in optimizing the language learning process (e.g., hardan, 2013; nguyen, 2013; tran, 2012; tran & nguyen, 2020, 2021). aljuaid (2015) discovered remarkable benefits for efl learners who make use of strategies in learning foreign languages, e.g., making learners’ language learning efficient, self-conducted, and motivating, enabling them to be responsible and independent in using a language, and gaining higher grade point average (gpa) than those with lower use of strategies. as llss are regarded as one of the most indispensable factors in improving learners’ academic achievement, it is crucial to help learners utilize llss during the foreign language process (e.g., bui & vu, 2018; griffiths & cansiz, 2015; lee et al., 2011; lee & heinz, 2016; tran & tran, 2021). in other words, if students are provided with llss, they are able to control their learning. file:///c:/users/muhammadwildan/downloads/10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3489 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:thamdm@uef.edu.vn http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5341-5918 http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3489&domain=pdf 50 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 49-60 duong & nguyen (efl students’ perspectives on the employment of language learning strategies) llss are defined with different perspectives. cohen (2014) viewed llss as techniques for learners’ knowledge acquisition and target language competence development. in another aspect, llss are a particular form of learners’ observable behavior employed by learners when they cope with language learning difficulties. furthermore, oxford (1990) has provided quite a comprehensive definition of llss, which are “specific actions taken by learners to make learning easier, faster, more enjoyable” (p. 8) in internalizing knowledge learned, and then applying it in real situations. with reference to the classification of llss, oxford (1990) proposed a framework showing a distinction between direct and indirect strategies with six major sub-categories. direct strategies, including cognitive, memory, and compensation strategies, refer to specific ways to use a language, while indirect strategies involving affective, metacognitive, and social strategies support language learning. turning to the details, cognitive strategies are assumed to deal with a target language directly, e.g., taking notes, organizing ideas, and exercising activities, whereas memory strategies are composed of activities relating to storing and/or retrieving linguistic elements such as making mental connections by using pictures and sounds to enable learners to remember lessons. learners use compensation strategies to substitute strategies associated with making a guess, switching into their mother tongue, or using gestures for the lack of linguistic knowledge. with regard to the indirect strategy group, metacognitive strategies consist of making a plan, identifying learning objectives, and assessing learners’ learning performance. meanwhile, affective strategies are related to feelings and affection, and social strategies concerning social cooperation with others may help better language learners’ understanding, practice a target language in real situations, and experience new cultures. as far as the previous studies on the use of language learning strategies are concerned, qingquan et al. (2008) endeavored to examine differences in the lls use by the first-year students at a chinese university. the findings indicated that the high achievers employed a wider range of llss at a higher level and more various types of llss than the low achievers did. in another efl context, osman and manan (2010) conducted a survey with 20 successful and 20 less successful language students from an urban school in ipod, perak, to explore the most frequently used strategies and any differences in lls use between the successful learners and the less successful ones. furthermore, it was shown that affective, compensation, and metacognitive strategies used at a moderate level were preferred by the participants. in the context of vietnam, ngo (2019) employed the sill questionnaire constructed by oxford (1990) to assess the lls use of 83 vietnamese tenth graders. the findings demonstrated that these high school students employed a variety of llss at a moderate level. it was also indicated that metacognitive strategies were the most used, whereas affective strategies were the least used. at the tertiary level, duong (2020) aimed to investigate resource management strategies (rmss) used by non-english majors. a closed-ended questionnaire was administered to 177 students in a toeic class. the findings revealed that the students often used these strategies during their english learning process. more importantly, the study discovered a positive relationship between the frequency of rmss and academic achievement. meanwhile, duong and intaraprasert (2012) discovered a twogroup classification, namely specific language skills with 43 strategies and general language skills with 11 strategies. this study involved 30 students from six universities in northern vietnam in responding to the one-on-one interview. vo and duong (2020) conducted a study addressing metacognitive strategies at a ho chi minh city-based college with the participation of 243 nonenglish majors. the instruments included a closed-ended questionnaire and semi-structured interviews. it was indicated that the participants recognized the importance of metacognitive strategies in their english learning. however, significant differences between their perceptions and actual use of metacognitive strategies were found in this study. the study of henno (2012) examined the relationship between vietnamese learners’ lls use and their language proficiency. the results collected from the self-report questionnaire and the participants’ course assessment reports showed that there were no relationships between the lls use and their academic achievements. also, no significant differences in terms of types and frequency of lls between male and female learners were found. it is the significance of llss in language education that various aspects of llss have been explored worldwide. in the context of vietnam, however, there have been only a few studies in which high school students take part as research participants. at the research site – pham phu thu high school, it is observed that students are unlikely to apply llss to facilitate their learning. therefore, the research aims at identifying high school students’ actual use of llss at pham phu thu high e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 51 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 49-60 duong & nguyen (efl students’ perspectives on the employment of language learning strategies) school. the research question is formulated based on this research objective.” to what extent do the students at pham phu thu high school employ language learning strategies (llss)?” the preliminary findings of the present study probably bring some theoretical and practical contributions towards facilitating students’ learning through the employment of llss. 2. method 2.1. participants the research involved 238 out of 1700 students attending grades 10, 11, and 12 at a high school in ho chi minh city, vietnam. at first, forty-five respondents from six classes (i.e., two classes from each grade) were conveniently selected, i.e., the researchers chose those who were approachable and willing to take part in the study. however, only 238 responses were recorded because thirty-two students did not send their responses via google forms. as for the demographic information, the participants were in their fifteenth to eighteenth and had been studying english as a foreign language for at least seven years. it is noteworthy that most of the participants have not experienced official guidance in llss. 2.2. instruments the data of this study were collected through a closed-ended questionnaire and semi-structured interview. firstly, the questionnaire was adapted from oxford’s (1990) classification of language learning strategies as this is supposed to be “the most comprehensive classification” (ellis, 1994, p. 539). the questionnaire containing six parts, namely memory strategies, cognitive strategies, compensation strategies, metacognitive strategies, affective strategies, and social strategies, was constructed based on a five-point likert scale (1=strongly disagree, 2=disagree, 3=neutral, 4=agree, and 5=strongly agree). the mean scores were interpreted based on ali and paramasivam’s (2016) classification of levels as follows: 1 2.4 (low level), 2.5 3.4 (moderate level), and 3.5 5 (high level). secondly, individual semi-structured interviews were conducted since interviews allow for a more thorough exploration of issues. the interview questions focusing on the participants’ opinions on lls employment in their english language learning were developed based upon the questionnaire. the interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed for data analysis. the participants were labeled according to gender and grade, e.g., m5-g11 refers that the fifth student is male and in grade 11. to increase reliability and validity of the instruments, the questionnaire and the interviews were translated into the vietnamese language to ensure that the participants could understand it at ease. the researchers cross-checked the accuracy of the translated versions then. furthermore, the questionnaire was tested through cronbach’s alpha to make sure the reliability of the questionnaire. particularly, cronbach’s alpha coefficients for the strategy categories were found from .70 to .92. this means that the questionnaire items were reliable enough to collect data. finally, two experts were invited to check either linguistic issues or the content of the instruments. 2.3. data collection because this study was carried out in the stage of the pandemic covid-19 outbreak, all the students were not present at the research site. as a result, the sill questionnaire was designed online via google forms and delivered to the surveyed participants via students’ regular contact. in particular, most of the teachers have been using zalo – a popular social network in vietnam to contact their students, so the researchers asked the teachers-in-charge to send the link to the participants. after that, twenty students were invited for the individual interviews through zalo at their convenience. each interview lasted between 5 and 10 minutes, depending on the participants’ responses. 2.4. data analysis the quantitative data collected from the questionnaire were analyzed using the spss software version 25.0. specifically, descriptive statistics (i.e., mean & standard deviation) were processed to examine the overall preference of llss among the high school students. six sill categories were further analyzed for detailed information. following this, the qualitative data gained from the interview were analyzed based on the content analysis approach with three main steps, namely 52 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 49-60 duong & nguyen (efl students’ perspectives on the employment of language learning strategies) familiarizing with and organizing the data, coding and recoding the data, and interpreting and representing the results. 3. findings and discussion 3.1. findings six lls categories were statistically analyzed in terms of mean and standard deviation. it is also noted that the mean scores were ranked in descending order. overall, it is observed from table 1 that the participants employed llss at a medium level (m=2.89, sd=0.80). the metacognitive strategies were identified as the most common strategy category (m=3.16; sd=0.86). next, compensatory occupied second place with quite a high mean score (2.97, sd=0.81). this was followed by cognitive strategies (m=2.87, sd=0.73) and social strategies (m=2.83, sd=0.96). meanwhile, affective and memory strategies were found as the least used strategies with quite low mean scores of 2.76 (sd=0.72) and 2.72 (sd=0.69), respectively. table 1. descriptive statistics for six lls categories category level n=238 m sd metacognitive strategies moderate 3.16 0.86 compensation strategies moderate 2.97 0.81 cognitive strategies moderate 2.87 0.73 social strategies moderate 2.83 0.96 affective strategies moderate 2.76 0.72 memory strategies moderate 2.72 0.69 average moderate 2.89 0.80 to gain an insight into the lls employment among the surveyed students, the descriptive statistics for each category, together with the qualitative data gained from the semi-structured interview, is presented in table 2. table 2. metacognitive strategies category item level n=238 m sd metacognitive strategies (mets) mets3. i attentively listen to someone when he/she is speaking english. high 3.66 1.04 mets4. i explore ways to learn english better. high 3.61 1.11 mets2. i try to recognize mistakes to use english better. high 3.60 0.98 mets8. i set learning goals clearly to improve my english language skills. moderate 3.00 1.16 mets7. i seek any opportunities to read english texts. moderate 2.99 1.13 mets9. i think about my english learning progress. moderate 2.95 1.16 mets5. i make a study plan to arrange a time for studying english properly. moderate 2.92 1.06 mets1. i try to look for different methods to learn english. moderate 2.90 1.09 mets6. i try to approach people that i can communicate with within english. moderate 2.85 1.18 among the nine metacognitive strategies, the high school students tended to pay attention to what one is talking about in english, discover better methods to learn english, and learn from mistakes. statistically, the mean scores of these strategies, which were 3.66, 3.61, and 3.60, respectively, were at a high level. the remaining strategies of the metacognitive category were used at a moderate level, and there were no significant differences in terms of frequency among those strategies. e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 53 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 49-60 duong & nguyen (efl students’ perspectives on the employment of language learning strategies) the interviewees provided reasons for their substantial choice of metacognitive strategies, such as showing their respect to speakers, improving their english pronunciation and comprehension. moreover, they were aware of the role of the english language in the digital era and attempted to discover effective ways to improve their english. “i am trying to find the most appropriate methods to learn english such as joining english speaking clubs, reading english materials extensively, and talking with classmates outside the classroom.” (m5-y11) “although i have made lots of mistakes, i keep talking in english as much as possible.” (f1-g12) “at first, english was one of the subjects i did not like. then my english teacher advised me to make a plan to learn it. day by day, my english skills have improved. now, i am really into this subject.” (f13-g11) the number-one strategy in compensatory strategies in table 3 was making guesses when the participants dealt with unfamiliar words (m=3.36, sd=1.02). besides, they made an attempt to guess what a speaker is going to say in english (m=2.81, sd=1.17). apart from guessing, non-verbal communication was considered a useful compensatory strategy because they employed this strategy at the second rank when they failed to figure out a proper word during an english conversation (m=3.18, sd=1.10). table 3. compensation strategies category item level n=238 m sd compensation strategies (coms) coms1. i try to guess unfamiliar english words. moderate 3.36 1.02 coms2. when i fail to figure out an english word, nonverbal communication is used. moderate 3.18 1.10 coms6. when i fail to figure out an english word, a word or phrase that has a similar meaning is replaced. moderate 3.05 1.17 coms5. i make a guess about what someone will say in english. moderate 2.81 1.17 coms3. i make up new english words when i do not remember the right ones. moderate 2.74 1.18 coms4. i do not look up every word when i do not know the meaning in an english text. moderate 2.65 1.06 the qualitative data gained from the interviews confirmed the above-mentioned quantitative results. the interviewees reported that guessing was the most common strategy they used in case they were struggling with unknown words. according to m13-g11, his teacher taught him how to make a guess based on a speaker’s behavior and intonation, and prior knowledge when he dealt with difficult words in spoken communication. meanwhile, m17-g11 preferred using non-verbal communication (e.g., movement of hands, facial expression, body language, eye contact, etc.) to overcome breakdowns in communication. of the fourteen cognitive strategies in table 4, practicing was a frequent cognitive strategy reported by the participants. more specifically, watching english language tv shows in english headed the list with the highest mean score (m=3.29, sd=1.11), making it slightly more frequent than practicing english pronunciation (m=3.27, sd=1.04) and using the english words in different ways (m=3.20, sd=1.05). however, they showed hesitation in initiating a conversation in english (m=2.38, sd=1.21) and reading extensively (m=2.29, sd=1.02). qualitatively, the interviewed participants were likely to be reluctant to start a conversation in english as they had little chance to do so (f4-g12 & m6-g11), or they were not good at getting their ideas across (f1-g12). most of the interviewees would rather watch english tv shows, movies or listen to english music than read books or newspapers in the target language. “i do not read the newspaper or magazine in english for pleasure, instead i watch english movies or listen to us-uk music. in my opinion, this way is easy for me to 54 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 49-60 duong & nguyen (efl students’ perspectives on the employment of language learning strategies) learn english, and i can relax. if i like any song or movie, i can remember the words, the structures easier and longer.” (f4-g12) “i read bilingual books. however, i prefer watching movies or music videos in english or joining a chat room to communicate with foreigners. accordingly, they can help me to correct my spelling mistakes, and i practice my speaking skill.” (m5g11) table 4. cognitive strategies category item level n=238 m sd cognitive strategies (cogs) cogs6. i watch movies/ tv shows in english to practice english language skills. moderate 3.29 1.11 cogs3. i practice pronunciation by reading english words aloud. moderate 3.27 1.04 cogs4. i use new words in different ways. moderate 3.20 1.05 cogs1. i learn new words by saying or writing them repeatedly. moderate 3.19 0.99 cogs13. i try not to use the word-by-word translation approach. moderate 3.14 1.16 cogs9. i first read through an english text and then reread it carefully. moderate 3.10 1.25 cogs2. i try to speak native-like english. moderate 2.91 1.15 cogs10. i relate words in my mother tongue to those in english. moderate 2.90 1.09 cogs14. i summarize the information i have listened to or read in english. moderate 2.85 1.08 cogs11. i try to identify english patterns to memorize the lessons. moderate 2.65 1.17 cogs12. i try to understand an english word by dividing it into smaller parts. moderate 2.55 1.13 cogs8. i practice producing writing pieces, e.g., messages, notes, reports, or emails in english. moderate 2.41 1.04 cogs5. i start a conversation in english. low 2.38 1.21 cogs7. i read english texts extensively. low 2.29 1.07 finally, all of the six social strategies in table 5 obtained medium-level mean scores, ranging from 3.10 to 2.50. these strategies included asking interlocutors to slow down (m=3.30, sd=1.23), initiating questions in english (m=2.88, sd=1.12), practicing english with other students (m=2.84, sd=1.12), exploring native speakers’ cultures (m=2.81, sd=1.27), and asking native speakers for correction and help (m=2.64, sd=1.29; m=2.50, sd=1.22). table 5. social strategies category item level n=238 m sd social strategies (socs) socs1. in case of misunderstanding something in english, i ask my speaking partner to slow it down or repeat it. moderate 3.30 1.23 socs5. i try to make questions in english. moderate 2.88 1.12 socs3. i practice english with my classmates. moderate 2.84 1.12 socs6. i explore native speakers’ cultures before talking with them. moderate 2.81 1.27 socs2. i ask native speakers to correct my mistakes when necessary. moderate 2.64 1.29 socs4. i need help from native speakers when i have communication breakdowns. moderate 2.50 1.22 e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 55 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 49-60 duong & nguyen (efl students’ perspectives on the employment of language learning strategies) when being asked reasons for the infrequent use of social strategies, most of the interviewees admitted that anxiety and learning habits were the common causes. “i dare not approach native speakers, even my english teachers because i am not confident about my english skills.” (m3-g12) “i prefer learning alone, so when i have learning problems, i just deal with them on my own. i do not ask anyone for help. i think it is not a good way, but i am familiar with that.” (m6-g11) for effective strategies in table 6, the surveyed students usually encouraged themselves to speak english, although they were worried about making mistakes (m=3.16, sd=1.15), notice if they were tense or nervous when using english (m=3.12, sd=1.12), and tried to lower their anxiety (m=3.06, sd=1.08). noticeably, they did not note down their feelings relating to english language learning in the diary (m=1.81, sd=1.02). table 6. affective strategies category item level n=238 m sd affective strategies (affs) affs2. i make an effort to speak english despite the fear of making mistakes. moderate 3.16 1.15 affs4. i notice whether or not i am under pressure while i am using english. moderate 3.12 1.12 affs1. i endeavor to relax when i feel worried about using english. moderate 3.06 1.08 affs3. i reward myself for doing english tasks well. moderate 2.76 1.20 affs6. i share my feelings with my classmates in my learning process. moderate 2.68 1.24 affs5. i jot down my feelings in a learner diary. low 1.81 1.02 the informants reported that they made a great effort to speak up despite their fear. however, most of them did not write down their daily experiences in a diary due to learning habits and low level of proficiency. “i do not know what i should write in the diary. i am not good at literature or writing in both languages. moreover, i am not confident in my vocabulary size and grammatical structures to write in english.” (f1-g12) “i see no point in writing a diary. i am not a person who likes to write a diary even in either english or vietnamese. if i want to practice my writing skills, i will write an essay with a particular topic.” (m7-g10) “i prefer sharing with my friends how i feel and find solutions together to writing down my thoughts.” (f15-g11) top of the list in the memory category in table 7 was reviewing english lessons regularly (m=3.06, sd=0.90). linking the previous knowledge and new things while studying (m=2.98, sd=0.93) came next, followed by learning new vocabulary by relating them to pictures and places (m=2.96, sd=1.07; m=2.82, sd=1.19; m=2.76, sd=1.08). remarkably, the high school students used flashcards to learn new vocabulary at a low level (m=2.06, sd=1.13). the results from the interview also confirmed that reviewing english lessons regularly was employed by almost all the interviewed participants. therefore, this strategy is regarded as one of the best ways to enhance language knowledge as well as all language skills, e.g., listening, reading, speaking, and writing. as one informant (m7-y10) said, “memory strategies helped to create a habit of using new vocabulary, and i can also use them for a long term.” outside the classroom, they tried to remember new vocabulary, grammatical points, and expressions in different ways. “i always note down the new vocabulary during the lesson or when i find out new words in english movies and music. then i put them around my house. i also use 56 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 49-60 duong & nguyen (efl students’ perspectives on the employment of language learning strategies) new words in the conversation with my friends, so i can remember them longer.” (f4-g12) “i sometimes make connections between new vocabulary with the real subjects and situations. imagination helps me a lot in learning english.” (m5-g11) when being asked about the reason for the low use of applying these strategies, the participants revealed that they seldom learned english using flashcards because of the following reasons. “it is not an effective way for me as we actually do not have enough flashcards for many topics especially for discrete subjects.” (m7-g10) “sometimes, i want to change the way of studying new words, and i will use this way. nevertheless, i also need to write down to remember the words. in my opinion, this way is not as effective as writing down repeatedly.” (m14 – g11) “i have no idea about flashcards, it seems a strange way to learn new words for me. my teachers never explain to us how to use it.” (f6-g12). table 7. memory strategies category item level n=238 m sd memory strategies (mems) mems8. i review english lessons frequently. moderate 3.06 0.90 mems1. i try to connect the prior knowledge with new knowledge in english. moderate 2.98 0.93 mems3. i link the image or picture of a word to memorize the new lexical item. moderate 2.96 1.07 mems4. i acquire a new word by relating a mental picture to a practical situation. moderate 2.82 1.19 mems9. i memorize a new word or a phrase by locating its place such as on the page, on the board, or on a street sign. moderate 2.76 1.08 mems7. i physically enact a new english word. moderate 2.66 1.20 mems2. i put new english words in a sentence to remember them. moderate 2.63 1.01 mems5. i remember new vocabulary using rhymes. moderate 2.58 1.08 mems6. i learn new vocabulary through flashcards. low 2.06 1.13 3.2. discussion it can be seen that the overall mean score of lls use was 2.88, which indicates the students’ moderate use of llss. furthermore, they used most of the llss at a medium level, ranging from 2.72 to 3.16. this finding is consistent with those found in nguyen et al. (2012), nguyen and jang (2016), ngo (2019), who also found out that vietnamese learners moderately used llss. in other words, the high school students have not fully exploited llss to enhance their learning outcomes. it may be because the majority of the participants have not taken any lls-related courses yet, which leads to the reluctance to use these strategies in their learning process. in terms of six categories listed in oxford’s (1990) sill, metacognitive strategies were the high school learners’ first priority. this result is supported by the previous studies (e.g., kunasaraphan, 2015; nguyen, 2007; nguyen et al., 2012; tabeti, 2017; vo & duong, 2020). however, this finding contradicts ngo’s (2015) conclusion that metacognitive strategies were not used as frequently as social and affective strategies. more specifically, duong et al. (2019) found out that cognitive and affective listening learning strategies were the most commonly used while metacognitive and social strategies and compensation and memory strategies were used at moderate and low levels, respectively. it is assumed that when metacognitive strategies were the first choice for managing their learning process, the high school students became more aware of their own english language learning because they had an obvious target. more specifically, βρεττού (2011) affirmed that this awareness helps learners hold e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 57 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 49-60 duong & nguyen (efl students’ perspectives on the employment of language learning strategies) positive attitudes towards their learning, identify learning objectives, create a study plan, self-evaluate their learning performance, and seek opportunities to practice the target language, which may lead to life-long learning (duong, 2015). on the contrary, memory strategies were in the last place on the list, which means the students used this category least of all. the result is in line with oxford’s (1990) viewpoint that “even though memory strategies can be useful to enhance english learning, the students simply do not use memory strategies” (p. 40). memory strategies are essential in the language learning process since a lot of knowledge needs to be acquired. in a similar vein, hong-nam and leavell’s (2006) study conducted in the context in which college students had various cultural as well as linguistic backgrounds showed that the college students used metacognitive strategies as the first priority, compared to affective and memory strategies, which were the least employed ones. however, this finding is different from nguyen and ho’s (2013) results indicating that affective and memory strategies were preferred by the female students while compensation and social strategies were preferably selected by the male counterparts. this finding probably arises from the gender difference, which is excluded from the focus of the present study. the top three strategies frequently used by high school students include paying attention when someone is speaking in english, finding out how to be a better learner of english, and noticing english mistakes. this means that the high school participants paid a lot of attention to look for opportunities to enrich the vocabulary and improve pronunciation and become better language learners. these findings are similar to those found in some previous studies (e.g., nguyen et al., 2012; ngo, 2019; phan & tran, 2020). meanwhile, the high school students seldom wrote down their daily experiences in a diary, used flashcards to memorize new english lexical items, read extensively, and initiate a conversation in english. despite the benefits of free reading and writing activities, these activities were not viewed as the favorite strategies among vietnamese high school students. in fact, ngo (2019) also discovered that extensive reading and writing tasks were not usually employed by the participants to develop their language proficiency. writing in english is known as the most challenging skill for either vietnamese efl learners or other efl learners. the low frequency in writing english of efl learners may be attributed to the insufficient practice of freewriting activities even though the free reading experience is of great advantage to language learners such as developing vocabulary size, reading comprehension, spelling, and writing. 4. conclusion the research was carried out to scrutinize the frequency of llss employed by vietnamese high school students. the results of the study demonstrated that the students utilized the six categories of llss at a medium level. particularly, the metacognitive strategies were identified as the most commonly used category, whereas the memory strategies were selected least. it can be inferred that the vietnamese high school learners seemed to be aware of the importance of learning english, thus applying strategies to facilitate their own learning; however, the frequency of llss is not high. based on the findings of this research, some pedagogical implications are made as follows. it is assumed that llss may contribute to learner autonomy development and teaching methodology enhancement. to achieve the effective use of language learning strategies, llss should be introduced in each language lesson because learning strategies are teachable. it is suggested that language teachers should consider the following steps for applying llss in a language classroom. first, the teaching context consisting of learners’ behavior, learning goals, and learner motivation should be analyzed by language teachers. moreover, teachers are supposed to clarify, demonstrate and exemplify possible strategies, organize discussions in groups or the whole class about llss, and integrate the hands-on strategies into everyday lessons in a typical lls-based classroom. it is advisable to give learners a lot of opportunities to enact the new strategies through language assignments and counsel them to flexibly use llss in various contexts. finally, language teachers should notice the influence of students’ use of strategies on their academic achievements. teachers are expected to provide learners with a chance to choose llss for their learning practices and to guide them how to be autonomous learners through evaluating their own progress. 58 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 49-60 duong & nguyen (efl students’ perspectives on the employment of language learning strategies) declaration author contribution : the first author was in charge of most of the sections. the second author collected the data and searched for some previous studies relating to the topic. funding statement : the research is funded under no research project. conflict of interest : the authors declare no conflict of interest. additional information : no additional information is available for this paper. references ali, h. h., & paramasivam, s. (2016). language learning strategies across proficiency levels among efl preuniversity students. journal of applied linguistics and language research, 3(4), 135–148. aljuaid, h. t. (2015). language learning strategies used by a group of saudi arabian efl learners (doctoral dissertation, griffith university, queensland, australia). retrieved from https://researchrepository.griffith.edu.au/bitstream/handle/10072/366841/aljuaid_2015_02thesis.pdf?sequence=1 bρεττού, α. (2011). patterns of language learning strategy use by greek-speaking young learners of english (doctoral dissertation, aristotle university of thessaloniki, thessaloniki, greece). retrieved from https://thesis.ekt.gr/thesisbookreader/id/24616#page/1/mode/2up bui, g. t. k., & vu, t. v. (2018). language learning strategies of vietnamese efl freshmen. arab world english journal, 9(3), 61–83. https://doi.org/10.24093/awej/vol9no3.5 cohen, a. d. (2014). strategies in learning and using a second language. new york: routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315833200 duong, t. m. (2015). a portfolio-based learner autonomy development model in an efl writing course [doctoral dissertation, suranaree university of technology]. retrieved from http://sutir.sut.ac.th:8080/sutir/handle/123456789/5967 duong, t. m. (2020). the correlation of non-english majors’ use of resource management strategies with their academic achievement. vnu journal of science: education research, 36(4), 86–95. https://doi.org/10.25073/2525-2445/vnufs.4341 duong, t. m., tran, t. t. h., tran, t. q. (2019). eleventh graders’ actual use of english learning strategies at duong van duong high school. vnu journal of foreign studies, 35(1), 114–130. duong, m. d., & intaraprasert, c. (2012). language learning strategies employed by efl science-oriented university students in vietnam: an exploratory study. international jounal of scientific and research publications, 2(4), 232–236. ellis, r. (1994). a theory of instructed second language acquisition. in n. ellis (ed.), implicit and explicit learning of languages. academic press. griffiths, c. (2013). the strategy factor in successful language learning. bristol: multilingual matters. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781847699428 griffiths, c., & cansiz, g. (2015). language learning strategies: a holistic view. studies in second language leaning and teaching, 5(3), 473–493. https://doi.org/10.14746/ssllt.2015.5.3.7 hardan, a. a. (2013). language learning strategies: a general overview. procedia – social and behavioral sciences, 106¸1712–1726. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.12.194 henno, k (2012). the relationship between the language learning strategy use and language proficiency of vietnamese-speaking learners of english as a foreign language [master’s dissertation, stellenbosch university]. retrieved from http://scholar.sun.ac.za/handle/10019.1/71839 hong-nam, k., & leavell, a. g. (2006). language learning strategy use of esl students in an intensive english learning context. system, 34(3), 399–415. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2006.02.002 kunasaraphan, k. (2015). english learning strategy and proficiency level of the first year students. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 1853–1858. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.07.246 https://research-repository.griffith.edu.au/bitstream/handle/10072/366841/aljuaid_2015_02thesis.pdf?sequence=1 https://research-repository.griffith.edu.au/bitstream/handle/10072/366841/aljuaid_2015_02thesis.pdf?sequence=1 https://thesis.ekt.gr/thesisbookreader/id/24616#page/1/mode/2up https://doi.org/10.24093/awej/vol9no3.5 https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315833200 http://sutir.sut.ac.th:8080/sutir/handle/123456789/5967 https://doi.org/10.25073/2525-2445/vnufs.4341 https://doi.org/10.21832/9781847699428 https://doi.org/10.14746/ssllt.2015.5.3.7 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.12.194 http://scholar.sun.ac.za/handle/10019.1/71839 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2006.02.002 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.07.246 e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 59 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 49-60 duong & nguyen (efl students’ perspectives on the employment of language learning strategies) lee, j., & heinz, m. (2016). english language learning strategies reported by advanced language learners. journal of international education research, 12(2), 67–76. https://doi.org/10.19030/jier.v12i2.9629 lee, k. r., kim, s., kim, s., & lee, y. (2011). english language learning strategy instruction in korean english textbooks for middle school students’ self-regulated learning. modern english education, 12(1), 177–201. ngo, l. c. (2019). language learning strategies among vietnamese efl high school students. indonesian journal of english language teaching, 14(1), 55–70. https://doi.org/10.25170/ijelt.v14i1.1418 nguyen, h. t. b. (2013). english learning strategies of vietnamese tertiary students. [master’s dissertation, university of tasmania]. retrieved from https://eprints.utas.edu.au/17105/2/whole-nguyen-thesis_2013.pdf nguyen, t. n., & ho, t. l. (2013). a comparison on the use of language learning strategies by male and female vietnamese tertiary students of non-english majors. language in india, 13(4), 185–210. nguyen, t. d., trinh, h. t., & huynh, m. t. (2012). language learning strategies used by non-english major freshman at can tho university. ctu journal of science, 23b, 42–49. nguyen, t. b., & jang, s. (2016). strategic english learning and proficiency among vietnamese tertiary learners: beyond passive stereotypes. the international journal of learning in higher education, 24(1), 19–34. https://doi.org/10.18848/2327-7955/cgp/v24i01/19-34 osman, h., & manan, n. a. a. (2010). a study of language learning strategies (lls) used by esl learners of an urban secondary school in perak. constructing contemporary malaysia: insight from research effort. perak: uforia uitm perak. oxford, r. l. (1990). language learning strategies: what every teacher should know. new york: newbury house. oxford, r., & griffiths, c. (eds). (2014). language learning strategy research in the twenty -first century: insights and innovations. system, 43. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2013.12.009 phan, g. t., & tran, t. q. (2020). tertiary english-majored students’ perceptions toward the role of pronunciation in english language learning and their practicing strategies. vnu journal of social sciences and humanities, 6(2), 266-280. https://doi.org/10.33100/jossh6.2.phangiathinh-tranquocthao qingquan, n., chatupote, m., & teo, a. (2008). a deep look into learning strategy use by successful and unsuccessful students in the chinese efl learning context. relc journal, 39(3), 338–358. https://doi.org/10.1177/0033688208096845 tabeti, s. (2017). assessing language learning strategy use: the case of the 1st year efl students at the university of mascara (doctoral dissertation, university of tlemcen, tlemcen, angeria). retrieved from http://dspace.univ-tlemcen.dz/bitstream/112/11093/1/tabti-soumia.pdf tran, t. q. (2012). language learning strategies in foreign language teaching and learning. japan tesol journal, 3. tran, t. q., & duong, t. m. (2013). the attitudes towards english language learning and use of selfregulated learning strategies among college non-english majors. international journal of scientific and research publications, 3(7). tran, t. q., & nguyen, c. h. l. (2020). the use of self-regulated language learning strategies among vietnamese english-majored freshmen: a case study. vnu journal of science: education research, 36(1), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.25073/2588-1159/vnuer.4331 tran, t. q., & nguyen, c. h. l. (2021). english-majored students’ motivation in english language learning and their use of reading strategies: research perspectives. vnu journal of foreign studies, 37(1), 109–119. https://doi.org/10.25073/2525-2445/vnufs.4661 tran, t.q., & tran, t.n.p. (2021). vietnamese efl high school students' use of self-regulated language learning strategies for project-based learning. international journal of instruction, 14(1), 459–474. https://doi.org/10.29333/iji.2021.14127a https://doi.org/10.19030/jier.v12i2.9629 https://doi.org/10.25170/ijelt.v14i1.1418 https://eprints.utas.edu.au/17105/2/whole-nguyen-thesis-_2013.pdf https://eprints.utas.edu.au/17105/2/whole-nguyen-thesis-_2013.pdf https://doi.org/10.18848/2327-7955/cgp/v24i01/19-34 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2013.12.009 https://doi.org/10.33100/jossh6.2.phangiathinh-tranquocthao https://doi.org/10.1177/0033688208096845 http://dspace.univ-tlemcen.dz/bitstream/112/11093/1/tabti-soumia.pdf https://doi.org/10.25073/2588-1159/vnuer.4331 https://doi.org/10.25073/2525-2445/vnufs.4661 https://doi.org/10.29333/iji.2021.14127a 60 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 49-60 duong & nguyen (efl students’ perspectives on the employment of language learning strategies) vo, t. t. t, & duong, t. m. (2020). non-english majors’ perceptions and use of metacognitive strategies at a vietnamese efl context. tnu journal of science and technology, 225(12), 131–138. https://doi.org/10.34238/tnu-jst.3703 https://doi.org/10.34238/tnu-jst.3703 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 229-240 229 10.12928/eltej.v3i3.2560 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id constructing identity: experiences of indonesian esp teachers in a language institute aloisius wisnu mahendra sanata dharma universityjl. affandi, santren, caturtunggal, kec. depok, kabupaten sleman, daerah istimewa yogyakarta 55281, indonesia aloisiuswisnu.mahendra@gmail.com 1. introduction current educational changes have become global forces affecting teachers’ professional lives. in the united states, for example, grosse and voght (2012) found that structural changes have been employed in most language departments to embrace the notion of teaching language for specific purposes. in some asian countries, moreover, the constitution of policies concerning the internationalization of business and education has shifted the area of english language teaching to teaching english for specific purposes (chang, 2014; cheng & anthony, 2014). these emerging changes reflect priorities and current societal demands of english language learning. they directly link to the english teachers’ professional lives and to the construction of their identity. a study conducted by kubanyiova and crookes (2016) pointed out that teacher identity serves as an influential factor, both for novice and experienced teachers, to adapt to changing educational contexts. teachers need to acquire new knowledge about the subjects taught and suitable teaching and learning approaches to enhance their teaching performance and to meet situational needs in the working environment (xu, 2014). therefore, exploring how english teachers cope with the educational changes essentially contributes to a growing framework of literature in relation to teacher’s professional identities (campion, 2016). given attention on the trends of teaching english for specific purposes, there is a complex process of becoming esp teachers. the teachers are encouraged to transform their professional practices and construct their professional identities through subject knowledge acquisition via professional development activities and engagement with workplace communities (tao & gao, 2018). however, some challenges possibly occur among teachers adapting to the esp teaching priority. a study conducted by hoa and mai (2016) revealed that one major challenge of esp teaching in university contexts dealt with the quality of lectures and textbooks utilized to teach esp. a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 22 july 2020 revised 10 december 2020 accepted 21 december 2020 this study focuses on examining four indonesian english for specific purposes (esp) teachers’ experiences regarding their identity construction and negotiation in a language institute. given the concern on an analytic framework by an adapted model of tesol teacher identity, the teachers’ experiences were explored through life-history interview. the results revealed a complex process of transforming professional practices and constructing identities in relation to the struggles of becoming esp teachers. the participants constructed esp teacher identities through acquiring subject knowledge via professional development activities and building a sense of intrinsic fulfillment in becoming esp teachers. however, the participants found challenge to cope with the students’ demands of learning esp. furthermore, a need to equip the esp teachers with esp skills in various subject knowledge areas became the participants’ concern in order to meet the students’ expectancy as well as to enhance their professional development. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords esp teacher language institute teacher identity http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id mailto:aloisiuswisnu.mahendra@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 230 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 229-240 aloisius wisnu mahendra (constructing identity) consequently, it affected students’ readiness to acquire the new terminologies and concepts. furthermore, poedjiastutie (2017) pointed out that teachers’ pedagogical knowledge, such as communicative skills, teaching-learning approaches, and materials development, became the main concern in managing esp programs in language center (lc) of malang state university, indonesia. such issues might significantly affect teachers’ performance in teaching esp, starting from developing suitable teaching-learning materials to conducting the classroom practices. those shifts of educational priority and several accompanying challenges are believed to influence the construction of teachers’ identity. although several studies have investigated teacher identity construction in particular teaching contexts, it should be noted that the notion of identity among esp teachers is under-researched topic (chang, 2014). the current study, therefore, aims to seek out the english teachers’ identity mediated amid stream of esp teaching and learning. it focuses on exploring experiences of four indonesian esp teachers teaching in a language institute. this context of study draws broader scope of esp teacher identity construction within the area of english language teaching in indonesia. it depicts how the teachers engage with their professional lives to meet the demands of esp learning. 1.1. teacher identity the notion of teacher identity has become an emerging subject in educational research and teacher development (varghese, morgan, johnston, & johnson, 2005). beijaard, meijer, and verloop (2004) highlighted four elements of teacher’s professional identity, stating that professional identity is “an ongoing process” of meaning experiences that connects “person and context,” consists of “sub-identities” and needs the exercise of “agency” (p. 122). in a narrower context, these four elements are constituted in barkhuizen’s (2017) conceptualization of language teacher identity, perceiving that identities incorporate teacher’s “cognitive, social, emotional, ideological, and historical” aspect depicted on the process of “being and doing, feeling and imagining, and storying” how they are personally and professionally struggled in social interaction (p. 4). essentially, teacher identity is dynamic and it is mediated through experience and the sense made in meaning that experience (sachs, 2005). this conceptualization of teacher identity does not only emphasize on the relation between identity with the relevant experience, but it also embraces its multifaceted and person-context elements, which are reconsidered and examined as the core of teacher identity. to some extent, language teachers construct multiple identities when they shift their identity from being a learner to a teacher (tsui, 2007); and when they position and involve themselves in different social agents (whitsed & volet, 2013). the multiple identities negotiation, then, involves interaction between the individual and the community (bukor, 2015). some studies have revealed that teacher identities are constructed through social discourse on teachers and the teaching profession (gu & benson, 2015), the educational discourse on internationalization (whitsed & volet, 2013), and the school culture in particular institutions (buchanan, 2015). these interplay between individual and context in term of instructional practices raise tension in relation to how teachers mediate their identities in order to fit to the contextual needs. thus, by positioning esp teachers as the subjects involved in the different layers of identity construction, this study aims to explore a more contextualized picture of esp teachers’ professional identity through their life experiences. 1.2. tesol teacher identity framework to investigate esp teachers’ professional identity manifested in changing contexts, a model of tesol teacher identity was adopted as the framework of analysis (pennington, 2014). this model allows the researcher to draw a comprehensive picture of teacher’s identity within professional practices in particular contexts. the original model consists of two frames, namely practice-centered and context-centered frames (pennington, 2014). the practice-centered frame is derived from five elements, including instructional, disciplinary, professional, vocational and economic frame. the instructional frame demonstrates the classroom persona and the roles enacted by teachers in classroom practice, including instructional content and methods (pennington, 2014); the disciplinary frame reflects specific fields where teachers engage with, covering knowledge and research; the professional frame describes individual teacher’s beliefs, knowledge and engagement in a particular field; the vocational frame includes affective aspect of teacher identity encompassing a teacher’s commitment and attachment in a specific field of practices; and the economic frame addresses a issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 231 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 229-240 aloisius wisnu mahendra (constructing identity) teacher’s academic and economic position in a specific occupational field. these five frames, moreover, are negotiated by different frames of context: global, local, and sociocultural. the global frame is perceived as global trends of teaching and learning english; the local frame draws a context of teacher’s engagement in the workplace and community; and the sociocultural frame refers to the linguistic, ethnic, and gender identity of a teacher, as perceived by people in contextual interaction. these multi-faceted elements were employed to capture esp teacher identity in which esp teachers possess a wider range of roles compared to their general english teaching (dudley-evans & st. johns, 1998). furthermore, this study adopted a new model of tesol teacher identity framework proposed by tao and gao (2018). the model emphasizes on the adjustment of contextual frames to the contexts of the study. the coverage of local frame is considered too broad to break down the influence of different contextual forces on esp teachers (tao & gao, 2018). the local frame, then, is constituted into institutional and societal frame since both of which have been proven to have consequential effects on teacher identity construction (varghese et al., 2005; layder, 1993). the sociocultural frame described in pennington’s (2014) is included in the societal frame as it focuses on the linguistic, ethnic, and gender, in which are they contribute limited relevance to the study. fig. 1. an adapted model of esp teacher identity frames (tao & gao, 2018) the current study aims to shed light on esp teachers’ identity construction. a life-history interview based on pennington’s (2014) tesol teacher identity framework was employed to explore the experiences of esp teachers teaching at language institute. there are five frames examined to answer how the english teachers constructed their esp teacher identity, namely instructional, disciplinary, professional, economic, and vocational frame. 2. research method 2.1. research context and participants the study was conducted in a language institute managed under a private university in yogyakarta, indonesia in 2019. this language institute used to be language center since it was 232 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 229-240 aloisius wisnu mahendra (constructing identity) founded in 1992, and developed into a bigger unit named lisdu (language institute of sanata dharma university) in 2005. there are four major division in the institute, namely asian language center, english language center, language testing center, and translation center. the english language center consists of the center of english for international communication (ceic) and the center of english for specific purposes (cesp). ceic offers general english (ge) courses, focusing on developing students’ communication skills. the courses consist of several levels (beginner up to advanced level) and they are conducted in terms. on the other hand, cesp offers customized courses. the courses are designed based on the students’ needs and wants. in addition, the course participants, both in ceic and cesp, are adults. they are mostly university students and working people around yogyakarta, indonesia, who need english skills to support their study or their performance in the workplace. to begin esp courses, a diagnostic test and need analysis are conducted to measure student candidate’s initial language proficiency and to identify and analyze their strengths and weaknesses in using english regarding their needs. the results, then, become considerations for designing the course syllabus and the materials. moreover, the esp courses designed are commonly related to academic purposes such as english for academic reading, writing, and speaking, and occupational purposes such as english for business communication, for missionaries, for teachers, for medical doctoring, and other professions requiring english as the language communication. as these courses serve as customized course, the language levels may vary (beginner up to advanced level) depending on the student candidate’s results of the diagnostic test and the need analysis. furthermore, the teachers teaching esp courses are those who involve in teaching the general english course. they began their career with teaching the general english and they were promoted to teach esp after they got an esp training. the training aimed to equip the english teachers with knowledge about esp and the roles of esp teachers (dudley-evan & st john, 1998), including the experience of course and materials development. importantly, the participants involved in the study were four english teachers teaching esp in the language institute in yogyakarta, indonesia, namely christine, dion, rebecca, and stella (names were pseudonym). they were invited to participate in the study through inform consent given. christine, dion, rebecca took english education major in their bachelor program, while stella took non-english education major. however, they had finished their graduate study majoring english studies and had more than five-year-experience of teaching general english and esp since they they began their career in the language institute. dion and stella were the esp course coordinators as well as teachers in the language institute. rebecca managed the language testing center but she had many experiences teaching esp. while, christine was an english language and indonesian language teacher. like rebecca, she also experienced in teaching esp, specifically for english academic writing and public speaking. for some esp courses, the teachers were required to develop the teaching materials based on the topics constituted in the course syllabus. additionally, the researcher acknowledged the participants’ role as language instructors at the intended language institute. however, in this study the term ‘teacher’ was applied to refer to ‘instructor’. both teacher and instructor are assigned to conduct teaching and to achieve educational goals. this reference, thus, would not affect the intention of achieving the purpose of this study. 2.2. data collection and analysis this study employed life-history interview in order to explore and to elicit each participant’s life story. the focus of the interview was on teachers’ learning, teaching, and working experiences which were critically believed to construct teacher identity (olsen, 2008). the adoption of lifehistory interview allows the researcher to understand the participants’ professional experiences through their respective accounts (gao, 2008). the interviews embraced the idea of guide approach and informal conversation where the researcher utilized interview protocol, which was in form of open-ended questions, to explore the participants’ experiences, and led them into deeper discussion (johnson & christensen, 2008). the participants were also encouraged to raise their own topics related to esp teacher identity construction. the interviews were conducted in indonesian–the participants’ first language–in order to avoid language barriers in communication. thus, all interviews were digitally recorded and transcribed verbatim. to analyze the data, the researcher adopted a biographic approach to obtain whole understanding or each participant’s life history (gibbs, 2008). the approach was employed to reveal a complete picture of individual’s story uniting a chain of events with inherent causal relationships and an issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 233 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 229-240 aloisius wisnu mahendra (constructing identity) overview of each individual’s professional trajectory (gibbs, 2008). then, a mini-biography was composed from each participant’s transcript. the mini-biography contained a comprehensive picture of the whole experiences shared by each participant. all were analyzed using data analysis technique in qualitative approach (strauss & corbin, 1998). adopting the framework of tesol teacher identity simplified by tao and gao (2018), the researcher generated some categories to organize the data. the categories included instructional frame, disciplinary frame, professional frame, vocational frame, and economic frame. the collected data were read and reread to sort and to search for patterns so that the materials bearing on a given category could physically be separated from other data (bogdan & biklen, 2007). they were examined in the following section. 3. findings and discussion the results revealed that the participants constructed esp teacher identity through acquiring subject knowledge via professional development activities. there was a sense of intrinsic fulfillment, as becoming an esp teacher contributed to their professional development. on the other hand, as teaching and learning esp in the language institute served as a customized course, the participants found a challenge to cope with the students’ demands for taking esp course. to demonstrate these complex results, the five frames of their teacher identity are elaborated in the following section. 3.1. instructional frame the instructional frame mainly emphasizes on the teacher’s roles in regards to classroom instruction (pennington, 2014). through working experience, the four participants described their engagement with professional development activities. these included the development of their lesson plans and the teaching materials affecting their teaching practices. on the other hand, the participants considered the importance of acquiring related subject knowledge to support their classroom instruction, since they were only trained to adopt esp teaching approaches in their preteaching qualification training. therefore, they highlighted teaching preparation as one of the influential activities to enhance their pedagogical practices. this manifestation of the preparation of pedagogical materials serves as an essential source of mediation to support their esp teacher identity construction. [christine] to teach esp, we need to design the materials, ensure whether the materials can cover the students’ needs, and pay attention on the complexity of the activities regarding the students’ language proficiency. [rebecca] i always put much effort on the preparation … i often refer to the books provided by the institute and online sources regarding the development within the students’ subject areas to organize lesson plans and determine the learning activities. [stella] i look for some information from articles or the internet related to the students’ background (subject knowledge areas), including the specific terminologies and the recent issues happening to rise the contexts of the students’ learning concerning on developing the lesson plans, and the learning materials and activities, the participants found that teaching esp was more complex compared to teaching general english. they required to provide specific exposure and relevant contexts where the students might use the language to meet situational needs (chen, 2014). these professional development activities influenced how these teachers engage to the classroom instruction. as stella took non-english education major in her bachelor study, she possessed limited understanding of english teaching and learning theories at the beginning of her teaching career. nevertheless, stella’s working experience in teaching the general english positively contributed to her struggles of teaching esp courses. 234 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 229-240 aloisius wisnu mahendra (constructing identity) [stella] it looks like trial and error … i can implement the teaching materials and monitor the teaching-learning process so that i can evaluate the students’ learning and develop my teaching performance as well. on the other hand, rebecca constituted a narrower role in her esp class. she believed that teaching esp required collaboration between the teacher and the students. creating a collaboration with the student provides an advantage for the teacher since the student is the one who generally more familiar with the target discipline (dudley-evans & st john, 1998). [rebecca] i position myself as a companion for the students. i think that i am not the only source of knowledge so that they should not rely on me only … but i tend to collaborate with the students since they know better about the areas they engage with. the participants’ narratives demonstrate that their prior professional experiences became an essential source of teacher learning and authority in designing the materials and developing the learning content. as the esp course in the language institute serve as a private program and the students taking the course are varied in terms of subject knowledge areas and language proficiency, the teachers are required to provide suitable materials with considerable complexities promoting crucial content that the students need. given attention on authorship of teaching contents and materials, the teachers show confidence in teaching esp as well as in constructing the instructional element of their teacher identities (pennington, 2014). in addition to the role of a teacher in esp class, rebecca’s narrative illustrated an esp teacher’s persona in classroom instruction. the role of being a collaborator for the students’ learning enriched the teachers with various subject knowledge. this helps the teachers to draw learning contexts and to provide specific language assistance. 3.2. disciplinary frame the disciplinary frame incorporates teacher identity into a specific field or discipline (pennington, 2014). based on the interview data, despite promoting esp teaching and learning in the language institute, the participants successfully developed a sense of identification of esp field into an independent course managed by the cesp division. the demands for esp learning in surrounding society contributed to the participants’ experiences interpreting the esp courses they taught and in negotiating their professional identities as esp teachers. [stella] teaching esp means teaching specific students with special needs … of course, the course would be specified regarding the students’ background (subject knowledge areas) and needs, for example, teaching english for missionaries. the context would be about christianity and priests’ life. [rebecca] it is good to understand esp as an independent course here (in the language institute) ... the course outline designed by the coordinators should represent the students’ request for learning english specifically. drawing on these two teachers’ narratives, both stella and rebecca were able to associate esp with language learning in specific ways. they have the same self-positionings towards what esp is and how it should be implemented. as one of the esp course coordinators, stella attempted to emphasize esp as a customized course designed for specific individuals. she possessed an authority to design the course syllabus based on the result of diagnostic test and need analysis, and coordinate teachers in conducting classroom instruction. this demonstrates how esp course is independently implemented as well as how the teachers’ knowledge base affects the disciplinary frame of their teacher identities (clarke, 2008). issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 235 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 229-240 aloisius wisnu mahendra (constructing identity) furthermore, it should be taken into account that the status of esp in the language institute is influenced by demands of learning english in surrounding society. the participants recognized a shift of learning priority during their experiences of teaching esp (occupational to academic purposes). this shift of learning priority potentially affects the participants’ identity development as esp teachers in a way that they embrace and cope with those emerging situations (campion, 2016). [christine] the demands of eap are getting higher in the last three years. the students expect that they can use english to support their academic needs, such as seeking for scholarship, writing research paper, and speaking in a conference. [dion] we need to see the reality that most of the esp courses we designed recently focus on improving students’ academic skills, specifically for research paper writing and presentation … we (esp teachers) also need to improve our academic skills to walk along the trends. the construction of the participants' disciplinary frame is generally influenced by the institutional setting which has immediate effects on their professional lives (hayes, 2008). through their narratives, the participants showed an awareness towards the changing priority of esp learning in the surrounding environment. this situation affects the teachers’ viewpoint and action to perform their professional practices. taken the role as the esp course coordinator, dion tried to cope with the societal demands by facilitating students who needed eap assistance. in classroom instruction, moreover, christine began to be aware of what the students expected from their course in regards to learning english for academic purposes. this potentially influences how she perceived the development of esp in the language institute and how she conducted her classroom instruction to meet the students’ expectancy. 3.3. professional frame the professional frame covers teachers’ beliefs, knowledge, and practices of a specific field, which are developed through individual’s perspectives and participation in professional activities (pennington, 2014). for these esp teachers working in the language institute, the construction of the professional element of the teacher identity was examined through their interpretations and engagement with professional practices, as mediated by their learning and teaching experiences. the interview data illustrated that the participants formed their individualized professional practices through different ways. rebecca, an esp teacher who was responsible to teach other classes in english testing center, such as ielts and toefl, and the general english, constituted a sense of ‘being alert’ towards the development of esp and related subject knowledge areas to strengthen her professionalism as an esp teacher. [rebecca] i need to be aware of new changes and the development of knowledge … i cannot just rely on what i learned … to become an esp teacher, i should keep learning. rebecca’s narrative implies that being well-informed and up-to-date on changes and development of subject knowledge areas have been internalized as part of her own professional practices. this connects her identity construction to the global facet of the context (pennington, 2014). meanwhile, dion developed his professional practices from his engagement with esp discussion forum and workshop related to esp and esp teaching held by educational institutions in surrounding workplace. he found that these professional development activities contributed to broaden his knowledge horizon on the development of esp in indonesia, including the adoption of new strategies to conduct classroom instruction and understanding of challenges experienced by other esp teachers attending the forum and the workshop. 236 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 229-240 aloisius wisnu mahendra (constructing identity) [dion] i got pictures of how esp was taught in other institutions, what the challenges were, and what techniques they (other esp teachers) implemented to boost their teaching. it was a great experience to have sharing with them … i guess we can make such kind of activities here. dion’s narrative suggests the significance of joining esp discussion forum and workshop in relation to the construction of his professional element of esp teacher identity. dion’s participation in those professional development activities impacts on further identification of how esp teachers working in the language institute are able to develop their esp skills in order to enhance their performance. additionally, stella shared her interpretation towards the essence of conducting esp research and participating in seminars to enrich the teachers’ knowledge on issues related to esp. she believed in the potential of esp teachers in the language institute to develop their professional practices. [stella] we have some experienced teachers and most of them have earned their master degree … it is better for us to conduct research on esp and we can participate in seminars to share ideas about esp, such as the trends, the difficulties, the teaching strategies, and even exchange experiences in teaching particular esp courses. stella’s narrative implies her projection of the way of developing esp teachers’ professionalism in the language institute. it is believed to be clear that stella’s perspective strengthens her professional elements of teacher identity (pennington, 2014). being involved in the supportive environment, these esp teachers find it easy to sustain intellectual exchanges with the other colleagues or to construct professional identities as esp teachers in the language institute (pennington, 2014). 3.4. vocational frame the vocational frame highlights the affective element of teacher identity. it includes teaching commitment and enjoyment (pennington, 2014). as the participants were assigned in different positions in the language institute, they felt a positive sense of teacher identity based on the shared belief in the benefits of teaching esp. a primary theme of the narratives concerns on the relevance of esp teaching to the participants’ intrinsic fulfillment as a teacher. [rebecca] i feel changes in me … in the first year i taught esp i felt that i was timid. i was afraid of something unexpected happened. through the preparation, i learn many new things and i enjoy this process … now i just let my teaching run and i feel that i am a teacher. [stella] learning by teaching, that is the point … i feel that teaching esp can fulfill my personal needs as a person who likes to meet new people with different background and learn from them. these two teachers’ narratives reveal a further interpretation of becoming an esp teacher. both rebecca and stella, they believed that becoming an esp teacher requires continual learning over life and working experiences. as rebecca found a sense of enjoyment through her esp teaching preparation, her vocation of becoming a teacher is constructed along with her experiences as she could interpret the benefits of teaching esp. while, stella expressed a sense of fulfillment through her position as the esp course coordinator and the teacher as well. she told her experiences of meeting new students shared different subject knowledge areas, aiming at promoting intellectual exchanges. starting from analyzing the students’ needs until conducting the classroom instruction, she highlighted her inner self-positioning as a continual learner in dealing with esp. on the other issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 237 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 229-240 aloisius wisnu mahendra (constructing identity) hand, christine formed her vocational element of teacher identity by taking another role of an esp teacher. she pointed out her enjoyment of becoming a materials designer and evaluator (dudleyevans & st john, 1998). [christine] if there are two choices, teaching the students or developing the learning materials, i would prefer to develop the learning materials … i find myself more comfortable when i deal with materials design and evaluation. here i have experienced teaching in the classroom for eight years and now i want to try something new, which is ‘working at the back stage’. christine’s engagement with esp field has been accumulated through her teaching experiences in the language institute for eight years. as she was responsible to develop am devaluate the learning materials for the esp courses she taught, christine found her comfort during the process of teaching esp. her experience has led to the construction of her esp teacher identity in regards to the importance of becoming a materials designer and evaluator for esp courses in the language institute. above all, these self-positioning enable the participants to see alternative perspectives on what they experience that go beyond the ideological construction of esp at the language institute. these alternative perspectives positively contribute to the vocational element of being an esp teacher (pennington, 2014). 3.5. economic frame the economic frame connects teacher identity to the feeling of being compensated and extrinsically and intrinsically recognized in terms of both economic and academic position regarding one’s work in the field (pennington, 2014). apart from the status of esp in the language institute, the participants’ narratives indicate challenging situation encountered by these teachers towards the students and their demands for learning esp. [dion] we should maintain the privacy of the course, meaning that we give all for our students. that is the way to promote our esp course. [stella] this is a private course and we design it for specific students … we often face the students who are demanding on the choice of the lessons and the results of taking this course. both dion and stella, they compensated their position as the coordinators of the esp course in the language institute, who were responsible to design a specific esp course based on the students’ needs and wants. in order to promote the course as well as the division of cesp, they provided well services to the students during the course. those two narratives illustrate that the students possess superiority in term of economic position as they contribute to the development of the cesp division in the language institute. this might affect the students’ attitudes towards the course they are taking, importantly the demanding changes of the learning topics. in line with the students’ demands, dion’s narrative below would best describe his experience in responding to this concern. [dion] some lecturers taking english academic writing or public speaking course for doctoral study preparation often demanded for the lessons they expected and were instantly applicable … should we follow them or stick to the course outline that we have designed before? that is the question … we open for discussion then. the experience of dealing with students who possess superiority in terms of academic and economic positions provide dion with space to mediate his teacher identity to come up with decision making (toom, pyhältö, & rust, 2015). he suggested an alternative way by deciding to 238 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 229-240 aloisius wisnu mahendra (constructing identity) have discussion about the students’ expectancy towards the course. this raises the notion of promoting privacy for the students where the students have space to share their expectancy towards the course. concerning on such experience, the economic frame of teacher identity could be reflected through these teachers’ challenging situations towards the students’ demands that provides the compensation for teacher-student economic and academic position (pennington, 2014). the participants’ experiences illustrate a complex picture of indonesian esp teachers’ professional lives in a language institute. based on their life-history accounts, these teachers revealed that becoming an esp teacher positively contributed to their instructional practices and transformed their professional lives, as captured in different frames of teacher identities. the instructional frame pointed out the participants’ prior professional experiences. their experiences became an influential source of teacher learning and authority in developing teaching-learning materials and adopting appropriate teaching methods in accordance with the target subject knowledge areas (dudley-evans & st john, 1998). the manifestation of these pedagogical practices serves as an essential source of mediation to support their esp teacher identity construction. in classroom instruction, a sense being a student’s collaborator was believed to provide an advantage for the participants, as they needed to cooperate with the student, the one who was generally more familiar with the target subject knowledge area (dudley-evans & st john, 1998). therefore, building teacher-student collaboration would promote intellectual exchanges to integrate the english language into the specific context that the student involves in. in addition to teacher learning, the participants suggested that becoming an esp teacher required continual learning process over life and working experiences. this belief strengthens their vocational frame of teacher identity construction, as they found the relevance of esp teaching to their intrinsic fulfillment as a teacher. although the participants were assigned in different positions in the language institute, they felt a positive sense of teacher identity based on the shared belief in the benefits of teaching esp. their self-positionings, whether as a course coordinator, a classroom teacher, or a materials designer and evaluator, enable them to see alternative perspectives on what they experienced that go beyond the ideological construction of an esp teacher (pennington, 2014). despite promoting the classroom instruction, further exploration of the esp teacher identity construction reveals that the participants successfully developed a sense of identification of esp field as an independent course managed by the cesp division in the language institute. they were also able to associate esp with english language learning in specific ways and how it should be implemented amid the changing priority (eop to eap) and the societal demands for learning esp. such understanding incorporates the participants’ knowledge base to the projection of their professional practices and specifically affects the disciplinary frame of their teacher identities (clarke, 2008). on the other hand, the economic frame of the teacher identity demonstrates challenging situation encountered by the participants towards the students’ demands for learning esp as the result of being customized course in the language institute. the students possess superiority in term of economic position as they contribute to the development of the cesp division in the language institute. this impacts on the students’ attitudes towards the course they are taking, importantly demanding for course changes in term of the lessons that go beyond their language competence. in line with the concerned theme about the student’s superior position in the esp course, the participants develop their professional frame of teacher identity by promoting teacher-student dialogue. the activity aims to evaluate the course and the students’ progress during classroom instruction, and to make necessary adjustment to the course syllabus and the materials (pennington, 2014). on the other hand, based on the participants’ life-history accounts, the increasing demands of esp learning encourage the teachers to be well-informed and up-to-date on changes and development of particular subject knowledge areas. the participants acquired sufficient subject knowledge related to the course by reading some literature to enrich their understanding on the subject area they taught, and searching for and adapting some teaching resources to develop the materials for classroom instruction. this activity has been internalized as their part of enhancing professional practices and connects their identity construction to the global facet of the context (pennington, 2014). to promote intellectual exchanges on esp topics, moreover, participating in esp academic forums and internal esp workshop were pointed out to give significant influence to the teachers’ professional identity. these professional development activities contributed to broadening the participants’ knowledge horizon on esp teaching resources and strategies, and the challenges to resolve. the participants might acquire sufficient knowledge and skills to enhance issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 239 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 229-240 aloisius wisnu mahendra (constructing identity) their professional lives and to cope with challenges and changes in teaching esp. involved in the supportive environment, thus, these participants find it easy to sustain intellectual exchanges with the other colleagues or to construct professional identities (pennington, 2014). 4. conclusion the current study reveals the struggles and negotiation of esp teacher identity construction at language institute context. it illustrates the complex interaction in the workplace community through five frames of tesol teacher identity (pennington, 2014). although the number of participants was limited and merely constituted broad generalization, the findings could capture each participant’s identity construction through their professional lives at the language institute context. the findings highlighted that the participants constructed esp teacher identity through acquiring subject knowledge via professional development activities within the workplace community or surrounding educational institutions. a sense of intrinsic fulfillment also enveloped these participants, as their self-positionings, as esp teachers in the language institute, contributed to their professional development. on the other hand, the participants showed subordination to the students’ demands for learning esp as esp courses in the context of language institute served as an independent and customized program designed for specific students. however, this condition encouraged the participants to develop their professional practices by making some course adjustment based on the result of teacher-student dialogue, in order to meet the students’ needs. taken the results together, the need to equip esp teachers in the language institute with sufficient skills in various subject knowledge areas became the concern of the participants. the teachers might struggle to sustain their teacher identities through professional development activities related to esp and esp teaching. then, it is essential for the institute to provide facilitation for the teachers to conduct esp research and training by problematizing the current esp development and how the esp teachers implement their classroom instruction. creating such a supportive learning environment positively contributes to the formation of a teacher community sharing the same beliefs (song & kim, 2016). these professional development opportunities would increase the growing number of language teachers who transform their careers to teach esp in a wider context in asia. references beijaard, d., meijer, p. c., & verloop, n. (2004). reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity. teaching and teacher education, 20(2), 107-12 bogdan, r., & biklen, s. k. (2007). qualitative research for education: an introduction to theories and methods (5th ed.). new york: pearson education, inc. buchanan, r. (2015). teacher identity and agency in an era of accountability. teachers and teaching: theory and practice, 21(6), 700-719. bukor, e. (2015). exploring teacher identity from a holistic perspective: reconstructing and reconnecting personal and professional selves. teachers and teaching: theory and practice, 21(3), 305-327. campion, g. c. (2016). ‘the learning never ends’: exploring teachers’ views on the transition from general english to eap. journal of english for academic purposes, 23, 59-70 chang, k. c. (2017). from eap to esp: teacher’s identity development. taiwan journal of tesol, 14(2), 71-100. chen, y. (2014). english for missionary purpose: perspectives from esp learners. international journal of arts and commerce, 3(8), 81-94. cheng, a., & anthony, l. (2014). esp research in asia: guest editorial. english for specific purposes, 33, 13. clarke, m. (2008). language teacher identities: co-constructing discourse and community. clevedon: multilingual matters. dudley-evans, t., & st john, m. j. (1998). developments of english for specific purposes: a multidisciplinary approach. cambridge: cambridge university press. 240 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 229-240 aloisius wisnu mahendra (constructing identity) gao, x. (2008). teachers’ professional vulnerability and cultural tradition: a chinese paradox. teaching and teacher education, 24(1), 154-165. gibbs, g. r. (2008). analysing qualitative data. london: sage. grosse, c. u., & voght, g. m. (2012). the continuing evolution of language for specific purposes. the modern language journal, 96, 190-202. gu, m., & benson, p. (2015). the formation of english teacher identities: a cross-cultural investigation. language teaching research, 9(2), 187-206. hayes, d. (2008). becoming a teacher of english in thailand. language teaching research, 12(4), 471-494. hoa, n. t. t. h., & mai, m. p. t. t. (2016). difficulties in teaching english for specific purposes: empirical study at vietnam universities. higher education studies, 6(2), 154-161. johnson, b., & christensen, l. (2008). educational research: quantitative, qualitative, and mixed approaches (3rd ed.). thousand oaks, ca: sage publications, inc. kubanyiova, m., & crookes, g. (2016). re-visioning the roles, tasks, and contribution of language teachers in the multilingual era of language education research and practice. the modern language journal, 100, 117-118. layder, d. (1993). new strategies in social research: an introduction and guide. cambridge: polity press. olsen, b. (2008). teaching what they learn, learning what they live: how teachers’ personal histories shape their professional development. ablingdon: routledge. pennington, m. c. (2014). teacher identity in tesol: a frames perspective. in y. l. cheung, s. b. said, & p. kwanghyun (eds.), advances and current trends in language teacher identity research (pp. 16-30). abington: routledge. poedjiastutie, d. (2017). the pedagogical challenges of english for specific purposes (esp) teaching at the university of muhammadiyah malang, indonesia. educational research and reviews, 12(6), 338349. sachs, j. (2005). teacher education and the development of professional identity: learning to be a teacher. in d. m. pam, & m. kompf (eds.), connecting policy and practice: challenges for teaching and learning in schools and universities (pp. 5-21). new york, london: routledge. song, b., & kim, t. (2016). teacher (de)motivation from an activity theory perspective: case of two experienced efl teachers in south korea. system, 57, 134-145. strauss, a., & corbin, j. (1998). basics of qualitative research (2nd ed.). thousand oaks, ca: sage. tao, j., & gao, x. (2018). identity constructions of esp teachers in a chinese university. english for specific purposes, 49, 1-13. toom, a., pyhältö, k., & rust, f. o. (2015). teacher professional agency in contradictory times. teachers and teaching: theory and practice 21(6), 615-623. tsui, a. b. (2007). complexities of identity formation: a narrative inquiry of an efl teacher. tesol quarterly, 41(4), 657-680. varghese, m., morgan, b., johnston, b., & johnson, k. (2005). theorizing language teacher identity: three perspectives and beyond. journal of language, identity, and education, 4(1), 21-44. whitsed, c., & volet, s. (2013). positioning foreign english language teachers in the japanese university context. teachers and teaching: theory and practice, 19(6), 717-735. xu, y. (2014). becoming researchers: a narrative study of chinese university efl teachers’ research practice and their professional identity construction. language teaching research, 18(2), 242-259. english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 75-85 75 10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2477 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id a case study on the impacts of advising on efl teacher development metin esen a,1,* a ankara yıldırım beyazıt university, school of foreign languages, milli i̇rade binası ayvalı mah. gazze cad. no: 7 etlik-keçiören / ankara, 06010, turkey 1 esen.metin@outlook.com * corresponding author 1. introduction with the advancements in technology and the ease of access to knowledge provided by smartphones, computers, and the internet connection, being an active language learner is presented with a huge inventory of opportunities, sources, and interaction patterns. according to harmer (2007) and genç i̇lter (2015), it is a good idea for teachers to guide their learners in identifying and utilizing suitable digital material to boost their language learning processes. harmer (2007) also specify that cooperation between learners can be maintained through the use of computerised language learning processes. though the opportunities of being an effective language learner has become abundant, it is still challenging for learners to locate the appropriate paths leading to these opportunities. this is the exact point where advising in language learning proves a required and significant procedure in establishing those paths. in its broadest sense, advising is associated with several concepts such as mentoring, supervising, encouragement, tutoring, counselling, guidance, and in some cases friendship (hemwall & trachte, 2005; melander, 2005; rawlins & rawlins, 2005). kato and mynard (2016) associate advising in language learning with learner autonomy as individual learners with autonomy are highly aware of their own learning procedures being in charge of various a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 09 july, 2020 revised 17 august, 2020 accepted 31 august, 2020 advising in language learning is one of the new ways of creating aware, reflective, and autonomous learners in the area of second language acquisition (sla). some language learning institutions help their learners with their learning issues through advising in self-access centres practices by advisors and teacher-advisors. this case study aimed at exploring the presence of advising in teacher development frameworks assessing various teacher skills and behaviours. the research also asked 12 teacher-advisors form ankara yıldırım beyazıt university, school of foreign languages if they believed advising had an impact on their professional development. both quantitative and qualitative data were collected from the participants through a 38-item questionnaire and a 10-question written interview. the analysis of the results suggested that teacher development frameworks directly or indirectly assessed some teacher behaviours that can also be attributed to a teacher, and teachers seemed to believe that the practice of advising had positive impact on their teaching skills. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords advising in language learning learner autonomy in-service teacher education teacher development framework continuous professional development 10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2477 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:esen.metin@outlook.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 76 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 75-85 metin esen (a case study on the impacts of advising on efl teacher development) elements such as planning, monitoring, time management, evaluation, and contextualisation (little, 1991). kato and mynard (2016) emphasize that autonomy cannot be achieved with a “one size fits all” approach, and advising could help in “engaging learners in reflection, in discovering different ways to learn, and in making decisions about the ways which are most effective for them” (p. 18). it would not be irrelevant to claim that advising is a reciprocal process, and it is pragmatic for the advisor, who is the language teacher, in the same rate it is for the advisee, who is the language learner in the context of the field of second language education (sle). kato and maynard (2016) also underline the fact that building skills as an advisor is a continual phase just as the process of becoming an autonomous learner is. ciekanski (2007) defines this process as the concept of educational reciprocity, and she suggests several pedagogical roles embraced by advisors such as being an advisor, a teacher, a tutor, or even a companion, and lists five fundamental emotional strategies and values practiced by advisors, which are a) “the meaning of negotiation” during which the advisor learns about the advisee and the topic to be advised on while the advisee gathers information on how to think reflectively, b) “preservation and creation of language learning knowledge” which is about the advisee regarding the advisor as the source of language learning knowledge also having the freedom to shape their own learning styles, c) “personal and professional exchanges” that necessitates the inclusion of the affective factor as well as the cognitive domain to create an unspoken agreement between the two, d) “engagement” which concerns to what degree the advisors involve themselves in the process in terms of sparing time, effort, and knowledge, and e) “recognition of otherness” that clarifies how the goal of autonomous learning is shared by all but the way to achieve it differs for everyone (ciekanski, 2007, pp. 123-124). although the process might seem highly structured and relatively easy to master for an experienced sle teacher, advising shares some characteristics of counselling in terms of a dialogue concerning learning, which is described by kelly (1996) as “a form of therapeutic dialogue that enables an individual to manage a problem” (p. 94). this thin line between psychological counselling and language learning advising, implied by the term “therapeutic dialogue” (kelly, 1996, p. 94), creates a considerable challenge for the teacheradvisors as standard language teacher education does not train them to cope with the therapeutic cases that may come up in the classroom anytime. in order to keep the conversation within the limits of advising and carry out an effective session with the advisee, the advisor/teacher-advisor is required to possess certain skills and personal traits. according to aoki (2012), the most important ones among these skills and traits are to 1) build rapport and maintain empathy, 2) keep positivity and avoid judgmental remarks, 3) be enthusiastic to aid the advisee, 4) maintain a structured dialogue, 5) ask the correct question, 6) listen effectively, 7) observe closely and decipher meaning, 8) present timely and meaningful alternatives, and 9) be able to identify the reasons behind learner issues. kelly (1996) also suggests two lists of several macro and micro skills that an advisor should have. the macro skills are ones that an average teacher is supposed to have, such as goal-setting, modelling, and giving feedback. micro skills, on the other hand, are those necessary for a language learning advisor to carry out a successful advising session with the learners. these include skills such as attending, paraphrasing, questioning, and confronting. similarly, kato and mynard (2016) suggest several basic strategies to carry out an intentional reflective dialogue with the learners, and the list is made up of items such as repeating, mirroring, restating, summarizing, giving positive feedback, empathizing, complimenting, using metaview/linking, and using metaphors. these skills are not direct components of the curricula of language teacher education programs mainly because advising is a totally different role than teaching, and partly because it is a newly emerging field with inadequate amount of research that examines these two distinct roles under the same roof. however, this fact does not diminish the importance of advising in language learning processes. unlike other subjects learnt at school, english does not only stand as the “ends” but also serves as the “means” being a device for communication held in an unlimited number of cases from shopping in a supermarket to listening to a lecture at a college. therefore, guiding a learner in transforming into an autonomous and self-aware language learner might help that learner manipulate his/her personal life, experiences, notions, and will power to learn more effectively (kato & mynard, 2016). as this is an unneglectable fact for teachers of english, perhaps they might already be acquiring some of the traits of an advisor in their pre-service and in-service trainings, and some of the performance features that would be expected from an advisor are also expected from an issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 77 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 75-85 metin esen (a case study on the impacts of advising on efl teacher development) ordinary language teacher as the core aim of advising, achieving transformative learning, is parallel to the core aim of language teaching. with this notion taken into utmost consideration, this case study is designed specifically to establish if advising in language learning is already assessed directly or indirectly in language teacher development frameworks. additionally, the research is intended to find to what degree and in what ways participant teacher-advisors believe the practice of advising has affected their continuous professional development. in the scope of the study, answer to the following research questions were sought: rq1: is the concept of advising directly or indirectly assessed in various teacher development frameworks? rq2: do teacher-advisors believe advising had an impact on their continuous professional development? 2. methods 2.1 research design the research was designed to collect data as a case study to have closer look at a context both peculiar to its own nature and representative of similar environments. a case study might be defined as intensively and systematically investigating a particular person, a group, or a society, and the process involves researcher(s) analyzing data in the light of various variables (woods, 1980). according to crandall (2000), the use of case studies in teaching professions is an excellent way of bringing theory and practice together since they portray detailed contexts of agents shaping teacher profiles and decision-making processes. through the case method, kelch and malupa-kim (2014, p. 12) teachers can “interact with theoretical principles by drawing upon their own and others’ experiential and practical knowledge in addressing real-world problems.” 2.1. maintaining the integrity of the specifications the template is used to format your paper and style the text. all margins, column widths, line spaces, and text fonts are prescribed; please do not alter them. you may note peculiarities. for example, the head margin in this template measures proportionately more than is customary. this measurement and others are deliberate, using specifications that anticipate your paper as one part of the entire proceedings, and not as an independent document. please do not revise any of the current designations. 2.2. context and participants the research took place at ankara yıldırım beyazıt university, a state university in ankara, turkey, at school of foreign languages, acting as the compulsory english preparatory school of the university. the school, with over 2500 students and 112 instructors, aims to help students gain proficiency in academic english to follow fully/partially english-medium instructed classes in various departments in faculties after a year of compulsory english training. to help these learners with various issues in their language learning endeavours, the school promotes 18 trained teacher-advisors who conduct 40-minute one-to-one sessions with learners building their structured conversations on the strategies and tips suggested in reflective dialogue by kato and mynard (2016). the core aim of the sessions is to create autonomous learners who are 1) aware of their learning processes; 2) can identify issues blocking learning; 3) help advisees gain selfconfidence; and 4) foster independent learning in advisees permanently. the participants of the study are 12 efl instructors (n= 12) from ankara yıldırım beyazıt university, school of foreign languages, who also act as language learning advisors. as can be viewed on table 1, 8 participants were female teacher-advisors and the remaining 4 were males. the profile was consisted of highly experienced teachers of efl, with the great majority of them having a teaching experience of more than 10 years. most of them completed their graduate studies with an ma degree, and two had phd degrees. their weekly teaching load was imbalanced as some of them worked as regular teachers (17, 21, and 23 hours) while some of the had administrative and office duties (4 and 12 hours). their experiences as teacher advisors were 78 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 75-85 metin esen (a case study on the impacts of advising on efl teacher development) also quite different. there were 7 teacher advisors who were involved in advising over two years while 5 of them were in their first year of advising. lastly, the number of advisees they welcomed varied a lot as the newer advisors had a lower number of sessions whereas 2 of them advised more than 50 learners in total. table 1. profile of the participants teacher -advisor gender teaching experience educational background weekly teaching load advising experience number of advisees star female 16-20 years ma 21 hours 0-6 months 5-10 learner-forever female 16-20 years ba 12 hours over 2 years over 50 phoenix male 6-10 years ma 12 hours 0-6 months 5-10 pearl female over 20 years ma 12 hours 6-12 months 0-5 allie female over 2 years silver male over 20 years ma 4 hours over 2 years 10-20 ebby female 16-20 years ma 12 hours over 2 years 20-50 gabriel male 6-10 years ma 17 hours 0-6 months 0-5 pennywise female 16-20 years ma 23 hours over 4 years over 50 freedom female 10 – 15 years 23 hours 6-12 months 5-10 timothy male 10 – 15 years phd 4 hours over 4 years 20-50 la-x female 16-20 years phd over 2 years 20-50 2.3. data collection and analysis the study included the scanning of three sample teacher development frameworks to detect criteria relatable with the main purpose of advising. these were: 1) british council continuing professional development (cpd) framework for teachers (british council, 2015), 2) cambridge english teaching framework competency statements (cambridge assessment english, 2014), and 3) the eaquals framework for language teacher training and development (eaquals, 2013). to carry out this detailed search within these three frameworks, the method of conceptual analysis was used. according to kahn and zeidler (2017), this method “involves testing whether common usage of a word, that represents part of a larger construct, would be appropriate in various situations, or cases” (p. 5). the process included a systematic inquiry into the existence and the frequency of some predefined terminology about advising and learner autonomy taken from the descriptions of kato and maynard (2016). these keywords selected were: effective, awareness, reflection, connection, responsibility, motivation, autonomy, individual, differences, lifelong, plan, monitor, selfevaluate / self-assess, transfer, decision, need, independent, action, progress, and affect. once the relevant teacher performance criteria that explicitly or implicitly contain one or more of these keywords were determined, they were collated together and transformed into a likert-scaletype questionnaire1 of 38 items in total. the participant teachers were instructed to evaluate their development under the guidance of the items selecting appropriate one among the five scales between strongly agree and strongly disagree. a reliability analysis was carried out on ibm statistical package for the social sciences (spss) statistics version 25, and the cronbach’s alpha for these 38 items was .94. descriptive statistics were used to depict the results of the questionnaire. in the final step, the participants were provided with 10 in-depth written interview questions2 that required the teacher-advisors reflect deeply on their advising practice and its impacts on their professional development as teachers. there were no face-to-face or focus group interviews due to time constraints. however, the items were comprehensive enough to cover several aspects of both advising and teaching, and the participants tended to write quite long reflections under each interview question, requiring no transcription process. as there are no scientific theories regarding the effects of advising on teaching, the results of the written interviews were analysed with the application of grounded theory (corbin & strauss, 2008). with the help of open coding and 1 https://cutt.ly/questionnaire-and-interview 2 https://cutt.ly/questionnaire-and-interview issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 79 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 75-85 metin esen (a case study on the impacts of advising on efl teacher development) conceptual labelling, the themes that recurred the most were identified for each interview question, and the answers by the interviewees were rescanned for a heightened validity in coding. the participant teacher-advisor’s beliefs towards their professional development under the impact of advising could be meaningfully interpreted with the possibilities provided by grounded theory. the categories that were identified in the answers for each interview question were: independent learning, empathy, needs analysis, strategy training, and learning management system (lms). 2.4. ethical considerations as this was a case study conducted with a limited number of participations from a renowned state university, the biggest ethical considerations were the written formal consent of the ethics committee and the participants individually, the former having been obtained from the ethics committee of the faculty of humanities and social sciences, and the latter having been collected at the beginning of the questionnaire and the interview questions. furthermore, the results and discussions reported did not reveal the identity of the participants with the use of pseudonyms either chosen by the participant during the questionnaire or appointed by the researcher. 3. findings and discussion rq1: is the concept of advising directly or indirectly assessed in various teacher development frameworks? all three teacher development frameworks, though indirectly, are intended to assess teacher performance and development in areas such as raising awareness, creating autonomous learners, helping students shape their self-directed learning, identifying learners’ individual as well as collective needs, and instilling the use of technology to aid learning. the framework by british council (2015) had five different categories containing teacher development criteria with a direct or indirect link to advising and autonomous learning, and these were: planning lessons and courses, understanding learners, integrating ict, using inclusive practices, and using multilingual approaches (appendix a). for example, the category of integrating ict had this criterium which would be a joint goal of a teacher and an advisor likewise: promoting autonomous learning by exploiting digital content and technologies inside and outside of the formal learning environment. similarly, the teacher development framework by cambridge assessment english (2014) two main and four sub categories than can loosely or strongly be associated with advising and learner autonomy, which were: learning and the learner and teaching, learning, and assessment, the latter with the sub categories of planning language learning, using language-learning resources and materials, teaching language systems, and assessing language learning (appendix a). as an illustration, the sub category of teaching language systems showed the criterium assessing teaching how to learn vocabulary; as the difference between “learning the meanings of specific words” and “learning strategies to become independent word learners” is highly stressed (blachowicz & fisher, 2000, p. 505): lesson plans and classroom practice demonstrate a variety of techniques for teaching vocabulary, and strategies to encourage learner autonomy. the teacher development framework by eaquals (2013), on the other hand, seemed to prove the most inclusive framework in terms of advising and learner autonomy. starting from the values and attitudes section, the developmental categories of planning teaching and learning, teaching and supporting learning, and assessment of learning had various key areas with teacher development criteria directly and indirectly related to advising and learner autonomy (appendix a). different from the other two frameworks, eaquals had area had a specific key area of learner autonomy under the category of teaching and supporting learning. one of the criteria aimed at assessing the teacher behaviour of creating lifelong learners out of language learners, which can only be achieved through learner autonomy (holec, 1981): 80 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 75-85 metin esen (a case study on the impacts of advising on efl teacher development) developing learner autonomy by helping them to set their own objectives and discussing different ways of continuing learning outside the classroom. tassinari (2012) listed the key elements of learner autonomy as “a cognitive and metacognitive component, an affective and a motivational component, an action-oriented component, and a social component” (p. 28). while the impact of affective/motivational component on learning is openly stated in key area 1 within the section of teaching and supporting learning, learner autonomy section of the eaquals framework met all the other three of these essential components with spot-on criteria such as: including activities to develop learner autonomy as appropriate, bearing in mind individual learner needs (cognitive/metacognitive component) involving learners in decision making within the lesson and course encouraging learners to take responsibility for their learning, and advising them on independent learning options (action-oriented component) setting up and managing simple individual and group out-of-class projects for language activation and practice (social component). in the light of these criteria, it was easier to claim that some teacher development frameworks assessed teacher behaviours as if they were all language learning advisors. they were expected by these frameworks to create autonomous learners, help their students set their own objectives and check their own progress, manage their time and environment efficiently, take individual learning needs into consideration while preparing lesson plans and language learning material. rq2: do teacher-advisors believe advising had an impact on their continuous professional development? the questionnaire items collated from the advising and learner-autonomy-related teacher development criteria in the three frameworks were received positively by the participant teacheradvisors in general. all the teachers either agreed or strongly agreed with the items 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 13, 14, 17, 18, 21, 23, 24, and 27, which were about understanding learners and autonomy levels, encouraging goal-setting, recognising learner diversity and background, strategy training, providing individualised feedback, belief in the value of lifelong learning, creating awareness of aims and progress, recognising cognitive and affective differences, and design of tasks/activities to foster learner autonomy. totally positive reaction towards nearly half of the items on the questionnaire showed that teacher-advisers believed the practice of advising might have had an impact on their performance and professional development. items 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 15, 16, 19, 20, 22, 25, 28, and 32 were items where some of the teachers were not sure about the effects of advising on their development in teaching areas, and these areas were palling for differentiated learning, describing learning needs, applying and understanding of motivation in teaching and assessment, recognizing cognitive abilities, individualised assessment, understanding and targeting learner difficulties, selecting appropriate material, fostering self-assessment, being aware / creating awareness of learning styles, planning activities to develop learner autonomy, use of lmss to support autonomy, including activities targeting learning needs, and incorporate a wide range of techniques to develop learner autonomy. only a few of the items met with a relatively negative reception by some of the teacher-advisors who disagreed with the criteria. one of these, item 6, was related to the promotion of autonomous learning by exploiting digital content and technologies inside and outside of the formal learning environment. this is quite a normal challenge for the teachers as raya and fernandez (2002) state: “there are degrees of student involvement that the individual teacher can determine, taking into consideration the amount of responsibility he is prepared to transfer and the amount of responsibility learners are prepared to assume” (p. 65). items 29 and 33, which were related to learning and autonomy outside the classroom, were the other two with which the teacher-advisors disagreed. according to benson (2007), some ways of implementing autonomy outside the classroom are distance learning, call (computer assisted language learning), and studying at a self-access centre. however, benson (2007) also emphasizes the complexity of the situation by pointing to the issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 81 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 75-85 metin esen (a case study on the impacts of advising on efl teacher development) fact that these autonomous learning styles require a certain amount of autonomy, which may be provided with the support of the teacher. this case requires the utmost cooperation between the two roles of the teacher: the traditional in-class-teacher and the advisor. finally, items 31, 36, and 37, assessed the teachers’ development in terms of fostering self-assessment habits in their learners, and this was where the rate of disagreement was considerable. though self-assessment is crucial in the way leading to autonomous learning, gardner (2000) warns that self-assessment comes with its own drawbacks which are the issue of reliability and the switching roles between learners and teachers. if the teachers are unable to show their learners to assess their learning in reliable ways, and be their own teachers in terms of assessment, the degree of autonomy instilled will not matter for selfassessment. unlike the questionnaire, the written interview results yielded more meaningful findings regarding the participant teacher-advisors’ beliefs on their professional development thanks to the practice of advising. 3.1. understanding of learner autonomy all the teacher-advisors defined the concept of autonomy in similar ways, and five of them used words such as own-learning, awareness, responsibility, management, method, and decision which can be brought together under the category of independent learning. these terms are also among those used by kato and mynard (2016) to describe learner autonomy. for example, the teacheradvisor la-x describes autonomy as follows: autonomy is taking the responsibility of one's own learning from the very basic decisions regarding what one wants to learn to more complex aspects as to how it can be learnt efficiently making use of relevant material and human resource, contacting the right people for help at the right stage and capable of making independent decisions at various stages of the process. 3.2. recognising individual issues and needs the most significant words occurring in the answers to the interview questions were session, understanding, deep, problem, feel, and want pointing to the category of empathy. empathy can be broadly and phenomenologically defined as an emotional reaction to the other side’s observed, pictured, or deduced emotional state (batson, 2009). in the context of advising, kato and mynard (2016, p. 49) define it as “understanding a person’s internal state and imagining how she is thinking and feeling.” all the participants stated that advising gave them opportunities for a better understanding of their learners in various senses. as an answer to the second question, phoenix wrote: … one-to-one sessions teach me to listen to my learners effectively, and most of the time, what matters for the learners more than any solution to their issue is the fact that they are being listened to. listening brings along understanding, and understanding helps me guide the student in clearly seeing the situation. allie, another teacher-advisor, made a clear comparison of her two different mindsets before and after being introduced to the practice of advising, emphasizing a “cooperative” type of understanding: before advising, i would have been truly stumped if a learner said, “teacher, why can’t i listen?” but as an advisor, i was instantly intrigued and i tried to feel what the student was feeling and i used that plus their body language and facial expressions as a guide. once we both had a better understanding of what was really happening, i was able to get an idea of that the learner’s needs were. empathy is a significant teacher quality regardless of the requirements of advising, and teacher development frameworks, including the ones in the scope of this study, aim at empirically assessing empathy in the form of the ability to identify learners with regards to their individual features, needs, and issues to address the learners with a consideration of these analyses. it was established by cooper (2004) that self-efficacy and high levels of motivation to learn can be evoked in learners 82 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 75-85 metin esen (a case study on the impacts of advising on efl teacher development) with the help of teacher empathy, and these are two distinct features of an autonomous language learner. 3.3. lesson planning and material design to the fourth interview question asking the participants if they took their reflections from their advising sessions into consideration when planning lessons and designing learning material, 6 teachers-advisors replied affirmatively while the other half said no. the most frequent codes captured from the collected answers were score, needs, experience, reflection, observe, and consideration, words implying the category of needs analysis. the participants expressed their enlightenment regarding a better understanding of their learner’s needs. under the fourth question, briefly summing up the remarks of the other 5 teacher-advisors, la-x wrote: … i do not only aim to exploit their cognitive resources while designing learning materials, but also focus on the affect. here, what la-x consciously or unknowingly meant by the word choices of “cognition” and “affect” might be pointing to perceived/objective and felt/subjective needs of language learners. brindley (1994, p. 70), describes the two as follows: the first of these terms refers to needs which are derivable from different kinds of factual information about learners, their use of language in real-life communication situations as well as their current language proficiency and language difficulties. the second term refers to the cognitive and affective needs of the learner in the learning situation, derivable from information about affective and cognitive factors such as personality, confidence, altitudes, learners' wants and expectations with regards to the learning of english and their individual cognitive style and learning strategies. considering the nature of self-directed and autonomous learning, subjective needs would be more important for learners, and it interesting, though not surprising, to observe that the practice of advising might have helped these teacher-advisors to make a distinction between objective and subjective needs of their learners, and take the latter more into consideration while making lesson plans and designing learning material. 3.4. teaching ‘learning to learn’ and training lifelong learners under the sixth and ninth interview questions, the most frequent codes recorded were mistakes, time, activities, self-esteem, outside, individual, motivation, weekly, encourage, and plan, all indicating the category of strategy training. when the category was tracked within the answers, it was found that most of the teacher-advisors aimed at teaching their students how to apply correct strategies and organize their studies after their reflections following advising sessions. as a good example of the case, ebby wrote: … i believe learning training is most of the time more effective than teaching itself. the very first week of each period, after getting to know activities, i allocate most of my class hours to “how to organize my studies” activities. one of them is like this: everybody opens the blended syllabus document on his/her phone, and lists the weekly duties and responsibilities they are supposed to complete. then they order these tasks according to their needs and priorities. then i distribute one of the advising tools about setting goals and making plans. by the end of the lesson, they come up with a weekly plan. many studies aiming to detect elements that contribute to learning a second language discovered that learner autonomy was one of these factors (deng, 2004; holec, 1981; little, 1997). therefore, wenden (1991) proposes that the when teacher promote strategy training (e.g. metacognitive learning strategies), they also foster autonomy in their learners. 3.5. technology and learner autonomy under the final interview question, the most frequently used words were applications, learning environment, platforms, online, access, and tasks; and these concepts referred to the higher category issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 83 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 75-85 metin esen (a case study on the impacts of advising on efl teacher development) of learning management system (lms). when the replies were rescanned under the lead of this category, it was obvious that some of these teacher-advisors directed their students towards various learning management systems which include platforms such as edmodo and google classroom, self-paced online courses such as future learn and coursera, and online applications such as quizlet. silver, one of the participant teacher-advisors, quoted: … the most extreme case was a student who had issues with her teacher. i asked her what they were doing in class and wanted her to think if she could do all outside. there was a brief aha moment for her when she realized that she did not need her teacher to learn english. despite promoting self-paced, individual learning and collaboration, godwin-jones (2011) discusses that lmss are teacher-centred, as it is teachers who decide on the content, organisation, presentation, and pace of the learning. there are also other problems related to the incorporation of technology into autonomous learning, and allie portrayed one of the most significant issue, which is the reliability on and the prevalence of technological tools, quite vividly: i would love to change that and embrace technology more, but i feel that’s an expensive proposition. i would need classes and a much more expensive cell phone data plan. my students would need data plans too. many of them, esp. the foreign and/or refuge students, don’t even have consistent access to the internet outside of the school –and as i’ve said, the school’s wi-fi is iffy at best. this is why some of them can’t do the online homework or online tasks. they can’t afford the book (and its online access code) and/or they know they can’t do the online stuff anyway outside of school. another teacher-advisor, pearl, draws attention to the fact that one needs to know the advantages and disadvantages of a convenience before being able to recommend it to someone else: first, i need to be more competent and autonomous in using technology so that i can plan that. so, i need to work on myself before i do on them. 4. limitations this research had a number of limitations stemming from its nature as a case study (mcleod, 2019). first of all, as the study only analyses a particular group consisting of a limited number of people, the results reached through the data obtain from this narrow sampling may not be generalised to the population represented by this group. other teacher-advisors in other language teaching institutions might be going through totally different experiences embracing different values and beliefs. other than that, the researcher is one of the participant teachers who are also serving as advisors at ankara yıldırım beyazıt university, school of foreign languages. therefore, his inclusion in the data collection process might have had a negative impact on the results through researcher bias. additionally, the case study is quite challenging to replicate for other researchers to replicate as other sle teachers and language learning advisors might not be working under similar conditions, which could cause similar studies to yield different results due to the differences in variables. the sampling was far too narrow for the quantitative part of the questionnaire consisting of 38 likert-type items. to prevent sampling error, the exact size of the sampling proportional to the complex population, the goals of the study, and analysis methods to be used during the process should be taken into consideration (taherdoost, 2016). the final limitation of the study was the inclusion of only three teacher development frameworks to scan in terms of learner autonomy. the inclusion of other frameworks could have caused creation of a different, larger, or more comprehensive questionnaire with more development criteria. more comprehensive items could have helped the participant teacher-advisers to reflect on more teacher development areas which might be affected by the practice of advising. 84 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 75-85 metin esen (a case study on the impacts of advising on efl teacher development) 5. conclusions and further research this case study was aimed at scanning three professional teacher development frameworks to see if language learning advising is directly or indirectly assessed, and if the teacher-advisors at ankara yıldırım beyazıt university, school of languages believed if the practice of advising had an impact on their professional development. it was found that all three frameworks had development criteria that are loosely or strongly related to the skills a teacher-advisor is supposed to have. the results of the questionnaire, prepared under the guidance of the development criteria located in the frameworks, revealed that teacher-advisors at the institution had positive beliefs towards the contributions of advising to their teaching skills. the replies to the interview questions also pointed to 9 main categories yielded through the coding of most frequent words: independent learning, empathy, needs analysis, strategy training, and learning management system (lms). researchers who would like to replicate this study or build on it should take the scope into consideration and emancipate the reach from a case study into a more inclusive one to have more representative sample to be able to generalize the findings to the whole teacher-advisor profiles. they should also include a larger number of teacher development portfolios in the scanning process to create more criteria to assess joint characteristics of teachers and advisors. references aoki, n. (2012). can-do statements for advisors. in c. ludwig & j. mynard (eds.). autonomy in language learning: advising in action (pp. 154-163). canterbury: iatefl. batson, c. d. (2009). these things called empathy: eight related but distinct phenomena. in j. decety & w. ickes (eds.), the social neuroscience of empathy (pp. 3–15). cambridge, ma: mit press. benson, p. (2007). autonomy in language teaching and learning. language teaching, 40(01), 21-40. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0261444806003958 blachowicz, c. l. z., & fisher, p. (2000). vocabulary instruction. in m. l. kamil, p. b. mosenthal, p. d. pearson, & r. barr (eds.). handbook of reading research vol. 3 (pp. 503-523). mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum. brindley, g. (1994). the role of needs analysis in adult esl programme design. in johnson, r.k. (ed.) the second language curriculum. cambridge: cambridge university press 63-78. british council. (2015). continuing professional development (cpd) framework. retrieved from https://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/sites/teacheng/files/cpd_framework_for_teachers_web.pdf cambridge assessment english. (2014). cambridge english teaching framework competency statements. retrieved from https://www.cambridgeenglish.org/images/172992-full-leveldescriptorscambridge-english-teaching-framework.pdf ciekanski, m. (2007). fostering learner autonomy: power and reciprocity in the relationship between language learner and language learning adviser. cambridge journal of education 37(1), 111-127. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057640601179442 cooper, b. 2004. empathy, interaction and caring: teachers’ roles in a constrained environment. pastoral care in education, 4, 12–21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.0264-3944.2004.00299.x corbin, j. and a. strauss. 2008. basics of qualitative research: techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (third edition). thousand oaks, ca: sage publications. crandall, j. (2000). language teacher education. annual review of applied linguistics, 20, 34-55. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0267190500200032 deng, l. (2004). cultivating foreign language learners’ autonomous learning. journal of sichuan foreign language university, 2, 156-159. eaquals. (2013). the eaquals framework for language teacher training and development. retrieved from https://www.eaquals.org/wpcontent/uploads/eaquals-framework-online-070216.pdf issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 85 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 75-85 metin esen (a case study on the impacts of advising on efl teacher development) erdemir, n. & ekşi-yangın, g. (2019). the perceptions of student teachers about using an online learning environment ‘edmodo’ in a ‘flipped classroom’. sdu international journal of educational studies, 6(2), 174-186. https://doi.org/10.33710/sduijes.638795 gardner, d. (2000). self-assessment for autonomous language learners. links & letters, 7, 49-60. genç i̇lter, b. (2015). how does technology affect language learning process at an early age? procedia social and behavioural sciences, 199 (2015), 311 – 316. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.07.552 godwin-jones, r. (2011). emerging technologies: autonomous language learning. language learning & technology, 15(3), (pp. 4-11). retrieved from http://llt.msu.edu/issues/october2011/emerging.pdf harmer, j. (2007). the practice of english language teaching. england: pearson. hemwall, m. k., & trachte, k. c. (2005). academic advising as learning: 10 organizing principles. nacada journal, 25(2), 74–83. https://doi.org/10.12930/0271-9517-25.2.74 holec, h. (1981). autonomy and foreign language learning. oxford: pergamon. kato, s., & mynard, j. (2015). reflective dialogue: advising in language learning. new york, ny: routledge. kelch, k. & malupa-kim, m. (2014). implementing case studies in language teacher education and professional development. ortesol journal, 31, 10-18. kelly, r. (1996). language counselling for learner autonomy: the skilled helper in selfaccess language learning. in r. pemberton; e. s. l. li; w.w. f. or & h. d. pierson (eds.) taking control: autonomy in language learning (pp. 93-113). hong kong: hong kong university press. kahn, s. & zeidler, d.l. (2017), a case for the use of conceptual analysis in science education research. j res sci teach, 54, 538-551. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21376 little, d. (1991). learner autonomy 1: definitions, issues and problems. dublin, ireland: authentik. mcleod, s. a. (2019, aug 03). case study method. simply psychology. https://www.simplypsychology.org/case-study.html melander, e. r. (2005). advising as educating: a framework for organizing advising systems. nacada journal, 25(2), 84–92. https://doi.org/10.12930/0271-9517-25.2.84 rawlins, w. k., & rawlins, s. p. (2005). academic advising as friendship. nacada journal, 25(2), 10– 19. https://doi.org/10.12930/0271-9517-25.2.10 raya, m. j. & fernandez, m. p. (2002). learner autonomy and new technologies. educational media international, 39, 60-68. https://doi.org/10.1080/09523980210131240 taherdoost, h. (2016). sampling methods in research methodology: how to choose a sampling technique for research. international journal of advance research in management, 5(2), 18-27. tassinari, m. g. (2012). evaluating learner autonomy: a dynamic model with descriptors. studies in self-access learning journal, 3(1), 24-40. https://doi.org/10.37237/030103 wenden, a. l. (1991). learner strategies for learner autonomy: planning and implementing learner training for language learners. prentice-hall international. hertfordshire, uk. woods n.f., calanzaro, m. (1980). nursing research: theory and practice. st louis: mosby. english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp.151-162 151 10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2461 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id video cartoons and task-induced involvement: effects to pupils’ l2 incidental literacy acquisition elaiza flor s. arabianaa,1,, dayvin adrian ember a. maliferb,2, helen r. betoniob,3* abc english department, msu-iligan institute of technology, philippines 1 elaizaflor.arabiana@g.msuiit.edu.ph; 2 dayvinadrianember.malifer@g.msuiit.edu.ph; 3 helen.betonio@g.msuiit.edu.ph* * corresponding author article info abstract article history received 04 july, 2020 revised 29 july, 2020 accepted 3 september, 2020 while most studies that explored children’s incidental literacy acquisition focused on input from written text, this quantitativequalitative study investigated the effects of using audio-visual input through close-captioned aesop’s fables cartoons from pinkfong and task-induced involvement (n=6 eight-year old pupils). wilcoxon signed rank test reveals that there is a significant difference in the pretest, immediate posttest and delayed posttests scores after the intervention as shown in the 90%-95% confidence level. this study also examines quantitatively the interconnectedness of the four areas of children’s literacy skills: vocabulary, oral vocabulary and pronunciation, orthographic skill and comprehension after watching cartoons and engaging in tasks. findings reveal a high correlation between the four literacy skills reflected as 95% confidence intervals. these findings reveal that incidental literacy acquisition is approached holistictically: the acquisition of one skill leads to the acquisition of the other literacy skills. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords incidental literacy acquisition task-induced involvement close-captioned videos 1. introduction the early years of a child’s life provide avenues for language and literacy development (mielonen & paterson, 2009). years ago, children’s exposure to language in their early years was only limited to their social interaction among their family members and other children. however, for many families now, “media has become a fabric of daily life” (rideout, hamel & kaiser family foundation, 2006, p.4). the digital age has created a huge impact in the children’s routine and daily interactions (vulchanova, baggio, cangelosi & smith, 2017). with the availability of new digital tools and media and them becoming commonplace, today’s children have more opportunities to listen, hear and see language in different platforms and environments allowing them to develop emergent literacy skills through their exposure. these emergent literacy skills are listening, speaking, reading, and writing (blanchard & moore, 2010). the term "emergent" denotes the “developmental process of literacy acquisition and recognizes numerous forms of early literacy behavior” (gunn, simmons & kameenui, 2004, p.1). zhao (2008) defines literacy as “the ability to interpret and understand messages relayed from others” (as cited in mielonen and paterson, 2009, p.15). it is a “fundamental skill that unlocks learning” (terry, 2020) which is used as a tool for an individual to acquire knowledge independently. for children, language development and literacy start even before they enter primary school. this is referred as emergent literacy which refers to the information, capacity, and frame of mind that children develop as they start to learn reading and writing in the whole early childhood period (save the children, n.d.). 10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2461 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:elaizaflor.arabiana@g.msuiit.edu.ph mailto:dayvinadrianember.malifer@g.msuiit.edu.ph mailto:helen.betonio@g.msuiit.edu.ph http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 152 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp.151-162 arabiana, et.al (video cartoons and task-induced involvement:…) whitehurst and lonigan (1998, p.1) refer to these skills and knowledge as “developmental precursors to reading and writing.” the ubiquitous use of english in media has exposed children to the english language prior to the start of their formal l2 english learning which allowed them to receive rich syntactic and semantic input for language learning (de wilde & eyckmans, 2017). the development of these emergent literacy skills continues as children explore the world filled with awe (blanchard & moore, 2010). emergent literacy as the first stage in reading development (save the children, n.d.) is also developed even when children are engaged in “non-intentional activities” especially with the use of media and technology. hulstijn and laufer (2001) define incidental learning as a “by-product of any activity not explicitly geared to lexical learning” (as cited in zhao, et al., 2016). blanchard and moore (2010) use the term “non-intentional activities” referring to opportunities in which children are exposed to language and pictures but the exposure does not have an intended learning objective or curriculum. young children may simply be watching, listening, and talking to others who are sharing the digital media experience. this digital experience can be considered play, but learning is achieved in this phenomenon without them even noticing it happening. huckin and coady (1999, p.18) define this incidental language acquisition as a “by-product, not the target, of the main cognitive activity” (as cited in de wilde & eyckmans, 2017). saracho and spodek (2006) explain that reading and writing skills are developed even when the learner is playing (as cited in mielonen and paterson, 2009). in second language acquisition, input plays a major role which makes audio-visual input, the video, a good source of l2 input (perez & rodgers, 2019). as early as the late 1970s, research on the impact of the mass media on language development began (vulchanova, baggio, cangelosi & smith, 2017). one of the few earliest studies that dealt with audio-visual input among young learners was conducted by winn (1977 as cited in vulchanova, baggio, cangelosi & smith, 2017) which utilized the effect of the children's television programme sesame street on language development. the findings reveal that it has significant effects, however, only in combination with adult intervention. d’ydewalle and van de poel (1999) in denmark utilized subtitled television programs in a foreign language as language input to dutch speaking children. they found that children tend to acquire more when the foreign language is in the sound form than in the written form (subtitles). in the following years, the dearth of studies that explored the effects of digital media on emergent literacy skills development emanate from television and computer studies (blanchard & moore, 2010). recently, studies that explored incidental literacy among young learners include jensen (2016) which explored extramural english activities that include gaming, watching television and listening to music in relation to vocabulary learning. language input and the child's interaction with the environment play a significant role in language development as highlighted in the language acquisition theories (vulchanova, baggio, cangelosi & smith, 2017). as such, this study aims to determine whether the integration of digital media (audio-visual input), particularly animated cartoons with closed captions (cc) as language input and task-induced involvement (tii) as child’s interaction with the environment will lead to the pupils’ l2 incidental literacy skills acquisition (ilsa). with this new digital reality, the study intends to explore its effect on the children’s acquisition of the basic human skill: language. harun and tedlos (2013) found that children have the tendency to take cartoons as their models and to reflect the characters in their daily games through the imitation of a few lines uttered or the behaviors acted by the cartoon characters they associate themselves with. children who experience and are exposed to media-digital input such as animated cartoons may lead to more opportunities to incidentally learn more language items. de wilde & eyckmans (2017) findings confirm that language is incidentally acquired by children before the start of formal english instruction through the exposure they receive from media, specifically, gaming and computer use which showed a significant relationship to the children’s test results. the dearth of studies mentioned prove that few studies deal with younger language learners’ incidental literacy skills acquisition since most studies dealt with older participants (teenagers and university students). these studies on adult learners also addressed learner’s incidental literacy input usually through reading from written texts and which focused only on gains obtained from one skill especially vocabulary (zhao, et al., 2016; ponniah, 2011). this is not surprising since vocabulary is the most significant component of l2 knowledge for all learners to develop whether the learner aims for academic or interpersonal competence (savielle-troike, 2012). these studies include vocabulary issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 153 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp.151-162 arabiana, et.al (video cartoons and task-induced involvement:…) gains from reading and listening (xiaoning & feng, 2017), l2 listening using a dimensions framework (zeeland & schmitt, 2013) and reading and translation (huang, 2008). previous research on audio-visual input still focused on older learners only (lin, 2010), gaming and learning l2 vocabulary (sylven & sundqvist, 2012), and gaming frequency and game type as predictors of l2 vocabulary learning (sundqvist, 2019). integrating task-induced involvement (tii) after the audio-visual input, this study investigates the processes of the children’s incidental acquisition of new words or lexical items (vocabulary), understanding how these words are put together and understanding the plot of a story (comprehension), acquiring the ability to write and spell the words they have seen and heard onscreen (orthography) and acquiring the ability to pronounce new words or lexical items by imitating the sound from the video (pronunciation) after multiple exposure to two video cartoons. this process is operationally defined in this study as incidental literacy skills acquisition (isla), the phenomenon in which learners unintentionally learn new literacy skills: vocabulary skill, pronunciation, orthography skill and comprehension skill. this study aims to answer the following research questions: (1). what is the level of literacy skills of the students before the intervention? (2). is there a significant effect on the children’s literacy skills before and after the intervention? (3). what is the extent of the learners’ incidental literacy skills acquisition? the null hypothesis (h0) is that there is no significant effect in the student’s incidental vocabulary acquisition after the intervention of animated cartoons with closed-captions with the facilitation of task-induced involvement where the extent of comprehension does not lead to the incidental acquisition of vocabulary, pronunciation, comprehension and orthographic skill. while the alternative hypothesis (h1) is that there is a significant effect in the student’s incidental vocabulary acquisition after the intervention of animated cartoons with closed-captions with the facilitation of task-induced involvement where the extent of comprehension leads to the incidental acquisition of vocabulary, pronunciation, comprehension and orthographic skill. in this study, the process of incidental literacy skills acquisition is explored anchoring on dual coding theory by paivio (2006) and involvement load hypothesis developed by laufer and hulstijn (2001). anchored on the dual coding theory (dct) by paivio (2006), this study examines how the verbal, nonverbal and textual cues affect the learners’ sla in terms of comprehension, vocabulary, orthography, and pronunciation. the dct has been directly used in literacy and language learning as a general cognition theory (kanellopoulou, kermanidis and kanellopoulou, 2019). according to paivio (2006), the dual coding theory involves the two distinct subsystems activity—the verbal and the nonverbal system. the verbal system specializes in dealing with language (text, sound, or sign language) and the nonverbal specializes in dealing with non-linguistic objects (symbols, pictures, or videos) (paivio, 2014 as cited in kanellopoulou, kermanidis and giannakoulopoulos 2019). paivio (2006) further adds that these two systems are composed of internal representational units, which he calls logogens and imagens, which are both activated when one recognizes, manipulates, or thinks of words and things. hence, these units can function unconsciously to improve cognitive performance (paivio, 2014 as cited in kanellopoulou, kermanidis and giannakoulopoulos, 2019). the representations of these units are modality-specific (paivio, 2006) so every visual, auditory, haptic or feel and motor properties of language that one encounters correspond to a different logogen and imagen. these representation units are connected to a sensory input and response output systems as well as to each other so that they can function independently or cooperatively to mediate nonverbal and verbal behavior (paivio, 2006). in simpler terms, this theory proposes that both the verbal and nonverbal systems are involved in the learners’ language phenomena. the children’s exposure to animated digital media, which comprises verbal and nonverbal cues, makes this theory relevant to this study. language learning as a process in which verbal and image representations are absorbed by the brain is a complex process. when the learners already acquired language items comprehensible and appropriate for their level from the video materials, their ability to remember and recall what they have learned—immediate or after a span of time— becomes the next concern. thus, this paper also probes at the learners’ retention of information anchoring on the depth of processing (dop) model by craik and lockhart (1972) which states that there are three forms that a learner deals with information. the first form is structural processing which refers to encoding the appearance of something that resembles typescript of the word (orthographic skill when acquired and imitated). 154 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp.151-162 arabiana, et.al (video cartoons and task-induced involvement:…) this is also referred to as formative processing which is at shallow level (liu, 2015). the second form is phonemic processing which associates the sound (pronunciation skill when acquired and imitated). these two forms are both ‘shallow processing’. the last form is semantic processing which happens when learners encode and analyze the meaning of a word and then relate it to similar words with similar meaning (vocabulary skill and comprehension skill) (liu, 2015). this study focuses on both ‘shallow’ and ‘deep processing’ of the lexical items mediated through digital media which involve meaningful and complex analyses (sound, text, image, thinking, association) of information that would lead to longer retention time and enhance easy access from memory (liu, 2015). in the present study, dop is associated with incidental literacy skills acquisition, in which structural, phonemic, and semantic elements are integrated into one medium. this study takes on a material that can put these elements together into test with cartoon videos containing captions embedded on them. this multimedia material contains text, sound and image that would further motivate and facilitate the acquisition of the mentioned literacy skills and then guarantee retained knowledge. in relation to dop, a study by hulstijn & laufer (2001) identified the components of incidental tasks which are conducive to the kind of elaborate processing and measurement of the dop. they proposed the task-specific construct and named it as task-induced involvement (tii) for l2 vocabulary acquisition. the fundamental idea of this hypothesis named as involvement load hypothesis is that the acquisition of new words and retention of unfamiliar words are affected by the amount and gravity of involvement in processing these new words. involvement load has three components: need, search and evaluation (liu, 2015). following the principles cemented by the theories in the study’s framework, the research proposes that children who repeatedly watch videos with verbal, visual, and textual cues which they never encountered before, and who participate in the integration of activities in the tii will incidentally acquire l2 literacy skills. these audio-visual-textual cues from the videos viewed by the learners all represent the conceptual meaning of the word absorbed during the cognitive processes of the viewers. these cues are arranged and integrated in the memory through the activation of and interaction between visual and verbal cognitive processing. the audio cues are aimed to induce the learners’ pronunciation skills. the visual cues together with the audio and textual cues are aimed to induce the learners’ vocabulary, orthography, and comprehension skills, thus their l2 incidental literacy skills acquisition. task-induced involvement facilitates the comprehension, new vocabulary and concept absorption after the viewing experience which leads to knowledge processing, hence the incidental literacy skills acquisition. producing competent readers and writers in the later stage of their life is achieved when there is a support for children’s language and literacy development (timothy & christopher, 2017). as such, there is a need to enrich the literature conducted among young learners or children’s incidental literacy skills development through audio-visual input. there is also a lack of empirical research that investigated the interconnectedness or the holistic process of incidental language acquisition of comprehension, vocabulary, pronunciation and orthographic skills. furthermore, no recent study has further utilized both audio-visual input and task-induced involvement as tools in incidental literacy skills acquisition. these are the gaps that the current study aims to address. 2. method the study is a quantitative-qualitative pre-experimental research design (single group) which did not employ a comparison group. this study used a pretest, a one-time immediate posttest and a onetime delayed posttest method to determine the effects of video materials with closed-captions and the task-induced involvement (tii) in the pupils’ literacy skills acquisition. the design of this study compared the change in the subjects’ literacy skills scores before and after the experimental intervention. the qualitative aspect of the study is the assessment of the incidental acquisition of the comprehension skills of the respondents through the tii. the study was conducted at a public elementary school in the southern part of the philippines. owing to the school’s locality which is a 30-minute motorcycle ride to the city area, the residents have limited access to media found in the internet and cable tv which is of primary importance considered in this study. the class distribution of its pupils was also considered where the classes are heterogenous, and the pupils are not sectioned according to their ranks. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 155 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp.151-162 arabiana, et.al (video cartoons and task-induced involvement:…) participants were selected based on a given set of criteria. all participants must be 8 years of age, a current grade 2 pupil of the research locale, have no exposure to english language cable television and internet at home, be a sebuano native speaker, uses his or her native tongue in speaking outside the school and at home, interested and willing in participating, and must not have watched pinkfong aesop fables videos before. also, a very important criterion is the children should be in the instructional level based on their philippine informal reading test result. to ensure that the pupils have the same literacy skills level, those who passed the given criteria were also subjected to a short standardized reading test, spelling and comprehension test. only six pupils passed the criteria given and the tests conducted. these pupils also had no prior knowledge about the methodology and the video materials. research instruments utilized for the intervention were two aesop fables videos from pinkfong’s youtube channel, “the lion and the mouse” and “the greedy dog.” these videos were also validated to be free from violent scenes and appropriate for the grade 2 level by a developmental psychology professor and her developmental psychology class. the length of the videos was less than 3 minutes which was a primary consideration in determining the 10-minute attention span of eight-year old children (kapur, 2011). there were also 16 target words for each video. furthermore, the validated tasks for the task-induced involvement integrated in this study were classified as basic, moderate, and advanced based on hulstijn and laufer (2001). these were given to the participants collectively every after the audio-visual input as fun activities and were nor graded at all. these also used various colorful activity materials such as flash cards and poker chips. the tasks allowed the children to discuss and deliberate answers as a group. table 1 below presents the summary of the data gathering procedure which was applied to both videos 1 and 2. table 1. summary of data gathering procedure data gathering stages research instrument day 0 pilot testing day 1 pre-test audio-visual assessment tool through powerpoint day 2 (video 1) first video exposure video 1 and tasks in basic category day 3 (video 1) second video exposure video 1 and tasks in moderate category day 4 (video 1) third video exposure video 1 and tasks in advanced category day 5 immediate posttest audio-visual assessment tool through powerpoint 4 days after the last video exposure and 8 days after the pretest: delayed posttest audio-visual assessment tool through powerpoint the scores were recorded and compared across all skills and per accumulated score from the pretest, immediate posttest and posttest. furthermore, the scores were statistically analyzed via nonparametric analog t-tests for paired data sets: wilcoxon signed rank test. this test was used to determine if there are significant differences between the pupils’ pretest scores vs. immediate posttest scores, immediate posttest scores vs. delayed posttest scores, and pretest scores vs. delayed posttest scores before and after the intervention. due to the small sample size, kendall rank order correlation test is the ideal test (de wilde & eyckmans, 2017) which was used to determine the significant interrelationships between the scores. the qualitative analysis was also applied to the observational data obtained from the pupils’ performances in the tasks. 3. results and discussion 3.1. significant effect after the intervention this study found that multiple exposures to english animated video cartoons with closed captions (cc) and task-induced involvement can lead to the incidental literacy acquisitions of vocabulary, pronunciation and orthographic skills which also facilitate comprehension skills of children language learners. test scores for each video exposure are presented separately in this section: video 1 and 156 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp.151-162 arabiana, et.al (video cartoons and task-induced involvement:…) video 2. the succeeding tables present a comparison of the scores obtained by the pupils in the pretest, immediate posttest, and delayed posttest. it is important to note that the increase of test scores is compared in this manner: pretest and immediate posttest; immediate posttest and delayed posttest; and pretest and delayed posttest scores in the three literacy skills. table 2 presents the scores of the pupils after their exposure to video 1. the figures alone show that there are score differences as shown in the significant increase in particular to the pretest versus immediate posttest scores and changes in the immediate posttest versus posttest scores across the three skills. this supports the claim that there are literacy skills acquisitions after the intervention. table 2. score comparisons of pretest, immediate posttest and posttest for video 1 pupils vocabulary pronunciation orthography accumulated pre ip p pre ip p pre ip p pre ip p a b c d e f 0 2 1 0 0 0 6 10 4 4 0 9 6 9 7 3 2 9 0 1 1 0 0 0 5 9 3 3 0 8 5 6 5 2 2 7 0 1 0 0 0 0 4 5 2 1 0 6 3 6 3 1 1 6 0 4 2 0 0 0 15 24 9 8 0 23 14 21 15 6 6 5 22 ip immediate posttest pposttest table 3 presents the statistical presentation of the summary of the significant differences between the pretest and immediate posttest, immediate posttest and delayed posttest, and pretest and delayed posttest scores in the three literacy skills. as presented in the table, the immediate posttest and the delayed posttest scores in the pronunciation and orthographic skill have no significant differences which means that the scores in the immediate posttest were mostly retained in the delayed posttest. this is similar for the accumulated immediate posttest and posttest score. table 3. table of significant differences of scores for video 1 as tested via wilcoxon signed rank test (nonparametric analog of the t-test for paired data sets) variable imm vocab post vocab imm pron post pron imm ortho post ortho imm total post total pre vocab imm vocab pre pron imm pron pre ortho imm ortho pre total imm total legend:percentage of confidence level 90% 95% table 4 presents the pretest, immediate posttest, posttest scores for each literacy skill and the accumulated scores of the vocabulary, orthographic and pronunciation literacy skills tests for video 2. it clearly presents the increase of the scores from pretest to immediate posttest, the increase of the scores from pretest to posttest and consistent scores from immediate posttest to the posttest. as shown, the scores of the participants have increased and there are acquisitions in the vocabulary, pronunciation, and orthographic skills on the target words in video 2, and some of these acquisitions were retained by the children after four days. the immediate posttest-posttest scores of pupils a and c were maintained. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 157 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp.151-162 arabiana, et.al (video cartoons and task-induced involvement:…) table 4. score comparisons of pretest, immediate posttest and posttest for video 2 pupils vocabulary pronunciation orthography accumulated pre ip p pre ip p pre ip p pre ip p a b c d e f 1 2 1 1 2 1 6 11 5 3 2 5 6 9 5 3 2 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 9 5 2 2 2 5 7 5 1 1 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 4 8 4 1 1 2 4 6 4 0 1 2 2 3 1 1 2 1 15 28 14 6 5 9 15 22 14 4 4 10 ip immediate posttest pposttest table 5 presents the statistical presentation using the wilcoxon signed rank test of the pretest vs. immediate posttest, immediate posttest vs. posttest and pretest vs. posttest scores in video 2 which compares all of the test scores across all the three literacy skills to determine if the differences in the scores are significant. the results show that there is a significant difference in the literacy skills’ pretest vs. immediate posttest and pretest vs. posttest score comparisons with 90%-95% confidence levels. this indicates that the pretest-immediate posttest and pretest-posttest score differences are significant, thus, the increase in the test scores from the pretest to the immediate posttest and to the posttest as shown in table 3 is significant. table 5. table of significant differences for video 2 as tested via wilcoxon signed rank test (nonparametric analog of the t-test for paired data sets) variable imm vocab post vocab imm pron post pron imm ortho post ortho imm total post total pre vocab imm vocab pre pron imm pron pre ortho imm ortho pre total imm total legend: percentage of confidence level 90% 95% consistently, it can be gleaned in the preceding tables, both in the two videos, that the pretest scores across the three skills are generally 0 to 2 only which have increased as shown in the immediate and the delayed posttest scores. tables 2 and 4 have confirmed that the increase is statistically significant after the video exposures. however. no significant differences were found between the immediate posttest and the delayed posttest scores which means that their acquired literacy skills were mostly retained even days without exposure to the intervention because there was no significant decrease or increase of scores between the two posttests. 3.2. extent of incidental literacy skills acquisition the degree to which the pretest, immediate posttest and delayed posttest scores in all literacy skills for both videos are correlated with one another is also a part of this study’s investigation. how one literacy skill has correlation within its test results and with other literacy skills are determined through statistical tools and qualitative discussion. since in this study, language is seen to be operating as a whole in the context of l2 incidental literacy acquisition, this paper determined the significant interrelationship between the scores within one skill and across the three literacy skills. the following findings support the paper’s claims that 158 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp.151-162 arabiana, et.al (video cartoons and task-induced involvement:…) language or literacy acquisition is wholistic – the acquisition of one literacy skill leads to the acquisition of another skill. as presented in table 6 that follows, the blue intersections follow a 95% confidence level. this means that there are high correlations between the vocabulary, pronunciation, and orthography skills. table 6. table of significant correlations as tested via kendall rank order correlation test for video 1 (nonparametric analog of the pearson’s test for test of correlation) test variable video 1 immediate posttest vocabulary 100% 83% pronunciation 83% posttest vocabulary 89% 93% pronunciation 96% table 7. table of significant correlations as tested via kendall rank order correlation test for video 2 (nonparametric analog of the pearson’s test for test of correlation) test variable video 2 pronunciation orthography immediate posttest vocabulary 81% 89% pronunciation 92% posttest vocabulary 89% 79% pronunciation 96% table 7 above presents the significant correlations of the literacy skills scores in the second video. consistently, there are also positive interconnections between the vocabulary, pronunciation, and orthography skills outcome results with a 95% confidence level. this high correlation of one literacy skill with the other literacy skills implies that when one literacy skill is acquired by the learner, there is a high probability that the learner will also acquire the other literacy skills in the process. the results from the pretest, immediate posttest and delayed posttest are highly correlated, interconnected with each other as well and across the other literacy skills. this justifies the claim that literacy acquisition works holistically. the acquisition of one literacy skill leads to the acquisition of another literacy skill. the vocabulary acquisition primarily also leads to the other literacy skills. this implies that if the learner gave an incorrect vocabulary (failure to recognize a word and its meaning), there is a high probability that the pronunciation and orthographic skills will be incorrect as well (failure to spell and pronounce a word). one aspect that was also explored is the frequency of the target words presented in the video. it should be noted that target words need to be present in the video in three forms audio-visual-textual cues. it was found that the target words with the highest frequency (words mentioned many times) in the two videos were acquired by more than half of the pupils across the three skills. we refer to frequency here as the input frequency (ambridge, kidd, rowland & theakston, 2015). in contrast, low frequency target words were only acquired by less than half of the learners. examples are the target words mouse (video 1) and meat (video 2) which were the sole words mentioned eight times in each video while the rest of the words were mentioned only once or twice. results show that four out of six children (video 1) and five out of six children (video 2) acquired the words, respectively. this corroborates the findings of schwartz and terrel (1983 as cited in ambridge et. al, 2015). 3.3. relationship of comprehension skills to the other literacy skills task-induced involvement after each video exposure facilitated not only the incidental acquisition of comprehension skills but also the incidental acquisition of vocabulary, oral and orthographic skills. the tasks provided a way for the participants to share their ideas and issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 159 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp.151-162 arabiana, et.al (video cartoons and task-induced involvement:…) understanding of the two stories presented in audio-visual input. since tasks were presented as play, all of them enthusiastically did the tasks while interacting with the other children when the wh questions were asked as part of the task completion. typical among children, arguments also arose among them in completing the tasks, but these arguments were tolerated with the aim that these can induce critical thinking and more team discussion allowing them to receive more incidental linguistic input. the participants’ comprehension skills were, therefore, incidentally acquired within the process. this was shown when the children were able to recognize the characters of the story, describe their traits, understand, and discuss the story’s plot and share the moral lesson of the story. in answering the basic wh-questions, answers to these questions included the target words that will supply the answer. hence, to answer the comprehension questions, the children utilized their vocabulary and oral acquisitions to explain events in the story. this became an indicator how tasksinduced involvement facilitates incidental literacy skills acquisition. consequently, with attentioninducing and effective task-induced involvement and multiple exposures to videos, children will obtain complete incidental acquisitions of the literacy skills. the result on vocabulary acquisition findings of this study corroborate previous research (e.g. jensen, 2016); sylven and sundqvist, 2012) who both explored the relationship of gaming and the development of english vocabulary knowledge. their study found that the frequency of the children’s exposure to gaming was correlated significantly to their high score on the vocabulary test. consistently across all literacy skills, the 90% to 95% confidence level in the pretest vs. delayed posttest scores indicates that the participants had retained most of the target words from the pretest to the delayed posttest even with an eight-day interval. the results also imply that the longer the students are exposed to a word, there is a strong likelihood that they will retain the meaning associated with the word. the repetition of the words in the video was also significant before the pupils fully acquired them. in terms of pronunciation (oral vocabulary), the video exposure and the tasks which required them to use the target words in their conversation with their peers contributed to these target words’ oral vocabulary skill to be acquired. as presented in the statistical data above, the extent of the literacy skills acquisition reaches to the orthography skills thus proving a complete acquisition from comprehension, vocabulary, pronunciation, and orthography. though in few cases, some pupils obtained partial acquisitions only, such as correct vocabulary and correct pronunciation with incorrect spellings. however, it is greatly evident in all the data presented that when one literacy skill was acquired, the participants also acquired other literacy skills which led to complete literacy skills acquisitions (ilsa). in a similar way, the incorrect answer to one literacy skill affects the other literacy skills causing partial acquisitions. llach & gomez’ (2007) study supported this claim where they found that a child spells a word according to his/her pronunciation. spelling affected pronunciations, pronunciations affected spellings, incorrect vocabularies affected both spellings and pronunciations. these literacy skills correlated with each other. furthermore, the kendall rank order test proved that the vocabulary posttests scores are correlated or covaried with each other including the pronunciation posttests scores and the orthography posttests scores. the vocabulary, pronunciation and orthographic skills are also found out to be correlated or interrelated to one another based on the scores. in other words, correlations and interconnectedness exist within test scores of one literacy skill and across test scores of other literacy skills. the findings on the high frequency words with more children acquiring them across the three skills corroborates the dual-coding theory by paivio (2006) which state that these units presented as verbal and non-verbal cues in audio-visual input can function unconsciously to improve cognitive performance (paivio, 2014 as cited in kanellopoulou, kermanidis and giannakoulopoulos, 2019). the non-verbal and verbal codes occurring frequently may have positive impacts on recall (kanellopoulou, kermanidis and giannakoulopoulos, 2019). this supports ambridge, kidd, rowland & theakston (2015) claim that “all other things being equal, frequent forms will be acquired before less-frequent forms” (p.241). focusing solely on input frequency, schwartz and terrel (1983) as cited in ambridge, kidd, rowland & theakston (2015) also found that highfrequency words were correctly recalled significantly and consistently than low-frequency words. hence, for pedagogical implications, language input in both cues is undoubtedly effective and more importantly, if the frequency is increased. 160 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp.151-162 arabiana, et.al (video cartoons and task-induced involvement:…) lastly, findings of this study contribute to the existing researches that prove the effectiveness of the involvement of tasks that created the levels of need, search and evaluation of meanings (laufer and hulstijn, 2001). thus, the preceding data show that there is a significant effect in the pupils’ incidental vocabulary acquisition after the intervention of animated cartoons with closed-captions with the facilitation of task-induced involvement where the extent of comprehension leads to the incidental acquisition of vocabulary, pronunciation, comprehension and orthographic skill. hence, the null hypothesis is rejected. 4. conclusion the quantitative and qualitative data in this study proved that there is a significant difference in the children’s pretest, immediate posttest and delayed posttests scores after the intervention. hence, incidental literacy skills acquisition is possible using animated videos with closed-captions and taskinduced involvement. the extent of acquisitions is complete and wholistic which begins with the acquisition of comprehension skills followed by vocabulary, pronunciation and orthographic skills. in addition, retention of acquired words after a period of time is possible. furthermore, literacy skills are significantly correlated to one another. l2 incidental literacy skills acquisition works as an interconnected cycle where the acquisition of one skill leads to the acquisition of another literacy skill. thus, proving the interconnectedness and relationship of each of the literacy skills. this further provides another view towards l2 literacy learning. lastly, integrating fun group activities that involve language tasks after video exposures will serve as good motivations of cognitive noticing processes and facilitating incidental acquisition of comprehension skills which lead towards incidental acquisitions of other literacy skills among young learners. therefore, animated videos and task-induced involvement can be effective classroom tools for young learners to incidentally acquire second language literacy skills and eventually retain these acquisitions days after the last intervention. the investigation into this occurrence will also be helpful to the curriculum designers and teachers in incorporating digital media to the lessons they teach in the classroom. hence, the use of tii and animated videos such as pinkfong’s aesop fables to early grade schoolers is an effective teaching strategy for l2 incidental learning in the filipino classroom. with the limitations of this study which include a pre-experimental research design and shorter viewing session, the findings of this study can be further explored and confirmed with the utilization of static group comparison. furthermore, a long-term consumption of audio-visual input with a delayed posttest conducted after a month to further assess retention is suggested to further the findings of this study on the effects of the audio-visual input to the children’s incidental literacy skills. children as recipients of audio-visual input should also be explored more with the limited literature in this area that focus more on teenagers and university students. references ambridge b., kidd, e., rowland, c. & theakston, a. (2015). the ubiquity of frequency effects in first language acquisition. journal of child language, 42 (2), 239-273. doi: 10.1017/s030500091400049x blanchard, j. & moore, t. (2010). the digital world of young children. impact on emergent literacy. arizona state university. craik, f. i., & lockhart, r. s. (1972). levels of processing: a framework for memory research. journal of verbal learning and verbal behavior, 11(6), 671 684.retrieved from http://wixtedlab.ucsd.edu/publications/psych%20218/craik_lockhart_1972.pdf critcher, c., (2008). making waves: historical aspects of public debates about children and mass media. in k. drotner& s. livingston (eds.), international handbook of children, media and culture. london: sage. de wilde, v. & eyckmans, j. (2017). game on! young learners’ incidental language learning of english prior to instruction [pdf file]. studies in second language learning and teaching, 7 (4), 673-694. https://dx.doi.org/10.1017%2fs030500091400049x http://wixtedlab.ucsd.edu/publications/psych%20218/craik_lockhart_1972.pdf issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 161 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp.151-162 arabiana, et.al (video cartoons and task-induced involvement:…) d’ydewalle, g. & van de poel, m. (1999). incidental foreign language acquisition by children watching subtitled television programs. journal of psycholinguistic research, 28, 227-244. https://doi.org/10.1023/a:1023202130625 gunn, b., simmons, d. & kameenui, e. (2004). emergent literacy: synthesis of the research. retrieved from https://www.researchconnections.org/childcare/resources/2776/pdf. harun, s., & tedlos, c. (2013). assessing the effects of animated cartoon and task induced involvement on preschool children’s l2 incidental vocabulary acquisition (an undergraduate thesis). mindanao state university, iligan institute of technology, iligan city, philippines. huang, r.y. (2008). testing the involvement load hypothesis: effects of reading-based tasks on vocabulary retention by chinese fel learners [pdf file]. modern foreign languages, 27(4), 386-393. hulstijn, j. & laufer, b. (2001). some empirical evidence for the involvement load hypothesis in vocabulary acquisition [pdf file]. language learning, 51, 539–558. kapur, m. (2011). counselling children with psychological problems. new delhi, india: dorling kindersley. jensen, s.h. (2016). gaming as an english language learning resource among young children in denmark. calico journal, 34(1). doi: 10.1558/cj.29519 kanellopoulou, c., kermanidis, k.l and giannakoulopoulos, a. (2019). the dual-coding and multimedia learning theories: film subtitles as a vocabulary teaching tool. education sciences, 9(3). doi.org/10.3390/educsci9030210 timothy s. & christopher j. l. (2017). the role of early oral language in literacy development. retrieved from https://www.languagemagazine.com/5100-2/. laufer, b. & hulstijn, j.h. (2001). incidental vocabulary acquisition in a second language: the construct of task-induced involvement. applied linguistics, 22(1), 1-26. https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/22.1.1 lin, l. (2010). english learners’ incidental vocabulary acquisition in the video-based call program [pdf file]. asian efl journal. 12 (4). https://www.asian-efl journal.com/pdf/volume-12-issue-4-lin.pdf liu, c. (2015). a review of effect of different tasks on incidental vocabulary acquisition. higher education studies, 5(5), 56-63. doi:10.5539/hes.v5n5p56 llach, p. & gomez, a. (2007). children’s characteristics in vocabulary acquisition use in the written production. relsa (20), 9-26. mielonen, a.m. & paterson, w. (2009). developing literacy through play [pdf file]. journal of inquiry and action in education, 3 (1). paivio, a. (2006). dual coding theory and education [pdf file]. retrieved from http://coral.ufsm.br/tielletcab/apostilas/dct_paivio.pdflanguage: 22/1, 26. perez, m.m. & rodgers, michael p. h. (2019). video and language learning (guest editorial). the language learning journal. 47:4, 403-406, doi: 10.1080/09571736.2019.1629099. ponniah, r. (2011). incidental acquisition of vocabulary by reading [pdf file]. an international online journal, 11(2), 135-139. retrieved from http://www.readingmatrix.com/articles/april_2011/ponniah.pdf terry, s. (2020). reading and literacy. retrieved from https://www.air.org/topic/reading-andliteracy rideout, v., hamel, e., & kaiser family foundation. (2006). the media family: electronic media in the lives of infants, toddlers, preschoolers and their parents [pdf file]. menlo park, ca: kaiser family foundation. savielle-troike, m. (2012). introducing second language acquisition (2nd ed.). cambridge: cambridge university press. https://www.researchconnections.org/childcare/resources/2776/pdf http://dx.doi.org/10.1558/cj.29519 https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/22.1.1 http://www.readingmatrix.com/articles/april_2011/ponniah.pdf 162 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp.151-162 arabiana, et.al (video cartoons and task-induced involvement:…) sundqvist, p. (2019). commercial-off-the-shelf games in the digital wild and l2 learner vocabulary. language learning & technology, 23(1),87-113. https://doi.org/10125/44674. vulchanova, m., baggio, g., cangelosi, a. & smith, l. (2017). editorial:language development in the digital age. frontiers in human neuroscience. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2017.00447 whitehurst, g. & lonigan, c. (1998). child development and emergent literacy [pdf file]. child development, volume 69 (3). 848-872. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.14678624.1998.tb06247.x xiaoning, c. & feng, t. (2017). assessing the effects of word exposure frequency on incidental vocabulary acquisition from reading and listening. chinese journal of applied linguistics, 40(1) https://doi.org/10.1515/cjal-2017-0004 zeeland, h.v. & schmitt, n. (2013). incidental vocabulary acquisition through l2 listening: a dimensions approach. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2013.07.012 zhao, a., guo, y., biales, c. & olszewki, a. (2016). exploring learner factors in second language (l2) incidental vocabulary acquisition through reading [pdf file]. reading in a foreign language, 28 (2), 224-245. retrieved from https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/5db0/ae9e65a498542b6fb03dd6fc92ff36d2ae4a.pdf https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2017.00447 https://doi.org/10.1111/j.14678624.1998.tb06247.x https://doi.org/10.1515/cjal-2017-0004 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2013.07.012 https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/5db0/ae9e65a498542b6fb03dd6fc92ff36d2ae4a.pdf english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 95-107 95 10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2255 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id written corrective feedback in english compositions: teachers’ practices and students’ expectations wan noor miza wan mohd yunus a,1,* a faculty of education, university of malaya, 50603 kuala lumpur, federal territory of kuala lumpur, malaysia 1 wmizayunus@gmail.com * * corresponding author 1. introduction writing is one of the important skills english language learners learn, apart from speaking, listening, and reading. although there have been changing perceptions on effective and meaningful ways to give students feedback, the general agreement is that corrective feedback is undeniably essential to facilitate l2 knowledge, as mistakes and errors are expected in all stages of learning (lee, 2017). feedback in writing may encompass many aspects of writing, including composition skills, style, organization, content, and others, although there have been changing perceptions on effective and meaningful ways to give students feedback. in this particular study, wcf is defined as “a feedback which specifically indicates errors of language, such as in grammar, vocabulary, and mechanics” (al shahrani, 2013, p. 4). many researchers agree that written corrective feedback (wcf) is important because the lack of such feedback may lead to anxiety or resentment, which could decrease students’ motivation to learn (ferris, 2004). however, the amount of wcf that should be given to students is debatable. studies have shown that attending too many errors and providing effective feedback to help learners in their a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 06 june, 2020 revised 18 august, 2020 accepted 31 august, 2020 written corrective feedback (wcf) has been the subject of many studies in the field of second language (l2) writing. this study sought to investigate: (1) teacher’s practices in marking students’ english language compositions, (2) students’ expectations of teacher’s wcf, and (3) compare whether students’ expectations correspond to teachers’ practices of wcf. sixty-four students and three teachers of an upper secondary school in malacca, malaysia participated in this study. teachers’ wcf practices and students’ preferences were elicited from two different sets of questionnaires. findings revealed that both students and teachers generally believe that wcf is beneficial in improving students’ writing skills. it was also discovered that students prefer direct, specific, and comprehensive feedback over indirect feedback. however, the study showed some discrepancies between students’ preferences and teachers’ practices in composition classrooms in terms of the amount, type, and necessity of the feedback where most students were found to require more wcf than the amount their teacher was capable of giving. this misalignment calls for teachers’ and students’ adjustments to ensure the effectiveness of wcf strategies employed by teachers. findings from this research also imply that the study of contextual factors and beliefs influencing preferences with regard to wcf may also be necessary. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords written corrective feedback second language writing esl students language learning error correction https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2255 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:wmizayunus@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 96 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 95-107 wan noor miza wan mohd yunus (written corrective feedback in english compositions) writing development is too demanding for teachers and learners. it is even more complicated when students make too many errors that teachers do not know which particular aspect to focus on to help the learner improve. according to ellis et al. (2008), “learners are more likely to attend to corrections directed at a single (or a limited number of) error type(s) and more likely to develop a clearer understanding of the error and the correction needed” (p.356). however, most teachers sometimes result in correcting all students’ errors and spending ample time to mark the students’ writing tasks paying attention to how students might respond to the wcf. a recent study conducted by lee (2019) produced a surprising finding as it highlights that giving students less cf is better than giving more. the argument also lies in the type of feedback that should be corrected. ellis (2008) listed six major corrective feedback strategies: direct, indirect, metalinguistic, focused/unfocused, electronic, and reformulation. sanavi and nemati (2014) specifically studied the effects of these different types of feedback trough an experimental study of five groups of iranian english language learners. it was found that reformulation strategy, which focuses on teachers’ reconstruction of inaccuracies to make it more accurate, had the most obvious effect on students’ performance in international english language testing system (ielts) writing task 2. a recent study conducted by rashtchi and abu bakar (2019) on 103 esl students in malaysia discovered that students mostly favour direct and explicit feedback and want teachers to correct as many errors as possible. these researches suggest the importance of studying the type and amount of corrective feedback since there are multitudes of factors that may contribute to different attitudes towards corrective feedback. nunan (1987) argued that one of the most severe problems to learning is the mismatch between teacher and learner expectations about what should happen in the classroom, which can result in learners being disengaged in class (park, 2010). bitchener and knoch (2008) further assert that “motivation is more likely to be gained if teachers negotiate with students about how frequent the feedback will be given, about the type of feedback that will be given, and about what the students will be expected to do in response to feedback” (p. 210). it is, therefore, essential to investigate students’ preferences towards teachers’ error correction as different learning styles may result in varying levels of cognition and engagement (katayama, 2007). several studies have shown that there are discrepancies in what students and teachers define as good feedback. some students prefer error correction given by the teacher compared to self-correction and peer correction, as they believe that they are not competent enough to correct their errors. however, studies have found that teachers often use peer and self-correction. to avoid the mismatch between students’ preferences and teachers’ practices, researching students’ preferences in different contexts and groups of students is essential, as students might have different learning needs and preferences since teacher feedback is sensitive to students’ needs and instructional context (ferris, 2004). although there has been a gradual move towards a more communicative classroom in malaysia’s education system, the way students are tested in the national exam still focuses on form. without accurate grammar, students cannot get high marks. one of the learning outcomes stated in the curriculum is that “students have to present information to different audiences by composing, revising and editing drafts; and checking the accuracy of spelling, punctuation, and grammar;” and “using appropriate format, conventions, and grammar when presenting the information” (ministry of education, 2003, p.15). to promote these goals, conducting more studies relating to wcf in local secondary school contexts is necessary to gain insights into teachers’ practices and students’ expectations of wcf. the availability of research examining the same objectives are only found in tertiary education settings (rashtchi & abu bakar, 2019). findings from this study can further inform teachers how to best help the students achieve the curriculum’s stated outcomes. the objectives of this study are to: a) investigate the teacher’s wcf practices in marking students’ compositions. b) examine the students’ expectations of wcf given by their teachers. c) compare whether students’ expectations correspond to teachers’ practices of wcf. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 97 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 95-107 wan noor miza wan mohd yunus (written corrective feedback in english compositions) 2.1. written cf written cf is defined as “a written response to a linguistic error that has been made in the writing of a text by an l2 learner,” which can either be direct or indirect (bitchener & storch, 2016). earlier studies on corrective feedback have looked into whether or not error correction in writing is important (ashwell, 2000; ferris & roberts, 2001). then, many researchers believe that the issue was no longer whether corrective should be done, but rather how it should be done to best facilitate students in learning from their errors or mistakes as extensive research has proven that feedback is necessary for students’ learning over the years. therefore, more research in the 80s was carried out, investigating which type of feedback can maximize students’ potential in writing the most. teachers and researchers generally do have a strong belief that wcf is critical in improving their writing. not only that, error correction is also the key that contributes to student success in second language learning (ellis, 2009). correcting students’ errors and providing feedback to the students has become one of the routines and norms in exploring students’ potential in acquiring the language. 2.2. type of feedback feedback may differ according to types. one variety is the difference between focused and unfocused wcf. focused wcf means feedback focusing on only a few linguistic errors while unfocused refer to feedback focusing on a wide range of errors. studies on the impact of different types of feedback also reported varied findings where those with focused feedback showing a higher level of accuracy in writing compared to the others (bitchener & knoch, 2008; shintani, ellis, & suzuki, 2014; pratolo, 2019). research conducted in other contexts such as different age groups and type of linguistic error produce unique findings. gorman and ellis (2019) conducted an experimental study on the effects of different types of instruction, namely instruction with metalinguistic explanation, direct written correction, and no formfocused instruction on young children aged 9 to 12 years old. results suggest that there is no difference in the level of accuracy the children displayed in the written tasks given. diab (2015) conducted an experimental study on arabic native speakers with english as their second and third language. the study focuses mainly on the effect of wcf, particularly on pronoun errors and wrong words, and the study found that students in the experimental group with direct metalinguistic feedback managed to reduce the number of pronoun errors made. for lexical errors, no significant difference was identified among all the groups. from this review of literature, it is clear that more research is needed to study other variables that may influence the effectiveness of wcf. 2.3. students’ preferences on teacher feedback wcf experienced varied reactions. sheen (2007) believed that corrective feedback contributes to language improvement. nonetheless, several researchers have claimed that error correction is ineffective. for instance, it is uncertain on how a teacher can ensure that the students have retained new language elements through wcf since the students are merely recipients rather than active and proactive agents in the feedback process (hyland & hyland, 2006). wcf would not be as successful if the strategies being used by the teacher tend to be continually counterproductive. it is beneficial only if the teachers know the students’ expectations and preferences towards receiving feedback. research on the students’ perspective on feedback only began to develop in the 1990s. to date, there are growing bodies of literature on l2 students’ preferences regarding teacher feedback (amrhein, 2010; hamouda, 2011; haishan & qingshun, 2017; nanni & black, 2017). however, few attempts have been made to link students’ and teachers’ preferences to see whether their preferences match, and limited studies have explored the factors that can influence 98 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 95-107 wan noor miza wan mohd yunus (written corrective feedback in english compositions) teacher’s preferred way of giving feedback in students’ compositions. one study conducted by hamouda (2011) on 200 native arabic speakers focused on students’ and teachers’ preferences on error correction. however, this study examined the difficulties teachers often face in providing feedback and on students revising their papers after receiving teachers’ feedback. nanni and black (2017) investigated thai teachers and students’ preferences on five different categories of feedback, which include content, grammar, organization, vocabulary, and spelling. the research findings revealed that wcf was most useful for organization and content, while students regarded wcf useful for grammar and vocabulary. this study, however, did not study factors that contributed to the participants’ preferences. a research done by amrhein and nassaji (2010) aimed to investigate several research questions which are: 1) what amount of wcf do esl students and teachers believe is most useful, and why? 2) what types of wcf do students and teachers think are most useful, and why? 3)what types of errors do students and teachers think should be corrected, and why? and 4) are there differences between students’ and teachers’ preferences and reasons regarding the usefulness of different amounts of wcf, types of wcf, and types of errors to be corrected? results revealed a gap between what the students expect and what the teacher provides for them. most of the students thought it would be beneficial if the teacher was able to correct all errors that the students had made. however, the teacher would like to provide a medium for the students to self-correct to increase student autonomy in their learning. the article concludes that teachers need to discuss openly with the students on the rationale of teachers’ actions regarding wcf. 2. research method 2.1. research context the study took place at an upper secondary school located in the southern region of malaysia. the school consists of only 16 and 17-year-old students who learn english as a compulsory subject that will be tested in the malaysian national examination certificate. as part of the writing syllabus, students have to learn to write different forms of writing such as descriptive, narrative, and argumentative composition creatively and relevantly using accurate spelling, punctuation, and grammar. 2.2. research participants the participants of this study were three teachers and 64 students (27 males and 37 females) from three different classes, namely 5h, 5p, and 5q, with a class size ranging from 24 to 26 students. all of the students were 16-year-old second-language speakers of english and speak malay as their first language. the three female teachers taught three different classes (class 5h, 5p, and 5q). all of them ranged in age and teaching experience, but are qualified teachers as they possessed a bachelor’s degree majoring in teaching english as a second language (tesl) and have had a minimum of 5 years of experience teaching english. 2.3. instrument of the study since this is a survey research, two sets of questionnaires were used in this research: one for students and one for teachers. the questionnaires were adapted from two pieces of research conducted by lee (2008) and amrhein and nassaji (2010), which examined the same research content. the students’ questionnaire consists of three sections: section a (personal background), section b (students’ preferences), and section c (teacher’s practices). teacher’s questionnaire consists of section a (teacher’s background) and section b (teacher’s practices and preferences). section b is divided into four sub-sections: frequency of feedback, types of feedback, follow-up action after feedback, and types of errors. these instruments were designed to collect both quantitative and qualitative data. close-ended questions such as yes-no questions, ranking scales, multiple-choice and likert-scale items were used to collect quantitative data. open-ended questions were used to collect qualitative data to ensure the respondents (students and teachers) have the opportunity to elaborate on their responses. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 99 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 95-107 wan noor miza wan mohd yunus (written corrective feedback in english compositions) 2.4. data analysis to answer research question (1), the teacher’s responses to the teacher’s questionnaire were analysed, and to answer research question (2), students’ responses to the students questionnaire were analysed. finally, data from both questionnaires were combined and analysed to answer research question (3). quantitative data were analyzed using spss 19.0, whereas the qualitative data from the open-ended questions were categorized according to themes. coding was used to analyze the comparison between students’ preferences and teacher practices. 3. findings and discussion 3.1. findings 1) research question 1: what are the teachers’ practices in marking students’ compositions? teachers’ practices and preferences on wcf are divided into four sections: frequency on providing wcf to students, types of feedback given, follow-up action after wcf, and types of errors. all the teachers frequently gave wcf to their students to help them in writing compositions. teacher p and teacher q provided wcf frequently, while teacher h provided wcf less frequently. the type of feedback the teachers provided differed from one another. teacher h and teacher q corrected students’ errors through direct unfocused corrective feedback, which was by underlining, correcting, and also explaining the errors made by the students. teacher p gave her feedback without explaining the errors made by students in their compositions. follow-up actions are referred to as actions taken by the teachers after wcf has taken place. these actions are carried out by the teacher to ensure the students do not repeat the same error after the teacher has given wcf. after returning students’ composition, all the teachers often gave teacher-group feedback by explaining errors made by the students in front of the class. they also frequently asked the students to work with a partner and correct their errors. besides, teacher h and teacher q reported that they prefer explaining the errors by meeting the students in person. teacher p always asked her students to rewrite their essays. after returning students’ compositions, all the teachers indicated that they expect their students to meet them individually to discuss the errors made. furthermore, teacher h wants her students to correct some errors made in the compositions. at the same time, she expects her students to rewrite one paragraph of the essay by making necessary corrections of all kinds of errors made, which may include grammar, organisation, vocabulary, and punctuation. teacher p also wants her students to do some corrections. exchanging compositions with a partner is one of the actions expected from teacher p. lastly, teacher q expects her students to work in groups. she wants her students to work with a partner to exchange and improve the compositions in terms of errors made. all of the teachers do not expect students to read aloud the comments given. they also mentioned that asking students to work in groups to improve their composition is not an option. furthermore, teacher h and teacher p do not expect the students to rewrite the whole composition. on the other hand, teacher q wants her students to correct all the errors rather than only some of the errors. for types of error, grammatical and spelling errors were the most corrected by the teachers compared to others. according to the teachers in this study, correct usage of grammar and accurate spelling is regarded as the essence of writing compositions, especially for secondary school students. therefore, the teachers paid extra attention to errors relating to spelling and grammar. however, the teacher often overlooked one aspect when giving wcf, which is vocabulary/ word choice. in terms of wrong usage of punctuation marks and organization, mixed responses were given by the teachers. two teachers always corrected students’ organizational errors, while one teacher did not correct her students’ organizational errors. teacher p and teacher q always corrected punctuation errors, while teacher h did not correct her students’ punctuation errors. 2) research question 2: what are the students’ expectations of wcf given by their teachers? the second research question sought to explore students’ perspectives and expectations in receiving wcf from their teachers. 100 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 95-107 wan noor miza wan mohd yunus (written corrective feedback in english compositions) fig. 1. expectation of the type of wcf figure 1 displays students’ expectations of the type of feedback given by the teachers. it is shown that students did not favour implicit error correction (i.e., simply underlining the errors). more than 80% of students from all three classes preferred their teachers to underline, correct, and explain the errors. various comments were given by the respondents: some of the 5h students’ comments are “because i could not understand most of the errors” and “my faults are sometimes underlined and scribbled, but i cannot understand unless the corrections are stated.” other than that, students were asked to choose the characteristics of feedback that can assist their learning. more than three-quarter of the students from all three classes stated that they wanted to be given mark/ grade, feedback on their errors, and written comments every time after their teacher returned their compositions. the percentage of students who chose “mark/grade + feedback on my errors + written comments” are highly significant (5h: 88.2%, 5p: 84%, and 5q: 63.6%), and this suggests that the students want the feedback to be as detailed as possible. none of the students wanted only grades/ marks, only responses to their errors, or only written comments. in the student questionnaire, students were asked to choose activities they wanted their teacher to ask them to do “the most” and “the least”. findings are summarized in table 1 and 2. of the choices given, most students from all three classes wanted their teachers to ask them to correct all errors and ask them to meet the teacher individually more often. all students from 5q particularly wanted their teacher to do more one-to-one sessions with them to obtain explanations on the errors. table 1. activities that should be done more often 5h (%) 5p(%) 5q(%) correct all errors 80 92 89 rewrite the whole composition 70 80 65 meet him/ her individually 84 95 100 work in groups to improve the composition 60 52 75 table 2. activities that should be done least activities 5h (%) 5p (%) 5q (%) read aloud his/her comments in class 75 89 92 consult dictionaries/ grammar books on my own 95 80 78 exchange my composition with a partner and correct each other’s errors 80 75 83 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 101 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 95-107 wan noor miza wan mohd yunus (written corrective feedback in english compositions) table 2 shows activities students less likely favour after teachers return compositions in class. students from all three classes disliked their teacher asking them to consult dictionaries or grammar books independently. a possible reason for not wanting the autonomy could be their incompetency to understand grammar rules without any explanation from the teacher. other than that, students also disliked their teacher asking them to exchange their compositions with a partner and correct each other’s errors and teacher reading aloud her comments in class. fig. 2. students’ attitude towards wcf from figure 2, it is evident that all 5q students and a large percentage of 5p students believed that wcf given by their teacher is beneficial to their learning. they generally could understand feedback given by their teacher. there were many reasons mentioned by the students as to why they thought that their teacher’s wcf is beneficial. among the reasons given were wcf could help them “notice [their] mistakes and know whether [they are] good or there are still things to improve”, “it can enhance [his] motivation to learn,” and “know [their] weaknesses.” reasons why they could understand their teachers’ feedback were because “[her teacher] wrote her opinions in simple sentences so [she] can understand it” and “everything is clearly written, and comments are specific.” more than half of the students from 5h, however, had problems with wcf given by their teacher. a possible reason would be because 88.2% of 5h students reported that they often had difficulties in revising their compositions after receiving wcf from their teacher. the table below lists some of the reasons why most 5h students thought that wcf is unbeneficial. table 3. students’ difficulties after receiving teacher’s wcf a. inability to understand symbols used “ because she always underline here and there, lots of patches she said but there is no corrective feedback to correct the mistakes i’ve done” “i want her to state clearly what signs or symbols she uses and what need to be added to my essays” “because i cant understand what were my mistakes on writing those essays. usually she only use those symbols like ∧ and _____ and i cant find out what did she mean” b. illegible handwriting “sometimes i don’t know what’s wrong with my essay and i sometimes i can’t understand her writing” c. unclear explanation “teacher always make the correction unclear and difficult for me to understand” d. implicit correction “because teacher does not give the correct answer” 102 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 95-107 wan noor miza wan mohd yunus (written corrective feedback in english compositions) according to table 3, five common problems relating to wcf are found. the most common problem was the students’ inability to understand the symbols used. when marking students’ exam papers, teachers are given guidelines set by the ministry of education. teachers are required to use symbols while marking students’ essays such as “ ” to show good/correct sentence, “ ” to show words used correctly, “∧” for omissions of word, “_________” for structural error, “r” for repetition, and many others. however, some classes might not be familiar with the symbols and signs used, which could probably be why many students of 5h had difficulty in revising their compositions after receiving wcf. other problems were illegible handwriting, unclear explanation, and implicit correction. 3) research question 3: are there any differences between students’ expectations on the types and amount of feedback given and teachers’ current practices? if yes, what are the differences? students’ preferences and teacher practices were compared according to their responses from the questionnaires given. three themes emerged which are 1) the necessity of wcf 2) amount of wcf and 3) type of wcf. all three teachers believe that wcf is necessary for their students’ learning. students of 5q, similarly believe that wcf is beneficial. however, less than half of students from 5h thought that wcf given by their teacher is beneficial. several reasons as to why they responded differently were due to their inability to interpret codes and symbols used, no written comments and explicit correction made, and the amount of feedback given was very limited. figure 3 demonstrates that the students and teachers had similar opinions except for class 5h. 76% of the students from 5h believed that they could self-correct their errors after teacher’s wcf. their teacher, on the other hand, believed that the students were not able to self-correct their errors. this discrepancy illustrates that what the teacher believed the students could do was incongruent with what the students thought they could do. furthermore, teachers from 5p and 5q thought that their students could correct their errors. similarly, their students agreed and strongly agreed that they could correct their errors (5p: 68%, 5q: 77.3%). although these students believed that they could correct their errors, quite a large number of students from class 5p (40%) reported that they had difficulty in revising their compositions after receiving teacher feedback due to reasons such as “ my composition has too many red marks”, “sometimes, i cannot figure out my mistakes”, and “teacher does not give the correct answer”. a. ss (n=64) ts (n=3) fig. 3. students’ ability to correct errors students were also asked to comment on whether their teachers’ wcf could improve their writing skills. all three teachers agreed that their wcf helped their students to improve their writing skills. 94% of students from 5p and 96% of students from 5q agreed and strongly agreed. however, issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 103 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 95-107 wan noor miza wan mohd yunus (written corrective feedback in english compositions) there was another mismatch between teacher 5h’s practices and her students’ opinions. more students (58.9%) from 5h thought that their teacher’s wcf did not help them improve their writing skills. teacher 5h, in contrast, thought that her feedback could help her students in writing. table 4. teacher vs. students’ responses class how teachers correct students’ errors students’ expectations (i prefer my english teacher to..) percentage 5h underline, correct, and explain errors underline, correct, and explain my errors underline and correct my errors underline my errors 82.4 11.8 5.9 5p underline and correct errors underline, correct, and explain my errors underline and correct my errors underline my errors 88 12 0 5q underline, correct, and explain errors underline, correct, and explain my errors underline and correct my errors underline my errors 90.1 9.1 0 the responses coded in yellow in table 4 demonstrate that teacher’s practices and students’ expectations on the amount of any type of feedback match. from the table, it is clear that 82.4 % of students from class 5h and 90.1 % from 5q responded that they preferred their teachers to underline, correct, and explain their errors. this expectation matches what their teachers have been practising in giving wcf in class. interestingly, most students from 5p (88%) preferred their teacher to underline, correct, and explain their errors but their teacher did not often explain their errors. this indicates a mismatch between what the teacher practised and what the students needed. table 5. teacher vs. students’ responses class teacher’s type of feedback practices students’ expectations percentage 5h mark/ grade, feedback on errors, and general written comments • only grades/ marks • only responses to my errors • only written comment • mark/ grade and feedback on my errors • mark/ grade and general written comments • mark/grade, feedback on my errors, and general written comments 0 0 0 5.9 5.9 88.2 5p only written comment • only grades/ marks • only responses to my errors • only written comment • mark/ grade and feedback on my errors • mark/ grade and general written comments • mark/grade, feedback on my errors, and general written comments 0 0 0 0 12 84 5q only responses to my students’ errors • only grades/ marks • only responses to my errors • only written comment • mark/ grade and feedback on my errors • mark/ grade and general written comments • mark/grade, feedback on my errors, and general written comments 9.1 0 0 4.5 22.7 63.6 as shown in table 5, only teacher 5h’s practices match her students’ expectations while teacher 5p and 5q’s practices in giving wcf do not match the students’ expectations. for instance, 84 % of students from 5p wanted their teachers to provide mark/grade, written comments, and feedback on 104 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 95-107 wan noor miza wan mohd yunus (written corrective feedback in english compositions) their errors, but their teacher only provided written comments without the grade and feedback on errors. similarly, many students from 5q (63.6%) preferred their teacher to give mark/grade, written comments, and feedback on their errors while 22.7% preferred their teacher to give mark/grade and written comments. the teacher’s practice, however, did not align with the students’ expectations, as she only gave responses to her students’ errors without any grade or feedback. again, this illustrates a considerably significant mismatch between teacher and students’ preferences. 2.5. discussion the current study found that students from all three classes mainly agreed that wcf from their teachers contributed most to their improvement in writing skills (76%) and is beneficial to their learning (84%). this high percentage suggests that wcf is necessary despite the challenges faced by the students and the inconsistencies between teacher’s practices and students’ expectations. although some students argued that they often could not understand their teacher’s feedback and could not correct them, teachers’ use of symbols and markers helped them notice that there were errors in their compositions. as emphasised by ellis et al. (2008), bringing the student’s attention to errors will help their language development as errors allow them to notice the correct form, and later internalize the rule. however, this does not mean that teachers can mark students’ compositions on the surface level without giving attention to specific linguistic features. students still should be given continuous guidance on areas they can improve in writing. findings indicate that most students and teachers agreed that wcf is beneficial (96 %: 5p, 100%: 5q), except for students of class 5h (47.1%). here, it should be pointed out that some students may benefit more than others due to a variety of reasons such as motivation, learning styles, and metalinguistic background knowledge (ferris, 2010). from the students’ written responses, the reasons why they did not benefit from their teacher’s wcf could be because of their low interest towards the subject where 58.9 % 5h students 5h have “very low”, “low” and “somewhat low” interest towards english language and limited proficiency in the language. this finding can somehow highlight that interest in the subject may also influence how much students can benefit from teacher’s feedback, as highlighted by ferris (2010). it is demonstrated that 5p and 5q students’ preferences did not align with their teachers’ as they needed more feedback than what their teachers were capable of giving and they wanted their teacher to correct all errors made. the teacher, however, would like to provide a medium for the students to self-correct as it is one way to increase student autonomy in their learning. this finding is similar to findings obtained by other researchers where language learners wanted more correction than they were receiving from their teachers (rashtchi & abu bakar, 2019; black & nanni, 2016 and amrhein & nassaji, 2010). it is interesting to note that most students in this present study highly valued explicit feedback over implicit feedback as they believed that they could not correct their own errors due to limited grammar knowledge. therefore, students did not only want their teachers to underline errors, but also correct and explain the errors. this type of feedback is identified as metalinguistic information, which entails teachers giving explanations, rules, and correct grammar usage. they may also include using codes like pt for past tense in which the intention is to kelp l2 learners to understand the errors made (bitchener & storch, 2016). most students from 5h viewed wcf as beneficial, but they believed that teachers could not just use symbols and underline errors as they did not know how to correct their errors. the inability to self-correct makes it difficult for students to acquire language and improve language skills. as opposed to students from 5q, they agreed that wcf is beneficial because “[her teacher] wrote her opinions in simple sentences so [she] can understand it” and “everything is clearly written, and comments are specific.” from this finding, we can say that there are certain best practices or quality that can make the feedback beneficial to the students (it can result in acquisition). as ferris (1999) suggests, clear and consistent correction can promote language acquisition. in this study, most students believe that feedback should be specific, detailed, and precise to improve students’ learning. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 105 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 95-107 wan noor miza wan mohd yunus (written corrective feedback in english compositions) although self-correction has been found to promote acquisition (lyster, 2004; ferris, 2006), most of the students in this study were not willing to self-correct. this finding is consistent with what lee (2005) has found in which students preferred direct feedback as opposed to indirect or implicit feedback because they mostly did not understand grammar rules. ellis (2009) states that, it is impossible to allow learners to self-correct their errors if they do not have the necessary linguistic knowledge to do so. ferris (1999), in contrast, indicates that the effectiveness of implicit or indirect feedback yields different results when employed with varying contexts and participants. for instance, one of the findings from her study suggests that students with higher levels of proficiency should be given more opportunities to correct their errors while students with lower proficiency should be given a lot of guidance and support on how to correct their errors (ferris & roberts, 2001). several researchers pointed out that direct feedback paired with rule reminders or explanations, either written or oral, is necessary to improve students’ writing skills (bitchener & knoch, 2001; sheen, 2007). however, these researches were done in experimental settings, and to expect teachers to write explicit feedback with explanations every time after assigning a composition task per the students’ preference may seem unrealistic. on the other hand, there are other aspects for teachers to pay attention to other than correcting specific linguistic features such as organization, content, and ideas. these demands explain why teachers may sometimes result in just giving written comments at the end of the students’ compositions rather than correcting every single error done by the students (ferris, 2010). as mentioned by teacher p, for example, she could only give written comments to her students’ compositions due to time constraints since there were many other activities to be done in class. hyland & hyland (2006) also support this finding. they believe that students should be active and proactive agents in the feedback process by learning to correct their errors after receiving teacher feedback. 4. conclusion this study found that there were gaps between students’ expectations and teachers’ practices. while it is crucial for teachers to know and understand what exactly students prefer when dealing with wcf, the truth is fulfilling individual differences, needs, and attitudes is indeed demanding and challenging. based on the findings, there are suggestions for teachers and students to help them utilize wcf to benefit both parties. what can be suggested for teachers would be to: a. ensure that the usage of symbols and markers used to indicate wcf are clearly understood by students. b. note down and group all errors that are found and made by the students and discuss it as a whole in class by the end of the week. in this way, information-sharing can be cultivated. c. implement cooperative/collaborative writing activity to monitor large groups of students. d. cultivate independent learning among the students to instil learner autonomy e. explain every rationale of teachers’ action so that it does not create confusion among the students. this study can be consolidated with further research to obtain a clearer picture of wcf. in this study, wcf was viewed in a very specific context, which was through secondary school students’ compositions. findings were also self-reported. for future studies, researchers could possibly pay more attention to broader contextual factors and collect data from various variables such as classroom observations and interviews to obtain more in-depth findings. references al shahrani, a. a. (2013). investigation of written corrective feedback in an efl context: beliefs of teachers, their real practices and students' preferences. retrieved from https://minervaaccess.unimelb.edu.au/bitstream/handle/11343/38637/307913_the%20thesis.pdf?seq uence=1 https://minervaaccess.unimelb.edu.au/bitstream/handle/ 106 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 95-107 wan noor miza wan mohd yunus (written corrective feedback in english compositions) amrhein, h.r. & nassaji, h. (2010). written corrective feedback: what do students prefer and why? canadian journal of applied linguistics, 13(2), 95-127. retrieved from https://journals.lib.unb.ca/index.php/cjal/article/view/19886 ashwell, t. (2000). patterns of teacher response to student writing in a multiple-draft composition classroom: is content feedback followed by form feedback the best method? journal of second language writing, 9, 227–258. https://doi.org/10.1016/s1060-3743(00)00027-8 bitchener, j. & knoch, u. (2008). the value of written corrective feedback for migrant and international students. language teaching research, 12, 409-431. doi: 10.1177/1362168808089924 bitchener, j., & storch, n. (2016). written corrective feedback for l2 development. bristol: multilingual matters. black, d.a. & nanni, a. (2016). written corrective feedback: preferences and justifications of teachers and students in a thai context. gema online journal of language studies, 16 (3), 99-114. http://doi.org/10.17576/gema-2016-1603-07 diab, n. m. (2015). effectiveness of written corrective feedback: does type of error and type of correction matter? assessing writing, 24, 16-34. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asw.2015.02.001 ellis, r. (2008). a typology of written corrective feedback types. elt journal, 63, 97-107. https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccn023 ellis, r., sheen, y., murakami, m., & takashima, h. (2008). the effects of focused and unfocused written corrective feedback in english as a foreign language context. system, 36, 353-371. doi: 10.1016/j.system.2008.02.001 ellis, r. (2009). corrective feedback and teacher development. l2 journal, (1), 3-18. https://doi.org/10.5070/l2.v1i1.9054 ferris, d. (2006). does error feedback help student writers? new evidence on the shortand long-term effects of written error correction. in k. hyland & f. hyland (eds.) (pp. 81-104). ferris, d. r. (1999). the case for grammar correction in l2 writing classes: a response to truscott (1996). journal of second language writing, 8, 1-10. https://doi.org/10.1016/s1060-3743(99)80110-6 ferris, d.r. & roberts, b. (2001). error feedback in l2 writing classes: how explicit does it need to be? journal of second language writing, 10, 161–184. https://doi.org/10.1016/s1060-3743(01)00039-x ferris, d. r. (2004). the "grammar correction" debate in l2 writing: where are we, and where do we go from here? (and what do we do in the meantime...?). journal of second language writing, 13 (1), 49-62. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2004.04.005 ferris, d. r. (2010). second language writing research and written corrective feedback in sla: intersections and practical applications. studies in second language acquisition, 32, 181–201. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0272263109990490 gorman, m. & ellis, r. (2019). the relative effects of metalinguistic explanation and direct written corrective feedback on children’s grammatical accuracy in writing. language teaching for young learners, 1(1), 57-81. doi: 10.1075/ltyl.00005.gor haishan, l. & qingshun, h. (2017). chinese secondary efl learners’ and teachers’ preferences for types on written corrective feedback. english language teaching, 10 (3), 63-73. doi:10.5539/elt.v10n3p63 hamouda, a. (2011). a study of students and teachers' preferences and attitudes towards correction of classroom written errors in saudi efl context. english language teaching, 4 (3), 128-141. doi: 10.5539/elt.v4n3p128 hyland, k., & hyland, f. (2006). feedback in second language writing: contexts and issues. cambridge: cambridge university press. katayama, a. (2007). japanese efl students’ preferences toward correction of classroom oral errors. the asian efl journal, 9 (4), 289-305. retrieved from http://asian-efljournal.com/december_2007_ebook.pdf lee, i. (2005). error correction in l2 secondary writing classroom: the case of hong kong. journal of second language writing, 13, 285-312. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2004.08.001 https://doi.org/10.1016/s1060-3743(00)00027-8 https://www.doi.org/10.1177/1362168808089924 http://doi.org/10.17576/gema-2016-1603-07 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asw.2015.02.001 https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccn023 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.1016%2fj.system.2008.02.001?_sg%5b0%5d=nuujflzkpwpxmcrcknp7vedakjlvcswlsq_tx1ervxdls2uu8-dqzgu8gmgqrl81nee7k027ys-p_vlrcwg5atqloq.4ierl4u7ndfqcnyq2rbiqdgm96h4rkrjrs9dx5wyzora7zqc6_ecvrzgdbzwq6gfrazvpl9eahk7tmbq_1a2ha https://doi.org/10.5070/l2.v1i1.9054 https://doi.org/10.1016/s1060-3743(99)80110-6 https://doi.org/10.1016/s1060-3743(01)00039-x https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2004.04.005 https://doi.org/10.1017/s0272263109990490 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.1075%2fltyl.00005.gor?_sg%5b0%5d=bozbql2bj57yrrghi7_0jtotrscktkq0fuajforkek-7pvtiuejhqz7py7rmeq25rlbozg6cm39gmeyrqtt1nvpz2a.rjvzuvjrhqlklr_t-fhjv2xkjg7dsmum9ybfssdurbzr1bmwosu4rztprpwm6qyrqxg88bkhxvvzeqwhwjo1fg https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v10n3p63 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.5539%2felt.v4n3p128?_sg%5b0%5d=ysdqko6m465uwyuktyyeqtrmbjnna7mmwv2abw1ocqyzmjmtj96ah1ab3jnvg28wwaba8cekqfba4wtzbi3ekaecdw.i-gjci0h4ykp7utjmiitzxxuxw8ysggsv-sssn29ctxy1pun8kmp3tox5ir2nn4xxp4zdquuk7q8p4klgqhsaw https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2004.08.001 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 107 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 95-107 wan noor miza wan mohd yunus (written corrective feedback in english compositions) lee, i (2008). student reactions to teacher feedback in two hong kong secondary classrooms. journal of second language writing, 17, 144–164. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2007.12.001 lee, i. (2017). classroom writing assessment and feedback in l2 school contexts. singapore: springer singapore. lee, i. (2019). teacher written corrective feedback: less is more. language teaching, 52 (4), 524-536. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0261444819000247 lyster, r. (2004). differential effects of prompts and recasts in form-focused instruction. studies in second language acquisition, 26, 399-432. doi: 10.1017/s0272263104263021 ministry of education (2003). curriculum specifications for english form 5. kuala lumpur: curriculum development centre. nanni, a. & black, d.a. (2017). student and teacher preferences in written corrective feedback. the journal of asia tefl, 14(3), 540-547. doi: 10.18823/asiatefl.2017.14.3.11.540 nunan, d. (1987). communicative language teaching: the learner’s view. in k. d. bikram (ed.), communication and learning in the classroom community, (pp. 176-190). singapore: seameo regional language centre. park, h.s. (2010). teachers’ and learners’ preferences for error correction (master thesis). retrieved from http://csus-dspace.calstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.9/302/ thesis_pdf.pdf?sequence=1 pratolo, b. w. (2019). how would our students like to be corrected?: a study on learners’ beliefs about language learning strategy. humanities & social sciences reviews, 7(3), 274-281. https://doi.org/10.18510/hssr.2019.7342 rashtchi, m. & bakar, z.a. (2019). written corrective feedback: what do malaysian learners prefer and why? international journal of engineering and advanced technology, 8 (5), 1221-1225. doi: 10.35940/ijeat.e1173.0585c19 sanavi, r.v. & nemati,m. (2014).the effect of six different corrective feedback strategies on iranian english language learners’ ielts writing task 2. sage open, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244014538271 sheen, y. (2007). the effect of focused written corrective feedback and language aptitude on esl learners’ acquisition of articles. tesol quarterly, 41, 255-283. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.15457249.2007.tb00059.x shintani, n., ellis, r., & suzuki, w. (2014). effects of written feedback and revision on learners’ accuracy in using two english grammatical structures. language learning, 64, 103-131. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/lang.12029 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2007.12.001 https://doi.org/10.1017/s0261444819000247 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.1017%2fs0272263104263021?_sg%5b0%5d=7i_wi6giee6fqdy2dfcuhhsojwwrdumivqvimo_6hhpjtq--72oyvqpnuw10vccaibfu11wu8b7kbx0m4pzxkjwnog.nerctzklgzvfdhzfohwsfoj6yhvusunpt7eiul2wtjrehjbbcsqlswmysk78uluth-ay8vf1tlmzwzyvbcsqlq https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.18823%2fasiatefl.2017.14.3.11.540 http://csus-dspace.calstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.9/302/%20thesis_pdf.pdf?sequence=1 https://doi.org/10.18510/hssr.2019.7342 https://doi.org/10.1177%2f2158244014538271 judul dalam bahasa indonesia, ditulis dengan huruf tnr-14 bold, maksimal 14 kata, rata kiri english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 1, no. 2, 2018, pp. 76-96 e-issn: 2621-6485 developing culture-based english instructional materials for grade vii of junior high school students 1wiwiek afifah, 2darmiyati zuchdi graduate school of yogyakarta state university 1wiwiekafifah.2018@student.uny.ac.id abstract the research aims at developing culture-based english instructional materials (henceforth, cbeim) for grade vii of junior high school students and reveal its final product representation in terms of its effectiveness. the research design was a research and development. the procedure of product development consisted of conducting needs analysis, designing course grids, developing the first draft, implementing the final draft, and evaluating the final product. the product implementation consisted of the 1st tryout involving 4 students from yogyakarta state junior high school (henceforth, y-sjhs) 10, the 2nd tryout involving 34 students from y-sjhs 7, and there were 68 students involved in the 3rd tryout. they were from y-sjhs 9 and y-sjhs 10. the data were collected by using evaluation sheets, an english achievement test, questionnaire to measure students’ level of internalization and actualization toward culture values, and questionnaires for teachers’ responses. the data were analyzed by t-test using paired and independent sample with the gain score. the research finding reveals: 1) based on the content expert validation, cbeim was very good by the aspect of content, language, learning, culture, presentation, and graphical design, whereas based on the graphical design expert, cbeim was good. 2) having been implemented, the final product representation was proven to be effective. the students in the experiment classes got a higher improvement than those in the control classes. the statistical calculation of independent samples test with gain score of the english test from the two groups shows the t values of 2.931 with the p = 0.004 < 0.05, while the t-test for equality of means of culture values, t value reached 2.524 and its significance of 2-tailed reached p = 0.037 < 0.05, alpha value (α=0.05). since the gain score is smaller than 0.05, cbeim demonstrates that it can show a significant difference between the experiment and control classess in encouraging students to internalize and actualize the culture values. keywords: culture, internalization, actualization, instructional materials how to cite: afifah, w. and zuchdi, d. (2018). developing culture-based english instructional materials for grade vii of junior high school students. english language teaching educational journal, 1(2), 76-96. 77 e-issn: 2621-6485 introduction the problem of school gang fights, bullying, and drug-abuse frequently appeared in the mass media. those matters of fact are the evidence of low level of indonesian morality. add to this, there are several factors supporting the complicated conditions such as scarcity of values implementation. in fact, the flawed culture which is going to be sinking can be well made by bringing an education amongst them. it is because the education means the process of a culture establishment (zuchdi, 2009). responding to the worrying problems, being a part of education components, it is a must for us to think about developing appropriate instructional materials equipped with positive culture values dedicated to the students. this idea is supported by some scholars who admitted that instructional materials bring an important role in teaching and learning process. tan-florendo (2012) states that teachers can use instructional materials when planning and carrying out instruction in such a way that they are undoubtedly important as teaching resource materials. regard to this, murphey (1992) as cited by lorenzutti, (2014) says that since there are some elements in culture such as social values, human relationship, spiritually, patriotism and dissent and these can be used to train and to grow students’ feeling of empathy, honesty, politeness, wisdom, discipline, caring, loyalty, indeed, it can be practiced as a mediation to build a character. in line with murphey’s idea, peacock (1998) as cited by saifer, et al. (2011) reported that when the school acknowledged and taught cultural heritages, it had a significant success in educating the students. kanoksilapatham (2014) also reported that developing young learners in grade 4 by using local culture awareness and global english as an integrated instruction could reach a higher gain score. in line with the finding of positive responses toward the culture-based tasks, doganay, ashirimbetova, & davis (2013) also proved that students increased their english communicative competences and cultural sensibility. based on the previous studies, culture had proven to be one of the leading ways to teach english as a foreign language. dealing with teaching materials, tomlinson (2008) and dudley-evans & jo (1998) highlight that materials should be framed into an interesting, motivating, stimulating on never ending communication and question-answer, even including activities which can encourage learners to optimize the environment outside their classrooms. tomlinson (2012) also states that materials refer to “anything that can be used to facilitate learning of a language. add to the idea, nation & macalister (2010) suggest applying three principles in developing language textbook: 1) it serves substantial quantities of interesting comprehensible inputs. 2) language textbook should provide activities aimed to increase fluency, and 3) language textbook, especially for english as foreign language textbook should spend focusing on using the target language. furthermore, atkinson (2012) highlights that “if culture is considerably more dynamic and negotiated than previously believed, then language is close behind”. ho (2009) also points out that “language and culture have inextricable and dependent relationship”. moreover kramsch (1998) in ho (2009) emphasizes that since language shows kind of expressions and able to eltej issn: 2621-6485 afifah, zuchdi 78 symbolize cultural reality, it makes language and culture are bounded together. grave (2001) also stated that language is used in a context and learners use it by considering the purpose, style, register, and topic. there are many studies dealing with culture and language teaching. it is in line with the statement conveyed by her that “the role of culture in language learning is receiving increasing attention”, thus damen (1986) as cited by grave (2001) names culture as the fifth dimension of language teaching. whereas kramsch (1993) explains that culture will be created and represented through the dialogue between students and students and between students and teachers. syatrian, et al. (2013) also gave a recommendation that students would easily comprehend the materials when the instructional materials or course books were developed based on the local contents and students’ needs. however, they suggested that those materials should be enriched with international contents. thereby, students could improve their language skills and teachers were assisted in choosing kind of teaching materials to support their teaching and learning process. however, the government textbook entitled bahasa inggris when english rings a bell (2013) as the compulsory student’s textbook used in junior high school did not fully match to the students’ needs. based on the interview on 15 of july 2014 with some yogyakarta english teachers, the students have varying needs. their current needs are vocabulary enrichment, reading text, grammar, speaking and listening materials, wide range of games, and even moral values to support their mental development process while learning english. the students particularly who were in the early years of jhs were still in a low level of independence, having variety of english language skill provision, low grammar mastery, and low literacy. it was indeed that the government textbook has contained some picture illustrations and gave positive effects for the young learners. the pictures appeared in most of the pages of the textbook could stimulate them to produce the target language. yet, the language inputs were served in isolated contexts. take for example, the songs that were served in the pages of 2, 23, 41, 66, 83, 104, 135 were not meaningful and effective to support students’ understanding and actualizing toward the culture values. otherwise, they were modified with cultural values activities such as comparing the two cultures: indonesian and english cultures. it must be much more meaningful for students learning english as a foreign language learning. furthermore, some researches done by mursyida (2015), hariyantina, arifuddin, & djuhaeni (2016) also revealed that the textbook was lack of productive skill materials such as no listening materials. even the textbook contained materials that were irrelevant to the curriculum of 2013 syllabus. to point out, developing culture-based english instructional materials for grade vii of jhs needs to be developed. it is expected to support the process of english teaching and learning as well as encouraging and motivating students to internalize and actualize positive culture values. having learnt english with culture-based instructional materials, students are expected to improve their english skills as well as their level of morality. 79 e-issn: 2621-6485 based on the former ideas, the problems are formulated into: 1) how are the culture-based english instructional materials for grade vii of junior high school students developed and 2) how is the final product of the culture-based english instructional materials for grade vii of junior high school students represented in terms of its effectiveness. research method the research design applied was research and development (r&d) which aimed to develop a product of culture-based english instructional materials modifying of a model developed by dick, carey, & carey (2005). the model is adapted into five steps: analyze, design, develop, implement, and evaluate. operationally the implementation was conducted as tryout design and expected to find out the effectiveness of the product. the tryout was designed by conducting pretest-posttest class group control. the tryout design appeared in table 1. table 1. tryout design class pretest treatment posttest a t1 x a t2 b t1 x b t2 subjects of the need’s analysis and product implementation were students from y-sjhs of 7, 9, and 10. the underlying consideration was those schools almost had the same characteristics. their visions were almost similar. they supported their students to be well behaved, having environment awareness, smart, well cultured, having achievement based on a good faith, love the state, and having a higher feeling of nationality. thus, based on these reasons, the three schools deserved to have the same goals in educating their students and they were agreeable to the purpose of the research. the english teachers who taught in the seventh grade had also been certified by the government as well as upgraded to their professionality. the chosen experiment and control classes for the last product evaluation were from y-sjhs of 9 and 10. the two groups of classes were chosen based on the english teachers’ information. furthermore, the students of the classes had the same characteristic such as some were active, but some were not. as an addition, students in those classes also had low-level appreciation to the culture values such as, coming late joining the class, having a low attention to the learning process. therefore, it can be concluded that the class dynamics, the low-level of internalization and actualization toward culture values in the two classes were almost the same. they could be used as the consideration in the experiment phase in order to judge the textbook’ quality in term of its effectiveness. data collection techniques and instruments used in the research were instrument to evaluate the product, needs analysis instrument, english test items, and culture values questionnaire. the data were analyzed using a likert scale type and t-test with gain score. the entirely instruments were deserved to be valid since they had been validated based on content and construct validity. eltej issn: 2621-6485 afifah, zuchdi 80 research result and development in developing cbeim, the procedure was started by analyzing the students’ needs, designing, developing, implementing, and evaluating. the analyzing meant the effort to know the factual condition of the schools. the way to conduct the 1st step was by observing the teaching and learning process in some classes, discussing with some teachers, and distributing the questionnaires of the need analysis in the last session of the meeting. having got the data of the need’s analysis, the product was started to be designed. the summary of need analyses result is presented in table 2 and the culture that was chosen to be integrated in the textbook was culture proposed by lorenzutti (2015). he proposed that culture values referred to how people learnt to have social awareness, human relationship, spiritual, patriotism, and to grow the feeling of empathy, honesty, politeness, wisdom, discipline, caring, and loyalty. yet, realizing a wide range of cultures proposed by lorenzutti, then the culture values integrated in the culture-based english textbook were taken from the highest percentage chosen by the students. table 2. the result of need analysis no most preferred topics integrated in culture number of student s percent ages 1 politeness, responsibility, discipline in a family and society. 67 70.53% 2 knowing some historical things from indonesia and english such as temples, traditional farming tools, traditional weapons, traditional dances, games for children, and any other local creativities serving a local wisdom. 67 70.53% 3 visiting a friend who is sick, helping each other, working together. 41 43.16% 4 indonesian traditional foods, religious ceremony, tools in daily activities, traditional house, and some other things related to human creativities. 52 54.74% 5 knowing some unique or characteristic names from indonesia and from western people. 28 29.47% 7. being discipline in family, school, classroom, and in the larger environment. 52 54.74% 8. knowing the local, national, and international heroes. 67 70.53% 9. realizing the important of being honest in any situations. 52 54.74% 81 e-issn: 2621-6485 designing as the 2nd step of the procedure was the effort to prepare the blueprint as the product guideline. it was a course grid design consisting of some aspects. the function of the course grid design automatically was used for guiding the researcher in developing the product in order to be appropriate and match to the students’ needs. the 3rd step was developing the blueprint. the consideration in developing it was to interconnect between the learning approach adapted in the research, culture values, and the result of students’ needs within the contents of instructional material. after finishing the rough draft of developing instructional materials, then the product was validated by the content experts. the criteria to recruit the content experts in the research were those whose background knowledge in curriculum and material development, teaching english as a foreign language, and graphical design. they were prof. sugirin, ph. d., joko priyana, ph.d., and setyo adi purwanto, m.pd. before the product was implemented to the classroom, the teachers also attempted to show their responses to the product. having finished those steps, then the product implementation was held in the three schools. the purpose of product implementation was to find out the empirical data on how the product was used by the students in the class involving many students. the implementation of the research product took six times including pretest and posttest. the implementation was done in 19th of february until 2nd april 2015. the numbers of the students in the experiment class were 68 and 67 in the control class. the experiment class consisted of 30 boys and 38 girls while in the control classes there were 33 boys and 34 girls. the following table shows the quantity of the students in those classes. table 3. school & students involved in tryout school experiment control smp n 9 vii-f (34) vii-c (34 students) smp n 10 vii-b (34) vii-a (33 students) product description the product of the research was named as the culture-based english textbook. it was a supplementary printed textbook that covered 121 pages and had colorful pictures. the textbook was divided into four units and all the units reflected the aspects of local or indonesian culture as well as the target or english cultures. the culture-based english textbook as the supplementary of printed textbook consisted of: (1) preface, (2) table of content, (3) pronunciation guide, (4) unit 1 talking about family, (5) unit 2 talking about historical building and things, (6) unit 3 talking about great people, (7) unit 4 talking about foods and focusing on how to learn the procedure text, 8) bibliography, and 9) listening scripts. every unit had the same parts; a) let’s get ready consisting of some tasks, b) let’s act consisting of some learning inputs and some main tasks, c) let’s have fun facilitating students to play the game, d) let’s do review, a space for doing some exercises, and e) let’s have a reflection, eltej issn: 2621-6485 afifah, zuchdi 82 as the top of the unit in which students were given time to make any reflections after learning english in the class using the culture-based english textbook. the function of the pronunciation guide in cbeim became the evidence that this research product also concerned on the productive skill. all the units were arranged systematically and started by the learning objectives. the development of tasks in the units was based on the learning and scientific approach. family was chosen to be a topic in unit 1 because the researcher intended to integrate indonesian culture values in the reading text through the characters. since, values were the very basic things in culture, it was necessary to present the model of people who had a good personality. historical building and things were the topic set in unit 2. students were expected to learn many positive values from the cultural heritages possessed by the two nations. for unit 3, the researcher presented some great people. students were expected to take and learn moral values from them. specifically, from the reading text and learning activities, students were trained how to be leader, to be confident, optimist, and loyal. reading and other activities provided in every units is presented in figure 1 and 2. figure 1. the example of reading activities 83 e-issn: 2621-6485 figure 2. other activities eltej issn: 2621-6485 afifah, zuchdi 84 the last unit was about foods. the foods were exposed in unit 4 as the last part because the learning materials and learning objectives sequences were in line to the 2013 curriculum syllabus. additionally, they were emphasizing on how to learn the procedure text. however, the last unit was assumed to be the most interesting topic because the linguistic features served in the unit were more difficult than the previous. having learnt some either traditional or international foods, students were expected to learn how to make thing carefully and orderly. furthermore, the cultural values implied in the last unit were helping students to have a good appreciation, nationality, and creativity. one of the activities provided in unit 4 is presented in figure 3. figure 3. one of the activities provided in unit 4 every unit comprised some general parts. they were: 1) let’s get ready which gave the student opportunities to acquire some new words. in that part, there were some activities bundled in sort of tasks such as matching picture, doing crossword puzzle, and so forth, 2) let’s act was the primary activities. it consisted of task varieties. the task might expose the students to work both individually and in a team. the development of activities in the parts was interrelated. the first activity in the let’s act part was started by observing, and then followed by questioning, collecting, analyzing, communicating data. in the end of the activity of the phase, there were let’s learning which more emphasized on how to master the grammar which was driven along with let’s create. in the let’s create, there were three types of activities: 1) guided production task, 2) semi-guided production task, and 3) free production task. 85 e-issn: 2621-6485 starting from the topic of family, historical building and things, the great people, and the food, then the further tasks development would be about things relate to them. a culture corner was set in the middle of the activities with the hope that the students would already get the language inputs. the main purpose of displaying them was aimed at educating the students with the culture’s values. an across culture was for intercultural competence where the students could get the chance to learn other culture as well as compare the local and target cultures. let’s play the game was a part that aimed at refreshing the class condition. the game had developed relating to the topic thus the students were able to link what they had learnt to the fun activity. let’s do review was the part of evaluation, and then the unit was ended by the last part that was reflection which functioned as the media to communicate between teachers and students responding to all the activities had done in the process of implementing the product. an addition, the reflection part of the culture-based english textbook was also aimed at facilitating students in order to have the opportunities sharing their experiences during the learning process. product evaluation to know whether the product of cbeim was appropriate, it was assessed by the content expert and graphical designer. the content aspect consisted of content, language, learning, culture, and presentation aspects. the content aspect was designed to evaluate materials development, curriculum integration, uniformity of material development with knowledge, skills, and values to support the process of making communication by using english, representations of functional language skills, the strengthen of material development in facilitating students to understand social functions, grammatical features, and generic structure of the text types. language aspect assessing simplicity of the language, language level, diction, grammatical features, and language appropriateness. learning aspect assessing appropriateness between developed material and the result of the needs analysis, unit variety development, appropriateness between learning activities and topics, exactness to motivate the students to learn english collaboratively and independently, meaningful of learning activities development, strength of developed material in helping the students to learn the positive values, teachers’ role in that process, and the suitability of presented games with the topic. culture aspect expecting to assess: the cultures integration, relevance of the pictures to the main topic and cultures, pictures and the students’ age, attractiveness, and reflection of indonesian characters, culture corner existence, cross culture, proverb, students’ understanding to cultural diversity. presentation aspects expected to assess: whether the developed material was harmoniously presented among let’s get ready, let’s act, let’s play the game, let’s do reviews, and reflection as well as the learning objectives in every unit, and the language inputs presented both in the form of spoken and written texts, learning activities. graphical design aspects expected to assess materials appearances, attractiveness, the suitability, fonts, typing spaces, punctuation, colors, color eltej issn: 2621-6485 afifah, zuchdi 86 compositions, the color and text coordination, and pictures and color compositions. based on the quantitative data accumulated from the content expert, the product gained the total score of 247 with the average of 4.49. based on the formulated category, the product was determined to be very good. the following chart and table were indicated the summary of quantitative data derived from the product evaluation. chart 1. content expert’s product evaluation table 4. content expert’s product evaluation no aspects score average categories 1 content 48 4.80 strongly agree 2 language 20 4.00 agree 3 learning 48 4.80 strongly agree 4 culture 44 4.40 strongly agree 5 presentation 44 4.40 strongly agree 6 graphic 43 4.30 strongly agree total score 247 4.45 strongly agree students’ english test score students’ english test score were the students’ achievement which meant the entire things achieved by the students. in this context, the students’ achievements were all their improvements during the learning process particularly for their cognitive domain. it comprised the students’ achievement when they were mastering the english skills. there were some activities to obtain the students’ achievement. the first was by functioning the part of let’s do review. the students did the test in the textbook section and then discussed the result with their friends. the second plan was designing the tests. in order to know the students’ achievement, the researcher compared the students’ previous and current english achievement through the pretest and posttest. for the particular purpose of the research, results of the students’ achievement were used to know how much students could successful learned the skill from the culture-based english textbook. the achievement tests were conducted before and after the treatment. the result then was used as a decision 87 e-issn: 2621-6485 on the effectiveness of the product implementation. the following table shows the students’ english test both from experiment and control classes covering their pretest and posttest. table 5. students’ english test score class n min max mean exp.1 68 64 96 80.95 exp.2 68 72 100 88.77 contr.1 67 56 100 78.29 contr.2 67 60 100 82.77 students’ internalization and actualization of culture values after learning the entirely materials provided in four units, students were expected to have a higher internalization and actualization on culture values. there were 25 items with four scales to be used to measure students’ level of internalization and actualization of culture values. the questionnaire consisted of seven factors. they were: 1) deserving the value of achievement, 2) self-confidence, 3) creativity, 4) respectful, 5) discipline, 6) nationalism, and 7) tolerance. the measurement instruments used likert scale with the option of favorable as the positive response and unfavorable as the negative response. the description of the response comprised: 4. indicated constantly, 3. indicated frequently, 2. indicated infrequently, and 1. indicated never. the description of each category encompassed the maximum score which was around 100 until 25 as the minimum score. the students would be judged to have a very good understanding and manner of acting when their score reached 78 until 100, while they got 63 until 77 signed that they had a good understanding and manner of acting, add to this when the score was less than 62 indicated that the students needed an intensive guidance. table 6. cultural values internalization and actualization criteria descriptions student percent a very good 32 47.1% b good 36 52.9% c fair total 68 100% chart 2. internalization and actualization of culture values eltej issn: 2621-6485 afifah, zuchdi 88 table 7. students’ cultural values internalization & actualization between experiment and control classes class n min max mean scr.1-exp. 68 65 96 77 scr. 2-exp. 68 70 99 80 scr. 1-cntrl 67 64 90 77 scr. 2-cntrl 67 69 95 78 result of culture-based english textbook implementation to know the representation of culture-based english textbook effectiveness indicated by the students’ english improvement and culture values internalization and actualization, statistical analysis for independent sample t-test was applied. t-test for independent sample was used to investigate whether there were any significant differences between the two conditions in the two classes. the statistical calculation was used the gain score. table 7 showed the student number and their means while table 8 showed the result of the statistical calculation of independent t-test by the english gain score. the final calculation showed there were any differences between the two groups. table 8. group statistics of gain score of english test classes n mean std. dv. std. error mean exp class 68 7.823 5.77680 .70054 ctrl class 67 4.209 8.34037 1.01894 table 9. independent t-test with gain score gain score of english test levene's test for equality of variances t-test for equality of means f sig . t df sig. (2tailed) mean differe nce std. error differen ce equal variances assumed 2.946 .08 8 2.93 1 13 3 .004 3.6145 7 1.23328 89 e-issn: 2621-6485 table 10. students’ gain score of culture values internalization and actualization based on the data gathered, the result showed that there were significant differences between the two groups. the experiment class got a higher score on the culture values internalization and actualization indicated by significant differences among them because they can internalize and actualization the cultural values. the culture values provided in the textbook helped the students to learn. the outlying critical district that the significant value was smaller than the alpha or the p ≤ α (significance of 5% or 0, 05) was obvious from the table 9. findings and discussion based on the overall descriptions referring to the tryout result, the product was determined to be effective. the assumptions were based on several arguments. the first, the students could show their increase significantly in understanding english materials after learning it using the culture-based english textbook. the finding was in fact in line to research finding done by doganay, ashirimbetova, & davis (2013). they found that with culture integration, students could improve their english communicative and linguistic competences. the second, it showed there were differences between the students who were taught by the culture-based english textbook and those who were not. the third, since the culture-based english textbook was filled with cultural values; teachers could motivate and support the students to consider those values in their life. the fourth, since the evaluation from the content expert on the textbook got a higher appreciation, thus it indicated that the culture-based english textbook was feasible and recommended to be used in the english teaching and learning process for junior high school students in grade vii. in addition, observation also was done to observe the class condition and the students’ preferences. those were aimed at being alert of the social bias from the students. realizing the complexity of the research in gaining the data, the observations were designed as an experimental observation in which they gain score of culture values levene's test for equality of variances t-test for equality of means f sig. t df sig. (2-tailed) mean difference std. error difference equal variances assumed 2.523 .115 2.524 133 .013 2.28709 .90608 eltej issn: 2621-6485 afifah, zuchdi 90 were done to record the prepared condition in those classes. the point in conducting the observation was how the culture-based english textbook was being implemented in the class and how far the students could increase their cognitive and affective development: english competence, internalizing, and actualizing the culture values. there were three important landmarks recorded during the observation: 1) how the culture-based english textbook could help teachers in teaching english and culture values. 2) how the culture-based english textbook could help students in learning english and understanding the culture values, and 3) whether students were seriously internalized and actualize the culture values in their daily life. the three landmarks were briefly described in the following’s parts. the culture-based english textbook helped the teacher in teaching english and culture values because the instructional materials were developed based on the culture-based concept. this idea was supported by kramsch’s theory (1998) convincing that language showed kind of expressions. the expressions could be used to symbolize cultural reality. therefore, language and culture were bounding together. as a result, integrating culture values in instructional materials were a good choice to do. the teacher utilized some reading texts that consisted of culture values in which they were used to stimulate students to be well behaved. the example of culture values exploration was taken from the unit 3 in which it discussed about the great people. based on the observation, the teacher started teaching by leading the students to pray together and checking the students’ attendance. having made sure the student’s condition, the teacher started announcing the learning goals of that day and then continued presenting some great people through the classroom screen projector. while seeing and observing the pictures on the screen, students also used their culture-based english textbook that had already been distributed by the researcher. the teacher started giving a simple description of the pictures. however, she stimulated students to mention some of good personalities from the picture (such as r.a. kartini and cut nyak dien) and then students mentioned their good personalities. the teacher also guided students in pronouncing the words used to describe the picture personalities. the following pictures showed the small portion of the class activities. students were challenged to mention some personalities based on the pictures. some attempted to mention spontaneously and some attempted to write the words on the white board. when they did not have the words to say, they opened their dictionary and found them. however, some of the personality’s terms were presented in the textbook and it could be found in page 68 of the textbook. students were also allowed to do the vocabulary enrichment from the page. before they read the reading passage about the great people, they had acquired some related words. acquiring new words before reading the passage was helpful and it made them easy to understand the text. based on that observation, it showed that both students and teachers were helped by the culture-based english textbook. since then it was equipped with 91 e-issn: 2621-6485 some pictures, vocabularies, pronunciation guide, thus students could easily use it independently. the teachers also drilled the students in pronouncing the words that related to the great people’ personalities as well as reminded them to memorize the words meaning. students together read aloud the words by considering the pronunciation then students were given time to list several good personalities from the great people they learn. figure 4. listing good personalities from great people the culture-based english textbook could help students in learning english and understanding good values. take for example when they read the reading passage about people who had good personalities, at least they were inspired and motivated to be and to do the same things. while reading, they also found some underlined words in which they were used to attract the students’ attention to learn about grammar implied in the passage and the technical words, synonym, and antonym related to the reading topic. the figure 6 was used to encourage students to have a respect to the older people. eltej issn: 2621-6485 afifah, zuchdi 92 figure 5. reading text in unit 1 based on the observation, during the culture-based textbook implementation, the students seriously internalized the culture values from the reading passage. those landmarks were captured during the teaching and learning process. those were also proven by the students’ reaction in reading the text and the way their responses to the teacher’s command. apparently, there were some students who wrote a part of the textbook content such as the fun time what were served in across culture in page 76. most of them also requested the teacher to play the game in the end of the class session. however, there were few of them who had the same preferences such as having lack of attention to the teacher’ explanation. despite listening to her explanation, they did the vocabulary enrichment and seeing the pictures of the textbook on and on while talking and chatting with their classmate. from the whole observation, it showed that students were able to learn english maximally. they were also motivated to practice english by doing a simple conversation with their classmate. this finding supported kramsch’s theory (1993) that culture could be created and learnt through dialogue among students and between students and teachers. their english competence also got its significant progress. when the teacher gave them time to work in group, 93 e-issn: 2621-6485 they also did respectfully. they did the work together in their team and able to submit the project based on the time allocation and its deadline. by working together in a team, students were helped to understand the lesson easily. they were also able to build their confidence when they worked in a group. in the end of the session, students used their rest of their time by playing games enclosed in the end of the unit. the figure 7 is the example of the game appearance. figure 6. the games appearance discussion of the final product the product had been developed based on the determined standards of the research. cbeim had proven to have a better quality as the supplementary textbook for y-sjhs. the product was able to enhance and to increase the students’ english skill. furthermore, the level of students’ internalization and actualization toward cultural values understanding were also increased. the finding then supported the research finding done by syatrian, et al. (2013) that students got easily of comprehending the english lesson when the instructional materials were served based on the local contents. that was the empirical eltej issn: 2621-6485 afifah, zuchdi 94 evidence showing the product had its own novelty. since there were two landmarks in this research: 1) how to develop the product, and 2) how was the effectiveness of the product. therefore, there were some parts followed them. the process of product development consisted of conducting the need analysis which the result of it was used to design the product. while designing the product, there were some topics and learning activities considered to be a part of the instructional materials. kind of topics which were developed in the product were 1) family, 2) historical building and things, 3) great people, and 4) the foods, while the learning activities covered work individually and collaboratively. the developed of learning activities were based on the skills, such as reading the text, answering the questions, listening and imitating, making a dialogue or writing a text based on the provided picture. one of the most important things to do in that product development, the researcher attempted to integrate the cultural values into the text. there were two ways in integrating the cultural values in that product; explicitly and implicitly. the way to integrate the culture values explicitly was by developing some text that directly exposed the good moral which appeared from the characters of the texts and by giving some additional quotation in the form of proverb or culture corner where the students could read and learn the moral messages from them. then the way to integrated implicitly was by presenting some pictures and some learning activities in the culture-based english textbook. after the product had been finished developed by the researcher, then it was time to bring them to the content expert judgment. that was the time for the researcher to get any suggestion improving the product. by doing that ways, it was expected that the moral and/or positive cultural values integration in the product could support the students to internalize and actualize them in their daily life. the effectiveness of the product included: 1) the finding whether there was any significant increase toward the students’ english test score before and after the culture-based english textbook implementation, 2) emerging a significant difference between the students’ english test score in experiment and controlled classes, 3) as well as were there any increase to the students’ level of internalization and actualization toward cultural values. from the process of product implementation, it revealed that the product of culture-based english textbook could support the teaching and learning process to be more effective. it showed that the students’ english score significantly increased, and they also demonstrated their progress on internalizing and actualizing the cultural values. conclusion the way to develop the product was started by conducting the need analysis then the result was used to consider in designing and developing cbeim. the materials developed in the research product covered the indonesian culture and english culture such the family, historical buildings and things, great people, and foods. those culture values were presented in reading and listening, monologue and dialogues both in written and spoken text. they were integrated explicitly and implicitly such as through texts, images, and 95 e-issn: 2621-6485 students’ activities. after the product had been developed then it was validated by the content expert and graphical design expert. the product had proven to be effective since there was significantly increase of the students’ english test score after learning english using the product. the students’ posttest from the experiment class revealed a higher than in the control class. based on the statistical calculation of independent samples test with gain score from the two groups, the t values were 2,931 with the p values was 0,004. hence it indicated that there was a significance difference between of the two classes since p = 0,004 < 0,05 (with level of significance 95%). it was caused by the mean of the gain score was 7.8235 from the experiment class and 4.2090 from the control class. the product also got its superior for it was able to support the students in internalizing and actualizing the culture values provided in the all units such as encouraging them to deserve achievement, confidence, creative, respect, discipline, tolerance and have a high nationalism. having calculated the gain score of culture values from the two groups, the experiment class mean was 2.7647 while the control class was 0.4776. references atkinson, d. (2012). intercultural rethoric and intercultural communication. in j. jackson (ed.), the routledge handbook of language and intercultural communication. london and new york: routledge. dick, w., carey, l., & carey, j. o. (2005). the systemic design of instruction (6th ed.). boston: pearson. doganay, y., ashirimbetova, m., & davis, b. (2013). making culture happen in the english language classroom. journal of english language teaching; vol. 6, (10), 11-15. dudley-evans, t., & st john, m. j. (1998). developments in english for specific purposes: a multi-disciplinary approach. cambridge: cambridge university press. graves, k. (2001). a framework of course development process. in d. r. hall, & a. hewings (eds.), innovation in english language teaching: a readers. new york: routledge. hariyantina, a., arifuddin, & djuhaeni, e. (2015). the relevance of the english textbook to the syllabus of curriculum 2013 at grade viii smp n 1 gunungsari (2015/2016). mataram: university of mataram. ho, s. t. (2009). addresing cultural in efl classrooms: the challenge of shifting from a traditional to an intercultural stance. journal of foreign language teaching, 6 (1), 63–76. eltej issn: 2621-6485 afifah, zuchdi 96 kanoksilapatham, b. (2014). developing young learners local culture awareness and global english: integrated instruction. international journal of information and education technology, 5 (9), 676-682. kramsch, c. (1993). context and culture in language teaching. oxford: oxford university press. lorenzutti, n. (2014). beyond the gap fill: dynamic activities for song in the english foreign language classroom. english teaching forum, 52 (1), 14-21. mursyida, n. (2015). teachers’ perspective on the textbook “when english rings the bell”. banda aceh: english department faculty of education and pedagogy. faculty of education and pedagogy state islamic university ar-raniry darussalam – banda aceh. nation, i., & macalister, j. (2010). language curriculum design. new york & london: routledge. rulani, y., asep, k., gunawan, & wachi, s. (2014). bahasa inggris, when english rings a bell kelas 7 smp. jakarta: pustaka kurikulum dan perbukuan kementerian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. saifer, s., edwards, k., ellis, d., ko, l., & stuczynski, a. (2011). culturally responsive standards-based teaching: classroom to community and back. california: corwin. syatriana, e., husain, d., haryanto, & jabu, b. (2013). a model of creating instructional materials based on the school. journal of education and practice, 4 (20), 10-18. tan-florendo, z. (2012). instructional material for writing in the discipline. international scientific research journal, 4 (3) 158-170. tomlinson, b. (2008). english language learning materials. london: continuum international publishing group. tomlinson, b. (2012). materials development for language learning and teaching [electronic version]. cambridge journal, p.143-179. zuchdi, d. (2009). humanisasi pendidikan: menemukan kembali pendidikan yang manusiawi. jakarta: bumi aksara. english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 241-253 241 10.12928/eltej.v3i3.2402 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id edmodo use in esp writing: the perceptions and barriers of sociology students fu’ad sholikhi universitas islam balitar, jl. majapahit no.24, sananwetan, kec. sananwetan, kota blitar, jawa timur 66137, indonesia fuad.sholiki@gmail.com 1. introduction the world of computing is here. technology plays an essential role in business relations, movies, education, and so on. it means that technology in language learning (english learning) is a common this day. technology makes the language easier and simpler (ahmadi, 2018). technology-integrated classroom systems have turn out to be famous for language learning in current years. blended learning, virtual classroom, and system for learning management are the real applications of technology in language learning. those examples are very useful for the lecturer because those things strengthen the learner's engagement and facilitate the instructor’s role in a classroom. the benefit of technology for language learning is interactive language learning. technology provides language learners with a great number of possibilities and it facilitates language learning to the students (ahmadi, 2018). information and communication technology (ict) is commonly used in education for successful learning around the globe (balta & duran, 2015). technology is key to language learning, so technology allows students to interact with their language courses. using technology makes the student of the university more comfortable and less embarrassed to make mistakes. in this particular study, the researcher uses edmodo as blended learning concerning writing at islamic university of balitar (unisba), blitar. it means that classroom teaching and online training are complementary to each other. in this model, the instructor would be able to concentrate on class a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 29 june 2020 revised 05 september 2020 accepted 14 december 2020 the teachers are expected to integrate technology into the classroom because today is the world of a computer. edmodo is one of the educational websites that can facilitate the specific needs of sociology students in writing. this research aimed to investigate the secondsemester sociology students perceive the use of edmodo as a medium in writing descriptive text and how edmodo helps the students in developing their writing skills. qualitative research was used by researchers through documentation, observation, and interviews with twelve sociology students as participants at islamic university of balitar. this study took eight months to complete the analysis which included data reduction, display of the data, and analysis of sociology students’ data. the result showed that edmodo was helpful in esp class (writing class) because edmodo enhanced sociology students’ writing, developed interaction, communication, and it promoted sociology students’ creativity in solving the writing task. the analysis of the result suggested that further researchers research motivation or behavior stages because this research only focused on the perception stage. further researchers also suggested that further researchers revise the research instruments. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords blended learning edmodo students’ barriers students’ perceptions writing task http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:fuad.sholiki@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 242 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 241-253 fu’ad sholikhi (edmodo use in esp writing) weaknesses rather than simply reciting language rules to the students. in academic writing, writing is widely considered as the most challenging skill for students to acquire because students have to follow specific guidance from the teacher and the teacher has limited time to give feedback ( alnaibi, al-jabari, & al-kalbani, 2018). the research shows that there are positive impacts of blended learning in language teaching (nguyen & nguyen, 2019). learning media has a role as a platform that supports the learning process that teachers can access and use. digital media is the media used by educational institutions to aid students with their learning processes (tamrin & basri, 2020). learning media has interactive elements that can enhance students' interest in learning and playing, as well as real-world projecting, which involves interaction (elmunsyah et al., 2019). edmodo is a student learning application, which requires the internet as the requirements to achieve results (handayani et al., 2020). the sociology students at unisba are less enthusiastic to write. the reason why they want to write is only due to classroom-bound activities at unisba. and it seems like they do not pay attention that they have to socialize their knowledge in verbal and non-verbal communication to the society after they have graduated from university. sari & aini (2019, p. 1) states that english is to communicate effectively and it is necessary for social studies. sociology students at unisba are meant to study social relationships. they have to socialize more than another study program because sociology is their dna. it means that sociology students are trained to think critically about human social life, so they must have interaction with the community to apply their knowledge. in terms of interaction, sociology students have to master both verbal and non-verbal language to communicate clearly, and effectively. therefore, the lecturer is looking for possible assistance to make sociology students at unisba fall in love with writing. edmodo is believed by the researcher to be a problem-solving in this study. edmodo is important for education and teaching (arifin & ekayati, 2019, p. 16). also, few studies show that edmodo is effective blended learning in writing for sociology students at unisba. edmodo is one of the supportive learning delivery methods in writing classes (nguyen & nguyen, 2019), and edmodo facilitates students’ engagement (purnawarman et al., 2016). furthermore, the expectations of sociology students are critical in english language learning, especially in writing because it will show their behavior in the classroom. sociology students will interpret language learning experience differently and the teaching process in schools is a meaningful learning factor. simply put, students perform well when they have a good view of the learning environment in class. sociology student impressions are essential because the experience of the students has a major effect on comprehension (aji, 2017; al-kathiri, 2014; al-said, 2015). students have different views because they can organize the received information and the phase of perception is called as perceptual phase (altman et al., 2013). altman et al., (2013) believes that students will look and experience the same process differently and the perceptual phase begins with a stimulus followed by the selection of stimulus and perception and ends with behavioral responses. altman et al., (2013) states that there is the difference between english learning (writing) and what students perceive they need to be successful in english learning as a second language (writing). during the teaching and learning process, a teacher needs to know the feelings of the participants to assess at the end of the learning (handayani et al., 2020). mu’in & amelia (2018) emphasize that it is important to know how education is effective and what kind of teaching methods and techniques the teacher uses to facilitate students’ comprehension. some researchers have conducted several studies that explored the students' perceptions of edmodo. al-kathiri (2014) investigated the effect of edmodo in a public school in riyadh (saudi efl female students). the participants were twenty-one students in the experimental group and twenty-one students in the control group. the focus was on daily english teaching in a public school in riyadh. and the result indicated that there were positive attitudes in the language learning classroom (efl students) and edmodo generated more positive attitudes towards english learning. the study showed that the application was very helpful in terms of mastering new vocabulary (100%), sharing with peers (95%), grammar (85%), spelling (85%), reading (85.7%), and listening (76%). the second researcher is al-said (2015) who researched the undergraduate students' perceptions and barriers towards edmodo by applying. this study adopted the empirical approach with thirtytwo participants involved. descriptive statistical analysis was also used by the researcher in this issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 243 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 241-253 fu’ad sholikhi (edmodo use in esp writing) study to elaborate on three fields of perceptions scale (academic achievement, mobile communication and interaction, and information access) and barriers scale. based on three fields of perceptions scale and barriers scale in this study, it can be concluded that edmodo facilitated undergraduate students in communication (51.9%), most students disagree that edmodo does not generate an effective learning environment (55.6%), undergraduate students have no difficulties in small screen size (67.4%), and they do not feel bored about edmodo as english course application (65%). the third researcher is purnawarman et al., (2016) who researched senior high school students’ perception towards the use of edmodo and used a qualitative research approach with a case study design. seventeen participants (private senior high school students in cimahi) were involved in this study and four instruments were used to collect the data which included observation, document analysis, focus group interviews with semi-structured design, and open-ended questionnaire. the result showed that edmodo has made it easier for students to download the material with the library menu, edmodo encouraged simple contact with its teachers and classmates, edmodo has given them limitless learning time and space. moreover, the difficulties were also identified when edmodo was being applied in this study such as bandwidth, confusion in using edmodo, and incompatibility of smartphone applications. aji (2017) demonstrated the application of blended learning in listening with twenty-eight students involved in this study. data collected through the interview (preand post-class and laboratory activities), observation, and questionnaires (sending questionnaires to the students). the result showed that edmodo was able to make the students more active in listening and the results also indicated that it provided lecturer teaching listening time productively. then, al-naibi, al-jabari, & al-kalbani (2018) stated that edmodo was a solution to paragraph writing. this study utilized class action research with twenty-five efl students (ten male students and fifteen female students) involved. data collected through planning, action, observation, and analyzing with three lesson plans to meet the objective of the study (well-written paragraph), two descriptive writing tasks (my university and my mobile phone), and sending questionnaires to the students to know students’ perceptions and barriers towards using edmodo. the result showed that edmodo could solve the problem of paragraph writing and the students had very positive perceptions towards using edmodo (the students had user-friendly gui and friendly in the communication). and the last, nguyen & nguyen (2019) reports students’ perceptions about edmodo use in writing class with ten tourism students of vietnamese university involved in this study (age ranges from 19 to 20). this study only focused on semi-structured interview data from esp class and data collected through identifying themes, managing, and analyzing the data. the result indicated that edmodo was appropriate, relevant, feasible, and organized in leaning writing. edmodo was able to change students’ attitudes to maximize their writing. reflecting on the previous elaboration, integrating edmodo as a supporting tool is beneficial and can be used by present-day sociology students quite easily. therefore, the purpose of this study is to find out about students’ perceptions and barriers in using online media for english learning for sociology students at balitar islamic university. the researcher believes that students’ perceptions and barriers are related to students’ achievements. to be more precise, this research aimed at the answers to questions below: 1. what is the sociology students’ perception on the use of edmodo in writing the descriptive text? 2. what are the sociology students’ barriers to the use of edmodo in writing the descriptive text? 3. how does edmodo help sociology students in developing their writing skills? 2. research method this study used a descriptive qualitative method to explain sociology students’ perceptions and barriers as well as the activities applied in writing class (descriptive text in esp). qualitative data was in the description and it was a human instrument (sugiyono, 2008). this particular approach was to make a description of a certain procedure in writing class. this study was similar to nguyen & nguyen's (2019) study, their focus was on interview data that investigated how tourism students interpreted the impact of using edmodo in their writing learning process. language barriers mean 244 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 241-253 fu’ad sholikhi (edmodo use in esp writing) problems and solutions in using edmodo in writing class (daelani, 2018). and there were eighteen students in the class, but only twelve students were the participants of this study. the instruments in this study followed the sugiyono’s (2008) perspective about qualitative research and utilized methodology triangulation. the instruments about sociology students’ perceptions and barriers in using edmodo were questionnaires, observation, and interview questions. creating a research concept, creating a research process, and modifying the interview question was done by the researcher during the preparation of research. after all planning for the research was measured, the writer proceeded to obtain the permission letter from the balitar islamic university. the schedule in this research was in line with daelani (2018), which included interviewing the lecturers, sending the questionnaire, and conducting the observation. the researcher utilized apriliani’s (2015) procedure in the interview (closed-end and open-ended) and the observation, and the questionnaires were adopted and modified from al-kathiri's (2014), al-said's (2015), apriliani’s (2015), and nguyen & nguyen's (2019) studies. this study utilized sugiyono’s (2008) perspective in the technique of analyzing sociology students’ data and it was in line with daelani’s (2018) study. therefore, the researcher collected all writing documents (descriptive text), collected all instruments data from esp class (writing), minimized interviews and observations data for indepth research, summarized the data and described edmodo's implementation in writing class, and made the initial conclusion in using edmodo. 3. findings and discussion regarding the discussion in this study, it is important to see what the questions are delivered to the sociology students at unisba. the different reasons and the opinions derived from interview data make this study interesting. this discussion shows sociology students’ feelings during language learning. 3.1. insight into sociology students’ perceptions and barriers at unisba about edmodo twelve sociology students in this study have been reported to have positive impacts on the implementation. the implementation is to practice online writing in english for sociology students. the questions and its categories in this study are adopted and modified from al-kathiri's (2014), alsaid's (2015), apriliani’s (2015) and nguyen & nguyen's (2019) studies about edmodo as blended learning in esp class. the modification is to accommodate sociology students’ needs as the subject of this study. the detailed information is as follows. table 1. sociology students’ perceptions and barriers in using edmodo no. the categories of questions the categories sociology students’ responses 1 academic achievement useful, students’ score increase 2 topics for sociology students motivating, relevant 3 design well-designed, user friendly 4 information access easier to access, less effort to get information 5 motivation feeling confident 6 language learning challenges technical difficulties table 1 indicates the categories of questionaries to answer research problems in this study. and it is obvious that this study (the questionnaires) tends to elaborate descriptive text in esp classroom and another study (the questionnaires) tends to elaborate paragraph writing in efl classroom (al-naibi, al-jabari & al-kalbani, 2018). 3.2. sociology students’ perception of academic achievement this category is about how edmodo facilitated learning the balitar islamic university course and how edmodo generates an effective learning environment. the extracts from the interview data are as follows. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 245 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 241-253 fu’ad sholikhi (edmodo use in esp writing) table 2. students’ answers of academic achievement categories no students’ name (initials) students’ answer towards the questions 1 es i think edmodo is helpful. edmodo helps me to think logically based on lecturer’s instruction. then, my score in writing increase. 2 ay i can have immediate feedback from my writing without having go to the class. 3 ak i think edmodo is helpful because group discussion is my solution. 4 rh i like edmodo. it is handy application and effective. lecturer and edmodo leads me to think critically 5 hkas edmodo facilitates me in writing without go to classroom. i can do my writing task in my bed. however, i do not like to have full online class because i also need to see my friend and lecturer face to face.” 6 sm i am confused about the topic. so, i ask my lecturer about the clarity and ask about what should i do next 7 fy my friends always give me suggestion, especially in my writing 8 wt my lecturer explains about all features in edmodo, especially about writing task and adds on from the interview data above, there are positive feedbacks when sociology students using edmodo in writing class. edmodo is useful in language learning because the features in edmodo helped the sociology students to do more. some previous studies agree that edmodo enhances sociology students’ ability in writing ( al-naibi, al-jabari, & al-kalbani, 2018; wahyuni et al., 2020; yusuf et al., 2018). this application of online writing fits the situation in which it could accommodate the sociology program study in esp. nguyen & nguyen’s (2019) study agree that edmodo is applicable in esp class (tourism class), in a study program other than esp (aji, 2017; al-said, 2015), in senior high school students (purnawarman et al., 2016), and efl students (al-kathiri, 2014; al-naibi, aljabari, & al-kalbani, 2018). furthermore, sociology students’ writing task is discussing social problems in blitar and they have a handy application to write and submit their task instantly because it was accessible in mobile phones and laptops. because of its handy operation, it makes sociology student appreciate more historical events in blitar and eliminate the boredom and lack of interest in writing. positive responses means better learning outcomes (sobur, 2003). student performance before the intervention is poor, but there is high awareness of writing process after the intervention ( al-naibi, al-jabari, & al-kalbani, 2018). and it can be concluded that learning english is important for sociology students’ carrier, and positive responses (in using edmodo) help them to learn english writing. student mental image influences their understanding (altman et al., 2013, p. 90). in edmodo, there is a feature of locking an assignment and a quiz. when the lecturer activates it, the sociology student will learn to organize a time and place for learning. it will also make the student learn logically and critically because there is a time limit in an assignment. edmodo can send quizzes and assignments to an individual student or the entire class (al-kathiri, 2014). the teacher helps his students in using edmodo, edmodo helps students in language learning, and edmodo is a handy application are categorized as the implementation of edmodo in the descriptive text (apriliani, 2015). edmodo help sociology students (student number 2, 3, 4, and 8) in developing their writing skills (descriptive text) variously. edmodo helps students to write well and to form well-structured sentences ( al-naibi, al-jabari, & al-kalbani, 2018). edmodo is a communication tool and conveys all descriptive text information with ease (apriliani, 2015). edmodo is to support students’ independent learning and it provides the organization of explanations in report text (puspa et al., 2018). based on the table above, student number six is identified to have support or guidance from the teacher. in this study, edmodo facilitates the students to communicate with esp lecturer easily by utilizing the comment feature, inbox feature, connection across multiple devices, scheduled posts, and group discussion. moreover, edmodo can make group discussions. it means sociology students can be separated into several small groups. it allows shy students to develop their writing skills 246 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 241-253 fu’ad sholikhi (edmodo use in esp writing) through a forum in edmodo. shy students will feel more comfortable communicating online (alkathiri, 2014). in edmodo, there will be peer correction trough forum and the discussion inside the forum give the student comments and suggestion for better english writing (yusuf et al., 2018). delivering material, delivering exercise, and delivering guidance are the implementation o edmodo in writing class (daelani, 2018). 3.3. sociology students’ perception of topics in esp class (sociology class) this category refers to nguyen & nguyen's (2019) perspective about esp class. it means that it is a relevant online task to sociology students at unisba. all sociology students revealed that they learned the most recent lessons in blitar. the extracts from the interview data are as follows. table 3. students’ answers of topic categories no students’ name (initials) students’ answer towards the questions 1 rmh the topics are related to my previous job. and it is fun to express it and share it with my friends. 2 wt the topics is relevant to my program study at unisba. and it encourages me to learn new vocabulary base on the topic. the application is relevant for sociology students at unisba. it means that they are learning about society 5.0 and revolution industrial 4.0 and edmodo fits the current situation. edmodo teaches them to use technology in english writing in esp class. they feel like as part of technology advances by using audiovisual in language learning. moreover, this application affects their sociology students’ creativity. in terms of creativity, using technology or edmodo in esp class in this study will make the student a unique solution to a problem based on their task. edmodo is a complementary learning (arifin & ekayati, 2019, p. 5). english writing in sociology classrooms is different from general english because the materials have to relevant to the sociology program study (fortanet-gomez & raisanen, 2008). students in sociology have to closely incorporate what they learn with their studies in the esp classroom. nguyen & nguyen’s (2019) study state that there must be relevant online tasks in language learning because edmodo is only a supplementary tool in teaching. moreover, sociology students are trained to understand a topic. it means that they are trained to highlight a topic sentence and supporting detail for a written paragraph in descriptive text. edmodo allows students and teachers to correct a topic (a draft) (al-naibi, al-jabari, & al-kalbani, 2018). 3.4. sociology students’ perception of design edmodo is utilized by the researcher as blended learning in this study and this category refers to a familiar interface. the familiar interface means following 21th-century online learning layout to accommodate teachers’ and students’ experience in language learning. the following are students’ perspectives about its design. table 4. students’ answers of design categories no students’ name (initials) students’ answer towards the questions 1 sm edmodo is like facebook. i am familiar with facebook, so it is easy for me to use it. 2 do i use edmodo in mobile apps more often than in my laptop. you know, the menu is simple and well-organized. i can search something that i want in edmodo. i just type it, then the results consist of all post, people and so on. it is very helpful.” edmodo is an organized application facebook-style interface. twelve students in this study say that they can look for english writing information clearly because this application has a chronological post like facebook. edmodo is one of the applications that has scheduled posts or issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 247 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 241-253 fu’ad sholikhi (edmodo use in esp writing) organized designs (nguyen & nguyen, 2019). they can look for the information based on the writing topics inside. not only the topics but also students’ comments and lecturers’ comments on a certain topic are easy to find by the member of the writing class. edmodo is a user-friendly classroom management system and it is motivating for students (etfita, 2019). second-semester sociology students do not find any difficulties in navigation. edmodo is not all that hard to get started with because the application provides offering learning aids. edmodo has familiar features with many social network applications (wahyuni et al., 2020). 3.5. sociology students’ perception of information access this category refers to a streamlined application. it means that teachers or sociology students can manage writing class (join, archive, copy), can manage scheduled posts, and can easily access the material about writing. concerning information access, ten students of twelve sociology students thought that edmodo is an easy access application. the following extracts below illustrated sociology students’ views. table 5. students’ answers of information access categories no students’ name (initials) students’ answer towards the questions 1 es it is effortless while using edmodo mobile app because i can go to cafeteria and in the same time, i can review my task.” 2 hkas i use edmodo to help my writing. it saves me a lot of time. i can get writing material quickly. it feels like the technology serve me. and i can focus more on drafting.” 3 rn the information in edmodo is easier to access. i prefer reading in edmodo than reading in traditional way because i have to adapt the current technology. i believe technology will help me a lot in learning.” based on the statements above, easier information and easier access mean a lot to sociology students at unisba. easier access helps the students to get and to review the material with ease. so, the students can focus more on the content in writing class. al-said (2015) says that easier access increases the effectiveness of learning. students can access class material and assignments easily (al-kathiri, 2014). sociology students are learning different in the way now than they used to because of the advancement of technology and edmodo provides easy access to achieve the lesson objectives. insani et al., (2018) categorize downloading material with ease, asking a question via edmodo as a student’s experience of using edmodo. and students’ experience leads to a better understanding (altman et al., 2013). edmodo is a great tool for distance learning and e-learning. teachers can deliver quality content over the web at a low cost. edmodo reduces the cost of photocopying and designing a poster for language learning (al-kathiri, 2014). edmodo reducing learning cost ( al-naibi, al-jabari, & alkalbani, 2018). many studies say that edmodo is one of the multi-platform applications (al-kathiri, 2014; al-said, 2015; apriliani, 2015; daelani, 2018; wahyuni et al., 2020). sociology students can access it via a web browser, ios, or android devices. it is not a flawless cross-platform experience but english second language students or english first language students can use tablet app or web access on a tablet. 3.6. sociology students’ perception of motivation edmodo lists motivation as a benefit in language learning. edmodo was a media to transfer knowledge to esp students in this study. based on the interview data, the majority of students tended to choose online learning with edmodo in sociology class (esp). it motivated the students to learn more about writing. 248 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 241-253 fu’ad sholikhi (edmodo use in esp writing) table 6. students’ answers of motivation categories no students name (initials) students’ answer towards the questions 1 mn for me, i am confident when using edmodo in writing. it happens because i can look for an idea on the internet.” 2 wt online class using edmodo makes my writing snappy because discussion and peers feedback help my writing a lot.” 3 sm i do not have hesitation when i express my idea to the lecturer via edmodo. the lecturer just helps me based on my writing and i just focus on my lecturer’s feedback via edmodo.” 4 ay my classmates will know my post, and i am confident using edmodo because it will give me time to think a lot before posting something on it.” 5 mn i am afraid to make mistake in writing. and i am jealous to my friend about his writing performance. in edmodo, i start to involve in group discussion and i start to express my idea more often. they do not know my actual face when i express it.” the data indicate that edmodo is an application that can make the student confident in writing class. the sociology students interviewed assume that they do not feel threatened in english writing while using this application. they are free to voice their opinions in esp class because it is like having a conversation in a chat group with their friends. besides, they will have a weekly update about english writing from the lecturer; it includes the weekly update information and weekly tutorial task. those updates are the topics that they will be discussing it with their friends in a small group. the advantage of this small group in edmodo can make shy students lower their anxieties. these findings are in line with su’adah’s (2015) study about edmodo. she states that sharing and discussion are available features in edmodo. and most likely, the students use those features in language learning. i. f. sari et al., (2018) support su’adah’s (2015) perspective that motivation is essential for the sociology students at unisba. and feeling comfortable is one of the indicators that blended learning is effective media in english language learning. the learning environment affects one's attitude to receiving (sobur, 2003). motivation and satisfaction are students’ views on how to use edmodo in writing (apriliani, 2015). second-semester sociology learners learn better when they are motivated in language learning. this happens because there is an interaction between teacher and students and edmodo facilitate their communication through a small group, scheduled post, and quizzes. for example, a small group can generate peer feedback. through group activities, edmodo supports cooperative learning and shy students feel better at communicating online (al-kathiri, 2014). the social contribution will make students motivated (adawiyah et al., 2013). there are some aspects of sociology students’ motivation which leads to positive perception in blended learning (edmodo). this happens because edmodo is considered as social learning. it means that edmodo has a feature to make a virtual group and discussion panel. titik nur hidayati (2016) states that students’ motivations originate from classmates, teachers, and parents. and students’ groups can generate motivation (adawiyah et al., 2013). adawiyah et al., (2013) states that a group can make students motivated in speaking and thinking skills. and teachers have an important aspect to stimulate intrinsic motivational growth (kaylene & williams, 2011). 3.7. sociology students’ barriers when using edmodo concerning language barriers when using edmodo, twelve students agree that poor internet connection makes communication between the students and lecturer difficult. two students shared her view: issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 249 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 241-253 fu’ad sholikhi (edmodo use in esp writing) table 7. students’ answers of language barriers categories no studentss name (initials) students’ answer toward the questions 1 ak there is a notification about my lecturer post in edmodo. when i open the notification via mobile app, then the application takes for about two minutes to respond to it.” 2 hkas i have poor connection in my home if i use edmodo via mobile app. and it is different story if i use edmodo via web page.” 3 rmh i always ask about my submission. i am afraid that my task is not delivered 4 do sometimes, i forget to preview my task and i just submit it. in the end, i always have a lot of corrections. besides the positive perception, there are language barriers in this study based on the interview data above. most sociology students know that they can use a mobile app and a web page application to access edmodo as blended learning in writing class. most of the students prefer to use a web page application rather than a mobile app because of its better connection (stable internet connection). mostly, they use it to submit a mid-term test and final test of this semester. however, all students also have edmodo in the mobile app even though they have encountered poor internet connection while using it. they believe the mobile app is just another supplementary media from a web page version. they also believe that there is always a fix of recent bugs in mobile apps via recent updates. they use edmodo via a mobile app to discuss something in group discussion, checking inbox, and notification from the lecturer’s post. al-khatiri (2014) states in his study that 47 % students faced poor internet connection and most of his students get frustrated when it happened. lack of internet speed disturbs students’ activities because they cannot connect with classmates or teachers (zain & kasim, 2018). based on the table above, student number three and number four show some problems in using edmodo. 5w+1h are some problems that may find in learning media (ahmadi & uhbiyati, 1991). this study is in line with daelani’s (2018) study that esp lecturer only faces a problem concerning “how”. daelani (2018) states that registration, submission, error system on quiz, low signal, the content of assignments are common problems found in using edmodo. evaluation, checking the content, using the internet connection on the campus are some solutions to overcome common problems found in using edmodo (daelani, 2018). slow internet connections or limited access can contribute to students falling behind academically. however, edmodo is not a perfect application because edmodo is only to support language learning in esp class (writing). edmodo has no intention to replace the face-to-face classroom, it is only a supporting tool in language learning (handayani et al., 2020). edmodo supports students’ learning and it is an effective application for students and teachers in language learning (handayani et al., 2020). pardede (2019) emphasizes that it provides opportunities for teachers to learn and to share ideas anywhere and anytime. based on previous statements, it can be concluded that there are some language barriers in terms of technical difficulties but not with financial difficulties. arifin & ekayati (2019, p. 7) states that elearning (edmodo) develop sociology students’ language learning with high flexibility. sociology students can also communicate with their lecturer at any time. so. the lecturer will more focus on the material. meanwhile, the screenshot of sociology students’ activities is provided by the researcher to know how this application works in esp class. the following are the screenshots. 250 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 241-253 fu’ad sholikhi (edmodo use in esp writing) fig. 1. screenshot of edmodo in web page application in figure 1, it shows the latest activities of the edmodo in sociology class. the opening layout is very similar to facebook, so the sociology students can learn about edmodo fast. the lecturer and the sociology students can communicate with posts. even better, the students can give a like and comment on them. and this layout design will make the students focus more on the contents rather than available pictures inside. web 2.0 has indeed become one of the necessities in students’ lives and social networking is also exploited in various fields such as entertainment and education (zain & kasim, 2018). when the lecturer clicks the “classes” button next to the “home” button in the top-left area, the lecturer can start to use class management. inside, the lecturer can post an announcement, make module folders, and make a virtual group (small group). for example, the lecturer can arrange a variety of different posts in a “small group” menu, it is very useful to maintain the pace of english language learning. on the left screen, sociology lecturer can see their groups (etfita, 2019). edmodo has advanced management for language learning and assessment tools, such as small group, group settings, managing members, create and join groups, achieve or delete from a group (etfita, 2019). fig. 2. screenshot of task submission issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 251 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 241-253 fu’ad sholikhi (edmodo use in esp writing) it is interesting to see figure 2 because the sociology student can upload a file in edmodo easily. they can also attach the file with a document or a photo. this activity makes student’s writing interesting and this “sharing file” feature will remain private, so nobody can see the attachment except the lecturer. and based on figure 2 above, the lecturer can see the previously uploaded file. it means that the lecturer can give feedback about the missing task or unsent task. the lecturer also can utilize the “comment” or “request resubmission” feature next to that column to make quality feedback. feedback is useful to make them realize their mistakes (zain & kasim, 2018). 4. conclusion based on findings and discussion in this study, the researcher has found that most sociology students have positive impacts on using edmodo. it is proven by the result of the data that sociology students at unisba are motivated, interested, and satisfied in using edmodo. therefore, it enhances sociology students’ writing scores and promotes sociology students’ creativity in solving the writing task. furthermore, edmodo is supplementary media to facilitate the needs of secondsemester sociology students and this study shows that how sociology students of unisba perceived the benefits of edmodo. it facilitates the teacher and students in developing communication, easy download access (material), editing and peer feedback, and english learning effectively. besides, sociology students face common problems in using edmodo and the major problem is related to slow internet connections or limited access to the internet connection. this study has provided an insight into students' perceptions, barriers, and implementation of online learning (edmodo). this study suggests additional researcher research motivation or behavior stages because this research only focused on the perception stage. this specific study suggests further researchers revise the research instruments and focus on other text types that are taught in higher education, such as narrative and recount text. references ahmadi, a. & uhbiyati, n. (1991). ilmu pendidikan. jakarta: rineka cipta. adawiyah, r., susilawati, e., & arifin, z. (2013). students’ motivation in learning english subject as a foreign language. ahmadi, m. r. (2018). the use of technology in english language learning: a literature review. international journal of research in english education (ijree), 3(2), 115–125. https://doi.org/10.29252/ijree.3.2.115 aji, m. p. p. (2017). english listening blended learning: the implementation of blended learning in teaching listening to university students. kajian linguistik dan sastra, 2(1), 25. https://doi.org/10.23917/kls.v2i1.5349 al-kathiri, f. (2014). beyond the classroom walls: edmodo in saudi secondary school efl instruction, attitudes and challenges. english language teaching, 8(1), 189–204. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v8n1p189 al-naibi, al-jabari, & al-kalbani, 2018i. (2018). promoting students’ paragraph writing using edmodo : an action research. tojet: the turkish online journal of educational technology, 17(1), 130–143. al-said, k. m. (2015). students’ perceptions of edmodo and mobile learning and their real barriers towards them. turkish online journal of educational technology, 14(2), 167–180. altman, s., valenzi, e., & hodgetts, r. m. (2013). organizational behavior: theory and practice (revised, 2). amsterdam, netherlands: elsevier. apriliani, t. d. (2015). students’ perception on the use of edmodo in writing descriptive text. yogyakarta: sanata dharma university. arifin, m., & ekayati, r. (2019). e-learning berbasis edmodo. yogyakarta: deepublish. balta, n., & duran, m. (2015). attitudes of students and teachers towards the use of interactive whiteboards in elementary and secondary school classrooms. turkish online journal of educational technology, 14(2), 15–23. https://doi.org/10.29252/ijree.3.2.115 https://doi.org/10.23917/kls.v2i1.5349 https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v8n1p189 252 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 241-253 fu’ad sholikhi (edmodo use in esp writing) daelani, s. s. (2018). a descriptive study on the implementation of edmodo application in writing class at the first semester students of english education department in 2017/2018 academic year. the state islamic institute of surakarta. elmunsyah, h., hidayat, w. n., & asfani, k. (2019). interactive learning media innovation: utilization of augmented reality and pop-up book to improve user’s learning autonomy. journal of physics: conference series, 1193(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/1193/1/012031 etfita, f. (2019). students’ perspective on the use of edmodo as an assessment tool. j-shmic: journal of english for academic, 6(1), 18–25. handayani, y., mu’in, f., & nasrullah. (2020). the students’ perception of edmodo for english learning. lingua educatia journal, 2(2), 80–90. fortanet-gómez, i., & räisänen, c. a. (eds.). (2008). esp in european higher education: integrating language and content (vol. 4). amsterdam, netherlands: john benjamins publishing. insani, h. n., suherdi, d., & gustine, g. g. (2018). undergraduate students perspectives in using edmodo as an educational social network. english review: journal of english education, 6(2), 61. https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1254 kaylene, & caroline c. williams. (2011). five key ingredients for improving student motivation. res high educj,12,1–23. ttps://scholarsarchive.library.albany.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1000&context=math_fac_scholar mu’in, f., & amelia, r. (2018). unraveling english department students’ perception of using e-learning. arab world english journal, 4(4), 132–143. https://doi.org/10.24093/awej/call4.10 nguyen, h. b., & nguyen, t. p. b. (2019). edmodo use in esp writing: students’ perceptions. european journal of english language teaching, 4(4), 130–140. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3240463 pardede, p. (2019). print vs digital reading comprehension in efl. jet (journal of english teaching), 5(2), 77-90. purnawarman, p., susilawati, & sundayana, w. (2016). the use of edmodo in teaching writing in a blended learning setting. indonesian journal of applied linguistics, 5(2), 242–252. https://doi.org/10.17509/ijal.v5i2.1348 puspa, a., latief, m. a., & iragiliati, e. (2018). english for academic purposes : e-module of writing a report for food processing technology students. jurnal pendidikan, 3(3), 371–376. https://doi.org/10.17977/jptpp.v3i3.10678 sari, e. m. p., & aini, n. (2019). writing for academic purpose: (a blended learning handout). myria publisher. sari, i. f., rahayu, a., apriliandari, d. i., & sulisworo, d. (2018). blended learning: improving student’s motivation in english teaching learning process. international journal of languages’ education, 1(volume 6 issue 1), 163–170. https://doi.org/10.18298/ijlet.2434 sobur, a. (2003). psikologi umum: dalam lintas sejarah. sukoharjo: cv pustaka setia. su’adah, a. (2015). students’ perception toward the use of edmodo in teaching and learning process in jambi university. jambi university. sugiyono. (2008). metode penelitian: pendidikan (pendekatan kuantitatif, kualitatif and r&d). bandung: alfabeta. tamrin, a. f., & basri, b. (2020). edmodo-based learning and the students’ perception. eralingua: jurnal pendidikan bahasa asing dan sastra, 4(1), 64. https://doi.org/10.26858/eralingua.v4i1.11001 titik nur hidayati. (2016). students’ motivation in learning english by using games (vol. 147). walisongo state islamic university. wahyuni, s., mujiyanto, j., rukmini, d., fitriati, s. w., & handoyo, b. (2020). integrating edmodo into english instruction: students’ perceptions and its contribution to autonomous learning. international journal of scientific and technology research, 9(2), 1590–1595. https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/1193/1/012031 https://doi.org/10.25134/erjee.v6i2.1254 https://doi.org/10.24093/awej/call4.10 https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3240463 https://doi.org/10.17509/ijal.v5i2.1348 https://doi.org/10.17977/jptpp.v3i3.10678 https://doi.org/10.18298/ijlet.2434 https://doi.org/10.26858/eralingua.v4i1.11001 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 253 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 241-253 fu’ad sholikhi (edmodo use in esp writing) yusuf, q., yusuf, y. q., erdiana, n., & pratama, a. r. (2018). engaging with edmodo to teach english writing of narrative texts to efl students. problems of education in the 21st century, 76(3), 333–349. zain, f. m., & kasim, a. l. (2018). students’ perceptions toward usage of edmodo social learning platform. journal of governance and development, 14(2), 31–44. english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 61-73 61 10.12928/eltej.v4i1.2371 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id investigating writing difficulties in essay writing: tertiary students’ perspectives suhaimah bulqiyah a,1,*, moh. arif mahbub b,2, dyah ayu nugraheni c,3 a, b, c universitas islam jember, , jl. kyai mojo no.101, kaliwates kidul, kaliwates, kec. kaliwates, kabupaten jember, jawa timur 68133, indonesia 1 bulqiyyy@gmail.com*; 2 rifelbarzmahbub@gmail.com; 3 dyh.ayoe@gmail.com * corresponding author a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 24 june 2020 revised 03 august 2020 accepted 26 april 2021 this study is primarily designed for investigating the tertiary students’ perspectives on the writing difficulties of essays. this study was conducted in explanatory research in which quantitative and qualitative data were obtained from the web-based questionnaire and semi-structured interview, then analyzed separately. twenty-one undergraduate students have enrolled in the survey and six of them were invited to the interview section. this research reveals that tertiary students' problems in essay writing course are categorized into: affective problems which raise from students’ and lecturers’ attitude while teaching and learning essay writing course, cognitive problems that are considered as the difficulties in the areas of writing viewpoint, transferring language, and the process of writing, and linguistic problems in the area of lexico-grammar, vocabulary, and the structure of the essay. based on the findings, those aspects of academic writing should be given serious attention by both efl students and teachers to overcome the problems. the findings of this study have implications for efl writing course designer as basic data of material improvement and for researchers particularly in the realms of language and education. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords writing difficulties essay efl tertiary students how to cite: bulqiyah, s. mahbub, m.a. & nugraheni, d.a. (2021). investigating writing difficulties in essay writing: tertiary students’ perspectives. english language teaching educational journal, 4(1), 61-73. 10.12928/eltej.v4i1.2371 1. introduction as one of the productive skills (jabali, 2018; toba et al., 2019), writing is crucially essential for efl (english as a foreign language) learners, particularly for the students at the tertiary level. in an academic setting, enhancing writing skills for the students is the primary objective in education (al khazraji, 2019). for students to develop their writing competence, they are expected to produce a well-structured piece of writing (ceylan, 2019). moreover, mastering how to organize, regulate writing behavior, review the composition, and provide readers awareness (bakry & alsamadani, 2015) have also become the crucial aspect for creating a well-produced piece of writing. despite the importance of writing courses for college students, it has still become the onerous skill for them. this phenomenon has occurred in many different contexts around the world with several aspects of writing difficulties committed by students in tjarhe following areas: (1) structural, (2) grammatical, (3) mechanical, and (4) vocabulary (ariyanti & fitriana, 2017; ginting, 2019; sabarun, 2019; toba et al., 2019). in other studies, writing difficulties are also affected by learning process and file:///c:/users/muhammadwildan/downloads/10.12928/eltej.v4i1.2371 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:bulqiyyy@gmail.com mailto:rifelbarzmahbub@gmail.com mailto:dyh.ayoe@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8960-9717 http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.12928/eltej.v4i1.2371&domain=pdf 62 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 61-73 bulqiyah, s., et.al (investigating writing difficulties in essay writing) strategy while writing (bakry & alsamadani, 2015). consequently, they could not produce their ideas in well-written paragraphs or essays. okpe & onjewu (2017) pinpointed that acquiring essay writing skills may be the one of great beneficial things to do as it can improve day-to-day communication, obtain good grades, and be a better professional. consequently, the essay writing course becomes a notable subject for students at the tertiary level. in the indonesian context, higher education (he) curriculum is highly required the university students, particularly in the english education department, to produce a well-written essay. as stated in the course objectives of the critical essay writing course (kbi112) in one of a private university in jember, indonesia, they must attend a class for 150 minutes in a week (three credits) to gain theoretical and practical knowledge of english essay writing. however, the data from the lecturer claimed that the majority of the students have encountered serious problems in writing a good english essay (personal information, october 24th, 2019). contemporary researches on essay writing difficulties have been mushrooming in many different settings. however, a study about investigating essay writing difficulties encountered by tertiary students in indonesia, particularly in the english education department, is still very limited. therefore, a critical study of tertiary students' essay writing difficulties must be undertaken. the contribution of the study will be a basis for designing or applying the appropriate teaching strategy in essay writing course for tertiary students. thus, the primary purpose of this study is to analyse essay writing difficulties committed by efl tertiary students with the research question: what are the tertiary students' difficulties faced in writing essays? 1.1. the concept of writing writing is a productive skill which comprehends cognitive processes (jebreil et al., 2015) such as expressing intentions, composing ideas, problem-solving, and critical thinking (fareed et al., 2016; ginting, 2019). writing is also a process of gathering and working the ideas presented in polished and comprehensible product to readers (linse, 2005, p.98). besides, cumming (1998, p.61) has precisely defined writing is not only referred to as a text in the written script but also as the acts of thinking, composing, and encoding language into such text. thus, in composing writing, one is highly required to involve an entirely different set of competencies (brown, 2000, p.335) as it implicates extra efforts in understanding, thinking, planning, and revising. similarly, students’ emotions, such as the interest in writing, anxiety, lack of self-efficacy and confusion, play a pivotal role for the development of individual learning (driscoll & powell, 2016). what is more, the teacher’s instruction can also shaped the students’ emotions and attitudes while writing. as such, those aspects are categorized as the affective problems which have to be another focus in this study. in an academic context, writing has become the most important skill that students must be mastered (fareed et al., 2016; tseng, 2019). not surprisingly, it has become a central topic of language teaching and research on this field (hyland, 2008); for instance, in egypt (a. h. ahmed, 2010), in tunisia (knouzi in abouabdelkader & ahmed, 2016), in morocco (abouabdelkader & bouziane in abouabdelkader & ahmed, 2016), and oman (al zadjali in abouabdelkader & ahmed, 2016). another scholar clarified writing entails a particular sequence of processes (hyland, 2008). for sperling & fredman (2001) as cited from abderraouf (2016, p.xiii) writing is a set of sub-processes involving planning, translating, and reviewing. however, the often process occurred more than those stages. bailey (2015) demonstrated the writing process into several parts: (1) selecting suitable sources, (2) reading texts, (3) note-making, (4) planning and outlining, (5) combining variety sources, (6) organising paragraphs, and (7) rewriting and prof-reading. thus, one can generate a well-organized manuscript following those aforementioned processes. 1.2. writing difficulties as aforementioned, writing also becomes the most difficult skill, particularly in english education, which through complex processes that engages several competencies. also, students at the tertiary level experienced various obstacles in their processes of writing. the obstacles derive from many aspects as the foregone researches such as vocabulary and diction (meslissorgou & frantzi, 2015; nugraheni & basya, 2018; toba et al., 2019; zhan, 2015), grammatical features (ariyanti & fitriana, 2017; hajeid, 2018; hasan & marzuki, 2017; meslissorgou & frantzi, 2015; nugraheni & basya, 2018; toba et al., 2019; zhan, 2015), exploring and generating ideas (asadifard & koosha, 2013; e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 63 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 61-73 bulqiyah, s., et.al (investigating writing difficulties in essay writing) ceylan, 2019; hosseini et al., 2013; nugraheni & basya, 2018), organization (hajeid, 2018; nugraheni & basya, 2018; toba et al., 2019), and teaching process (ceylan, 2019; hajeid, 2018; jebreil et al., 2015). accordingly, the aforementioned studies have shown that the major difficulties found in students’ writing are mostly in the areas of vocabulary and grammar. in other words, those works of literature reported that students' writing problem is concerning their linguistics competence. however, the students' writing strategies have also been considered as the other factor affecting significantly on their writing process and production. furthermore, winarto (2015) has also revealed that efl students' writing strategies influence to their writing performance. various types of writing strategies have been applied by practitioners in various realms: (1) direct strategies including memory, cognitive, and compensation strategies, and (2) indirect strategies including metacognitive, affective, and social strategies (o’malley & chamot, 1990; oxford, 2003; winarto, 2015). those strategies can be implemented successfully depending on each language learning context where they are integrated. 1.3. essay writing as one of academic writing (bailey, 2015; meyers, 2014), the essay has still become the most popular type of assignment (van geyte, 2013). more specifically, an essay is a piece of writing consisting of one particular topic breaking down into several paragraphs (one for each major point) started by the introductory paragraph and ended by concluding paragraph (oshima & hogue, 2006). the primary elements of the essay are (1) introduction paragraph presenting attracting statements to the readers' attention, (2) body paragraphs providing development of sub-topic of the topic in each paragraph, and (3) conclusion paragraph restating the main points and additional quotations. 2. method this study conducted in mixed-mode utilizing explanatory sequential research (creswell, 2014; fraenkel et al., 2012) analyzing both the qualitative and quantitative data in a separate process. the researchers' employed twenty-one students, 6 males (29%) and 15 females (71%) in the range; 19 years old (47.6%, n=10), 20 years old (33.3%, n=7), 21 years old (14.3%, n=3), and 22 years old (4.8%, n=1), who enrolled in critical essay writing course in an undergraduate program of english education department, at one of a private university in jember, indonesia. this design initially examines quantitative data through a distributed web-based questionnaire presented in the form of numerical data displayed on graphics and charts. this questionnaire was mainly adopted and modified from ceylan (2019) in which was created in the form of a five-points likert scale (1= strongly agree (sa), 2= agree (a), 3= neutral (n), 4= disagree (d), 5= strongly disagree (sd)) consisted of two sections; demographic data and students' beliefs in essay writing difficulties. before adiministering the questionnaire, the researchers calculate the validity and reliability test using ibm spss statistics 20. the reliability indices with cronbach alpha’s coefficient was 0.923 which the items are very highly reliable (cohen et al., 2007). further, this questionnaire consists of 2 items of demographic data and 16 questionnaire items examining their writing difficulties in the essay categorized in 8 items indicate to affective problems, 5 items indicate to cognitive problems, and 3 indicate to linguistic problems. afterwards, the researchers listed the names of participants to the microsoft excel sheet, then they were randomly selected the participants through ms. excel using rand function for joining semi-structured interview. the six participants were involved so as to get the sufficient data. the interview guidelines (consisted of 5 items) were composed by consulting to the experts in the focused fields to gain an in-depth understanding of students' difficulties, for instance in their strategies, and process. the interview took approximately 710 minutes long for each student in their native language, bahasa indonesia. the data resulted from the interview were then recorded, transcribed, coded, analyzed, and presented in the form of an indepth description (mahbub, 2018; widodo, 2014). 3. findings and discussion these results are sorted into two parts for dwelling the outcome from an anonymous web-based questionnaire and semi-structured interview. 64 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 61-73 bulqiyah, s., et.al (investigating writing difficulties in essay writing) 3.1. the findings from web-based questionnaire the participants' responses resulted from the questionnaire would be displayed in the form of the frequencies, percentages, mean, and standard deviation. the researchers illustrate the participants' difficulties in essay writing from the data-gathering questionnaire by the following domains: 1) affective problems table 1. result from affective problem in essay writing note: std. dev: standard deviation table 1 explored the result of the analysis of item 1 until 8. these items were designed to collect the data about affective areas in essay writing difficulties. the data percentage from item 1 indicates mostly students have no problem with the interest in essay writing course (47.6% neutral). whilst, 38.1% of participants (n=8) agreed with the statement means they do not interest in the essay writing course, and 14.3% of participants (n=3) disagreed with the statement. item 2 reveals the most participants do not set goals when they start to write (42.9% neutral). meanwhile, 28.6% of the responses agreed with the statement. similarly, 28.5% of participants picked out a disagreement about the statement. for item 3, 4, and 5 show the percentages prove that the majority of participants faced writing challenges encountered with three aspects; self-confident becomes the most response (11 in total), anxiety while writing following in the second place (9 in total), and motivation (8 in total). in contrast, the participants' responses disagreed with the statement only in small percentages. furthermore, the participants mostly confirmed (28.6% agree, 23.8% strongly agree) that they did not practice writing in academic performance as item 6 stated. besides, 28.6% participants (n=6) opposed the statement. item 7 and 8 indicate the participants' responses in the teacher's behaviors for giving instructions and feedbacks in students' essay writing. the vast majority of students disagreed with the statements; where 57.1% (n=12) for writing instruction and 52.4% (n=11) for teachers' feedback. however, the participants agreed with the statements are only in a small portion. in general speaking, the major participants encountered several affective problems in self-confident, anxiety, and less-practicing in writing essay. 2) cognitive problems table 2 figures out the cognitive aspects that contribute to tertiary students writing problems. item 9 shows the vast majority of the students (47.6% agree, 14.3% strongly agree) found difficult writing tasks in their course instead of only 14.3% of participants (n=3) disagreed. for item 10, most students (52.4%, n=11) confirmed the writing problem in the aspect of transferring from their l1 to a foreign language. despite the data, there are 38.1% of students (n=8) do not have the same idea with the item sd (%) d(%) n(%) a(%) sa(%) mean std.dev 1 9.5 (n=2) 4.8 (n=1) 47.6 (n=10) 28.6 (n=6) 9.5 (n=2) 3.29 0.96 2 9.5 (n=2) 19 (n=4) 42.9 (n=9) 23.8 (n=5) 4.8 (n=1) 3.05 1.02 3 4.8 (n=1) 19 (n=4) 23.8 (n=5) 33.3 (n=7) 19 (n=4) 2.57 1.17 4 4.8 (n=1) 23.8 (n=5) 33.3 (n=7) 28.6 (n=6) 9.5 (n=2) 2.86 1.06 5 0 19 (n=4) 38.1 (n=8) 28.6 (n=6) 14.3 (n=3) 2.62 0.97 6 4.8 (n=1) 23.8 (n=5) 19 (n=4) 28.6 (n=6) 23.8 (n=5) 2.57 1.25 7 23.8 (n=5) 33.3 (n=7) 28.6 (n=6) 14.3 (n=3) 0 3.67 1.02 8 23.8 (n=5) 28.6 (n=6) 38.1 (n=8) 9.5 (n=2) 0 3.67 0.97 e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 65 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 61-73 bulqiyah, s., et.al (investigating writing difficulties in essay writing) statement. in item 11, 42.9% of participants (n=9) do not revise and rewrite their essays in many times. in contrast, 39.1% of participants (n=8) preferred to revise and rewrite their essay task many times. table 2. result from cognitive problem in essay writing item sd (%) d(%) n(%) a(%) sa(%) mean std.dev 9 4.8 (n=1) 9.5 (n=2) 23.8 (n=5) 47.6 (n=10) 14.3 (n=3) 2.43 1.03 10 4.8 (n=1) 33.3 (n=7) 9.5 (n=2) 38.1 (n=8) 14.3 (n=3) 2.76 1.22 11 14.3 (n=3) 23.8 (n=5) 19 (n=4) 28.6 (n=6) 14.3 (n=3) 2.95 1.32 12 0 23.8 (n=5) 33.3 (n=7) 23.8 (n=5) 19 (n=4) 2.62 1.07 13 4.8 (n=1) 19 (n=4) 23.8 (n=5) 47.6 (n=10) 4.8 (n=1) 2.71 1.01 note: std. dev: standard deviation from item 12, the percentages indicate mostly participants (23.8% agree, 19% strongly agree) agreed their writing problem derived from organizing thoughts or generating ideas. conversely, only a few participants (23.8%, n=5) did not experience the same condition. item 13 measures the participants’ responses regarded writing processes as their challenge when writing. nearly entire students (47.6% agree, 4.8% strongly agree) do not know about the writing processes such as prewriting, drafting, editing, etc. besides, only 23.8% (n=5) participants disagree with their unknown about the writing processes. briefly in cognitive problems experienced by students while writing essay are mostly in transferring to target language and lack of writing processes. 3) linguistic problems table 3. result from linguistic problem in essay writing item sd (%) d(%) n(%) a(%) sa(%) mean std.dev 14 0 9.5 (n=2) 23.8 (n=5) 42.9 (n=9) 23.8 (n=5) 2.19 0.93 15 0 9.5 (n=2) 38.1 (n=8) 33.3 (n=7) 19 (n=4) 2.38 0.92 16 0 33.3 (n=7) 19 (n=4) 28.6 (n=6) 9.5 (n=2) 3.05 1.2 note: std. dev: standard deviation table 3 above addresses linguistic problems experienced by tertiary students as the following sequences. linguistic competencies (such as grammar, morphology, syntax, and semantics) become the most difficult problem that the majority of participants (42.9% agree, 23.8% strongly agree) faced as item 14 points out. otherwise, only small percentages of response (9.5%, n=2) reveal disagreement about the problem in linguistic areas. shortly speaking, numerous participants experienced writing difficulties regarding linguistic knowledge. furthermore, item 15 indicates that vocabulary knowledge also has a portion of students' essay writing difficulties (33.3% agree, 19% strongly agree). while only 9.5% of participants (n=2) have a different view in vocabulary challenge. for item 16, the vast majority of the students tended to hold positive responses for structuring essays to become their writing problem. 38.1% responses (n=8) indicate participants' attitude in structuring appropriate essay has become one of their problems. nearly similar, 33.3% of participants (n=7) show the opposite response with the statement. to conclude, almost participants got the lexico-grammar difficulties in writing essay. 3.2. the findings from semi-structured interview to collect the broader data for students’ essay difficulties, the researchers carried out the semistructured interview that perhaps as a way to investigate the participants' perspectives avoiding several potential problems in the questionnaire. this personal interview conducted to six participants selected 66 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 61-73 bulqiyah, s., et.al (investigating writing difficulties in essay writing) through simple random sampling. the results of the interview are presented in five major themes as well as the number of questions. 1) theme 1: students’ difficulties in writing essay the majority of participants declared their essay writing problems are in the context of generating ideas, coherence, and vocabularies. on the other hand, only half of them dealt with grammar challenge. “i find difficulties in generating ideas, coherence, and i am difficult to standing on the topic of my essay.” (s1, female) “mostly, i face difficulties to create a coherent paragraph.” (s2, male) “i have problems in grammar, academic vocabularies, and coherence in each sentence when i write an essay.” (s3, female) “in many times, i have difficulties in generating ideas, coherence, grammar, and vocabularies. but, the dictionary helps me if i don't know about the vocabulary.” (s4, female) “sometimes, i experienced vocabulary and grammar problems. moreover, i suffer difficulty in developing my ideas for my written essay.” (s5, male) “generating ideas, grammar, and vocabulary mastery are my problems in writing essays.” (s6, female) 2) theme 2: essay writing processes generally speaking, participants reported that they mostly aware of the crucial roles of writing in appropriate processes. but, they frequently ignored some processes and directly focused on write the essay. “yes, i do the process of writing an essay. i always outline my essay, because it can help me to conduct my writing on one topic.” (s1, female) “rarely, i write based on the process of writing. for helping me write a goodstructured essay, i write an outline.” (s2, male) “i not often write in the appropriate process. i outline in all the times i write my essay.” (s3, female) “i write my essay based on the process which my lecture taught to me. yes, i do. i outline my essay because it can make my paragraphs well-structured and organized.” (s4, female) “i rarely write my essay from the outline. i think it is a complex matter. i just write based on my topic and develop it based on my knowledge.” (s5, male) “yes also. i write my essay based on the process i understood. i outline my essay to unite my ideas on a topic.” (s6, female) 3) theme 3: essay writing strategy the present theme revealed the students’ answers about the strategies their lecturer used in essay writing course. from the process of learning, the lecturer mostly applied meta-cognitive and social strategy in teaching essay writing. “my lecturer usually teaches the introduction of a paragraph, next broader to structures of a paragraph, and more practices.” (s1, female) e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 67 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 61-73 bulqiyah, s., et.al (investigating writing difficulties in essay writing) “i don’t know what strategy my lecturer used in this course. but, i think she always explains the materials, gives practices to students, and the last gives feedback.” (s2, male) “my lecturer starts with giving a topic, making an outline of the essay, analyzing the structure of the essay, and those are again and again.” (s3, female) for the first time, we learn about the topic sentence, then how to develop the topic sentence. after that, we learn to outline to compose a good essay. and last, my lecture gives feedback for our essay projects.” (s4, female) i think nothing special in teaching this course. my lecturer gives exercises to make an essay on different topics, and gives feedback in the end.” (s5, male) “as usual, my lecturer tells about the essay writing and what the goals in learning this course. next, she gives how to produce an essay from arranging paragraphs. also, she gives a topic for our essay, and the finally gives feedbacks.” (s6, female) 4) theme 4: feedback in writing essay this theme discussed the lecturer's feedback in the essay writing course. almost all participants received clear and satisfying feedback from the lecturer. frequently, the lecturer gives oral feedbacks and sometimes in written form. “yes, it's true. my lecturer gives oral feedbacks in my essay, and i satisfied with that.” (s1, female) “sometimes i get the feedback, but sometimes no. i think the lecturer gives the feedback only for several students.” (s2, male) “i always get either oral or written feedback in my essay, just because i often actively ask about my essay task.” (s3, female) “sometimes i get oral feedbacks and it sufficient for revising my essay writing.” (s4, female) “my lecturer tells corrective feedback in my essay. she apprises me about the errors in my essay.” (s5, male) “my lecturer provides clear feedback in mine. it makes me producing a good essay project.” (s6, female) 5) theme 5: importance of essay writing this last theme postulated the importance of essay writing for their on-going or future planning. the entire participants confirmed essay writing is important for both current and next study based on their various reasons. “i think this study is very important because i am a student teacher that writing becomes a crucial skill in teaching.” (s1, female) “this course is important. in the last period of our study, we have to write an article or thesis which essay writing is so needed. moreover, this course can develop the iq” (s2, male) “in my opinion, this is an essential course. from this course, one can do the productive activity by drawing ideas into written products.” (s3, female) 68 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 61-73 bulqiyah, s., et.al (investigating writing difficulties in essay writing) “this is very important because it can develop critical thinking skills. if we have a plan for the next study, we have to practice writing a good essay for applying it.” (s4, female) “i think this is important for english students. while for non-english students, speaking skill is more important for future study.” (s5, male) “for me, these materials are very important, because i think it’s easier to express ideas in written form rather than oral form.” (s6, female) from the result of interview excerpts, the paricipants’ responses indicate their difficulties while writing essay are: (1)affective problems related to the teacher’s behaviors while teaching and students’ interest in writing essay, (2)cognitive problems refer to lack of generating ideas and students’ writing processes, and (3)linguistic problem point to grammar, coherence, also vocabulary mastery. 3.3. discussion from the two steps of analysing data, the findings of this research were shown in the following section. the first part regarded to affective problems in essay writing. the findings from a close-ended questionnaire reveal that difficulties can derive form students' interest, self-confidence, anxiety, and motivation in writing. from the result of item 1, students mostly picked out the neutral responses for the interest in essay writing course. this finding is somewhat different from previous studies (e.g. abas & aziz, 2016; ceylan, 2019), in which one of the writing problems is students have low interest in writing activities. this may due to the other factors that made the students interest in essay writing course. the percentages of item 2 also have the most responses on a neutral point. it reveals the contradict view from ceylan (2019) who showed that most of the participants did not set goals when starting to write. whereas, setting goals can help the students to keep in focus on their writing task. furthermore, item 3 indicates 52.3% of participants' problems encountered with self-confidence while writing. as jabali (2018); latif (2012) reported that students have low self-confidence in writing due to language problems in several areas, for instance in vocabulary mastery or another language competence. for item 4, 38.1% of participants (n=8) agreed that they do not have the motivation to write. whilst, 33.3% responses (n=7) pointed the neutral response. this data show almost similar results conducted by jebreil et al. (2015); okpe & onjewu (2017); toba et al. (2019); and yang (2016) which students lack motivation has become one of the barriers while writing. also, item 5 indicates students’ anxiety while writing showing 42.9% of students' agreement. in the same point, aloairdhi (2019); jabali (2018); jebreil et al. (2015); latif (2012) that anxiety in writing can affect their product of academic writing. item 6 about students' attitudes in academic writing practices indicates most participants (52.4%, n=11) confirmed that they do not practice writing english for academic purposes. the student's excerpt also revealed the same answer that the fewer students practice writing the more difficulties student faced in writing. similarly, abas & aziz (2016); hasan & marzuki (2017) stated that students experienced several difficulties in writing due to their less of practicing writing in english. item 7 provides the students' perceptions about teacher instruction in writing courses which has only 14.3% (n=3) participants agreed the statement and 57.1% (n=12) disagreed. furthermore, from the interview excerpts the teacher applied the appropriate strategy while teaching essay writing course which made the mostly students enjoying the course. this finding opposes with the researches revealed by ceylan (2019); naghdipour (2016) that teacher’s writing instructions become the problem in the process of learning writing. however, tseng (2019) indicate that clear and explicit instruction in writing will give students a better understanding of the process of writing. likewise, item 8 indicates the teacher's attitude in giving feedback to students' english writing. 52.4% (n=11) participants disagreed with the statement, which means they received feedback for their writing project. students’ excerpts also revealed the same evidence which all of them received feedbacks either in oral or written form. moreover, several students got the clear and satisfying feedback in their writing projects. in similar shreds of evidence, numerous studies also report that teacher's feedback for a written task is given in orally or in written form chen et al. (2016); lee et al. (2015). on the contrary, these results have the same point with the researches carried out by asadifard & koosha (2013); ceylan (2019) that lack of receiving feedbacks from teacher become the writing challenge by students. e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 69 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 61-73 bulqiyah, s., et.al (investigating writing difficulties in essay writing) one particular area in students' difficulties in writing an essay is from the cognitive problem. as illustrated in javadi-safa (2018) which students claimed that writing has become an effortful task for language learners, the result from item 9 reports that 61.9% of participants believed about that claim. writing tasks, as the essential study for efl learners, must be mastered despite the whole problems for them. additionally, transferring to the target language in students' writing problems has 52.4% of students' positive responses to the item 10. in responding to item 10, altınmakas & bayyurt (2019); hasan & marzuki (2017) have the same point with the result which transferring l1 to the target language (english) becomes the students' barrier while writing. item 11 determines students' attitudes in revising and rewriting their essay writing which indicates 42.9% of students (n=11) do not revise and rewrite it many times. besides, there are 38.1% (n=8) disagreed with the statement. these responses are in line with the studies by sadek (2018) in which he reported that students faced difficulty when revising their draft. on the contrary, chen et al. (2016) claimed that students revise their writing projects according to the teacher's feedback. despite writing is a text expression from one's idea, developing and organizing ideas while writing has still become an onerous activity for students. the data from item 12, 42.8% of students confirmed their problem in organizing thoughts while writing. to make it further, 4 of 6 participants' excerpts also revealed that they faced difficulty in generating ideas. numerous researches (asadifard & koosha, 2013; ceylan, 2019; miftah, 2015; nugraheni & basya, 2018) also mentioned students' difficulty in writing regarded in organizing ideas. next to item 13 which dealing with the writing processes, the researchers' questionnaire results from 52.4% of students confirmed they do not enough know the writing processes. furher discussion, some of the interviewees also postulated that they did not always do the writing task according to the process of writing, because of the complicated ways in writing. supporting to the results, sadik in abas & aziz (2016) and ceylan (2019) echoed the same statement that students experienced difficulty with the writing process in general, and skip the process in particular. regarding the linguistic aspects of tertiary students' problems in essay writing, the survey results in manifest students' problems are mostly encountered with linguistics knowledge, for instance, grammar, syntax, semantics, and so on. this area (item 14) gets 66.7% of students confirmed for the problems in their essay writing. the 4 of 6 interviewees also revealed the similar points that they had grammar difficulties while writing an english essay. these results corroborate with the statement in numerous previous studies carried out by ariyanti & fitriana (2017); hajeid (2018); hasan & marzuki (2017); meslissorgou & frantzi (2015); nugraheni & basya (2018); toba et al. (2019) which they claimed that grammar is the one of students’ major problem in english writing. moreover, item 15 clarified students' problem in vocabulary mastery has a 52.3% agreement responds. to further examine in students’ perceptions, the interview result presented the majority of the interviewees stated their writing barrier in less of vocabulary mastery, particularly in academic word. these findings align with studies from ceylan (2019); meslissorgou & frantzi (2015); nugraheni & basya (2018); toba et al. (2019); zhan (2015) that the students’ problem in vocabulary has been considered in misused or misinterpreted, wrong spelling, shortage, etc. besides, item 16 showed students have less ability to structuring essays. the data resulted in 38.1% of participants (n=8) confirmed this statement. in this respect, 4 of 6 students expressed their views in the interview that they faced difficulty in structuring sentences to paragraphs and paragraphs to essay with well-coherent idas of the essay content. nonetheless, they sometimes outline an essay to assist them in focusing on one topic. not surprisingly, they claimed that outlining is an effective way to make it better. this impression corresponds to ariyanti & fitriana's (2017) research which indicates students' complicated problems in writing because of coherence and correct structure of english essays. also, ahmed (2010) reveals that composing a coherence writing product is such an extraordinary challenge for students. 4. conclusion affective problems arise from students' and lecturers' attitudes while teaching and learning essay writing course. the data resulted that the majority of the students claimed that they were not intrinsically motivated to engage in writing class due to their interest and lack of confidence of writing.consequently, they lacked in practicing writing skills in an academic context and in writing a good product of an essay. thus, students have to practice more effective in writing as much as possible to bring out a well-composed essay. henceforth, cognitive problems are considered as the difficulties 70 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 61-73 bulqiyah, s., et.al (investigating writing difficulties in essay writing) in the areas of writing viewpoint, transferring language, and process of writing. the findings indicate the students agreed that transferring to the target language and the writing process has influenced students' writing difficulties in composing essays. meanwhile, generating ideas before writing and revising the manuscript also confirmed to become students' challenges. those may be affected by teaching strategies their lecturer applied while teaching the course. due to the findings, applying the proper writing strategies may help students write essays in a better way. furthermore, the important aspect of writing is the linguistic area which has great responses in students' difficulties in essay writing. it involves lexico-grammatical competences. not surprisingly, linguistics knowledge in general and grammar in particular, have become the students' difficulties in writing essays. for another thing, the problem in vocabulary mastery is a crucial aspect of students' essay writing. likewise, students confirmed the difficulty while writing an essay is structuring essays from paragraphs and paragraphs from sentences. for that reason, linguistic knowledge as the primary aspect of academic writing should have serious attention for efl students and teachers. this research was limited to tertiary students in jember, indonesia who enrolled in essay writing course in english education program. moreover, the participants employed in this survey are approximately two-thirds of the total of the students in the 2018 academic year. to make further discussion, further-related researches are extremely needed from different perspectives or contexts and those may reveal other interesting findings. therefore, critical constructive suggestions are needed to advance a better understanding of the writing problems. several findings in this study hopefully become a better implication for further researches or creating a new method in teaching essay writing in the efl context. declaration author contribution : the first author was in charge of conceptualization (lead), data collection (lead), data transcription (lead). the second author was in charge of conceptualization (lead), designing research methodology (lead), reviewing (lead). the third author was in charge of methodology (supporting), data analysis (lead), editing (lead). funding statement : the research is funded under no research project. conflict of interest : the authors declare no conflict of interest. additional information : no additional information is available for this paper. references abas, i. h., & aziz, n. h. a. (2016). indonesian efl students’ perspective on writing process: a pilot study. advances in language and literary studies, 7(3). https://doi.org/10.7575/aiac.alls.v.7n.3p.21 abderraouf, a. (2016). investigating efl students’ writing difficulties and common errors in writing [master thesis]. university of bejaia. abouabdelkader, h., & ahmed, a. (eds.). (2016). teaching efl writing in the 21st century arab world: realities and challenges. springer nature. 10.1057/978-1-137-46726-3 ahmed, a. h. (2010). students’ problems with cohesion and coherence in efl essay writing in egypt: different perspectives. literacy information and computer education journal, 1(4), 211–221. https://doi.org/10.20533/licej.2040.2589.2010.0030 al khazraji, a. (2019). analysis of discourse markers in essays writing in esl classroom. international journal of instruction, 12(2), 559–572. https://doi.org/10.29333/iji.2019.12235a aloairdhi, n. m. (2019). writing anxiety among saudi female learners at some saudi universities. english language teaching, 12(9), 55–65. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v12n9p55 altınmakas, d., & bayyurt, y. (2019). an exploratory study on factors influencing undergraduate students’ academic writing practices in turkey. journal of english for academic purposes, 37, 88–103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jeap.2018.11.006 e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 71 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 61-73 bulqiyah, s., et.al (investigating writing difficulties in essay writing) ariyanti, a., & fitriana, r. (2017). efl students’ difficulties and needs in essay writing. advances in social science, education and humanities research. international conference on teacher training and education 2017 (ictte 2017), surakarta, indonesia. https://doi.org/10.2991/ictte-17.2017.4 asadifard, a., & koosha, m. (2013). efl instructors and student writers’ perceptions on academic writing reluctance. theory and practice in language studies, 3(9), 1572–1578. https://doi.org/10.4304/tpls.3.9.1572-1578 bailey, s. (2015). academic writing: a handbook for international students (fourth edition). oxfordshire: routledge, taylor & francis group. bakry, m. s., & alsamadani, h. a. (2015). improving the persuasive essay writing of students of arabic as a foreign language (afl): effects of self-regulated strategy development. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 182, 89–97. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.04.742 brown, h. d. (2000). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy (second edition). new york: pearson. ceylan, n. o. (2019). student perceptions of difficulties in second language writing. journal of language and linguistic studies, 15(1), 151–157. https://doi.org/10.17263/jlls.547683 chen, s., nassaji, h., & liu, q. (2016). efl learners’ perceptions and preferences of written corrective feedback: a case study of university students from mainland china. asian-pacific journal of second and foreign language education, 1(1), 5. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40862-016-0010-y cohen, l., manion, l., & morrison, k. (2007). research method in education (sixth edition). oxfordshire: routledge. creswell, j. w. (2014). research design: qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches (fourth edition). california: sage publication. cumming, a. (1998). theoretical perspectives on writing. annual review of applied linguistics, 18, 61–78. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0267190500003482 driscoll, d. l., & powell, r. (2016). states, traits, and dispositions: the impact of emotion on writing development and writing transfer across college courses and beyond. composition forum, 34, 1–16. fareed, m., ashraf, a., & bilal, m. (2016). esl learners’ writing skills: problems, factors and suggestions. journal of education & social sciences, 4(2), 83–94. https://doi.org/10.20547/jess0421604201 fraenkel, j. r., wallen, n. e., & hyun, h. h. (2012). how to design and evaluate research in education (8th ed). new york: mcgraw-hill humanities/social sciences/languages. ginting, s. a. (2019). lexical formation error in the descriptive writing of indonesian tertiary efl learners. international journal of linguistics, literature and translation, 2(1), 5. https://doi.org/10.32996/ijllt.2019.2.1.11 hajeid, m. r. (2018). developing students essay writing. canadian center of science and education, 11(12), 101–105. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v11n12p101 hasan, j., & marzuki, m. (2017). an analysis of student’s ability in writing at riau university pekanbaru— indonesia. theory and practice in language studies, 7(5), 380–388. http://dx.doi.org/10.17507/tpls.0705.08 hosseini, m., taghizadeh, m. e., abedin, m. j. z., & naseri, e. (2013). in the importance of efl learners’ writing skill: is there any relation between writing skill and content score of english essay test? international letters of social and humanistic sciences, 6, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.18052/www.scipress.com/ilshs.6.1 hyland, k. (2008). writing theories and writing pedagogies. indonesian journal of english language teaching, 4(2), 91–110. http://dx.doi.org/10.25170%2fijelt.v4i2.145 jabali, o. (2018). students’ attitudes towards efl university writing: a case study at an-najah national university, palestine. heliyon, 4, 1–25. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2018. e00896 72 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 61-73 bulqiyah, s., et.al (investigating writing difficulties in essay writing) javadi-safa, a. (2018). a brief overview of key issues in second language writing teaching and research. international journal of education and literacy studies, 6(2), 12. https://doi.org/10.7575/aiac.ijels.v.6n.2p.15 jebreil, n., azizifar, a., & gowhary, h. (2015). investigating the effect of anxiety of male and female iranian efl learners on their writing performance. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 185, 190–196. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.03.360 latif, m. m. a. (2012). sources of l2 writing apprehension: a study of egyptian university students. journal of research in reading, 00(00), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9817.2012.01549.x lee, i., mak, p., & burns, a. (2015). bringing innovation to conventional feedback approaches in efl secondary writing classrooms. english teaching: practice & critique, 14(2), 140–163. http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/etpc-02-2015-0004 linse, c. t. (2005). practical english language teaching: young learners (d. nunan, ed.; international edition). new york: mcgraw-hill companies, inc. mahbub, moh. a. (2018). english teaching in vocational high school: a need analysis. jeels (journal of english education and linguistics studies), 5(2), 229–258. https://doi.org/10.30762/jeels.v5i2.835 meslissorgou, m. n., & frantzi, k. t. (2015). testing writing in efl exams: the learners’ viewpoint as valuable feedback for improvement. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 199, 0–37. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.07.483 meyers, a. (2014). longman academic writing series 5: essays to research papers. london: pearson education. miftah, m. z. (2015). enhancing writing ability through idea listing technique. jeels (journal of english education and linguistics studies), 2(1), 62–83. https://doi.org/10.30762/jeels.v2i1.44 naghdipour, b. (2016). english writing instruction in iran: implications for second language writing curriculum and pedagogy. journal of second language writing, 32, 81–87. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2016.05.001 nugraheni, d. a., & basya, d. (2018). exploring efl students’ writing difficulties: from dimensions to errors. snasppm, 3, 6. okpe, a. a., & onjewu, m. a. (2017). difficulties of learning essay writing: the perspective of some adult efl learners in nigeria. international journal of curriculum and instruction, 9(2), 198–205. o’malley, j. m., & chamot, a. u. (1990). learning strategies in second language acquisition. cambridge: cambridge university press. oshima, a., & hogue, a. (2006). writing academic english (fourth edition). london: pearson longman. oxford, r. l. (2003). language learning styles and strategies: an overview. in learning styles & strategies (pp. 1–25). berlin: walter de gruyter. sabarun. (2019). needs analysis on developing efl paragraph writing materials at kalimantan l2 learners. canadian center of science and education, 12(1). https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v12n1p186 sadek, n. (2018). the effect of self-assessment as a revision technique on egyptian efl students’ expository essay writing. in a. ahmed & h. abouabdelkader (eds.), assessing efl writing in the 21st century arab world (pp. 21–52). springer nature. toba, r., noor, w. n., & sanu, l. o. (2019). the current issues of indonesian efl studen ts’ writing skills: ability, problem, and reason in writing comparison and contrast essay. dinamika ilmu, 19(1), 57–73. https://doi.org/10.21093/di.v19i1.1506 tseng, c. c. (2019). senior high school teachers’ beliefs about efl writing instruction. taiwan journal of tesol, 16(1), 1–39. https://doi.org/10.30397/tjtesol.201904_16(1).0001 van geyte, e. (2013). writing: learn to write better academic essays (first edition). new york: harpercollins publishers. widodo, h. p. (2014). methodological considerations in interview data transcription. nova science publisher, inc, 3(1), 101–107. e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 73 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 61-73 bulqiyah, s., et.al (investigating writing difficulties in essay writing) winarto, a. e. (2015). training of learning strategies in writing essay. jeels (journal of english education and linguistics studies), 2(2). https://doi.org/10.30762/jeels.v2i2.96 yang, l. (2016). languaging in story rewriting tasks by chinese efl students. language awareness, 25(3), 241–255. https://doi.org/10.1080/09658416.2016.1197230 zhan, h. (2015). frequent errors in chinese efl learners’ topic-based writings. canadian center of science and education, 8(5), 72–81. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v8n5p72 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 174 10.12928/eltej.v3i3.3136 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks on students’ texting mistakes hasan güner berkanta,1,*, nuriye batmaz dererb,2, ozgur kursad dererb,3 a bozok university, medrese mahallesi adnan menderes bulvarı, atatürk yolu 7. km d:118, 66200 azizli/yozgat merkez/yozgat, turkey b anadolu university, anadolu üniversitesi basın ve halkla i̇lişkiler müdürlüğü yunus emre kampüsü, 26470 eskişehir, turkey 1 hgberkant@gmail.com*; 2 nurderer@windowslive.com; 3 ok.derer@outlook.com.tr * corresponding author 1. introduction the concept of feedback has many definitions in the literature. in these definitions, it is emphasized that it should inform the learner about whether he/she has behaved in accordance with the aims of education or whether he/she has acquired the target behaviors (dysthe, 2007; hattie & timperley, 2007; joyce, weil & calhoun, 2000). feedback plays an essential role in students’ achievement and learning (carless, salter, yang & lam, 2011; ellery, 2008; ellis, sheen, murakami & takashima, 2008; higgins, hartley & skelton, 2010; nakata, 2015; nicol & macfarlane-dick, 2006; sendziuk, 2010; shute, 2008). this role depends on several missions of feedback such as informing pupils about their work to come through the learning objectives along with for reinforcing and motivating their learning performance (nelson & schunn, 2009). second language (l2) learning is a creative and developmental process in which student produces oral and written expressions in a foreign language. students' l2 output is based on the rules of a language system they internalize (hendrickson, 1980). l2 learning can also be defined as "developing knowledge about l2 and using it correctly" (bitchener & storch, 2016). if students understand the rules and their usage well, they are expected to produce an l2 output that is grammatically and semantically appropriate. however, if students' hypotheses about language rule are sometimes incorrect, they can probably produce some false statements (hendrickson, 1980). 1.1 . written corrective feedback in the early days of foreign language learning, writing was applied solely to focus on students' grammar and vocabulary, and therefore errors were taken seriously (brown, 2007; ferris, 2010 ferris & hedgcock, 2005). in accordance with boughey (1997), writing has a great importance in a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 23 november 2020 revised 08 december 2020 accepted 21 december 2020 the main purpose of this research was to investigate the effects of different types of written corrective feedback on students' texting mistakes in english lessons. in the study, a mixed model including quantitative and qualitative methods was engaged. two-factor anova was used for mixed measurements to test the significance of the difference between the error numbers of the three types of feedback except direct feedback. the qualitative data of the study were collected by examining the texts and the interviews about the effect of the four feedbacks were made with the students. content analysis and descriptive analysis were performed. at the end of the study, in the quantitative findings obtained, the most effective type of feedback is the underlined feedback. as for the qualitative findings obtained from the students' opinions, the feedback type in which the error is coded and the information is given is the most effective type. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords english lesson writing activities feedback written corrective feedback texting mistakes http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:hgberkant@gmail.com mailto:nurderer@windowslive.com mailto:ok.derer@outlook.com.tr http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 175 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 hasan güner berkant, et.al (the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks) second language learning just as other skills and students cannot acquire writing naturally, however, they learn it through formal instruction. it is a communication design that we need in any kind of fields, like self-expression and speech. the writing, which has developed in an actual way; it is like a channel for conveying emotions, thoughts, designs, and wishes to the clients. to reach messages in a correct way, this channel must be flawless, for example the text should be readable and understandable (karatay, 2011). while writing, it is prevalent to make errors for learners. as brown (2000) states that learners inevitably make mistakes while acquiring writing skills and then they benefit from miscellaneous forms of feedback on their errors and this is where feedback becomes the focus. various terms have been used for the same phenomenon, just as written error correction, written error feedback, or written corrective feedback (wcf). wcf can commonly be depicted as “… a dictated response to a lingual mistake in the writing of a passage by an l2 student. it aims to revise misuse or to provide data about where the mistake revealed and / or the cause of the mistake and how it can be corrected" (bitcehener & storch, 2016). teachers and researchers often have a strong belief that wcf is critical for improving their writing. not only that, error correction is also the key contributing to student success in second language learning (ellis, 2009). correcting students' mistakes and providing students with feedback have become two of the routines and norms in discovering students' potential in acquiring language. 1.2. types of feedback wcf is an accepted instructional strategy, considered essential and inalienable by lots of teachers to assist foreign language learners enhance their writing capability (ferris, 2010). a serious number of investigation has studied the capability of corrective feedback in writing, and many researchers have identified positive and important effects of wcf (aseeri, 2019; atmaca, 2016; ferris, 2003, 2004; kang & han, 2015; lee, 2019; rahimi, 2009). ellis (2009) has developed a categorization of teacher choices for correcting students’ lexical mistakes in their written works. her typology includes six essential strategies for implementing wcf, direct corrective feedback, indirect corrective feedback, metalinguistic corrective feedback, focused versus unfocused corrective feedback, electronic feedback, and reformulation. in direct corrective feedback the teacher provides the learners with the correct form of knowledge. ferris (2011) indicates that this may take various forms taking out an unessential word, phrase, or morpheme, inserting a missing word or morpheme, and writing the correct form above or near to the inaccurate form. indirect corrective feedback suggests informing the learner about his/her texting mistakes without correction. that can be by highlighting the mistakes or using indicators to reveal the carelessness of learners or by placing a cross in the margin next to the text line consisting of the mistake. underlined feedback was used by this way in present study. metalinguistic corrective feedback consists of providing students with some form of precise remarks referring to the nature of the errors. the definitive comment may take two patterns. probably the most prevalent is the usage of “error codes”. these include abridged labels for various types of errors. the labels may be written on the part of the error in the passage or in the margin. in present study, coded feedback was used by this way. in focused versus unfocused corrective feedback, teachers may reject to correct all errors of the learners when the corrective feedback is unfocused. rather, they can pick peculiar mistake types for rectification. dealing with correction is presumably more challenging in unfocused corrective feedback, because the student is compulsory to attend to several of errors and this is improbable to be able to display much on each mistake. uncoded feedback was used in this context during the study. in electronic feedback, wide-ranging bulk of written english may be utilized to administer students with compensation in their writing. this support may be reached along computer programs as pupils note, or it may be promoted as a type of feedback. whereas reformulation focuses on providing students with a source that they may utilize to revise their errors but places the liability for the last judgement about whether and how to revise on the learners themselves. lots of researches have been carried out whether wcf is instructive or not. in their study, radecki and swales (1988) studied the attitudes of 59 students attending to four english as a second language (esl) oriented classes and got their ideas on the efficiency of different kinds of comments, the extension of teacher markings, responsibility in error marking and correction, and revision. ferris and roberts (2001) searched 72 university esl students’ various capacities to self-edit their 176 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 hasan güner berkant, et.al (the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks) passages across feedback conditions: coded, underlined and no feedback. chandler (2003) examined if error correction progressed accuracy in student writing or not. bitchener, young and cameron (2005) investigated to what degree the sort of corrective feedback on linguistic failures determined accuracy performance in new pieces of writing. sheen (2007) investigated the miscellaneous effects of two kinds of wcf and the degree to which lingual analytic competence mediates the effects of feedbacks on the acquisition of articles. ellis and et al. (2008) searched the diversity in the effect of focused and unfocused corrective feedbacks. in his study ergünay (2008) investigated whether wcf creates any progress on learners’ written accuracy or not. he also studied the various effects of direct and indirect written feedbacks on pupils’ written accuracy and examined the permanent effects of distinctive written corrective feedback. bitchener and knoch (2009) had the purpose to discover if there was a divergent effect on accuracy for three different direct wcf options over a six-month period. sheen, wright and moldawa (2009) investigated whether direct focused feedback, direct unfocused feedback and writing practice alone caused peculiar effects on the proper use of grammatical forms by esl learner. bitchener and knoch (2010) searched the extent to which written corrective feedback may support advanced l2 learners. hartshorn et al. (2010) tried to provide a brief explanation for wcf and to inquiry its effectiveness in one specific esl learning context. van beuningen, de jong and kuiken (2012) investigated the effect of direct and indirect corrective feedback on second language learners’ written accuracy. kang and han (2015) examined whether wcf aid to enhance the grammatical accuracy of second language writing or not. in her study atmaca (2016) aimed to reveal the similarities and differences among students’ and teachers’ awareness about wcf in an efl (english as a foreign language) context. al-hazzani and altalhab (2018) examined the effect of teachers’ wcf on female saudi efl pupils’ written articles and to what degree it affected students’ written grammatical and lingual accuracy. köksal, özdemir, tercan, gün and bilgin (2018) investigated efl teachers’ opinions of wcf and the relationship between their wcf priorities and self-efficacy beliefs. aseeri (2019) aimed to address the extent to which faculty members and students at the department of english language at najran university practiced by using the ways of wcf. kim and bowles (2019) contrasted how second language learners practiced two kinds of written feedback: reformulation and direct correction. lee (2019) searched the amount of feedback types teachers gave to students. şakrak-ekin and balçıkanlı (2019) investigated efl instructors’ beliefs about wcf. different from these related studies mentioned above, in this study the effects of different types of wcfs on the number of students’ texting mistakes in english lessons were investigated by using both qualitative and quantitative data. in this context, the problem of the study can be defined as “what are the effects of different types of wcfs on the number of students’ texting mistakes in english lessons?" 1.3. purpose of the study the main purpose of this research is to investigate the effects of different types of wcfs on the number of students’ texting mistakes in english lessons. in accordance with this main purpose, answers are searched for the following questions: 1. is there a meaningful difference between the underlined and coded feedbacks given to the texts in terms of reducing students' mistakes? 2. is there a meaningful difference between the underlined and uncoded feedback given to the texts in terms of reducing students' mistakes? 3. is there a meaningful difference between the coded and uncoded feedback given to the texts in terms of reducing student mistakes? 4. what are the mistakes that students make in their writing work? 5. what are the opinions of students on the effects of wcf? 2. research method in this section, information about the model, study group, procedure, data collection tool, data collection process and analysis are given. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 177 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 hasan güner berkant, et.al (the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks) 2.1. model of the study this study employed mixed model, which is indicated as a research model that contains collecting and analyzing together or sequentially the qualitative and quantitative data in the same research (creswell, plano clark, gutmann & hanson, 2003). one-group pretest-posttest design was utilized in the research. it is one of the quasi-experimental designs, because the pariticipants weren’t assigned randomly and a comparison/control group wasn’t used (privitera & ahlgrim-delzell, 2019). quasi-experimental research designs pursue if there is a causal relationship amidst independent and dependent variables (loewen & plonsky, 2016). in the present study, three types of wcf (underlined, coded, uncoded) were used as independent variable, students’ texting mistakes were determined as independent variable in one-group pretest-posttest design. the qualitative data of the study were collected via the interviews with the pupils about the effect of the four feedbacks at the end of the experimental process. also, document investigation was used to see what kind of errors there were in the texts students wrote. both interview and document investigation are types of qualitative research models and may be used together in the same research to enhance the reliability of data (yıldırım & şimşek, 2018). on the other hand, the quantitative dimension of the study consists of the numbers of written mistakes determined from the students’ texts both before and after the application of three types of feedbacks in one-group design. 2.2. study group the research was realized with 27 students aged 13-14 from eight grades in a secondary school in kahramanmaraş city elbistan district. because the study was carried out in a school in which two of the researchers work, the convenience sampling model was used while determining the study group. convenience sample is a kind of purposeful sampling model by which the study group is determined from a group of people providing a practical contact or reach (yıldırım & şimşek, 2018). 2.3. procedure different topics were determined for each type of feedback from the eighth grade english curriculum [ministry of national education (mne), 2013]. later, students were asked to write texts about these topics. the feedbacks were applied to the students' texts and the number of errors was noted. in the underlined feedback, the whole sentence including the wrong word was drawn. in the coded feedback, only the error type was written on the underscored mistakes by using some codes including initials of error type (i.e. grammar mistake-gm). the uncoded feedback was done by only underlining the incorrect word. finally, the direct feedback was done by writing the correct form at the bottom of the wrong word. because the direct feedback clearly indicated the answer key, except for the texts including direct feedback, the texts in which underlined, coded, and uncoded feedbacks given were rewritten and corrected by the students. later, these texts were distributed to the students and they were asked to write again according to the feedback given. the rewritten texts were collected from the students once again, the errors were checked and the error numbers were noted. 2.4. data collection tool the texts which were given feedbacks and written by the students were used as data collection tool. the students were asked to write four different texts about subjects chosen from the eighth grade english curriculum (mne, 2013). the selected subjects were related with “friendship, teen life, cooking, communication”. 2.5. data collection processes and analysis both the qualitative and quantitative data were collected from the texts students wrote. a part of qualitative data was collected by interviews made with students of the study group about the effects of feedbacks on their learning. the other part of qualitative data was collected by examining the passages drafted by the students before and after the feedback application. in the analysis of qualitative data, content analysis and descriptive analysis methods were used. interview forms were analyzed by content analysis technique. content analysis is the logical arrangement of basically similar data by reaching certain codes and themes and the interpretation of these data in an understandable way (yıldırım & şimşek, 2018). descriptive analysis is a technique in which the data are summarized and interpreted according to previously determined themes, direct quotations are frequently used to reflect the opinions of the interviewed individuals in a striking way, and the 178 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 hasan güner berkant, et.al (the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks) results obtained are interpreted within the framework of cause-effect relations (yıldırım & şimşek, 2018). miles and huberman's (1994) reliability formula was used to test the reliability of the interview data collected from students. two researchers independently coded the answers and then their codes were compared by utilizing this formula. the researchers came to agreement in 23 codes while in 2 codes they disagreed among the 23 codes. when these numbers were replaced in the formula, the reliability value was determined as .91. this value indicates the reliability of interview data, because the minimum value of reliability is expected to be at least .80 (miles & huberman, 1994; patton, 2002). the quantitative data were collected from one-group treatment before and after the feedback application by counting the numbers of texting mistakes which were indicated from the students’ texts. two-way anova for mixed measures were used in order to test the significance of the differences between the numbers of texting mistakes before and after the application according to the type of feedback. 3. findings and discussion quantitative and qualitative findings of the research are presented below. 3.1. quantitative findings findings of descriptive statistics of error numbers related to underlined and coded feedbacks are presented in table 1. table 1. descriptive statistics of error numbers related to underlined and coded feedbacks feedback type underlined before feedback after feedback n x s n x s 27 11.40 4.55 27 4.22 2.84 coded 27 5.25 3.89 27 2.74 2.89 as shown in table 1, the average of the error numbers before giving underlined feedback was 11.40, while it was 4.22 after the feedback. for the students given coded feedback, the error numbers averaged 5.25 before the feedback and 2.74 after the feedback. accordingly, it can be stated that error numbers of students who were given both underlined and coded feedbacks decreased. findings of two-factor anova results regarding the error numbers related to underlined and coded feedbacks are presented in table 2. table 2. two-factor anova results regarding underlined and coded feedbacks source of variance sum of squares sd mean square f p between subjects 1660.06 53 group (underlined-coded) 392.92 1 392.92 154.66 .000 error 1267.14 52 24.36 within subjects 878.99 54 measurement (before feedback-after feedback) 635.59 1 635.59 342.82 .000 group*measurement 147.00 1 147.00 79.28 .000* error 96.40 52 1.85 total 2539.05 107 a. *p< .001 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 179 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 hasan güner berkant, et.al (the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks) as seen in table 2, the common effects of the repeated measures factors on the error numbers are meaningful when the error numbers of the students who were applied two different feedbacks differ significantly after the experiment, that is, in different transaction groups, f(1, 52)=79.28, p< .05. this finding suggests that underlined and coded feedbacks have different effects on students' error numbers. it is understood that students who were given underlined feedback after the experiment are more effective in reducing the number of mistakes compared to coded feedback. findings of descriptive statistics of error numbers related to underlined and uncoded feedbacks are presented in table 3. table 3. descriptive statistics of error numbers related to underlined and uncoded feedbacks feedback type before feedback after feedback n x s n x s underlined 27 11.40 4.55 27 4.22 2.84 uncoded 27 8.14 4.02 27 4.14 3.35 as shown in table 3, the average of the error numbers before the feedback of the students who were given underlined feedback was 11.40 while it was 4.22 after the feedback. in the students who were given the uncoded feedback, the error numbers averaged 8.14 before the feedback and 4.14 after the feedback. accordingly, it can be stated that there is a decrease in the error numbers of the students who are given both underlined and uncoded feedbacks. findings of two-factor anova results regarding underlined and uncoded feedbacks are presented in table 4. table 4. two-factor anova results regarding underlined and uncoded feedbacks source of variance sum of squares sd mean square f p between subjects 1442.96 53 group (underlined-uncoded) 75 1 75 2.85 .097 error 1367.96 52 26.30 within subjects 1010.99 54 measurement (before feedback-after feedback) 844.48 1 844.48 447.92 .000 group*measurement 68.48 1 68.48 36.32 .000* error 98.03 52 1.88 total 2453.95 107 b. *p< .001 as seen in table 4, the common effects of the repeated measures factors on the error numbers are meaningful when the error numbers of the students who were applied two different feedbacks differ significantly after the experiment, that is to say in the different transaction groups, f (1, 52) = 36.32, p <.001. this finding suggests that underlined and uncoded feedbacks have different effects on students' failure to reduce their numbers. it is understood that students who were underlined after the experiment are more effective in reducing the number of mistakes compared to uncoded feedback. findings of descriptive statistics of error numbers related to coded and uncoded feedbacks are given in table 5. 180 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 hasan güner berkant, et.al (the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks) table 5. descriptive statistics of error numbers related to coded and uncoded feedbacks feedback type before feedback after feedback n x s n x s coded 27 5.25 3.89 27 2.74 2.89 uncoded 27 8.14 4.02 27 4.14 3.35 as shown in table 5, the average of the error numbers at the beginning of the coded feedbacked students was 5.25, and it was 2.74 after the feedback. in the students who were given the uncoded feedback, the error numbers averaged 8.14 before the feedback and 4.14 after the feedback. accordingly, it can be stated that the error numbers of the students who were given both coded and uncoded feedbacks decreased. findings of two-way anova results regarding coded and uncoded feedbacks are given in table 6. table 6. two-way anova results regarding coded and uncoded feedbacks source of variance sum of squares sd mean square f p between subjects 1442.96 53 group (underlined-uncoded) 75 1 75 2.85 .097 error 1367.96 52 26.30 within subjects 1010.99 54 measurement (before feedback-after feedback) 844.48 1 844.48 447.92 .000 group*measurement 68.48 1 68.48 36.32 .000* error 98.03 52 1.88 total 2453.95 107 c. *p< .001 as seen in table 6, the common effects of the repeated measures factors on the error numbers are meaningful when the error numbers of the students who were applied two different feedbacks differ significantly after the experiment, that is to say in different transaction groups, f (1, 52) = 36.32, p < .001. this finding suggests that coded and uncoded feedbacks have different effects on reducing the error numbers of students. it is understood that after the experiment the students who were given uncoded feedback due to the decrease in the number of mistakes are more effective in decreasing the number of mistakes compared to coded feedback. 3.2. qualitative findings qualitative findings of the document investigation and interviews are presented below. 3.3. findings of document investigation there were grammatical mistakes such as not choosing the appropriate english verb tense for conveying an idea or not using it in correct form and subject-verb agreement: s1: “i did go shopping with my best friend yesterday.” s17: “she prefer go for a walk to stay at home” there were spelling mistakes such as incorrect homophones (words with the same pronunciation, such as “right”, “rite” and “write”), writing the word in a wrong way. s3: “i had a terrible day with my friend yesterday. we really had fun.” (terrific) issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 181 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 hasan güner berkant, et.al (the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks) s12: “there are tree kinds of communication tools that we use mostly in our houses” (three) apostrophe errors took place in students’ writing works. s9: “my mums close friend texts messages to communicate” (mum’s) 3.4. findings of students' opinions about the effects of different types of wcfs on students’ texting mistakes students’ answers to the question whether writing activities improve their english are given in table 7. table 7. contribution of writing activities to students’ english codes f entertaining 11 useful 9 instructive 8 boring 7 time-consuming 5 as seen in table 7, less than half of the students (11/27) thought that writing activities were entertaining. besides, some of the students found writing activities useful (9/27) and instructive (8/27) however, as negative opinions, some of the students found the activities boring (7/27) and time consuming (5/27). some of the students' views about contributions of writing activities are as follows: s2: “why should i like to write in the foreign language? i’m still learning, while i don't like writing in my own mother tongue. as i can talk, i don’t need to write. it is both boring and time-consuming.” s13: “i love writing essays or stories in turkish lessons. because as i can't express myself while talking, i think i can express it very well by writing it. writing is very important to me. i find writing fun, no matter in what language it is.” students’ answers to the question what activities and instruments help to improve their writing skills are given in table 8. table 8. the activities and instruments that help to improve students’ writing skills codes f dictionaries 27 teachers’ feedbacks 23 grammar lessons 22 reading activities 16 listening to songs 15 giving feedbacks to the friends 13 keeping a diary 9 watching movies 7 translation works 6 as seen in table 8, all of the students (27/27) thought that dictionaries were very useful in their writing works and they helped them improve their writing works. most of the students declared that feedbacks from teachers (23/27) and grammar lessons (22/27) helped them improve their writing 182 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 hasan güner berkant, et.al (the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks) works. few students put forward that watching movies (7/27) and working on translation (6/27) improved their writing skills. some of the students' answers on this topic are as follows: s4:“i think dictionaries help me a lot while writing. because when i don’t remember a word in english, i look up the dictionary to learn it. as i use a dictionary, i can remember the word more easily when i have to use it later again. so, dictionaries really help me while writing.” s15: “when i write something, it is really important to me to get feedbacks from my teachers. because they tell me what mistakes i make and what word i used in a wrong way. when i learn that i don’t make the same mistakes again.” students’ answers to the effectiveness of wcfs on learning english are given in table 9. table 9. the effectiveness of wcfs codes f effective 23 not effective 4 as seen in table 9, most of the students (23/27) found wcfs effective on learning english 23 of 27 students thought that were effective, however a few students (4/27) declared the ineffectiveness of these feedbacks. some of the students' views about the effectiveness of feedbacks are as follows: s5: “getting wcfs from my teacher was really effective for me. as i am learning a new language, it is very normal for me to make mistakes. but sometimes i do not know whether i make mistakes or i do not understand why i make mistakes. when i get wcfs from my teachers, i get sure about my mistake and i try not to do the same mistakes again.” s19: “it was very effective. we wrote about four subjects and this was the first time i wrote so much in english. i saw that i could write because i did not have self-confidence. after getting wcfs from my teacher helped me get more self-confident. i learnt how to express myself by writing in a better way. students’ answers about the most challenging issues in english writing activities are given in table 10. table 10. the most challenging issues in english writing activities codes f use/expression of words 22 lack of confidence 20 fear of failure 18 as seen in table 10, most of the students (22/27) accepted that they did not know the way how to use or express words in second language. also, many students (20/27) declared that they were lack of confidence during english writing activities and 18 of 27 students pointed out that they were afraid of making mistakes or being unsuccessful. some of the students' opinions about these challenging issues are as follows: s9: “i don’t like writing in my own language so while writing in a foreign language i do not feel myself confident. i get afraid of making mistakes. teachers help me a lot by giving feedback but i hate making mistakes. i feel ashamed.” s20:“i am afraid of being unsuccessful. i love my english teacher so much so i want her to see me as a successful student. when my teacher wants me to write something, i want it to be perfect.” issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 183 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 hasan güner berkant, et.al (the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks) students’ answers about their most preferred wcf types are given in table 11. table 11. the most preferred wcf types codes f coded feedback 10 underlined feedback 8 direct feedback 6 uncoded feedback 3 as seen in table 11, students pointed out that among the feedback types they mostly found coded feedback more effective. secondly underlined feedback, third direct feedback, and lastly uncoded feedback were more declared as effective feedbacks respectively. some of the students' views about the sequence of feedback efficiency are as follows: s7: “i think coded feedback was the most effective one. because my teacher just gave me codes and i tried to find the mistake. i liked searching what my mistake was and i think that was the best way for my learning.” s17: “i think the best feedback type was direct one. i want to learn my mistake and i do not want to do it again. when my teacher tells me about my mistake, i do not need to search it by myself. if so, it would be too time consuming. it was concluded from the quantitative findings that the most effective feedback type was “underlined” on decreasing the number of students’ texting mistakes. the second most effective feedback was “uncoded”, and the least effective one was “coded”. as for the results of qualitative findings from the students’ views, “coded” was the most effective feedback, “underlined” was the second most effective one, “direct” was the third most effective one and the least effective one was “uncoded”. because the quantitative findings showed that the most effective feedback type was “underlined” and the qualitative findings declared that the most effective one was “coded”, a contradiction was determined between the students’ perceptions and the statistical results about the effectiveness of feedback types. document investigation showed that students had grammatical, spelling, and apostrophe mistakes during the writing activities. although limited number of students evaluated the writing activities including wcfs boring and ineffective, most of the students declared that these activities were entertaining and useful for improving their writing skills in english. students’ ideas indicated that dictionaries, teacher’s feedbacks, grammar-based lessons, and reading activities were the most useful tools to improve their writing skills. according to students’ views, most of them didn’t have enough self-confidence and had a fear of failure in english writing activities because they didn’t have enough vocabulary knowledge. also, they didn’t know how to use or express the words correctly. the research results revealed that in writing activities, the usage of wcfs was effective. similar to the results of this research, al-hazzani and altalhab’s (2018) study showed that wcf had positive effects on students’ writing achievements and helped develop learners’ skills. it also revealed that grammatical and lexical accuracy could be improved through the regular giving of wcf. their studies offered positive support for the practice of wcf and added to the growing body of evidence investigating and indicating the influence of teachers’ wcf on improving efl learners’ writing achievements and making fewer errors. based on this result, corrective feedbacks used in english writing classroom can be instructive and supportive for students to participate in writing activities so students can be willing to perform the writing activities. similarly, ferris and roberts (2001) found that groups who received feedback significantly surpassed the no-feedback group. ergünay (2008) concluded that the experimental groups who received wcf significantly outperformed the control group in which any wcf wasn’t received in both short and long term. chandler’s (2003) study demonstrated that the accuracy of students’ writings was improved significantly by feedbacks. bitchener and knoch (2010) came upon that all three analysis groups in 184 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 hasan güner berkant, et.al (the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks) which three sorts of feedback were used surpassed the control group receiving no feedback due to the post-test scores. kang and han (2015) resulted that wcf could lead to greater grammatical accuracy in second language writing activities. lee (2019) indicated that, the usage of corrective feedbacks aided students’ writing development and ensured more active involvement. hartshorn and et al. (2010) stated that a systematic approach including wcf could have a positive effect on the accuracy of esl writing. van beuningen and et al. (2011) showed that comprehensive corrective feedback was an efficient means of improving learners’ accuracy. they found that pupils whose errors were corrected comprehensively made fewer errors in new pieces of writing than learners who did not get feedbacks. when students receive feedback, they can revise their paragraphs and this situation may allow them to focus on previous mistakes they have made. furthermore, in this study students declared that the most effective feedback types were underlined and coded on decreasing the number of their texting mistakes. similar to this result, chandler (2003) stated not all error correction methods had the same effect in increasing accuracy. as there are different types of students, various learning styles and language characteristics, it can be very common to have differences in the types of feedback. kim and bowles (2019) stated that there might not be a one-size-fits-all answer for wcf but that various mistakes responded to feedback variously. in a similar way aseeri (2019) concluded that correcting students’ errors by coding the exact error in the text without giving them the correct answer was the least used way from students’ viewpoints. at this point, as revealing mistakes through codes will make students struggle with writing activities, it may be a little more challenging for them. contrary to this study’s result, in ergünay’s (2008) research direct corrective feedback was declared as the most useful. also, bitchener et al. (2005) concluded that indirect feedback was more effective than direct feedback in helping learners improve the accuracy of their writing. bitchener and knoch (2010) detected no significant dissimilarity among the three treatment groups on the immediate post-test piece of writing, suggesting that any one of three types of wcf could be used by teachers and still have the same positive effect. various feedback forms promoted distinctive sense of processing by all of l2 learners of english. the results also showed a significant relationship among error type and depth of processing. the effectiveness of different sorts of feedbacks in the mentioned studies may be due to various learning and teaching styles. 4. conclusion this study aimed to investigate the effects of different types of wcf on students' texting mistakes in english lessons. four different texts in the english curriculum were studied and each student's number of errors in these texts was determined and four types of feedback were given to the texts. it was found that in the quantitative findings obtained, the most effective type of feedback is the underlined feedback in which the whole sentence with error is underlined, the second most effective type of feedback is the uncoded type of feedback where only the word error is underlined, and the least effective one is the coded feedback in which error is coded. it was concluded that it is the type of feedback to which the information is given. as for the qualitative findings obtained from the students' opinions, the feedback type in which the error is coded and the information is given is the most effective type of feedback, the second most effective type of feedback is the one in which the whole sentence with error is underlined, the least effective type of feedback is uncoded feedback, which is the type of feedback where only the wrong word is underlined. based on the results of this study, the following suggestions are put forward for researchers: this study was limited to eight grade students’ writing activities including feedbacks in english. further research can be conducted in other grade levels via speaking, listening, and reading activities. in this study coded, uncoded, direct, and underlined feedback types were studied. with the purpose of introducing some profound vision to the literature, researches comprising the use of other types of wcfs such as metalinguistic, focused, unfocused, electronic feedbacks may be carried out. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 185 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 hasan güner berkant, et.al (the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks) references al-hazzani, n., & altalhab, s. (2018). can explicit wcf develop grammatical and lexical accuracy of saudi efl learners? international journal of education and literacy studies, 6(4), 16-24. http://dx.doi.org/10.7575/aiac.ijels.v.6n.4p.16 aseeri, f. m. (2019). wcf as practiced by instructors of writing in english at najran university. journal of education and learning, 8(3), 12-12. http://dx.doi.org/10.5539/jel.v8n3p112 atmaca, ç. (2016). contrasting perceptions of students and teachers: wcf. journal of language and linguistic studies, 12(2), 166-182. retrieved from https://dergipark.org.tr/tr/pub/jlls/issue/36115/405548 bitchener, j., & knoch, u. (2009). the relative effectiveness of different types of direct wcf. system, 37(2), 322-329. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2008.12.006 bitchener, j., & knoch, u. (2010). raising the linguistic accuracy level of advanced l2 writers with wcf. journal of second language writing, 19(4), 207-217. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2010.10.002 bitchener, j., & storch, n. (2016). written corrective feedback for l2 development. bristol: multilingual matters. bitchener, j., young, s., & cameron, d. (2005). the effect of different types of corrective feedback on english as a second language (esl) student writing. journal of second language writing, 14(3), 191–205. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2005.08.001 boughey, c. (1997). learning to write by writing to learn: a groupwork approach. elt journal, 51(2), 126-134. http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/elt/51.2.126 brown, d. h. (2000). principles of language learning & teaching. (4th ed.). longman. brown, d. h. (2007). principles of language learning and teaching. longman. carless, d., salter, d., yang, m., & lam, j. (2011). developing sustainable feedback practices. studies in higher education, 36(4), 395-407. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03075071003642449 chandler, j. (2003). the efficacy of various kinds of error feedback for improvement in the accuracy and fluency of l2 student writing. journal of second language writing, 12(3), 267–296. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1060-3743(03)00038-9 creswell, j. w., plano clark, v. l., gutmann, m. l., & hanson, w. e. (2003). advanced mixed methods research design. in a. tashakkori and c. teddlie (eds.), handbook of mixed methods in the behavioral and social research (pp. 209-240). sage. dysthe, o. (2007). how a reform affects writing in higher education. studies in higher education, 32(2), 237-252. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03075070701267285 ellery, k. (2008). assessment for learning: a case study using feedback effectively in an essay-style test. assessment and evaluation in higher education, 33(4), 421-429. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02602930701562981 ellis, r. (2009). a typology of wcf types. english language teaching journal, 63(2), 97-107. http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccn023 ellis, r., sheen, y., murakami, m., & takashima, h. (2008). the effects of focused and unfocused wcf in an english as a foreign language context. system, 36(3), 353-371. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2008.02.001 ergünay, o. (2008). the effects of wcf on turkish efl learners’ use of state verbs: an experimental study. master thesis. eskişehir: anadolu university, institution of educational sciences. ferris, d. r. (2003). response to student writing: implications for second language students. lawrence erlbaum associates. ferris, d. r. (2004). the “grammar correction” debate in l2 writing: where are we, and where do we go from here? (and what do we do in the meantime…?). journal of second language writing, 13(1), 4962. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2004.04.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.7575/aiac.ijels.v.6n.4p.16 http://dx.doi.org/10.5539/jel.v8n3p112 https://dergipark.org.tr/tr/pub/jlls/issue/36115/405548 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2008.12.006 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2010.10.002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2005.08.001 http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/elt/51.2.126 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03075071003642449 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1060-3743(03)00038-9 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03075070701267285 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02602930701562981 http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccn023 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2008.02.001 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2004.04.005 186 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 hasan güner berkant, et.al (the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks) ferris, d. r. (2010). second language writing research and wcf in sla. studies in second language acquisition 32(2), 181-201. http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/s0272263109990490 ferris, d. r. (2011). treatment of error in second language student writing (2nd ed.). the university of michigan press. ferris, d. & hedgcock, j. (2001). teaching esl composition: purpose, process, and practice. tesol quarterly 35(1). http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0889-4906(00)00006-5 ferris, d., & roberts, b. (2001). error feedback in l2 writing classes. journal of second language writing, 10(3), 161-184. https://doi.org/10.1016/s1060-3743(01)00039-x hartshorn, k. j., evans, n. w., merrill, p. f., sudweeks, r. r., strong-krause, d., & anderson, n. j. (2010). effects of dynamic corrective feedback on english as a second language (esl) writing accuracy. tesol quarterly, 44(1), 84-109. https://doi.org/10.5054/tq.2010.213781 hattie, j., & timperley, h. (2007). the power of feedback. review of educational research, 77(1), 81-112. https://doi.org/10.3102/003465430298487 hendrickson, m. (1980). the treatment of error in written work. modern language journal, 64(2), 216-221. https://doi.org/10.2307/325306 higgins, r., hartley, p., & skelton, a. (2010). the conscientious consumer: reconsidering the role of assessment feedback in student learning. studies in higher education, 27(1), 53-64. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070120099368 joyce, b. r., weil, m., & calhoun, e. (2000). models of teaching (6th edition). sixth edition. allyn and bacon. kang, e., & han, z. (2015). the efficacy of wcf in improving l2 written accuracy: a meta-analysis. modern language journal, 99(1), 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1111/modl.12189 karatay, h. (2011). süreç temelli yazma modelleri: planlı yazma ve değerlendirme. m. özbay (ed.), yazma eğitimi (21-43). pegem. kim, h. r., & bowles, m. (2019). how deeply do second language learners process wcf? insights gained from think-alouds. tesol quarterly: a journal for teachers of english to speakers of other languages and of standard english as a second dialect, 53(4), 913-938. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.522 köksal, d., özdemir, e., tercan, g., gün, s., & bilgin, e. (2018). the relationship between teachers' written feedback preferences, self-efficacy beliefs and burnout levels. journal of language and linguistic studies, 14(4), 316-327. retrieved from https://dergipark.org.tr/tr/pub/jlls/issue/43366/528125 lee, i. (2004). error correction in l2 secondary writing classroom: the case of hong kong. journal of second language writing, 13(4), 285-312. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2004.08.001 lee, i. (2019). teacher wcf: less is more. language teaching, 52(4), 524-536. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0261444819000247 loewen, s., & plonsky, l. (2016). an a-z of applied linguistics research methods. palgrave macmillan. ministry of national education (mne). (2013). english language teaching program (primary and secondary schools grades 2,3,4,5,6,7 and 8). ankara: meb publications. miles, m, b., & huberman, a. m. (1994). qualitative data analysis: an expanded sourcebook (2nd ed.). sage. nakata, t. (2015). effects of feedback timing on second language vocabulary learning: does delaying feedback increase learning? language teaching research, 19(4), 416-434. https://doi.org/10.1177%2f1362168814541721 nelson, m. m., & schunn, c. d. (2009). the nature of feedback: how different types of peer feedback affect writing performance. instructional science, 37(4), 375-401. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1007/s11251-008-9053-x http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/s0272263109990490 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0889-4906(00)00006-5 https://doi.org/10.1016/s1060-3743(01)00039-x https://doi.org/10.5054/tq.2010.213781 https://doi.org/10.3102/003465430298487 https://doi.org/10.2307/325306 https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070120099368 https://doi.org/10.1111/modl.12189 https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.522 https://dergipark.org.tr/tr/pub/jlls/issue/43366/528125 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2004.08.001 https://doi.org/10.1017/s0261444819000247 https://doi.org/10.1177%2f1362168814541721 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1007/s11251-008-9053-x issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 187 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 174-187 hasan güner berkant, et.al (the effects of different types of written corrective feedbacks) nicol, d. c., & macfarlane‐dick, d. (2006). formative assessment and self‐regulated learning: a model and seven principles of good feedback practice. studies in higher education, 31(2), 199-218. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070600572090 patton, m. q. (2002). qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd ed.). sage. privitera, g. j., & ahlgrim-delzell, l. (2019). research methods for education. sage. radecki, p. m., & swales, j. m. (1988). english as a second language (esl) student reaction to written comments on their written work. system, 16(3), 355-365. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0346251x(88)90078-4 rahimi, m. (2009). the role of teacher’s corrective feedback in improving iranian efl learners’ writing accuracy over time: is learners’ mother tongue relevant? reading and writing, 22(2), 219-243. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11145-008-9139-5 şakrak-ekin, g., & balçıkanlı, c. (2019). wcf: efl teachers' beliefs and practices. reading matrix: an international online journal, 19(1), 114-128. sendziuk, p. (2010). sink or swim? improving student learning through feedback and self-assessment. international journal of teaching and learning in higher education, 22(3), 320-330. sheen, y. (2007). the effect of focused wcf and language aptitude on english as a second language (esl) learners’ acquisition of articles. tesol quarterly, 41(2), 255–283. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.15457249.2007.tb00059.x sheen, y., wright, d., & moldawa, a. (2009). differential effects of focused and unfocused written correction on the accurate use of grammatical forms by adult english as a second language (esl) learner. system, 37(4), 556-569. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2009.09.002 shute, v. j. (2008). focus on formative feedback. review of educational research, 78(1), 153-189. https://doi.org/10.3102%2f0034654307313795 van beuningen, c. g., de jong, n. h., & kuiken, f. (2011). evidence on the effectiveness of comprehensive error correction in second language writing. language learning, 62(1), 1-41. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9922.2011.00674.x yıldırım, a., & şimşek, h. (2018). sosyal bilimlerde nitel araştırma yöntemleri. ankara: pegem akademi. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070600572090 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0346-251x(88)90078-4 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0346-251x(88)90078-4 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11145-008-9139-5 https://doi.org/10.1002/j.1545-7249.2007.tb00059.x https://doi.org/10.1002/j.1545-7249.2007.tb00059.x https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2009.09.002 https://doi.org/10.3102%2f0034654307313795 https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9922.2011.00674.x english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 198-210 198 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id conjuring up the correspondence of high-school students’ selfdetermination and classroom climate with reading achievement shahrbanoo joulide a,1,*, akram faravani* b,2, ali akbar boori b,3 a, b, c english department, islamic azad university, razavi khorasan province, mashhad, kuy-e-honar, تقاطع, ostad yousefi boulevard, iran 1 ahmad58naemi@gmail.com; 2 afaravani@yahoo.com*; 3 aaboori@gmail.com * corresponding author 1. introduction that reading comprehension is delineated from multi aspects and that different professionals in the educational system have concurred on the importance of reading comprehension skill (calet, lopez-reyes, & jimenez-fernandez, 2020; garner, 1987; pearson & gallagher, 1983; yu & levesque-bristol, 2020;), seems to lead to the essential point for second language researchers to study the factors that contribute to the enhancement of reading. technically, reading has been defined as the process of rebuilding meaning from written symbols and so it engages many cognitive processes for comprehension to happen (durkin, 1978; perfetti, landi, & oakhil, 2005). moreover, reading is one of the four skills of language, which deals with understanding vocabulary to interpret the whole meaning of a text. due to the significance of understanding and interpreting the semantic and syntactic structures of a language as one way to improve one’s literacy and as one of the main skills in second or foreign language learning, finding the relationships of any variables which may be somehow related to reading comprehension is of great importance. despite many studies that have been conducted in the area of classroom climate (oostdam, koerhuis & fukkink, 2019; ranđelović and dimić, 2020; wang, degol, amemiya, parr, & guo, a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 09 december 2020 revised 18 december 2020 accepted 30 december 2020 a prevalent goal of education in schools is reading comprehension enhancement. therefore, a critical issue in educational psychology is investigating the factors contributing to increase the reading achievement including both classroom climate and self-determination. this study explored the relationships of iranian high school students’ self-determination and classroom climate with their reading achievement. 150 iranian (male and female) students from sama and fazele high schools in mashhad were selected through convenience sampling. the instruments were iowa self-determination, classroom climate questionnaires, and a validated researcher-made test. it was a type of quantitative and correlational research. results revealed a significant and positive relationship between self-determination and reading ability. they also showed that among the six subscales of the self-determination, financial management had a significant relationship with the reading achievement scores of students. however, the emotional independence of peers had a negative correlation with the reading achievement scores of students. the results showed that teachers’ skill in orienting tasks can enhance reading achievement score and make the classroom climate more motivating. this study has potentially helpful implications for english language teachers, english institutes, and students. teachers can enhance student’s selfdetermination by providing a friendly classroom environment and indirectly boost the students’ reading score. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords self-determination (sd) self-determination theory classroom climate reading achievement score motivation http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:ahmad58naemi@gmail.com mailto:afaravani@yahoo.com mailto:aaboori@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 199 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 198-210 shahrbanoo joulide, et.al (conjuring up the correspondence of high-school students’ self-determination and) 2020), reading comprehension, and self-determination individually, there still seems to be a lack of research to explore the relationships among them in a single study. for instance, amin (2020) conducted a study on a positive classroom environment and reading comprehension but it lacked the self-determination variable. several other studies have focused on the relationships between selfdetermination and reading comprehension but lacked the classroom climate variable, including hornstra, bakx, mathijssen, and denissen’s (2020) research that was done from the selfdetermination perspective. still there are challenges among different scholars in the world and in iran about the relationships among these three variables. although a few researches such as sin and siahpoosh’s (2020); ahmadi, namazizadeh, and mokhtari’s (2012); and khalkhali, sharifi, & nikyar’s (2013) study have been conducted, there is still a gap in the studies concerning iranian high school context. most of the high school students in iran have problems in reading comprehension and they, therefore, cannot achieve high scores. this highlights the significance of conducting more studies on the factors that may motivate students to invest more time on reading and gain higher scores. among different models in contemporary behavioral sciences, self-determination theory offers a framework or basis for understanding various factors that promote human motivation (deci & ryan, 2002; gagne & deci, 2005; jang, kim, & reeve, 2016). self-determination theory (sdt) links personality, human motivation, and optimal functioning. it posits that there are two main types of motivation—intrinsic and extrinsic—and that both are powerful forces in shaping who we are and how we behave (deci & ryan, 2002; gagne & deci, 2005). according to deci and ryan (2002), extrinsic motivation is a drive to behave in certain ways based on external sources and it results in external rewards. on the other hand, intrinsic motivation comes from within. there are internal drives that inspire us to behave in certain ways, including our core values, our interests, and our sense of morality (olafsen, niemiec, halvari, deci, & williams, 2017). an individual’s understanding of his degree of self-determination shows his awareness of needs (deci, eghrari, patrick, & leone, 1994). selfdetermination theory (sdt) is a macro theory of human motivation and personality that concerns human innate psychological needs (el miedany et al., 2018). it can be defined that behind every decision that people make there is a kind of self-determination. as mentioned above, sdt is used in different researches in various fields including psychology, sociology, and education. many scholars have investigated sdt in educational issues. the importance of these researches is that when teachers try to find ways to promote student's motivation during relatively uninteresting learning activities, they can successfully do so by promoting the value of the task. research suggests that having high self-determination can foster success in many different domains of life (roth, vansteenkiste, & ryan, 2019). self-determination is a key concept in psychology that refers to an individual’s ability to make choices and manage his/her own life. self-determined people feel that they have control over their choices and lives and believe that what they do will affect on the outcome of their actions. thus, they will be more motivated to take action. however, this concept is not limited to psychology. self-determination works in many different domains of life including education. thus, the possibility of a significant contribution of selfdetermination in education and learning justifies the study of a relevant theory in the literature called “self-determination theory”. sdt originated from the work of psychologists edward deci and richard ryan (1985). self-determination can play an important role in how people function in many different areas of their lives. this theory can help understand the things that might motivate behaviors (jansen et al, 2020). moreover, it has been recognized as one of the most important areas in educational studies (noels, lascano, & saumure, 2019). if students have a certain level of self-determination, they will make appropriate choices and decisions for their educational life (liu et al., 2019). selfdetermination in students leads to organizing and planning for better educational goals. it also increases the problem-solving skills in students and causes positive things to happen in their academic life (landmark & zhang, 2019). in addition, based on sdt, three psychological critical needs should be met to support and facilitate the process of internalization and the development of optimal motivation and to achieve psychological growth. the first need is competence. competence is defined as the power that leads humans to control the outcome and experiencing mastery. competency in a learner can be defined as some attitudes, skills, and knowledge that a learner develops and applies for successful learning (roberts & bezuidenhout, 2017). the second innate need is the concept of relatedness which is explained as an emotion that leads humans to be connected to others. 200 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 198-210 shahrbanoo joulide, et.al (conjuring up the correspondence of high-school students’ self-determination and) research shows that students’ relation with the teacher and other students is linked to academic achievement (guay, denault, & renauld, 2017). the last psychological need that should be met is autonomy. autonomy can be defined as a desire to be causal agents of one’s own life and act in harmony with one’s integrated self. learner autonomy is very useful in the learning process. learners with autonomy are aware of their weak and strong points. furthermore, autonomous learners are responsible for their decisions (fathali & okada, 2018). thus, sdt would be internalized and learners would become autonomously self-determined and motivated when their basic psychological needs are met (deci & ryan, 2002). it seems quite reasonable that intrinsically motivated and autonomous language learners are more actively engaged in their learning. according to sdt theoreticians, deci and ryan (2008), individual personality differences are due to the varying degrees to which each need has been satisfied. self-determination theory is a key theory in educational and learning contexts since it affects student s’ motivation. motivation will lead to many positive results in learning contexts. the important thing is that teachers and students should be aware of their needs. sdt provides a new vision for language research. selfdetermination theory also focuses primarily on internal sources of motivation such as a need to gain knowledge or independence which is known as intrinsic motivation (deci, olafsen, & ryan, 2017). although self-determination is one of the elements that can guarantee successful learning, classroom climate plays a central role in it as it may predict the satisfaction of basic psychological needs (alonso-tapia & nieto, 2019). research has shown that aspects of classroom climate are significantly related to educational motivation. as creemers and reezigt (1999) stated that classroom climate influences students’ motivation directly. classroom climate is defined as the environment including the social, emotional and physical aspects of the classroom. it explains the effects of the teachers on students’ behaviors and interactions (buyse, verschueren, verachtert, & damme, 2009). cohen, pickeral, and mccloskey (2009) define this complex multidimensional construct as the quality and character of school life. evans et al (2009) define classroom climate as a social psychological construct that is formed through interactions among all agents, the teacher and the students, in the classroom and mediates between these factors. although there is enough empirical evidence to prove that school climate is a powerful leading external factor which affects students’ academic achievement (brand et al., 2008; chen & weikart, 2008; collins & parson, 2010), the point is that positive classroom climate does not automatically happen, but it is created. this means some things must be done to deliberately shape the climate of the classrooms and change them into positive learning environments. in other words, the way that a teacher is running the classroom should lead to a positive environment. the first factor in creating a safe supportive positive environment is to develop and reinforce classroom rules and norms. following rules make students self-regulated and students who have the opportunity to practice self-regulation can focus better on learning. the second factor is promoting positive peer relationships and encouraging positive interactions in classroom contexts. this can be done by paying attention to the social dynamics of the classroom. the last factor is nurturing positive relationships with all students. using encouraging words in reaction to students’ positive behaviors, asking them personal questions to know them, and paying attention to changes in students’ physical and emotional behaviors are among a wide variety of techniques that teachers can benefit from to reach this goal. since a multitude of factors contributes to the overall construct of school climate, researchers have come to the conclusion that this construct is multidimensional in nature. based on the literature, there are three different dimensions to classroom climate: academic dimension, management dimension, and emotional dimension. the first dimension, the academic dimension, refers to pedagogical and curricular components and elements of the learning environment. management dimension refers to discipline styles for maintaining order. emotional dimension refers to the affective interactions within the classroom. the emotional climate examines the interchange of feelings between teacher and students occurring regardless of disciplinary style or degree of control exercised in the classroom (evans et al., 2009). classroom climate is described as a system that is based on four variables: physical setting, organizational aspects, teacher characteristics, and pupil characteristics (westling-allodi, 2002). the functions of these variables and the interaction among them constitute the quality of the classroom climate. a positive classroom climate leads to the promotion of students’ self-determination and motivational level (drotar, 2019; morin, marsh, & nagengast, 2014). classrooms which do not have a favorable climate cause lack of motivation. the level of teacher support affects the classroom climate (cheema & kitsantas, 2016). the valuable learning outcomes of positive school/classroom issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 201 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 198-210 shahrbanoo joulide, et.al (conjuring up the correspondence of high-school students’ self-determination and) climate reported in the literature consist of lower dropout rates, higher attendance, increased engagement, deeper learning, improved grades, and improved motivation (huang, 2003; lau & lee, 2008; tapola & niemivirta, 2008). good student-teacher rapport guarantees students’ feelings of safety and support (brand, et al., 2003). moreover, according to fraser (1994), if a positive classroom climate is created, students will learn better and engage more in learning tasks. to sum up, classroom climate refers to the emotional and physical aspects of the classroom (alonso-tapia & nieto, 2019) that can affect students’ outcomes and their effective learning. although there have been various studies on the concept of self-determination, reading ability, and classroom climate, they are still in their early stages. due to the importance of reading comprehension skill, on one hand, and the ambivalent evidence of the effect of sociocultural context and some psychological traits such as motivation, which is a subcategory of self-determination, on students’ learning on the other hand, the present study intended to probe the possible existence of any kind of relationship between self-determination and classroom climate with students’ reading achievement scores. therefore, the following research questions were posed: “is there any significant relationship between iranian high school students’ self-determination and classroom climate with their reading achievement scores?” 2. research method this study intended to examine the relationship of iranian high school students’ selfdetermination and classroom climate with their reading score through a quantitative method. to collect the required data, 150 iranian high school students (60 males and 90 females) with the age range of 15-16 participated in this study. the sampling procedure was convenience sampling. the setting for collecting the required data was the iranian high schools located in mashhad city. two questionnaires were employed including self-determination and classroom climate questionnaires. moreover, reading scores of the achievement test of students were gathered from the teachers. iowa’s self-determination questionnaire was designed by hood and jackson (1986) to assess the selfdetermination progress based on chickering theory (1969). this questionnaire has 90 items and 6 subscales. each subscale has 15 questions and is based on likert’s five-choice range with questions such as “i know how i treat others, how they treat me”. it measures the growth of selfdetermination. the version which was used in this research was the persian version which has been translated and validated by selgi and geramipoor (2020). the reported reliability coefficient for this translated version is 0.99. in this study, the growth of self-determination refers to the scores that respondents give to the 90-item questions of the self-determination questionnaire. the questionnaire has 6 subscales: mutual dependence, emotional independence of parents, time management, financial management, emotional independence of peers, and displacement. the research participants were given 15 minutes to complete the questionnaire. the possible range of scores for the iowa self-determination questionnaire with 90 items is between 90 and 235. the classroom climate questionnaire was introduced by fraser, giddings, and mcrubby (1995). this questionnaire was translated and validated by hossienchari and khayer (2002). in this study, the persian version of the classroom climate questionnaire translated and validated by hossienchari and khayer (2002) was used. cronbach alpha for reliability of the whole persian instrument was reported to be 0/87 (hossienchari & khayer, 2002). this questionnaire has 20 items and 4 subscales that are based on a 3-choice likert scale: seldom, usually, and often. behrhorst, sullivan, and sutherland (2020) considered the classroom climate as a set of environmental characteristics with four dimensions including ecology, culture, environment, and social system. classroom climate has been known as one of the most effective factors in teaching and learning. the possible range of scores for classroom climate questionnaire with 20 items is between 20 and 147. the participants were given 15 minutes to answer the questionnaire. the questionnaire has 4 subscales: unfriendly behavior, cooperation and equality, task orientation and equality, and competition. due to the aims of the present study that was investigating the potential relationship between reading achievement score with self-determination and classroom climate, the researcher designed and validated a reading comprehension test based on the level of students. reading texts were selected from students’ work book (comprehensive english language book-10th grade). it has 20 multiple-choice questions. the content and face validity of the test was checked by three colleagues. moreover, to check the reliability of the test with dichotomous items (0 and 1, or one correct answer), kr-20 was used in a pilot study on another group of 30 high school students. the results 202 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 198-210 shahrbanoo joulide, et.al (conjuring up the correspondence of high-school students’ self-determination and) showed that the teat with the rate of .88 is a reliable test with 30 participants in the pilot phase. besides, the reliability of this test within the main phase of the study was .89. the learners were given 30 minutes to answer the test. this study was conducted during the academic year of 2020 in iranian high schools in mashhad, a city in the northeast of iran. the required data was collected by questionnaires of classroom climate and self-determination. at first, participants were asked to fill out the self-determination questionnaire. then they filled out the classroom climate questionnaire. after the completion of data collection process, the data were entered into spss software and the correlations among these three variables were calculated. (spss-24) software was employed. to find the answer to research questions 1 and 2, descriptive analysis was used. 3. findings and discussion to check the normality of data distribution, the kolmogorov-smirnov test was employed. this test is used to check whether the distribution deviates from a comparable normal distribution. if the p-value is non-significant (p>.05), it can be said that the distribution of a sample is not significantly different from a normal distribution; therefore, it is normal. if the p-value is significant (p<.05) it implies that the distribution is not normal. table 1 presents the results of the kolmogorov-smirnov test. table 1. the results of kolmogorov-smirnov test df p-value self-determination 131 .12 classroom climate 131 .09 reading scores 131 .06 as can be seen in table 1, the obtained sig value for all variables is higher than .05. therefore, it can safely be concluded that the data is normally distributed across all the variables. 3.1. reliability of the questionnaires table 2 shows the information obtained from cronbach alpha analyses for two questionnaires. table 2. results of cronbach alpha indexes after reliability analysis scale number of items cronbach alpha self-determination 90 .88 classroom climate 20 .72 as the table shows, the utilized questionnaires gained acceptable indexes of cronbach alpha as a whole: self-determination= .88, classroom climate=.72. cronbach alpha index for reading comprehension test is also acceptable (reading comprehension test= .89) 3.2. descriptive statistics table 3 presents descriptive statistics for the six sub-constructs of self-determination including the mean, standard deviation, maximum and minimum scores. the possible range of scores for all six sub-constructs of self-determination is between 15 and 75. as can be seen in table 3, financial management has the highest mean score (46.97) and the emotional independence of peers has the lowest mean score (42.30). also, the table shows the number of participants was 150. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 203 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 198-210 shahrbanoo joulide, et.al (conjuring up the correspondence of high-school students’ self-determination and) table 3. descriptive statistics of sub-constructs of self-determination n minimum maximum mean std. deviation financial management 150 21.00 75.00 46.97 16.66 emotional independence of parents 150 19.00 72.00 42.33 15.17 emotional independence of peers 150 21.00 69.00 42.30 12.95 mutual dependence 150 23.00 70.00 46.12 14.67 time management 150 22.00 71.00 44.76 13.43 displacement 150 22.00 75.00 46.68 17.26 self determination 150 138.00 423.00 269.19 82.45 table 4 presents descriptive statistics of sub-constructs of classroom climate. the possible range of scores for sub-constructs of classroom climate with 5 items is between 5 and 15. table 4. descriptive statistics of students’ classroom climate n minimum maximum mean std. deviation unfriendly behaviour 150 5.00 15.00 8.90 2.43 task orientation and equity 150 5.00 15.00 10.15 2.82 cooperation and equality. 150 5.00 15.00 9.68 2.95 competition 150 5.00 15.00 10.10 2.81 as can be seen in table 4, unfriendly behavior has the lowest mean score (8.90) and task orientation and equity have the highest mean score (10.15). table 5 presents descriptive statistics of students’ reading ability. the possible range of scores for this test is between 0 and 20. table 5. descriptive statistics of students’ reading score n minimum maximum mean std. deviation reading score 131 7.00 20.00 14.23 3.04 as can be seen in table 5, the minimum score for reading score is 7 and the maximum score is 20. moreover, the mean score is 14.23 with standard deviation of 3.04. 3.3. main data analyses 1. is there any significant relationship between self-determination and iranian high school students’ reading ability? to assess the first research question, pearson correlation was used. table 6 shows the obtained correlation coefficient related to iranian high school students’ self-determination and their reading ability. table 6. results of pearson correlation between self-determination and iranian high school students’ reading scores reading scores self-determination pearson correlation .40** sig. (2-tailed) .00 n 131 a **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). 204 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 198-210 shahrbanoo joulide, et.al (conjuring up the correspondence of high-school students’ self-determination and) the results of pearson correlation indicated that there is a positive significant relationship between overall self-determination and reading ability (r=.40, p<.05). table 7. results of pearson correlation between sub-constructs of self-determination and iranian high school students’ reading achievement scores fm eip eipe md tm dis reading achievement scores pearson correlation .13 .35** .20* .37** .45** .27** sig. (2-tailed) .254 .00 .041 .000 .000 .001 n 131 131 131 131 131 131 a. **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). b. *. correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed). the results of pearson correlation indicated that among sub-constructs of self-determination, time management (r=.45, p<.05) has the highest relationship and financial management (r=.13, p<.05) has the lowest relationship with reading score. 2. is there any significant relationship between the classroom climate and iranian high school students’ reading achievement score? to assess the second research question, again pearson correlation was used. table 8 shows the results of pearson correlation between the classroom climate and iranian high school students’ reading ability. table 8. results of correlation between the classroom climate iranian high school students’ reading achievement scores unfriendly behaviour task orientation and equity cooperation and equality. competition reading achievement scores pearson correlation -.10 .46** .29* .33** sig. (2-tailed) .220 .000 .000 .001 n 131 131 131 131 c. **. correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). the results of pearson correlation indicated that among sub-constructs of classroom climate, task orientation and equity (r=.46, p<.05) has the highest relationship. unfriendly behavior (r=.10, p>.05) has the lowest relationship with reading ability. as stated before, the main purpose of the present study was to explore the relationship between classroom climate and self-determination with the reading ability of iranian students. to investigate the potential relationship, the researcher used quantitative data. regarding the relationship between self-determination and reading ability, findings revealed that there is a significant and positive relationship between self-determination and reading ability. besides, findings showed that among six subscales of the self-determination, financial management has the highest mean score (46.97) and it has significant relationship with the reading ability of iranian students and emotional independence of peers has the lowest mean score (42.30) and it has a negative correlation with the reading ability of iranian students. this finding is in agreement with yang, chiu, sin, and lui’s (2020) study which was conducted to explore the relationship between self-determination and the academic achievement of students. the results showed that school support has a significant indirect effect on school engagement via self-determination as a mediator. the correlations between school support, self-determination, and school engagement are all positive and significant, whereas peer support did not correlate with school engagement. moreover, research conducted by erickson et al. (2015) also unfolds that selfdetermination skills are positively correlated with factors that have been shown to improve academic achievement, one of which can be reading achievement. the obtained significant relationship issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 205 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 198-210 shahrbanoo joulide, et.al (conjuring up the correspondence of high-school students’ self-determination and) between self-determination and reading score in this study can be due to the fact that selfdetermination enhances students’ engagement in reading comprehension. also, the finding of the present study agrees with muir’s (2020) study which was conducted in order to investigate the relationship between self-determination and the flipped classroom. the results showed that sdt was an appropriate lens to analyze participants’ experiences of the approach, with the teacher being a particularly strong influence on students’ motivation for engaging with the approach. muir’s findings also highlight the importance of the role of teachers in creating a learning environment supporting students’ self-determination and reading achievement score. additionally, the observed association between reading ability and self-determination seems to be consistent with gardner's assertion that the intensity of affective factors like self-determination that is directly related to motivation is a contributing factor to l2 achievement including reading score and vice versa (masgoret & gardner, 2003). such contributing environment which lowers the role of inhibiting affective factors can be strengthened by the teachers’ qualities in creating a positive classroom environment. besides, chances are great that the learners with low sense of self-determination lose their identity and investment and therefore deteriorate in the face of failure. bogianno and pittman (1992) advocated that amotivated learners who obviously have lower sense of self-determination tend to use more maladaptive non-effective learning strategies in their courses like reading such as lack of investment and persistence with their tasks which commonly results in decreased performance. consequently, such learners are not sufficiently diligent to amend the reading strategies in accordance with the demands of the tasks. also, the present study extends this line of research by investigating the relationships between classroom climate and reading ability. this research showed that there is a positive correlation between two subscales of classroom climate and reading ability. findings revealed that task orientation and equity (r=.46, p<.05) has the highest correlation with iranian students’ reading ability and unfriendly behavior (r=-.10, p>.05) has the lowest correlation with reading ability. the obtained results can be due to the fact that classroom climates that demotivate learners by applying tasks that are not based on their needs and interests or the situations in which the teacher provides a sense of non-equity cause obstacles for them as they fall into a state of helplessness, especially when they see others doing better in the classroom than they are. as the results showed, equity has a high correlation with reading achievement. this means that supportive and finely classroom environments enhance and so the class becomes more enjoyable for learners. furthermore, learners in such environments tend to report a high desire for selfimprovement and motivation for academic achievement (battistich, schaps, & wilson, 2004; patrick, ryan, & kaplan, 2007). on the other hand, classroom conditions with strict rules and high teacher control seem to be associated with lower learner engagement and negative feelings about not only the classroom but also their success. it appears then that classroom climates that enhance rapport and relationships encourage student motivation and eventually achievement in reading. this finding is in line with lepola, lynch, kiuru, laakkonen, and niemi’ s (2016) study which was conducted to investigate task orientation as a predictor of grade 3 reading comprehension skills. this study was a five-year longitudinal study. a positive relationship was found between task orientation and reading comprehension of preschool through kindergarten to grade 3. students are particularly motivated when their teachers provide a learning environment with challenging and meaningful tasks. therefore, as the results of the present study unfolded, teachers’ ability in adapting and adopting tasks may create a motivating environment leading to the enhance ment of selfdetermination and reading score achievement. furthermore, the findings of oostdam, koerhuis and fukkink (2019) also are in line with the present study. this study was conducted in order to investigate the maladaptive behavior about the basic psychological needs of students in secondary education. the findings showed significant, negative correlations between maladaptive student behavior in the classroom and the extent to which students’ basic psychological needs are met by teachers and fellow students. both teachers and fellow students play a role in students’ maladaptive behavior toward school and withdrawn behavior. when it comes to unfriendly behavior, the perceived support of teachers appears to be particularly relevant, while the role of peers is an important factor in delinquent behavior. their findings confirm the results of the present study since teachers’ skill in considering the students’ basic psychological needs makes the classroom environment more fruitful; therefore, students may benefit more from the instruction and classroom environment and achieve higher scores. 206 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 198-210 shahrbanoo joulide, et.al (conjuring up the correspondence of high-school students’ self-determination and) 4. conclusion the present study was an attempt to provide evidence on the relationships of self-determination and classroom climate with the iranian high school students’ reading achievement score. the present study demonstrated that time management, which is one of the subscales of self-determination, has the highest correlation with the reading comprehension and that task orientation, which is one of the subscales of classroom climate, has the highest positive correlation with reading ability, while unfriendly behavior has a small negative correlation with it. in general, from the findings it can be concluded that self-determination and classroom climate have an undeniable effect on the iranian high school performance level of reading achievement. in other words, to have students with higher reading ability, teachers should help students to increase self-determination. the best strategy for teachers in this regard is to teach students some valuable techniques to improve their time management. another significant factor that can help education authorities to have students with higher reading ability is managing their classroom climate. this pedagogical goal can be best achieved through implementing some strategies to manage classroom climate in a task-oriented way. the findings are potentially helpful for english teachers, english schools or institutes, and students. it provides teachers with some suggestions on how to create more learning opportunities. in addition, recognizing time management as the most correlated subconstruct of students’ selfdetermination with their reading ability would encourage english teachers and instructors to manipulate pedagogical strategies to help students to improve their time-management. besides, realizing that task orientation is the most correlated sub-construct of classroom climate with students’ reading ability, teachers can adapt and adopt tasks that motivate students to invest more time on reading achievement. additionally, if teachers take the results of this study into account, they will teach in a friendly behavior classroom and increase self-determination of their students. finally, the results recommend english schools or institutes to develop and modify their old policies and renew them in order to increase the performance level of their students and teachers. this study can open new visions for other studies based on the limitations of the current study. for example, replication of this study can be done in other contexts. the present study addressed students in high schools. further research can be done to replicate it in universities or institutes. moreover, the present study only focused on the relationships between self-determination and classroom climate with reading achievement. it is recommended that future researchers conduct correlational studies on other variables related to reading ability. finally, further studies are suggested to consider various demographic information such as age, gender, and years of study. references ahmadi, m., namazizadeh, m., & mokhtari, p. (2012). perceived motivational climate, basic psychological needs and self determined motivation in youth male athletes. world applied sciences journal, 16(9), 1189-1195. alonso-tapia, j., & nieto, c. (2019). classroom emotional climate: nature, measurement, effects and implications for education. revista de psicodidáctica (english ed.), 24(2), 79-87. amin, f. (2020). positive classroom environment, cooperative learning strategy, reading comprehension achievement: a correlational study. language-edu, 9(1). battistich, v., schaps, e., & wilson, n. (2004). effects of an elementary school intervention on students’ connectedness to school and social adjustment during middle school. the journal of primary prevention, 24(3), 243-262. https://doi.org.10.1023/b:jopp.0000018048.38517.cd behrhorst, k. l., sullivan, t. n., & sutherland, k. s. (2020). the impact of classroom climate on aggression and victimization in early adolescence. the journal of early adolescence, 40(5), 689-711. brand, s., felner, r. d., seitsinger, a., burns, a., and bolton, n. (2008). a large scale study of the assessment of the social environment of middle and secondary schools: the validity and utility of teachers' ratings of school climate, cultural pluralism, and safety problems for understanding school effects and school improvement. j. sch. psychol. 46, 507–535. https://doi.org.10.1016/j.jsp.2007.12.001 bogianno, a. & pittman, t. (1992). achievement and motivation. cambridge: cambridge university press. https://doi.org.10.1023/b:jopp.0000018048.38517.cd https://doi.org.10.1016/j.jsp.2007.12.001 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 207 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 198-210 shahrbanoo joulide, et.al (conjuring up the correspondence of high-school students’ self-determination and) brand, s., felner, r. d., shim, m., seitsinger, a., & dumas, t. (2003). middle school improvement and reform: development and validation of a school-level assessment of climate, cultural pluralism, and school safety. journal of educational psychology 95, 570–588. buyse, e., verschueren, k., verachtert, p., & damme, j. v. (2009). predicting school adjustment in early elementary school: impact of teacher-child relationship quality and relational classroom climate. the elementary school journal, 110(2), 119-141. calet, n., lópez‐reyes, r., & jiménez‐fernández, g. (2020). do reading comprehension assessment tests result in the same reading profile? a study of spanish primary school children. journal of research in reading, 43(1), 98-115. cheema, j., & kitsantas, a. (2016). predicting high school student use of learning strategies: the role of preferred learning styles and classroom climate. educational psychology, 36(5), 845-862. chen, g., & weikart, l. a. (2008). student background, school climate, school disorder, and student achievement: an empirical study of new york city's middle schools. j. sch. violence 7, 3–20. https://doi.org.10.1080/15388220801973813 chickering, a. w., mcdowell, j., & campagna, d. (1969). institutional differences and student development. journal of educational psychology, 60(4), 315–326. cohen, j., pickeral, t., and mccloskey, m. (2009). assessing school climate. educ. digest, 74 (8), 45-48 collins, t. n., and parson, k. a. (2010). school climate and student outcomes. j. cross discipl. perspect. educ, 3, 34–39 creemers, b. p., & reezigt, g. j. (1999). the role of school and classroom climate in elementary school learning environments. school climate: measuring, improving and sustaining healthy learning environments, 30-47. deci, e. l., olafsen, a. h., & ryan, r. m. (2017). self-determination theory in work organizations: the state of a science. annual review of organizational psychology and organizational behavior, 4, 1943. deci, e. l., & ryan, r. m. (2008). facilitating optimal motivation and psychological well -being across life’s domains. canadian psychology/psychologie canadienne, 49(1), 14–23. deci, e. l., & ryan, r. m. (1985). intrinsic motivation and self-determination. rochester, new york: university of rochester. deci, e. l., & ryan, r. m. (2002). overview of self-determination theory: an organismic dialectical perspective. handbook of self-determination research, 3-33. deci, e. l., eghrari, h., patrick, b. c., & leone, d. r. (1994). facilitating internalization: the self‐determination theory perspective. journal of personality, 62(1), 119-142. drotar, d. k. (2019). student-centered language teaching in the east asian context (m.a. thesis). durkin, d. (1978). what classroom observations reveal about reading comprehension instruction. reading research quarterly, 481-533. el miedany, y., lotfy, h., el aroussy, n., mekkawy, d., nasef, s. i., hassan, w., ... & el gaafary, m. (2018). thu0604 juvenile inflammatory arthritis: the development and validation of an illustrated questionnaire to measure children’s motivation. erickson, a. s. g., noonan, p. m., zheng, c., & brussow, j. a. (2015). the relationship between selfdetermination and academic achievement for adolescents with intellectual disabilities. research in developmental disabilities, 36, 45-54. evans, i. m., shane t. harvey, s. t., buckley, l., & yan, e. (2009) differentiating classroom climate concepts: academic, management, and emotional environments, kōtuitui: new zealand journal of social sciences online, 4(2), 131-146, https://doi.org.10.1080/1177083x.2009.9522449 fathali, s., & okada, t. (2018). technology acceptance model in technology-enhanced ocll contexts: a self-determination theory approach. australasian journal of educational technology, 34(4). fraser, b. j. (1994). research on classroom and school climate. in d. gabel (ed.), handbook of research on science teaching and learning (pp. 493-541). new york: macmillan. https://doi.org.10.1080/15388220801973813 https://doi.org.10.1080/15388220801973813 https://doi.org.10.1080/1177083x.2009.9522449 208 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 198-210 shahrbanoo joulide, et.al (conjuring up the correspondence of high-school students’ self-determination and) fraser, b. j., giddings, g. j., & mcrobbie, c. j. (1995). evolution and validation of a personal form of an instrument for assessing science laboratory classroom environments. journal of research in science teaching, 32(4), 399-422. gagné, m., & deci, e. l. (2005). self‐determination theory and work motivation. journal of organizational behavior, 26(4), 331-362. garner, r. (1987). metacognition and reading comprehension. norwood, nj: ablex publishing. guay, f., denault, a. s., & renauld, s. (2017). school attachment and relatedness with parents, friends and teachers as predictors of students’ intrinsic and identified regulation. contemporary educational psychology, 51, 416-428. hood, a. b. (1986). iowa student development instrument. retrieved april 25, 2002, from indiana state university: http://garnet.indstate.edu/wbarratt/dragon/ix/ia-pref.html hornstra, l., bakx, a., mathijssen, s., & denissen, j. j. (2020). motivating gifted and non-gifted students in regular primary schools: a self-determination perspective. learning and individual differences, 80, 101871. hossienchari, m. & khayer, m. (2002). investigating the psychosocial atmosphere of the classroom as one of the components of school culture. journal of educational sciences and psychology, shahid chamran university of ahvaz, 9(4), 25-42 huang, s. l. (2003). antecedents to psychosocial environments in middle school classrooms in taiwan. learning environments research 6, 119–135. jang, h., kim, e. j., & reeve, j. (2016). why students become more engaged or more disengaged during the semester: a self-determination theory dual-process model. learning and instruction, 43, 27-38. jansen in de wal, j., van den beemt, a., martens, r. l., & den brok, p. j. (2020). the relationship between job demands, job resources and teachers’ professional learning: is it explained by self-determination theory? studies in continuing education, 42(1), 17-39. khalkhali, v., sharifi, r., & nikyar, a. (2013). students' intentions to persist in, versus dropout of high school: what self-determined motivation tells us about it? international online journal of educational sciences, 5(2). landmark, l. j., & zhang, d. (2019). self-determination at a career and technical school: observations of iep meetings. advances in neurodevelopmental disorders, 3(2), 152-160. lau, k., & lee, j. (2008). examining hong kong students’ achievement goals and their relations with students’ perceived classroom environment and strategy use. educational psychology, 28, 357–372. lepola, j., lynch, j., kiuru, n., laakkonen, e., & niemi, p. (2016). early oral language comprehension, task orientation, and foundational reading skills as predictors of grade 3 reading comprehension. reading research quarterly, 51(4), 373-390. liu, w. c., wang, c. j., reeve, j., kee, y. h., & chian, l. k. (2019). what determines teachers’ use of motivational strategies in the classrooms? a self-determination theory perspective. journal of education, 0022057419881171. masgoret, a.-m. & gardner, r. c. (2003). attitudes, motivation, and second language learning: a metaanalysis of studies conducted by gardner and associates. language learning, 53, 123-163. morin, a. j., marsh, h. w., nagengast, b., & scalas, l. f. (2014). doubly latent multilevel analyses of classroom climate: an illustration. the journal of experimental education, 82(2), 143-167. muir, t. (2020). self-determination theory and the flipped classroom: a case study of a senior secondary mathematics class. mathematics education research journal, 1-19. noels, k. a., lascano, d. i. v., & saumure, k. (2019). the development of self-determination across the language course: trajectories of motivational change and the dynamic interplay of psychological needs, orientations, and engagement. studies in second language acquisition, 41(4), 821-851. olafsen, a. h., niemiec, c. p., halvari, h., deci, e. l., & williams, g. c. (2017). on the dark side of work: a longitudinal analysis using self-determination theory. european journal of work and organizational psychology, 26(2), 275-285. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 209 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 198-210 shahrbanoo joulide, et.al (conjuring up the correspondence of high-school students’ self-determination and) oostdam, r. j., koerhuis, m. j. c., & fukkink, r. g. (2019). maladaptive behavior in relation to the basic psychological needs of students in secondary education. european journal of psychology of education, 34(3), 601-619. patrick, h., ryan, a. m., & kaplan, a. (2007). early adolescents’ perceptions of the classroom social environment, motivational beliefs, and engagement. journal of educational psychology, 99(1), 83-98. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.99.1.83 pearson, p. d., & gallagher, m. c. (1983). the instruction of reading comprehension. contemporary educational psychology, 8(3), 317-344. perfetti, c. a., landi, n., & oakhill, j. (2005). the acquisition of reading comprehension skill. in m. j. snowling & c. hulme (eds.), blackwell handbooks of developmental psychology. the science of reading: a handbook (p. 227–247). blackwell publishing. ranđelović, d., & dimić, d. (2020). connection between classroom climate and academic performance. facta universitatis, series: teaching, learning and teacher education, (1), 083-093 roberts, j., & bezuidenhout, a. (2017). technology, work roles and competencies of educators facilitating fully or partially via a distance. international journal of educational sciences, 18(1-3), 110-121. roth, g., vansteenkiste, m., & ryan, r. m. (2019). integrative emotion regulation: process and development from a self-determination theory perspective. development and psychopathology, 31(3), 945-956. selgi l. m., & geramipoor, m. (2020). hanjaryabi va barrasi vizhegihaye ravansanji porseshnameh roshde khodmokhtari ayova bar asase modelhaye chand arzeshi nazariyeye pasokh-soal. (norming and investigating psychometric properties of autonomy scale using polychoromous item response theory models). faslname elmi-pazhooheshi ravansanji, 28, 111-126. sin, s. l., & siahpoosh, h. (2020). looking at the impact of the flipped classroom model on reading comprehension of iranian efl learners. arabic language, literature & culture, 5(2), 14. tapola, a., & niemivirta, m. (2008). the role of achievement goal orientations in students’ perceptions of and preferences for classroom environment. british journal of educational psychology 78, 291–312. wang, m. t., degol, j. l., amemiya, j., parr, a., & guo, j. (2020). classroom climate and children’s academic and psychological wellbeing: a systematic review and meta-analysis. developmental review, 57, 100912. westling-allodi, m. (2002). a two-level analysis of classroom climate in relation to social context, group composition and organization of special support. learning environments research, 5, 253–274. yang, l., chiu, h. m., sin, k. f., & lui, m. (2020). the effects of school support on school engagement with self-determination as a mediator in students with special needs. international journal of disability, development and education, 1-16. yu, s., & levesque-bristol, c. (2020). a cross-classified path analysis of the self-determination theory model on the situational, individual and classroom levels in college education. contemporary educational psychology, 101857. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.99.1.83 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 213-224 10.12928/eltej.v4i3.2955 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id perks and perils of adult learners in communication english learning at english language centers in vietnam truong minh hoa college of foreign economics and relations, 81 tran binh trong street, ho chi minh city, vietnam tmh.camranh1991@gmail.com a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 20 october 2020 revised 03 december 2020 accepted 30 december 2021 the teaching and learning of communication english for adult learners is unlike that for children. understanding of the differences between adult learners’ and young learners’ traits is considered a must for all english teachers so as to provide appropriate teaching methods and materials for adult learners in communication english learning. thus, this mixed-methods survey was conducted to investigate adult learners’ perks and perils in communication english learning and suggested solutions for their better communicative performance. the sample of this study consisted of 148 adult learners from the five selected language centers in ho chi minh city, vietnam. data were collected from questionnaire copies. the findings revealed that the adult learners had some perks including strong motivation, clear learning goal, good learner autonomy and able technology use for learning, or positive attitudes towards the existing teachers’ quality. besides, some perils among these adult learners were sought, including low self-confidence, short time investment, and limited speaking practice environment. at last, they expected their teachers to make the lessons more interesting and realistic, and hoped their language centers to invite native language teachers. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords perks perils adult learners communication english vietnam how to cite: truong, m. h. (2021). perks and perils of adult learners in communication english learning at english language centers in vietnam. english language teaching educational journal, 4(3), 213-224. 1. introduction being competent in oral communication is a growing desire of all english learners. and speaking is a fundamental skill that learners need to master in order to communicate effectively. indeed, ur (2013) states that of all the four language skills, speaking seems intuitively the most important one as the ability to speak skillfully provides for the speakers with a favorable condition to establish and maintain relationships, to negotiate, and to influence others. in the same fashion, nunan (1991) views that to most people, success is measured in terms of the ability to carry out a good conversation in the target language. this increasing demand for good communicative skill in a globalized society activates english speaking learning around the world (enever, 2018), including in vietnam. currently, vietnam has been the member of many international organizations like association of south-east asia nations (asean); world trade organization (wto); or asia pacific economics conference (apec). in these communities, vietnamese people who are not born as english speakers have learned english language in order to be able to communicate with other people. in other words, english is used throughout these communities as lingua franca, “the common language used by people of different language backgrounds to communicate with each other” (kirkpatrick, 2007). as a result, the english language has shifted from being a language that was primarily used to serve native speakers’ intra-national and communal purposes to becoming an international medium in lingua franca communication (kirkpatrick, 2007). in response to this change, vietnamese people need to use english effectively to interact with others who come from different linguistic backgrounds. in order http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:tmh.camranh1991@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8644-4750 https://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.12928/eltej.v4i3.2955&domain=pdf 214 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 213-224 truong, m. h. (perks and perils of adult learners) to do so, the language must be understood by both sides to make the communication successful. thus, it is axiomatic that the utmost important goal of learning english is to be capable of communicating well in english; that is, the goal of language learning “is concerned with developing the ability to use language in communicative situations” (larsen-freeman, 2018). in reality, there have been more and more communication courses in vietnam held to satisfy leaners’ need of improving english speaking ability. however, many vietnamese learners still find it difficult to communicate fluently and confidently. this alarming predicament happens exactly to a large number of adult learners in vietnam. after many years of being exposed to english in secondary and high schools, and even at tertiary level, many of them are still unable to perform a simple and short conversation in english (pham, than, & truong, 2020) due to a set of complicated factors such as highly pressured performance conditions and limited listening ability (heriansyah, 2012; nguyen & tran, 2015), low motivation and selfconfidence, and high anxiety (juhana, 2012; leong & ahmadi, 2017), immature topical and linguistic input (mazouzi, 2013; hosni, 2014), counter-productive elt materials and curricular, and inflexible teacher roles (dao, 2017; yaseen, 2018). especially, adult learners may feel embarrassed about being students against for the feeling of being old and away from schools for many years (singleton & záborská, 2020). notwithstanding the perils of learning communication english mentioned above, there are still perks among vietnamese adult learners, “persons over the normal age of traditional schooling, who freely choose to get involved in a particular form of instruction, to serve a professional, social or personal need and interest” (cozma, 2015), contributing to their success in english learning. first, as they are adults, they are goal-oriented and experienced, and have much greater cognitive and linguistic capabilities than young learners (kuklewicz & king, 2018). in specific, this group of learners are goaloriented and motivated since when they learn, they want to accomplish specific needs or demands such as to support their study, to be promoted in career, to make more friends or to be good language users (merriam, 2017; lavrysh & lytovchenko, 2019; lytovchenko, ogienko, sbruieva & sotska, 2018). that is the reason why “adult learners have better study habits than the younger learners in that they engaged in deeper learning than do the younger learners” (xolmurodova, 2021). second, thanks to the technology advancement (e.g., ict, internet) and the widespread establishment of english centers across viet nam, vietnamese adult learners can seek a convenient english learning environment with their self-paid tuition fee. there are some problems among adults learning english as a second language (madkur, 2018; wu & le, 2014). one noticeable problem, nevertheless, is that most of the adult learners attend to english classes empty-handed. it means that they just simply come to school to learn what they are taught without paying attention to both perks and perils they are possessing and facing. for adult learners, those aspects need considering carefully since they might directly affect the learning outcomes. it is witnessed that numerous adult learners who fail to communicate in english because of not being aware of the perks and perils of their learning process. therefore, the present survey study was conducted to investigate two sides of adult learners when they are learning communication english, then useful solutions for helping these adult learners improve their english communicative competence. to achieve this objective, the current paper aims to address the two following research questions: 1. what are the perks and perils of adult learners in communication english learning? 2. what are the adult learners’ suggested solutions to strengthen the perks and to overcome the perils in communication english learning? 2. method 2.1. research locale and participants the current study was carried out at the five selected language centers in ho chi minh city, vietnam. the most common trait of these five language centers was to provide learners with different communication english courses, which were designed based on the adult learners’ existing proficiency levels. the research participants were 148 adult learners from the selected five language centers, whose background information is presented in table 1. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 215 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 213-224 truong, m. h. (perks and perils of adult learners) table 1. research participants’ profile n = 148 frequency (f) percentage (5) gender male 58 39.2 female 90 60.8 age (years old) 18-22 60 40.5 23-28 52 35.1 29-35 26 17.6 36-45 7 4.7 above 45 3 2.0 occupation finance-banking 20 13.5 tourism, hotel 30 20.3 medicine 4 2.7 education 23 15.5 law 26 17.6 accounting 22 14.9 human resource 19 12.8 construction 4 2.8 english learning experience (years) 1-3 7 4.7 4-7 47 31.8 8-10 68 45.9 above 10 26 17.6 as shown in table 1, of 148 participants, there were 58 males (39.2%) and 90 females (60.8%). their ages ranged variously from 18 to 45 years old, but most of them were from 18-22 (40.5%) and 23-28 (35.1%). regarding their occupations, these adult learners worked in different sectors of career like tourism, hotel (20.3%), law (17.6%), education (15.5%), accounting (14.9%), or finance-banking (13.5%), or human resource (12.8%), and so on. furthermore, most of the respondents had learned english from 4 to 10 years; that is, 4-7 years (31.8%), and 8-10 years (45.9%). 2.2. research design overall, the present study was grounded by a survey design, which is “a procedure in which any researcher administers a survey to a sample […] to describe the attitudes, opinions, behaviors, or characteristics of the sample” (creswell, 2019). this survey was to examine 148 adult learners’ perks and perils in communication english learning and their own suggestions for better learning and teaching quality of communication english. 2.3. research instrument: questionnaire rationale in this study, the researcher deliberately used a questionnaire, a written instrument by which the respondents can select the best option from among existing answers (iwaniec, 2019), to garner data for the present study due to two salient reasons. among many advantages of using questionnaires, some of them include practicality, economy, feasibility, time, efficiency, versatility, ease of construction, and data analysis (curle & derakhshan, 2021; patten, 2016). furthermore, questionnaire is known to be one of the easiest methods to manage, especially with large numbers of subjects. dörnyei & taguchi (2010) highlight that questionnaires are very popular and one of the most common methods of data collection in l2 research because they are easy to construct, extremely versatile, capable of gathering a large amount of information quickly in such a way that is readily processable. besides, questionnaire tends to be more reliable as it encourages greater honesty from respondents and saves the researcher’s and participants’ time and effort. description the questionnaire consisted of nine questions in total. these nine questions covered sub-themes of the adult learners’ perks, perils, and suggested solutions for communication english learning. the questionnaire was highly reliable and valid because the researcher constructed it in a highly-structured way, afterwards had experts to double-check its content, scales, layout of both english and vietnamese versions, and finally conducted a pilot study. below is the questionnaire’s detail. 216 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 213-224 truong, m. h. (perks and perils of adult learners) table 2. description of questionnaire sub-themes questions options main motive 1-what is your main motive of learning communication english? 6 (=1 accepted) self-study time investment 2-do you invest time for self-study every day? if yes, how long for each time of self-study? 6 (=1 accepted) communication english use outside class 3-do you use english for communicative needs? if yes, in which cases? 5 (>=1 accepted) hindrances of communication english use 4-in cases of using english for communicative purposes, what hindrances influence your speaking performance? 5 (>=1 accepted) overall evaluation of communication english class 5-how do you evaluate your communication english class in general? 5 (>=1 accepted) self-evaluation of language curriculum 6-how do you evaluate the content of your communication english curriculum at your language center? 3 pairs 1 pair: 2 (=1 accepted) perceived possible perks 7-what perks do you have when starting to learn communication english? 9 (>=1 accepted) perceived existing perils 8-what perils do you face when learning communication english? 9 (>=1 accepted) suggested solutions 9-what are your suggestions to improve the quality of your communication english courses? 5 (>=1 accepted) 2.4. data collection and analysis on the chosen dates, the questionnaire copies which had been translated into vietnamese beforehand were delivered to 148 adult participants. on the receipt of questionnaires from the respondents, the researcher found that all 148 copies (100%) were valid and accepted. finally, the researcher employed statistical package for the social sciences (spss) version 20.0 to analyze the descriptive statistics of the collected questionnaires in terms of frequency (f, n) and percentage (p, %). frequency (f, n) is a sort of tool which counts the number of times people did the same things, while percentage (p, %) is mostly integrated with frequencies to present a clear picture of a certain phenomenon. 3. finding and discussion 3.1 findings from table 3, the adult learners attended the communication english classes for different purposes. in details, more than one-third of the total sample (39.2%) learnt communication english to help them negotiate effectively with either customers or colleagues. likewise, approximately onethird of the response community (33.8%) explained that meeting the qualification requirement at the workplace or school was the primary motive for their attendance in communication english courses. besides, some learning motives were also found but only at low rates; that is, going to study abroad (12.8%), seeking a new job conveniently (8.1%), relaxing and entertaining (4.7%), travelling (1.4%). table 3. the adult learners’ main motive of communication english learning main motive f (n) p (%) i learn communication english to negotiate in english for work 58 39.2 i learn communication english to seek a new job 12 8.1 i learn communication english to meet the qualification requirement at workplace/ school 50 33.8 i learn communication english to use it for traveling 2 1.4 i learn communication english to entertain (e.g. watch films, listen to music) 7 4.7 i learn communication english to use it for studying abroad 19 12.8 total 148 100.0 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 217 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 213-224 truong, m. h. (perks and perils of adult learners) table 4. the adult learners’ time investment for self-study self-study time investment f (n) p (%) no time for self-study 25 16.9 less than thirty minutes 55 37.2 from thirty minutes to one hour 46 31.1 from more than one hour to two hours 20 13.5 from more than two hours to three hours 2 1.4 more than three hours 0 0.0 total 148 100.0 as observed from table 4, by the highest frequency number, there were 55/148 informants (37.2%) spending less than half an hour for each time of self-studying communication english. by the second highest frequency number, nearly one-third of the total sample (31.1%) invested only from thirty minutes to one hour for each time of self-study. it is indicated that the more the time investment for each time of self-learning communication english increased, the fewer there were adult learners; for example, only 13.5% of the entire sample utilized from more than one hour to two hours for their selfstudy outside the class; more notably, only 1.4% of them used from more than two hours to three hours to practice or review communication english lessons at home; surprisingly, no adult learners of this study invested more than three hours for their self-study outside the class. especially, according to the revelation of 25 surveyed participants (16.9%), they did not have time fund to invest for selfstudy outside the language center. in other words, these learners only acquired communication english right at their language schools. table 5. the adult learners’ use of english for communicative needs outside the class communication english use outside class f (n) p (%) i use english for work 74 50.0 i use english when participating english language clubs 53 35.8 i use english to communicate with my foreign friends 30 20.3 i use english for speaking practice with my friends 116 78.4 i do not have realistic environment for using english outside the class 29 19.6 as presented in table 5, half of the total sample (50.0%) utilized communication english for work. it is referred that these adults used english as a means of negotiating with their colleagues or clients. positively, 35.8% of the response community reported that they used communication english when taking part in the language clubs. in other words, these students had positive learning attitudes for a better communicative ability. interestingly, outside the communication english class, one-fifth of the adult learners (20.3%) immersed this language in communicating with their foreign friends or acquaintances. most strikingly, beyond three-quarters of the participants (78.4%) used the learnt english for speaking practice activities with their friends. it is clear that these adult learners expected to improve their communication english proficiency. yet, there were still some learners (29/148, 19.6%) unable to access to realistic environment for communication english use. table 6. the adult learners’ perceptions of the hindrances on communication english use hindrances of communication english use f (n) p (%) i feel too anxious and scared to speak anything 81 54.7 i am afraid that my inaccurate pronunciation makes listeners not understand 69 46.6 i do not know how to start my speaking 52 35.1 i hesitate to speak as i am afraid that i make incorrect utterances 95 64.2 i do not have sufficient vocabulary for my speaking 121 81.8 as can be seen from table 6, several factors hindering the adult learners’ english speaking performance were ultimately found. to begin with, more than half of the participants (54.7%) felt seriously anxious and scared so that they could hardly make a perfect utterance. likewise, in relation to the learners’ psychological aspects, nearly half of the total sample (46.6%) worried that they pronounced words inaccurately, leading to misunderstandings among interlocutors. moreover, 35.1% 218 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 213-224 truong, m. h. (perks and perils of adult learners) of the total sample often felt embarrassed, did not know how to start their speaking. to another noticeable finding, around two-thirds of the entire response community (64.2%) hesitated to make utterances as they were afraid of the inaccuracy of what they uttered in english. by the highest percentage, according to four-fifths of the participants (81.8%), one of the biggest hindrances on their oral performance derived from their limited vocabulary size. table 7. the adult learners’ overall evaluation on the communication english class overall evaluation of communication english class f (n) p (%) there exist a lot of suitable speaking activities 107 72.3 the teachers are enthusiastic and have understandable teaching methods 112 75.5 there are many opportunities for english speaking practice throughout the class 95 64.2 the class is little joyful, there are not many opportunities for english speaking practice 30 20.3 the teachers have not still possessed interesting and vivid teaching methods 18 12.2 one of key factors that directly affect the learning performance of communication english among the adult learners is overall quality of the language center where they are following. from table 7, the large number of the participants (72.3%) strongly agreed that the communication english class at their language center provided them with several suitable speaking activities. regarding the language teachers, the majority of the informants (75.5%) revealed that their language teachers were much enthusiastic and delivered their speaking lessons understandably. besides, roughly two-thirds of the total sample (64.2%) applauded that they were exposed to many opportunities for english speaking practice during the class. nonetheless, there were a few negative aspects of the communication english class reported by the minority of the respondents; for instance, communication english class was less joyful and exciting and english speaking activities were not enough for them to practice throughout the class (20.3%), as well as some teachers had not still owned interesting and vivid teaching methods (12.2%). table 8. the adult learners’ self-evaluation of the communication english curriculum self-evaluation of language curriculum f (n) p (%) the language curriculum is vivid and interesting 119 80.4 the language curriculum boring 29 19.6 total 148 100.0 the language curriculum is suitable to my communicative needs 108 73.0 the language curriculum is not consonant with my communicative needs 40 27.0 total 148 100.0 the language curriculum is communicative competence-focused 124 83.8 the language curriculum is grammar-focused 24 16.2 total 148 100.0 coupled with the overall evaluation (e.g. the teachers, the learning activities), the assessment of the adult learners to the curriculum content of their communication english was also considered. as table 8 illustrates, while four-fifths of the participants (80.4%) assumed that the content of communication english courses was vivid and interesting, one-fifth (19.6%) reported that the curriculum at their language center was boring. in addition, nearly three-quarters of the respondents (73.0%) approved of the suitability of the curriculum content to adult learners’ communicative needs; by contrast, one-quarter (27.0%) stated that the curriculum content was not in accordance with their communicative needs. positively, most of the communication english curricular at the language centers were communicative competence-based, revealed by 83.8% of the target sample. only 16.2% perceived that grammar-focused curriculum still survived at their language schools. as displayed in table 9, there are several perks that adult learners could possess when learning communication english. first, a greater part of the respondents (84.5%) had high motivation and strong determination before attending the communication english class. to the most striking finding, nearly all the total sample (87.2%) identified a clear learning goal for their attendance to communication english class. besides, the vast availability of communication english centers and courses was positively confirmed by more than two-thirds of the total informants (68.2%). issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 219 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 213-224 truong, m. h. (perks and perils of adult learners) table 9. the adult learners’ perceived perks in communication english learning perceived possible perks f (n) p (%) i have high motivation and strong determination 125 84.5 i set up my clear learning objectives 129 87.2 many communication english courses are available 101 68.2 i am capable of deploying the internet for my learning 83 56.1 there exist many opportunities for english speaking practice with foreigners 22 14.9 i have a good foundation of grammar and vocabulary knowledge 69 46.6 i am able to learn autonomously 92 62.2 i know how to apply what i learned into reality 34 23.0 i can establish my own environment for english speaking practice 28 18.9 in addition, many of them unraveled that they had a good self-learning capacity; that is, learner autonomy (62.2%). moreover, the learner autonomy of the adult learners was also reflected by their ability to use the internet for their learning communication english (56.1%). what is more, nearly half of the total participants (46.6%) equipped themselves with a good basis of vocabulary and grammar knowledge. finally, some other perks belonged to the smaller part of the adult learners; for example, being capable of applying what they learnt into practical (23.0%), being able to create the environment of english speaking practice environment by themselves (18.9%). having realistic environment for their english communicative practice with foreigners (14.9%). table 10. the adult learners’ perceived perils in communication english learning perceived existing perils f (n) p (%) i have no much time for my learning 88 59.5 i face difficulty in pronouncing words accurately 62 41.9 i have problems with listening comprehension 104 70.3 i do not possess my clear learning goal 11 7.4 i do not have effective learning methods 82 55.4 i lack my self-confidence in my english capacity 95 64.2 there is a shortage of practice environment 73 49.3 i do not possess sufficient knowledge of vocabulary and grammar 77 52.0 i do not still have a good language teacher 26 17.6 table 10 above illustrates some perils that the adult learners confronted during their learning of communication english. to begin with, 59.5% of the respondents did not have much time for their immersion with communication english. similarly, based on the revelation of approximately half of the whole sample (49.3%), there was a severe lack of realistic environment for them to practice english speaking. in addition, roughly half of the entire sample (55.4%) did not possess effective learning methods and techniques. besides, one of the commonly-faced perils in learning communication english was the adult learners’ lack of self-confidence (64.2%). table 10 also points out a set of different challenges on the adult learners’ speaking performance concerning language input (e.g., vocabulary, grammar, pronunciation, listening comprehension); for example, having trouble in accurate pronunciation (41.9%), in listening comprehension (70.3%), deficiency of grammar and vocabulary input (52.0%). furthermore, 17.6% of the total sample did not still seek a good language teacher for themselves; and, 7.4% of this group not still having a clear goal for their learning of communication english. as observed from table 11, by the highest percentage, four-fifths of the participants (81.1%) expected the language teachers to supplement extra-curricular activities for their speaking practice. by the second highest percentage, a big portion of the adult informants (70.9%) looked forward to learning communication english with foreign teachers more. more than two-thirds of the entire sample (65.5%) hoped the language teachers could offer them different amusing learning activities like watching movies, doing role play, jigsaws, game-like activities. moreover, nearly half of the participants (45.3%) expected the language centers to minimize the number of the learners in each class so that the quality of their communication english class could be improved. finally, only a very small part of the total sample (9.5%) attributed the quality of their communication english class to the regular presence of vietnamese teachers. 220 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 213-224 truong, m. h. (perks and perils of adult learners) table 11. the adult learners’ suggested solutions for better communication english learning suggested solutions f (n) p (%) minimize the quantity of learners in each class 67 45.3 expand time of learning communication english with foreign teachers 105 70.9 increase time of learning communication english with vietnamese teachers 14 9.5 supplement extra-curricular activities for speaking practice 120 81.1 offer different amusing learning activities like watching movies, doing role plays 97 65.5 3.2. discussion research question 1: adult learners’ perks and perils in communication english learning first of all, the quantitative results indicated that all the participants came to the communication english class due to their specific purpose. in common, these adults wanted to improve their english in terms of fluency and accuracy to serve communicative purposes at work, to meet the qualification requirement at school or workplace, and to seek a better job. according to cozma (2015), unlike younger learners, the adults always have a reason why they are studying. thus, the majority of the adult learners had strong inner motivation and established a clear learning goal. as the adult learners had well-defined motive for their learning, they participated in communicative activities actively. actually, many adult learners used english for various communicative needs outside the class; for example, they practiced communication english at workplace, at the english language clubs, in chat with foreign friends, in rehearsal with their friends or classmates. obviously, adult learners, are goaloriented and motivated because when they learn, they want to accomplish specific needs such as to support their study, to be promoted in career, to make more friends or to be good language users (brockett & hiemstra, 2018). their willingness to learn communication english does not need to be told or forced to do it. as for their language centers and teachers, it is indicated the questionnaire results that the communication english classes at their language centers provided them with several interesting and appropriate learning activities. in addition, they were exposed to many opportunities for english speaking practice during the class. in addition, their language teachers were enthusiastic and taught their speaking lesson in an understandable manner. these perks were perceived from the big part of the participants’ positive attitudes. attitudes, which refer to students’ feeling about the language teacher or the language class, influence directly their language learning (ahmed, 2015). undoubtedly, the quality of teachers, language centers, and curriculum motivated the adult learners to constantly engage into their class. furthermore, these good aspects could help the learners outperform their speaking ability. coupled with the aforementioned perks, the adult learners also owned some perils in their learning communication english. first of all, the results from the questionnaire copies showed that most of the adult learners only frequently spent around one hour for each time of their studying communication english outside the class due to their workload or study mass. according cozma (2015), adult learners have their multiple responsibilities; the adults generally come to the english classroom with a certain level of fatigue. additionally, the findings of baharudin, murad, and mat (2012) revealed that most of the adult learners found it very hard to manage their time between family, career and study. as a result, they often sacrificed their resting hour or their pleasure time in order to complete their tasks and finance their self-study. wu, wu and le (2014) pointed out in their study that the most common obstacle to adults’ learning is lack of time. similarly, the questionnaire results also documented that the majority of the adult learners felt unconfident when speaking english. in specific, their low selfconfidence derived from their lack of vocabulary size and grammar amount, their incorrect pronunciation. as a result of this, they became hesitant to speak anything. these findings are in the same lines with those of wu, et al. (2014) that adults especially find difficulty in obtaining a nativelike accent, thus they partially lose confidence. furthermore, adults often find it stressful when they are unable to express themselves clearly and correctly in a second language. pertaining to the adult learners’ views of the language teachers and centers, the questionnaire results unraveled that although some language teachers were sufficiently enthusiastic and easy-going along with a comprehensible instructional path, they did not still innovate their teaching methods. according to some participants, those teachers did not impart the lessons vividly and interestingly. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 221 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 213-224 truong, m. h. (perks and perils of adult learners) especially, some participants from the data source stated that the curriculum content appeared to be somehow grammar-based. in fact, the teachers tended to focus on imparting much more language knowledge and presenting some speaking tasks. based upon de bot (2015); tsagari & banerjee (2016); and richards (2015), communicating effectively in a foreign language requires the speakers’ good understanding of linguistic (accurate knowledge of grammar and vocabulary), sociolinguistic (language in different social contexts), and strategic aspects (ability to use language to achieve communicative goals) of the target language. indeed, the language teachers seemed to focus much on building up their adult learners’ linguistic competence. therefore, the language teachers should develop these three constructs of communicative competence concurrently. finally, the results of this study indicated that speaking activities and communicative environment were insufficient for many adult learners to practise. it should be noted that “practice makes perfect”; that is, the more the adult learners practise, the more they become competent english speakers. research question 2: adult learners’ suggested solutions for communication english learning to the first solution group, the questionnaire results displayed that most of the adult learners expected the language teachers to supplement extra-curricular activities for their speaking practice. based on their suggestion, they believed that these activities could make the class more comfortable and practical, which contributed to their learning success. as mentioned earlier, the adult learners were not provided with sufficient speaking activities and tasks; on the contrary, their language teachers sometimes over-emphasized their linguistic competence. based on richards and rodger (2001) and diane-larsen (2019) the integrated components of speaking activities should comprise the aspects of three language models such as structural, functional and interactional use of language. it means that speaking activities used in communication english classrooms need to focus on three equal components of speaking skills, including accuracy, fluency, and appropriateness. especially, these extra speaking activities need to be interesting and motivating so the adult learners’ instrinsic motivation to communication english learning increases. in academia, motivation becomes the driving force for learners to be persistent in tedious learning process (alamer, 2015; alizadeh, 2016). thereby, the language teachers should create communicative and fun activities, and select appropriate topics in teaching so that adult learners are motivated to speak english (heriansyah, 2012). to the second solution group, nearly half of the participants wanted the language centers to cut down the number of learners in each class so that the quality of their communication english class could be better. it is inferred that the size of the class and the arrangement of seats detrimentally affect the speaking performance of the adult learners (bhattacharya, 2017). a conducive and co-operative environment proves to be supportive for learners. it has been observed that adult learners are usually happier and more active in a small class. kabir (2014) indicates large classes as an inhibiting factor for efl learners’ speaking performance in relation to adult learners who have limited time to show their speaking ability. teachers pay more attention to each learner, and consequently, learners get more involved in the speaking activities. concurrently, the more frequent presence of native language teachers in their class was also suggested so that they could be familiarized by the native accents. being immersed with different english language accents and rhythms can facilitate adult learners’ listening comprehension and pronunciation, which eventually leads to a positive change of speaking performance, that is, communicative competence (nguyen, & tran, 2015). 4. conclusion the adult learners had a plenty of perks when learning communication english. first of all, almost all the participants came to the communication english class due to their specific purpose. secondly, the majority of the adults had strong inner motivation and established a clear learning goal. thirdly, many adult learners utilized english for various communicative needs outside the classrooms. fourthly, a large number of the students had positive attitudes towards their language teachers and centers, including: 1) their language center provided them with several appropriate learning activities, 2) their language teachers were enthusiastic and taught their speaking lesson in an understandable manner. in general, motivation, clear goals, and positive attitudes can facilitate these adult learners to acquire communication english with ease. coupled with the aforementioned perks, the adult learners also faced some perils in their learning communication english. first, most of the adult learners lacked time for communication english selfstudy outside the class due to their workload or study mass. secondly, the majority of the adult learners 222 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 213-224 truong, m. h. (perks and perils of adult learners) felt unconfident when speaking english, which could derive from their immature vocabulary and grammar input. thirdly, a few adults had negative attitudes towards their language centers and teachers such as 1) some teachers did not deliver the lessons vividly and interestingly, 2) the curriculum content was grammar-based to some extent. some solutions were ultimately made by the adult learners in this study. for language teachers, most of these adult learners expected their language teachers to furnish appealing extra-curricular activities for their speaking practice. for language centers, many adult learners also longed for these sites to curtail the quantity of learners in each class, to render more modern equipment for them to practice speaking tasks, and to invite native language teachers to their class more frequently. references ahmed, s. (2015). attitudes towards english language learning among efl learners at umskal. journal of education and practice, 6(18), 6-16. alamer, a. (2015). the role of efl learners' motivation in mobile language learning. in comunicación presentada en el first international conference on theory and practice. adelaide: australia. alizadeh, m. (2016). the impact of motivation on english language learning. international journal of research in english education, 1(1), 11-15. alsayed, m. (2003). factors that contribute to success in learning english as a foreign language. damascus university journal, 19(1-2), 21-44. baharudin, s. n. a., & murad, m., & mat, n. h. a. (2012). challenges of adult learners: a case study of full time postgraduates students. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 90, 772-781. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.07.151 bhattacharya, s. (2017). a study on the factors affecting esl learners' english speaking skills. international journal of english research, 3(4), 31-37. brockett, r. g., & hiemstra, r. (2018). self-direction in adult learning: perspectives on theory, research, and practice. routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429457319 canale, m., & swain, m. (1980). theoretical bases of communicative approaches to second language teaching and testing. applied linguistics,1, 1-47. https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/i.1.1 cozma, m. (2015). the challenge of teaching english to adult learners in today's world. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 197, 1209-1214. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.07.380 creswell, j. w., & hirose, m. (2019). mixed methods and survey research in family medicine and community health. family medicine and community health, 7(2). https://doi.org/10.1136/fmch-2018-000086 crystal, d. (2003). english as a global language. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511486999 curle, s. m., & derakhshan, a. (2021). trends in using questionnaires for emi research: suggestions for future improvements. in research methods in english medium instruction (pp. 32-45). routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003025115-3 dao, t. t. h. (2017). task-based language teaching: an insight into teacher practice. international journal of education culture and society, 2(4), 126-131. https://doi.org/10.11648/j.ijecs.20170204.14 darkenwald, g. g., & merriam s. b. (1982). adult education: foundations of practice. n.y.: harper collins. de bot, k. (2015). a history of applied linguistics: from 1980 to the present. london: routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315743769 diane, l. (2019). techniques and principles in language teaching. oxford: oxford university press. dörnyei, z. & taguchi, t. (2010). questionnaires in second language research: construction, administration, and processing. 2nd edition. oxfordshire, uk: routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203864739 enever, j. (2018). policy and politics in global primary english. oxford university press.heriansyah, h. (2012). speaking problems faced by the english department students of syiah kuala university. lingua didaktika, 6(1), 37-44. https://doi.org/10.24036/ld.v6i1.7398 heriansyah, h. (2012). speaking problems faced by the english department students of syiah kuala university. lingua didaktika, 6(1), 37-44. https://doi.org/10.24036/ld.v6i1.7398 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.07.151 https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429457319 https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/i.1.1 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.07.380 https://doi.org/10.1136/fmch-2018-000086 https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511486999 https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003025115-3 https://doi.org/10.11648/j.ijecs.20170204.14 https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315743769 https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203864739 https://doi.org/10.24036/ld.v6i1.7398 https://doi.org/10.24036/ld.v6i1.7398 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 223 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 213-224 truong, m. h. (perks and perils of adult learners) hosni, s. (2014) speaking difficulties encountered by young efl learners. international journal on studies in english language and literature, 2(6), 22-30. iwaniec, j. (2019). questionnaires: implications for effective implementation. in the routledge handbook of research methods in applied linguistics (pp. 324-335). london: routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780367824471-28 juhana (2012). psychological factors that hinder students from speaking in english class (a case study in a senior high school in south tangerang, banten, indonesia). journal of education and practice, 3(12), 100-110. kabir, u. s. (2014). challenges of speaking in bangladeshi classrooms (unpublished master's thesis). bangladesh: bangladesh university. kirkpatrick, a. (2007). world englishes: implications for international communication and english language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. kuklewicz, a., & king, j. (2018). "it's never too late": a narrative inquiry of older polish adults' english language learning experiences. tesl-ej, 22(3), 1-22. larsen‐freeman, d. (2018). looking ahead: future directions in, and future research into, second language acquisition. foreign language annals, 51(1), 55-72. https://doi.org/10.1111/flan.12314 lavrysh, y. and lytovchenko, i. (2019). the case of education for sustainable development approaches implementation at english language classes at the technical university in ukraine. pedagogy, 91(5), 736 749. leong, l-m. & ahmadi, s. m. (2017). an analysis of factors influencing learners' english speaking skill. international journal of research in language education, 34-41. https://doi.org/10.18869/acadpub.ijree.2.1.34 lytovchenko, i., ogienko, o., sbruieva, a., and sotska, h. (2018). teaching english for specific purposes to adult learners at university: methods that work. advanced education, 10, 69 75. https://doi.org/10.20535/2410-8286.149741 madkur, a. (2018). the non-english major lecturers speak english: the barriers encountered by adult learners. journal on english as a foreign language, 8(1), 39-56. https://doi.org/10.23971/jefl.v8i1.584 mazouzi, s. (2013). analysis of some factors affecting learners' oral performance. a case study: 3rd year pupils of menaa's middle schools (unpublished master's thesis). people's democratic republic of algeria: university of biskra merriam, s. b. (2017). adult learning theory: evolution and future directions. paace journal of lifelong learning, 26, 21-37. nguyen. h. t. & tran, n. m. (2015). factors affecting students' speaking performance at le thanh hien high school. asian journal of educational research, 3(2), 8-23. nunan, d. (1991). language teaching methodology. a textbook for teachers. new york: prentice hall international, ltd. patten, m. (2016). questionnaire research: a practical guide. london: routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315265858 pham, v. p. h., than, t. l., & truong, m. h. (2020). vietnamese high school students' appraisal of speaking problems and influential factors. international journal of english language studies, 2(3), 33-44. https://doi.org/10.32996/ijels.2020.2.3.4 richards, j. c. (2015). key issues in language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press richards, j. c., & rodgers, t. (2001). approaches and methods in language teaching (2nd ed.). ny: cambridge university press. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511667305 singleton, d., & záborská, d. (2020). adults learning additional languages in their later years: the pain, the profit, and the pleasure. journal of multilingual theories and practices, 1(1), 112-124. https://doi.org/10.1558/jmtp.15361 trueman, m. & hartley, j. (1996). a comparison between the time-management skills and academic performance of mature and traditional-entry university students. higher education, 32(2), 199-215. https://doi.org/10.1007/bf00138396 tsagari, d., & banerjee, j. (2016). 1. the handbook of second language assessment (pp. 1-10). de gruyter mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781614513827-029 https://doi.org/10.4324/9780367824471-28 https://doi.org/10.1111/flan.12314 https://doi.org/10.18869/acadpub.ijree.2.1.34 https://doi.org/10.20535/2410-8286.149741 https://doi.org/10.23971/jefl.v8i1.584 https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315265858 https://doi.org/10.32996/ijels.2020.2.3.4 https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511667305 https://doi.org/10.1558/jmtp.15361 https://doi.org/10.1007/bf00138396 https://doi.org/10.1515/9781614513827-029 224 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 213-224 truong, m. h. (perks and perils of adult learners) ur, p. (2013). a course in english language teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009024518 wu, r., wu. r., & le, v. t. (2014). challenges of adults in learning english as a second language: focus on adult education in china. journal of language teaching and research, 5(5), 1132-1138. https://doi.org/10.4304/jltr.5.5.1132-1138 xolmurodova, o. (2021). increasing basic language skills of young learners in english lessons. журнал иностранных языков и лингвистики, 2(3). yaseen, n. b. (2018). factors negatively affecting efl students' speaking skills at jordanian private schools (unpublished master's thesis). jordan: middle east university. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009024518 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 74-86 74 10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3748 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technologyintegrated pbl practices yasemin kırkgöz a,1,*, burcu turhan b,2 a çukurova university, balcalı, çukurova üniversitesi rektörlüğü, 01330 sarıçam/adana, turkey b hatay mustafa kemal university, alahan, hatay cd. tayfur sökmen kampüsü, 31060 alahan-antakya/antakya/hatay, turkey 1 ykirkgoz@gmail.com *; 2 burcu.oyp@gmail.com * corresponding author a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 24 february 2021 revised 31 march 2021 accepted 20 april 2021 problem-based learning (pbl) is increasingly becoming popular in teacher education, just like the prevalence in the use of modular object oriented dynamic learning environment (moodle) which is an instructional socio-constructivist online tool providing collaborative learning. pbl where learning occurs through real-life problem solving practices is also included in the constructivist approach. this study was designed as a mixed methods research in which english as foreign language (efl) teacher trainees were involved in pbl through moodle with the aim of solving problems related to language teaching and learning which they encountered at practicum schools. participants were 93 efl teacher trainees studying at a state university in turkey. the study aimed to reveal the participants’ views of their pbl experiences within the scope of a materials evaluation and adaptation course. data were collected through questionnaires and interviews; and analyzed through descriptive statistics and content analysis consecutively. results demonstrated that the teacher training activities delivered through pbl yielded promising benefits for efl teacher trainees’ professional development despite some minor flaws faced in the process. thus, pbl can be considered as a useful method to deliver such courses offered in any branches of teacher education. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords problem-based learning teacher education teacher trainees how to cite: kırkgöz, y., & turhan, b. (2021). views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technologyintegrated pbl practices. english language teaching educational journal, 4(1), 74-86. 10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3748 1. introduction pbl was originally developed to promote competencies of medical students in clinical problemsolving (barrows, 1983). in a more recent study with medical students, stentoft (2019) showed that pbl improved students’ competencies in medical research. following advances in medical education, other professional fields have adopted pbl such as engineering education (e.g. woods, 2021), business education (e.g. buff, 2011), nursing education (e.g. oja, 2011) and health education (e.g. chagas, faria, mourato, pereira & santos, 2012), and so on. over time, pbl has proved to be an effective instructional approach in teacher education (kırkgöz, 2015; 2017; 2018). edwards and hammer (2006) state that teacher education is a field of training especially suited to educational objectives and techniques required in pbl. in their study, real-life problems for prospective early childhood and primary teachers were utilized, and factors creating a gap between theory and practice as well as possible solutions were investigated. findings revealed that pbl can be implemented as a pedagogical adult teaching tool. in kırkgöz’s (2015) case study with prospective english teachers, the file:///c:/users/muhammadwildan/downloads/10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3748 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:ykirkgoz@gmail.com mailto:burcu.oyp@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6505-665x https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6025-0616 http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3748&domain=pdf e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 75 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 74-86 kırkgöz & turhan (views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technology-integrated pbl practices) most eye-catching benefit is that pbl closes the gap between theory and practice; and this in turn fosters prospective teachers’ ability to identify real problems, generate solutions and use both theoretical and practical resources to support the solution. avcı, akıncı and bakioğlu (2012) used real-life problem scenarios for developing prospective teachers’ classroom management skills in their research and suggested that pbl was more efficient than other traditional methods. reviewing other work on pbl (e.g. borhan, 2014), it can be concluded that pbl experience within teacher education caters to opportunities for prospective teachers in terms of acquiring knowledge and skills through experiencing real-life problems. in pbl, students work in groups to find solutions to complex problems (ferreira & trudel, 2012). the group members generally share a common goal, feel supported by their peers, value their learning, become more competent, and they are more successful to cope with learning challenges (tan, van der molen & schmidt, 2016). furthermore, studies reveal that pbl has the potential to improve higherorder thinking skills, comprehension and application of knowledge along with learning attitudes and motivation (jerzembek & murphy, 2013). to achieve all these, students’ ability to be self-directed in their learning is a pre-requisite for pbl, and teachers should ensure that students have this ability at an optimal level. if teachers and students are too novice to deal with responsibilities of such a learning environment, they may need to adjust their current learning styles/strategies (english & kitsantas, 2013). there are a great number of studies regarding pbl and students’ learning outcomes. walker et al. (2011) found that classroom teachers from rural school districts, who designed pbl activities in a professional development program, reported gains in terms of their knowledge, experience and confidence. in pecore’s (2013) case study concerning a week-long pbl professional development of two experienced and two novice high school teachers, teachers’ level of beliefs in constructivist principles prior to attending the study impacted their extent of employing these principles to their pbl experiences. in a quantitative study by wijnen et al. (2017), law teachers who had undergone a fiveday professional development program pointed out that students learned more through the traditional teaching method and expressed dissatisfaction with pbl. regardless of its prevalence and benefits, framing effective pbl problems may be time-consuming and requires intensive research (ribeiro, 2011). relatedly, this can create stress on teachers and cause their motivation toward teaching through pbl to decrease. besides, developing students’ self-directed learning skills (hung, 2011) and classroom management (ribeiro, 2011) can be challenging issues in pbl. in order to minimize those disadvantages, combining moodle with face-to-face meetings during pbl practices may be logical since moodle allows learners to use various interactive module activities such as assignments, chat, exam, forum, survey, quiz, wiki and so on. zainuddin, idrus and jamal (2016) proposed that postgraduate malaysian students prefer to use news, forum and assignment tools of moodle, the most. in paschalis’s (2017) study including collaborative project-based learning via moodle at the department of electrical and computer engineering, results indicate such benefits as a better level of collaboration, cognitive performance of greek students and guidance role of teachers. likewise, alario-hoyos et al. (2015) found that spanish students’ grades and motivation in the introduction to computer networks course improved significantly in the collaborative distance learning environment compared to face–to–face instructions. in that sense, pbl and moodle seem to be consistent in terms of enhancing both collaboration and learning gains. for higher education, the meta-synthesis of the meta-analytical research on the effectiveness of pbl put emphasis on the fact that pbl is more effective than lecture-based instruction regarding longterm retention and skills development (strobel & barneveld, 2009). for this reason, pbl-oriented teacher education practices should be added into the curricula of foreign language teacher education programs so that teacher trainees could gain sustainable knowledge and skills in their profession. besides, it is crucial to integrate online learning/teaching environments like moodle into pbl-led teacher education practices so that teacher educators and trainees could benefit from activities of teacher training combining pbl and moodle because professional development is critical for teachers adopting new roles and competencies in online teaching environments (adnan, 2017). in light of these, the motive of this study is the belief that incorporating pbl in a teacher education course could give teacher trainees an idea on how to teach a lesson through pbl and moodle. hence, this study contributes to the relevant literature on the use of pbl in teacher education and the reactions of teacher trainees to the practices conducted through pbl. accordingly, the study revolves around this research 76 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 74-86 kırkgöz & turhan (views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technology-integrated pbl practices) question: what are the views of turkish efl teacher trainees about technology-integrated pbl practices? 2. method 2.1. research design this mixed methods study was conducted in the “materials evaluation and adaptation course” offered in the last year of study in an english language teacher education program in turkey. efl teacher trainees took the course during 14 weeks, when they concurrently participated in real teaching experiences in practicum schools. in the first three weeks, they were provided with theoretical knowledge on evaluation/adaptation of language teaching materials through teacher-led lectures accompanied by some practical experiences in materials evaluation. in the following weeks, an online pbl application through moodle was fulfilled. the use of moodle was assumed to be fruitful because it could make the course more interactive which would provide the trainees with the ability to communicate at any time and place. in practical terms, moodle was the learning management system which both the tutor and the trainees had experience in using. participants worked in groups of four during the process. trainee groups were self-selected providing 23 groups of four and one group of five, each of which worked on two different problems throughout the whole process. two of the sample problems undertaken by the trainees are outlined below: “during our observations, we noticed that the high school students who had elementary proficiency level in english were having difficulties understanding what to do in a variety of activities in the english textbook used in the lesson. they were complaining that they could not understand the instructions. so we decided to take a closer look. instructions were highly complicated for an elementary level class. some of them were also not clear. we want to focus on this problem and offer some solutions.” “from our observation of the students in the secondary school class 6/a, we realized that students were having a hard time using grammar correctly even though they had just learned it. we thought that it was about the lack of exercises. but when we took a closer look, we concluded that there were not any practice stage exercises in the english textbook. the book lacked the practice stage of the learning methodology and went straight into the production stage. thus, the students had trouble making sentences. we would like to focus on solving this problem and with our group members prepare some communicative grammar practicing activities and observe their effect on the students’ using grammar communicatively.” first, participants were informed about the steps that they should take weekly. each group brainstormed about the identified problem related to language teaching materials which they identified through their observation in schools, and prepared a report about the generating issues such as new concepts, ideas and resources on the way to solving the problem at hand. afterwards, group members constructed tentative solutions collaboratively. the solutions were shared and discussed via forums available in moodle so that all trainees could gain insights on each other’s work and give feedback. this was followed by the employment of research to collect and analyse data. after discussing research findings, each group implemented their solutions to real problems in practicum schools. within this period, the tutor, the first author of this study, continued to give ongoing feedback to the participants via moodle. at the end, groups wrote their pbl practices and presented them to their peers. namely, the process was experienced through textual communication via moodle in an asynchronous way. that is, participants and the tutor had the chance to interact at different times when it best suited the schedules of both the tutor and the participants. before the current study, a face-to-face pbl course was offered in the previous year following the steps outlined above (see kırkgöz, 2015 for details). after the successful implementation of pbl in that course, this study was implemented integrating technology so that the course could be more effective. in fact, what makes this study different is that all aforementioned processes were followed through moodle as an online learning tool and a teaching platform used subsequent to a few face-toface meetings at the outset. to summarize, the ultimate aim was to improve the efficacy of the course through pbl rather than learning how to apply pbl in language teaching. for the related literature, e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 77 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 74-86 kırkgöz & turhan (views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technology-integrated pbl practices) the study is assumed to open a new road to understanding how pbl-led teacher education courses increases the opportunities to make real-life-like learning practices. 2.2. participants participants of the study comprised 93 efl teacher trainees (22 males, 71 females) at a state university in turkey. their ages ranged from 21 to 24. all were senior students and completed methodology courses such as teaching english to young learners, approaches in language teaching, teaching language skills and so on. the rationale for involving those students was that they had sufficient knowledge in language teaching methodologies. thus, they would be able to become familiar with pbl more professionally although they did not have any pbl experience beforehand. they just knew the theory and steps of pbl and were expected to put their theoretical knowledge into practice. in fact, all the trainees who were enrolled in the materials evaluation and adaptation course at the time of the study gave consent for the participation in the research. for ethical considerations, participants were announced that they would be involved in a scientific study and informed of the study procedures and what they were expected to perform during the study. 2.3. data collection tools the data were gathered through a written questionnaire composed of 6-point likert-type questions from strongly disagree (1) to strongly agree (6) and interviews. there were 29 likert-type questions categorized under three sub-sections. section a (14 questions) investigated participants’ opinions about pbl in general. section b (12 questions) aimed to find out benefits of participating in a pblled course. section c (3 questions) covered participants’ responses to the question “why should pbl be a part of other courses?” regarding interviews, there were 10 questions associated with feelings toward pbl (e.g. how do you feel about being a part of such pbl practices?), knowledge/skills gained during this process (e.g. do you believe that you have gained any skills or knowledge as a result of such pbl practices?), difficulties encountered (e.g. are there any challenges you have experienced during the pbl practices? if yes, what are those challenges?), and the use of moodle (e.g. are there any advantages or disadvantages of using moodle during the pbl practices?). questionnaire items and interview questions were formulated in the light of the relevant literature (see kırkgöz, 2017). a small-scale piloting was conducted to check the appropriateness and understandability of the interview questions. to ensure reliability of the quantitative data, questionnaire items were exposed to a reliability test via spss and cronbach’s alpha coefficient was found to be .90, indicating that all items yielded reliable results. 2.4. data analysis techniques as the data collection tools provided quantitative and qualitative data, both statistical and content analysis techniques were employed. for the analysis of quantitative data emerging from likert-type questions ranging from 1(strongly disagree) to 5(strongly agree), descriptive statistics such as mean and standard deviations (sd) were utilized. the qualitative data obtained from audio-recorded interviews were transcribed verbatim and analysed through content analysis performed by the authors of this study. the qualitative data analysis continued with the division of the text into segments of information which were labelled with appropriate codes for the sake of data reduction; and the determined codes were collapsed into themes (creswell, 2012). both researchers analyzed the whole qualitative data individually to unravel relevant themes inductively through repeated examination and comparison of the raw data. afterwards, ambiguous categories were clarified through joint discussion for the sake of inter-rater reliability. each participant was coded as “p1, p2, and p3…” 3. findings and discussion 3.1. results from the close-ended questions the results concerning general opinions about the pbl practices are presented in table 1. 78 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 74-86 kırkgöz & turhan (views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technology-integrated pbl practices) table 1. opinions in relation to pbl in general section a mean sd a4. the pbl project enabled me to develop a deeper understanding of the topic i studied. 4.44 1.80 a12. focusing on real problems made the pbl course more relevant to my interests. 4.39 1.66 a6. the pbl project was helpful. 4.36 1.74 a10. pbl was a very helpful learning experience for my future work in research and teaching profession. 4.31 1.78 a8. with this pbl project, i learned more information about my research topic since it is more real-life related. 4.35 1.76 a11. pbl gave me a real world experience. 4.35 1.69 a5. i liked doing research in a structured manner during the pbl course. 4.32 1.55 a14. i learned from each other via moodle during group works. 4.27 1.62 a3. the pbl course provided peer and group interactions useful to me in completing the tasks. 4.22 1.85 a9. i learned greater understanding and experience with group interactions in moodle. 4.12 1.70 a2. the pbl course required more effort on my part than other courses. 4.07 1.54 a13. i found the pbl course via moodle interesting. 4.03 1.58 a1. the pbl course required more of my time than the other courses. 4.04 1.42 a7. the pbl course was frustrating. 3.25 1.77 as can be inferred from table 1, most of the items had similar mean scores except for item 7 which had the lowest mean score indicating that the majority of the participants were of the opinion that pbl was not frustrating; rather, it was helpful, especially for their profession and future work in research. with regard to other items in section a, they had an average mean score out of 6 because all items except for item 7 had mean scores between 4.03 and 4.44. that is, most of the participants agreed moderately or slightly with the items. in other words, they had positive opinions about pbl in general. for instance, they believed that pbl was beneficial for group interactions as it enabled them to make structured research and develop deeper understanding. this might be because pbl was found to be real-life related. moreover, most of the participants thought that pbl was relevant to their interest and via moodle, it was even more interesting. despite these, a great deal of participants supported the idea that pbl required more time and effort. additionally, benefits of pbl were investigated, and results are shown in table 2. table 2. benefits of pbl section b mean sd b3. i improved critical and analytical thinking skills thanks to pbl. 5.32 0.82 b11. i improved research skills during the pbl course. 5.31 0.87 b12. i learned how to analyze and organize information collected from various sources during the pbl course. 5.37 0.88 b5. pbl helped me think deeper about the topic i studied. 5.27 0.93 b2. i learned how to apply information to solve a real world problem about teaching english. 5.22 0.87 b4. i improved to think independently during the pbl course. 5.20 0.89 b6. i improved self-learning during the pbl course. 5.18 1.05 b7. i learned how to cooperate with friends via moodle. 5.13 1.13 b10. i improved academic skills (project writing, reading, etc.) during the pbl course. 5.13 0.97 b1. i improved identifying realistic problems relevant to my teaching. 5.10 0.86 b8. i improved communication skills in general. 4.94 1.06 b9. i improved how to resolve disagreements in the group and reach consensus. 4.88 1.22 based on table 2, it is clear that the most remarkable items which have the highest mean scores are b2, b3, b5, b11 and b12, demonstrated that participants believed that pbl was beneficial mainly because it provided them the opportunity to apply knowledge, to improve thinking and research skills and to analyse or organize information. concerning the lowest mean scores which belong to the items e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 79 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 74-86 kırkgöz & turhan (views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technology-integrated pbl practices) b8 and b9, benefits such as improvement of communication and teamwork skills might not be as significant as other benefits mentioned above. yet, all of the mean scores can be accepted as considerably high; thereof, a great deal of participants were in consensus on the benefits of pbl in identifying and solving real problems; improving thinking, teamwork and self-learning skills, communication and academic skills and so forth. lastly, table 3 displays participants’ views on whether pbl should be a part of other courses. table 3. responses to the question “why should pbl be a part of other courses?” section c mean sd c1. it definitely helps with getting out of midterm and final exams and follow different ways of learning. 5.04 0.94 c2. with more real-life related pbl experiences, we as students can learn more and relate it to our own life experiences. 5.19 0.92 c3. it helps us to use in-class information we learn outside of class. 5.37 0.89 according to table 3, most of the participants were of the opinion that pbl could be a part of other courses because it required them to follow different ways of learning such as establishing relations to one’s own life or making use of information in real life. that is, pbl could be beneficial in terms of making content more real-life like and concrete. participants also believed that pbl helped them get rid of standard evaluation techniques such as mid-term and final examinations, which possibly create anxiety. table 4 sheds light on the overall results for each section in the questionnaire. table 4. total results of sections in the questionnaire total results mean sd section a (pbl in general) 4.15 1.32 section b (benefits of participating in pbl) 5.17 0.71 section c (should pbl be a part of other courses?) 5.20 0.78 overall 4.70 0.71 table 4 shows that section b and c have approximately the same mean and standard deviation scores, which means participants mostly agreed with items in those sections. to clarify, they generally had the opinion that being a part of a pbl practice enabled them to gain various benefits; for this reason, they thought that pbl should be a part of other courses. as for section a, it has a lower mean score when compared to other sections; however, it still has an average mean score. namely, participants agreed with items in this section, but their agreement level was not as high as with items in other sections. 3.2. interview results responses of 88 participants to 10 interview questions were subjected to inductive content analysis, and four primary themes emerged. these themes were organized under the headings of “feelings toward pbl, knowledge and skills gained through pbl, difficulties faced during pbl and the use of moodle during pbl”. 1) 3.2.1. feelings toward pbl feelings regarding pbl experiences were categorized under two sub-headings as in table 5. table 5 illustrates feelings about oneself and the pbl experience. feeling good about pbl was the most cited point (f:25), as understood from the excerpts below: “i feel good about taking this pbl course because i learnt many things, and also how to overcome real problems that i faced in the classroom and in daily life.” (p59) “i feel pretty good to be a part of the pbl practice since it was highly real-life related and gave chances to use what we learnt in real life environment.” (p30) 80 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 74-86 kırkgöz & turhan (views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technology-integrated pbl practices) table 5. feelings toward pbl feelings about oneself f feelings about the experience f good 25 useful 21 happy 9 helpful 8 joyful 8 difficult 5 independent 3 effective 4 confident 2 interesting 4 lucky 1 necessary 1 following this, participants were also of the opinion that pbl was useful (f:21). one of the participants gives details about this issue in the excerpt below: “i feel that pbl was really useful because i could do academic work on my own. we were asked to prepare an academic work and we could achieve it successfully.” (p33) apart from this, participants felt happy (f:9) and joyful (f:8) about pbl, as implied in the excerpt below: “i feel satisfied and happy because i learnt deep information about my research topic, and taking part in pbl was very enjoyable.” (p25) the pbl experience was found to be helpful (f:8), effective (f:4), interesting (f:4) and necessary (f:1). one of the participants mentions all these in the following excerpt: “we were free in choosing our topic and totally independent. therefore, it was really effective in encouraging us to use our creativity, and it was an interesting experience for me.” (p55) the only negative feeling about pbl was that it could be difficult (f:5) for some participants, as illustrated in the excerpt below: “it is a bit difficult but i learnt many things about my profession.” (p77) among the least referred feelings, there were feelings such as being independent (f:3), confident (f:2) and lucky (f:1). as to the course, the least frequent feeling is that the course was necessary (f:1). all these show that feelings toward pbl were positive for the great majority of participants. “research was very hard for me but a real-life like practice made me feel that i could rely on myself. also, group work improved my responsibility. that is, i was lucky in that sense.” (p12) “we feel more independent and confident. we can do research thoroughly because there is no time limit. also, we learnt more and better.” (p1) 2) knowledge and skills gained through pbl regarding knowledge and skills gained, table 6 represents what is learnt in consequence of the course: table 6. knowledge and skills gained through pbl i learn how to f i learn how to f make research 35 regulate self-learning 5 solve real-life like problems 23 make observations 4 work in groups 22 make evaluations 3 think critically 11 make implementations 2 acquire academic skills 8 learn in different ways 2 organize information 7 acquire different teaching skills 2 communicate effectively 6 be independent 1 analyze the data at hand 5 take responsibility 1 e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 81 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 74-86 kırkgöz & turhan (views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technology-integrated pbl practices) table 6 illustrates that the most frequent knowledge/skills gained thanks to pbl are conducting research (f:35), solving real-life problems (f:23) and working in groups (f:22). the following excerpts point to these issues: “i learnt focusing on real problems and how to solve them. i learnt how to solve disagreements in the group. in addition, this practice enabled me to develop deeper understanding by making research.” (p22) “i improved research skills because i studied a real problem and searched for information about it. the practice also provided group interaction.” (p17) following this, thinking critically (f:11) is another highly cited skill by the participants, as indicated in the excerpt below: “i became more creative with pbl because i learnt how to think critically.” (p 13) regarding the rest of the skills and knowledge, improvement of academic skills (f:8), organizing information (f:7), effective communication (f:6), data analysis (f:5), regulating self-learning (f:5), making observation (f:4), evaluation (f:3) and implementation (f:2), being familiar with new learning (f:2) and teaching ways (f:2) can be mentioned. “i learnt how a good group interaction should be. i also became familiar with research skills. i learnt different ways to organize and analyse information.” (p13) “i experienced a student-centered teaching because we had a chance to enhance different learning and teaching ways. we evaluated what we observed and made implementations.” (p48) even though learning how to study independently and take responsibility were the ones referred to only once, they were worth mentioning because such a pbl practice required participants to share responsibilities and do their own task independently, and these helped participants work individually and collaboratively. the excerpt below indicates this: “we all had a different responsibility in the course, first we studied independently and then we shared what we learnt with each other.” (p51) 3) difficulties faced during pbl along with the fruitful aspects of pbl, some difficulties were revealed as listed in table 7. table 7. difficulties experienced during pbl difficulties f *no difficulty at all 34 working in groups 22 technological problems 17 consuming much time 8 getting feedback 3 data analysis 2 conducting questionnaires 2 making observation 1 making much effort 1 table 7 summarizes difficulties encountered during pbl; however, a great number of the participants agreed on the fact that they did not experience any difficulties (f:34). the following two excerpts are the indicators of this: “i did not face any problem or difficulty.” (p24) “i did not face important difficulties. even if i faced, i would solve them with the help of my friends and teacher.” (p19) 82 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 74-86 kırkgöz & turhan (views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technology-integrated pbl practices) apart from this, the most problematic situation (f:22) was linked to working in groups, as expressed in the following excerpt: “of course, it required more effort so we tried to work harder and because of group works, we faced some difficulties. for example, it was hard to come together with group members.” (p71) another noteworthy difficulty was associated with technological problems (f:17 in total), such as the use of moodle (f:9), internet disconnection (f:5), using blogs (f:1), and computer-related problems (f:2). in relation to this, one of the participants reported: “usually, we experienced some technological problems. for example, my internet connection broke down. trying to solve such problems might be irritating.” (p66) consuming so much time (f:8) was another difficulty. moreover, participants might have difficulty in receiving detailed feedback, most probably because pbl was conducted through moodle: “the practice caused me to spend most of my time. analysing and organizing information were a little bit frustrating and we received limited feedback. using moodle was sometimes difficult.” (p26) data analysis, conducting questionnaires, making observations and making much effort were among the other cited difficulties. furthermore, one participant brought a new dimension to the issue, as expressed in the excerpt below: “we had always been educated in traditional teacher-centered classes. the difficulty was that we engaged in something entirely different from our previous learning experiences.” (p48) 4) the use of moodle during pbl participants’ views upon the use of moodle during the process are reported in table 8. table 8. opinions in relation to the use of moodle positive opinions f negative opinions f useful 42 complicated, difficult, confusing 10 being glad 10 problematic because of internet 2 time saving 7 not enjoyable 1 makes the learning easier 5 not useful 1 practical 3 not sufficient 1 good if it is taught 1 independent work 1 interesting 1 better understanding 1 total 71 15 as understood from table 8, in terms of positive opinions, the participants primarily described the use of moodle in the pbl practice as useful (f:42). using moodle in the pbl practice made participants glad (f:10). following excerpts explain this: “i think using moodle is very useful for both students and teachers. you can do your task in a short time and you can take feedback quickly.” (p88) “it is a useful method because all of us come together at any time; we can fulfil our responsibilities with the help of feedback.” (p45) “i am glad about using moodle. we could see each other’s studies. we have learned a lot from each other’s mistakes.” (p73) apart from these positive opinions, participants also believed that integration of moodle in pbl was time-saving (f:7), made learning easier (f:5) and practical (f:3). among positive opinions cited only once, participants thought that moodle was interesting and provided independent learning opportunities and better understanding. e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 83 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 74-86 kırkgöz & turhan (views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technology-integrated pbl practices) “it was useful; we did not spend much time to show our project to the teacher.” (p12) “it is quite practical as it gave us a chance to reach group members at the same time.” (p30) in terms of negative opinions, a number of participants (f:10) claimed that the use of moodle was initially complicated, difficult or confusing: “first, it was difficult to use it but i learnt how to use it in a short time.” (p15) “at first, it was a bit confusing but as the time passed, i liked it.” (p13) besides the aforementioned, there were a few participants stating that integration of moodle was problematic because of internet problems. they also proposed that moodle was not useful, enjoyable and sufficient: “internet disconnections were creating problems for us.” (p46) “it is not always easy to be online. instead of moodle, we could meet face-to-face to share feedback.” (p36) 3.3. discussion major findings revealed that participants believed that they reached a deeper understanding of the topic they studied by means of pbl. based on the interview results, it is clear that this was because the participants had opportunities to solve authentic problems relevant to their interest. participants also remarked that pbl should be a part of other courses because practical activities based on realistic problems helped them learn in different ways and, and it enabled them to relate their in-class experiences to real-life situations. in that sense, pbl has proved to be an effective instructional approach in education (kırkgöz, 2015; 2017). pbl can be a logical instructional approach in educating teachers to be capable of putting forward diverse perspectives. by experiencing real-life problems during teacher education programs, prospective teachers become able to transfer knowledge and skills to their professional lives (borhan, 2014). it is obvious that pbl was helpful for research skills of efl teacher trainees, especially for analyzing and organizing information. a similar conclusion was drawn by stentoft (2019) who claimed that pbl might foster medical students’ research skills and competencies. in addition, participants considered that they developed critical and analytical thinking skills. as a result, teacher trainees who experience such pbl practices will hopefully be one step ahead of their colleagues in terms of professional and personal development. moreover, participants could learn from each other while working in groups, and how to resolve disagreements within the group. that is, language learning and teaching should be examined in a social basis, and group work appears to be effective in helping participants deal with social matters. however, participants indicated that they developed selflearning skills, which shows that doing academic work individually or being autonomous are among the other benefits of pbl as well as they learnt how to strengthen collaboration among them. participants mostly stated that there was no difficulty in pbl practices although they listed some obstacles about pbl experiences. to exemplify, working in groups, technological problems, consuming much time and receiving limited feedback created challenges in the process. among those reported obstacles, consuming much time was found to be one of the disadvantages that may be experienced while trying to frame effective pbl problems by ribeiro (2011) who also mentioned the necessity of intensive research in order to formulate those problems. based on these, pbl applications cannot be asserted to be without deficiencies and may result in inefficient outcomes if the implementation is not progressed as it should be. for this reason, in pbl applications, group works should be well-designed, technological equipment should be controlled, regular and ongoing feedback should be given, and sufficient time should be set to reach maximum success. moodle was found to be useful by participants and they felt glad about using it. the most cited benefit of moodle was that it was time-saving. on the contrary, there were few participants stating that moodle was complicated and confusing. in parallel with this, so and kim (2009) alleged that teacher trainees benefited from the technology-enhanced pbl course though they had several difficulties in applying knowledge into a technology-integrated pbl lesson. despite some threats such as low student motivation, limited instructional time, lack of establishing collaboration, weak 84 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 74-86 kırkgöz & turhan (views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technology-integrated pbl practices) questioning techniques (pecore, 2013), pbl practices can be more fruitful with technology integration as revealed in the current study. 4. conclusion the objective of the study is to determine prospective teachers’ opinions and evaluations about pbl through moodle in a teacher education course. findings suggest that pbl is useful in a number of aspects such as becoming familiar with steps of research, working in groups, developing autonomy, solving real-life problems and having deeper understanding of theory. at this point, it should be noted that pbl is not a panacea, but motivating and interesting because trainees themselves choose the topic and materials. moreover, the sense of solving a real problem in a real language classroom may be considered as a triggering force for the trainees to be more eager to complete their pbl practices. the typical and traditional way of delivering the materials evaluation and adaptation course would be to ask trainees to select an english textbook and make theoretical analysis on it in terms of the design of its content, sequence of the activities, and the language skills developed and so on. yet, such a procedure can only enhance the theoretical knowledge without any opportunity to engage in practice in authentic environments or to receive peer support. for this reason, the preference of pbl in teacher education courses, as in the present study, may provide the trainees with the opportunity to gain more than theoretical knowledge. namely, they can have the chance to put their theoretical knowledge into practice by solving authentic problems in collaboration with their peers under the guidance of their teacher educator. most importantly, the fact that the trainees identify and solve the problems themselves in pbl may arouse the feeling of self-confidence by realizing that they are able to reflect all knowledge they have learnt in methodology courses upon practices in real classrooms. another dimension of the study is the integration of moodle into pbl, which helped participants gain awareness about new information technologies. for this reason, we recommend that a balance between conventional and technology-integrated instruction should be built. that is, face-to-face instruction and the use of online tools in teacher education courses could be equated in order to maximize one’s advantages and to minimize the other’s disadvantages. as an implication, any branch of knowledge can be adjusted to pbl despite the fact that the problems may differ among disciplines. pbl can be adapted in any teacher education course with ease and this makes it practical for tutors to implement pbl at tertiary level. therefore, pbl should be an indispensable part of teacher education programs. this is also confirmed by this study because participants believed that pbl should be a part of other courses in their department. regarding limitations, the current study is only concerned with senior students’ pbl experiences, and data were elicited solely from questionnaires and interviews. in a further study, freshman, sophomore or junior students could be involved, and different data collection tools could be utilized to triangulate the data. the greatest limitations can be attributed to technological problems. to overcome this, before such implementations, one needs to ensure that every participant possesses quality technological gadgets such as phones, tablets or laptops and internet connection. considering the positive impacts of this study, future research could be geared toward educating teachers on the way to teaching languages by means of pbl. declaration author contribution : the first author is in charge of resources, methodology, data curation, writing, review, editing, investigation, conceptualization, validation, supervision. the second author is in charge of formal analysis, validation, methodology, investigation, writing original draft, writing, review and editing. funding statement : the research is funded under no research project. conflict of interest : the author declares no conflict of interest. additional information : no additional information is available for this paper. e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 85 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 74-86 kırkgöz & turhan (views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technology-integrated pbl practices) references adnan, m. (2017). professional development in the transition to online teaching: the voice of entrant online instructors. recall, 30(1), 88-111. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0958344017000106 alario-hoyos, c., gomez-sanchez, e., bote-lorenzo, m. l., asensio-perez, j. i., vega-gorgojo, g., & ruizcalleja, a. (2015). from face-to-face to distance lms-mediated collaborative learning situations with glue! computer applications in engineering education, 23(4), 527-536. https://doi.org/10.1002/cae.21623 avcı, s., akıncı, t., & bakioğlu, a. (2012). using real life problems for developing prospective teachers' classroom management skills. çukurova university faculty of education journal, 41(2), 18-28. barrows, h. s. (1983). problem-based, self-directed learning. journal of the american medical association,250,3077-308. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.1983.03340220045031 borhan, m. t. (2014). problem based learning (pbl) in teacher education: a review of the effect of pbl on pre-service teachers' knowledge and skills. european journal of educational sciences (ejes), 76-87. https://doi.org/10.19044/ejes.v1no1a9 buff, c. l. (2011). learning and mission in action: implementing problem based service learning in the consumer behavior classroom. international journal of business research, 11(5), 123-130. chagas, i., faria, c., mourato, d., pereira, g., & santos, a. (2012). problem based learning in an online course of health education. european journal of open, distance and e-learning, retrieved from http://www.eurodl.org/index.php?article=505 creswell, j. w. (2012). educational research: planning, conducting and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. (4th ed.). boston, ma: pearson. edwards, s., & hammer, m. (2006). laura's story: using problem based learning in early childhood and primary teacher education. teaching and teacher education, 22(4), 465-477. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.11.010 english, m. c., & kitsantas, a. (2013). supporting student self-regulated learning in problemand projectbased learning. interdisciplinary journal of problem-based learning, 7(2), 128-150. https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1339 ferreira, m. m., & trudel, a. r. (2012). the impact of problem-based learning (pbl) on student attitudes toward science, problem-solving skills, and sense of community in the classroom. journal of classroom interaction, 47(1), 23-30. hung, w. (2011). theory to reality: a few issues in implementing problem-based learning. educational technology research and development, 59(4), 529-552. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-011-9198-1 jerzembek, g., & murphy, s. (2013). a narrative review of problem-based learning with school-aged children: implementation and outcomes. educational review, 65(2), 206-218. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2012.659655 kırkgöz, y. (2015). designing and implementing an innovative problem-based teacher education course. american journal of educational science, 1(5), 229-239. kırkgöz, y. (2017). working the problem: finding solutions to student dissatisfaction in eap for engineering. in stewart, t. (eds.), voices from the tesol classroom: participant inquiries in higher education classes (pp. 17-26). tesol international association: alexandria, virginia. kırkgöz, y. (2018). problem-based learning in a teacher education program: a study of learning outcomes. in genç, z. s. (ed.) updating perspectives on english language teaching and teacher education (pp 79-92). bern: peter lang. oja, k. j. (2011). using problem-based learning in the clinical setting to improve nursing students' critical thinking: an evidence review. journal of nursing education 50(3), 145-151. https://doi.org/10.3928/01484834-20101230-10 paschalis, g. (2017). a compound lams-moodle environment to support collaborative project-based learning: a case study with the group investigation method. turkish online journal of distance education,18(2),134-150. https://doi.org/10.17718/tojde.306565 https://doi.org/10.1017/s0958344017000106 https://doi.org/10.1002/cae.21623 https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.1983.03340220045031 https://doi.org/10.19044/ejes.v1no1a9 http://www.eurodl.org/index.php?article=505 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.11.010 https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1339 https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-011-9198-1 https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2012.659655 https://doi.org/10.3928/01484834-20101230-10 https://doi.org/10.17718/tojde.306565 86 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 74-86 kırkgöz & turhan (views of turkish efl teacher trainees toward technology-integrated pbl practices) pecore, j. l. (2013). beyond beliefs: teachers adapting problem-based learning to preexisting systems of practice. the interdisciplinary journal of problem-based learning, 7(2), 7-33. https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1359 ribeiro, l. r. c. (2011). the pros and cons of problem-based learning from the teachers' standpoint. journal of university teaching and learning practice, 8(1), 4. so, h. j., & kim, b. (2009). learning about problem based learning: student teachers integrating technology, pedagogy and content knowledge. australasian journal of educational technology, 25(1), 101-116. https://doi.org/10.14742/ajet.1183 stentoft, d. (2019). problem based projects in medical education: extending pbl practices and broadening learning perspectives. advances in health sciences education, 24, 959-969. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10459-019-09917-1 strobel, j., & van barneveld, a. (2009). when is pbl more effective? a meta-synthesis of meta-analyses comparing pbl to conventional classrooms. interdisciplinary journal of problem-based learning, 3(1), 44-58. https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1046 tan, c. p., van der molen, h. t., & schmidt, h. g. (2016). to what extent does problem-based learning contribute to students' professional identity development? teaching and teacher education, 54, 54-64. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.11.009 walker, a., recker, m., robertshaw, m. b., osen, j., leary, h., ye, l. & sellers, l. (2011). integrating technology and problem-based learning: a mixed methods study of two teacher professional development designs. interdisciplinary journal of problem-based learning, 5(2), 70-94. https://doi.org/10.7771/15415015.1255 wijnen, m., loyens, s. m., smeets, g., kroeze, m. j., & van der molen, h. t. (2017). students' and teachers' experiences with the implementation of problem-based learning at a university law school. interdisciplinary journal of problembased learning, 11(2). https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1681 woods, d. (2012). pbl: an evaluation of the effectiveness of authentic problem-based learning (apbl). chemical engineering education, 46(2), 135-144. zainuddin, n., idrus, r. m., & jamal, a. f. m. (2016). moodle as an odl teaching tool: a perspective of students and academics. the electronic journal of e-learning, 14(4), 282-290. https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1359 https://doi.org/10.14742/ajet.1183 https://doi.org/10.1007/s10459-019-09917-1 https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1046 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.11.009 https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1255 https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1255 https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1681 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 2, 2021, pp. 148-160 10.12928/eltej.v4i2.3551 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id does class participation predict academic achievement? a mixed-method study uğur akpur yildiz technical university, davutpaşa kampüsü, i̇stanbul, türkiye uakpur@yahoo.com a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 24 january 2021 revised 22 march 2021 accepted 21 april 2021 the present study’s aim is to identify whether class participation is a significant predictor of english language achievement among university students and their views concerning class participation and academic achievement. a sequential mixed method design was applied and a total of 2013 university students (813 female 40.3%; 1200 male, 59.7%) participated in the quantitative portion of the study. course participation grade (cpg) criteria and english proficiency exam (epe) held at the end of the academic year by the institution were used as data collection tools. the qualitative data were analysed through content analysis of a focus group interview with a group of seven participants. the findings suggested that the relationship between academic achievement and cpg was positive and significant. correspondingly, the qualitative data revealed similar results with the quantitative data by showing that the class participation has powerful impact on academic achievement. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords class participation student engagement student involvement academic achievement how to cite: akpur, uğur (2021). does class participation predict academic achievement? a mixed-method study. english language teaching educational journal, 4(2), 148-160 1. introduction establishing effective learning environments in today’s increasingly complicated world to promote learning and academic success is one of the most addressed topics in education (chapman, 2003; çelik et al., 2018; hoyert et al., 2019; kreng, 2013; kuh et al., 2006, hopland, & nyhus, 2016; alzubaidi, aldridge, & khine, 2016; lim & fraser, 2018). although factors affecting learners’ success stretch from the individuals’ readiness, characteristics, backgrounds to educational policies and practices as well as institutional facilities and many others, students’ engagement still stands as a key factor in educational settings (chapman, 2003; fredin et al., 2015). to kuh (2009), as the number of hours that the students spend on a topic increase, they will more likely know and learn better. accordingly, as they practice and participate in activities more, they will more likely get much more feedback from their teachers and the more in-depth they learn, the more masterfully they can cope with complex and ambiguous situations. in addition, engaging in educational activities also helps individuals develop basic skills to lead a more productive and more satisfactory life even after school life. in other words, engagement helps individuals build a fundamental structure in their minds upon which they can build necessary construction for the concept of lifelong learning. regarded as one aspect of student engagement (frisby, 2015), class participation has also attracted much attention (baron & corbin, 2012; ko et al., 2016; skinner et al., 2009, mundelsee & jurkowski, 2021) as one of the essential elements for the successful conduct of a learning activity (sarıtepeci, 2012). generally defined as the verbal interaction among participants in a learning environment (karima, 2016), class participation connotes any remarks or questions voiced by http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:uakpur@yahoo.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 149 vol. 4, no. 2, 2021, pp. 148-160 akpur, u. (does class participation predict academic achievement?) students (frisby, 2015), students’ active involvement in class activities (ghalley & rai, 2019; lei et al., 2018; skinner et al., 2009; bond, buntins, bedenlier, s. et al., 2020; lai, 2021; sedláček & šeďova, 2020; sadoughi & hejazi, 2021) and endeavours made by students to academic events (ghasemi et al., 2018). as chapman (2003) argues, class participation or student engagement traditionally was often described in terms of “time-based indices” such as doing a given task on time or attending classes timely. on the other hand, lately, the term has been depicted as students’ enthusiasm or eagerness to attend classes and to take part in class activities. nowadays, however, another definition of the term has been emphasized. within this context, participation is identified within three dimensions: affective, cognitive and behavioural (dotterer et al., 2007; stefansson et al., 2018). the affective dimension points out the emotional bond established between students and school, which is called “identification with school” by voelkl (1997, p. 296). this dimension also applies to positive and negative responses towards the stakeholders of school such as students, teachers, administrators, school board members, parents and school itself as well as touching on the students’ commitment to school. cognitive dimension refers to endeavours and efforts made by students to understand comprehensive and sophisticated ideas as well as the students’ use of self-regulatory strategies. the behavioural dimension contains students’ “observable actions or performance”, such as doing homework, attending classes and school grades (archambault et al., 2009; dotterer et al., 2007; stefansson et al., 2018; ozdemir, 2017; wang et al., 2014). class participation depicts students’ emotions, behaviours and judgements about school life and it is an important variable since it affects academic outcomes such as achievement and high level of school commitment (dotterer et al., 2007; engels, spilt, denies, & verschueren, 2021; thararuedee & wette, 2020). reviewing the measurements that examine engagement, ozdemir (2017) suggest that rather than affective and cognitive aspects, behavioural dimension has attracted more attention in terms of investigations. thus, getting high grades, rate of completing homework or given tasks on time, and time spent on school-related events are generally considered as indicators of participation. in other words, since it could be assessed through monitoring students in the course of learning process, attendance, taking part in activities during classes, tutoring peers and preparedness are observable signs of participation (syaveny & johari, 2017). as a result, examining the link between class participation to other variables and its influence on students’ school life have been studied in terms of the mentioned indicators. within this context, several studies have revealed that class participation is positively correlated with academic achievement whereas non-participation causes poor academic outcomes. gürer (2013) found that in social studies lesson, class engagement and academic achievement positively correlated with each other. likewise, marks (2000), in her study, pointed that academically successful students are more engaged in class-related activities than those who were not engaged. sirin and rogers-sirin (2004) in their research on african american students also suggested that school engagement was one of the variables that had the strongest relationship with academic performance. the significance of class participation as an indicator of academic achievement was also emphasized in voelkl’s (1997) study. gunuc’s (2014) study, exploring the predictive level of student engagement on academic achievement, revealed the significant relationship between the variables. similarly, wang and eccles (2011) in their study found that school engagement was positively related to academic achievement. pike, smart and ethington’s (2012) study in which 20,000 students participated revealed that student participation was significantly correlated with academic success. ko et al., (2016), in their study where over 18,000 students participated, as well as konold, cornell, jia and malone’s (2018) study including more than 60,000 participants also cited that class participation had significant impact on learning outcomes. in short, the agreed point is that class participation has profound impacts on the academic achievement in positive way. similarly, in language learning context, class participation is of crucial importance in terms of positive academic outcomes (permatasari, 2016; albertson, 2020). apart from enabling students in a language class to verbalize their thoughts, emotions and opinions, class participation also promotes their critical thinking and discussion abilities (karima, 2016). further, in classes, through participation, students can promote their motivation and productive skills which are fundamental steps in learning a foreign language. furthermore, as permatasari (2016) states, when students get involved in activities with their classmates and teachers, their cognitive skill levels raise, the roots of which can be found in socio-cultural theory. hence, given that participation and taking part in class150 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 2, 2021, pp. 148-160 akpur, u. (does class participation predict academic achievement?) related activities are indispensable in acquiring a foreign language, the learners become successful in language development at the rate they participate (hamouda, 2013). several studies have explored the link between students’ participation and academic achievement, and it seems apparent that the positive and significant relationship between them is indisputable. in a study conducted by syaveny and johari (2017), it was found that english learning achievement increased when students’ participation was higher. liu and jackson (2009) investigated reticence in efl classes and their study revealed that the more proficient the students, the higher was their participation level. similarly, fakeye and amao’s (2013) study suggested that the relationship between participation and academic achievement in literature in english was positive and significant. crosthwaite, bailey and meeker’s (2015) findings from their study also supported the aforementioned results by confirming that there was a positive relationship between class participation and language proficiency levels. to summarise, although there is a large number of studies that mark the positive impacts of class participation on academic achievement, the relationship between the mentioned variables has not been much matter of interest in terms of university students’ participation and english language success specific to turkish context. to this end, the present study tries to address this gap in an attempt to find an answer to the following research questions: 1. is class participation a significant predictor of english language achievement among turkish university students? 2. what are the turkish students’ views concerning class participation and academic achievement? 2. method the present study was conducted in sequential mixed methods design in which the collection of qualitative data is followed by the collection of quantitative data (creswell, 2012). according to creswell (2017), with the introduction of multiple data collection methods and forms of analysis, more explicit methods are needed to eliminate the complexity of such research. these methods have also been developed to meet the need for the researcher to make a more understandable design. this is a kind of design in which qualitative phase of data collection and analysis are conducted initially and this step is followed by the stage of quantitative data collection and analysis. in the final phase, the findings from the separated data are integrated and interpreted (berman, 2017). to further analyse the quantitative data, a focus group interview was organized for the part of the qualitative portion of the study. in the present study, it was evaluated that a more precise analysis was required due to the complication in interpreting the quantitative data. in addition, the students’ views regarding class participation were significant in that these views could lead to valuable suggestions in terms of planning and formulating participation framework. thus, it was evaluated that, applying this method best suited the study since it could provide a deeper analysis. in line with the context of sequential mixed method design, in the current study the quantitative part was first conducted and this was followed by the stage of quantitative data collection. 2.1. participants the study group of the research consisted of university students who attend a preparatory school of a state university in i̇stanbul, turkey during 2018-2019 academic year. the study group consisted of 2013 (813 female 40.3%; 1200 male, 59.7%) students, chosen randomly from different levels and classes so that they could represent the study population. the age group of the participants were as follows: 85.4% (n=1720) of the students were between the ages 17-19; 12.1% (n=243) of them were between 20-22, and 2.5% (n=50) of them were over 23 years old. 2.2. data collection tools in order to assess students’ class participation during the academic year, course participation grade (cpg) criteria, the ultimate main of which is to assess students’ efforts in learning was taken into consideration. the english proficiency exam (epe) scores for academic achievement, which is prepared and conducted by the institution, was assessed as another data collection tool for the quantitative part of the study. for the qualitative portion of the study, a focus group interview was conducted with seven voluntary students, four of whom (57%) were males and three were females (43%), that represented the sample. selected from different classes, the participants were told the issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 151 vol. 4, no. 2, 2021, pp. 148-160 akpur, u. (does class participation predict academic achievement?) aim of the interview and the researcher attempted to form a comfortable atmosphere so that the participants could express their opinions and feelings with ease and in a detailed way. the interview took nearly an hour and the participants were encouraged to mention the influence of class participation on academic achievement and the factors that affect class participation. for the reliability of the questions, two english teachers and an expert in curriculum were consulted for their opinions about the questions to be asked during the interview. 2.3. course participation criteria (cpg) the criteria aimed to formulate the items by means of which the students are assessed by teachers are illustrated in table 1. table 1. course participation criteria 0 the student… in class work does not participate in most of the class activities • is withdrawn, unaware of what is going on in classes • hardly volunteers to answer the questions • does not listen to others 1 – 4 • the student… in class work rarely participates in almost no class activities • is generally withdrawn, only joins when called on • rarely volunteers to answer the questions • rarely listens to the instructor actively 5 – 8 • the student… in class work sometimes participates in some of the class activities actively • is sometimes engaged in classes • sometimes volunteers to answer the questions • sometimes cooperates with classmates • sometimes listens to the instructor actively 9 – 12 • the student… in class work often participates in most of the class activities actively • is often engaged in classes • often volunteers to answer the questions • often cooperates with much objection • often listens to the instructor actively 13 – 16 • the student… in class work generally participates in majority of the class activities • is usually engaged in classes • volunteers to answer the questions • usually cooperates with classmates • generally listens to the instructor actively 17 – 20 • the student… in class work almost always participates in all of the class activities and/or high quality • is almost always engaged in classes • volunteers to answer the questions • listens to the instructor actively overall cpg grade 0 1 – 4 5 – 8 9 – 12 13 – 16 17 – 20 152 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 2, 2021, pp. 148-160 akpur, u. (does class participation predict academic achievement?) cpg criteria, prepared by the institution, were arranged in a form of rubric ranging from “0” to “20”. graded in three-week intervals by all teachers of the class five times in a term, cpg’s rubric is scaled in such a way that the ones who do not participate class activities, who are withdrawn and unaware of the goings-on in class, who hardly volunteer to answer the questions raised by the teacher, who use native language excessively and the ones who do not do outside class work are graded “0” point. 1-4 grade scale requires rarely participating in almost no activities, seldom volunteering to answer the question raised, rarely cooperating with classmates, switching to turkish unnecessarily or not showing any effort to use english and rarely completing or doing poor quality outside class work. students get 5-8 grades when they sometimes participate in some of the class activities actively, when they are sometimes engaged in activities, sometimes volunteers to answer the questions, sometimes listen to their classmates or teacher and switch to turkish unnecessarily for the basic words or phrases. these students sometimes complete their assignments and these are average quality. the ones who often participate most of the class activities keenly, are often engaged in classes, often volunteer to answer the questions, often listen to peers or teachers, switch to turkish when a word or complex structure is not known get 9-12 grades. these students often complete their assignments and these are satisfactorily quality. generally participating in majority of activities keenly, often volunteering to answer the questions posed, usually cooperating with peers, and switching to turkish when the word or phrase is not known and usually completing assignments are graded between 13-16 grades. when students almost always participate in all class activities and when they are regularly volunteers to answer the questions raised by their teachers get 17-20 grades. these students keenly cooperate with their peers, listen to their classmates and teachers, switch to turkish when they do not know a specific term or a structure and their assignments are almost always complete and high quality. in the present study, cpg grades were analysed in a whole academic year, which connotes that the average of 10 cpg grades were taken into consideration. 2.4. the english proficiency exam (epe) the english proficiency exam (epe), prepared by the institution, is held at the end of every academic year. it is a two-stage exam and designed in line with the common european framework of reference (cefr). it is aimed to identify whether the students have the proficiency level to follow the courses in their majors. in other words, the purpose of the test is to determine whether the students’ proficiency in english is at a level that will enable them to follow courses offered in their respective fields of study and fulfil their requirements with relative ease. therefore, the english proficiency exam (epe) aims to assess students’ ability to comprehend and respond to written and oral academic passages, to understand and follow lectures on semi-academic themes as well as to test their competency levels in producing written texts of various lengths. the exam consists of “use of english”, “reading”, “listening” and “writing” sections, which measure reading, listening and writing skills for academic purposes along with grammar and vocabulary. the level of the exam is equivalent to the language proficiency and language skills of a b1+ student according to cefr. the academic achievement data of the present study were gathered from epe scores which were held at the end of the academic year in the spring term in 2019. after analysing the items, the difficulty level of the exam was found to be .59, which shows that the exam was at the “moderately difficult” level. in addition, the reading texts of the epe were analysed in accordance with flesch-kincaid reading ease chart and it was found that they were at “difficult” level whereas the listening part was at “fairly easy” level. 2.5. focus group interview the focus group interview was conducted to interpret the data gained from the quantitative part of the study more thoroughly concerning students’ opinions on class participation and academic achievement. focus group interviews are a method that is conducted within the framework of predetermined guidelines. this method can be defined as a qualitative data collection technique that prioritizes the subjectivity of the interviewees and which should pay attention to the discourse of the participants and the social context (çokluk et al., 2011). focus group interviews which aim at unearthing the participants’ views about a particular subject matter include questions formed by the interviewer to help the participants express their opinions (creswell, 2012). the researcher in the present study arranged the interview with seven voluntary students and during the interview the researcher himself explained the aim of the interview comprehensively to make the objectives clear. as for the convenience and the reliability of the interview questions, the literature was reviewed and issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 153 vol. 4, no. 2, 2021, pp. 148-160 akpur, u. (does class participation predict academic achievement?) three field-experts were requested for their opinions. to improve and to reach a high level of the coding agreement as much as possible, the researcher and an expert compared the independently formed codes and mutually agreed codes were identified. richards and hemphill (2018) reliability formula was applied to provide reliability of analysis and the reliability value was found to be .74. 2.6. data analysis the quantitative data of the study were analysed through spss 21.0 software program. to identify the relationship between class participation and academic achievement, correlational analysis was applied. additionally, simple linear regression analysis was used to explore the predictive power of the independent variable on the dependent variable. for the quantitative part of the study, correlational survey design was applied. in this type of design, the types of relationships between two or more variables are investigated. in other words, it identifies whether the variables are related and in what way they are related (karasar, 2003). additionally, simple linear regression analysis was used to explore the predictive power of the independent variable on the dependent variable. in this kind of research design, it is aimed to determine the relationship level between two variables, one of which is determined as the independent variable and the other as the dependent (büyüköztürk, 2011). as for the qualitative part of the study, content analysis was applied for the associated codes, categories, and themes. the content analysis focuses on what is uttered, written or recorded. with the help of systematic organization for the process of determining coding, categories and themes, content analysis is considered as a research method for the clarification and comment of the content (hsieh & shannon, 2005). within this context, the students’ answers during the interview shed light on identifying the codes, categories and themes. after the transcription of the recorded interview, the transcript was first coded and the associated codes were analysed to determine categories and themes. the same steps were taken by another expert to ensure the reliability. the similarity of the codes, categories and themes were controlled through richards and hemphill (2018) reliability formula and the reliability of the analysis was found to be over 70%. 3. findings and discussion 3.1 findings in the present study, the aim is to identify whether class participation is a significant predictor of english language achievement among university students and to explore students’ views in terms of class participation and academic achievement. to this end, the quantitative data obtained from the participants have been analysed and the range, minimum, maximum, medium along with standard error and standard deviation values have been calculated. the findings are illustrated in table 2. table 2. the range, minimum, maximum, medium, standard error, standard deviation values of the variables n range min. max. x-value se sd academic achievement 2013 83.75 14.00 97.75 61.05 .31 13.73 cpg 2013 75.00 25.00 100.00 91.33 .23 10.00 as can be observed in table 2, and the range, minimum, maximum, medium along with standard error and standard deviation values of academic achievement are 83.75; 14.00; 97.75; 61.05; .31 and 13.73 respectively. the figures of cpg for range, minimum, maximum, medium, standard error, standard deviation values are found to be 75.00; 25.00; 100.00; 91.33; .23 and 10.00. to identify the regression figures, pearson correlation analysis has been applied to determine whether there is a relationship between the variables. the figures of the findings are illustrated in table 3. 154 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 2, 2021, pp. 148-160 akpur, u. (does class participation predict academic achievement?) table 3. the values of the correlation analysis between the variables academic achievement cpg academic achievement 1 .28** cpg .28** 1 a. ** significant at the level of p<0.01 table 3 demonstrates the correlation values between cpg and academic achievement. it can be observed that the relationship between academic achievement and cpg is positive and significant at the level of p<0.01. in table 4, the findings after the regression analysis between academic achievement and cpg has been illustrated. table 4. the results of regression analysis of prediction degree of students’ class participation on academic achievement b se t p stable 33.12 3.18 8.13 .00** cpg .43 .04 .25 6.15 .00** b. dependent variable: academic achievement r2=.38 f=84.66 c. ** significant at the level of p<0.01 in order to identify how much of the total variance in academic achievement is explained by the independent variable (cpg), the regression analysis has been applied. as it is illustrated in table 4, 38% (r2=.38) of the variance in academic achievement is explained by cpg grades. the prediction degree has been found to be f=84.66, which is significant at the level of p<0.01. as for the predictive level of the independent variable cpg, it is observed that the power of cpg (t=6.15, p<0.01) to predict academic achievement is meaningful. in other words, it can be concluded that independent variable, cpg is a significant predictor of the dependent variable, academic achievement. 3.2 the qualitative data the students’ views on class participation and academic achievement along with the factors that affect students’ participation in the class-related activities were sought for an answer through the focus group interview. the students’ views on class participation and academic achievement along with the factors that affect students’ participation in the class. after transcription of the recorded interview, the transcript was first coded and the associated codes were analysed to determine categories and themes. the content analysis demonstrated that two themes emerged in terms of the class participation and academic achievement along with the factors that affect students’ participation in the class. as can be seen in table 5, the participants’ views on class participation and academic achievement focused on two themes: internal and external factors. nearly all of the students made it clear that class participation activities would in the end affect their performance and naturally their academic achievement: “it helps the teacher give me a high grade in cpg and i usually remember easily the subjects i talked about” (s4, female, 18); i know i have to participate, because it increases my performance” (s3, female, 18). in another word, common views were gathered around the idea that anything to do with participation both enhanced the participants’ motivation towards the class and, naturally, helped to improve their performance: “when i participate, this makes me feel more confident” (s2, male, 19). further, the from the participants’ views, in the theme of internal factors, two categories, respectively, gain and interest were formed. in the gain category, eagerness to learn and positive impression came to the fore. in the interest category, confidence, curiosity and having knowledge were marked. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 155 vol. 4, no. 2, 2021, pp. 148-160 akpur, u. (does class participation predict academic achievement?) table 5. class participation and academic achievement as well as the factors affecting students’ participation in the class theme category sample codes quotation internal factors gain eagerness to learn positive impression “when i attempt to answer a question, firstly i always think that this is a good opportunity to show myself. it helps the teacher give me a high grade in cpg and i usually remember easily the subjects i talked about.” (s4, female, 18) interest confidence curiosity having knowledge “when the subject interests me, it is always easier for me to say something, because in these situations, i usually have something to say and participate the class like something about sports. when i participate, this makes me feel more confident.” (s2, male, 19) external factors respect peer pressure lack of confidence criticism “… sometimes, when i try to answer a question that the teacher asks, i am often afraid of making mistakes, because when i say something wrong, my friends behave like children. but i know i have to do it, because it increases my performance.” (s3, female, 18) classroom climate crowd silence “if the class is too crowded and i am not sure about the answer, i never participate or attempt to participate. this makes me tense and i prefer only to listen to the teacher.” (s1, male, 19) teacher positive feedback mind support “when i say something and if the teacher pays attention to my opinions, i feel relaxed and i begin to think about giving answers positively.” (s5, female, 19) as for the theme external factors, respect from the teacher and the peers, classroom climate and the attitude of the teacher were highlighted by the participants. in the respect category the codes, peer pressure, lack of confidence and criticism attracted attention. the codes crowd and silence were found to be related to classroom climate category. the positive feedback from the teacher as well as the peers and support from them were the codes of the teacher category. in other words, during the interview, they also highlighted some other points related to class participation. what they emphasized was that the participation activities were affected by some factors such as interests, gains, and respect from the teacher and peers as well as classroom climate. another point that the students particularly emphasized was that the teacher’s attitudes towards them generally determine their desire for participation. 3.2 discussion what the present study has sought is to identify the relationship between class participation and academic achievement as well as the predictive level of the participation of on academic achievement. in an attempt to describe the kind of relationship, correlation and regression analysis were conducted and the findings of the present study illustrated that the relationship between class participation and academic achievement was positive and significant at the level of p<0.01 and that much of the variance in academic achievement could be explained by the notion of class performance. an important insight that cpg grades explain 38% of academic achievement has been obtained from the study. it is believed that by marking the significant and positive relationship between class participation and academic achievement, the present study will shed light on certain applications, particularly in terms of the importance of interactive classroom atmosphere. the findings of the study support the views of kuh et al. (2006), stating that class participation has positive and profound impacts on achievement in that participation and engagement have been assessed as the central theme since it connects learners’ behaviours and institutions’ objectives and conditions. moreover, the positive effect of class participation, which is expressed as one of the 156 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 2, 2021, pp. 148-160 akpur, u. (does class participation predict academic achievement?) primary elements for the learning process (sarıtepeci, 2012; syaveny & johari, 2017) has also been highlighted by permatasari (2016) who suggests that class participation is thought to enhance students’ cognitive abilities and naturally their academic performance. the findings of the current study highlight the mentioned assumptions and are in line with several studies conducted in different settings. although the level of the aforementioned positive correlation varies from one study to another, the link between the variables has been well stated and determined. studies conducted by syaveny and johari (2017), gürer (2013), marks (2000), liu and jackson (2009), and fakeye (2013) have pointed that the more students participate, the higher grades they have in terms of academic achievement. further, mijatovic and jednak (2011) in their study have suggested that the experience of class participation is a strong predictor of academic achievement. in kelsen and liyang’s (2012) study, it has been emphasized that participation in english-taught programs is one of most significant indicators of academic achievement. furthermore, ko et al., (2016), analysing over 18.000 students’ replies, argue that class participation is one of the important variables that has strong influence on learning outcomes. on the other hand, in the study of niia et al. (2015), it has been concluded that parents, teachers and students attribute different meanings to the notion of participation and its relationship to the academic achievement. for the students, in the study, class participation is a means of socializing while the teachers view it as an activity which is closely connected with academic achievement. the qualitative data gained through the present study have also yielded to important findings. first of all, the majority of students have underlined the fact that participating in class activities or learning-related activities affect their performance in the learning process positively. said another way, the dominant views during the interview have been grounded on the idea that anything related to participation promotes motivation which, in the end, have reflections on the academic achievement in a positive way. from the qualitative portion of the study it has also been highlighted that there are some factors affecting class participation such as interests, gains, and respect from the teacher and peers as well as classroom climate. from the content analysis, it is possible to draw the conclusion that these factors are of almost equal importance with effect of participation over performance. it is observed that in some other studies too, the factors that have influence over performance have been stressed. a study conducted by susak (2016) which examines the factors that affect class participation has underlined that logistics, student traits, classroom climate, and the teacher’s effect influence participation activities. similarly, ghalley and rai (2019) have concluded that teachers, peers, the size of the classroom, preparation for the class and proficiency in language are the main factors that influence class participation. in another study conducted by precourt and gainor (2019), the featured factors in class participation have been sorted as class schedule, class duration and semester. in the same study, it is also concluded that the students who take part in class activities more in classroom discussions perform 25% better on exams than the ones who display lower participation activities. further, aziz et al. (2018) in their study have found that self-esteem and motivation as internal factors; teachers, parents, peers and curriculum as the external factors influence participation in classrooms. in the light of empirical findings and theoretical frames, it can be concluded that the factors affecting class participation vary from one context to another, thus requiring special consideration peculiar to a specific context. 4. conclusion as an overall conclusion, it can be concluded that class participation is a significant variable in terms of promoting motivation, self-confidence and thus academic achievement. it is also particularly helpful to identify and set forth the factors that affect achievement. from the current study, it has been found that class participation is an important variable that has a deep influence over the concept of achievement. the present study leads to some educational implications, as well. in the first place, what is to be highlighted regarding teachers’ role in classes is to create convenient atmospheres to promote participation as much as possible where students can feel themselves free and comfortable in joining. in this respect, it gains prominence that the students should be encouraged to engage in class activities by teachers. secondly, teachers and policy makers have to make point of providing positive attitudes to students’ efforts towards participation as it has been emphasized as an important factor that leads to the frequency of participation. it is a known fact that the fear of being ridiculed by their peers, lack of self-confidence and lack of courage could prevent students from participating in the classroom activities. in the present study, the participants of the issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 157 vol. 4, no. 2, 2021, pp. 148-160 akpur, u. (does class participation predict academic achievement?) focus group mentioned similar points, which could hinder their eagerness to participate. at this point, getting to know the names of students, making them study in pairs, listening and responding them appropriately, giving importance to their ideas, creating a class atmosphere in which they can teach each other and using technological tools that help them express their ideas freely could contribute to create a non-threatening classroom climate in which their ideas and feelings are valued. it is to be made point of a couple of certain limitations of the present study. in the first place, the data that were analysed gained from the university students attending preparatory classes. studying with the students from other nationalities, departments, sections and age groups may yield to different findings. in addition, although it might cause certain difficulties in the process of contentanalysis, the number of the focus-group members could be increased more to get more accurate results. references: albertson, b. p. (2020). promoting japanese university students' participation in english classroom discussions: towards a culturally-informed bottom-up approach. journal of pan-pacific association of applied linguistics, 24(1), 45-66. alzubaidi, e., aldridge, j. m., & khine, m. s. (2016). learning english as a second language at the university level in jordan: motivation, self-regulation and learning environment perceptions. learning environments research, 19(1), 133-152. archambault, i., janosz, m., fallu, j., & pagani, l. s. (2009). student engagement and its relationship with early high school dropout. journal of adolescence, 32(3), 651 – 670. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.adolescence.2008.06.007 aziz, f., quraishi, u., & kazi, a. s. (2018). factors behind classroom participation of secondary school students (a gender based analysis). universal journal of educational research, 6(2), 211-217. baron, p., & corbin, l. (2012). student engagement: rhetoric and reality. higher education research & development, 31(6), 759 772. berman, e. a. (2017). an exploratory sequential mixed methods approach to understanding researchers’ data management practices at uvm: integrated findings to develop research data services. journal of escience librarianship, 6(1): e1104. https://doi.org/10.7191/jeslib.2017.1104 bond, m., buntins, k., bedenlier, s. et al. (2020). mapping research in student engagement and educational technology in higher education: a systematic evidence map. international journal of educational technology in higher education 17, 2 https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-019-0176-8 büyüköztürk, ş. (2011). sosyal bilimler için veri analizi el kitabı: i̇statistik, araştırma deseni, spss uygulamaları ve yorum. ankara: pegem yayıncılık çelik, s.,toraman, s. ö., & çelik, k. (2018). öğrenci başarısının derse katılım ve öğretmen yakınlığıyla ilişkisi. kastamonu eğitim dergisi, 26(1), 209 217. https://doi.org/10.24106/kefdergi.378129 chapman, e. (2003). alternative approaches to assessing student engagement rates. practical assessment, research & evaluation, 8(13), 1 7. creswell, j. w. (2012). educational research: planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. boston: pearson education. creswell, j. w., & creswell, j. d. (2017). research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. melbourne: sage publications. çokluk, ö., yılmaz, k., & oğuz, e. (2011). nitel bir görüşme yöntemi: odak grup görüşmesi. kuramsal eğitimbilim, 4(1), 95 107. crosthwaite, p. r., bailey, d. r., & meeker, a. (2015). assessing in-class participation for efl: considerations of effectiveness and fairness for different learning styles. language testing in asia, 5(9), 1 19. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40468-015-0017-1 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.adolescence.2008.06.007 ../../user/google%20drive/reviewed%20sage%20open/%09https:/doi.org/10.7191/jeslib.2017.1104 https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-019-0176-8 https://doi.org/10.24106/kefdergi.378129 https://doi.org/10.1186/s40468-015-0017-1 158 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 2, 2021, pp. 148-160 akpur, u. (does class participation predict academic achievement?) dotterer, a. m., mchale, s. m., & crouter, a. c. (2007). implications of out-of school activities for school engagement in african american adolescents. j youth adolescence, 36, 391 401. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-006-9161-3 engels, m. c., spilt, j., denies, k., & verschueren, k. (2021). the role of affective teacher-student relationships in adolescents’ school engagement and achievement trajectories. learning and instruction, 75, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2021.101485 fakeye, d. o., & amao, t. a. (2013). classroom participation and study habit as predictors of achievement in literature-in-english. cross-cultural communication, 9(3), 18 25. https://doi.org/10.3968/j.ccc.1923670020130903.2741 fredin, a., fuchsteiner, p., & portz, k. (2015). working toward more engaged and successful accounting students: a balanced scorecard approach american journal of business education, 8(1), 49 62. frisby, b. n. (2015). effective instructional practice: facilitating student participation. retrieved from: https://www.natcom.org/sites/files/pages/eip_student_participation ghalley, l. r., & rai, b. m. (2019). factors influencing classroom participation: a case study of bhutanese higher secondary student. asian journal of education and social studies, 4(3), 1 14, https://doi.org/10.9734/ajess/2019/v4i330118 ghasemi, m. r., moonaghi, h. k., & heydari, a. (2018). student-related factors affecting academic engagement: a qualitative study exploring the experiences of iranian undergraduate nursing students. electronic physician, 10(7), 7078 7085. http://dx.doi.org/10.19082/7078 gunuc, s. (2014). the relationships between student engagement and their academic achievement. international journal on new trends in education and their implications, 5(4), 216 231. gürer, m. d. (2013). utilization of learning objects in social studies lesson: achievement, attitude and engagement. [unpublished master thesis]. https://etd.lib.metu.edu.tr/upload/12615348/index.pdf hamouda, a. (2013). an exploration of causes of saudi students’ reluctance to participate in the english language classroom. international journal of english language education, 1(1), 17 34. https://doi.org/10.5296/ijele.v1i1.2652 hopland, a. o., & nyhus, o. h. (2016). learning environment and student effort. international journal of educational management, 30(2), pp.271-286. hoyert, m. s., ballard, k., & o’dell, c. d. (2019). increasing student success through a cocktail of cognitive interventions. journal of the scholarship of teaching and learning, 19(1), 128 134. https://doi.org/10.14434/josotl.v19i1.26778 hsieh, h.-f., & shannon, s.e. (2005). three approaches to qualitative content analysis. qualitative health research, 15(9), 1277 1288. karasar, n. (2003). bilimsel araştırma yöntemi. ankara: nobel yayınları. karima, h. (2016). an investigation of the difficulties that prevent efl learners from participation. [unpublished master thesis]. https://e-biblio.univ-mosta.dz kelsen, b. a., & liyang, h. (2012). indicators of achievement in efl classes at a taiwanese university. education research international, 2012, 1 8. https://doi.org/10.1155/2012/635964 ko, j. w., park, s., yu, h. s., kim, s-j., & kim, d. m. (2016). the structural relationship between student engagement and learning outcomes in korea. the asia-pacific education researcher, 25(1):147 157. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-015-0245-2 konold, t., cornell, d., jia, y., & malone, m. (2018). school climate, student engagement, and academic achievement: a latent variable, multilevel multi-informant examination. american educational research association, 4(4), 1 17. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858418815661 kreng, h. (2013). factors influencing college students’ academic achievement in cambodia: a case study. ajtlhe, 5(2), 34 49. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 159 vol. 4, no. 2, 2021, pp. 148-160 akpur, u. (does class participation predict academic achievement?) kuh, g. (2009). the national survey of student engagement: conceptual and empirical foundations. new directions for institutional research, 141, 5 20. kuh, g. d., kinzie, j., buckley, j. a., bridges, b. k., & hayek, j. c. (2006). what matters to student success: a review of the literature. final report for the national postsecondary education cooperative and national center for education statistics. bloomington, in: indiana university center for postsecondary research. retrieved from: http://nces.ed.gov/npec/papers.asp lai, h. m. (2021). understanding what determines university students’ behavioral engagement in a groupbased flipped learning context. computers & education, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2021.104290 lei, h., cui, y., & zhou, w. (2018). relationships between students’ engagement and academic achievement: a meta-analysis. social behaviour and personality, 46(3), 517 528. https://doi.org/10.2224/sbp.7054 lim, ct.d., fraser, b.j. (2018). learning environments research in english classrooms. learning environments research 21, 433–449, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-018-9260-6 liu, m., & jackson, j. (2009). reticence in chinese efl students at varied proficiency levels. tesl canada journal, 26(2), 65 81. marks, h. m. (2000). student engagement in instructional activity: patterns in the elementary, middle, and high school years. american educational research journal, 37(1), 153 184 mijatovic, i., & jednak, s. (2011). attitudes toward active participation as predictors of student achievement exploratory research from serbia. the new educational review, 24(2), 258 270. mundelsee, l., & jurkowski, s. (2021). think and pair before share: effects of collaboration on students' inclass participation. learning and individual differences, 88, 102015. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2021.102015 niia, a., almqvist, l., brunnberg, e., & granlund, m. (2014). student participation and parental involvement in relation to academic achievement. scandinavian journal of educational research 59(3), 1 19. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2014.904421 ozdemir, m. (2017). examining the relations among social justice leadership, attitudes towards school and school engagement. https://doi.org/10.15390/eb.2017.6281 permatasari, r. (2016). what do the studies say about the factors obstructing efl/esl students’ participation? paper presented at the 5th english language teaching, literature, and translation international conference 2016. faculty of languages & arts state university of semarang pike, g. r., smart, j. c., & ethington, c. a. (2012). the mediating effects of student engagement on the relationships between academic disciplines and learning outcomes: an extension of holland’s theory. research in higher education, 53(5), 550 575. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-011-9239-y precourt, e., & gainor, m. (2019). factors affecting classroom participation and how participation leads to a better learning. accounting education, 28(1), 100 118. https://doi.org/10.1080/09639284.2018.1505530 richards, k. a. r., & hemphill, m. a. (2018). a practical guide to collaborative qualitative data analysis. journal of teaching in physical education, 37(2), 225-231. sadoughi, m., & hejazi, s. y. (2021). teacher support and academic engagement among efl learners: the role of positive academic emotions. studies in educational evaluation, 70, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2021.101060 sarıtepeci, m. (2012). the effect of blended learning environment on students' engagement, academic achievement, attitude and motivation to the course of social studies in seventh grade in primary education. [unpublished master’s thesis]. https://kefad.ahievran.edu.tr/institutionarchivefiles/f44778c7.pdf 160 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 2, 2021, pp. 148-160 akpur, u. (does class participation predict academic achievement?) sedláček, m., & šeďova, k. (2020). are student engagement and peer relationships connected to student participation in classroom talk?. learning, culture and social interaction, 26, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2020.100411 sirin, s. r., & rogers-sirin, l. (2004). exploring school engagement of middle-class african american adolescents. youth & society, 35(3), 323 340. https://doi.org/10.1177/0044118x03255006 skinner, e. a., kindermann, t. a., & furrer, c. j. (2009). a motivational perspective on engagement and disaffection. conceptualization and assessment of children’s behavioural and emotional participation in academic activities in the classroom. educational and psychological measurement, 69(3), 493 525. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013164408323233 stefansson, k. k., gestsdottir, s., birgisdottir, f., & lerner, r. m. (2018). school engagement and intentional self-regulation: a reciprocal relation in adolescence. journal of adolescence, 64, 23-33. susak, m. (2016). factors that affect classroom participation. [unpublished master’s thesis]. https://scholarworks.rit.edu/theses syaveny, n., & johari, i. (2017). the correlation between class participation and students’ english learning achievement at sma negeri 12 padang kec. naggalo west sumatera. international seminar on language, education, and culture proceeding, 208 211. thararuedee, p., & wette, r. (2020). attending to learners’ affective needs: teachers’ knowledge and practices. system, 95, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2020.102375 voelkl, k. e. (1997). identification with school. american journal of education, 105, 294 318. wang, m. t., & eccles, j. s. (2011). adolescent behavioural, emotional, and cognitive engagement trajectories in school and their differential relations to educational success. journal of research on adolescence, 22(1), 31 39. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1532-7795.2011.00753.x wang, z., bergin, c., & bergin, d. a. (2014). measuring engagement in fourth to twelfth grade classrooms: the classroom engagement inventory. school psychology quarterly, 29(4), 517 535. https://doi.org/10.1037/spq0000050 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 118 10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2370 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp: does the type of input matter? mojgan rashtchia,1, * , parisa yazdanib, 2 a islamic azad university, north tehran branch, islamic republic of iran, b tefl department, faculty of foreign languages, north tehran branch, islamic azad university, tehran, islamic republic of iran 1 mojgan.rashtchi@gmail.com* ; 2 parisa_yz@yahoo.com * corresponding author 1. introduction second language vocabulary acquisition, as a discrete domain of study, has stimulated numerous investigations and has contributed to sla researchers' understanding of the factors that affect the process of learning. according to cohen and weaver (2005), vocabulary learning has a significant role in the improvement of four language skills and can contribute to gaining communicative competence. a challenging task language learners face is how to retain the vocabulary they have learned. focus on the features of new words, contextual/ decontextualized learning, frequency of encounters, and noticing are factors that determine the degree of success in vocabulary learning (pellicer-sánchez, 2020). for retention of vocabulary, as nation and gu (2007) argue, memory, processing, storing, and using l2 words in productive ways can play decisive roles. pyc and rawson (2009) believe that deep processing of words in the cognitive framework of learners leads to more successful retention. craik and lockhart's (1972) information processing model explains that the level of processing is a determining factor in the storage of data in memory. a r t i c l e i n f o abstract article history received 09 july 2020 revised 29 july 2020 accepted 30 august 2020 nowadays, vocabulary as an influential domain in mastering second/foreign languages has encouraged researchers to put forth conceptualizations that can substantiate the successful learning of words. this study used whatsapp to investigate the different impacts of two input modalities (voice messages vs. written texts) on efl learners' intentional learning and retention of words. to this end, 50 female efl learners in two intact classes (n1=n2=25) were selected from a language institute in khorramabad, iran. the groups were randomly assigned to two treatment conditions. the results of a general english proficiency test verified their homogeneity at the outset. a standardized teacher-made vocabulary test assured the researchers that the words were unfamiliar to the learners. after the twelve-session treatment, which was integrated with conventional english teaching classes, another standardized vocabulary test was administered once immediately after the intervention and the second time after a two-week interval. the friedman repeated measures analysis showed a significant difference between the pretest and posttests. however, the results of the statistical analyses showed no statistically significant differences between the participants' performances on the immediate and delayed posttests. thus, the researchers concluded that the participants had not forgotten the words from the first to the second posttest indicating the efficacy of intentional vocabulary learning. additionally, no significant differences were found between the two groups showing the similar impacts of the input modality. the study has implications for efl teachers and educators whose focus is on tefl. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords input modality learning social networking whatsapp https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v3i2.2370 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:mojgan.rashtchi@gmail.com mailto:parisa_yz@yahoo.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 119 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) the theories regarding working memory can also explain vocabulary retention. as a cognitive information storage processing system, working memory can facilitate the retention and utilization of information (baddeley, 1997). however, as proposed by baddeley (1986), working memory has a limited capacity, and the presentation of data via a single channel splits its function, and thus imposes a high cognitive load on it and can have a detrimental role in the process of learning (sweller &chandler, 1994). therefore, a balance in the presentation of learning materials contributes to the efficiency of using the limited working memory capacity and decreases cognitive load (baddeley, 1992). second language learners need to store information and engage in cognitive processing to transfer the target language to long-term memory, which is called the process of language retention (baddeley & hitch, 1974). as a result, employing a combination of input modalities is superior to a single modality input as small amounts of information are stored in two different paths or loops. according to the modality principle (atkinson, 2005; mayer, 2009), employing different instructional formats (paas, van gog, & sweller, 2010) can lead to successful retention. by using different types of input, learners can retain and utilize the information they need to accomplish tasks that require reasoning and comprehension (baddeley, 1986). thus, teachers' responsibility is to help learners successfully store and retrieve words by employing effective pedagogical methods in teaching. one way to do so is through the use of technology and social media in the classroom. by infusion of technology into efl classes, teachers can provide learners with the condition of dual contexts for learning vocabulary and expose them to a large amount of input (blake, 2008). researchers of the present study assumed that the use of whatsapp as an instructional tool could contribute to vocabulary learning. following isisag (2012), the researchers believed that the combination of the media with traditional teaching methods might offer new opportunities to promote the efficacy of foreign language teaching. in the efl setting of khorramabad, iran, where this research was conducted, explicit grammar and intentional vocabulary instructions dominate english classes. that is to say; learners are supposed to memorize the meaning of the words and do different exercises to learn grammar and vocabulary. one reason for such teaching strategies is that in university entrance examinations, students are supposed to be successful in multiple-choice word recognition tests. therefore, they mostly use memorization as the learning strategy. additionally, high school students do not have much opportunity to attend language classes due to the time constraints they experience preparing for the examination. thus, although research findings mostly support incidental vocabulary learning, the researchers' incentive was to find practical ways to enhance the students' learning conditions. one way was to increase the word encounters via whatsapp. they compared the effects of two input modalities: visual (reading) and audio (listening) to explore which type of input, combined with traditional classroom practices, could be more effective in enhancing participants' vocabulary knowledge. the researchers considered the interactive environment provided by the application, frequent exposure to language, and the possibility to use mobile phones anytime and anywhere as the opportunities to invest in them. the findings of this study may potentially provide insights into unlocking how the use of social networks can promote students' vocabulary retention. the article provides a literature review followed by the research questions and method of the study. detailed explanations are given regarding the participants, instruments, and classroom procedures. researchers' interpretations of the results section are given in the results section. the conclusion embraces some suggestions for further research and concluding remarks. social networking applications are types of internet websites in which individuals, groups, and organizations come together based on prevailing conditions and share their information, subjects, and contexts. moreover, the use of social networks as an educational method will cause creativity and interpersonal relationship (swist, collin, mccormack, & third, 2015). the use of social networking in generating online communities is prevalent among l2 practitioners. teachers create social groups to facilitate interaction with students beyond l2 classrooms (rashtchi & porkar, 2020). as defined by bryer and zavatarro (2001), social media are technologies that improve social interaction, make collaboration possible, and enable discussion among learners. social networks, as a modern tool, can assist l2 teachers and learners in accessing information quickly. blogs, wikis, media sharing tools, networking platforms, and virtual worlds are some social media types. their role in language learning has been the focus of some studies. for example, rashtchi and hajihassani (2010) showed the benefits of weblogs in improving efl learners' reading ability. in a qualitative 120 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) study, selwyn (2009) concluded that facebook could help university students overcome the challenges they encounter in their academic life. slim and hafedh (2019) investigated the impacts of using facebook on learning english for specific purposes. although no significant differences were specified in the experimental and control groups' achievements, the researchers found that employing facebook had resulted in developing a positive attitude among learners. one of the popular social networks is whatsapp, which has been used by some researchers for teaching vocabulary (jafari & chalak, 2016; bensalem, 2018). the researchers of the current study, in line with these researchers, postulated that the use of whatsapp could be an excellent source for drawing the learners' attention and facilitate learning new words. as siyanova-chanturia and webb (2016) put forth, in efl contexts, vocabulary learning is a big challenge for learners since instruction is limited to the classroom environment. the use of whatsapp could be a remedy for learners to have a more frequent encounter with words. the results of previous studies on the decisive role of technology in vocabulary retention (hermagustiana & rusmawaty, 2017; ma & kelly, 2006; rashtchi & aghili, 2014) also stimulated the researchers to examine the efficacy of the social network as a tool for vocabulary learning. a review of the literature indicates that one of the major concerns of researchers in vocabulary teaching is examining the usefulness of incidental or intentional vocabulary teaching (restrepo ramos, 2015). incidental learning is the result of meaning-focused activities in which learners gain the meaning of the words through reading or listening. however, intentional learning requires learners to focus on learning words and employ different activities "to explicitly focus students on learning words" (webb, 2020, p.5). generally speaking, most researchers believe that incidental learning obtained from the focus of attention on language use is a more effective process in vocabulary acquisition (zimmerman, 2014), and the efficacy of intentional learning is limited (webb, 2020). however, some researchers argue for the necessity of an explicit focus on vocabulary (deccarico, 2001). laufer (2005) emphasizes the importance of intentional vocabulary learning and believes that explicit learning of words contributes to their retention. webb (2020) maintains that intentional vocabulary learning serves as a basis for future meaning-based vocabulary acquisition. furthermore, all sla researchers have acknowledged the significant role of input in the process of language learning. however, the type and modality of input and conceptualization of how language learners manage data have been the source of much debate (doughty & long, 2003; ellis, 2008). according to vanpatten (2003), input is the language that a learner "hears or reads" and has "some kind of communicative intent" (p.25). as schwartz (1993) claimed, to improve the knowledge system of a specific language, the learner must be exposed to instances or exemplars of that particular language. without this type of exposure, language development will not occur. thus, input refers to all language samples used to communicate a message (vanpatten & leeser, 2006). additionally, the role of language input in information processing theories is essential since the frequency of the information embedded in the input helps language learners acquire the target language (nassaji & fotos, 2011). one factor which has received much emphasis in the discussion regarding input is attention. schmidt (2001) argues that attended learning is far superior, and for all practical purposes, attention is necessary for different aspects of l2 learning. the researchers of the current study assumed that by increasing the exposure of efl learners via whatsapp opportunities for learning and retention of vocabulary would increase. therefore, they proposed the following research questions for a quasi-experimental study with a non-equivalent control group pretestposttest design: rq1: is there a change in the vocabulary knowledge of the group that receives text messages via whatsapp from pretest to immediate and delayed posttests? rq2: is there a change in the vocabulary knowledge of the group that receives voice messages via whatsapp from pretest to immediate and delayed posttests? rq3: does the type of teacher-provided input (voice vs. written messages) via whatsapp have different impacts on efl learners' vocabulary learning and retention? issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 121 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) 2. research method 2.1. participants fifty school girls aged between 16 and 17 at the intermediate level of language proficiency (b1, according to the common european framework of reference for languages) took part in this study. the participants, selected based on convenience sampling, were studying in two intact classes in a language institute in khorramabad, iran. the results of a general english proficiency test (gpt) revealed that the participants were homogenous, with scores clustering around the mean (±1 sd above and below the mean). the groups were randomly assigned to the voice message group (vmg) and the text message group (tmg). 2.2. instruments the researchers employed three instruments for data collection; a general english proficiency test, a vocabulary pretest, and a vocabulary posttest administered twice (as immediate and delayed posttests). a general proficiency test (gpt) in two sections adopted from the cambridge preliminary english test 7 (2012) was employed to explore whether the participants were at the same level of language proficiency at the onset of the study. the reading part of the test consisted of 35 reading questions, and the writing part comprised three parts, which examined a range of writing skills. questions 1-5 carried one mark each. item 6 was marked out of five, and items 7 and 8 were marked out of 15, giving a total of 25. the allocated time for the test was one hour. the reliability of the test estimated via cronbach's alpha showed an acceptable index (r= .893). the inter-rater reliability of the writing section computed through pearson's r showed a high consistency between the two raters (r=.843). the second instrument was a 30-item vocabulary achievement test developed by the researchers. the test contained the textbook's new words that the students were going to study during the semester. it could ensure the researchers that the participants were not familiar with the terms before the treatment. two english language teachers with ten years of experience verified its content validity after some revisions (appendix a). the test was piloted, and its agreement (brown, 2005) calculated through cohen's kappa coefficient was .569. the researchers developed another 30-item vocabulary test parallel to the pretest. that is, the words were the same as the pretest but appeared in a new context (appendix b). the purpose of the test was to examine the vocabulary achievement of the participants after the treatment. two experienced teachers reviewed the test and attested to its content validity. then the test was piloted, and its agreement using cohen's kappa formula revealed an acceptable index (ƙ=.57). the items of the immediate posttest were shuffled for the delayed posttest to control the practice effect. the time allocated for each vocabulary test was 30 minutes. the total number of the target words the participants were supposed to learn was sixty. 2.3. piloting tests before the treatment, the two teacher-made tests (pretest and posttest) were piloted among 25 students bearing almost the same characteristics as the main study participants. following brown (2005), for validating the achievement tests, as a criterionreferenced test (crt), the pilot group was selected from those who knew the words. the reason was to examine whether there were any malfunctioning items. if the students who knew the words could not perform successfully on the test, then the researchers could conclude that the test was not appropriate. the skewness ratios of the pretest and posttest scores were -2.55 and -2.69 (obtained from dividing statistic by standard error), respectively. since skewness ratios (-2.55 and -2.69) exceeded the legitimate range of normal distribution (±1.96), the two sets of scores were not normally distributed, indicating that the testtakers knew the words (table 1). table 1. descriptive statistics for piloting the vocabulary pretest & posttest n min. max. mean sd skewness statistic std error pretest 25 4.00 30.00 20.36 6.663 -1.185 .464 posttest 25 4.00 29.00 20.28 6.717 -1.252 .464 122 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) 2.4. materials the coursebook was english-phil uee test-prep (anari & ghoreyshi, 2016), usually used for learners who are going to attend the university entrance examination in iran. 2.5. procedure the classes took six weeks, each week, two 90-minute sessions, 18 hours in total. gpt was administered to both groups in the first session. after ensuring that all participants had whatsapp on their mobile phones, the teacher, who was one of the researchers, created a whatsapp group for each study group and provided explanations regarding the instructional purposes of the social networking group. in the second session, the researchers administered the vocabulary pretest to ensure that the participants did not know the meaning of the target words before the treatment. 2.6. voice message group (vmg) the teacher started the classes by writing the new words of the lesson on the board and providing explanations, synonyms, and antonyms for each item. then she read the passage while students were engaged in silent reading (the reading while listening process). meanwhile, the teacher referred to the parts of speech of the words and exemplified each in a few sentences. afterward, the students completed a worksheet in three sections to practice the new words explicitly. the first section contained some fill-in-the-blanks exercises and matching word lists with their equivalents. in the next section, learners had to write the meaning of the new words in their l1 (persian) or english. the last part of the worksheets was sentence production with given terms. at the end of the session, the teacher spot-checked the students by asking the meaning of the words. one day after the class, the teacher shared her recorded voice message on the whatsapp group for five new words. she pronounced the new terms for three times expressively to attract the students' attention. she provided definitions, synonyms, and antonyms for each word. the students were encouraged to listen to the files as many times as they needed to memorize the words. they could ask questions or require further explanations from the teacher or other classmates. 2.7. text message group (tmg) the classroom procedure for this group was the same as vmg. however, instead of sharing voice messages, the teacher sent text messages. she wrote the vocabulary items and highlighted them to make them salient. also, she provided definitions, synonyms, and antonyms for the words. similar to the vmg, tmg members were encouraged to memorize the words and their meanings. they could interact with the teacher or peers when they had any queries. 2.8. posttest after the 12-session treatment, the participants took two vocabulary posttests. the first administration was on the 13th session, and the other was after a two-week interval to examine vocabulary retention. 3. findings and discussion table 2 shows the descriptive statistics obtained from the administration of gpt to the groups. the results show that the mean scores of vmg (m=42.3, sd=2.16) and tmg (m=41.5, sd=2.93) were close to each other. the results of the skewness indicated that the distributions of scores in both groups were normal (0.95 for vmg and 0.49 for tmg, both ratios falling between ±1.96, obtained from dividing statistic by standard error), and running parametric tests enjoyed legitimacy. table 2. descriptive statistics of gpt scores by groups n min. max. mean sd skewness statistic statistic statistic statistic statistic statistic std. error tmg 25 36.00 48.00 41.5600 2.93442 .231 .464 vmg 25 37.00 46.00 42.3000 2.16025 -.441 .464 valid n (listwise) 25 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 123 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) the levene's f =2.378, p >.05) indicated that the assumption of the homogeneity of variances was assumed. the results of the independent samples t-test showed that there was no statistically significant difference between the means of the groups, t (48) = 1.01, p>0.05. thus, the researchers concluded that the participants in the two groups shared the same level of language proficiency and were homogenous. table 3 shows the descriptive statistics obtained from the administration of the pretest and the immediate and delayed posttests. table 3. descriptive statistics vocabulary pretest min. max. mean sd pretest tmg 2.00 14.00 6.24 2.79 vmg 2.00 15.00 7.08 2.52 total 2.00 15.00 6.66 2.66 immediate posttest tmg 11.00 30.00 22.88 4.76 vmg 12.00 30.00 23.04 4.83 total 11.00 30.00 22.96 4.75 delayed posttest tmg 13.00 30.00 22.20 4.12 vmg 15.00 30.00 22.36 4.42 total 13.00 30.00 22.28 4.23 the kolmogorov-smirnov test was conducted to examine the normality of the distribution of the scores in the three vocabulary tests. the p values larger than .05 indicated normality (p>.05); however, since some of the p values were smaller than .05, the researchers had to use nonparametric tests. two non-parametric tests of friedman repeated measures anova were performed to compare the performances of the tmg and vmg from time 1 (pretest) to time 2 (immediate posttest) and time 3 (delayed posttest) to answer the first and second research questions. table 7 shows the results of the test (χ2 (2, 24) = 39.4, p < .001) for tmg. as the results of the p-value indicate, there is a significant difference between the performances of tmg in the pretest, immediate posttest, and delayed posttest. table 4. tmg friedman test, pretest, immediate, & delayed posttests n 25 chi-square 39.402 df 2 asymp. sig. .000 in the next step, wilcoxon tests were run to help the researchers locate where the difference(s) lay. the results of the wilcoxon test indicated that the difference between the posttests and the pretest scores was statistically significant (mean rank of 0.00 versus 25.5, z = 6.16, p <.001). in contrast, the difference between the delayed posttest and the immediate posttest scores (mean rank of 21.35 versus 22.15, z = .73, p > .05) was not significant. this finding indicates that the participants were successful in vocabulary retention and had not forgotten the words from the immediate posttest to the delayed posttest. the effect size obtained from dividing z by the square root of cases (25x3) is 0.7, which using cohen's (1988) criteria, indicates a large effect size indicating that 7 percent of the change in the dependent variable was due to the treatment. friedman repeated-measures anova was performed to examine the effectiveness of the voice messages on the participants' vocabulary learning and retention. as the results of the test (χ2 (2, 24) = 41.583, p < .001) indicate (table 5), there is a statistically significant difference between the performances of vmg in the pretest, immediate posttest, and delayed posttest. 124 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) table 5. vmg friedman test, pretest, immediate, & delayed posttests n 25 chi-square 41.583 df 2 asymp. sig. .000 two wilcoxon tests were conducted to examine where exactly the differences suggested by friedman test occurred. table 6 shows the ranks of the scores in each test. table 6. ranks statistics of wilcoxon test, vmg n mean rank sum of ranks immediate posttest &pretest negative ranks 0a .000 .000 positive ranks 25b 13.00 325.00 ties 0c total 25 delayed posttest &immediate posttest negative ranks 16d 10.91 174.50 positive ranks 5e 11.30 56.50 ties 4f total 25 as the results of the wilcoxon test showed, the immediate posttest results were significantly different from the pretest (mean rank of 0.00 versus 13.0, z = 4.38, p <.001); and the delayed posttest scores were significantly different from the posttest scores (mean rank of 11.3 versus 10.91, z = 2.73, p < .05). the lack of a statistically significant difference between the immediate and delayed posttests shows that the participants in vmg could remember the words they had learned. the effect size (r= .5.), using cohen's (1988) criteria, indicates a large effect size. quade's rank analysis of covariance was conducted to explore further the difference between the effects of the two treatments. to do so, first, both immediate posttest and delayed posttest scores of the participants were ranked. then, a linear regression of the ranks was performed, and the residuals were saved. table 7 shows the descriptive statistics of the residuals for delayed posttest scores from immediate posttest scores. table 7. residual statistics, delayed posttest scores from immediate posttest scores min. max. mean sd n predicted value 12.2381 28.1910 22.2800 3.98887 50 residual -3.15321 2.52604 .00000 1.41736 50 std. predicted value -2.517 1.482 .000 1.000 50 std. residual -2.202 1.764 .000 .990 50 finally, a mann-whitney u test was run to probe the difference between the ranks of the two groups. as the results indicated, there were no statistically significant differences between the two groups (u = .309, p > .05) regarding their ranks in the delayed posttests compared to the immediate posttests. in other words, the results of the test showed that while the two groups were successful in learning the words and remembering them, the type of input did not cause any statistically significant differences between the groups. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 125 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) fig. 1. line graph of two groups' progress in three tests the affirmative answers to the first and second research questions showed that intentional vocabulary learning strategies via whatsapp were useful for learning and retaining new words. however, the type of input (voice vs. text messaging), as proposed by the third research question, did not cause any statistically significant differences between the groups. the study showed that activities related to intentional vocabulary learning and memorization could help learners have mental access to the delayed posttest words. as barcroft (2015) argues, focus on learning vocabulary and disregarding other language-related activities can be the key to the efficacy of intentional learning. besides, in intentional learning, learners voluntarily use all possible techniques and strategies they have developed during their schooling to overcome the barriers which impede their success. likewise, it can be assumed that the whatsapp messages allowed the learners to employ their preferred strategies for vocabulary learning, as the participants tried to learn individually and at their own pace. as nation (2013) puts forth, a considerable proportion of vocabulary learning relies on using appropriate strategies. regarding the present study, motivation and desire to learn were additional factors that affected the results since the participants were getting ready to take the university entrance examination. another reason for the efficacy of intentional vocabulary learning was that whatsapp increased the frequency of exposure to the new words (pellicer-sánchez, 2020). peters (2014) found that repeated exposure could have a significant impact on vocabulary learning. also, the finding by alali and schmitt (2012) lends some support to the role of repetition in vocabulary learning. the researchers assume that the reiteration of the words in the messages that the students received after explicit class instruction could have a vital role in learning and remembering vocabulary. also, the ubiquitous learning provided by mobile phones could have a decisive role in learning the words. an alternative possibility for the success of the participants could be the integration of two modes of learning. during the treatment, the conventional in-class learning in which learners were engaged mostly in paper and pencil activities followed by out-of-class technology-based learning put a less cognitive load on their working memory (baddeley,1997). that is to say, the combination of exercises that required production (i.e., doing worksheets and answering to teacher's questions), and receptive activities (i.e., listening to or reading messages in whatsapp group) could lead to better results in vocabulary learning. 126 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) the findings emphasize the role of social networking in vocabulary learning. using such tools is mainly useful in efl settings where learners do not have adequate opportunities to encounter the target language. receiving messages from the teacher via whatsapp could give the learners the advantage of regulating their study time according to their schedule. also, individualized learning inherent in the use of mobile phones for educational purposes frees the participants from the pressure of keeping pace with the class, which itself can impede learning (rashtchi & tollabi mazraehno, 2019; tanner & london, 2009). employing the strategies that were compatible with their personality characteristics and learning styles could be another reason for the participants' success in vocabulary learning. placing the burden of learning on the shoulders of the participants can trigger their sense of responsibility and foster autonomous learning. the amount of mental processing involved in the learning of the words can also be another explanation for the findings. the classroom practices, along with the presentation of words via whatsapp, could bring about a deep mental involvement that is assumed to be effective in increasing the learners' attention to the words (nation, 2013). in the same vein, godfroid, boers, and housen (2013) maintain that giving some attention can lead to long-term memory storage. this conclusion can find support from the noticing hypothesis proposed by alali and schmidt (2012). this study revealed that english teachers could benefit from social networking, such as whatsapp, via mobile phones to teach vocabulary to efl learners since they are easy to use and preferred by many learners. the findings showed that whatsapp could encourage students to learn vocabulary since it has the advantage of extending learning to outside classroom settings. it can also connect students with the teacher and other classmates at any time and in any place. the present study signifies the importance of looking for more attractive ways of providing input for efl learners. 4. conclusion the study showed that whatsapp could help develop efl learners' vocabulary knowledge and have a lasting impact on remembering the words they have learned. besides, the type of input that the learners receive, the attraction adolescents have toward using mobiles and social networking could have an impact on increasing their motivation for learning vocabulary. the tendency of learners to use mobile phones regularly during their daily-life activities, if used for learning purposes, can increase the frequency of exposure required for vocabulary learning. the study results can encourage teachers to consider the use of social networking platforms and applications as a possibility for increasing the learners' encounter with language in efl settings. material developers can draw on the results of this study to make informed decisions on how to adopt technology in teaching vocabulary in different courses. however, the use of social networking for language teaching still needs further investigations, particularly concerning productive language skills. one limitation of the present study was that the participants were limited to girls. therefore, the results should be generalized to both genders cautiously. this study was also limited in considering the participants' preferences and personality factors. further studies may consider learner characteristics as a variable to investigate in the domain of vocabulary learning integrated with social media. additionally, interested researchers may explore the participants' perceptions regarding the use of social media for vocabulary learning. references alali, f. a., & schmitt, n. (2012). teaching formulaic sequences: the same as or different from teaching single words? tesol journal, 3(2), 153–180. https://doi.org/110.1002/tesj.13 anari, s., & ghoreyshi, s.m. (2016). english-phil uee test-prep. tehran: mobtakeran. atkinson, r. k. (2005). multimedia learning in mathematics. in r. e. mayer (ed.), cambridge handbook of multimedia learning (pp. 393-408). new york, ny: cambridge university press. baddeley, a. d. (1997). human memory: theory and practice, east sussex: psychology press. baddeley, a. d. (1986). working memory. oxford: clarendon press. baddeley, a. d. (1992). working memory. science, 25(5), 556-559. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1736359. https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.1002%2ftesj.13?_sg%5b0%5d=bjsoszzpjezks6ekbuewlmgh5qls8i7mtygltef57hulnasi4jwbwnxql3n-bpqepvcmpd3j0nffnpgy1x9yr70haq.ilhbn0ykkwcs5qcdzcxtdsfikcmsahgfcx7boi1ipraimzq9ednc5b-uktoescfcbtm3t3eedbnkwub4iqefuq issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 127 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) baddeley, a. d., & hitch, g. j. (1974). working memory. in g. h. bower (ed.), the psychology of learning and motivation: advances in research and theory (pp. 47-89). new york, ny: academic press. barcroft, j. (2015). lexical input processing and vocabulary learning. amsterdam: john benjamins. bensalem, e. (2018). the impact of whatsapp on efl students' vocabulary learning. arab world english journal (awej), 9 (1), 23-38. https://dx.doi.org/10.24093/awej/vol9no1.2 blake, r. (2008). brave new digital classroom: technology and foreign language learning. washington, dc: georgetown university press. brown, j. d. (2005). testing in language programs. new york, ny: mcgraw-hill. bryer, t., & zavattaro, s. (2011). social media and public administration administrative theory & praxis, 33(3), 325-340. https://doi.org/10.2753/atp1084-1806330301 cambridge preliminary english test 7 student's book (2012). cambridge: cambridge university press. cohen, d. a., & weaver, j. s. (2005). styles and strategies-based instruction: a teachers' guide. university of minnesota carla working paper series a rewritten version of paper #7 center for advanced research on language. computing research, 29(3), 297-313. cohen, j.w. (1988). statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences (2nd ed). hillsdale, nj: lawrence erlbaum. craik, f. i. m., & lockhart, r. s. (1972). levels of processing: a framework for memory research. journal of virtual learning and verbal behavior, 11 (6), 671-684. https://10.1016/s0022-5371(72)80001-x decarrico, j. s. (2001). vocabulary learning and teaching. in m. celce-murcia (ed.), teaching english as a second or foreign language (pp. 285-299). boston, ma: heinle & heinle. doughty, c. j., & long, m. h. (2003). optimal psycholinguistic environments for distance foreign language learning. language learning & technology, 7(3), 50–80. ellis, n. (2008). usage-based and form-focused language acquisition: the associate learning of constructions, learned attention, and limited l2 end state. in p. robinson & n. ellis (eds.), handbook of cognitive linguistics and second language acquisition (pp. 372–405). new york, ny: routledge. godfroid, a., boers, f., & housen, a. (2013). an eye for word: gauging the role of attention in incidental l2 vocabulary acquisition by means of eye-tracking. studies in second language acquisition, 35(4), 483–517. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0272263113000119 ma, q., & kelly, p. (2006). computer assisted vocabulary learning: design and evaluation. computer assisted language learning, 19 (1), 15-45. https://doi.org/110.1080/09588220600803998 hermagustiana, i., & rusmawaty, d. (2017). the use of technology for vocabulary instruction in efl classrooms: support and challenges. advances in intelligent systems research (aisr), 144. 137-143. retrieved from https://download.atlantis-press.com/article/25902606.pdf isisag, k. u. (2012). the positive effects of integrating ict in foreign language teaching. international conference "ict for language learning." retrieved from www://conference. pixel-online.net/ jafari, s., & chalak, a. (2016). the role of whatsapp in teaching vocabulary to iranian efl learners at junior high school. english language teaching, 9 (8), 85-92. http://dx.doi.org/10.5539/elt.v9n8p85 laufer, b. (2005). focus on form in second language vocabulary learning. in s. h. foster-cohen, m. garciamayo, & j. cenoz (eds.), eurosla yearbook (vol. 5, pp. 223–250). amsterdam: john benjamins. mayer, r. e. (2009). multimedia learning (2nd ed). new york, ny: cambridge university press. nassaji, h., & fotos, s. s. (2011). teaching grammar in second language classrooms: integrating formfocused instruction in communicative context. new york: routledge. nation, p. (2013). vocabulary learning and teaching. in p. robinson (ed.), the routledge encyclopedia of second language acquisition (pp. 682-686). new york, ny: routledge. nation, p. & gu, p. y. (2007). focus on vocabulary. sydney: nceltr, macquarie university. https://doi.org/10.2753/atp1084-1806330301 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.1016%2fs0022-5371(72)80001-x?_sg%5b0%5d=r_kuopivrtapzxebxlaiouuwht1rbn_k0ublgphj3fofexlfojtz3gqrdl80rdauouqueudqe-vhdsvpal1hzpgipg.faz9enqke0dx3l9-5a49i7iviyfdfooxdb7hz3riq3erpcx9v-dnffzgjbvamr7j7xnscmcs-huaqv9nzm_wnq https://doi.org/10.1017/s0272263113000119 https://doi.org/10.1080/09588220600803998 https://download.atlantis-press.com/article/25902606.pdf http://dx.doi.org/10.5539/elt.v9n8p85 128 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) paas, f., van gog, t., & sweller, j. (2010). cognitive load theory: new conceptualizations, specifications, and integrated research perspectives. educational psychology review, 22(2), 115-121. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-010-9133-8 pellicer-sánchez, a. (2020). learning single words vs. multiword items. in s. webb (ed.). the routledge handbook of vocabulary studies (pp.158-173). oxon: routledge. peters, e. (2014). factors affecting the learning of single-word items. in s. webb (ed.). the routledge handbook of vocabulary studies (pp. 125-142). oxon: routledge. pyc, m.a. & rawson, k.a. (2009). testing the retrieval hypothesis: does greater difficulty correctly recalling information lead to higher levels of memory? journal of memory and language, 60 (4) 437– 47. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jml.2009.01.004 rashtchi, m., & aghili, h. (2014). computerized input enhancement versus computer-assisted glosses: do they affect vocabulary recall and retention? theory and practice in language studies, 4(8), 1665-1674. https://doi.org/10.4304/tpls.4.8.1665-1674 rashtchi, m., & hajihassani, h. (2010). blog-assisted language learning: a possibility in teaching reading to iranian efl learners. international journal of language studies (ijls), 4(4), 245-262. http://www.ijls.net rashtchi, m., & porkar, r. (2020). brainstorming revisited: does technology facilitate argumentative essay writing? language teaching research quarterly, 18, 40-52. https://doi.org/10.32038/ltrq.2020.18.03 rashtchi, m., & tollabi mazraehno, m. r. (2019). exploring iranian efl learners' listening skills via ted talks: does medium make a difference? journal of language and education, 5(4), 81-97. https://doi.org/10.17323/jle.2019.9691 restrepo ramos, f. d. (2015). incidental vocabulary learning in second language acquisition: a literature review. profile,17 (1), 157-166. http://dx.doi.org/10.15446/profile.v17n1.43957 schwartz, b. (1993). on explicit and negative data effecting and affecting competence and linguistic behavior. studies in second language acquisition, 15(2), 147-163. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0272263100011931 selwyn, n. (2009). faceworking: exploring students' education-related use of facebook in learning. media and technology, 34 (2),157–74. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439880902923622 siyanova-chanturia, a., & webb, s. (2016). teaching vocabulary in efl context. in w.a. renandya & h.p. widodo (eds.), english language teaching today (pp.227-239). basel: springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-38834-2_16 schmidt, r. (2001). attention. in p. robinson (ed.), cognition and second language instruction (pp. 3–32). cambridge: cambridge university press. slim, h., & hafedh, m. (2019). social media impact on language learning for specific purposes: a study in english for business administration. teaching english with technology, 19(1), 56-71. http://www.tewtjournal.org sweller, j., & chandler, p. (1994). why some material is difficult to learn. cognition and instruction, 12 (3), 185-233. https://doi.org/10.1207/s1532690xci1203_1 swist, t., collin, p., mccormack, j., & third, a. (2015). social media and the wellbeing of children and young adults: a literature review. the commissioner for children and young people, western australia. https://doi.org/10.13140/rg.2.1.3296.6885. tanner, m. w., & landon, m. m. (2009). the effects of computer-assisted pronunciation readings on esl learners' use of pausing, stress, intonation, and overall comprehensibility. language learning & technology, 13 (3), 51-65. https://www.lltjournal.org/ vanpatten, b. (2003). from input to output: a teacher's guide to second language acquisition. boston, ma: mcgraw hill. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-010-9133-8 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.1016%2fj.jml.2009.01.004?_sg%5b0%5d=cnp5yidchb5sgu0vs_pmrbtrsqo1zzugzex_m1hw6pecd0j1syslhhwvmo7vx3ybpv3rwhejlg_8syruq5skj34e-a.eylfebopi8-vb_lbqhj56me2t4wtzaecckfjoit1plinpbqyr1y_klvebkwr12asepq2sgz3yb-ld4cneqpfma https://doi.org/10.4304/tpls.4.8.1665-1674 http://www.ijls.net/ https://doi.org/10.32038/ltrq.2020.18.03 https://doi.org/10.17323/jle.2019.9691 http://dx.doi.org/10.15446/profile.v17n1.43957 https://doi.org/10.1017/s0272263100011931 https://doi.org/10.1080/17439880902923622 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-38834-2_16 https://doi.org/10.1207/s1532690xci1203_1 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.13140%2frg.2.1.3296.6885?_sg%5b0%5d=_v-vmcbvfd1pspv5fjbgcpasqfbjbwg-n3glllse0ou4hhy-aiy0f-xjhacbxjaynzauqdgiqwnltwmj6o9o1vs6va.qfcdfmi1yj4qvia82unhsyfgtfx6acmuorysgale5hh5hort_4z2fezug53sufrmlvgrjtt7cpsxl5avuw-yra issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 129 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) vanpatten, b., & leeser, m. (2006). theoretical and research considerations underlying classroom practice: the fundamental role of input. in m. r. salaberry (ed.), the art of teaching spanish: second language acquisition from research to praxis (pp. 55-77). washington, dc: georgetown university press. webb, s. (2020). incidental vocabulary learning. in s. webb (ed.). the routledge handbook of vocabulary studies (pp. 225-239). oxon: routledge. zimmerman, c. b. (2014). teaching and learning vocabulary for second language learners. in m. celcemurcia, d. m. brinton, & m. a. snow (eds.), teaching english as a second or foreign language (288302). boston, ma: national geographic learning. https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&q=m.+rafael+salaberry&stick=h4siaaaaaaaaaopge-lrt9c3nerkm7aoqyhq4tlp1tdink43tajuus4ot9jpzs_jsu0uyczp0y8vyiwpsc2ll88vyi62sk3jlmkvwsqq7kunejsylpiaoxccmjoylfpuvlmdlreacxa9jvoaaaa&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjjj9bb8zxqahuchxokhqmvaxaqmxmoataqegqicxad 130 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) appendix a vocabulary pretest 1. do you think i made a good impression on your parents? "impression" means ……. result effect support habit 2. you should have …… goals, or else you will be disappointed. achievable readable agreeable advisable 3. a group of people having the same religion, job, etc. are a ……. category community government missionary 4. the time between the final exam and telling the result of students is a period of real ….. for most students. comfort suffering enjoyment involvement 5. tom has invited all of us to dinner tonight because of his recent …… at work. promotion result posture conclusion 6. jane has just been ……, which means a company car and an extra five thousand pounds. earned promoted explored proposed 7. the project will be a success if we can only get the …… to put it into action. finance entrance realization procedure 8. the government should act quickly to help people in ……. . poverty struggle extinction region 9. they say that they should spend as much money as needed to improve the country's telephone …. device region procedure network 10. my parents will …… my mail to italy while i am teaching there. forward provide operate recall 11. the managers have ………… a number of circumstances to the agreement. combined restated arranged attached 12. we were glad to see that the ………. of more wood to the fire made it brighter and warmer addition formation pollution location 13. i haven't been to china ………, but i have read a lot of books about its culture and people. entirely personally immediately internationally 14. you should prepare all your …….. carefully before applying for a passport. comments documents occasions statements 15. i asked the children to slow down because i was not able to ……. them any longer. call out to make up with keep up with run away form 16. the traffic was too heavy as it was raining hard, so we reached the ……… two hours late. destination expectation occasion exploration 17. mr. alavi is interested in asian countries, so he went on a long journey of …….into china. prediction destination exploration communication 18. mary was not in a good mood, so she welcomed her guests with a (n)…… smile on her face. brilliant primary artificial effective 19. wet weather is a ……… of life in many countries of the world like scotland. period 2. manner feature sample issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 131 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) 20. mr. karimi has always been dreaming of traveling to ……. lands, particularly the ones in south america. global complex flexible distant 21. dr. javadi is a ……… of this kind of operation human heart in the world. layer winner gesture pioneer 22. i worry about the ………. effect that violent films may have on children. destructive repetitive irrelevant nervous 23. bill escaped from ……… by going to he cinema every afternoon. function reality certainly capacity 24. trying to ……… the weather is not an easy job, as it requires specialized equipment. estimate mention forecast express 25. we were late getting to the airport, but ….. for us; the plane was delayed. luckily basically certainly entirely 26. i would like to know how helen manages to keep …. before examinations. firm calm similar natural 27. as a student he lived very ……, rarely going out and buying very few clothes. economically scientifically necessarily emotionally 28. the village was a scene of immense peace, far ….. from the tensions of city life. bothered removed stretched survived 29. i would prefer not to travel to a country like canada in winter because it gets ……. cold. previously necessarily extremely anxiously 30. the government has several plans to remove ……… and raise living standards. reality capacity charity poverty appendix b vocabulary immediate and delayed posttests 1. mary was chosen for the job because she was ….. to the others. conscious voluntary fashionable superior 2. our schools should …… more time to scientific subjects. raise devote transfer express 3. i can say with …… that there will be no more discussion today. capacity experience certainty impression 4. a person who goes to another country to teach people about religion is called a …… teacher missionary passenger psychologist 5. these days the business has got into …… difficulties. financial flexible emotional facial 6. we don't exactly know what happened; bill only gave a /an …… of the events. mistake density outline article 7. many adults seem to know little about some of the most …… sciences. emotional elementary voluntary repetitive 8. i try to ………… two hours every night to my school work. estimate devote spend enhance 9. you can buy a / an ……. version of the dictionary and save money in this way. regular national electronic reasonable 10. i don't like seeing animals in a zoo. i prefer to see them in their natural ….. areas. relaxed surrounding contrasting individual 11. our luggage was checked through to our final ….. . situation destination observation connection 12. i think we have just enough gasoline to reach our ……. destination imagination extinction inaction 13. my parents will …… my mails to china while i am working there. stick forward compose mention 14. john doesn't seem to be happy that he is …… to our tokyo branch next month. joining hiring transferring devoting 15. we were waiting …… for my father coming back from mecca. 132 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 2, 2020, pp. 118-132 rashtchi and yazdani (intentional vocabulary learning via whatsapp...) smoothly anxiously personally necessarily 16. will you quickly …… me on what has been happening. update include promise concentrate 17. i think we started our business with each other …… two years ago. exactly recently brightly silently 18. the pilot ……… the plane safely, but there was a crash afterward. landed located reacted floated 19. a: "how many scientists took part in the conference?" b: "……… 50 ones." mostly nearly primarily immediately 20. i think the plane is ……. in a few minutes. turning on making up turning up taking off 21. each school's central …….. should be to teach reading, writing, and arithmetic. mission occasion expression permission 22. the window were …… all night because of the wind. relaxing suffering wrestling rattling 23. most high buildings are ….. in the north of our city. . located interested attached entered 24. it is …….. knowledge that swimming is one of the best forms of exercise. serious average common efficient 25. we need to make changes in the …… for collecting taxes. practice involvement mechanism statement 26. the pilot of the airplane had to make a/an …….. landing because of the terrible weather. mystery emergency strategy density 27. every packet of cigarettes should come with a government health warning which is …… to it. attached forced forbidden promised 28. as i know, sally had sold only twelve pictures …… to friends and family. recently formally mostly reasonably 29. vitamins cannot be …… by our bodies; we get them from what we eat or drink. involved manufactured concentrated accepted 30. experts …… that, on average, the world loses a language every two weeks. annoy explore estimate measure english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 34 10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3227 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context: paper-based and product-based instructions piyawan rungwaraphong faculty of commerce and management prince of songkla university, trang campus, 102 khuan pring, mueang trang district, trang 92000, thailand piyawan.r@psu.ac.th a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 15 december 2021 revised 16 april 2021 accepted 20 april 2021 the study reported in this article compared two different inductive instructional methods implemented in a business english writing training, including paper-based instruction (ppi) and product-based instruction (pdi). it assessed the effectiveness and examined practical issues of the implementation of each method. a total of 46 thai students majoring in a business english program at a thai university participated in this study. the students were randomly divided into two groups and put into either the ppi or pdi training module. the researcher collected data from direct observations, focused-group discussions, and students’ writing scores. qualitative data from the focused-group discussions and observation field notes were analyzed thematically using the grounded theory, while cross-examination was utilized for students’ writing scores. the study results indicate that the fundamental dichotomies between both approaches include tangibility, authenticity, and contextuality. students’ difficulties in formulating grammar and writing rules on their own and students’ perception of learning as a burden were found as challenges in both modules. the findings also indicate that both the ppi and pdi modules trigger classroom dynamics and a positive atmosphere; however, pdi resulted in more vigorous dynamics as student movements and interactions were relatively higher. finally, this study’s findings are beneficial for instructors seeking innovative instructional methodology to improve their business english writing teaching. the study has contributed to the field of teaching business english writing. the study’s findings have helpful implications for lecturers of business english writing, who are looking for a teaching approach that enables them to create opportunities for students to learn in authentic, professional environments, contexts, and cultures cast in real-life business situations. this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords english writing efl inductive tangible teaching how to cite: rungwaraphong, p. (2021). inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context: paper-based and product-based instructions. english language teaching educational journal, 4(1), 34-48. doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3227 1. introduction in efl contexts, the goal of business english writing courses provided in higher education is dual: firstly, to improve students’ command of business-related english, and secondly, to provide a good grounding and adequate understanding of the principles of business so that students can create business-related content. challenges in teaching business english writing for efl students are student engagement in writing tasks and covering the writing materials or tasks. additionally, particularly in efl contexts, uncovering teaching approaches that assist students in achieving the dual goal of business english writing is essential. however, literature undertaken so far suggests significant file:///e:/download/10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3227 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:piyawan.r@psu.ac.th http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0853-0597 http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3227&domain=pdf http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 35 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) differences between business english writing in educational contexts and english writing required in real-life business situations (hollis-turne & scholtz, 2010). it is important that business writing courses consist of learning activities and tasks that enable students to transfer knowledge from the classroom to what is required of them in the workplace. this suggests a need for a teaching approach that will create a linkage between the two situations; the approach, at the same time, must not forget to focus on the development of the grammatical and syntactic aspects of the english language. in searching for an instructional approach that ensures both students’ development of english writing competence and the capability to transfer writing skills from the academic environment to the workplace, the researcher framed two instructional methods upon the theory of inductive references. both teaching methods involve the students observing examples of the target language provided by the teacher, identifying patterns or concepts implicit in those examples, formulating rules or principles, and applying or creating a piece of work using those rules or principles in the target language. the differences exist in the process of eliciting data for the writing. the study reported in this article seeks to evaluate and compare the implementation and the challenges of the two instructional approaches implemented in english writing contexts; both are inductive-based and designed by the researcher to serve the dual goal of business english writing teaching. the inductive instruction methods investigated include paper-based instruction and product-based instruction (hereafter called ppi and pdi, respectively). results from this study make contributions to the field of teaching business english writing. the study’s findings have helpful implications for lecturers of business english writing, who are looking for a teaching approach that enables students to write professionally and learn in authentic, professional environments. 1.1. business writing in real business vs. academic contexts business writing courses provided in academic contexts aim to ensure that students become competent in producing business writing genres that they will be required to produce in the workplace. however, literature about business writing indicates a vast difference between business writing courses provided by educational institutions and business writing required by graduates to complete in real business environments. the difference is rooted in the fact that business writing offered at universities is influenced by educational policies and educational requirements such as curriculum and assessment. likewise, hollis-turner and scholtz’s (2010) study of business writing in academic and workplace contexts claims that the disjuncture results from the different requirements that higher education and the real-life working world have. recognizing the above disjuncture, business writing lecturers try to stimulate business writing prevalent in real business contexts. however, they frequently have “to simplify and de-contextualize” (hollis-turner& scholtz, 2010, p.241) documents and learning tasks for learning purposes. the decontextualization of teaching business writing also occurs because of the audience. al-mohammadi and derbel (2015) pointed out that the teacher is the sole audience of students’ works in the classroom. however, the students may not perceive their teacher as the audience of their writing; instead, they generally perceive the teacher as the evaluator. the study’s findings claim that students’ awareness of the audience is important as it affects their writing performance. the study suggests that decontextualized writing activities should be avoided, and the teacher should clearly define the “particular audience” in all writing tasks and assignments. the study by albino (2015) examined the effect of an explicit genre-based approach to teaching writing for learners of english as a foreign language in the workplace. the study results suggest that an explicit genre-based approach is a suitable approach in teaching writing for the workplace for efl learners. whether business writing should be taught with contextualization or de-contextualization, or implicitly or explicitly, is still controversial. no matter which approach is employed in teaching business writing, contextualizing or de-contextualizing, or explicitly or implicitly, the lecturers need to be aware of the demands of the real business world and train the students to meet the demands of the business world (arputhamalar & kannan, 2015). this signifies that learning activities or exercises in class must be designed in ways that bridge the gap between academic and business contexts while enhancing students’ capability to transfer what is taught in the classroom to what is required in the workplace (hollis-turner & scholtz, 2010). 36 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) 1.2 deductive & inductive approaches nunan (1999) described the deductive teaching approach as the instructional method that begins with “rules and principles and then applies the rules to particular examples and instances” (p.305). examples given to students are often de-contextualized, and the students may not be required to make meaning of the structures presented. at the end of the lesson, the students produce their sentences by applying the rules highlighted by the teacher (thornbury, 1999). in this light, deductive teaching underlines top-down reasoning, moving from more general to more specific. in contrast to the deductive approach, the inductive approach works the other way around. it is called a “bottom-up” approach, deriving general rules and principles from specific examples. according to thornbury (1999), the inductive approach begins with the examples given to the students. the students then observe and notice patterns implicit in the examples provided. they formulate the rules or principles, and after that, apply the patterns or rules in the target language. rizzuto (1970) regarded the inductive method as the discovery experience in which the learner is accompanied by the teacher’s guidance and verbal cues. however, the deductive method is regarded as a “didactic expository” (rizzuto, 1970, p. 269) learning mode. learners do not need to make any discovery and are directly exposed to the lessons. the experimental comparison of both deductive and inductive methods concluded that the inductive approach is the superior language teaching method. the deductive method brings about greater learning in the initial stage, and the time it takes to learn is diminutive. in contrast, the inductive method consumes more time as it requires students to discover language structure concepts independently. however, it renders better retention in the long term. in the same light, thornbury (1999) notes that knowledge acquired through inductive instructional methods is more profound than ones through deductive methods. an inductive approach, as compared to a deductive approach, is a more complex and indirect instructional method and functions in the higher level of the learner’s cognitive domain. according to rüütmann and kipper (2011), the sequence of learning – “facts-rules-action” in the deductive approach and “concepts-patternsabstractions” in the inductive approach – results in differences in learning outcomes, particularly problem-solving and critical-thinking. importantly, inductive teaching methods are believed to trigger learners’ autonomy. it shifts learners’ roles, from the learner as the receiver of knowledge to the learner as the actor of the learning process-actively discovering rules (motha, 2013). in language education, induction is associated with a human’s first language acquisition. that is to say, humans learn and acquire their first language implicitly and inductively. as vygotsky (1986) explained, human cognition initiates from social communication and involvement in social activities. in the same light, perfors (2014) maintained that children learn and acquire their first language by induction; they hear specific examples of phonemes, morphology, words, and sentences, from which they formulate the general principles of the language. 1.3. paper-based instruction and product-based instruction (ppi & pdi) the researcher designed and created paper-based instruction (ppi) and product-based instruction (pdi) in response to a call for a teaching approach that will ensure the transfer of skills taught in academic contexts to skills required in real business situations. both instructional approaches embrace rizzuto’s (1970) inductive teaching philosophy, emphasizing learners’ opportunities to discover knowledge. ppi and pdi give equal importance to lecturers’ and students’ skills to communicate dialogically and interrogate their learning process. literature shows that dialogic communication and interrogation in the classroom, either student-student or teacher-student, play an essential role in students’ knowledge acquisition. rungwaraphong (2018) emphasized the importance of teacher’s questioning skills, including choosing, crafting, and using questions with students to achieve learning goals. these skills determine both the quantity and quality of communication during the learning process. dialogue differs from ordinary conversation or discussion in terms of the atmosphere and goal. it emphasizes the process of questioning and responding and welcomes different points of view regarding the disharmony of voices as an opportunity for deeper understanding (rungwaraphong, 2018). figure 1 illustrates tasks and learning activities underpinning each instructional module. each step in this diagram portrays the learning activities required for english writing. as illustrated in figure 1, both inductive modules implemented in english writing cover eight steps, sharing five common procedures, while the differences exist in the other three procedures. just like other inductive approaches, both the ppi and the pdi approaches showing, noticing, discovering, and discussing. both e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 37 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) inductive approaches require the students to notice and analyze examples of writing pieces; discovering writing rules occurs through this analysis. the differences between the two methods line in steps 4, 5, and 8. after the discovery and formulation of rules in steps 2 and 3, the medium for writing, the product to be written about, is introduced. in the ppi method, the students are given product factsheets, which contain detailed information pertaining to the product. in this light, the students perform the given product analysis but do so with the product images, not the authentic products. fig. 1. comparison of procedures and learning activities in ppi & pdi modules 1.4. research objectives the study aimed to investigate the two methods’ dichotomy, examine practical issues of the implementation, including the challenges of each method, and give suggestions for english instructors who wish to adopt either of these two methods in their english writing class. the study specifically sought to answer the following three research questions: 1. what are the similarities and differences in the implementation between these two inductive modules? 2. what are the challenges of each inductive module? 3. which approach is more appropriate for teaching english writing to thai learners? 2. method 2.1 participants and setting the participants of the current study were 46 students from a thai university. all of them were second-year business english majors, aged approximately 19-20 years old. there were 10 (21.7%) 38 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) males and 36 (78.3%) females. all of them have taken two business writing courses prior to taking part in the study: fundamental english writing in year 1 and business english writing i in year 2. the participants were randomly divided into two equal groups and put into two writing training modules: the paper-based module and the product-based module. the researcher organized the training and sought to prepare business students to be effective writers and give high proportions of interactions and decisions required in written communication in business environments. 2.2 data collection three data collection methods were applied in gathering the data to answer the research questions: (1) direct observation, (2) focused group discussion, and (3) students’ writing scores. the collection methods will be discussed further in detail. 1) direct observation direct observation is a data collection method in which the researcher acts as the evaluator, watching the subjects in their usual environment without intruding or intervening. this method aims to assess behavior, events, or situations that are going on in their natural environment (adamson & wachsmuth,2017). as for the current study, the participants were directly observed during their participation in the learning activities in weeks 1-4. in each session, the researcher walked around the training room and observed each group while doing the assigned learning activities. the observations were overt, as the students were informed about the purpose of the observation. data from the observations were collected through non-motion photos and recorded in the researcher’s field notes, containing a list of processes or behaviors observed with space to record open-ended data. 2) focused group discussion focused group discussion was adopted to gain an in-depth understanding of using inductive approaches in teaching english writing. the study carried out two group discussions one discussion per module. each discussion group consisted of four students; each group selected their representative to join the discussion. questions asked in the discussion sought to elicit attitudinal responses and their perspectives on the instructional method they had experienced in the writing training. importantly, they were asked to select the most preferred module and give reasons for the preference. also, the participants were asked to report things they liked and disliked about each learning approach. the focused group discussions were administered in the final week of the research study and took about 20-30 minutes for each group discussion. the discussions were audio-recorded. 3) students’ writing scores the students in both training modules were to achieve the same goal: writing a product description. the researcher assessed their product descriptions using the same scoring criteria, which was adapted from huda and gumilang’s (2019) scoring rubric of writing test and peter’s (2016) blog on product description. the rubric assesses five elements of the strong product description, as illustrated in table 1. 2.3 research procedure each training module covered four weeks; there were two sessions a week, making eight sessions for each module. each session was 45 minutes. activities and tasks in both the ppi and pdi modules were organized around a cooperative learning ground. students were divided into groups of 4-5 members and carried out the given assignments on a group basis. in this light, the writing assignments were done as a group assignment. each module’s implementation follows steps described in paperbased instruction (ppi) and product-based instruction (pdi). the observations were conducted once a week (in weeks 1-4) to collect data, making eight observations in total. in week five, the students completed their product description and submitted it to the researcher. the research was closed with the focused-group discussions in week six. the research procedure and data collection are presented in figure 2. e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 39 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) fig. 2. research procedures note. the diagram shows the research methods used throughout the study. table 1. rubrics for assessing the product description assignment components score level indicator content 4 excellent present sufficient well-chosen information and features that focus on the product’s benefits and enable the reader to identify what the product is within the title easily. 3 good present information and features about the product that partly focus on the product’s benefits and reflect the product 2 fair present some information and features about the product, which make it hard for the reader to identify the product and perceive the benefits of the product 1 poor present no clear information and do not include sufficient features of the product vocabulary 4 excellent use powerful words that sell; vocabulary chosen focuses on benefits and results 3 good use words used that are not much powerful; and contain some errors in vocabulary but not interfere with understanding 2 fair words used are dull and contain some errors sometimes in vocabulary that sometimes interfere with understanding 1 poor contain many errors in vocabulary choices, which severely interfere with understanding grammar 4 excellent good in grammar, no errors in grammar 3 good contain errors in grammar but do not interfere with understanding 2 fair contain errors in grammar that slightly interfere with understanding 1 poor contain errors in grammar that severely interfere with understanding visual appeal 4 excellent include clear and appealing images that provide multiple angels of the product so that the reader is induced to read the description of the product 3 good include images of the product, but not provide multiple angels of the product 2 fair include some images of the product 1 poor do not have any image of the product organization 4 excellent the product’s specs or features are well structured in paragraphs and bullet lists in a way that engages the reader’s emotion 3 good the product’s specs or features are well structured in paragraphs and bullet lists, but not much engages the reader’s emotion. 2 fair the product’s specs or features are slightly scattered throughout the writing 1 poor the product’s specs or features are fairly scattered throughout the writing, which looks confusing for the reader 40 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) 2.4 data analysis data gathered from focused-group discussions were qualitative and were codified and analyzed by thematic analysis. data gathered from direct observations were recorded in the researcher’s observation field notes; non-motion pictures taken in training were cross-examined for comparison and contrast. qualitative data from the focused-group discussions and observation field notes were analyzed thematically using the grounded theory, which seeks to construct or discover a theory from the data (tie, birks & francis, 2019). in the current study, substantive coding procedures were adopted. the line-by-line open coding of data and constant data comparison was carried out to ensure the data supported emerging categories and proceeded until a core category emerged. the basis of the emerging theory was done by selecting core categories and theoretically connect to other relevant categories. once the relevant categories were saturated, the research is theoretically complete. the written product descriptions of each of the students’ groups were given codes at the back of the paper so that the researcher did not know from which module of learning it was written. each writing piece was then assessed using the scoring criteria adapted from huda and gumilang’s (2019) scoring rubric of writing test and peter’s (2016) blog on product description. 2.5 the study’s trustworthiness and credibility the trustworthiness and credibility of the current study were achieved through data triangulation and data saturation. data can be triangulated when they are collected from multiple participants and by multiple methods. it can be called cross-examination and is a technique to double or even triplecheck the findings of a study (nightingale, 2020). it is also a means to add richness and depth of the study (heale & forbes, 2013). in the current study, validity occurs when data from different methods and participants yield the same results (carter et al., 2014). data saturation was the other technique employed in the current study to enhance the trustworthiness and credibility of the findings. this technique is regarded as the “gold standard” (hancock et al., 2016) for analyzing qualitative data, enhancing the credibility of the research findings. in the current study, data saturation was achieved through focused-group discussions, in which questions were structured to facilitate asking different participants. the focused group discussion helped attain the truth through the discussion’s openness and received multiple perspectives about the studied situation. codes identified in the thematic analysis of the focused group discussion were also assessed for code saturation to ensure that the same category of codes would also be identified in the discussions from the other groups of participants (hennink et al., 2017). code saturation occurred when no further coding was identified. in this light, data saturation enabled the researcher to ensure the data adequacy, signifying that no information is missing and thus the findings are trustworthy (faulkner & trotter, 2017). 3. findings and discussion 3.1 dichotomy and similarity photos taken during the observations and the researcher’s views relevant to ppi and pdi modules are tabulated in table 2. table 2 illustrates the classroom dynamics that occur in both modules. it could be noticed from the photos that although ppi and pdi modules were both inductively conducted in a cooperative ground whereby students carried out their tasks as a group, the overall dynamics were different. the different proportions of dynamics were displayed right away in the second step of the learning process: handling/finding the medium and eliciting information. first of all, classroom dynamics occur more when all students are involved in activities and discussions. ppi students were given the product’s factsheets to be written about, which provided detailed information about the product and its production, as shown in photo a. further queries relevant to the product could be asked of the teacher. unlike the ppi students, the pdi students had to leave the classroom environment and elicit information about the product’s production with the product producer. in this light, the activity for eliciting information is performed by the students in the pdi module. it is to be noted that the information elicited by the pdi students was first-hand and authentic as it was either provided by the product producer or elicited through real engagement with the product (as shown in photos h and i, in which the students examined the product). table 2 shows that classroom dynamics also occurred through student-student interactions and student-teacher interactions. e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 41 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) table 2. learning activities carried out by ppi and pdi students inductive learning process ppi (researcher’s notes/images) pdi (researcher’s notes/images) step 1: showing, noticing, discovering & formulating same in both modules: students observed and analyzed examples of product descriptions given by the lecturer. then they discussed, wrote the pattern noticed, and formulated rules and principles of the product description. step 2: handling/finding the medium & eliciting information (1) product factsheet provided by a lecturer photo a *whole class got the same product factsheet of the same one product. (2) more information can be acquired from the lecturer (3) discuss around factsheet photo b photo c (1) real products brought to class by the students photo f photo g (2) business owner / product producer (3) discuss around real products photo h photo i step 3: applying & creating (1) students started writing the product description using information from the factsheet. photo d (1) students started writing the product description while the real products still on the table photo j 42 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) it can be seen from photos in table 2 that, while both ppi and pdi modules trigger the dynamics and positive atmosphere, the pdi session appeared to have more vigorous dynamics as student movements and interactions were relatively higher. while the real products were brought to the pdi session (photos f and g), the factsheet (photo a) that provided information relevant to the products was given to students in the ppi session. the pdi students moved around their products on the table while doing the learning task in step 2 to touch, notice, or even to taste the edible ones and discussed them among their group members, as demonstrated in photos h and i. in contrast, photos b and c in the ppi module showed that the ppi students sat as a group, and their discussion was based on the given factsheet. the ppi students were unable to do what the pdi students did – touch, notice, or taste the real products – which are processes that appeal to human senses. even in the writing process in step 3, when each group in both ppi and pdi started to write using all the information they acquired in step 2, the dichotomy clearly existed in both modules. as exemplified in photos h, i, j, and k, each group’s students still moved around the product in the pdi module. in contrast, as shown in photos b, c, d, and e, students sat in a group and read the lecturer’s factsheet in the ppi module. according to the researcher’s field note: photo e photo k (2) photo taken by the students and information about the production of image were applied in the writing photo l photo m step 4: providing feedback & end the session same in both modules: students from both modules handed it their product description to the lecturer to get feedback. lecturer gave feedback and suggestions for revision. e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 43 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) “the ppi students sat and discussed quietly as the information needed for writing was provided in the factsheet.” the statement shows that the ppi students did not have to or could not walk around to touch, notice, or taste the products. results of the observation point that in the pdi module, the product’s tangibility acts as a focal point on which to generate ideas and stimulate analysis and interrogations. as for student engagement, photos h and i illustrate the students’ willingness to participate in given tasks in the pdi module compared to photos d and e, which are learning activities in the ppi module. in the pdi’s focused group discussion, one student reported that: “once that we agreed on which product we wanted to write about, my friends and i had to visit and interview the producer of the product. i think this is a learning activity that takes time and energy; it not just that we sit and write about a product. but we have to seek information about the product by ourselves.” another pdi student supported: “we put a lot of effort. we traveled to the product’s factory, took pictures, and talked to the factory’s owner. but that is not the end of the process. before we traveled, we had to make lots of appointments, prepare list of questions, and plan everything beforehand. we felt stressed out and anxious, but overall it was fun to travel and talk.” claims from these two students show students’ persistence and effort, which, according to o’donnell et al. (2011), are an indicator of behavioral engagement in learning while the students’ perception of the overall enjoyment of the task, rather than the negative emotions such as stress or anxiety, indicates the emotional engagement. in addition, the learning in the pdi module is not confined to the boundaries of the classroom; instead, it situates students in authentic contexts. this finding underlines lave and wenger’s (1991) situated learning, which posits that knowledge occurs when it takes place in authentic contexts. according to kurt (2017), the learning occurs, and knowledge is developed in the situation that provides learners with situations similar to ones in the real world. in the researcher’s field note, it was written that: “during step 2, ppi students do not look curious about the product they are going to write about. they read the factsheet quietly. discussions with groupmate don’t actually occur.” one ppi student reported in the focused group discussion that: “to be honest, i felt so bored reading the factsheet. all the information we need to write about the product are provided in the factsheet. what should we be curious about?” this claim firstly suggests that the ppi module prevents student involvement in step 2 of the learning process, and secondly, the lack of involvement may lead to students’ absence of curiosity. it may impair the students’ engagement in the learning process in the long term. furthermore, the absence of enjoyment suggests that the students are not emotionally engaged in the learning process (o’donnell et al., 2011). 3.2 pdi & ppi writing scores the researcher assessed students’ product descriptions using the scoring criteria adapted from huda and gumilang’s (2019) scoring rubric of writing test and peter’s (2016) blog on product description. students’ written product description scores are displayed in table 3 . according to table 3, no ppi groups got “good level” in the writing assignment; 2 out of 4 writing pieces were rated “fair” while the other two were rated “poor” (ppi groups b and c rated at 2.8 and 2.0, respectively, and ppi group a and d were rated at 1.25 and 1.4, respectively). the product descriptions written by students in the pdi module, in contrast, were rated as “good” in three groups; pdi groups e, f, and g gave average scores of 3.0, 3.2, and 3.2, respectively. the product description written by the pdi group h gave an average score of 2.6, and no work was rated as “poor.” 44 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) holistically, the ppi module’s overall score was 2.05, rated as a “fair” group level, while the overall score of the pdi module was 3.0, which was regarded as a “good” group level. interestingly, table 3 shows two writing elements rated at the same level in the two inductive modules: grammar and organization of students’ writing pieces from both modules were equally rated “poor” and “fair,” respectively. the visual element in the product description written by students from the pdi module, in contrast, was rated as “good” (average 3.5) while that of the ppi students was regarded as “poor” (average 1.5). content and vocabulary of the writing pieces produced by the pdi students were rated “good” (average 3.75 and 3.5, respectively). in contrast, those of the ppi students were regarded as “fair” (average 2.25 and 2, respectively). table 3. ppi & pdi writing scores group/ scoring criteria content (4) vocabulary (4) grammar (4) visual appeal (4) organization (4) total score (20) average (4) group level ppi a 2 2 2 1 3 10 1.25 poor ppi b 3 3 2 2 4 14 2.8 fair ppi c 2 2 2 1 3 10 2.0 fair ppi d 2 1 1 2 1 7 1.4 poor average module 2.25 2 1.75 1.5 2.75 level fair fair poor poor fair 2.05 fair group/ scoring criteria content (4) vocabulary (4) grammar (4) visual appeal (4) organization (4) total score (20) average (4) group level ppi e 4 3 2 4 2 15 3.0 good ppi f 4 4 22 4 2 16 3.2 good ppi g 4 4 2 4 2 16 3.2 good pdi h 3 3 1 3 3 13 2.6 fair average module 3.75 3.5 1.75 3.5 2.5 level good good poor good fair 3 good 3.3 challenges of inductive teaching in thai contexts data from the focused discussions among eight representative students, together with data collected during the classroom observations, indicate two common challenges in implementing both inductive teaching methods while teaching english writing to thai students. the likelihood that the students will notice and identify some patterns implicit in the examples shown becomes the first challenge found in both inductive modules. all eight students from both ppi and pdi similarly expressed this difficultly. for example, a ppi student reported that: “we were given a variety of product descriptions, but so what is next? i mean what should we do next. what and where to start with?” likewise, a pdi student specified that: “i feel like a good product description should use active voice, rather than passive voice. but i am not sure if this is really correct. moreover, i don’t know whether i should start with writing the introduction or just go straight to the product’s ingredients.” the researcher’s fieldnote supports students’ claim: “when the students were presented with examples of product descriptions, they looked quiet. they did not discuss among their groupmate. maybe they did not know what should be discussed about or where to start.” this finding suggests that having to discover the rules on their own and experiment with how these rules work is too time-consuming for the students to achieve the task, and they are not sure whether or not the rules they have visualized on their own are accurate. the uncertainty about grammar e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 45 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) accuracy is reflected in the students’ writing scores (in table 3), which illustrates that grammar is a weakness for students from both modules. students’ difficulties in detecting and formulating grammar and rules in writing on their own suggest that the direct, explicit teaching of writing may still be a pragmatic and preferable approach for thai students. in language education, explicit teaching is a structured form of instruction in which lessons and learning activities are purposefully designed and distributed to students. even though explicit teaching is controversial due to its emphasis on memorization, drilling, and rule-governed learning activities, several studies indicate that explicit teaching can make lessons clearer, compared to implicit teaching (forey & cheung, 2019), as it has emphases on modeling for students, i.e., showing them what and how to do a task. in the efl context, particularly, literature has indicated the practicality and potentiality of employing explicit, instead of implicit, as a method of teaching a language (tang, 2012; yeung et al., 2016). the current study’s finding suggests that the first step of both the ppi and pdi might need adjustment. rather than being shown an example of writing, the students should be provided with worksheets or guidelines purposefully designed to help them quickly discover and formulate the writing rules on their own in a succinct amount of time. this requires more work and preparation on the teacher’s part, who will provide a scaffold for the students. students’ perception of learning as a burden was another challenge in implementing inductive ppi and pdi. information elicited from the focused discussions with the ppi and pdi students pointed to how the students perceived the burden of learning was shifted from the teacher to them. one of the ppi students reported that: “my groupmates and i don’t understand why we have to discover the writing rules on our own. i think the lecturer can do this for us.” rather than viewing pdi as a way to nurture their critical thinking skills, the students perceive higher burden of learning, as one of them elaborated on the tasks they were required to do: “the list of what we have to do is long. i remember that week my friends and i stayed up midnight almost the whole week. i didn’t know why we had to do this.” another pdi student further supported this: “on task 1 don’t you think it is easier and faster if the lecturer just tells us how to write a product description? on task 3 i was excited that i didn’t have to go to class in that week. we went out to the product’s producer. but at the end of the day, we were very exhausted.” the students’ elaboration in the above examples reflects the lack of understanding when using fundamental objectives of inductive instruction. the researcher’s primary rationale for implementing ppi and pdi is to let learning occur “bottom-up,” following thornbury’s (1999) proposition. however, students did not clearly understand why the learning sequences were changed, and the learning roles were shifted from the learner as the receiver to the learner as the discoverer of knowledge. 3.4. pdi as an effective teaching method the study results indicate that pdi has resulted in students having better writing skills and more classroom dynamics and engagement. the study found that pdi has some characteristics that reinforce the teaching of english writing. these characteristics include tangibility, authenticity, and contextuality. 1) tangibility the key to the pdi approach is that the products are tangible and appeal to the human senses. its tangibility act as a focal point on which to generate ideas and stimulate analysis and interrogations. a commercial product selected and used in the pdi approach is tangible and can be perceived by the sense of touch, sight, or even taste (see photos f and g in table 2). in mathematics and science, abstract concepts are frequently taught and represented by tangible objects. objects’ tangibility is claimed to enable the students to make connections between mathematic concepts, which are usually abstract, with tangible, concrete objects and foster a more profound understanding. according to antle and wise (2013), tangibles serve as tools for thinking and foster connections between abstract 46 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) concepts through concrete representations. in this light, the pdi approach persists that abstract, complicated concepts can be concretely represented through concrete, touchable, seeable, or edible products. in this regard, the product selected to use in the english writing class should be accessible to the learners, promote hands-on experiences, encourage exploration and reflection, and provide learners with the analyzing tools they require to accomplish the task. 2) authenticity one dichotomy of the two inductive methods examined in the current study lies in the authenticity of the medium used and the elicitation of information. in ppi, the target product’s analysis is conducted with the printed image and the textual information provided by the teacher. therefore, the analysis of the product in the ppi method is paper-based. contrarily, the pdi method analyzes authentic, tangible products, allowing the students to see, touch, smell, squeeze, or, on some occasions, taste the product. the fact that the pdi students will be required to seek their own product, engage with the product, meet with the producer, and observe the product’s production suggests that the pdi module situates students in real contexts. in this light, the pdi module provides students with opportunities to make real connections with what is learned in the classroom and what is required in the workplace (meyers & lester, 2013). the students will be aware of the need to communicate as a professional in an authentic context. this provision of opportunities for making real connections reflects the lecturer’s awareness of real business demands. according to arputhamalar and kannan (2015), the students need to be trained to meet those demands. in addition, pdi embraces lave and wenger’s (1991) situated learning theory, which is a theory on how a person develops professional skills. situated learning focuses on experiential and situational activities and posits that learning occurs through social engagement and takes place beyond classroom boundaries, which could be in kitchens, gardens, sports centers, field trips, depending on the field of knowledge (lave & wenger, 1991). 3) contextuality pdi embeds learning activities or assignments into meaningful and real context rather than being treated as mere learning activities or exercises in classrooms. in this way, pdi contextualizes its content and instruction, responding to hollis-turner and scholtz’s (2010) proposition, which underlines the need to design writing tasks that bridge the gap between writing in academic contexts and writing in real business contexts. it can be expected that pdi will be able to enhance students’ capability to transfer what is taught in the classroom to what is required in the workplace. thus, language activities and exercises are not isolated from real contexts and are contextualized. the significance of the effort that the pdi approach takes the students to learn and explore in the real context is the belief in the school or university classroom that the language input is mainly produced from the teacher or lecturer, who is not a real audience in the business environment (al-mohammadi & derbel, 2015). in addition, allowing students to immerse in the real working contexts reflects the partnership with the community in which the students live, which later on can enhance situated learning (mayers & lester, 2013). writing classes that do not follow pdi principles involve objects that the students have no experience with, leading the students’ language output to be produced regardless of context. as such, the language input and output in classrooms is often de-contextualized. decontextualized language instruction may be effective for young children’s vocabulary acquisition in the early stages. as the ultimate goal of language learning in higher education is to use the target language correctly and appropriately in real contexts, the study results suggest that pdi is adopted because it does not confine business writing to the classroom; rather, this instructional approach provides opportunities for students to produce writing pieces based on information elicited from real contexts. 4. conclusion the study reported in this article sought to compare similarities and differences between two inductive teaching approaches adopted in a business english writing training program in thailand and identify which would be more effective. the study results indicate three features that distinguish pdi from ppi, including tangibility, authenticity, and contextuality and recommend product-based instruction (pdi) over paper-based instruction (ppi) as a more effective means for teaching business english writing in thailand. pdi features can optimize overall enjoyment and engagement in the learning process and provide opportunities for students to learn in authentic professional e-issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 47 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) environments, contexts, and culture that is cast in real-life situations. the challenges of implementing both types of inductive instruction were also identified. this included the fact that both instructional modules are unable to strengthening students’ grammar accuracy, which may be because the inductive instruction does not teach the grammar directly. the students’ attitude toward inductive learning also needs to be changed; rather than viewing inductive learning activities as an extra burden, students should perceive this approach of learning as a way to learn and explore on their own which will lead to critical thinking skills. the challenges of inductive instructions addressed in this study suggest that future research needs to be completed to make pdi better in terms of grammar accuracy and explore ways to help change students’ paradigm of inductive learning. declaration author contribution : the author confirms sole responsibility for the following: study conception and design, data collection, analysis and interpretation of results, and manuscript. funding statement : the research is non-funded. conflict of interest : the author declares no conflict of interest. additional information : no additional information is available for this paper. references adamson, r.m., & wachsmuth, s.t. (2017). a review of direct observation research within the past decade in the field of emotional and behavioral disorders. behavioral disorders, 39(4),181-189. https://doi.org/10.1177/019874291303900403 albino, g. (2015). the effect of an explicit genre-based approach to teaching workplace writing. edd thesis. the open university. al-mohammadi, s.a., & derbel, e. (2015). to whom do we write? : audience in efl composition classes. in: methodologies for effective writing instruction in efl and esl classrooms (pp.197-208). https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-4666-6619-1.ch012 antle, a. n., & wise, a. f. (2013). getting down to details: using theories of cognition and learning to inform tangible user interface design. interacting with computers, 25(1), 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1093/iwc/iws007 arputhamalar, a., & kannan, s.p. (2015). growth of business english and the need to teach memo-writing skills to indian tertiary-level learners. international journal of english language and translation studies, 3(2), 74-83. carter, n., bryant-lukosius, d., dicenso, a., blythe, j., & neville, a. (2014). the use of triangulation in qualitative research. oncol nurs forum, 41(5), 545-547. https://doi.org/10.1188/14.onf.545-547 faulkner, s.l., & trotter, s.p. (2017). data saturation. wiley online library. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118901731.iecrm0060 forey, g., & cheung, e. (2019). the benefits of explicit teaching of language for curriculum learning in the physical education classroom. english for specific purposes, 54, 91-109. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.esp.2019.01.001 hancock, m. e., amankwaa, l., revell, m. a., & mueller, d. (2016). focus group data saturation: a new approach to data analysis. the qualitative report, 21(11), 2124-2130. https://doi.org/10.46743/21603715/2016.2330 heale, r., & forbes, d. (2013). understanding triangulation in research. evidence-based nursing, 16(4), 98. https://doi.org/10.1136/eb-2013-101494 hennink, m.m, kaiser, b.n., & marconi, v.c. (2017).code saturation versus meaning saturation: how many interviews are enough? qual. health res,27(4),591–608. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732316665344 https://doi.org/10.1177/019874291303900403 https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-4666-6619-1.ch012 https://doi.org/10.1093/iwc/iws007 https://doi.org/10.1188/14.onf.545-547 https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118901731.iecrm0060 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.esp.2019.01.001 https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2016.2330 https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2016.2330 https://doi.org/10.1136/eb-2013-101494 https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732316665344 48 english language teaching educational journal e-issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 34-48 rungwaraphong (inductive teaching approaches in business english writing in an efl context) hollis-turner, s., & scholtz, d. (2010). business writing in academic and workplace contexts. southern african linguistics and applied language studies, 28(3), 239–246. https://doi.org/10.2989/16073614.2010.545026 huda, m. c., & gumilang, w.a. (2017). the effectiveness of using animation clips in teaching writing. turkish online journal of english language teaching, 4(2), 63-79. kurt, s. (2017). situated learning theory. in educational technology. retrieved from https://educationaltechnology.net/situated-learning-theory/ lave, j., & e. wenger. (1991). situated learning: legitimate peripheral participation. cambridge, england: cambridge university press. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511815355 nightingale, a. j. (2020). triangulation. in: international encyclopedia of human geography. elsevier, pp. 477–480. https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-08-102295-5.10437-8 nunan, d. (1999). second language teaching and learning. boston: heinle. meyers, s., & lester, d. (2013). the effects of situated learning through a community partnership in a teacher preparation program. sageopen, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244013497025 motha, h. (2013). the effect of deductive and inductive learning strategies on language acquisition (unpublished master’s thesis). tillburg university, tillburg. o’donnell, a. m., reeve, j., & smith, j. k. (2011). educational psychology: reflection for action. ny: john wiley & sons. perfors, a. (2014). induction in language learning. in in pj brooks and v kempe (eds.). encyclopedia of language development (pp. 281-283). https://doi.org/10.4135/9781483346441.n90 peter, h. (2016). product descriptions: elements and specifications. retrieved from https://smarterecommerce.com/blog/en/ecommerce/product-descriptions-elements-and-specifications/ rizzuto, f. m. (1970). experimental comparison of inductive and deductive methods of teaching concepts of language structure. the journal of educational research, 63(6), 269-273. rungwaraphong, p. (2018). framework for dialogic teaching in english reading class: a practice guide for university lecturers. journal of humanities, 15(2), 59-76. rüütmann, t., & kipper, h. (2011). teaching strategies for direct and indirect instruction in teaching engineering. in interactive collborative learning (icl) 2011 14th international conference on ieee (pp.107-114). https://doi.org/10.1109/icl.2011.6059556 detang, e. (2012). to teach more or more to teach: vocabulary-based instruction in chinese efl classroom. the asian efl journal quarterly, 14(1), 254-297. thornbury, s. (1999). how to teach grammar. harlow: longman. tie, y.c., birks, m., & francis, k. (2019). grounded theory research: a design framework for novice researchers. sage open medicine, 7, 1-8. https://doi.org/10.1177/2050312118822927 vygotsky, l. s. (1986). thought and language. cambridge: mit press. yeung, s. s., ng, m. l., & king, r. b. (2016). english vocabulary instruction through storybook reading for chinese efl kindergarteners: comparing rich, embedded, and incidental approaches. asian efl journal, 18, 81-104. https://doi.org/10.2989/16073614.2010.545026 https://educationaltechnology.net/situated-learning-theory/ https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511815355 https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-08-102295-5.10437-8 https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244013497025 https://doi.org/10.4135/9781483346441.n90 https://smarter-ecommerce.com/blog/en/ecommerce/product-descriptions-elements-and-specifications/ https://smarter-ecommerce.com/blog/en/ecommerce/product-descriptions-elements-and-specifications/ https://doi.org/10.1109/icl.2011.6059556 https://doi.org/10.1177/2050312118822927 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 161-173 10.12928/eltej.v4i3.3733 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id in-service teachers’ challenges to implementing an approach to critical thinking and critical reading in chile leonardo veliz school of education, excelsia college, 69-71 waterloo rd, macquarie park nsw 2113, australia leonardo.veliz@excelsia.edu.au a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 22 february 2021 revised 06 april 2021 accepted 29 december 2021 the present study reports on the challenges of implementing an approach to critical thinking and critical reading in english language teaching (elt) in chile. participants in this research are in-service teachers of english enrolled in a master’s course in teaching english as a foreign language (tefl) in chile. in order to develop and construct a thorough understanding of the participants’ past and present academic literacy experiences, they were invited for one-to-one meetings (semi-structured interviews) where, rather than reminiscing about past literacy experiences, they were encouraged to engage in narratives about their experiences with and challenges of developing a socially critical awareness of literacy at university, and in their current teaching practices. analysis of the participants’ accounts revealed, first and foremost, the pervasive presence of literacy practices that reflect and favor a strong culture of compliance over critical reflection, and, secondly, great concerns about the lack of systematic preparation in english teacher education (ete) programs to develop and implement a more critical stance toward critical thinking and critical reading. the paper concludes by interrogating and challenging current university practices that, based on the participants’ views, seem to replicate a culture that reproduces both social and cultural inequalities. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords critical thinking in chile critical reading efl in chile teacher preparation teaching critical thinking how to cite: veliz, l. (2021). in-service teachers’ challenges to implementing an approach to critical thinking and critical reading in chile. english language teaching educational journal, 4(3), 161-173. 1. introduction there is consensus among different stakeholders in education that critical thinking (ct) is an important asset in today’s world. lin and luk (2015) point out that “critical thinking is believed to be an essential skill for 21st century survival and has therefore been widely promoted in education” (p. 67). its significance in education and, in particular, to students’ learning has been echoed by several researchers (e.g., marzban & barati, 2016; yousefi & mohammadi, 2016; aghaei, koo, noor & rajabi, 2014) who argue that ct is a fundamental contributor to students’ overall academic success. closely connected with the notion of ct is what is understood as ‘critical reading’ (cr). cr can be seen as a thread of critical language awareness (cla), an area which, according to wallace (2003) has been relatively neglected. the aim of cla has been largely viewed as “raising students’ awareness of how the uses of language in all its realizations serve to perpetuate dominant discourses and the ideologies they encode” (wallace, 2003, p. 2). from the perspective of cr theory, engaging critically with texts entails becoming “more powerful users of language” (manarin, carey, rathburn, & ryland, 2015, p. 4), a process which, in practice, involves empowering readers to unpack ‘the intricacies of http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:leonardo.veliz@excelsia.edu.au* http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2489-7484 https://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.12928/eltej.v4i3.3733&domain=pdf 162 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 161-173 veliz, l. (in-service teachers’ challenges) meanings in texts’ (wallace, 2003; shokouhi & latifi, 2019; moghadam, narafshan & tajadini, 2021), and to appropriate the affordances of reading critically for academic success. in english language teaching (elt) classrooms, critical reading can be exercised in multiple ways. banegas and villacañas de castro (2016) argue that it can be developed and promoted through the analysis of different text types, or the identification of values, assumptions, proofs and fallacies in, for instance, news, photographs, advertisements or other modes of meaning making. despite the viability of executing these pedagogical techniques in the development of critical reading, teachers’ positive intentions and attempts to implement a critical approach to reading can be hampered by a range of organizational, educational and socio-political factors (wallace, 2003; toy & ok, 2012). in a world where education has become a commodity and an export (dobinson, 2014), and particularly characterized by a strong managerial culture of compliance, the teaching of reading is often reduced to the production and reproduction of dominant discourses which, more often than not, respond to standards-based practices of teaching and learning to read in a foreign language (brown et al., 2004). in order to respond to some of these issues, and therefore gain insights into the various factors that problematize effective pedagogies to the teaching of critical reading in chile, the present work seeks to uncover in-service efl teachers’ understanding of ct in english language teacher education programs in chile, and of the challenges encountered in their practices that facilitate or interfere with the implementation of an approach to ct and cr. the present study seeks to unveil the perceptions, views and understanding of in-service efl teachers regarding the role of ct in english teacher education programs in chile as well as the challenges they face in implementing a critical pedagogy approach to the teaching of literacy skills. the research questions which we aim to address are as follows: a. what is in-service teachers’ understanding of the role of ct in english language teacher training programs in chile? b. what are the perceived challenges faced by in-service teachers in implementing and practicing critical pedagogy in their own teaching contexts? 1.1.teaching critical thinking and critical reading despite the lack of consensus over ideas about whether ct should be viewed as a set of dispositions, higher-order thinking skills (davies & barnett, 2015; shahri, 2018), or a non-overt social practice (atkinson, 1997), we embrace the view that rather than looking at different approaches to ct as incongruous with each other, they should be seen holistically as complementary. in practice, and for the purpose of our work, we do not wish to justify the exclusion or inclusion of a particular stance on ct; rather, we acknowledge and support the idea that ct is a skill and can therefore be taught and developed (see wallace & jefferson, 2015), and that it is, what benesch (1993) calls, ‘a learning process for democracy’, notion that relies heavily upon the principles of critical pedagogy. although the conceptual boundaries between ct and cr are not often well defined, these two concepts are seen as closely intertwined in our study whereby reading critically is understood as being embedded in a much broader domain which involves a set of skills, predispositions and attitudes to thinking critically (benesch, 1993). without drawing a distinction between ct and cr, benesch (1993) points out that “critical thinking (or critical reading) is often listed as one or more of a number of hierarchically ordered cognitive skills” (p. 546). a far less cognitive-dominant view of ct is put forth by wallace (2015) who states that “criticality cannot be linked to innate linguistic competence but is socially and educationally learned” (p. 4), notion that tacitly touches on the uniqueness and distinctiveness of ct approaches across cultures. apart from the implied learnable and teachable capacity of ct, this definition touches on the social situatedness dimension of the concept, which is generally associated with the principles of critical pedagogy. along the lines of critical pedagogy, a similar view is expressed by atkinson (1997) who argues that: rather than being a well-explicated and educationally usable concept, critical thinking may more in the nature of social practice; that is, what we commonly refer to as critical thinking may be an organic part of the very culture that holds it up as an admirable achievement –more at the level of common sense than rational, transparent, and –especially –teachable set of behaviors. (p. 72) issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 163 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 161-173 veliz, l. (in-service teachers’ challenges) the emphasis on the nature of ct as a social practice is neatly interwoven with wallace’s (2015, p. 3) definition of cr who views it as one strand within the wider area of critical language awareness. from this perspective, reading critically is understood in relation to understanding the social, political and ideological aspects of a text. indeed, this has been a pressing concern in the fields of language and literacy education which is, in particular, critical literacy (lau, 2013; janks, 2014; rogers, 2014; romero & bobkina, 2021) state,” (p. 528). this becomes central in elt in order to develop and promote post-modern pedagogies (ahmadi & maftoon, 2015) to encourage various forms of criticality (banegas & villacañas de castro, 2016) so that students have sufficient opportunities to engage actively in the construction of text meaning. the development of ‘criticality’, and particularly how university can best fosters ct and cr skills (huber & kuncel, 2016), has given rise to different questions as to whether, for example, an intensive reading course can help in the cultivation of ct skills (tang, 2016), and ultimately over how to mitigate the effects of ‘banking education’, and maximize the potential power of ‘transformative education’. the pedagogical implementation of an approach to reading and thinking critically is considered by some a daunting task (e.g., crookes & lehner, 1998). this is probably due to the lack of systematic instruction of critical reading and ct skills (huber & kuncel, 2016; welch, hieb, & graham, 2015). in cases where there is a pedagogical attempt to approach students’ reading and thought processes from a critical perspective (e.g. smith, rama, & helms, 2018; welch et al., 2015), success is, in our view, often hampered by numerous constraints imposed by the demands of a corporate educational culture driven by strong managerial control (brown et al., 2004), local and global politics of accountability (lewis & young, 2013), and the pervasive pressures of high stakes testing (klenowski & wyatt-smith, 2012). this is supported by orlowski (2011) who argues that “the emphasis on liberal arts and critical thinking has been replaced by the human capital paradigm in which the focus is on filling the requirements of capital” (p. v). this by no means points to the impossibility of engaging students in tasks, activities and learning processes that involve a level of criticality; rather, it raises awareness of some of the challenges that may need to be overcome by teachers in order to implement classroom practice that promotes and fosters ct and cr. 1.2.description of the study and its social context to understand the educational and sociopolitical context that drives the present study, there must be some reference to the various significant effects of the military government (1973-1990) on education as well as the neoliberal and neoconservative ideologies that have shaped the current chilean system of education. the military take-over in 1973 brought about a series of radical social, political, economic and educational changes in the chilean society. based on the premise “absolute control of the nation” (beltrán & preller, 2003, p. 11), chile witnessed military intervention in almost every human activity. in education, for example, several drastic measures were taken to extirpate ‘the marxist cancer’; that is, any views and ideologies that were perceived as posing a threat to the prevailing order. one of these measures was the development of a policy of control with the intent to eradicate all existing teachers’ unions (nuñez, 1984). the suppression of teacher associations was vital for the government as these were seen as instances of political campaign and of voices of dissent. in an attempt to prevent what the government labeled ‘marxist ideologies’ from permeating higher education institutions, a series of episodes of book burning and obliteration of libraries took place throughout the country (beltrán & preller, 2003). this strong action was primarily intended to avert a rise of ‘critical thinkers’ and to prescribe what the military government considered ‘core knowledge’, characterized by a culture of conformity and passive absorption of carefully selected knowledge. this practice, which, to a greater extent, still prevails in the present day in the chilean society, was aimed at discouraging teachers and students to think critically about society and, most importantly, about the sociopolitical issues that had unfolded. during the military government, especially around the 1980s, chile was one of the first countries in latin america to embrace neoliberal models of education. in 2009, the ‘internacional de educación para américa latina’ (international of education for latin america) concluded that chile was an emblematic case in its rapid and early adherence to neoliberal policies under the dictatorship period (inzunza, assaél, & scherping, 2011, p. 268; goodman & cocca, 2014). as a result, chile served as a model for latin america and marked a clear tendency towards the adoption of such policies. apart from the implementation of a series of free-market reforms best described as a neoliberal revolution, 164 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 161-173 veliz, l. (in-service teachers’ challenges) chile’s endorsement of a neoliberal model in education under the dominance of a military government impacted quite significantly the practices and pedagogies of education at all levels. in mora’s (2013, 2014) view, one of the aims of pinochet government was to minimize, and ideally neutralize, all possible educational instances and opportunities that could ignite commitment, social responsibility and bravery in young people to realize that they had the power to critique and challenge the status quo. this is, in our view, one of the main negative forces, and probably causes, of the current elt climate in chile characterized by an increasing neglect of criticality in ete programs, and more specifically in the teaching and learning of academic literacy (reading and writing). this is to a great extent supported by bellei & muñoz (2021) who comment that the unsatisfactory status of our current education system has its roots in the changes introduced by the military government. 2. method 2.1. research design the research questions in the present study are aimed generally at exploring and comprehending in-service teachers’ perceptions and understandings of some of the challenges they face in practicing, exercising and implementing critical pedagogy in their teaching contexts. the research questions in this study is qualitative. this in turn entails that the methods for data collection, data analysis and overall methodological procedures underpinning the study have been informed by an interpretive paradigm characterized by a concern for the individual (creswell & poth, 2016). this suggests that our work is not pursuing to find definitive answers to specific questions or phenomena; rather, it attempts to explore and comprehend them as they occur in specific contexts under certain circumstances. 2.2. participants eight in-service chilean teachers of english as a foreign language (efl) participated in the study. all the participants had been teaching efl in different educational contexts (primary, secondary and higher education) for at least three years. these in-service teachers were all enrolled in a masters of tefl program in chile by the time the research was conducted. the group of participants is comprised of three female teachers and five males, all aged between 28-33. for reasons of confidentiality, their names were kept in anonymity and pseudonyms were used instead. in order to have a more holistic understanding of the participants’ profile, some demographic data were also collected during the interview which, in future research, may be used to explore, for instance, the participants’ past literacy practices in primary and secondary school, the role of ct in school, and any potential relationship between participants’ educational, and socio-economic background and their understanding and use of ct in current teaching practices. table 1 shows a summary of some of the demographic data obtained from participants. table 1. participants’ demographic information participant number type of school years of teaching experience gender age participant 1 (paula) private 3 female 29 participant 2 (sandra) private (catholic) 2.5 female 30 participant 3 (andrea) government 4.5 female 33 participant 4 (fernando) private (catholic) 2 male 28 participant 5 (david) government 1.5 male 31 the recruitment process was by email. an email was sent to firstand second-year students inviting them to participate in the study. the email briefly explained the purpose of the study and provided contact information of one of the researchers to respond to in case they had an interest in taking part in the research. 11 responses were received over a period of three weeks. throughout the process of issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 165 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 161-173 veliz, l. (in-service teachers’ challenges) contacting participants individually to hand over consent forms and arrange a convenient day and time for interview, three withdrew from the study, bringing the number down to eight. due to the depth of data gathered in the interviews, however, five out of the eight participants were randomly selected for the purpose of this study. 2.3. data collection and analysis the method utilized to gather data for the present study consisted of a semi-structured interview with each of the participants. the interview, which went for about 20-30 minutes, was conducted in english as all in-service teachers were proficient users of english. due to the reflective nature of the interviews where participants were encouraged to tell us about their past experiences, what (junejo, sarwar & ahmed, 2017) call ‘the big stories’, that is, their life and academic histories, the interviews are referred to as ‘one-to-one meetings’ in an attempt to downplay the semi-structured nature of the encounters. the meetings with the participants were in fact motivated by three prompt questions which generally framed each of the research questions in the study. as the conversations unfolded, further related questions were asked to explore issues arising during conversation. all individual meetings with participants were audio-taped and transcribed. the prompt questions asked included: (1) what do you understand by critical thinking and critical reading, and what is their significance to english teacher education programs? (2) could you please tell us about your early literacy practices and experiences, including home, school and university? ;(3) could you tell us if you have had any limitations or challenges in implementing a critical thinking and critical reading approach in your teaching contexts? inductive, thematic analysis was used to identify, analyze and report patterns (themes) within the data that were linked to the research questions. with inductive analysis, emerging themes are closely connected to the data itself rather than being theoretically driven. the data analysis procedures involved different rigorous steps. firstly, the transcribed data were read several times to familiarize ourselves with the nature of responses, and from there start developing a sense of what themes could emerge from it. secondly, ideas and key words that systematically cropped up in the responses were color-coded in order to begin looking for possible patterns across the data. next, the color-coded ideas and key words were collated into potential themes. these were then checked and reviewed in relation to their relevance to the research questions around which responses had been provided. finally, once the themes had been identified and checked against how well they informed the research questions, they were labeled. this rigorous process was followed by a member-checking procedure to enhance the validity and transferability of the findings. three themes were identified in the analysis of the data; two themes emerged for research question 1, and one theme for question 2. table 2 shows the emerging themes relating to each research question. table 2. emerging themes from the research questions research questions themes research question 1 critical thinking as an asset to teachers’ professional practice critical thinking and critical reading not imagined, but existent in different forms research question 2 feeling pressured for assessment it is important to note that although all interview data from participants were rich and insightful, the identified themes emerged mainly from responses pertaining to five participants. since qualitative data may become unwieldy at times (barkhuizen, 2016), both in terms of depth and breadth, a sample of five out of eight is used in this work. the responses, however, are representative exemplars of thematic patterns found across all participants. 3. findings and discussion the findings are reported in the order of the research questions outlined above along with the themes pertaining to each of them. in order to address the first research question, the first two emerging 166 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 161-173 veliz, l. (in-service teachers’ challenges) themes are discussed first, while the second research question is addressed later in the discussion of the third theme. rq 1: what is in-service teachers’ understanding of the role of ct in english language teacher training programs in chile? 3.1. critical thinking as an asset to teachers’ professional practice overall, in-service teachers’ responses show a relatively good understanding of the role of ct in education, and in life-long learning. specifically, some participants stressed the value and centrality of ct skills for life. this was evident in sandra’s comments: now that i am a teacher myself, i think that critical thinking is something, like a very important skill that should be developed in all subjects because students will need it in their lives. understood as a ‘very important skill’, sandra considers that ct should permeate all school subjects, a position which seems to imply that, as far as her own experience is concerned, ct as a teachable and learnable set of skills has not pervaded her experiences as a teacher or learner. another in-service teacher, paula, who also holds the opinion that ct is a skill for life, stresses the value of ct in higher education and, in particular, in teacher education programs: well, critical thinking skills are always important for whatever we do in life. i really think there should be like constant reference to these skills, and how to use these skills when we read and write academic works an interesting thing that stands out in paula’s observation is her appreciation of ct as ‘skills’, which partly aligns with sandra’s comment. she also stresses one significant point about the importance of ct in the whole life, and not merely in education. moore (2011) affirms that defining ct has never been simple or unproblematic where, for some, it is seen as a universal, abstract category, while others view it as analytical thinking and critical reasoning. where some clear consensus is found, however, researchers have agreed that “ct is vital to success in tertiary level courses” (floyd, 2011, p. 289). this is further supported by davis (2011) who states that universities have generally made a point of emphasizing the significance of ct as a “a generic skill that is central to most, if not all, subjects” (p. 255). paula, in particular, feels very strongly about the need to systematically use and incorporate ct skills in academic reading and writing in english teacher education programs. within more knowledge, discipline-specific realms, fernando seems to be of the idea that all forms of knowledge should be channeled through a process of thinking critically, which, in the end, all contribute to teachers’ professional practice. not just in teacher training but in all programs and courses critical thinking should be the heart of anything teachers and students do, because this process of thinking deeper will kind of filter any kind of knowledge that is assimilated to decide what is truthful or worth to learn for the future, and this allows teachers to make learning more engaging and interesting. fernando’s view of ct aligns well with barnett’s (2011) reconceptualization of ct which brings thinking skills and social action together into the notion of ‘critical being’. this broader term refers to an integration of three forms of criticality: critical reasoning, critical self-reflection and critical action. fernando’s view of the central place that ct should have in teachers’ and students’ practices is indicative of how ct, in his opinion, enables us to make more informed judgments and decisions about what to teach, how to teach it, and, therefore, how to exercise their profession, thus tapping into ‘critical action’, one of the three domains of criticality. closely connected with the notion of ‘critical action’, other in-service teachers also stressed on the affordances of ct to their pedagogies as “modes of improving teachers’ and students’ abilities to read and write” (andrea). more specifically, andrea adds that: critical thinking is a necessary ingredient in how we teach reading and writing to our second language learners; this means that not having this ingredient in our teachings doesn’t allow us to think properly about the role and status of english in the world, and our students have to know about this, too. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 167 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 161-173 veliz, l. (in-service teachers’ challenges) from this, it can be observed that ct is not only central to the teaching of reading and writing, and therefore to teachers’ overall pedagogies, but also to a critical recognition of the position of english in the world. this “thinking properly”, as andrea calls it, may involve understanding of elt and colonialism (wass, harland & mercer, 2011). a rather similar view is expressed by david who stresses the importance of ct to his own professional development as a way to better understand power inequalities in society. it’s always been important for me to develop as a teacher to know more and more about critical thinking because for me it’s something that really opens our eyes to really see the differences in society. for example, in chile it’s really different if you speak english or not, so you if know the language, you have power, and critical thinking really helps you to see these things. the value ascribed to ct as evident in this teacher’s comment suggests that it seems to be an essential tool to better understand (power) differences in society driven by the affordances of the english language. overall, responses reveal quite clearly in-service teachers’ critical stance on the role of ct in their teacher education programs, and, most importantly, in their own teaching/professional practices. seeing reflection, and therefore ct, as an opportunity through which instances of inequalities, injustices, power differences and oppression may be uncovered, questioned and transformed is something that is of great significance to the respondents. despite their recognition of the importance of ct in ete programs, participants expressed great concerns about the actual absence of systematic approaches or pedagogies that promote critical reflection or ct in ete courses. 3.2. critical thinking, not imagined but existent in different forms the second theme discussed is the existing forms of ct. a rather common view held by teachers concerned the overt recognition of the role of ct in their pedagogies as well as in general domains of life. despite such clear acknowledgment, teachers’ responses also showed that, apart from the need to systematically incorporate ct in all educational practices in te programs, the teaching of ct in relation to reading is by no means a fictitious, imagined practice, but existent in different forms. as the following quotation reveals, andrea, who, as shown in an earlier comment, is fully aware of the significance of ct to the teaching of reading, elaborates on her response by mentioning that more explicit and systematic reference to ct only happened at a master’s level. she stressed that although she does remember learning principles of critical pedagogy in her teacher training course, these pedagogies were never constant, systematic, or sufficient to incorporate them into her own teaching practices. another misleading or confusing point about ct, as andrea seems to have learned, is that ct should be applied to texts that have some religious or political ideas. every text, in a sense, can be looked at critically (hermas, 2018) because in most texts there could be a tone of hidden power that is embedded. criticalness means reading enough surrounding a text in a systematic way to be able to make a relatively sound judgment about what to believe, regardless of politics and religion. this was reflected in andrea’s observation: i actually studied very little about critical thinking, but it did happen in different ways, like trying to find a political or religious ideology in texts, but it didn’t happen every time we worked with texts. it was just sometimes, but in my masters’ course i really needed more knowledge of principles of critical thinking to understand better the underlying meanings in texts. the teacher’s recognition of a need for ‘more knowledge of principles of critical thinking’ at a masters’ course reveals not only the apparently inconsistent pedagogical practices used to deal with ct in reading in undergraduate te courses, but the seemingly distinct pedagogies and practices used in the treatment of reading in postgraduate courses. despite this, andrea does acknowledge the (limited) presence of ct in different forms, including unpacking texts for political or religious ideologies. her opinion is shared by another teacherfernandowho values the different approaches used by different lecturers when teaching reading, as seen from the quote below. i always felt disadvantaged when we had classes with certain lecturers because there were texts really interesting that you could discuss in more detail, but the way they [the lecturers] treat them is just like ok, read the text and answer the questions, and 168 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 161-173 veliz, l. (in-service teachers’ challenges) that’s it. but there were other teachers [lecturers] who were more…like on philosophy and they encourage the students to discuss, give opinions, and show a critical position. fernando’s observation is probably a reflection of how a number of students feel when reading texts are dealt with in simple, traditional, superficial ways that simply reproduce dominant views of thinking and doing without uncovering the hidden ideologies, or messages, that need questioning. however, he recognizes that other lecturers do delve deeper into the reading materials, thus encouraging students’ critical stance towards the readings. the main point about fernando’s comment is that many teachers have the propensity to educate their students in the same way they have been trained. this by no means suggests that teachers have completely abandoned a sense of criticality in their pedagogies; rather, it may reflect teachers’ lack of awareness of how their own past experiences of teaching and learning are replicated in their current pedagogies. other students overtly recognized that the way they were taught is a clear reflection of how their own lecturers were taught. andrea’s observation is as follows: most of the teachers would agree that we didn’t really have critical thinking as a subject, or that we were not really pushed to go deeper into the meanings of texts, but i would say that the professors that don’t really push you to find other meanings in the text is because they probably studied pedagogy in pinochet times when the government wanted everybody to think the same. but even in those days there were many people that resisted the government so i guess critical thinking has always been there but it was useless in education. in the quote above, andrea has a significant point to make. she rightly thinks that ct can be an individual act and understanding. not only our culture and the language we speak can influence our perception of ct towards a text, but as andrea maintains, it could be as well an individual endeavor. an example of this is individual writers in any non-democratic country, which despite their lack of freedom and severe constraints in their society, they become powerful critical readers and writers, although they have been trained in the same education system where there has been little tolerance for ct by the authorities. it is, however, worthy of mentioning that the numbers of these individuals do not exceed beyond a handful of influential writers. they are the ones who have accepted the consequences of their uncompromising blunt language to authorities. two salient elements from the above comments are worth attention. firstly, in andrea’s comment we can observe that she seems to identify some of the critical problems in current pedagogies for critical reading, thus indicating that much of what educators do in the classroom is influenced by the socio-political events and activities that took place during their own teacher preparation. she highlights in particular the possible influence of the social, cultural and intellectual oppression exercised in pinochet’s military regimen on her lecturer’s approach to reading. if this were the case, one could argue that the dominant discourses of power and inequality that dictated education in those days continued to be reproduced in teachers’ current pedagogies, thus creating what rousseau called “a society of slaves, men who had lost their original liberty that was theirs by birthright” (wain, 2011, p. 1). secondly, andrea’s last remark suggests that although ct pedagogies have always been present even in times of political oppression, they did not seem to have had much impact on the formation of pedagogies and practices of resistance to ideological and hegemonic forces. a similar observation is made by the following teacher: i think that critical thinking is actually present but in different ways, because different people see it different. i remember that when i had applied linguistics in university our professor was very dynamic, active, and critical every time we saw a new theory or a specific reading. she used to ask us how is this theory related to education today, how do you see the theory in the classroom in these days, and that was a very good opportunity to not just learn the theory but think in more critical ways about the theory being useful or applicable to today. paula’s view of ct is quite interesting. firstly, the idea that ct is seen differently by different people clearly suggests that paula seems to understand that different cultures, communities and societies view ways of doing and thinking differently. this would lead us to assume a sociocultural basis of ct, which would, in turn, point to the existence of ct across cultures. as maintained by issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 169 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 161-173 veliz, l. (in-service teachers’ challenges) paton (2015), a ct that is practiced in a certain culture cannot simply be transferred to another culture. for instance, the author asserts that western forms of ct are not readily teachable to students of asian background, who usually find western principles of criticality and reasoning difficult to follow. this is not to say that ct does not exist among them, but the way it is perceived is very different from the way it is learned and treated in the west. the above quotes demonstrate that despite teachers’ recognition of the systematic presence of ct pedagogies throughout their teacher training programs, ct is prevalent in a variety of forms, and pedagogically instantiated in different ways by different educators. some of these instances involved a great impetus for a more dynamic, active and critical way of dealing with reading texts in an attempt to develop students’ capacity to see the act of reading not as product but as a complex situated social practice. the teachers’ overt recognition that ct does exist in a variety of forms, despite the impact of sociopolitical events on teaching and learning practices, constitutes a platform for discussion, reconsideration and reexamination of how reading texts are dealt with, and how approaches to critical pedagogy may find a more well-delineated route to its implementation. rq 2: what are the perceived challenges faced by in-service teachers in implementing and practicing critical pedagogy in their own teaching contexts? 3.3. feeling pressured for assessment this theme-feeling pressured for assessment-, that is, the perceived challenges faced by in-service teachers in implementing and practicing critical pedagogy in their own teaching contexts indicates teachers’ great concerns about curriculum, organizational and pedagogical limitations that polarize any attempt to exercise some form of critical pedagogy approach to the teaching of reading. it became particularly salient in the data that teachers feel unrelenting pressure from managers, principal administrators and, above all, the entire education system to engage in constant, unnecessary testing practices. one teachersandracommented that: it’s really tiring having to prepare, check, correct and give students so many tests in one semester that i find it very, very difficult to do tasks or activities where students could develop a higher level of critical thinking. driven by systematic approaches to accountability through testing, most governments in chile have, for over two decades now, supported and encouraged a managerial culture in schools which has embraced large-scale high stakes standardized testing in pursuit of school improvement, and highquality teaching and learning. although sandra does not seem to be talking about high stakes tests, her observation voices very clearly what several researchers (e.g., klenowski & wyatt-smith, 2012) have argued regarding the “increased pressure on schools and teachers to account for teacher and school improvement”. the need to engage in activities to develop students’ ct skills, as reported by sandra, is overshadowed by the constant measures of students’ learning that have to be prepared, administered and marked. the heightened pressures to assess students do not only seem to generate physical, emotional and mental tiredness, but create profound feelings of frustrations in teachers as the frequency and length of assessments have a tremendous impact on students’ learning and development of english language skills. fernando expresses great concerns about his students’ slow progress in language learning: all the tests that students have to do is really bad as they don’t really have quality time to focus on improving their learning. i think they’re all stuck because of the tests. also, the main problem about the tests is that they generally focus on grammar, reading and vocabulary that they don’t really know how to use meaningfully. there are two significant points made by fernando. first, it is the impact of testing on students’ learning. second, it is the content and nature of language tests. regarding the former, effective and successful instructional pedagogies appear to be hampered by time-consuming testing practices which have, perhaps, unintended consequences for students’ learning. the latter is clearly pointing to a lack of congruence between the language content taught to and learned by students and the real communicative needs of learners. as observed by fernando, the lack of meaningfulness in what is learned (e.g., reading and vocabulary) and how it is learned can jeopardize not only teachers’ 170 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 161-173 veliz, l. (in-service teachers’ challenges) purposeful attempts to present the content in more meaningful ways but also the efforts and motivations of those students in pursuit of real instances for learning and communication. fernando’s remarks are reiterated by paula who stresses the incongruities between the real needs of students and the actual teaching practices: well, the students have to be able to communicate effectively in the real world and this is what they need. and, it’s important to develop the critical thinking skills they need to read different kinds of texts and to be able to write using critical ideas, but the system, the number of tests and of students in class, the lack of resources don’t allow for that. paula’s reflection is critical of the separation between what she thinks the students really need and the limitations that seem to prevent the realization of meaningful teaching and learning practices. she is cognizant of the role of ct in helping students deal with a variety of texts in reading. however, the barriers pertaining to the overall educational system which fosters unnecessary testing practices are certainly limiting the capacities of both teachers and students to unravel the meanings, messages and ideologies embedded in the texts that english language learners have to read. this is further clarified in paula’s following observation: …because of all these problems and limitations, we don’t really have the time to teach students how to assess and evaluate the assumptions in texts. students read because it’s a skill they have to develop, but that’s it. this comment is ratifying the relegation of ct skills as a result of the barriers mentioned by paula in her previous comment. apart from the pressures relating to testing and assessment, the lack of time is an essential commodity, which, in this case, is not at the service of developing critical reading skills required in today’s world. on the contrary, it can be argued that whatever amount of time is allocated to reading privileges the content that must be covered, the curriculum objectives that must be achieved, and perhaps the accountability standards to which the teacher has to respond, all of which appear to contribute to dominant reading pedagogical practices stagnating into a set of less meaningful, and highly routinized procedures. the representative samples of teachers’ responses in this section provide interesting insights into the complexities surrounding the teaching of ct skills. the increasingly unnecessary testing practices, as indicated by the teachers, aggravates teachers’ problems in their attempts to incorporate more dialogic approaches to reading through which students can be assisted to assess, evaluate and unpack texts in a manner that they gain a more critical perspective on what they are reading. despite the teachers’ overt recognition of the significance of developing students’ ct skills, the pedagogical challenges, which appear to be firmly rooted in a dominant culture of compliance and managerial approaches to the teaching of reading, seem to be the major hurdles in the process of adopting a critical pedagogy approach to reading in chile. 4. conclusion this study reported on research into the challenges of implementing a critical pedagogy approach to the teaching of reading in elt contexts in chile. the paper sought to uncover and examine inservice elt teachers’ perceptions and understandings of ct as well as the perceived challenges associated with the implementation of a critical pedagogy approach to the teaching of reading. regarding the pedagogical challenges encountered by teachers, our interview data revealed that the managerial culture that dominates the chilean education system, places teachers under considerable pressure to high-stakes testing practices, which are generally aimed at meeting public accountability and maintaining public confidence in the standards, quality and effectiveness of schooling (lewis & young, 2013). this does not only obscure the possibility to approach english language learning, and particularly reading, through critical lenses, but constrain, and potentially deskill, teachers who, despite their profound depth of professional knowledge and desire to treat the teaching of reading differently, grapple with the pressing demands of an educational, organizational structure that favors a culture of reproduction rather than ‘creative production’ (crookes & lehner, 1998). a critical reading of academic texts arises from the ideological perspectives and social and discourse practices that are embedded in the public discourse and the acquisition of knowledge and issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 171 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 161-173 veliz, l. (in-service teachers’ challenges) the formation of power in a society (crookes & lehner, 1998). relevant curriculum and pedagogic planning, proper assessment construction and assessment tools, appropriate methodological nuances in teaching relevant to the discourse in chile are required to advance the argument of ct and critical reading among curriculum planners, educators, students and the public. it is argued that academic texts are embedded in socio-cultural public discourses, and that the analysis of texts and the implementation of critical reading in classroom should be constructed in a way that students become strongly involved in how culture, politics, and ideology work together to disempower certain groups and empower other groups. references aghaei, k., koo, y. l., noor, n. m., & rajabi, m. (2014). from theory to practice: theater reading (tr) as a critical and transformative literacy practice in an educational development course. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 118, 37-41. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.02.005 ahmadi, a., & maftoon, p. (2015). rethinking the language learner in the post-method era the question of identity. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 192, 267-274. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.06.039 atkinson, d. (1997). a critical approach to critical thinking in tesol. tesol quarterly, 31(1), 71–94. https://doi.org/10.2307/3587975 banegas, d., & villacañas de castro, l. (2016). criticality. elt journal, 70(4), 455-457. https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccw048 barkhuizen, g. (2016). a short story approach to analyzing teacher (imagined) identities over time. tesol quarterly, 50(3), 655-683. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.311 barnett, w. s. (2011). effectiveness of early educational intervention. science, 333(6045), 975-978. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1204534 bellei, c., & munoz, g. (2021). models of regulation, education policies, and changes in the education system: a long-term analysis of the chilean case. journal of educational change, 1-28. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-021-09435-1 beltrán, a., & preller, j. (2003). impacto de la dictadura militar (1973-1990) en la nueva narrativa chilena. análisis de casos. (tesis para optar al título de periodista), universidad austral de chile, valdivia, chile. retrieved from http://cybertesis.uach.cl/tesis/uach/2003/ffb548i/doc/ffb548i.pdf benesch, s. (1993). critical thinking: a learning process for democracy. tesol quarterly, 27(3), 545-548. https://doi.org/10.2307/3587485 brown, j., charles, c., doecke, b., & kostogriz, a. (2004). heteroglossia: a space for developing critical language awareness? paper presented at the aare 2004: doing the public good: positioning educational research. creswell, j. w., & poth, c. n. (2016). qualitative inquiry and research design: choosing among five approaches. california: sage publishing. crookes, g., & lehner, a. (1998). aspects of process in an esl critical pedagogy teacher education course. tesol quarterly, 32(2), 319-328. https://doi.org/10.2307/3587586 davies, m., & barnett, r. (eds.). (2015). the palgrave handbook of critical thinking in higher education. new york: palgrave macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137378057 davis, m. (2011). introduction to the special issue on critical thinking in higher education. higher education research and development, 30(3), 255-260. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2011.562145 dobinson, t. (2014). occupying the 'third space': perspectives and experiences of asian english language teachers. in k. dunworth & g. zhang (eds.), critical perspectives on language education: australian and the asia pacific (pp. 9-28). new york: springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-06185-6_2 floyd, c. (2011). critical thinking in a second language. higher education research and development, 30(3), 289-302. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2010.501076 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.02.005 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.06.039 https://doi.org/10.2307/3587975 https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccw048 https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.311 https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1204534 https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-021-09435-1 http://cybertesis.uach.cl/tesis/uach/2003/ffb548i/doc/ffb548i.pdf https://doi.org/10.2307/3587485 https://doi.org/10.2307/3587586 https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137378057 https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2011.562145 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-06185-6_2 https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2010.501076 172 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 161-173 veliz, l. (in-service teachers’ challenges) goodman, s., & cocca, c. (2014). “spaces of action”: teaching critical literacy for community empowerment in the age of neoliberalism. english teaching: practice and critique, 13, 210-226. hermas, a. (2018). discourse-linking in advanced l3 english: testing the interface hypothesis. lingua, 212, 20-29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lingua.2018.05.004 huber, c., & kuncel, n. (2016). does college teacher critical thinking? a meta-analysis. review of educational research, 86(2), 431-468. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315605917 inzunza, j., assaél, j., & scherping, v. (2011). formación docente inicial y en servicio en chile. revista mexicana de investigación educativa, 16(48), 267-292. janks, h. (2014). critical literacy's ongoing importance for education. journal of adolescent and adult literacy, 57(5), 349-356. https://doi.org/10.1002/jaal.260 junejo, m. r., sarwar, s. & ahmed, r. r. (2017). impact of in-service training on performance of teachers: a case of stevta karachi region. international journal of experiential learning & case studies, 2(2), 50-60. klenowski, v., & wyatt-smith, c. (2012). the impact of high stakes testing: the australian story. assessment in education: principles, policy and practice, 19(1), 65-79. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594x.2011.592972 lau, s. m. c. (2013). a study of critical literacy work with beginning english language learners: an integrated approach. critical inquiry in language studies, 10(1), 130. https://doi.org/10.1080/15427587.2013.753841 lewis, w., & young, t. (2013). the politics of accountability: teacher education policy. educational policy, 27(2), 190-216. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904812472725 lin, a., & luk, j. (2015). voices without words: doing critical literate talk in english as a second language. tesol quarterly, 49(1), 67-91. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.161 manarin, k., carey, m., rathburn, m., & ryland, g. (2015). critical reading in higher education: academic goals and social engagement. bloomington and indianapolis: indiana university press. marzban, a., & barati, z. (2016). on the relationship between critical thinking ability, language learning strategies, and reading comprehension of male and female intermediate efl university students. theory and practice in language studies, 6(6), 1241-1247. https://doi.org/10.17507/tpls.0606.14 moghadam, z. b., narafshan, m. h., & tajadini, m. (2021). development of a critical self in the language reading classroom: an examination of learners’ l2 self. thinking skills and creativity, 42, 100944. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2021.100944 moore, t. (2011). critical thinking and disciplinary thinking: a continuing debate. higher education research and development, 30(3), 261-274. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2010.501328 mora, d. (2013). pensamiento crítico en el currículum oficial y en los textos escolares. propuesta didáctica: ¨la revolución industrial¨. (magister en enseñanza en las ciencias sociales), universidad del bio bio, chillán. retrieved from http://repobib.ubiobio.cl/jspui/bitstream/123456789/366/1/mora_godoy_danilo.pdf mora, r. a. (2014). critical literacy as policy and advocacy. journal of adolescent and adult literacy, 58(1), 1618. https://doi.org/10.1002/jaal.329 nuñez, i. (1984). las transformaciones educacionales bajo el régimen milital (vol. 1). santiago de chile: piie. orlowski, p. (2011). teaching about hegemony: race, class and democracy in the 21st century (vol. 17). springer science & business media. paton, m. j. (2015). the geography of styles of reasoning: east and west, north and south. philosophy east and west, 65(1), 178–195. https://doi.org/10.1353/pew.2015.0022 rogers, r. (2014). coaching literacy teachers as they design critical literacy practices. reading and writing quarterly, 30(3), 241-261. https://doi.org/10.1080/10573569.2014.909260 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lingua.2018.05.004 https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315605917 https://doi.org/10.1002/jaal.260 https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594x.2011.592972 https://doi.org/10.1080/15427587.2013.753841 https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904812472725 https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.161 https://doi.org/10.17507/tpls.0606.14 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2021.100944 https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2010.501328 http://repobib.ubiobio.cl/jspui/bitstream/123456789/366/1/mora_godoy_danilo.pdf https://doi.org/10.1002/jaal.329 https://doi.org/10.1353/pew.2015.0022 https://doi.org/10.1080/10573569.2014.909260 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 173 vol. 4, no. 3, 2021, pp. 161-173 veliz, l. (in-service teachers’ challenges) romero, e. d., & bobkina, j. (2021). exploring critical and visual literacy needs in digital learning environments: the use of memes in the efl/esl university classroom. thinking skills and creativity, 40, 100783. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2020.100783 shahri, m. n. n. (2018). the development of teacher identity, emotions and practice: before and after graduation from an ma tesol program. system, 78, 91-103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2018.08.003 shokouhi, h., & latifi, m. (2019). empowerment and knowledge transformation through critical reading and thinking: a case study of iranian university students. in chowdhury, r. (ed), transformation and empowerment through education: reconstructing our relationship with education, pp. 58-72. routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429431050-4 smith, t., rama, p., & helms, j. (2018). teaching critical thinking in a ge class: a flipped model. thinking skills and creativity, 28, 73-83. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2018.02.010 tang, l. (2016). exploration on cultivation of critical thinking in college intensive reading course. english language teaching journal, 9(3), 18-23. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v9n3p18 toy, b. y. & ok, a. (2012). incorporating critical thinking in the pedagogical content of a teacher education programme: does it make a difference? european journal of teacher education, 35(1), 39–56. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2011.634902 wain, k. (2011). on rousseau: an introduction to his radical thinking on education and politics. rotterdam: sense publishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-385-3 wallace, c. (2003). critical reading in language education. new york: palgrave macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230514447 wallace, e., & jefferson, r. (2015). developing critical thinking: assessing the effectiveness of workbook exercises journal of college teaching and learning, 12(2), 101-108. https://doi.org/10.19030/tlc.v12i2.9187 wass, r., harland, t., & mercer, a. (2011). scaffolding critical thinking in the zone of proximal development. higher education research and development, 30(3), 317-328. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2010.489237 welch, k., hieb, j., & graham, j. (2015). a systematic approach to teaching critical thinking skills to electrical and computer engineering undergraduates. american journal of engineering education, 6(2), 113-123. https://doi.org/10.19030/ajee.v6i2.9506 yousefi, s., & mohammadi, m. (2016). critical thinking and reading comprehension among postgraduate students: the case of gender and language proficiency level. journal of language teaching and research, 7(4), 802-807. https://doi.org/10.17507/jltr.0704.23 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2020.100783 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2018.08.003 https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429431050-4 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2018.02.010 https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v9n3p18 https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2011.634902 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-385-3 https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230514447 https://doi.org/10.19030/tlc.v12i2.9187 https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2010.489237 https://doi.org/10.19030/ajee.v6i2.9506 https://doi.org/10.17507/jltr.0704.23 sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal e-issn: 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 1 10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3702 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach: the foreign language teachers' attitudes tilen smajla elementary school pier paolo vergerio il vecchio, gimnazijski trg 7, 6000 koper, slovenia tilen.smajla@gmail.com a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 17 february 2021 revised 08 april 2021 accepted 20 april 2021 this paper presents the results of a research into the foreign teachers' attitudes towards the first foreign language (fl 1) teaching according to the clil approach. the first foreign language teachers (fl 1 teachers) should have carried out their fl 1 lessons using the clil approach. the results of the twelve interviews: teachers agree upon the importance of the education process of teachers-to-be, for any teacher working at an early level should have completed a ba in class teaching and should have acquired a degree in the methodology of early language teaching. most teachers who used the clil approach in the first year of its introduction (school year 2014–2015), refrained from it in the second year, or only used some elements of the clil approach, for they felt that it was impossible to follow the guidelines of the “hard” clil. consequently, they only used some elements or strategies of the clil approach, which some authors call “soft” clil. although some teachers claimed to have encountered numerous obstacles in teaching according to clil, they nevertheless considered it to be a suitable approach in the fl 1 classroom and they feel that clil has contributed significantly to the learning outcomes. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords attitudes clil approach early age foreign language teacher foreign language teaching how to cite: smajla, t. (2021). the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach: the foreign language teachers' attitudes. english language teaching educational journal, 4(1), 1-14. doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3702 1. introduction in the member states of the european union, children start learning foreign languages at a very early age, for it was determined that early language learning has a positive impact on mother tongue proficiency and it increases motivation for learning foreign languages in the subsequent period (čok, 2008; lipavic oštir & jazbec, 2010). in contrast, many parents and teachers expressed considerable concern over the possibility that too early exposure to a variety of languages might slow down children's cognitive development (dagarin fojkar & skubic, 2017, p. 87). the research, however, showed that bilingual children, for example, develop certain types of cognitive flexibility and metalinguistic consciousness earlier and to a greater extent than their monolingual peers (cummins, 2000; king & mackey, 2007). according to foreign language teaching methodology, foreign language lessons should be continuously carried out using the “vertical approach” (early https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3702 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id mailto:tilen.smajla@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.12928/eltej.v4i1.3702&domain=pdf https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6214-067x 2 english language teaching educational journal e-issn: 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 smajla (the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach) learning of the first foreign language, the second foreign language is introduced later) in parallel with the “horizontal approach”, establishing different connections with children’s mother tongue, other languages and other subjects (music class, art class, learning about the environment, etc.) (lipavic oštir & jazbec, 2010). learning and teaching in the first educational period (ep 1) is specific, which is why these processes must be conducted in accordance with the principles for teaching young pupils. the school curriculum for the first foreign language (fl 1) at an early age (in the second and third grades of primary school) (pevec semec et al., 2013) emphasises the advantage of early fl 1 learning, as this stresses children's characteristics in this period, such as curiosity, the desire to learn, the need to communicate as well as the willingness and capability to imitate new and unfamiliar sounds (pevec semec et al., 2013, p. 6). the thesis briefly outlines how the clil approach was implemented in slovenia on a statewide level for the first time and describes the circumstances of introducing foreign language lessons according to the clil approach. based on what was written in the aforementioned text we would like to highlight the valuable contribution of the efforts of fl teachers in their attempts to boost the learning outcomes of young foreign language learners, which is exactly what our research has concluded. 1.1. the clil approach the introduction mentions the clil approach, which was first recognized in 1995 in the council resolution of 31 march 1995 on improving and diversifying language learning and teaching within the education systems of the european union. the clil approach is known under various names, such as language bath, language showers, integrated lessons, bilingual lessons, total or partial immersion, or – as stated in lipavic oštir et al., 2015 – non-language subject in a foreign language. during its development and implementation it has been compared and/or considered as a synonym to integrated thematic instruction (school model designed by kovalik, see kovalik & olsen, 1993), immersion (lasagabaster & sierra, 2009), content-based instruction (cenoz, 2015), task-based language teaching (ortega, 2015), english for specific purpose (yang, 2016; taillefer, 2013; tzoannopoulou, 2015) or bilingual education (nikula, 2018). clil programmes are an approach to learn english or another foreign language by combining language and content subjects. in some contexts, clil is selective and this selection can be based on cognitive abilities or may also be linked to socio-economic backgrounds (van mensel et al., 2020). the integration of content and language is one of the main characteristics of the clil approach, as the relationship between these two elements is at the core of any implementation (llinares & morton, 2017; nikula et al., 2016). karabassova (2018, p. 2) claimed that there is a "dichotomy of teaching the content subject and teaching the language instead of utilizing an integrated approach towards teaching". this dichotomy exists because most teacher education degrees are oriented either to language or to content, particularly in the case of secondary education. this problem arose because content teachers believed they should give priority to content (daltonpuffer, 2011; karabassova, 2018; lo, 2019). beliefs are essential to understand how each clil teacher conceptualises clil or her/his role as a teacher in the approach. beliefs have been described as "a complex set of variables based on attitudes, experiences and expectations" (skinnari & bovellan, 2016, p. 146). as a language of instruction, the clil approach uses a language that is not the children’s first language or their mother tongue. baïdak et al., (2006, p. 10) claim that the clil approach uses an additional or second language, which helps children learn. according to eurydice (content and language integrated learning (clil) at school in europe, 2006, p. 11), the additional languages can be english, german, french, spanish or russian – altogether, they represent 95 % of all languages learnt by pupils in the eu. georgiou (2012, p. 495–496) notes that “the clil approach is the highest developmental stage of communicative approach to language teaching”. the clil approach allows pupils reasonable communication and at the same time provides them with an excellent opportunity to use a foreign language in an exercise. in this process, pupils can experience continuous learning, which is natural, unforced and thus more effective (georgiou, e-issn: 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 3 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 smajla (the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach) 2012, p. 495–496). it offers a highly scaffolded environment and the support to students in developing the skills needed for memorizing, describing, asking questions, cooperative group work, pair work, debating and so on for the assignments to be successful (coyle et al., 2010). clil students have been shown to obtain greater oral communication, speaking fluency and social interaction skills in the foreign language, than students who only attend standard foreign language education (de diezmaz, 2016; dalton-puffer, 2011; mayo & ibarrola, 2014; perez canado, 2017; arribas, 2016). although clil is sometimes used as the term to exclusively refer to specific european bilingual education programmes using english as the language of instruction, clil shares the same essential characteristics as other content-based instruction (cbi) programmes such as immersion programmes (cenoz, 2015; cenoz et al., 2013; cenoz & ruiz de zarobe, 2015). the clil approach creates a learning environment in which pupils acquire language skills through their immediate use and not in language lessons, where languages skills were acquired and developed for a future use. 1.2. background of the research considering the fact that the paper deals with teachers’ attitudes, and to a certain extent belief, citing the monumental work of krosnick and perth (1995) is inevitable. it is assumed that there is a certain level of interchangeability of the terms attitude and belief and the following part will be dedicated to the teachers’ beliefs. as artner would put it (2016, p. 50) “the term ‘belief’ is easily understandable and readily used in day-to-day conversation. as a subject of research teachers’ beliefs have developed from the 1940’s onwards with an increased interest over the last 20 years.” the author continues by stating that “some researchers see beliefs as something stable, unable to be changed, whereas others view them as dynamic.” both understandings are based on research findings and have influenced research and practice in equal measure (2016, p. 53). across the globe, the clil approach has proven to be timely and has been supported on all levels by all stakeholders, as cross reported (2013). particularly, in the state of victoria, the authors claimed that “teachers reported even higher levels of support from content teachers by the end of the trial” (cross, 2013, p. 69) on the one hand, while “principals expressed possible concern about how the approach had been perceived by the broader school community on the other hand.” (cross, 2013, p. 69). the discrepancy was reported by teachers related specifically to nonlanguage/content teachers with whom language teachers collaborated in developing the clil programme. cross also concluded that “clil has the potential to impact other curriculum areas. with immersion programs, the likelihood that it will impact other areas is very high, since at least 50% of the curriculum is being delivered in the target language (baker, 2006, as cited in cross, 2013, p. 70; see also gorjian & hamidavi, 2017). the authors pointed to an important consideration, that should a language teacher “attempt clil in an unsupportive school, and then have the program fail, will only reinforce existing negative perceptions/uncertainty about its potential. clil’s success therefore ultimately depends on the quality of individual or small groups of teachers, working within supportive school environments.” (baker, 2006, as cited in cross, 2013, p. 70-72; see also gorjian & hamidavi, 2017). studies have also revealed a great impact of clil on foreign language performance, content knowledge and also the impact on mother tongue, classroom interaction (pastrana, llinares & pascual, 2018), the influence of affective factors (lasagabaster & doiz, 2015; otwinowska & foryś, 2017), household structure (mensel, hilligsmann, mettewie & galand, 2020), time and intensity (surmont, et al., 2016; merino & lasagabaster, 2017), age (roquet, 2015), motivation (fontecha & canga alonso, 2014), gender (canga alonso, 2016; fontecha & canga alonso, 2014), strategies (zarobe, 2017; straková, 2020). it is important to bring down language barriers and boost interest in english as a school subject (rumlich, 2014). researches in japan, for example, mentioned “good points of clil” (yamano, 2013; ito, 2018a) through practices and investigations. ito (2018b, p. 60) specifically highlighted the following: “students are less anxious about making mistakes in english as they are focused 4 english language teaching educational journal e-issn: 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 smajla (the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach) on lesson content; many students feel as though lessons are fun because their intellectual curiosity is fulfilled; and, many students feel that clil lessons are easy to understand as teachers tend to use visual aids.”, thus bringing the clil approach’s effectiveness to the sustainable level. 2. method 2.1. research problem, the aim of the research and research questions in the 2014/2015 school year, fl 1 pilot lessons were first carried out in the second grade of a state primary school, while all other state schools saw its initial introduction in the 2016/2017 school year. teachers were asked to carry out fl 1 lessons according to the clil approach, which the school curriculum describes as a didactic recommendation, not as a compulsory approach to teaching (pevec semec et al., 2013). as a language of instruction, the clil approach uses a foreign language; however, according to constitutional provisions (ustava republike slovenije, 1991), lessons in state schools cannot be carried out in a foreign language (except for the areas of autochthonous italian and hungarian national communities, where lessons in state schools are carried out in either italian or hungarian) (ustava republike slovenije, 1991). we assumed that teachers had partly adopted their attitudes towards the introduction of fl 1 teaching according to the clil approach, which is why we wanted to investigate what they thought. we examined the teachers’ attitude towards the introduction of fl 1 teaching according to the clil approach, their attitude towards foreign language learning and teaching according to the clil approach and their attitude towards the suitability of the clil approach in fl 1 lessons. based on the aforementioned premises we aimed to determine whether the introduction of the clil approach changes the fl 1 teachers’ attitude towards fl 1 learning and teaching in childhood. we also wanted to examine whether there are significant differences between fl 1 teachers’ attitudes towards the suitability of the clil approach in fl 1 teaching. lastly, we sought to find out whether there are significant differences in fl 1 teachers’ attitude towards fl 1 learning and teaching in childhood and the clil approach with regard to gender, years of experience and acquired education of fl 1 teachers. see the appendix for the list of questions for the semi-structured interview. 2.2. research paradigm, data acquisition, data processing and presentation of the research sample in the research, the qualitative research paradigm is used. the data were acquired by conducting semi-structured interviews, which allowed us to gain a detailed insight into the interviewees’ attitudes. ten interviews were carried out face-to-face, two by mail. the interviews were conducted in the period from 15. 2. 2016 to 31. 3. 2016. the obtained material was processed and analysed using neither measurement process nor operations between numbers (mesec, 1998). in the process of systematic coding of units obtained from the material, we formed theoretical explanations (zhang & wildemuth, 2009). the research sample was obtained by applying convenience sampling and as a result, 12 semistructured interviews with interviewees from all over slovenia, except for its central region, were carried out. there are no participants from the central region of slovenia, since none of the foreign language teachers whom we reached out to, had chosen to participate in our research. all 12 interviewees were female foreign language teachers at state elementary schools. below is a detailed presentation of the sample. interviewee 1: female fl 1 class teacher with additional training in foreign language teaching methodology at an early age, 19 years of service and 8 years of teaching experience at an early age, born 1972. interviewee 2: female fl 1 class teacher with additional training in foreign language teaching methodology at an early age, 12 years of service, born 1988. interviewee 3: female fl 1 class teacher with additional training in foreign language teaching methodology at an early age, 26 years of service and 2 years of teaching experience at an early age, born 1963. e-issn: 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 5 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 smajla (the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach) interviewee 4: female fl 1 class teacher with additional training in foreign language teaching methodology at an early age, 7 years of service and 2 years of teaching experience at an early age, born 1989. interviewee 5: female fl 1 class teacher with additional training in foreign language teaching methodology at an early age, 12 years of service, born 1984. interviewee 6: female fl 1 class teacher with additional training in foreign language teaching methodology at an early age, 8 years of service and 4 years of teaching experience at an early age, born 1986. interviewee 7: female fl 1 class teacher with additional training in foreign language teaching methodology at an early age, 10 years of service and 6 years of teaching experience at an early age, born 1983. interviewee 8: female fl 1 class teacher with additional training in foreign language teaching methodology at an early age, 10 years of service and 2 years of teaching experience at an early age, born 1981. interviewee 9: female fl 1 class teacher with additional training in foreign language teaching methodology at an early age, 13 years of service, born 1979. interviewee 10: female fl 1 class teacher with additional training in foreign language teaching methodology at an early age, 7 years of service, born 1983. interviewee 11: female fl 1 class teacher with additional training in foreign language teaching methodology for the second cycle (classes 4 to 6 in the nine-grade slovenian state elementary schools) of elementary schools, 10 years of service, born 1981. interviewee 12: female fl 1 and sociology teacher with additional training in foreign language teaching methodology at an early age, 17 years of service and 12 years of teaching experience at an early level, born 1973. 3. findings and discussion the results of the research are presented in individual categories that are derived from research questions. some categories were combined with regard to the research questions. 3.1. category 1: the fl 1 teachers’ attitude towards fl 1 learning and teaching in childhood has changed due to the introduction of the clil approach most of the interviewees changed their attitudes during the introduction of the fl in the ep 1. we determined that most of the interviewees, who taught according to the clil approach at least for one year, only partly preserved the teaching methods according to this approach, as they observed that they can no longer strictly follow its teaching guidelines; consequently, they only used some of the elements or only the strategy of the clil approach in teaching. interviewee 1, fl 1 teacher with 19 years of service, born 1972, stated: “i think that clil is still a very good approach, although i didn’t often use it in the second year of the trial introduction, mostly due to a strict timetable and due to a different way of teaching.” they preferred to adopt interdisciplinary integration strategies and some of them followed the guidelines set by the national education institute slovenia in the second year of the introduction of the fl 1 in the ep 1, which recommend the use of the softer version of the clil approach. as would the interviewee 5, fl 1 teacher with 12 years of service, born 1984, say: “the first year of the fl 1 trial introduction, 2013/2015, i had lots of support, clil was a recommended approach in the ep 1, but i later found out that i could not test the students’ knowledge by using the traditional textbook approach, so now i mainly use cross-curricular links.” as reasons for abandoning this approach, the interviewees stated different obstacles, from organizational problems (placement in the school schedule, remuneration for work, too large groups, combined lessons, etc.) to the particularity of modern generations of pupils. they also stressed the need to adapt their work to children’s needs and establish a relationship with pupils. when asked about this, interviewee 8, fl 1 teacher with 10 years of service, born 1981, 6 english language teaching educational journal e-issn: 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 smajla (the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach) said: “what matters is that you have a feeling for teaching children and the persons’ character. a great factor at work is the personal touch.” we can summarize that, due to the aforementioned problems, most of the interviewees do not apply the clil approach in foreign languages lessons in entirety, but only partly. some of them did not adopt this approach because they felt themselves underqualified to carry out lessons using the clil approach, so they provided lessons using other approaches, of which interdisciplinary integration and the communication approach were the most commonly mentioned. 3.2. category 2: there are differences in fl 1 teachers’ attitude towards the suitability of the clil approach in fl 1 teaching three of twelve interviewees evaluated the clil approach as particularly suitable, whereas the others deemed it suitable in foreign language lessons, which are not carried out entirely in accordance with the clil approach due to several obstacles. as would interviewee 11, fl 1 teacher with 10 years of service, born 1981 say: “working according to clil is very demanding, your need to go through a lot of adjusting and cooperation with class teachers, which requires a lot of joint planning, exchange of materials and sources.” this approach was applied by some interviewees from time to time and on occasions where this was reasonable, while others used it all the time. some interviewees mentioned the use of the clil matrix, which was used in the second year of the introduction of the fl 1 in foreign language lessons, while others were aware of the suitability of the clil approach for carrying out foreign language lessons, yet they preferred to use interdisciplinary integration and learning approaches similar to the clil approach in that same period. to sum up, we perceived much insecurity regarding what expectations the experts formulating language policies set up about the fl 1 teachers in the ep 1, what type of the clil approach the fl 1 teachers were supposed to adopt with children at an early age, where they could get qualified for this type of work and whether they would be remunerated for the additional work that they do. some interviewees claimed that they were prepared to provide fl 1 lessons in accordance with the clil approach if they could acquire the appropriate qualification, since they had a positive attitude towards this approach. when directly asked about the suitability of the clil approach in fl 1 teaching, interviewee 2, fl 1 teacher with 12 years of service, born 1988, said: “if i understand clil correctly, strictly speaking, it’s not useful, because i have to teach my kids the names of the objects in their mother tongue first. some elements are ok, for example the communication.” interviewee 3, fl 1 teacher with 26 years of service, born 1963 added: “i think clil is not useful, its elements are, though, but not the whole. so, not the whole, just at times and occasionally, where it’s possible and feasible.” 3.3. category 3: there are differences in the fl 1 teachers’ attitude towards fl 1 learning and teaching in childhood and towards the clil approach with regard to gender, years of experience and the acquired education of fl 1 teachers the interviewees all agreed upon the importance of the acquired education of fl 1 teachers in the ep 1, who should have completed a ba in class teaching and acquired a degree in the methodology of early english/german teaching. according to the interviewees, teachers with such education are suitable for this type of work, as they are the most familiar with teaching approaches and methods used with children at an early age. some interviewees stressed the importance of a relationship established by teachers with younger pupils. interviewee 3, fl 1 teacher with 26 years of service, born 1963 believed that “this depends on the personality, on how teachers can approach children”. the interviewees thought it better for class teachers to carry out lessons with younger pupils, as they are more familiar with the children’s needs and the school curriculum for this period, they find it easier to follow teaching guidelines and they know the teaching didactics appropriate for children at an early age. three interviewees, who recognized years of experience as an important factor, stressed that teachers teaching fl 1 in the ep 1 should have more experience. following up the last statement, interviewee 9, fl 1 teacher with 13 years of service, born 1979 stated that “a teacher with more years of experience has more knowledge on the characteristics of younger pupils and more authority over them”. interviewee 11, fl 1 teacher with 10 years of service, born 1981 believed that “years of experience bring more e-issn: 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 7 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 smajla (the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach) confidence”. in addition to the importance of years of experience, interviewee 12, fl 1 teacher with 17 years of service, born 1973 stressed that “years of experience are fairly decisive, but they are not the most important factor. if a teacher with many years of experience refrains from trying something new or does not follow new didactic recommendations and techniques, years of experience can only be a burden /.../. younger teachers have an advantage in this field but lack broader knowledge.” to summarize, approximately a half of the interviewees agree with the statement that years of experience in carrying out fl 1 lessons for children in the ep 1 have an important role; nonetheless, they also stress the importance of teachers’ personality, the willingness to introduce changes in how to carry out lessons and the awareness of the particularity of younger pupils. in the research, all the interviewees stated that the clil approach would be more suitable for providing lessons with older pupils from the ep 2 or 3: “the clil approach is more suitable in the ep 2, if not even in the ep 3, for pupils have enough foreign language competencies” (interviewee 4). however, coyle et al., (2010, p. 4) stress this exact aspect of the clil approach: neither a language lesson nor a non-language lesson, but a combination of both. this approach merges what looks like fragments at first glance, such as independent school subjects, into one comprehensive learning experience (coyle et al., 2010). some interviewees in our research often mentioned the problems that arose when they tried to introduce the clil approach in the fl 1 lessons. the most frequent problems were of organizational nature (placement of a foreign language lesson in the school schedule, compliance with the ep 1 school curriculum, lack of time for coordination with class teachers, lack of understanding by the school management and other staff, remuneration for work). some teachers did not quite grasp the aim of the clil approach, they misplaced their attention to language and misregarded their awareness regarding the integration of language and content, which is the aim of clil programmes. as lazarević (2019, p. 8) reported in a study conducted on high school teachers in serbia, "teachers did not consider organizing instruction differently for their clil classes". these problems could be the result of distress experienced by the said interviewees because the expectations towards the fl 1 class conducting in accordance with the principles of the clil approach in the first year of its introduction were very high. only two of 12 interviewees had used the clil approach or approaches similar to the clil approach for a long time directly before its formal introduction in the fl 1 lessons. some have even considered abandoning entirely the use of the clil approach. cammarata (2009) emphasizes that the use of the clil approach partly re-establishes the teachers’ identity as such, for the clil approach makes teachers question their self-beliefs as professionals in a certain field. this can lead to a crisis and the abandonment of the clil approach, as was reported by the interviewees and as is noted by cammarata (2009). the reasons for abandoning the clil approach can also be found in the perceived lack of participation between fl 1 teachers, their co-workers and other parties. another reason for abandoning clil in the difficulty of integrating content and language, which ahs been the core of many of the problems fl teachers had to face and is also reported in many studies (cammarata & tedick, 2012; koopman et al., 2014; oattes et al., 2018). moreover, according to cammarata (2009, 2010), the abandonment of this approach can be a result of the lack of control in the clil lessons planning process, pressure from evaluation and the excessive emphasis that teachers are responsible for the pupils’ progress. this means that most of the participants in the qualitative part of the research had been made aware of the clil approach before the introduction of the fl 1 in the second grade or even during this process. at the same time, this indicates that we talk about the profile of a classical fl 1 teacher whom the clil approach appeared unfamiliar or mostly unfamiliar. on the other hand, the clil approach and approaches similar to the clil approach stress the significance of extraordinary possibilities for professional development of teachers (european commission, 2017), as this approach presents some sort of a challenge that makes them rethink and reshape their own practice methods as well as consider their own professional integrity, which is discussed in the works by cammarata (2009), viebrock (2009) and moate (2011). the interviewees participating in our research reported on similar experience; 8 english language teaching educational journal e-issn: 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 smajla (the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach) considering they had mostly had no experience in teaching according to the clil approach, they faced a great challenge in the first year of its introduction (2014/2015). they were aware that teachers applying the clil approach must have special knowledge in the field of language competence as well as teaching and methodological skills and thorough knowledge of the nonlanguage subject to be taught (content and language integrated learning (clil) at school in europe, 2006). it has also been revealed that teachers in clil contexts seem to struggle to focus on language and content at the same time and find it challenging to know how to focus on language (cammarata & tedick, 2012; costa, 2012: goris et al., 2019). the interviewees expressed the fear that they are not qualified enough to apply the clil approach and that they do not use this approach due to the lack of its skilful application. this is not surprising as most of the interviewees had more than five years of experience, while the clil approach was not a widely used approach in slovenia in that period, except for some minor projects (for example, at the bojan ilich primary school (jazbec & lovrin, 2015, p. 70), at the manko golar kindergarten in gornja radgona, at the josip vandot kindergarten and primary school in kranjska gora, and elsewhere). moreover, the clil approach and approaches similar to the clil approach were regularly applied in fl 1 lessons by only two of 12 interviewees. the problem behind effective application and use of the clil approach probably lies in the fact that most teachers, who apply the clil approach to fl 1 lessons, are either language teachers (of english or german) or have completed a ba in class teaching and acquired a degree in the methodology of early language teaching. this can be challenging for teachers as they have to obtain adequate skills in either a foreign language or in the field to be taught with the help of a foreign/additional language; teachers must be able to regulate their knowledge of the subject and the language (cammarata & tedick, 2012). in order to make the transition into the full clil lesson smoother, fl teachers might consider to have a content teacher and a language teacher working together in the class (méndez garcía & pavón vázquez, 2012; pavón vázquez & ramos ordóñez, 2018), although that is no common. some of the teachers also reported having problems with form and could focus on language pedagogies that would direct their attention to this issue (gierlinger, 2017; he & lin, 2018; lo, 2019). this indicates that teachers must acquire skills that encourage the formulation of supporting strategies for foreign language teaching (boutin, 1993). inspite of all the setbacks and difficulties most fl teachers still deem clil to be a suitable approach in language teaching in the early age (anderson, mcdougald & cuesta medina, 2015; griva & kasvikis, 2014; pfenninger, 2016). there are also other considerations. nikula (2016) claims that while research has provided a sound evidence base for the effects of clil on language learning, there are doubts regarding the clil approach’s fitness for all types of learners. the author also raises another question, namely the question of equity, is the clil approach suitable for students with learning difficulties and also, the fact that availability of clil programmes tends to concentrate in bigger towns and municipalities has raised concerns about clil compromising equity (nikula & järvinen, 2013). this has been a particularly felt issue among the interviewees, since many came from small communities with little support from neither their school authorities nor from their peers in school or from the national board of education. on the other hand, suhandoko (2019) reported positive attitudes of the english teacher regarding the use of clil approach, which results sustainable. the examination of foreign language lessons in accordance with the clil approach will probably need more attention in the future and as wei and feng (2015, p. 60) would put it” that the benefits of clil programmes for young learners can only be maximized when people’s language practices, beliefs and the authorities’ management are consistent with each other”, which is exactly the reason why the majority of fl teachers included in our research stated that they would continue using the clil approach in their efl class (smajla, 2019). moreover, considering the pragmatic nature of clil it will be crucial for fl teachers to continue developing their skills, the "so called soft skills", which are as much pivotal for them as for their students (moraleja novillo, 2018, p. 18). it is also, as pérez cañado (2021, p. 31) put it "an uncontested fact that we are living in times of profound change in english language teaching", hence all the fl teachers should e-issn: 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 9 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 smajla (the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach) rethink their teaching approaches and find a set of those who cater for the most of their students' needs, since it is them who will eventually prepare them "for authentic international/intercultural communication (vettorel & corrizzatto, 2016, p. 503). it has also been established that teacher educators should, and that goes for the national board of education as well, in order not to be considered illiterate of the twenty-first century", make themselves willing to learn, unlearn and relearn" (siqueira, 2017, p. 400). 4. conclusion the research results have revealed the undisputed usefulness and suitability of the clil approach in fl teaching. it has been established that the fl teachers must also be aware that lesson planning strategies have to be revised. the same goes for educational authorities and teacher educators. the urge to develop a new teacher development paradigm has to be put into place and into practice, one that would include relevant premises, practices, conceptions, strategies and tools that are in their core very diverse form the ones teacher educators have been utilizing so far. fl teachers’ main goal should remain the focus on constant and lifelong participative learning and cooperation with their peers. they should keep up their motivation to bring innovation into the fl teaching and think outside the box. all too often quitting the safety zone is not an option for many a teacher, yet new circumstances in and outside of fl teaching, in the community and their organization may force many fl teachers to tackle the difficult task of unlearning the old ways and relearning some new approaches. declaration author contribution : the author confirms sole responsibility for the following: study conception and design, data collection, analysis and interpretation of results, and manuscript. funding statement : the research has not received any funding whatsoever. conflict of interest : the author declares no conflict of interest. additional information : no additional information is available for this paper. references anderson, c. e., mcdougald, j. s. in cuesta medina, l. (2015). clil for young learners. in c. n. giannikas, l. mclaughlin, g. fanning and n. d. muller (eds), children learning english: from research to practice (pp. 137152). garnet education. available at: https://blog.ufes.br/kyriafinardi/files/2017/10/clil-for-young-learners.pdf (accessed may 4 2019). arribas, m. (2016). analyzing a whole clil school: students attitudes, motivation, and receptive vocabulary outcomes. latin american journal of content & language integrated learning 9(2): 267292. artner, s. (2016). pre-service and in-service teacher beliefs about content and language integrated learning (clil) in physical education (pe) in austria (doctoral dissertation, uniwien). doi: 10.25365/thesis.42360 baïdak, n., garcía mínguez, m.l., & oberheidt, s. (2006). eurydice. content and language integrated learning (clil) at schools in europe. brussels: european commission. available at: https://www.indire.it/lucabas/lkmw_file/eurydice/clil_en.pdf (accessed 18 january 2021). baker, c. (2011). foundations of bilingual education and bilingualism. britstol: multilingual matters. boutin, f. (1993). a study of early french immersion teachers as generators of knowledge. foreign language annals, 26(4), 511-525. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1944-9720.1993.tb01184.x https://blog.ufes.br/kyriafinardi/files/2017/10/clil-for-young-learners.pdf https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1944-9720.1993.tb01184.x 10 english language teaching educational journal e-issn: 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 smajla (the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach) cammarata, l. (2009). negotiating curricular transitions: foreign language teachers' learning experience with content-based instruction. canadian modern language review, 65(4), 559-585. https://doi.org/10.3138/cmlr.65.4.559 cammarata, l., & tedick, d.j. (2012). balancing content and language in instructing: the experience of immersion teachers. the modern language journal 96(2): 251–296. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.15404781.2012.01330.x canga alonso a (2013). the receptive vocabulary of spanish 6th-grade primary school students in clil instruction: a preliminary study. latin american journal of content and language integrated learning 6(2): 22-41. https://doi.org/10.5294/laclil.2013.6.2.2 cenoz, j. (2015). content-based instruction and content and language integrated learning: the same or different? language, culture & curriculum 28(1): 8–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2014.1000922 cenoz, j., genesee, f., & gorter, d. (2013). critical analysis of clil: taking stock and looking forward. applied linguistics 35(3): 243–262. https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/amt011 cenoz, j., & ruiz de zarobe, y. (2015). learning through a second or additional language: content based instruction and clil in the 21st century: an introduction. language, culture and curriculum 28(1): 1– 7. https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2014.1000921 content and language integrated learning (clil) at school in europe (2006). brussels: european commission. available at: http://bookshop.europa.eu/en/content-and-language-integrated-learningclic-at-school-in-europe-pbncx106001/ (accessed 18 january 2021). costa, f. (2012). focus on form in iclhe lectures in italy: evidence from english-medium science lectures by native speakers of italian. aila review 25, 30–47. https://doi.org/10.1075/aila.25.03cos council resolution of 31 march 1995 on improving and diversifying language learning and teaching within the education systems of the european union. (1995). brussels: publications office of the european union. available at: https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/2f401f44-afaa-424c-a85ecbf8ee3cb251/language-en (accessed 18 january 2021). coyle. d., hood, p., and marsh d .(2010). clil: content and language integrated learning. cambridge: cambridge university press. cross, r. (2013). research and evaluation of the content and language integrated learning (clil) approach to teaching and learning languages in victorian schools. victorian department of education and early childhood. retrieved from: http://hdl.handle.net/11343/55778 cummins j (2000) language, power and pedagogy. clevendon: multilingual matters. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781853596773 čok, l. (2008). zgodnje učenje jezikov v povezavi s celostnim razvojem otroka. in: j. skela (ed) učenje in poučevanje tujih jezikov na slovenskem. pregled sodobne teorije in prakse. ljubljana: tangram, pp. 18¬29. dagarin fojkar, m., & skubic, d. (2017). prepričanja študentov predšolske vzgoje o učenju in zgodnjem poučevanju tujega jezika v sloveniji. ceps journal 7(4): 85–104. retrieved from: http://pefprints.pef.uni-lj.si/id/eprint/4966 dalton-puffer, c. (2011). content and language integrated learning: from practice to principles? annual review of applied linguistics 31: 182–204. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0267190511000092 de diezmas, e. m. n. (2016). the impact of clil on the acquisition of language competencies and skills in l2 in primary education. international journal of english studies 16(2). https://doi.org/10.6018/ijes/2016/2/239611 european commission (2017) key data on teaching languages at school in europe – 2017 edition. available at: https://eacea.ec.europa.eu/national-policies/eurydice/content/key-data-teaching-languages-schooleurope-–2017-edition_en (accessed 18 january 2021). fontecha, a. f., & canga alonso, a. (2014). a preliminary study on motivation and gender in clic and nonclil types of instruction. international journal of english studies 14(1): 21-36. https://doi.org/10.6018/ijes/14/1/156681 gierlinger, e. m. (2017). teaching clil? yes, but with a pinch of salt. journal of immersion and contentbased language education 5(2): 187–213. https://doi.org/10.1075/jicb.5.2.02gie https://doi.org/10.3138/cmlr.65.4.559 https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-4781.2012.01330.x https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-4781.2012.01330.x https://doi.org/10.5294/laclil.2013.6.2.2 https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2014.1000922 https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/amt011 https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2014.1000921 https://doi.org/10.1075/aila.25.03cos http://hdl.handle.net/11343/55778 https://doi.org/10.21832/9781853596773 http://pefprints.pef.uni-lj.si/id/eprint/4966 https://doi.org/10.1017/s0267190511000092 https://doi.org/10.6018/ijes/2016/2/239611 https://doi.org/10.6018/ijes/14/1/156681 https://doi.org/10.1075/jicb.5.2.02gie e-issn: 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 11 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 smajla (the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach) gorjian, b., & hamidavi, n. (2017). using clil method in teaching vocabulary to intermediate efl learners. modern journal of language teaching methods 7(3): 13-23. goris, j., denessen, e., & verhoeven, l. (2019). effects of content and language integrated learning in europe a systematic review of longitudinal experimental studies. european educational research journal 18(6): 675-698. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904119872426 griva, e., & kasvikis, k. (in press, 2014). clil in primary education: possibilities and challenges for developing l2/fl skills, history understanding and cultural awareness. in n. bakić-mirić and d. erkinovich gaipov (eds), current trends and issues in education: an international dialogue. cambridge: cambridge scholars publishing. available at: https://enl.auth.gr/gala/pubs/files/1_griva&kasvikis.pdf (accessed may 4 2019). he, p., & lin, a. (2018). becoming a “language-aware” content teacher: content and language integrated learning (clil) teacher professional development as a collaborative, dynamic, and dialogic process. journal of immersion and content-based language education 6(2): 162–188. https://doi.org/10.1075/jicb.17009.he georgiou, i.s., (2012) reviewing the puzzle of clil. elt journal, special issue, 66(4): 495–496. https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccs047 ito, y. (2018a). kankakukikan to umamino clil (naiyougengo tougougata gakushuu) wo tooshite erareru shou/ chuugakusei no ibunka ni taisuru manabi ni tsuite no kousatu [a study of cross-cultural learning patterns within elementary school and junior high school students through clil on the sensory organs and umami.]. osaka-kyoiku university. shotou kyouiku kouza jissen gakkou kyouiku kenkyuu, 20: 918. ito, y. (2018b). clil in practice in japanese elementary classrooms: an analysis of the effectiveness of a clil lesson in japanese traditional crafts. english language teaching; 11(9): 59-67. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v11n9p59 jazbec, s., & lovrin m. (2015). koncept clil – novost ali stalnica pri učiteljih na oš v sloveniji. journal of elementary education, 8(1/2), 65-80. retrieved from https://journals.um.si/index.php/education/article/view/416 karabassova, l. (2018). teachers’ conceptualization of content and language integrated learning (clil): evidence from a trilingual context. international journal of bilingual education and bilingualism 1 – 13. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2018.1550048 king, k. a., & mackey, a. (2007). the bilingual edge: why, when, and how to teach your child a second language. new york: collins. retrieved from http://languageonthemove.com/downloads/pdf/king_mackey%20preprint.pdf koopman, g. j., skeet, j., & de graaff, r, (2014). exploring content teachers’ knowledge of language pedagogy: a report on a small-scale research project in a dutch clil context. language learning journal 42(2): 123–136. https://doi.org/10.1080/09571736.2014.889974 kovalik, s., & olsen, k. (1993). iti: the model: integrated thematic instruction. alaska: s. kovalik & associates. krosnick, j. a. & perth, r.e. (eds) (1995) attitude strength: antecedent and consequences. new york: lawrence erlbaum associates, inc. lasagabaster, d., & doiz, a. (2015). a longitudinal study on the impact of clil on affective factors. applied linguistics. https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/amv059 lazarević, n. (2019) clil teachers’ reflections and attitudes: surviving at the deep end. international journal of bilingual education and bilingualism 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2019.1703897 llinares, a., & morton, t (eds). (2017). applied linguistics perspectives on clil. netherlands: john benjamins publishing company. https://doi.org/10.1075/lllt.47 lipavic oštir a and lipovec a. (2018). problemorientierter soft clil ansatz. wina: lit verlag. lipavic oštir a., lipovec a., & rajšp m. (2015). clil – orodje za izbiro nejezikovnih vsebin . journal of elementary education, 8(1/2), 11-26. retrieved from https://journals.um.si/index.php/education/article/view/413 lo, y. y. (2019). development of the beliefs and language awareness of content subject teachers in clil: does professional development help? international journal of bilingual education and bilingualism https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904119872426 https://doi.org/10.1075/jicb.17009.he https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccs047 https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v11n9p59 https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2018.1550048 https://doi.org/10.1080/09571736.2014.889974 https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/amv059 https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2019.1703897 https://doi.org/10.1075/lllt.47 12 english language teaching educational journal e-issn: 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 smajla (the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach) 22(7): 818–832. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2017.1318821 mayo garcía, del pilar maría and lázaro-ibarrola amparo. (2014). do children negotiate for meaning in task-based interaction? evidence from clil and efl settings. system 54: 40-54. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2014.12.001 méndez garcía, m. c., & pavón vázquez, v. (2012). investigating the coexistence of the mother tongue and the foreign language through teacher collaboration in clil contexts: perceptions and practice of the teachers involved in the plurilingual programme in andalusia. international journal of bilingual education and bilingualism 15(5): 573–592. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2012.670195 merino, j. a., & lasagabaster, d. (2017). the effect of content and language integrated learning programmes' intensity on english proficiency: a longitudinal study. international journal of applied linguistics 28(1): 18-30. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijal.12177 mensel, l. v., hiligsmann, p., mettewie, l., & galand, b. (2020). clil, an elitist language learning approach? a background analysis of english and dutch clil pupils in french-speaking belgium. language, culture and curriculum 33(1): 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2019.1571078 mesec, b. (1998). uvod v kvalitativno raziskovanje v socialnem delu. ljubljana: visoka šola za socialno delo. moate, j. m. (2011). the impact of foreign language mediated teaching on teachers' sense of professional integrity in the clil classroom. european journal of teacher education 34(3): 333–346. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2011.585023 moraleja novillo, s. (2018). educar el talento: guía para desarrollar nuevas habilidades en jóvenes y niños. barcelona: editorial amat. nikula, t., & järvinen, h. m. (2013). vieraskielinen opetus suomessa (’clil in finland’). in l. tainio and h. harju‐luukkanen (eds), kaksikielinen koulu‐ tulevaisuuden monikielinen suomi (’bilingual school – the multilingual finland of the future’) (pp. 143–167). helsinki: suomen kasvatustieteellinen seura. nikula, t. (2016). clil: a european approach to bilingual education. in n. v. deusen-scholl, & s. may (eds), second and foreign language education (pp. 1-14). springer international publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-02323-6_10-1 nikula, t., dafouz, e., moore, p., & smit, u (eds). (2016). conceptualising integration in clil and multilingual education. multilingual matters. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781783096145 oattes, h., oostdam, r., de graaff, r., & wilschut, a. (2018). the challenge of balancing content and language: perceptions of dutch bilingual education history teachers. teaching and teacher education 70: 165–174. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.11.022 ortega, l. (2015). researching clil and tblt interfaces. system 54, 103-109. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2015.09.002 otwinowska, a., & foryś, m. (2015). they learn the clil way, but do they like it? affectivity and cognition in upper-primary clil classes. international journal of bilingual education and bilingualism 20(5): 457-480. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2015.1051944 pastrana, a., llinares, a., & pascual, i. (2017). students’ language use for coconstruction of knowledge in clil group-work activities: a comparison with l1 settings. zeitschrift für erziehungswissenschaft 21(1): 49-70. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-017-0802-y pavón vázquez, v., & ramos ordóñez, m. c. (2018). describing the use of the l1 in clil: an analysis of l1 communication strategies in classroom interaction. international journal of bilingual education and bilingualism 22(1): 35–48. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2018.1511681 pérez cañado, m. l. (ed) (2021). clil and elf: friends or foes? in: m l pérez cañado (ed) content and langauge integrated learning in monolingual settings, (pp. 31¬53). multilingual education 38. springer nature switzerland ag. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-68329-0 pérez cañado, m. l. (2017). the effects of clil on l1 and content learning: updated empirical evidence from monolingual contexts. learning and instruction. 57: 18¬33. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2017.12.002 pérez vidal, c., & roquet, h. (2015). clil in context: profiling language abilities. content-based language learning in multilingual educational environments (pp.237-255). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-11496-5_14 https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2017.1318821 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2014.12.001 https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2012.670195 https://doi.org/10.1111/ijal.12177 https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2019.1571078 https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2011.585023 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-02323-6_10-1 https://doi.org/10.21832/9781783096145 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.11.022 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2015.09.002 https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2015.1051944 https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-017-0802-y https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2018.1511681 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-68329-0 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2017.12.002 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-11496-5_14 e-issn: 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 13 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 smajla (the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach) pevec semec, k, kač l šečerov n cajhen s lesničar b lipavic oštir a and strmčnik l. (2013). učni načrt za drugi tuji jezik kot neobvezni izbirni predmet v osnovni šoli. [curriculum of foreign language teaching and learning in 2nd and 3rd grade]. ljubljana: zavod rs za šolstvo. available at: http://www.mizs.gov.si/fileadmin/mizs.gov.si/pageuploads/podrocje/ os/devetletka/program_razsirjeni/drugi_tj_izbirni_ neobvezni.pdf (accessed 18 january 2021). pevec semec k, kač l šečerov n cajhen s lesničar b lipavic oštir a, & strmčnik l. (2013). učni načrt. program osnovna šola. drugi tuji jezik v 4. do 9. razredu: neobvezni izbirni predmet. [curriculum of foreign language teaching and learning from4th to 9th grade]. ljubljana: ministrstvo za izobraževanje, znanost in šport, zavod republike slovenije za šolstvo retrieved from http://www.fmalgaja.si/files/2017/05/drugi_tj_izbirni_neobvezni.pdf (accessed 18 january 2021). pfenninger, s. e. (2016). all good things come in threes: early english learning, clil and motivation in switzerland. cahiers de l'ilsl, 48, 119¬147. rumlich, d. (2014). prospective clil and non-clil students interest in english (classes): a quasiexperimental study on german sixth-graders. utrecht studies in language and communication 28: 75¬95. siqueira, s. (2017). intercultural language educators for an intercultural world: action upon reflection. intercultural education 28(4): 390-407. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2017.1334396 skinnari, k., & bovellan, e. (2016). clil teachers’ beliefs about integration and about their professional roles: perspectives from a european context. in t nikula, e dafouz, p moore, and u smit (eds), conceptualising integration in clil and multilingual education (pp. 145–167). multilingual matters. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781783096145-010 smajla, t. (2019). odnos do uvajanja vsebinsko in jezikovno integriranega učenja tujega jezika v zgodnjem obdobju. [attitudes toward the introduction of content and language integrated learning at an early age.] (doctoral thesis). koper: univerza na primorskem, straková, z. (2020). clil and global education: a meaningful match. society. integration. education. proceedings of the international scientific conference 5: 546-557. https://doi.org/10.17770/sie2020vol5.4819 suhandoko. (2019). clil-oriented and task-based efl materials development. elt worldwide 6(2): 144162. https://doi.org/10.26858/eltww.v6i2.10662 surmont, j., struys, e., noort., m. v., & craen, p. v. (2016). the effects of clil on mathematical content learning: a longitudinal study. studies in second language learning and teaching 6(2): 319-337. https://doi.org/10.14746/ssllt.2016.6.2.7 taillefer, g. (2013). clil in higher education: the (perfect?) crossroads of esp and didactic reflection. asp (63): 31-53. https://doi.org/10.4000/asp.3290 tzoannopoulou, m. (2015). rethinking esp: integrating content and language in the university classroom. procedia social and behavioral sciences 173: 149153. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.02.045 ustava republike slovenije /urs/ [the constitution of the republic of slovenia] (1991) uradni list rs, št. 75 (23. 12. 1991). available at: http://pisrs.si/pis.web/pregledpredpisa?id=usta1 (accessed 18 january 2021). van mensel, l., hiligsmann, p., mettewie, l., & galand, b. (2020). clil, an elitist language learning approach? a background analysis of english and dutch clil pupils in french-speaking belgium. language, culture and curriculum 33(1): 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2019.1571078 vettorel, p., & corrizzato, s. (2016). fostering awareness of the pedagogical implications of worlds englishes and elf in teacher education in italy. studies in second language learning and teaching 6(3): 487¬511. https://doi.org/10.14746/ssllt.2016.6.3.6 viebrock, h. j. (2009). bilingualer erdkundeunterricht. subjektive didaktische theorien von lehrerinnen und lehrern. frankfurt: peter lang. wei, r., & feng, j. (2015). implementing clil for young learners in an efl context beyond. english today 31(1): 55-60. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0266078414000558 yamano, y. (2013). clil in a japanese primary school: exploring the potential of clil in a japanese efl context. international clil research journal, 2 (1), 19-30. retrieved from http://www.icrj.eu/21/article2.html zarobe y r (2017) improving reading strategy knowledge in young children: what self-report https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2017.1334396 https://doi.org/10.21832/9781783096145-010 https://doi.org/10.17770/sie2020vol5.4819 https://doi.org/10.26858/eltww.v6i2.10662 https://doi.org/10.14746/ssllt.2016.6.2.7 https://doi.org/10.4000/asp.3290 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.02.045 http://pisrs.si/pis.web/pregledpredpisa?id=usta1 https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2019.1571078 https://doi.org/10.14746/ssllt.2016.6.3.6 https://doi.org/10.1017/s0266078414000558 14 english language teaching educational journal e-issn: 2621-6485 vol. 4, no. 1, 2021, pp. 1-14 smajla (the suitability of foreign language teaching in childhood according to the clil approach) questionnaires can reveal. estudios de lingüística inglesa aplicada (17): 15-45. https://doi.org/10.12795/elia.2017.i17.02 zhang, y., & wildemuth, b.m. (2009) qualitative analysis of content. in: b m wildemuth (ed) applications of social research methods to questions in information and library science (pp. 308¬319.) westport: libraries unlimited. supplementary material list of questions for the semi-structured interview: 1. what is your attitude towards the teaching and learning of a foreign language at an early age? 2. what is your attitude towards the clil approach? 3. what is your attitude towards the teaching and learning of a foreign language and towards the clil approach regarding the gender, years of service, and education level of the foreign language teacher? 4. have your attitudes changed and why? 5. how suitable is the clil approach in foreign language teaching? https://doi.org/10.12795/elia.2017.i17.02 sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 2, no. 1, 2019, pp. 13-21 e-issn: 2621-6485 a content analysis of the reading activities in “bright 2” an english textbook for junior high school students 1sucipto sucipto, 2septian dwi cahyo 1central china normal university 2universitas ahmad dahlan e-mail: sucipto@pbi.uad.ac.id. abstract this study aimed to analyze the reading activities in “bright 2”, an english textbook for grade viii students of junior high school in indonesia, by using bloom’s revised taxonomy. a content analysis was conducted to achieve the research purpose. the findings show that the textbook has dominant reading activities especially on the cognitive process of “analyze” and “apply” aspects mounting to 27% and 21% respectively out of the total 145 reading activities. meanwhile, the number of the higher and lower cognitive processes in this textbook is categorized balanced on the score of 49% of higher order thinking skills and 51% of the lower ones. there is a slight difference between the number of higher thinking skills and lower thinking skills since most reading activities found are on “analyze” aspect, which belong to the higher thinking skills while the second most frequent reading activities are found on “apply” aspect, which are lower thinking skills. however, “apply” and “analyze” aspects are placed at the 3rd and 4th in the taxonomy, which means that the textbook emphasizes the middle cognitive thinking process of bloom’s revised taxonomy, which is formed by “apply” and “analyze” thinking process. keywords: reading activities, efl textbook, bloom's revised taxonomy, content analysis how to cite: sucipto, s., & cahyo, s. d. (2019). a content analysis of the reading activities in “bright 2” an english textbook for junior high school students. english language teaching educational journal, 2(1), 13-21. introduction the most commonly used teaching material is textbooks. as textbooks are developed to implement the curriculum, they will provide structured learning objectives, learning activities, learning materials, and learning approaches as well so that they will improve students’ thinking structure or cognitive achievement. textbook is very helpful for teachers in conducting the teaching and learning process (wen-cheng, chien-hung, & chung-chieh, 2011). indonesia’s current curriculum, kurikulum 2013 (k13), is intended to make indonesian students be productive, creative, innovative, and effective by empowering and integrating attitudes, skills, and knowledge (departement pendidikan nasional, 2003). the significant differences of k13 and the previous curriculum are: k13 is balancing both hard-skills and soft-skills in the curriculum level. textbooks under this curriculum are developed based on activities for middle school, and integrated thematic based ones for the elementary school level. in addition, they use a scientific learning approach and employ summative and formative assessment (gunawan and daud, 2018). 14 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 the k13 demands the usage of an activities based textbook. the book design is intended to allow students to acquire knowledge as they know what, why, and how to solve the problems along the activities, thus the received information is meaningful for them (departement pendidikan nasional, 2003). as english is a compulsory subject in indonesia, the english textbook should also be developed based on the curriculum. the learning of english as a foreign language in indonesia needs a specific context to be meaningful. it also needs an activity-based book which can help the process of acquiring english inherent with the current curriculum. the activities meant here are the ones which provide hands-on experience to students in their process of acquiring knowledge and information with direct experience. in addition to providing direct experience, the activities are also expected to form a cognitive mindset in the students, i.e. activities which provide guidelines in the cognitive development of the students. due to these considerations, activities are central aspects of a textbooks. activities provided in textbooks are important aspects in developing students' thinking skills (assaly & igbaria, 2014). therefore, textbook plays a vital role in achieving the curriculum goal, with textbook needed to contribute to develop the student’s creative thinking (fatimah, 2018). boraie (2013) argues that teaching in english classes should focus on fostering student thinking as well as language content, outcomes, and learning activities. this argument is implemented in k13 in which the learning activities are student-centered learning. consequently, the textbooks are developed applying activity-based not content-based. bright 2 is one among numerous english textbooks which are based on curriculum 2013 in the market. it is published by erlangga which is one of the trusted educational textbook publishers in indonesia. since it is widely used in english language teaching in junior high schools in indonesia, it is essential to analyze the activities in bright 2 textbook analyzing whether or not the activities can develop students’ higher thinking skills. as the development of curriculum 2013 is based on bloom’s revised taxonomy, so that this study is aimed to analyze the activities in bright 2 textbook using bloom’s revised taxonomy. reading activities in textbooks nordquist (2015) defines reading as the process of extracting meaning from a written or printed text. reading is also a skill of communication. grabe and stoller (2002) define reading as the ability to draw meaning from the printed page and interpret this information appropriately. it is a process of understanding the message which is influenced by one’s knowledge. readers may be told that they have read if they are able to comprehend the passage about. therefore they obtain such knowledge or information from it. activities are very significant in controlling learners' thinking. they are also essential tools for examining students’ understanding of the learning material and assessing what levels of thinking students are using in the learning process (assaly, i., & igbaria, a. k., 2014). eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ sucipto, s., cahyo, s. d. 15 the textbook is commonly used by the teacher in the classroom as supporting media in language teaching. textbooks contain teaching material, activities to enhance students’ knowledge, and evaluation. using a textbook for classroom teaching gives a clear view of the teaching objectives, since it is developed based on standardized curriculum by government. textbooks provide structuralized teaching materials. harmer (2001) stated in order to be a success in learning english students need to be motivated, be exposed to language, given a chance to use the target language as much as possible. english textbooks provide learning objectives, teaching materials, language focus, task, activities and evaluation which give students familiar with the target language. textbook are wrritten to support the teaching and learning process. cunningsworth (1995) stated textbooks or coursebooks are best seen as a resource of achieving objectives that have already been set in terms of learner needs. teachers used materials in many different ways. according to tomlinson (2012), a textbook designed for providing teaching materials of language learning course as much as possible so it will be the base of language teaching and learning process. murray and christison (2011) defined textbooks as all types of published materials to give students more opportunities to learn. consequently, the textbook will be designed based on the current implemented curriculum in a country. richards (2001) stated textbooks as a commercial textbook,workbook, cassettes, cd’s, and teachers’ guide perhaps are the commonest teaching material in language teaching. further, brown (2001) stated that teachers can find learning material clear and most common in a textbook. thus, the textbook will effectively support the teacher and the language learning process since it is available in the market and has a lot of varieties. research on efl/esl textbooks has been a concern for both researchers and teachers. the textbook is not only designed for one-time usage or to maintain the sustainability of it but the material should also be contextual along the time. the analysis of the indonesian textbook comparing k13 and previous curriculum (ktsp/ school based curriculum) shows that there are significant differences and development on the textbooks’ content (hanifa, 2018). textbooks from the previous curriculum can be adapted for the current curriculum by revising the content with contemporary contexts and needs. for example, the ktsp textbooks had much more authentic materials while in k13 have limited authentic materials (hanifa, 2018). the evaluation and development should become a continuous process as well as education. the problem within the textbook is not always covering students’ needs, nor does it meet the instructor’s needs (abdelrahman, 2014; bouzid, 2017; gulzar & multan, 2017). therefore teachers need to revisit the textbook to make it suitable for teaching in the classroom. bloom’s taxonomy and bloom’s revised taxonomy activities in the textbook may direct students to develop creative thinking. it is a part of the higher-order thinking skills as stated in bloom’s cognitive taxonomy, which is widely known in education. it is a general 16 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 taxonomy that describes six levels for examining the fulfillment of the goals of learners' cognitive domains: knowledge, comprehension, application, analysis, synthesis, and evaluation. as a result, it has become a tool to deliver learning objectives and also analysis for research (assaly & igbaria, 2014). furthermore, the taxonomy has been revised by anderson, krathwohl, et al., in 2001 (krathwohl, 2002). the earlier taxonomy covered a single dimension of knowledge and became the base for developing learning evaluations, tests, activities, and objectives. however, on the process, the given objectives or evaluation are often assessed at the higher level of the taxonomy only and missed the intended level. the revised version by anderson, krathwohl, et al. changed the object-based taxonomy into process-based. therefore, the terms or names for knowledge, comprehension, application, analysis, synthesis, and evaluation aspects are renamed into remember, understand, apply, analyze, create and evaluate respectively; from nouns into verbs. the change implicitly stated that cognitive was not a product but a process, therefore the new naming used verb. furthermore, the revised taxonomy is also re-arranged the create taxonomy as the highest process switching it into “evaluate”. the taxonomy also revamped into two dimensions; cognitive process dimension and knowledge dimension. table 1 shows the level of cognitive process dimension level on the bloom’s revised taxonomy. table 1. cognitive process dimension level on bloom’s revised taxonomy (krathwohl, 2002) cognitive process dimension level definition remember retrieve relevant knowledge from longterm memory understand make meaning from instructional messages, including oral, written, and graphic communication long-term memory apply do or employ a process in a certain situation analyze break materials into parts and determine how the parts relate evaluate make judgments based on criteria and standards create set elements together to form a coherent or functional whole; we organize elements into a new pattern or structure throughout the years, there are a lot of researches on the efl textbooks which are based on the revised taxonomy. the analysis on textbook evaluation questions, testing question, reading comprehension questions, and language eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ sucipto, s., cahyo, s. d. 17 activities are analyzed by using the taxonomy to represents the cognitive process within the subjects (abdelrahman, 2014; assaly & igbaria, 2014; ismail & hanim, 2018; putri & komariah, 2018; soleimani & kheiri, 2016; tarman & kuran, 2015; zareian, davoudi, heshmatifar, & rahimi, 2015). there are many textbooks in the market that can be used for the teaching process, and teachers need to choose which textbook is most suitable to be used for the teaching process. however, most teachers are very dependent on the textbook. this research analyzed bright 2; an english course for junior high school students textbook which is one among numerous k13 based english textbooks in the market. it aimed at analyzing to what extent the textbook encourages students to think under higher order thinking skills (hots) and was done by examining and assessing the total number of the reading activities in the intended textbook. as k13 demands the textbook to be based on activities to develop the students’ knowledge, therefore, to determine the cognitive process level of the activities in bright 2 textbook, the analysis of the study was conducted based on bloom's revised taxonomy (brt). research method this research applied content analysis research type investigating the level of the cognitive domains of the reading activities in bright 2 textbook. there were 19 chapters with 145 reading activities in the textbook. these data were listed, reviewed and classified based on bloom’s revised taxonomy. in addition, an english teacher was invited to conduct the data validation. afterward, the classified data were calculated and compared to identify the dominant cognitive process in the activities. findings and discussion to achieve the objective of the research, the researcher collected and analyzed the content of the bright 2 textbook using bloom’s revised cognitive taxonomy. there were 145 reading activities on the textbook collected from 19 units. table 2 describes the frequencies and percentages of each cognitive process. table 2. frequencies and percentages of cognitive process cognitive process quantity percentages remember 23 16 % understand 20 14 % apply 30 21 % analyze 39 27 % evaluate 6 4 % create 27 18 % total 145 100 % 18 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 table 2 shows the analysis of the reading activities in the textbook based on bloom’s revised taxonomy classification. the table shows that the most dominant cognitive process was the “analyze” process by 27% (39 activities0 and followed by the “apply” process reaching the percentage of 21% (30 activities). this “analyze” category included the cognitive processes of “differentiating”, “organizing”, and “attributing”. therefore, objectives classified as “analyze” involve learning activities determining the relevant or essential pieces of a message (differentiating), how the pieces of a word are configured (organizing), and the underlying purpose of the message (attributing) (mayer, 2001). meanwhile, the least cognitive process on reading activities was found at the “evaluate” process. “evaluate” is one of the complex cognitive processes (raths, james, 2002). under “evaluate” category, it was found out that there were only 6 activities or 4 %. in other words, there were only a few activities in the textbook which require students to do evaluation exercises. as explained previously, the classification of bloom’s cognitive process is divided into two groups, i.e. higher and lower cognitive process. the higher cognitive process includes “analyze”, “evaluate” and “create”, while “remember”, “understand” and “apply” are grouped into lower thinking processes (soleimani & kheiri, 2016). using this classification, the data analysis shows that the number of the higher cognitive process level of reading activities in bright 2 is less compared to the lower level thinking process. the higher cognitive process level is 49 % with 72 reading activities while the lower cognitive process level is 51 % with 73 reading activities. the distribution of the activities between higher and lower cognitive processes has almost the same number which represents the balance of both cognitive process levels. however, the most dominant cognitive process in the textbook is “analyze”’ and ‘”apply”’ with 27% and 21% consecutively which represents that the textbook’s intended goal is to develop students’ skills to use english concepts appropriately. this is in accordance with the objective that the textbook is designed for english foreign learners. considering the results above, it suggested that bright 2 should be able to encourage students to have a higher cognitive process because the higher cognitive process will lead the success to achieve the curriculum goal. it’s because bright 2 is designed for the 8 graders of junior high school so the researchers think that the introduction to create reading activities is needed to develop students' cognitive dimension process into the higher process. besides, the students' success can be identified by classifying and improving their level of cognitive development (ismail & hanim, 2018). bloom’s taxonomy has been broadly used as an essential topic for training thinking skills to stimulate higher order thinking in education such as analyzing and evaluating rather than other skills (soo, hasan, jangga, & mat, 2015). conclusion the results show that bright 2; an english course for junior high school students textbook emphasizes the middle-lower cognitive process as the majority eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ sucipto, s., cahyo, s. d. 19 of the activities are on “apply” and “analyze” cognitive process. however, most reading activities appear in “analyze” cognitive process, which belongs to higher cognitive process. the reading activities are at the lower thinking process as it has 51 % with 73 reading activities. the higher thinking process has 49 % with 72 reading activities. there is a slight difference between the number higher thinking process and lower thinking process, since most reading activities are on “analyze” which belongs to higher thinking process while the second most frequent reading activities are “apply”, which belongs to the lower thinking process. meanwhile, “apply” and “analyze” is placed on the 3rd and 4th in the taxonomy. thus, it could be concluded that the textbook emphasizes the middle cognitive thinking process of bloom’s revised taxonomy, which is formed by “apply” and “analyze” thinking process. references abdelrahman, m. s. h. b. (2014). an analysis of the tenth grade english language textbooks questions in jordan based on the revised edition of bloom’s taxonomy. journal of education and practice, 5(18), 139–151. assaly, i., & igbaria, a. k. (2014). a content analysis of the reading and listening activities in the efl textbook of master class. education journal ibtihal assaly education journal, 3(2), 24–38. https://doi.org/10.11648/j.edu.20140302.11. boraie, deena. (2013). 8 current trends in teaching and learning efl/esl. http://blog.tesol.org/8-current-trends-in-teaching-and-learning-eflesl/ accessed on 18/1/2016 at 5.56pm bouzid, h. a. (2017). an evaluation of selected moroccan elt textbooks: a standards-based approach perspective. indonesian journal of applied linguistics, 7(1), 229. https://doi.org/10.17509/ijal.v7i1.6879 brown, h. douglas. (2001). teaching by principle (an interactive approach to language pedagogy, second eeition). san francisco: addison wesley longman,inc. cunningsworth, alan. (1995). choosing your coursebook. oxford; macmillan publishers. departement pendidikan nasional. (2003). sistem pendidikan nasional. in undang-undang ri no. 20 tahun 2003. fatimah, n. (2018). students’ needs for academic writing at the english education department. english language teaching educational journal, 1(3), 161-175. 20 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 grabe, william and stoller, l. (2002). teaching and researching reading. london: pearson education longman. gulzar, s., & multan, n. (2017). an evaluation of english textbook at matriculation level in multan division, pakistan. european journal of english language teaching, 2(4), 114–134. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.835635 hanifa, r. (2018). efl published materials : an evaluation of english textbooks for junior high school in indonesia. advances in language and literary studies, 9(2009), 166–174. https://doi.org/10.7575/aiac.alls.v.9n.2p.166 harmer, jeremy. (2009). how to teach english; new edition. saffron walden; pearson longman. gunawan, h. and daud, a. (2018). the implementation of 2013 curriculum in english teaching: stories from rural areas. english language teaching educational journal, 1(2), 65-75. ismail, y. m. a. r., & hanim, h. (2018). analyzing the reading questions of ap12 textbook according to analyzing the reading questions of ap12 textbook according to bloom’s taxonomy. international journal of education, psychology and counseling, 3(22), 84–94. krathwohl, d. r. (2002). a revision of bloom’s taxonomy : an overview benjamin s. bloom, university of chicago. theory into practice, 41(4), 212–218. mayer, richard, e. (2002). rote versus meaningful learning, theory into practice, volume 41, number 4, autumn, 226-232. murray, denise e. and christison, maryann. (2011). what english language teachers need to know volume ii: facilitating learning. new york; routledge. nordquist, richard. (2015). reading glossary of grammatical and rhetorical terms. http://grammar.about.com/od/rs/g/readingterm.htm accessed on 30 january 2016 at 1.45 pm putri, m. a., & komariah, e. (2018). a content analysis of activities in english textbook “when english rings a bell.” research in english and education (read), 3(2), 147–153. raths, james. (2002). improving instruction. theory into practice, volume 41, number 4, autumn, 233-237. eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ sucipto, s., cahyo, s. d. 21 richards, jack c. (2001). curriculum development in language teaching. cambridge; cambridge university press. soleimani, h., & kheiri, s. (2016). an evaluation of tefl postgraduates’ testing classroom activities and assignments based on bloom’s revised taxonomy. theory and practice in language studies, 6(4), 861–869. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spa.2013.01.004 soo, k. y., hasan, n. h., jangga, r., & mat, k. s. n. i. (2015). innovating with hots for the esl reading class. english language teaching, 8(8), 10. tarman, b., & kuran, b. (2015). examination of the cognitive level of questions in social studies textbooks and the views of teachers based on bloom taxonomy. educational sciences: theory & practice, 15(1), 213–222. https://doi.org/10.12738/estp.2015.1.2625 tomlinson, brian. (2011). materials development in language teaching: second edition. cambridge; cambridge university press. wen-cheng, w., chien-hung, l., & chung-chieh, l. (2011). thinking of the textbook in the esl/efl classroom. english language teaching, 4 (2), 91. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v4n2p91 zareian, g., davoudi, m., heshmatifar, z., & rahimi, j. (2015). an evaluation of questions in two esp coursebooks based on bloom’s new taxonomy of cognitive learning domain. international journal of education and research, 3(8), 313–326. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spa.2013.01.004 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 211 10.12928/eltej.v3i3.2460 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id constructive alignment of assessment practices in english language classrooms lynrose jane dumandan genona,1,*, chezka bianca p. torres b,2 a, b mindanao state university-iligan institute of technology, andres bonifacio ave, iligan city, 9200 lanao del norte, philippines 1 lynrosejane.genon@g.msuiit.edu.ph*; 2 chezkabianca.torres@g.msuiit.edu.ph * corresponding author 1. introduction while teaching and learning are fundamental areas in language acquisition, the picture is not complete without assessment, which serve as mediating channels between the lesson and the learner. assessment should be in the limelight because it provides a basis for implicit or explicit judgments. it determines whether or not the goals of teaching are met. it affects decisions about grades, advancement, syllabus, curriculum, and instruction. it evaluates how much of the teaching is taken in by learners and if the students are learning what they are supposed to learn. it has an indispensable influence and role in language classrooms as it affects both teaching and learning. a study on assessment vis-à-vis learning and teaching will allow for a more insightful investigation of significant classroom phenomena (alderson & banerjee,2001). the power of assessment in transforming language learning and teaching may be more potent than expected (jin, 2017). the study examines the strength and usefulness of assessment in second language teaching and learning and infers the views and principles practiced by language teachers in local classrooms through their assessment practices. its main focus is evaluating whether the assessment task targeted the intended skill in the learning objectives through looking at its content validity. the study examined the assessment practices in four elementary english language classrooms to see how these reflect the language teaching and learning. it specifically sought answers to the following questions: a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 04 july 2020 revised 17 august 2020 accepted 14 december 2020 this qualitative study identified the language assessment practices in terms of purpose, type, and timing in four elementary language classes in the philippines. it then evaluated the constructive alignment and content validity of the assessment and described how the constructive alignment reflects the quality of teaching and learning in these language classrooms. findings revealed that the assessment practices are entrenched in the teachers’ pedagogy serving various purposes (like monitoring, facilitation and motivation) other than evaluation. generally, the assessment content and tasks show alignment to targeted learning goals. several assessments, however, do not target the intended skill but rather tapped on the sub-skill, and they reveal alignment issues as well as teaching-learning conditions in the classrooms. findings uncover, albeit a snapshot, of the gaps not only in assessment practices, but also in the articulation of curriculum goals leaving teachers to interpret and operationalize these on their own. these issues affect the students’ achievement since alignment affects achievement and opportunity to learn is at optimum levels when lesson plans are aligned with benchmarks, standards, and assessments, thus increasing academic achievement. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords language assessments language classrooms constructive alignment http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id mailto:lynrosejane.genon@g.msuiit.edu.ph* mailto:chezkabianca.torres@g.msuiit.edu.ph http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 212 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) what are the purposes, types, and timing of the language assessment practices investigated? what is the quality of the constructive alignment and the content validity of the language assessment practices investigated? how does the quality of constructive alignment of the assessment practices reflect teaching and learning in these language classrooms? 1.1. language learning in the philippines the english language education in the philippines is frequently faced with low academic performance among filipino students. despite the extensive effort of the department of education in the learning of the english language, pupil performance was generally low in subjects that relied on english (bautista, bernardo, ocampo, 2009). in the program for international student assessment (pisa), the philippines ranks last among 79 countries in reading comprehension, and also ends up in the low 70s in mathematics and science. low functional literacy skills is apparent in the assessment results (pisa 2018 results, 2019). this problem can be attributed to many factors, such as poverty, lack of school facilities, learning resources and qualified teachers who can teach english in diverse contexts, languages, levels, and regions (madrunio, martin, & plata, 2016). bautista, bernardo, ocampo (2009) also suggested that this is due to poor teacher quality, and irrelevant learning materials in the classroom. looking into the said language learning problem and failure in achieving english competence as ideally projected in the curriculum’s aim, it is imperative to investigate the language classroom and examine the major components of language classroom, teaching, learning and assessment, to understand the problem in the grassroots. 1.2. assessment and the teaching-learning process in language classroom, teaching and learning and assessment share a cyclic relationship. assessment is an integral component of teaching and learning. its influence on the teaching and learning process makes it a crucial component of school improvement (banda,2005). assessment for learning guides and facilitates the teacher in monitoring and empowering students in their learning, in a way assessment supplements teaching and learning. assessment can also evaluate and at the same time improve teaching and learning. ideally, knowing how to assess students in order to improve instruction is a core principle of effective teaching (bautista, bernardo, ocampo, 2009). according to the department of education the purposes of school-based assessment are: (1) to improve the teaching and learning process, (2) to identify student’s strengths and weaknesses, (3) to determine the student’s subject area performance and/or achievement, and (4) to report student progress to parents. learning and teaching can be explored by examining assessment. the manner and the choice of assessment on a given set of learning objectives can yield insights to the quality of learning and teaching that is transpiring. by investigating the method, timing, content and format of assessment and evaluating its constructive alignment, the results may shed light to the realities and challenges both teachers and learners face in language classrooms. assessment practices, content, and quality of constructive alignment, are key indicators to assess whether the experiences in the classroom have met the target learning objectives. they help in identifying gaps in the teaching and learning process and understanding language classroom. according to (banda, 2005), teacher’s knowledge and skills, academic qualification, experience, perception and the educational program is an influencing factor in classroom assessment practices together with the class size, teaching and learning resources, student-student interaction and student-teacher interaction. in the context of the philippines, teachers have the responsibility and the ability to shape the language classroom, as exemplified by the department of education cited in mariñas and ditapat (2011) stating that “the curriculum is designed to be interpreted by teachers and implemented with variations. schools are encouraged to innovate and enrich or adapt, as long as they have met the basic requirements of the curriculum” (p. 114). however, in a study conducted by deocampo (2013) on the alignment of pedagogical task and test task, results showed that there are glitches in pre-service language teachers’ administration of the classes. results of the study show that problematic practices in designing assessment such as incoherence between the learning objective and the employed task, mismatch between instruction and test, and testing other skills not specified in the construct. therefore, giving the teachers the responsibility and ability in shaping the language issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 213 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) classrooms entails the necessity to educate and train them about effective and useful instructional methodologies in language pedagogy. 1.3. assessment in language classrooms taking the interconnected relationship of teaching, learning and assessment, alignment is then essential in optimizing the learning conditions for quality learning. according to biggs (as cited in mclaughlin (2001), if there is a match between the assessment tasks, learning activities and objectives, the student will learn what is intended. the use of an aligned design process ensures that there is consistency between objectives, learning activities and assessment. assessment is vital to effective language teaching (brown, 2001). an understanding of this interwoven relationship requires examination of the alignment of test constructs, learning objectives, and of the many other facets and qualities that make a test or assessment useful. this alignment pertains to teaching and testing in the same way and with the same objective brown (cited in deocampo, 2013). this suggests the parallelism of the instruction, desired outcomes, and assessment. according to carol chapelle and geoff brindley (2002), “assessment refers to the act of collecting information and making ‘judgments’ about a language learner’s knowledge of a language and ability to use it” (p. 267), without the learner feeling a sense that he or she is being constantly judged according to his or her degree of knowledge or competence (brown, 2001). assessment can either be conducted through the use of formal measurements, tests, portfolios, journals, and the like, or by an informal method which may be planned or unplanned without a need for explicit or fixed judgments about a student’s competence for the purpose of recording results. assessment complements teaching and learning. assessment both formative and summative facilitates the feedback process of improving learning. through assessment, learners are able to evaluate their responses and make adjustments on what and how they learn. it serves as an avenue in the language classroom from which students can identify gaps in knowledge, important information, and even connect procedural errors or misconceptions. through assessment, they can chart their own development. on the other hand, this process allows teachers to make adjustments on what and how they teach. assessment as opposed to tests cover a much wider domain. tests are formal tools of assessment that consist of specified tasks through which language abilities are elicited. this subset to assessment, as stated by brown (2001), is a “method of measuring a person’s ability or knowledge in a given domain”. it is a prepared instrument which is specifically designed to tap into the learner’s storehouse of skills and knowledge. it occurs at identifiable times when learners are aware that their performance is being measured and evaluated. essential to useful tests is construct and content. these are the two important aspects of test validity. as demonstrated in palmer and bachman’s model, validity pertains to the degree to which the test actually measures what it claims to measure, and it is the extent to which interpretations made on the basis of test scores are appropriate and meaningful. furthermore, according to coombe (2010), a test is said to be valid if it tests what was taught and how it was taught. content validity pertains to how an assessment calls for performance that matches that of the established set of goals or instructional objectives in a particular course or unit. examples of these objectives are the written descriptions of what students are expected to be able to know and be able to do at a specific stage of their education, and these objectives are typically reflected in the curriculum or lesson plan. 1.4. constructive alignment biggs (2003) introduced the constructive alignment system which is an approach to curriculum design that puts prime importance to quality learning. according to biggs (as cited in mcloughlin, 2001), if there is a match between the assessment tasks, learning activities and objectives, the student will learn what is intended. it is also expounded in mcloughlin’s (2001) study entitled ‘inclusivity and alignment: principles of pedagogy, task and assessment design for effective crosscultural online learning’ that the use of an aligned design process ensures that there is consistency between objectives, learning activities, and assessment. basically, constructive alignment has two major aspects according to the biggs (2003)—the constructive aspect and the alignment aspect. the ideas that students construct through meaningful learning activities is the focus of the constructive aspect, and alignment aspect centers on what the 214 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) teacher does. the use of this aligned process ensures that there is consistency between objectives, learning activities, and assessment. and this aligned process has an effect on students' achievement. the relationship of alignment to student achievement was discussed by squires (2012) emphasizing that research on curriculum alignment suggests that alignment significantly improves student achievement. this is true in the case of american schools according to cohen (as cited in squire, 2012). it was found out that the lack of excellence in american schools is not caused by ineffective teaching but mostly by misaligning what teachers teach and what they assess as having been taught. this established connection between assessment and achievement is also reflected in bloom’s model, cited in squire’s study, which showed that when curriculum, instruction, and lesson planning are aligned with curriculum-embedded tests (and there is a teach, test, re-teach, test model in place), students’ test results can improve dramatically. in his study on designing a unit assessment using constructive alignment, (lawrence, 2019) concluded that the correlation between teaching, learning outcomes and assessment helps make the overall learning experience more transparent and meaningful for students. by aligning the assessment with the learning outcomes means that students know how their achievement will be measured. in australian universities, the roles of achieving alignment of university strategic plans with curricula and graduate attributes are increasingly assigned to faculty and discipline educational developers and designers according to oliver (as cited in gesa, olubukola & linda, 2019), highlighting the crucial role of teachers in achieving alignment in design of teaching and learning. research findings on curriculum design and course delivery call for more emphasis and detailed focus on ‘…engaging pedagogies, professional development for instructors, course designers and administrators should give alignment the long over-due attention…so that proper implementation of the constructive alignment can be ensured in practice’ (wang et al..2013, p. 488). 2. research method this study used naturalistic enquiry combined with qualitative methods in data gathering to examine the usefulness of assessment in four selected elementary school classrooms. the researchers focused on studying classroom situations as they unfold naturally; it is non manipulative and non-controlling; and the researchers were open to whatever emerges (there is no predetermined constraints or findings). the aims of this study were well-suited for qualitative-descriptive research methodology. the instruments used yielded qualitative data. 2.1. locale of the study the research took place in iligan city, an urbanized city situated in northern mindanao – region 10. cebuano is the major language in the city and the majority of the population speaks english as their second language. the selection of the locale of the study is purposive. the public elementary school selected for this research is tambo central school, which is formerly known as iligan city east central school (icecs) and is situated in tambo, hinaplanon, iligan city, located in southern philippines. this school is one of the top performing elementary public schools in iligan city, making it fitting to draw inferences from the teaching-learning practices in the classroom. 2.2. research participants the participants in this study were chosen based on a purposive sampling method. grade levels three to six were chosen since the said grade levels use english as a medium of instruction thus making second language learning relevant. the participants are students, who belong to the achievers’ class and their teachers. the students belong to the section for high achievers in grades three to six. the basis for the students’ sectioning is their academic standing. the grade schoolers are between 9-12 years old, mostly coming from an indigent or average earning family. the english teachers of these students, on the other hand, are regular english teachers. these teachers have been in the teaching profession for more than 15 years and have graduated with a degree of bachelor of science in elementary education. one of the bases for assigning the teachers to the achievers’ class is their seniority and the evaluation of the school principal. they are also usually recommended by senior master teachers. these teachers are also considered to be one of the best teachers in their school based on their credentials and qualifications. the observed class for issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 215 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) each grade level is the section for the high achievers. each class consists of an average number of 40 students, wherein two thirds is female and one third is male. the classes are only observed during their english class which is scheduled in the morning. the class covers a one-hour duration per session. 2.3. data gathering procedures data gathering was initially done through conducting a pilot testing of the observation form and interview questionnaire. these instruments were then modified based on the results of the pilot testing and of the feedback of the teachers. the participants of the pilot phase were not allowed to participate in the actual data gathering phase. in answering question number one (1), the language assessment practices were gathered through classroom observation in a span of one week during the third quarter in grades three to six. this also includes their periodical exam on the said quarter. during the actual data gathering, the researchers gathered field notes of all forms of assessment practices per grade level in a span of one week, within the third quarter of the academic year. the observation covered five class sessions per grade level, wherein each session lasted for an hour. furthermore, the data were gathered through conducting a direct observation within the targeted time frame. the researchers were watching rather than taking part of the class. observations were done objectively excluding personal biases and perceptions of the observers. the assessment practices are then presented with their purpose, type, timing, corresponding description, the intended learning objective, and also the test specifications for formal assessment. the researchers also procured copies of the third periodical tests and a set of learning objectives per grade level. periodical tests are summative assessment administered quarterly. it is not a teachermade test, rather it is a division-made test. it is a centralized test tailored from the budgeted skills or the objectives in the teacher’s lesson plan provided by the department of education (deped). all the designed third periodical exams for each grade are used in all elementary public schools in iligan city. to aid in the analysis of assessment practices and the administered tests, the researchers inferred the constructs of these tests. these were later validated by three experts in the field of language teaching and linguistics. the data gathering for question number two (2), on the other hand, takes its foundation from the input about constructive alignment. this part looks into the constructive alignment of the gathered assessment practices presented in the first question. this aligned design process ensures that there is consistency between objectives, learning activities, and assessment. for the purpose of evaluating the alignment of the objectives and the corresponding tasks, the researchers gathered the assessment tasks administered in the classrooms as well as the learning objectives which said tasks are based on. the researchers inferred the constructs or the abilities that tasks measure and conducted interviews with the teachers and focus group discussion with the students. the focus group discussion with the students and interviews of the teachers were done to supplement the data gathered in the observation phase. ten students, five male and five female, per grade level, were chosen randomly for the focus group discussion. the questions asked were about the activities and assessment practices conducted during the lessons covered in the observation and matters about their periodical test—who prepared the test, how reviews were conducted, and their attitude towards the test. teachers were also interviewed about their lessons and about their periodical tests. this study used a one-on-one non-structured interview to fill in the possible missedout assessment practices during the direct observation and to elicit information about their periodical test. this is a confirmatory process as to why such activities and assessment tasks were done in the classroom. the learning objectives were taken from the teacher’s lesson guide that is provided by the department of education (deped). all teachers in public elementary schools have the same lesson guides; however, teachers still have the autonomy in tailoring the provided lesson guide in the actual classroom. the answer to the last question takes into account all the issues that have been discovered in evaluating the constructive alignment of the assessment tasks administered in the four classrooms giving a picture of the numerous gaps in the curriculum, its operationalization in the classroom, and its assessment. this is used as a basis in making inferences about the teaching and learning in these four english language classrooms. 216 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) 3. findings and discussion 3.1. problem 1: what are the language assessment practices in terms of purpose, type and timing? assessment practices in four grade levels in the classroom observation for grades four to six, with a total duration of 20 hours, there are a total of 98 assessment practices gathered, both formal and informal assessment. every classroom has an average of 25 assessment practices in a week. given this number of assessment practices, we can infer that every classroom has a good number of assessment practices which reflects that assessment practices are of much importance in the language classroom. it is also observable that in every session, the majority of the time is allotted to various assessment practices—collaborative work, interactive discussion, and oral recitation. research conducted that the use of tasks in language classrooms that encourage learners to work together and collaborate in the solution of their language-related problems pushes learners to talk about the language they are using and pool their individual resources to solve the linguistic problems they encounter (dobao, 2014). the data also reveals that most of the assessment practices are informal and are part of the teaching activities. moreover, as to the timing and purpose, it is revealed in the data that the assessment practices that are administered before the discussion are used to gauge students’ needs. the assessment practices during the discussion facilitate learning and are part of the teaching activities. these assessment practices monitor students’ progress and encourage engagement, participation, and collaboration. and those which are administered after the discussion are used to evaluate how much is learned from the lesson. third quarter periodical test in four grade levels the periodical tests in the grade levels ranges from 40-50 items which are multiple choice except for the writing part. this test is administered at the end of the third quarter thus covers the learning objectives of the entire quarter which comprises nine weeks and is equivalent to 45 sessions with a duration of 45 hours, since one session is equal to one hour. from the given data it is evident that the items of the test are distributed to four macro skills listening, speaking, reading and writing. this tells us that the test taps the four macro-skills in the language learning, however, the items are not evenly distributed. most of the items are concentrated on speaking and reading. the less assessed skill in the test is writing and listening which comprises an average of five items in the said tests. thus, it can be inferred in the data that the macro-skills are not equally assessed. testing all four macro-skills is crucial in language learning, not only for fairness to the learners but also to their proficiency profiles. taking the interconnectivity of teaching, learning, and assessment into account, what is tested can affect what is taught as well as what is learned. selective testing can cause uneven attention paid to language skills resulting to uneven profiles of proficiency skills of learners (powers, 2010). 3.2. problem 2: how are these assessment practices constructively aligned and the assessment content valid? looking closer at the test for the purpose of the evaluation of the alignment of the objectives and the corresponding tasks, the researchers gathered the learning objectives from which the assessment tasks are based on; the researchers inferred the constructs or the abilities that tasks measure and conducted interviews with the teachers and focus group discussion with the students. the evaluation of alignment takes its foundation from the input about constructive alignment. according to biggs (as cited by mcloughlin, 2001), the student will learn what is intended if there is a match between assessment tasks, learning activities, and objectives. this is called constructive alignment. in addition, kurz, talapatra and roach (2012), also exemplified that the test must comprise items that sample exclusively across the constructs expressed in the intended curriculum which students (presumably) had the opportunity to learn during classroom discussion. drawing upon the content of the assessment tasks, it is observable that there are assessment tasks that are aligned to the targeted objectives. in examples 6.1 to 6.5 shown in appendix d, the learning objective intends students to demonstrate their ability to distinguish advertisements from propaganda. this skill is subsumed under the speaking macro-skill. in the data, five (5) observable assessment practices were identified. all these assessment practices elicited performance for issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 217 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) learners to demonstrate the desired skill to be obtained by the end of the lesson. in terms of content validity, each task is relevant and representative of the construct expressed in the learning objective. there is a match between the task and the content or subject area being assessed. the performance of the students indicates that they have successfully achieved the intended learning outcome, showing that the assessment practices are constructively aligned. however, some assessment tasks are not aligned with the intended learning objectives identified in the study. misaligned assessment tasks include tasks that are inadequate in assessing the four macro-skills of language as shown in the data. it also includes tasks that are insufficient operationalization of the intended learning objectives. there are language classes observed where learning objectives were not reflected in the assessment tasks, misinterpreted and translated to erroneous tasks, there are also misplaced tasks and, in some cases, there are too many tasks targeting the enabling skills failing to target the intended skill. additionally, some tasks target the intended learning objectives, however still considered misaligned for performance-based learning objectives are reduced into knowledge-based assessment tasks, and some tasks are inauthentic. inadequacy in assessing the four macro-skills of language learning there are assessment tasks that the items are inadequately distributed to assess the intended knowledge and ability of students expressed in the learning objective. in the periodical tests, it is evident that the items of the test are distributed to four macro skills—listening, speaking, reading, and writing. the data shows that the test taps the four macro-skills in the language learning, however, as to the distribution of the items it is evident that items are not evenly distributed. most of the items are concentrated on speaking and reading. the less assessed skill in the test is writing and listening which comprises an average of five items in the said tests. thus, it can be inferred in the data that the macro-skills are not equally assessed. for example, the grade three periodical test, almost all test items are in a multiple-choice type of test, except for the writing part, which constitutes five points of the exam. the data as shown in appendix d shows that the items of the test are not evenly distributed to the four macro-skills. there are only eight items attributed for listening, 16 for speaking, ten for reading, and six for writing. it is evident in the data that the test does not measure the four macro-skills equally. though enough number of items are attributed to speaking and reading skills, it is still important to point out that an eight-item test is insufficient in measuring listening skill and a six-item task is insufficient to measure writing skill. considering that summative decisions that include passing or failing students and certifying their level of ability will be based on this test, it is important to take these issues into account. testing all four macro-skills is crucial in language learning, not only for fairness to the learners but also to their proficiency profiles. taking the interconnectivity of teaching, learning, and assessment into account, what is tested can affect what is taught as well as what is learned. selective testing can cause uneven attention paid to language skills resulting in uneven profiles of proficiency skills of learners (powers, 2010). lack / insufficient operationalization of the intended learning objectives in the data, these refer to assessment tasks which are insufficient in terms of the extent to which it covers the intended learning objectives. these tasks do not comprise the number of items that sample exclusively across the constructs expressed in the intended curriculum and do not sufficiently gauge the depth and breadth the objective outlined. for example, in assessment 3.9 shown in appendix d, the objective that it targets is both the ability to read and write “oa” digraph but the assessment tasks focus on the recognition and reading ability only. in this part, the objective of reading and writing words, phrases, and sentences with “oa” diphthong is not reflected in the assessment tasks. no assessment task intends to facilitate and assess the skill expressed in this objective. this shows that there are learning objectives that are not reflected in the assessment of tasks. it is also evident from the test that there is a faulty interpretation of constructs made by the testmaker. the examples 5.24 and 5.25 in appendix d, which intends to measure the ability of students to infer the general mood of the selection. the mood as interpreted in the test refers to the literal emotion of the character or the prevailing emotion manifested in the situation which is erroneous since mood as a literary device does not solely pertain to the emotion or feeling. given this faulty interpretation, it affects how the construct is being measured and also limits the learning and 218 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) performance of the students. some tasks are also misplaced for they are just randomly inserted in the discussion which can potentially create confusion for the pupils. for example, assessment task 3.10 in appendix d is the transition of the previous and new lesson but was administered as the third assessment tasks in class. this should have been the first task to be administered since it marks the end of the previous lesson. the two preceding tasks are formative assessments for the new lesson. there are also instances where too many tasks are targeting the enabling skills. this leads to failure to meet the target skill and insufficiency in the operationalization of the intended objective. this is evident in examples 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3 in appendix d. although unlocking of difficulty is necessary to prepare and enable the students to comprehend the text that is to be discussed in class, allotting three assessment tasks in achieving this purpose is excessive. unnecessary tasks consume time that would have been allotted to other more important tasks that will target the intended learning objective. performance-based learning objectives and knowledge-based assessment tasks performance-based learning objectives require assessment tasks where students are engaged in certain activities or create products to demonstrate their academic knowledge and abilities, (alsardary, pontiggia, hamid, & blumberg, 2011) for the level of engagement affects subsequent language development (zabihi, 2020). in this case, most of the items insufficiently measure the intended learning objective as it only taps the recognition knowledge of the pupils. for example, the learning objectives that require students to produce sentences and use words in sentences are reduced to recognizing and identifying words. in this case, the tasks fail to cover the extent of the intended learning objectives. this is also evident in the misaligned writing tasks. writing assessment for grade 5 pupils stops at the format level and lacks a rubric for evaluation and scoring. in the learning objective where students are expected to write a telegram, the assessment task asks learners to write the jumbled parts of the letter properly while observing correct punctuation marks and capitalization as shown in example 5.pt. 46-50 in appendix d. as stated in the k-12 curriculum, for grade five (5) level, the students are already able to plan a 2-3 paragraph composition writing and they already can compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical structures but the test only assesses their ability to arrange the given parts of a letter following a prescribed format. in examples 3.15, 3.16, and 3.17 in appendix d where the learning objectives focused on the writing and speaking skills of the students, the assessment practices in this part are aligned but it is not able to completely cover the intended learning objectives. in these assessment tasks, reading, writing phrases and sentences with “oa” diphthong is assessed by just underlining diphthongs in the given text. in this particular example, we can infer low-level comprehension tasks are also evident in the data. reading comprehension tasks stop at the inferential level and most of the tasks assessing the students’ reading skills were not as intellectually demanding as it should be. assessment tasks 32, 3.5, and 3.6 are shown in appendix d facilitate comprehension which is an enabling skill of writing because it is necessary for students to fully comprehend the text before they can create a written output based on the text. however, what makes these problematic is that these comprehension tasks stop at the inferential level which is just level 2 of the dimension of reading comprehension based on gray, gates smith, and barret’s model. the students are yet to go through levels 3 and 4 which are critical and integrative before they can reproduce the text information in a different form, which is level 5 and is the target of the lesson objective. we can infer then that these tasks fail in preparing the pupils to do the task which requires them to write a short note of advice to the country mouse. among the recurring issues observed from all the summative assessment tests being examined, this test shares the common issue of how the construct as expressed in the learning objects are reduced to be measured only in terms of its cognitive aspect. this is well-exemplified examples 6. pt.13-16 in appendix d. this shows how the content of the test items do not sufficiently cover and represent the intended learning objective. inadequacy of the test content mirrors the extent to which the learning objectives are measured. it also mirrors how students’ demonstration of their level of ability is constrained or enabled (lewkowicz, 2000). if such is the case, then we can infer based on the content that there is a weak constructive alignment of the test. the test tasks contained in the tests do not fully match the learning objectives specified. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 219 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) inauthentic assessment tasks it is also important to point out that most of the tasks, though aligned, are devoid of context. bachman and palmer (as cited in phakiti, 2008) stated that for a test to be authentic, given language test tasks should correspond to the features of a “target language use” task. learning becomes meaningful and effective if the students are allowed to link their school activities to real-life experience. therefore, if the tasks are contextualized, most likely there will be better retention (lewkowicz, 2000). so, in this case, where assessment tasks are devoid of context, less retention will be expected from the students. in this study, these are tasks devoid of context to demonstrate and apply the extent to which they were able to acquire the intended skill. in example 5.22 in appendix d, the assessment task is aligned to the learning objective, however, it is devoid of context. the students were tasked to write five sentences based on a picture that is randomly picked by the teachers. in this example, though this task will make the student write it is still not considered meaningful learning for the students cannot make a connection between the classroom and real-world tasks. 3.3. problem 3: how do the quality of constructive alignment in these assessment practices reflect teaching and learning in these language classrooms? taking into account all these issues that have been discovered in the evaluation of constructive alignment of the assessment tasks administered in the four classrooms, we can have a picture, albeit a snapshot, of the numerous gaps in the curriculum, its operationalization in the classroom, and its assessment. thus, we can infer that the constructive alignment of the assessment practices in these classrooms are problematic. as stated by mcloughlin (2001) and jervis l.m. & jervis l. (2005), the use of an aligned design process ensures that there is consistency between objectives, learning activities, and assessment. however, there are assessment tasks that are not aligned with the intended learning objectives identified in the study. these include tasks that are inadequate in assessing the four macro-skills of language as shown in the data. it also includes tasks that lack or are insufficient operationalization of the intended learning objectives. there are language classes observed where learning objectives were not reflected in the assessment tasks. insufficient operationalization appears in the form of misinterpretation of learning objectives misplaced tasks and, in some cases, there are too many tasks targeting the enabling skills failing to target the intended skill. additionally, some tasks target the intended learning objectives, however still considered misaligned for performance-based learning objectives are reduced into knowledge-based assessment tasks, and some tasks are inauthentic. the issues that are revealed in the assessment practices reflect the state and condition of the teaching and learning in the classrooms. though the four macro-skills are interrelated, each contributes uniquely to an individual’s overall communicative ability, thus must be assess equally. it is important to test for each of these four skills individually because each is a critical aspect of communicative competence. direct evidence of specific skills can provide an indirect evidence of other skills. more comprehensive and integrated assessment of language skills provides several sources of information and yields better decisions individual’s communicative proficiency (powers & powers, 2015). assessment tasks that lack or are insufficient operationalization of the intended learning objectives are crucial in language teaching and learning for what is tested is very likely to affect not only what is taught, but how it is taught. alderson and wall (1993) posited that a test affects the rate and sequence, and the degree and depth of how language is taught and learned. messick (1996) also added that the test influences language teachers and learners to do things they would not otherwise do that consequentially promote or inhibit language learning. the tasks that are devoid of context suggest that the learning experience of the students in the classroom is not as effective and as meaningful when they could connect their activities in the classroom to the real world. in these classrooms, students spend most of their time in knowledgebased assessment tasks. moreover, on the issues of weak alignment between the learning objective and the test items, misaligned writing tasks, and misinterpretation of the lesson guide or learning objectives, we can infer that there is a gap between the curriculum developers and the teachers. these issues would reflect that teachers and curriculum developers have a different understanding and perception of the constructs articulated in the learning objectives. these issues also reflect that 220 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) students become exhausted in doing several tasks in the classroom without even learning what is intended to be learned. as for reading comprehension, the assessment practices reveal that the reading comprehension tasks are at literal and inferential levels. these tasks do not assess students’ critical, integrative, and creative comprehension ability. and also, for the writing ability, as shown in the assessment practices, writing tasks are more focused on the format rather than the content, thus we can see how writing is perceived as conforming to a suggested format not an actual production of sentences and an expression of students’ thoughts. the lack of rubric would make the inferences from the result of the assessment tasks unreliable. in a bigger picture, all these issues affect the students’ achievement since as stated by mohamud and fleck (2010), alignment affects achievement and ample evidence from research on alignment of standards, instruction, and assessments suggests that students perform better on tests that measure content they have had the opportunity to learn. opportunity to learn is at optimum levels when lesson plans are aligned with benchmarks, standards, and assessments, thus increasing academic achievement. thus, the problematic constructive alignment and weak content validity of the assessment practices could be contributory to the language proficiency of the students in the language. 4. conclusion according to schmidt, et. al (as cited in squires, 2012), there is a significant connection between achievement and alignment of the taught and tested curriculum. the findings of the study point out how the quality of constructive alignment of the identified assessment practices can either enable or constrain the learning process and acquisition of the students. at the system level, the first curricular challenge as stated by kurz, talapatra, and roach (2012) is the alignment between the intended and assessed curriculum. in a well aligned system, the teaching instruction and activities would facilitate well to achieve and assess the desired outcomes of the curriculum, as articulated in the set of learning objectives provided by the system. however, a misalignment of the taught and assessed curriculum could limit the learning opportunities of the students. therefore, the goal for improved educational opportunities and outcomes requires us to examine the assessment practices as these reveals much about the teaching and operationalization of the intended curriculum. by examining the quality of constructive alignment and validity of the content in assessment practices, this study provides a snapshot of the quality of teaching and learning in the language classrooms. the study looks into the three components of constructive alignment: the teaching activities, assessment practices in classrooms – particularly the informal assessment, and the learning objectives, in a span of one week. these components by itself already reveal a lot about the practices in the language classroom. aside from that, the study also takes into account the administered periodical tests as it will reveal a broader picture of the teaching and learning. however, this study is only limited to the honor’s class of grades four to six in tambo central school. since the mother tongue based-multilingual education (mtb-mle) has been implemented, english only begins as a medium of instruction in these grade levels and it is only then that the second language learning becomes relevant. based on the findings, policy makers can look into assessment practices in connection to the educational system’s pursuit for an optimized learning condition for quality learning. investment on teacher training addressing the problems of alignment of curriculum, pedagogies, and assessment practices within classrooms and across the system is seen as one of the significant policy implications of this research. policy-makers need to be made aware of the significance of assessment for learning and the essential roles of teachers to its implementation. likewise, teachers collectively need to participate in broader debates about system accountability in relation to assessment of learning. moreover, in improving constructive alignment and content, it is also important to look into instructional strategies and evaluate which seems to be working well and which are not. this will make a clearer diagnosis and would determine the focus of professional efforts. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 221 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) references alderson, j. c., & wall, d. (1993). does washback exist? applied linguistics, 14, 115-129. http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/applin/14.2.115 alderson, j., & banerjee, j. (2001). language testing and assessment (part i). language teaching, 34(4), 213-236. https://doi.org.10.1017/s0261444800014464 alsardary, s., pontiggia, l., hamid, m., & blumberg, p. (2011). primary trait analysis to assess a learnercentered, upper-level mathematics course. primus: problems, resources & issues in mathematics undergraduate studies, 21(4), 303-315. https://doi.org.10.1080/10511970903043755 banda, w. (2005). classroom assessment in malawi teachers’ perceptions and practices in mathematics. retrieved may 9, 2019, from scholar.lib.vt.edu bautista m.c.r., bernardo a. b. i., ocampo d. (2009). when reforms don’t transform: reflections on institutional reforms in the department of education. human development network. retrieved from https://hdn.org.ph/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/dp02_bautista_etal.pdf biggs, j. (1996) enhancing teaching through constructive alignment. high educ 32, 347–364. https://doi.org/10.1007/bf00138871 biggs, j. (2003). aligning teaching and assessment to curriculum objectives. imaginative curriculum project, ltsn generic centre. brown, hn.d., (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. ny: pearson education. https://doi.org.10.2307/3587655 brown, j. (2000). what is construct validity? retrieved may 11, 2019, from http://jalt.org/test/pdf/brown8.pdf brown, t. (2010). construct validity: a unitary concept for occupational therapy assessment and measurement. hong kong journal of occupational therapy, 20(1), 30–42. https://doi.org/10.1016/s1569-18611070056-5 chapelle, c. a., & brindley, g. (2002). assessment. in n. schmitt (ed.), an introduction to applied linguistics (pp. 267-288). new york, usa: oxford university press. retrieved from https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/publications/assessment-2. chapelle, c. a., & voss, e. (2017). utilizing technology in language assessment. language testing and assessment, 149–161. https://doi.org.10.1007/978-3-319-02261-1_10 coombe c. (2010, august). the cornerstones of testing.clt newsletter. retrieved may 20, 2014 from https://hct-portal.hct.ac.ae/support/ctl/ deocampo, l. (2013). aligning pedagogical tasks and assessment tasks: the challenges of pre-service language teachers. mindanao state university – iligan institute of technology, iligan city (unpublished). dobao, a. f. (2014). vocabulary learning in collaborative tasks: a comparison of pair and small group work. language teaching research, 18(4), 497–520. https://doi.org.10.1177/1362168813519730 eder, k. (2010). authenticity in language assessment, munich, grin publishing gmbh. retrieved from http://www.grin.com/en/ebook/172655/authenticity-in-language-assessment gesa, r., olubukola , t. & linda t. (2019): implementing constructive alignment in higher education – cross-institutional perspectives from australia, higher education research & development. https://doi.org.10.1080/07294360.2019.1586842 götzinger, j. (2009) e8 writing validation report for e8 writing ltc technical report 6. retrieved from http://www.uniklu.ac.at/ltc/downloads/e8_validation_report_writing_jg.pdf herman, j., dreyfus, j., & golan, s. (1990). effects of testing in teaching and learning. retrieved from http://cresst.org/publications/cresst-publication-2701/?sf_paged=43 herman, j. l., abedi, j., & golan, s. (1994). assessing the effects of standardized testing on schools. educational and psychological measurement, 54(2), 471–482. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013164494054002022 http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/applin/14.2.115 https://doi.org.10.1017/s0261444800014464 https://doi.org.10.1080/10511970903043755 https://hdn.org.ph/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/dp02_bautista_etal.pdf https://doi.org/10.1007/bf00138871 https://doi.org.10.2307/3587655 https://doi.org/10.1016/s1569-18611070056-5 https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/publications/assessment-2 https://doi.org.10.1007/978-3-319-02261-1_10 https://doi.org.10.1177/1362168813519730 https://doi.org.10.1080/07294360.2019.1586842 http://www.uni-klu.ac.at/ltc/downloads/e8_validation_report_writing_jg.pdf http://www.uni-klu.ac.at/ltc/downloads/e8_validation_report_writing_jg.pdf http://cresst.org/publications/cresst-publication-2701/?sf_paged=43 https://doi.org/10.1177/0013164494054002022 222 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) jervis l.m. & jervis l. (2005) what is the constructivism in constructive alignment?, bioscience education, 6:1, 1-14, doi: 10.3108/beej.2005.06000006 jin, y. (2017). construct and content in context: implications for language learning, teaching and assessment in china. language testing in asia, 7(1). https://doi.org.10.1186/s40468-017-0044-1 kurz, a., talapatra, d. & roach, a.t. (2012). meeting the curricular challenges of inclusive assessment: the role of alignment, opportunity to learn, and student engagement, international journal of disability, development and education, (59)1, 37-52, https://doi.org.10.1080/1034912x.2012.654946 kluitmann, s. (2008).testing english as a foreign language: two efl-tests used in germany.retrieved from http://www.sprachenmarkt.de kumaravadivelu, b. (2006). understanding language teaching. mahwah, new jersey london: lawrence erlbaum associates, publishers. lawrence, j. (2019). designing a unit assessment using constructive alignment. international journal of teacher education and professional development (2) 1, 30-51, https://doi.org.10.4018/ijtepd.2019010103 lewkowicz, j. a. (2000). authenticity in language testing: some outstanding questions. language testing, 17(1), 43–64. https://doi.org.10.1177/026553220001700102 madrunio, m. r., martin, i. p., & plata, s. m. (2016). english language education in the philippines: policies, problems, and prospects. in r. kirkpatrick (ed.), english language education policy in asia (pp. 245-264). berlin: springer. https://doi.org.10.1007/978-3-319-22464-0 mariñas, b., &ditapat, m. (n.d.) philippines curriculum development.retrieved may 9, 2019 from http://www.ibe.unesco.org/curriculum/asia%20networkpdf/ndrepph.pdf mcloughlin, c. (2001). inclusivity and alignment: principles of pedagogy, task and assessment design for effective cross‐cultural online learning, distance education, (22)1, 7-29, https://doi.org.10.1080/0158791010220102 mohamud a. & fleck d. (2010) alignment of standards, assessment and instruction: implications for english language learners in ohio, theory into practice, 49(2), 129-136, https://doi.org.10.1080/00405841003626643 norton, l. (2004). using assessment criteria as learning criteria: a case study in psychology. assessment & evaluation in higher education, 29(6), 687–702. https://doi.org.10.1080/0260293042000227236 otomo, r. (2016). english language testing of very young children: the case of japan. cogent education, 3(1). https://doi.org.10.1080/2331186x.2016.1209802 phakiti, a. (2008). construct validation of bachman and palmer’s (1996) strategic competence model over time in efl reading tests. language testing, 25(2), 237–272. https://doi.org.10.1177/0265532207086783 oecd (2019), pisa 2018 results (volume i): what students know and can do, pisa, oecd publishing, paris. https://doi.org.10.1787/5f07c754-en powers, d. e., & powers, a. (2015). the incremental contribution of toeic® listening, reading, speaking, and writing tests to predicting performance on real-life english language tasks. language testing, 32(2), 151–167. https://doi.org.10.1177/0265532214551855 scaramucci, m. & kobayashi, e. (2013).washback effect of cambridge english: key for schools in sao paulo city, brazil: a case study. cambridge english:research notes, 54, 13-21. smith, c. smith (2008). design‐focused evaluation. assessment & evaluation in higher education, 33(6), 631–645. https://doi.org.10.1080/02602930701772762 squires, d. (2012). curriculum alignment research suggests that alignment can improve student achievement. the clearing house: a journal of educational strategies, issues and ideas, 85(4), 129–135. https://doi.org.10.1080/00098655.2012.657723 sewagegn, a. (2013). function of training background and teaching experience with particular reference to final examinations. american journal of educational research. 2013; 1(8):300-306. doi: 10.12691/education-1-8-6. https://doi.org.10.1186/s40468-017-0044-1 https://doi.org.10.1080/1034912x.2012.654946 https://doi.org.10.4018/ijtepd.2019010103 https://doi.org.10.1177/026553220001700102 https://doi.org.10.1007/978-3-319-22464-0 http://www.ibe.unesco.org/curriculum/asia%20networkpdf/ndrepph.pdf https://doi.org.10.1080/0158791010220102 https://doi.org.10.1080/00405841003626643 https://doi.org.10.1080/0260293042000227236 https://doi.org.10.1080/2331186x.2016.1209802 https://doi.org.10.1177/0265532207086783 https://doi.org.10.1787/5f07c754-en https://doi.org.10.1177/0265532214551855 https://doi.org.10.1080/02602930701772762 https://doi.org.10.1080/00098655.2012.657723 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 223 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) toews-shimizu, j. (2013). young learner perceptions of test taking in japan.cambridge english:research notes, 54, 21-29. wang, x., su, y., cheung, s., wong, e., & kwong, t. (2013). an exploration of biggs’ constructive alignment in course design and its impact on students’ learning approaches. assessment & evaluation in higher education, 38(4), 477–491. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2012.658018 watanabe, y, (2004). washback in language testing. retrieved from http://faculty.mu.edu.sa/public/uploads/1347487499.950171132987-washback-in-languagetesting.pdf) https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/ami015 yoshida, k. (2006). theoretical frameworks of testing in sla: processing perspectives and strategies in testing situations. http://dx.doi.org/10.7575/aiac.ijalel.v.6n.1p.99 retrieved from jalt.org/test/yos_1.htm tyson,r. & oak, s.(1999, january).applying the concept of "test usefulness" to oral achievement testing in university efl classes. retrieved from http://english.daejin.ac.kr/~rtyson/cv/oraltesting2.html zhan, y., & andrews, s. (2014). washback effects from a high-stakes examination on out-of-class english learning: insights from possible self theories. assessment in education: principles, policy and practice, 21(1), 71–89. https://doi.org.10.1080/0969594x.2012.757546 zabihi, r. (2020). the effects of task type on the resolution of grammatical cognitive conflict episodes and grammar learning. the language learning journal, 1–13. https://doi.org.10.1080/09571736.2020.1795913 appendix a observation protocol date: name of the school: time of observation: start: ____ end: ____ grade level: teacher: number of students: boys: girls: classroom number: https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2012.658018 http://faculty.mu.edu.sa/public/uploads/1347487499.950171132987-washback-in-language-testing.pdf http://faculty.mu.edu.sa/public/uploads/1347487499.950171132987-washback-in-language-testing.pdf https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/ami015 http://english.daejin.ac.kr/~rtyson/cv/oraltesting2.html https://doi.org.10.1080/0969594x.2012.757546 https://doi.org.10.1080/09571736.2020.1795913 224 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) a. kind of formative assessment task given and the way it was structured or administered kind of assessment type and purpose administration timing i p g c b d d d w d a d o oral recitation reporting answering textbooks answering worksheet questions quiz role play collaborative activity interactive discussion others: b. other comments (additional information necessary to capture the assessment activities including comments on any feature of the class.) administration timing i – individual bdbefore discussion p – pair dd – during discussion g – small group wd – within discussion c –whole class ad – after discussion o others issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 225 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) appendix b focus group discussion questionnaire focus: test alignment to teaching instruction and learning objectives 1. was the test easy or difficult for you? why? 2. what is the most difficult part of the test? why? did you discuss this in class? 3. what is the easiest? why? did you discuss this in class? 4. how did the teacher discuss the lesson? 5. what lessons were not included in the test that were discussed in class? 6. did you study for the test? 7. did the teacher conduct a review before the test? appendix c interview questionnaire 1. who made the test? how did they make it? 2. how did you prepare the students for the test given that you did not make the test? 3. are the lessons/objectives covered in the test sufficient? 4. do you think that the lessons covered in the test are the most important? objectives of the test should be clarified. a.) what are the objectives covered in the test? b.) what specific objective/s is/are targeted in this part of the test? c.) what are not included? d.) how much is covered by the test? 226 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) appendix d constructs and content of all forms of assessment tasks thematic classification assessment no. learning objectives based on teacher’s lesson guide assessment task inferred constructs constructively aligned tasks to learning objectives 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 distinguish advertisement from propaganda interactive discussion students were asked to volunteer and reenact an advertisement from the radio or television ability to orally demonstrate examples of advertisements oral recitation students were asked questions regarding the definition and difference between advertisement and propaganda ability to distinguish advertisement from propaganda collaborative activity the class is divided into groups. each group is tasked to make an example of an advertisement and propaganda, either existing or original. they are to present it in class. ability to recognize and identify examples of an advertisement and propaganda quiz students are tasked to identify whether the item provided is an advertisement or a propaganda. ability to identify and distinguish examples of advertisement and propaganda lack/ insufficient operationalization of the intended learning objectives 3.9 read and write words with “oa” digraph as in goat identify several effects based on a given cause read and write words, phrases and sentences with oa diphthong answering textbooks the students are tasked to answer the exercise orally. in the exercise the students are tasked to match the picture with the word it stands for. words: pout, shout, ground, throw, found ability to recognize words and associate images to them. ability to associate written word with the image it signifies lack/ insufficient operationalization of the intended learning objectives 5.24, 5.25 infer the general mood of expression in a selection interactive discussion the teacher asks questions to the students such as: what do you think is a general mood? why do you think we should adjust to the general mood of our environment? collaborative activity the students are tasked to sing “joy to the world” expressing the following moods: happy, sad, angry follow up question: how did you feel singing the song? ability to define general mood ability to communicate ideas orally ability to portray different moods ability to express ideas a within groups lack/ insufficient operationalization of the intended learning objectives 3.10 read and write words with “oa” digraph as in goat role play the students are tasked to perform their role play about “what the city mouse should do” issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 227 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) identify several effects based on a given cause read and write words, phrases and sentences with oa diphthong in class. this task was given as an assignment to them. *no rubrics *excellent clap is given after student’s performance lack/ insufficient operationalization of the intended learning objectives 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 understand that contentment and the ability to adapt are important write a note on what to be done by the country mouse spelling quiz the students are tasked to spell 10 words. the teacher reads the words aloud and use it in a sentence. words: province, city, mouse, dinner, curious, food delicious, terrible, scratching, corner interactive discussion the teacher shows a picture to the class (picture of a mouse) and the teacher asks the students, randomly, to tell something about the picture. collaborative activity the teacher calls 10 students to hold the two sets of strips of paper, the first set are the words and the second set are the meaning of the words. the students are tasked to arrange to arrange the strips of words with their corresponding meanings. the words are selected text for the lesson. ability to spell vocabulary words ability to make associations between the oral word and the written ability to describe a picture ability to communicate ideas orally ability to recognize words and associate meanings to them performance-based learning objectives are reduced into knowledge-based assessment tasks. 5.pt. 46-50 write a telegram. writing students are tasked to write the jumbled parts of the letter properly while observing correct punctuation marks and capitalization. ability to arrange the given parts of a letter following a prescribed format ability to observe capitalization and proper usage of punctuation marks in writing a letter. performance-based learning objectives are reduced into knowledge-based assessment tasks 3.2, 3.5, 3.6 understand that contentment and the ability to adapt are important write a note on what to be done by the country mouse interactive discussion the teacher shows a picture to the class (picture of a mouse) and the teacher asks the students, randomly, to tell something about the picture. interactive discussion the teacher asks motivational questions to students related to the story to be discussed such as: have you been in the province?, what are the experiences you have in there? ability to describe a picture ability to communicate ideas orally ability to answer “wh” questions ability to recall personal experiences ability to 228 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 3, no. 3, 2020, pp. 211-228 lynrose jane dumandan genon & chezka bianca p. torres (constructive alignment of assessment practices) what are the experiences of the city mouse in the province and the country mouse in the city? oral recitation the teacher asks comprehension questions to the students (literal and inferential) communicate ideas orally ability to recall what the text says ability to read between the lines or to infer information from the text performance-based learning objectives are reduced into knowledge-based assessment tasks. 6.pt.13-16 use verbs in the active and passive voice multiple choice. students choose from the given options the passive version of an active voice and vice versa. students are tasked to identify if the sentence is in a passive or active voice speaking skills; ability to identify and recognize sentences in the active and passive voice performance-based learning objectives are reduced into knowledge-based assessment tasks 3.15, 3.16, 3.17 identify and write complex sentences read and write words, phrases and sentences with “oa” diphthong oral reading and boardwork the student are tasked to underline the “oa” diphthong in the sentences on the board and they read it after. boardwork random students are tasked to underline the “oa” diphthongs in the sentences written on the board ability to identify words with “oa” diphthong ability to pronounce words with “oa” diphthong ability to identify words with “oa” diphthongs in sentences inauthentic assessment tasks 5.22 write a sentence using descriptive words writing sentences the students are tasked to write five sentences based on the picture given by the teacher. ability to write sentences about a picture english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 2, no. 3, 2019, pp. 62-69 e-issn: 2621-6485 sutrisno the patterns of paragraph writing in the international journals adi sutrisno universitas gajah mada e-mail: adisutrisno@ugm.ac.id abstract the patterns of paragraph writing as commonly used in the international journal are deemed necessary to be studied by scholars of non-english background wishing to write an article for publication in the international journals. scholars of non-english speaking background, according to a number of research reports on rhetoric contrastive, have a somewhat different approach in their paragraph composition. this difference might create difficulties for the scholars to swing their type of paragraph writing to the one which does not belong to them. therefore, it is imperative that the scholars of non-english speaking background study the writing convention as commonly used in the international journal. this study sought to identify the patterns of paragraph writing that is commonly used in international journals. for the purpose of this study, a total of 250 paragraphs of the 25 international journal articles were selected for analysis whether the pattern of paragraph is more oriented to deductive or inductive one. analyses were performed by two raters assisted by a native speaker of english. the results showed that more than 86% paragragh patterns were written using deductive pattern, while the rest, about 11% used inductive pattern, and the remaining 2% used a sandwich pattern. keywords: types of paragraph writing, deductive type, inductive type, international journal how to cite: sutrisno, a. (2019). the patterns of paragraph writing in the international journals. english language teaching educational journal, 2(2), 62-69. introduction the pattern of paragraph writing can take the form of either inductive or deductive reasoning depending on the character of the topic introduced by the writer. inductive pattern is typically used when the author proposes a topic imbued with controversial content while the deductive pattern is more widely used in academic and business contexts. as writing a journal article is in the realm of academic arena, the pattern of writing used in this kind of journal is strongly believed to be leading to a deductive one. this tendency creates problems to writers having non engish speaking background as they are more familiar with the inductive pattern. question arised in relation to this tendency. is this because of cultural orientation (clanchy and ballard, 1996) or is it mainly because of their failure in presenting such pattern of writing? in response to the question, mathews (2016) asserted that students having non englishspeaking background tend to use inductive pattern, not because they are influenced by their culture. it simply reflects a mental process of thinking using their logic or the way most people tend to think. “for the most part, people do not know what they are trying to say—that is, what they are trying to write—until they have worked through a mental process of inductive reasoning” (mathews, 2016. p.3). when as students they are not trained enough to use deductive pattern they will easily fall into the inductive one because they often begin ……..in a position of uncertainty and indecision and moves, often clumsily, towards the formation of an opinion, a perspective, a thesis. along the way their thinking branches out into paths that may lead nowhere or may circle back, after long diversion, to the starting point. (p.3) what are inductive and deductive writing patterns, anyway? is it true that the inductive writing pattern is less commonly used in the writing of journal articles in english? why are the mailto:adisutrisno@ugm.ac.id eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ 63 sutrisno patterns of paragraph writing in international journal important to be studied by journal writers of non-english background? here is presented an inductive and deductive writing pattern and the urgency of understanding the types of paragraph writing in journal articles in english. inductive pattern is the pattern of paragraph writing which goes from specific to general idea (http://ocw.usu.edu/english/introduction-to-writing-academic-prose/inductive-and-deductivereasoning.html). it is a method of reasoning in which the premises are viewed as supplying some evidence for the truth of the conclusion. hence, it is more of a conclusion-oriented pattern. in this kind of writing, the topic sentence is placed at the end of the paragraph. it is no wonder then if this sort of paragraph is known as the conclusion-oriented paragraph. on the other hand, deductive writing pattern begins with the placement of a topic sentence at the beginning of the paragraph. such a pattern is more "straight to the point" and is considered more suitable for writing with an academic tone (inductive and deductive reasoning) (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/deductive_reasoning). there is, as a matter of fact, another kind of paragraph which does not belong to either inductive or deductive type. it is often called sandwhich paragraph (successful college composition, 2016). this “sandwich” metaphor explains how the topic sentence clipped in the middle of a paragraph. normally, it is in the form of a quotation which is written or put after a general statement leading to the quotation, continued with concluding sentence (well, 2013). hence, judging from its character, the writing pattern most suitable for the needs of journal writing in english is deductive pattern. the foremost reason is that journal article is an academic work which requires clarity on every part of the information written by the author. if an academic work is expressed in inductive or sandwhich pattern, there may surface problems in the focus of information given due to the nature in which this type of writing, if not handled carefully, will obscure the clarity of information (bailey, 2017). however, without sufficient evidence, it can not be said that for journal articles writing deductive pattern is more appropriate than an inductive or sandwich pattern; or on the contrary inductive pattern is more appropriate than deductive pattern. it is in this context of situation that the research on the types of paragraph writing in international journal articles becomes important (http://writingcenter.unc.edu/handouts/introductions/). the research results reported a long time ago by kaplan (1966) in the united states and clanchy and ballard (1996) in australia showed that the writing pattern commonly used in academic articles performed by students of english background is the deductive pattern. this pattern is straight to the point with these characteristics: writing begins with a topic sentence and comes with detailed information that corresponds to the topic discussed. according to kaplan “an expository discourse in english began with a topic sentence, which was followed by subdivisions supported by examples and illustrations that central idea was developed to prove or argue the subject in question, relating the central idea to all the other ideas in the whole essay” (kaplan 1966, p.5). it is clear that the natures of deductive writing are straight to the point and started with a topic sentence followed by supporting details that are relevant to the topics raised in an article. this style of writing is common in the types of paragraph writing in the academic world in english speaking countries. thus, the knowledge of how the main ideas are presented in paragraphs in english, especially in international journals, is very important for aspiring journal writers of non-english background. such knowledge will help them plan, organize, and present ideas correctly so that these ideas can be easily understood by the global community (see barras, 1986; boardman & frydenberg, 2001; abdollahzadeh, farsani, & beikmohammadi, 2017). http://ocw.usu.edu/english/introduction-to-writing-academic-prose/inductive-and-deductive-reasoning.html http://ocw.usu.edu/english/introduction-to-writing-academic-prose/inductive-and-deductive-reasoning.html https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/method_of_reasoning https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/premise http://writingcenter.unc.edu/handouts/introductions/ 64 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 this study specifically tries to answer the following questions: (1) is it true that deductive pattern is more commonly used as the type of writing in journal articles in english than inductive pattern ?; (2) do the types of paragraph writing used in writing international journal articles use only one writing pattern alone ?; and (3) if the pattern of paragraph writing used in writing international journal articles is not only one, how is the combination of these two models conducted in the international journal article writing? research method this study sought to assess the paragraph writing pattern in international journals in english. for the purpose of this research, purposive sampling method was used to obtain the necessary data, which were the international journal articles written by native english speakers in the uk / usa / australia. the corpus of this study consisted of 250 paragraphs contained in 25 research articles in the field of social sciences from an accredited international journal originating from the uk / usa / australia. the 25 articles were selected by using the following criteria. first, the articles were selected based on the ease of online access through the internet. second, the article selected must be internationally accredited journal articles or journals listed in web of science arts and humanities citation index or web of science social sciences citation index. based on both of these criteria, 25 articles were selected for examination. after 25 journal articles were chosen, the next step was to take a sample in the forms of paragraphs from each article. due to the different number of paragraphs in each of these articles, only 10 paragraphs were taken from each article for computation purpose. overall, the number of paragraphs that were used in this study was 10 x 25 or 250 paragraphs. after all the data were collected, as many as 250 paragraphs were analyzed one by one to see the tendency of its writing pattern, whether it was following inductive or deductive pattern. the criteria used to determine whether a paragraph is deductive or inductive is seen from the pattern of paragraph writing. according to oshima and hogue (2006) if in a paragraph there is a topic sentence at the beginning and is developed with details supporting the idea then this paragraph can be said to have deductive style; otherwise if the topic sentence in a paragraph is placed at the end of the paragraph, the paragraph is said to be inductive. if illustrated in the form of a figure, the deductive paragraphs' image resembles a triangle, with the 'topic sentence' as its peak; while that of inductive paragraph resembles the inverted triangle where the position of the 'topic sentence' is on its base. figure 1 below shows how deductive reasoning is developed. topic + controlling ide supporting detail supporting detail supporting detail concluding sentence figure 1. paragraph writing using deductive reasoning. figure 1 shows the structure of a paragraph which reflects deductive reasoning. it starts with a topic sentence which consist of topic + controlling idea. the topic sentence is strictly followed by eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ 65 sutrisno supporting details. it describes the process of reasoning from one or more statements (premises) to reach a logically certain conclusion. “deductive reasoning goes in the same direction as that of the conditionals, and links premises with conclusions” (http://en.wikipedia.org/ wiki/ deductive _reasoning). supporting detail supporting detail supporting detail supporting detail topic + controlling idea figure 2. paragraph writing using inductive reasoning. figure 2 shows the structure of a paragraph which reflects inductive reasoning. in this type of reasoning the topic sentence is put at the end of the paragraph (http://awesomeessay.us/content/structuring-school-essay-topic-sentences-and-paragraphs). it is a method of reasoning in which the premises are viewed as supplying some evidence for the truth of the conclusion. the truth of the conclusion of an inductive argument may be probable, based upon the evidence given. many dictionaries define inductive reasoning as the derivation of general principles from specific observations, though there are many inductive arguments that do not have that form. to determine whether the paragraphs (n = 250) were in the form of deductive or inductive, two raters, namely rater 1 and rater 2, were intensively involved. rater 1 and rater 2 were research assistants who had taken the academic writing course with a > 95 score for all the assignments collected. both raters were first given a brief training to distinguish deductive and inductive styles, and the two raters were given an analysis design with established procedures. the data analysis procedures used by the raters included: (1) set up a table to record whether a paragraph was written in deductive or inductive style, (2) read carefully paragraph by paragraph of the chosen articles while at the same time determining the topic sentence of each paragraph. (2) highlighted the topic sentence that had been found. (3) marked ‘a’ in the prepared tables if a paragraph was written using deductive pattern; (4) marked ‘b’ if a paragraph was written using inductive pattern; and (5) marked ‘c’ if a paragraph was written using pattern of neither a nor b. (6) calculated the percentage of each paragraph writing pattern. the analysis results of rater 1 and rater 2 were evaluated by the main researcher, accompanied by a native english speaker who is also an academic writing lecturer. in the case of disagreement between the rater 1 and rater 2 in determining whether the writing style of the paragraph was deductive or inductive, a review of these paragraphs was made together by the two raters; and in case further assessment was required, the third rater who was the main researcher accompanied by a native english speaker was responsible for the decision. if all raters agreed to a certain writing pattern, then that decision was used in this study. in the case of a split decision and https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/reasoning https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/argument_(logic) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/logic https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/premise https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/consequent http://en.wikipedia.org/ http://awesomeessay.us/content/structuring-school-essay-topic-sentences-and-para https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/method_of_reasoning https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/premise 66 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 there was no meeting point between rater 1, rater 2, rater 3, and native speaker then the sample data were replaced by a new sample. findings and discussion by following the procedures set out in previous part, the corpus data were analyzed to identify the paragraph writing pattern which is commonly used in the journal articles in english. the following table summarizes the results of this analysis. table 1. paragraph writing pattern distribution frequency paragraph writing pattern number percentage deductive 217 86.8 % inductive 28 11.2 % sandwich 5 2.0 % 250 100 % table 1 above shows that the paragraph writing pattern most commonly found in the writing of international journal articles is deductive pattern. out of 250 paragraphs examined, 217 or 86.8% are written using deductive pattern; 28 or 11.2% are written using inductive pattern; and the remaining 5 paragraphs or 2.0 % are written using sandwich pattern. the table confirms that the deductive paragraph writing pattern is more commonly used as the type of journal article writing in english than inductive pattern. the dominance of deductive pattern in the writing of journal articles in english can be attributed to the tendency of native english speakers who use this pattern in academic writings. this illustration can be seen in the research reports by hinds (2001; in wang, 2012), kaplan (1966), and clanchy and ballard (1996) which reported that the paragraph writing pattern in the writings with academic nuances made by the native english speakers tend to use deductive pattern rather than inductive pattern. this trend contrasts with the type of paragraph writing in english done by nonnative english speakers from japan, china, korea, thailand, indonesia, bangladesh, and other countries which use inductive pattern more (hinds, 2001; in wang, 2012). the results also indicate the presence of other pattern of paragraphs writing, which are inductive and sandwich pattern. however, the number of paragraphs with inductive and sandwich writing pattern are far fewer in number than those with the deductive pattern. out of 250 paragraphs examined, 28 paragraphs or 11.2% are written by using inductive pattern, and only 5 paragraphs or 2% are written with sandwitch pattern. the lack of paragraphs written in inductive and sandwich style does not mean that writing in this pattern is bad and should not be used. when inductive and sandwich pattern is used by an author along with deductive pattern, the final result can become more detailed and easy to follow. this is because the dynamics of the writing can feel more alive and not rigid with the sole usage of deductive pattern only (inductive vs deductive reasoning, 200 name of author, not title of the writing). nevertheless, writing in inductive and sandwich pattern, if not handled properly, may lead to other complexities for the author because it can trap the writer with a roundabout writing with no clear ends (clanchy and ballard, 1996). paragraph writing style using inductive and sandwich pattern require accuracy on the writer so that the ideas' coherence can be well maintained (http://www.wheaton.edu/academics/services/writing-center/writing-resources/paragraph-unitycoherence-and-development). of course, this pattern needs check and recheck more than the deductive pattern because in this pattern exists a 'delay' in the disclosure of the topic sentence http://www.wheaton.edu/academics/services/writing-center/writing-resources/paragraph-unity-coherence-and-development http://www.wheaton.edu/academics/services/writing-center/writing-resources/paragraph-unity-coherence-and-development eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ 67 sutrisno (http://www2_warwick.ac.uk/fac/soc/writingstyle). perhaps this is the reason why inductive and sandwich writing pattern in the writing of journal articles in english is only used to supplement the deductive pattern which is more to the point and easy to control (clanchy and ballard, 1996; hinds, 2001, in wang 2012). table 2. distribution of the paragraph writing pattern of 25 journal articles deductive pattern article a1 a2 a3 inductive pattern sandwich pattern total 1 80% 10% 10% 100% 2 80% 20% 100% 3 100% 100% 4 90% 10% 100% 5 90% 10% 100% 6 80% 10% 10% 100% 7 100% 100% 8 100% 100% 9 80% 10% 10% 100% 10 60% 20% 20% 100% 11 70% 30% 100% 12 60% 10% 30% 100% 13 100% 100% 14 90% 10% 100% 15 70% 10% 20% 100% 16 80% 20% 100% 17 80% 20% 100% 18 100% 100% 19 80% 20% 100% 20 80% 10% 10% 100% 21 90% 10% 100% 22 100% 100% 23 90% 10% 100% 24 60% 10% 20% 10% 100% 25 90% 10% 100% table 2 shows the distribution of the paragraph writing pattern in 25 international journal articles which covers the deductive, inductive, and sandwich pattern. under the column 'deductive pattern' are code a1, a2, and a3. code a1 is for deductive paragraphs which topic sentence is in the first sentence; then, code a2 is for deductive paragraphs which topic sentence is in the second sentence; and a3 is for deductive paragraphs which topic sentence is in the third sentence the data shows that the deductive pattern is more commonly found than other patterns. in each article examined, the average use of deductive pattern reaches 86.8%; while the use of inductive and sandwich pattern is respectively 11. 2% and 2%. the data in table 2 at the same time implies that the types of paragraph writing used in international journal articles writing are not purely deductive pattern or mono pattern, but there are other patterns that are also used or multiple patterns. 68 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 table 2 also shows that the deductive pattern used does not always put the topic sentence in the first sentence of paragraph (a1); there is also a topic sentence that is brought in the second sentence (a2); even in the third sentence (a3). this variation of paragraphs writing pattern in international journal articles shows the pattern dynamics used by the author of journal articles. nevertheless, the data indicates the presence of certain trends which are visible in the paragraphs writing pattern in international journals. the trends in which (1) deductive pattern is chosen more often than other patterns; (2) the topic sentence is placed at the very beginning of the paragraph, which is in the first sentence. the use of other patterns such as inductive and sandwich pattern and the topic sentence placement in the second or third sentence is only carried out by the authors when necessary and not as a pattern that is intensively used in the writing of journal articles. notwithstanding the criticisms for deductive paragraph writing, that it is rigid, predictable, with monotonous structure containing the main sentence-explanatory-conclusions this pattern remains as the primary pattern selected in journal article writing. the choosing of deductive pattern as the main pattern is perhaps due to its character which makes it easy for the creation of a coherent and controllable writing, making it easy for the readers to follow the text. conclusion from the previous explanation it can be concluded that the deductive writing pattern is most commonly used in the writing of journal articles in english. other types of paragraphs writing, which are inductive and sandwich, are also found in the 250 paragraphs examined but the amount is too small compared to the deductive pattern. furthermore, in the international journal article writing multi-paragraph writing pattern is used, not mono pattern. additionally, the results of this study indicate that the main pattern used in journal articles is deductive pattern with the topic sentence placement at the beginning of the paragraph. deductive pattern with the topic sentence placement in the second and third sentences are also found in this study but the amount is too small compared to the deductive pattern with the placement of topic sentences in the first sentence of the paragraph. it can be concluded that the pattern of international journal articles paragraphs writing is deductive with the first sentence as the topic sentence of the paragraph. references abdollahzadeh, e., farsani, m. a., & beikmohammadi, m. (2017). argumentative writing behavior of graduate efl learners. argumentation, 31(4), 641-661. bailey, s. (2017). academic writing a handbook for international students. 5th edition, london: routledge barras, r., 1986. scientists must write: a guide to better writing for scientists, engineers and students. new york: chapman and hall. boardman and frydenberg (2001): writing to communicate: paragraphs and essays, second follow the guideline to revise the references edition, longman clanchy, j. & ballard b., (1996). write in english, not indonesian: study abroad (a manual for asian) students, sidney: longman deductive reasoning. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/deductive_reasoning wikipedia inductive reasoning. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/inductive_reasoning wikipedia eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ 69 sutrisno “inductive and deductive reasoning.” utah state university. http://ocw.usu.edu/english/introduction-to-writing-academic-prose/inductive-and-deductivereasoning.html. accessed 17 june 2015 “introduction.” the university of california college of arts and sciences writing center. http://writingcenter.unc.edu/handouts/introductions/. accessed 17 june 2015. kaplan, r.b. (1966). cultural thought in intercultural education. language learning, 16, 1-20. mathews, c. (2016). deductive and inductive structure in (and outside) the esl writing class jas4qol, 2(4) 4:1-5. online: http://as4qol.org/?p=1710#art4 oshima, a. & hogue, a. (2006), writing academic english. harlow: pearson longman “paragraph unity, coherence, and development.” wheaton college writing center. http://www.wheaton.edu/academics/services/writing-center/writing-resources/paragraphunity-coherence-and-development. accessed 17 june 2015. successful college composition (2016) https://www.affordablelearninggeorgia.org/documents/successful_college_composition201 6.pdf “structuring school essay: topic sentences and paragraphs.” awesome essay. http://awesomeessay.us/content/structuring-school-essay-topic-sentences-and-paragraphs. accessed 17 june 2015 “topic sentences.” writing den. http://www2.actden.com/writ_den/ tips/paragrap/topic.htm. accessed 17 june 2015. wang, y. 2012. “differences in l1 and l2 academic writing” dalam theory and practice in language studies. volume 2, nomor 3: 639. academy publisher. well, e. 2013. how to write a sandwich paragraph. handout. qep writing studio use. https://www.ecsu.edu/documents/qep/sandwichparagraph.pdf accessed 4 december 2015 http://ocw.usu.edu/english/introduction-to-writing-academic-prose/inductive-and-deductive-reasoning.html http://ocw.usu.edu/english/introduction-to-writing-academic-prose/inductive-and-deductive-reasoning.html http://writingcenter.unc.edu/handouts/introductions/ http://as4qol.org/?p=1710#art4 http://www.wheaton.edu/academics/services/writing-center/writing-resources/paragraph-unity-coherence-and-development http://www.wheaton.edu/academics/services/writing-center/writing-resources/paragraph-unity-coherence-and-development https://www.affordablelearninggeorgia.org/documents/successful_college_composition2016.pdf https://www.affordablelearninggeorgia.org/documents/successful_college_composition2016.pdf http://awesomeessay.us/content/structuring-school-essay-topic-sentences-and-para https://www.ecsu.edu/documents/qep/sandwichparagraph.pdf sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 2, no. 1, 2019, pp. 39-49 e-issn: 2621-6485 * this article was presented at the 66th teflin international conference collaborative learning activities through moe in engaging efl learners and diminishing their speaking anxiety* sitti fatimah universitas negeri padang e-mail: sitti.fatimah@fbs.unp.ac.id abstract mantle of the expert (moe) is an approach integrating drama in learning. a number of studies have proven the approach to be effective in enhancing student’s learning experience and vary teacher’s teaching strategy. this article is drawn from the results of a multi-case study that implemented moe in efl teaching in indonesia. the study involving three cohorts of grade 11 indonesian senior and vocational high school students and three english teachers used multiple data collection methods: classroom observation, questionnaire and interview. while questionnaire was distributed to the student participants, the interview was administered to collect the data from teacher participants. the moe implementation involved a series of drama activities integrated with the lesson topics. during the activities the student participants were assigned several tasks to be completed in small groups. this required students to collaborate. the findings show that these collaborative learning activities have shown positive major impacts, two of them are students’ increased engagement and decreased speaking anxiety. keywords: efl learners, collaborative learning, moe, student engagement, speaking anxiety how to cite: fatimah, s. (2019). collaborative learning activities through moe in engaging efl learners and diminishing their speaking anxiety. english language teaching educational journal, 2 (1), 39-49. introduction the lack of student engagement and speaking anxiety are two major problems frequently encountered by indonesian efl (english as a foreign language) learners. many english teachers are frustrated by these phenomena, but some of the teachers try to cope with them (e.g. padmadewi, 1998). these teachers usually try to engage the students by creating fun and engaging activities, such as games, role-play, and storytelling. many teachers believe that these activities are able to improve student’s engagement and participation during the teaching and learning processes (akhyak & indramawan, 2013; 2011; zulkifli & fatimah, 2019). however, there are some other teachers who even make a more engaging and challenging endeavour by integrating drama games and activities (cawthon, dawson, & ihorn, 2011; chan, 2009). according to them, involving these drama games and activities in teaching and learning processes have proven effective to enhance student’s learning experience. related to drama games and activities, there has been a concept of drama education; that is the integration of drama in the curriculum or school subjects. in europe, particularly in the united kingdom the integration of drama in curriculum has been well implemented since the 1950s. one kind of it that is still implemented not only in uk but also in australia, canada and new zealand is mantle of the expert (moe) that was invented by an english drama educator, dorothy heathcote. as it became popular among teachers and educators, a great number of studies and projects have been conducted to investigate its effectiveness and efficiency (see housum-steven, 1998; taylor, 2002 & 2006; rouse and wilde, 2010). mailto:sitti.fatimah@fbs.unp.ac.id 40 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 the research from which this article is drawn was also the implementation of moe, but to the learners of english where it is used as a foreign language (efl). within the concept of moe the efl learning activities were emphasized on cross-curricular approach, inquiry-based learning and collaborative learning. however, the discussion in this article only focuses on how collaborative learning activities that were conducted within classroom and imaginary community through small group discussion (work) and role-plays have positive impacts on student engagement and their speaking anxiety. the collaborative learning is selected because this aspect gave significant impacts on teaching and learning processes. research on the use of moe in efl contexts are very few but those using process drama are massive (e.g., yaman ntelioglou, 2011). to date there is no such research on moe in indonesian context, particularly in efl learning. the concept of mantle of the expert (moe) and its elements in 1970s heathcote introduced the concept of moe as “an experiential learning and the empowerment of child when s/he assume moe; and by 1993 the concept of moe focused on getting children to run a business enterprise” (hesten, 1994, p. 156). it is this latest concept of moe that has been applied in teaching the curriculum in many countries and on which this study of moe implementation is based. literally, ‘mantle of the expert’ is divided into: mantle and expert. “mantle means fulfilling a community call and making use of one’s potentiality; and expert means the opportunity to work at knowledge and master the skills” (heathcote, 2002, p. 2). thus, heathcote (as cited in aitken, 2013) explains that the meaning of mantle is not literally a piece of cloth generally known to cover body but it refers to the quality. what she means by quality is students’ leadership where it contains “behaviour, morality, responsibility, ethics and the spiritual basis of all action” (p. 35). the main goal of moe is to “provide a centre for all knowledge: it is always experienced by the students in terms of the responsible human being” (heathcote & bolton, 1995, p. 32). moe elements can be classified into those that are created in an imaginary community and those that run the imaginary enterprise created in the classroom community. these two groups enable the whole process of moe implementation. the first group consists of enterprise (organization), experts, commission and clients. the elements that carry out the enterprise are student-in-role (and out-of-role), teacher-in-role (and out-ofrole), productive tension, and reflection (see figure 1 below). eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ fatimah 41 classroom community student imaginary community (out of role) teacher (in role) productive tension student (in role) reflection teacher (out of role) figure 1. elements of moe adapted from from hesten (1994) and heathcote (2002) moe and collaborative learning dillenbourg (1999) has attempted to define collaborative learning as “a situation in which two or more people learn or attempt to learn something together...” (p.1). two or more people means that in the learning activities the students may be asked to conduct pair or small group work. a great number of studies related to the use of collaborative learning have been conducted whether to hypothesize or to describe the existing phenomena. most studies have demonstrated the benefits and effectiveness of implementing collaborative learning. for example, noh and yusuf (2018) found that collaborative learning style was proven “as one of the most effective learning style for students at a higher education in aceh”. one of the fundamental principles of moe as the drama-based pedagogy is collaborative work. the element of enterprise in moe strongly suggests that there is collaborative learning approach applied in moe implementation. students are assigned tasks in small groups where they become experts of some kinds. the nature of collaboration in drama education is stated explicitly in the following quote: drama promotes language development. its collaborative nature provides opportunities for pupils to develop key skills of communication, negotiation, compromise and self-assertion (arts council england, 2003, p. 7). a classroom action research conducted by belcastro (2003) confirms the use of collaborative activities during learning with moe. she explains that: enterprise commission clients experts 42 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 mantle of the expert mediates inquiry-based education in the way that it creates a practice-oriented classroom. in a practice-oriented classroom learning is focused on activities and practices that aid students in the exploration of how social worlds are constructed and represented. students and teachers participate as collaborative inquirers, sharing in the decisions of classroom practices, engaging in activities of social worlds, and reflecting on beliefs and values underlying those worlds. (pp. 68-69). moe and foreign language (speaking) anxiety foreign language anxiety is a state of anxiety experienced by students in a foreign language classroom context. according to horwitz et al. (1986), foreign language anxiety is related to students’ “self-perception, beliefs, feelings and behaviours...” (p. 128) that they experience during the process of foreign language learning. these mixed perceptions of feelings may result from the teaching method and strategies applied by the teacher, instructor or lecturer. these perceptions and feelings manifest as communication apprehension (pratolo, 2017), fear of negative evaluation and test anxiety. the concept of learning underlying the moe approach is believed to be able to reduce student’s anxiety in foreign language learning, particularly in speaking a foreign language. this is because the nature of moe learning greatly involves collaboration where students work in team in order to complete a task. when working in group is favoured by the students, there is a big opportunity for students to gradually get rid of their anxiety to speak english. research method the study used qualitative approach in accordance with the principles of constructivism although some small calculation was taken as the source of data for qualitative analysis. constructivism is an approach that sees reality as social construction where the role of the researchers is “to understand the multiple social constructions of meaning and knowledge… [that]…will allow them to acquire multiple perspectives” (robson, 2002, p. 27). those multiple perspectives are generated by believing in participants’ perceptions about the phenomenon being investigated (creswell, 2009). as constructivism is “the heir of qualitative tradition” (robson, 2002, p. 26), its major focus is on “things in their natural settings, attempting to make sense of or interpret phenomena in terms of the meanings people bring to them” (denzin & lincoln, 2011, p. 3). a multiple-case study was adopted because three schools: udayana, atlanta and dharmawangsa (these names are pseudonyms) were involved to obtain the data. three english teachers (umaira, rossa and diana; also pseudonyms) and their classes (89 students in total) became the participants of the study. these students were sitting at grade 11 and were on their second semester when they were invited as the participants. the data were collected through 1) classroom observations, 2) semi-structured interview with teacher participants and 3) questionnaire distributed to student participants. however, the data presented in this article are only obtained from students’ responses of the questionnaire that consisted of closed and open-ended questions. while the data resulted from closed-ended questions were analysed with percentage, those from the open-ended were analyzed using qualitative content analysis approach. data coding applied the qualitative content analysis procedures suggested by both mayring (2000) and hsieh and shannon (2005): deductive category application (directed content analysis) and inductive category development (conventional or classical content analysis). the process of data coding or of naming the categories in deductive category application is carried out. eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ fatimah 43 findings and discussion the data presented in this section are derived from students’ responses to an openended question asking students about their perception of collaborative work during moe activities and teachers’ perceptions of collaborative learning. this open-ended question also allowed the students to provide more than one answer and the teachers (umaira, rosa and diana) to give in-depth explanation. collaborative learning and student engagement according to kao and o’neill (1998), while process drama usually begins with a large group or whole class activity, to sustain process drama, teachers usually assign students to work in small groups or pairs. this was certainly the case across all three cases. throughout the moe implementation, combinations of students completed tasks and conducted role-plays within these same groupings. across the three cases, the majority of students were positive to the question about their perception of collaborative work. most students enjoyed doing activities in groups and outlined various benefits of collaborative work to their learning as mainly voiced by the teacher participants during the semistructured interview which is described below. gradual increase in student engagement although atlanta students’ major reasons for their enjoyment of group work were different from the other two groups of students, in responding to a question about the activity that most encouraged them to speak english, almost half of them chose the activity of group work. their responses are exemplified by three students below: i think the collaboration greatly helped me develop my learning. i think it's so beneficial for me. the activities add my knowledge. collaborative work in moe activities is the best. by implication, atlanta students enjoyed group work because it gave them new learning experiences and new knowledge as discussed above, but they also believed that it gave them the opportunity speak english. atlanta students’ explanations suggest that although they had done role-play activities in previous english language learning, these were different from the role-plays they performed during moe. in their previous role-plays they were required to memorize scripted dialogues and practice them. during the group work activities of moe, they had no script to memorize as the dialogue was spontaneous and their teacher, rossa, took on a role together with them. the responses from rossa about student engagement was similar to the students’ although at the first semi-structured interview she complained that some students were not really engaged with the lesson. however, by her second semi-structured interview (after implementing the first four moe lessons), rossa had quite a different sense of the state of student engagement: they have improvement in participation and motivation after third and fourth meeting. we can see from the class that they are interested in learning english now, for example, in the first and second meeting, half of the students are not interested in the classroom. or i can say that only two or three students that are motivated in learning, only two or three students in one group. but after the third and fourth meeting, there are more students that are interested in learning. it can be five until six students, so it means that there is good improvement from the 44 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 classroom…they are interested in learning through drama (rossa, semistructured interview 2). meanwhile, most of the udayana students who perceived the benefit of collaborative work valued it as a technique that increased their interest in english learning. some others reported that group work increased their participation in learning and improved their understanding of the lessons and their english speaking ability as quoted below: i think the collaboration was very interesting for learning process. it can help students to master all learning materials well. i think it’s very interesting because we can improve our speaking ability and improve our confidence too. i think it’s good because all students can participate in the designing activities well and none of them being idle, at least they did it diligently the students’ views about their increased participation and improved understanding were in line with umaira’s observations about the benefits of small group activities (both in-role and out of role). she preferred to assign students to work collaboratively because she understood that peer support can be just as important and efficient as teacher support to engage students in their learning. she observed that having a small number of students in each group enabled each member to participate in the discussion and to exchange ideas. further, umaira witnessed that working in groups also helped the students who had less understanding of the lesson content “… so because of their friends’ assistance they could understand [the lesson/activities]” (umaira, semi-structured interview 3). from her observations, umaira identified three benefits of students doing activities in small group. first, each student was enabled to participate in discussion to share and exchange ideas. second, the students were enabled to prepare their roles for public performance role-play: “i think most of them have confidence... if i ask them to present or i ask them to perform, most of them can do that (umaira, semi-structured interview 1). third, through discussion with peers, the students had opportunities to deepen their understanding about tasks and lesson content. in the case of dharmawangsa, diana noted significant changes in students’ willingness to speak english after two lessons of learning through moe although she didn’t seem satisfied with the student’s progress. however, dharmawangsa students valued collaborative work in small group discussion because, in their view, it improved their english speaking ability, and increased their english speaking confidence, their understanding of the lessons and their mastery of vocabulary as the following quotes show. it is easier for me (to understand english) and i don’t feel complicated i think it is very good because it makes me understand english more it is exciting and useful to understand english vocabulary more very effective, with these activities in moe approach we can get close to each other the importance of group work has been discussed in the research literature and investigated through several studies, both as a dimension of process drama and as a technique in teaching and learning processes within esl/efl instruction. liu (2002) presents three functions of drama in a language classroom. one of them is the cognitive function that provides opportunities for to work collaboratively and creatively in order to develop their language skills. liu’s collaborative and creative learning outcomes of process eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ fatimah 45 drama were seen in most activities of moe in all cases. the students in this study conducted many small group activities, either to complete writing tasks or to prepare for public performance role-plays. while improvements to students’ english language skills were not assessed as a dimension of this study, creative engagement with tasks was, indeed, an observable outcome of moe implementation. a study conducted by sæbø (2011), investigating the relationship between individual and collective aspects of learning, found that ‘collective learning’ in small groups during process drama contributed significantly to promoting individual student learning. she concluded that “individual and collective aspects of the learning process are reciprocally dependent on each other, but it is the quality of the collective learning process that decides the quality of the individual learning process in drama” (p. 26). this finding suggests that collaborative learning has the potential to improve individual learning. although the current study did not specifically investigate the influence of collaboration on the quality of student learning, high levels of student engagement during group tasks across all three cases indicate the positive contribution of group work to student learning. a number of other studies focusing on the implementation of small group work and collaborative learning showed different results. in their experimental study, van blankenstein, dolmans, van der vleuten, and schmidt (2011) investigated the effects of giving explanations and listening during small group discussion on students’ long term memories. the findings showed that the activities affected positively their recall of related subject-mattered after discussions in small groups. on the other hand, a case study by osman, duffy, chang, and lee (2011) did not offer any particular positive impacts of small group discussion on student learning. the impact of group work on esl (english as a second language) or efl (english as a foreign language) learning has been investigated through a number of studies conducted in the last three decades and these confirm the findings in this study. for example, pica and doughty (1985) found that “group work: 1) provided students with more opportunities to practice using the target language, and 2) to engage in direct interaction” (p. 247). the first effect of group work found in pica and doughty’s study aligned with atlanta students’ perceptions of the benefits of being in-role during group work, as previously discussed. umaira similarly perceived the advantage of group work to encourage udayana students to speak english. in addition to pica and doughty’s findings about the advantages of group work in esl or efl learning, long and porter (1985) identified four more benefits of group work to students’ language acquisition. these are that it: 1) improves the quality of student talk, 2) helps individualize instruction, 3) promotes a positive affective climate, and 4) motivates learners (pp. 208-212). while the first benefit of group work identified by long and porter was not investigated through this study, the second finding can be seen in this study among students’ moe activities through small group work. each group of students in udayana shs and atlanta shs came up with different lpk proposals although the task set was similar for all. this was because they responded differently to the task. it allowed the options for “small groups of students [to] work on different sets of materials suited to their needs… group work, then, is a first step toward individualization of instruction” (long & porter, 1985, pp. 210-211). long and porter’s third point that group work positively affects the learning climate is evident in this study, particularly in case two where atlanta students were encouraged to speak english in small group role-plays without inhibition. the effect on motivation was evident across the cases. richards (2006) suggested that in group work the students “produce a greater amount of language than they would use in teacher-fronted activities [classroom activities or discussion]” (p. 20). meanwhile, long and porter conclude that “group work motivates 46 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 learners” (p. 212). their argument is in accordance with richards’ (2006) who also believes that through group work activities students’ motivation tends to increase. in line with the above benefits of group work, harmer (2007) also identifies some advantages of grouping students within english language teaching and learning. according to him, group work significantly increases speaking opportunities for students, and creates greater possibility for students to voice different opinions. thus, various contributions of ideas are enabled, and cooperation and negotiation skills are enhanced. findings from these studies are apparently in line with student learning experiences in this study. as discussed previously, group work increased dharmawangsa students’ willingness to speak english and provided a number of benefits to udayana students. a study by sutiah (2011) about implementing clt during group work with indonesian primary students likewise reported positive effects of group work on students’ speaking confidence. she highlighted that the students became more confident to give oral presentations within group presentations, and in contrast, became anxious in individual presentations due to concerns about their lack of proper pronunciation. this finding suggests that group activity can increase students’ speaking confidence and, at the same time, reduce their language anxiety. to conclude, collaborative learning undertaken within the frame of a real or an imaginary context was experienced by the students across the cases and was a significant factor in their positive engagement with the english language learning process. their heightened engagement created the possibility for students improved learning experiences that may lead to improvements in their language learning outcomes. collaborative learning as a mediator to reduce speaking anxiety despite heightened student engagement while in-role during the enactment of moe, the findings did indicate that some students felt anxious about taking on a role. the number of students who felt anxious in being in-role was especially significant, with 56% of atlanta students choosing ‘nervous’ (in the instrument of questionnaire) as one of the descriptors of their feelings about taking on a role. this nervousness may be understood as a form of ‘communication apprehension,’ which horwitz, horwitz, and cope (1986) explain is a “a type of shyness characterized by the fear of or anxiety of communicating with people” (p. 127) during foreign language instruction. horwitz et al. (1986) suggest that to reduce students’ anxiety the teacher should “make the learning context less stressful” (p. 131). one way of achieving this during moe implementation is by engaging students in small-group role-plays, including the teacher-inrole, as opposed to public performance role-plays. moe implementation to atlanta students resulted in findings showing that despite their nervousness, all atlanta students enjoyed having their teacher-in-role during small group role plays; 62% of responses indicated willingness to speak english during small group role-plays; and 69% of responses described enjoyment in small group role-plays. taken together, these findings suggest the benefits of using small group role-plays to combat student apprehension. this supports the findings revealed by effiong (2015) stating that peer collaboration and working in small groups reduce feelings of anxiety amongst efl learners’ pronunciation. this finding suggests that group activity can increase students’ speaking confidence and, at the same time, reduce their language anxiety. the kind of anxiety felt by atlanta students is, according to existing studies, commonly experienced by students learning a foreign language, and must be minimized in order to achieve their maximum learning outcomes. the collaborative and small group speaking activities of moe seemed to be a good approach for reducing student anxiety about learning and speaking english and may be seen as a stepping-stone to more public eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ fatimah 47 presentation and performance tasks. collaboration proved to be a powerful learning platform and it reduced students’ english speaking anxiety. conclusion the findings of the study indicate one major outcome of moe implementation, that is collaborative learning activities conducted through both classroom and imaginary context resulted in positive effects. the collaboration between learners that occurred in small groups benefited the students because it: 1) improved english speaking ability and confidence, 2) increased student interest and participation in learning, 3) increased understanding of their lessons, 4) provided students with new knowledge and learning experiences, 5) provided students with more opportunities to practice the target language being learned, and 6) engaged students in interaction. the findings related to student engagement in small group role-play and students’ increased confidence to speak english suggest that spoken interaction in small group had reduced students’ anxiety to speak english. this occurred because the students found that learning environment was less stressful. references akhyak, & indramawan, a. (2013). improving the students’ english speaking competence through storytelling. international journal of language and literature, 1(2), 18-24. retrieved from www.aripd.org/ijll aitken, v. (2013). dorothy heathcote's mantle of the expert approach to teaching and learning: a brief introduction. in d. fraser, v. aitken, & b. whyte (eds.), connecting curriculum, linking learning (pp. 34-56). wellington, new zealand: nzcer press. arts council england. (2003). drama in schools. 2nd. retrieved from http://www.artscouncil.org.uk/media/uploads/documents/publications/725.pdf belcastro, d. a. (2003). an action research study on using drama for learning: implementing dorothy heathcote's mantle of the expert approach to education. (master's thesis), the ohio state university. retrieved from http://rave.ohiolink.edu/etdc/view?acc_num=osu1393341342 cawthon, s. w., dawson, k., & ihorn, s. (2011). activating student engagement through drama-based instruction. journal for learning through the arts, 7(1), 31. retrieved from http://search.proquest.com/docview/1312421295?accountid=12528 chan, y.-l. p. (2009). in their own words: how do students relate drama pedagogy to their learning in curriculum subjects? research in drama education: the journal of applied theatre and performance, 14(2), 191-209. doi:10.1080/13569780902868770 creswell, j. w. (2009). research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (3rd ed.). thousand oaks: sage publication, inc. denzin, n. k., & lincoln, y. s. (eds.). (2011). qualitative research (4th ed.). los angeles: sage publications, inc. http://www.aripd.org/ijll http://www.artscouncil.org.uk/media/uploads/documents/publications/725.pdf 48 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 dillenbourg, p. (1999) what do you mean by collaborative learning? in p. dillenbourg (ed) collaborative-learning: cognitive and computational approaches (pp.1-19). oxford: elsevier effiong, o. (2015). getting them speaking: classroom social factors and foreign language anxiety. tesol journal, n/a-n/a. doi:10.1002/tesj.194 harmer, j. (2007). the practice of english language teaching (4 ed.). london: pearson education esl. heathcote, d. (2002). contexts for active learning four models to forge links between schooling and society. the journal for drama in education, 19 (1), 1-14. retrieved from http://pers-www.wlv.ac.uk/~in5127/natdtest/journal%20backcopies.html heathcote, d., & bolton, g. (1995). drama for learning: dorothy heathcote's mantle of the expert approach to education (o. n. cecily ed.). portsmouth, nh: heinemann. hesten, s. (1994). the dorothy heathcote archive. (ph. d. thesis). retrieved from http://www.mantleoftheexpert.com/community/research/ horwitz, e. k., horwitz, m. b., & cope, j. (1986). foreign language classroom anxiety. the modern language journal, 70 (2), 125-132. doi:10.1111/j.15404781.1986.tb05256.x housum-stevens, j. b. (1998). performance possibilities: curating a museum. voices from the middle, 6 (2), 19-26. retrieved from http://search.proquest.com.ezproxy.lib.monash.edu.au/eric/docview/213929912/fullte xtpdf/135d6ccf0f8199231aa/2?accountid=12528 hsieh, h.-f., & shannon, s. e. (2005). three approaches to qualitative content analysis. qualitative health research, 15 (9), 1277-1288. doi:10.1177/1049732305276687 liu, j. (2002). process drama in second and foreign language classrooms. in g. brauer (ed.), body and language: intercultural learning through drama (pp. 51-70). connecticut, london: ablex publishing. long, m. h., & porter, p. a. (1985). group work, interlanguage talk, and second language acquisition. tesol quarterly, 19(2), 207-228. doi:10.2307/3586827 mayring, p. (2000). qualitative content analysis. forum: qualitative social research, 1(2), 159-176. noh, m. a. c., yusuf, s. a. m. (2018). collaborative learning technique within higher learning education students. creative education, vol. 9, 2367-2375. osman, g., duffy, t., chang, j.-y., & lee, j. (2011). learning through collaboration: student perspectives. asia pacific education review, 12 (4), 547-558. doi:10.1007/s12564-011-9156-y eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ fatimah 49 padmadewi, n. n. (1998). students' anxiety in speaking class and ways of minimizing it. jurnal ilmu pendidikan, 5 (supplementary edition), 60-67. pica, t., & doughty, c. (1985). the role of group work in classroom second language acquisition. studies in second language acquisition, 7 (02), 233-248. doi: doi:10.1017/s0272263100005398 pratolo, b. w. (2017). exploring indonesian learners' beliefs about language learning strategies through reflection. figshare. doctoral thesis. monash university australia. https://monash.figshare.com/articles/exploring_indonesian_learners_beliefs_about_la nguage_learning_strategies_through_reflection/4711927. https://doi.org/10.4225/03/58b7763874bf3 richards, j. c. (2006). communicative language teaching today. new york: cambrige university press. robson, c. (2002). real world research (2nd ed.). oxford: blackwell publishing ltd. sutiah. (2011). the implementation of communicative language teaching (clt) within group-work in an english as foreign language (efl) elementary classroom in indonesia. international journal of arts and sciences, 4 (24), 205-258. sæbø, a. b. (2011). the relationship between the individual and the collective learning process in drama. in s. schonmann (ed.), key concepts in theatre/drama education (pp. 23-27). rotterdam: sense publishers. van blankenstein, f., dolmans, d. j. m., van der vleuten, c. m., & schmidt, h. (2011). which cognitive processes support learning during small-group discussion? the role of providing explanations and listening to others. instructional science, 39 (2), 189204. doi:10.1007/s11251-009-9124-7 yaman ntelioglou, b. (2011). drama and english language learners. in s. schonmann (ed.), key concepts in theatre/drama education (pp. 183-188). rotterdam: sense publishers. zulkifli, a. a. & fatimah. s. (2018). using werewolf game to teach speaking to senior high school students. journal of english language teaching, 8 (1), 61-70. https://monash.figshare.com/articles/exploring_indonesian_learners_beliefs_about_language_learning_strategies_through_reflection/4711927 https://monash.figshare.com/articles/exploring_indonesian_learners_beliefs_about_language_learning_strategies_through_reflection/4711927 https://doi.org/10.4225/03/58b7763874bf3 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 214-224 https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v5i3.8065 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id enhancing speaking skills amidst and beyond the covid-19 pandemic: innovative strategies from teachers' perspectives for high school efl learners suryanto a,1,*, eko purwanti b,2 , felansonia azhima dewanti c,3 a, b, c universitas muhammadiyah yogyakarta, jl. brawijaya, geblagan, tamantirto, kasihan, daerah istimewa yogyakarta 55183 1 suryanto@umy.ac.id*; 2 ekopurwanti@umy.ac.id; 3 felansonia.a.fpb17@mail.umy.ac.id * corresponding author a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 11 september 2022 revised 12 november 2022 accepted 25 november 2022 the success of english language learners is determined by their capacity for effective english communication. the purposes of this study are firstly to examine what activities university teachers employ to enhance students' speaking skills during and post-covid-19 pandemic and secondly investigate the differences in teaching speaking skills during and post-covid pandemic. the researchers select seven english instructors as participants using a qualitative descriptive research design. all participants were english lecturers at a yogyakarta private university. participants include three female and four male teachers taken using purposive sampling method. using an interview guide, the researchers conducted interviews with the participants to collect data. the findings show ten activities lecturers utilize to instruct speaking skills during and post-pandemic. the activities include giving speaking practices, making group work activities, retelling stories, or experiences, assigning role play and presentations, asking students to record activities, providing communicating exposures, practicing interviews, and producing a vlog. during and post the pandemic, the second set of findings highlights the differences in teaching speaking during and post pandemics, covering the nature of the activities in terms of flexibility, degree of control, and engagement. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords activities for speaking skills activities during covid-19 pandemic activities post-covid-19 pandemic offline learning online learning how to cite: suryanto, purwanti, e., & dewanti, f. a. (2022). enhancing speaking skills amidst and beyond the covid-19 pandemic: innovative strategies from teachers' perspectives for high school efl learners. english language teaching educational journal, 5 (3), 214-224. 1. introduction the successful performance of english language learners is measured by their capacity to communicate effectively in english (kurniawan, 2016; richards, 2015). effective english communication requires sufficient accuracy and fluency in listening, speaking, reading, and writing to convey and comprehend meaning in various contexts (burns & richards, 2018; richards, 2015). to comprehend and respond appropriately, learners require listening that involves comprehending spoken english, including various accents, intonation patterns, and idiomatic expressions (thir, 2023; yu et al., 2021). speaking involves expressing oneself plainly and effectively in english using the proper vocabulary, grammar, and pronunciation. it also requires the ability to engage in english conversations, discussions, and presentations, as well as to negotiate meaning and clarify misunderstandings (sim & post, 2022). reading requires comprehension of written english, including various writing styles such as academic articles, news reports, and literary texts, to comprehend and derive meaning (eriksson et al., 2023; burns & richards, 2018; richards, 2015). it also requires recognizing and employing various reading strategies to enhance comprehension. writing is using https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v5i3.8065 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id mailto:suryanto@umy.ac.id mailto:ekopurwanti@umy.ac.id mailto:felansonia.a.fpb17@mail.umy.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4064-0339 http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.12928/eltej.v5i3.8065&domain=pdf https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8203-7653 215 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 214-224 suryanto et al. (enhancing speaking skills amidst and beyond the covid-19 pandemic.....) english to express oneself effectively in written form, utilizing appropriate grammar, vocabulary, and organization (paterson & fisher, 2022). it also requires composing diverse texts for various purposes and audiences, such as emails, essays, and reports. among the four main language skills, speaking skills constitute vital language skills for students and teachers to master as such proficiency shows their language expertise (koran, 2015). english students who mastered speaking skills performed better in school discussions and question-andanswer sessions. at such times, english learners can express their ideas clearly to understand the lesson better, thus leading to their success in learning. fluency in spoken english is required for social, travel, business, and educational purposes (duff et al., 2018). moreover, the ability to perform spoken communication is valued most often, and by which they can use them or lose their chance at life (namaziandost, et al., 2018). considering these conditions, teachers should facilitate students maximally to master speaking skills. in the same direction, students should learn hard by understanding the theoretical knowledge and executing its practical matters to acquire englishspeaking skills. however, the learning and its facilitation are subject to the contextual conditions of the teaching-learning process (burns & richards, 2018; richards, 2015) contextual conditions in the english language are essential in language learning and offer new perspectives on negotiating cross-cultural encounters, changing learning affordances, and reconfigurations the nature of second language teaching (burns & richards, 2018). the context of english language learning can be in and beyond the classroom. learning in the classroom requires balancing instruction with language use, as individual learners vary in their preferred learning styles, aptitude, attitudes, and motivations. explicit classroom-based instruction can be used for strategy training, modeling expert language use, comparing pragmatic features of languages, translation activities, and activities involving implicit learning (east et al., 2018). language learning beyond the classroom is a lifelong project, with diversity and versatility being two main characteristics (chik, 2018). diversity is one of the key features of language learning beyond the classroom. learners can encounter various forms of language input, including perusing books, viewing films, listening to music, and conversing with native speakers. this variety of language input can assist students in expanding their vocabulary and gaining a deeper understanding of cultural nuances and idiomatic expressions. versatility is another characteristic to characterize language learning outside the classroom. students can engage in language learning activities and resources that correspond with their interests and learning preferences, such as language exchange programs, online language courses, and language learning applications. this adaptability enables language learners to modify their learning experience to their specific requirements and objectives. a theoretical model defines the scope of learning language in five dimensions. they are location, formality, pedagogy, locus of control, and trajectory (chik, 2018). the location dimension refers to the location where language learning occurs. it can include formal settings such as classrooms and language institutions and informal settings such as immersion experiences in the target language country, language exchanges with english native speakers, and self-study using online resources. the formality signifies the level of formality in language learning. it may vary from highly organized and official classroom environments to informal and relaxed environments such as language cafés or conversation communities. the pedagogy dimension refers to the techniques and strategies implemented for teaching language. it may incorporate traditional approaches like a grammatical translation as well as communicative and task-based methods that prioritize real-world language usage and interaction. meanwhile, the locus of control refers to how much control learners possess over their learning process. it may include teacher-centred approaches in which the teacher determines the content and pacing of learning and learner-centred approaches that enable students to establish their objectives, choose their materials, and manage their learning. the trajectory dimension describes the path or development of language learning over time. it can include short-term objectives like completing a language exam or acquiring specific vocabulary and long-term objectives like attaining fluency or acquiring the language for professional purposes. as reported by the united nations science, scientific and cultural organization (unesco) on thursday (4/3/2020), the pandemic of the coronavirus (covid-19) had an impact on the education sector (unesco, 2020). about 300 million students worldwide were disrupted in their learning practices and challenged in their future educational rights (handoyo, 2020). countries worldwide issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 216 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 214-224 suryanto et al. (enhancing speaking skills amidst and beyond the covid-19 pandemic.....) closed schools in every effort to avoid the spreading virus that had already affected more than 233 million students around the world (unesco, 2020). the government closed schools and universities. all educational activities were transferred into online modes. in yogyakarta, indonesia, the context where this study was performed, all educational learning processes were changed in the mode of an online system. the impacts of covid-19 were also felt in teaching and learning english. students also suffered from the influence of the covid-19 pandemic on the development of language skills such as listening, speaking, reading, and writing. the indonesian government officially revoked the imposition of restricting community activities (ppkm) policy related to the covid-19 pandemic on friday, december 30, 2022, after president joko widodo announced it at a press conference at the state palace in jakarta (ramadhan, 2022). this policy brings about the absence of previous restrictions in every aspect of state lives, including educational fields, to be more specific in the domain of english language teaching and learning. the change in teaching and learning english contextual conditions from the restricted condition due to covid-19 to the restriction's eradication motivated the researchers to administer research with the following questions. 1. what activities did teachers employ to teach speaking skills during and after the covid-19 pandemic? 2. what differences exist in teaching speaking skills during and after the covid-19 pandemic? 2. method this investigation is qualitative and descriptive in nature. choosing an appropriate method to address research concerns is a crucial step in the research procedure. frequently, qualitative descriptive research is used to offer clear explanations of the participants' experiences and perceptions (doyle et al., 2020). qualitative descriptive research develops data that subjectively describe the "who, what, and where" of events or experiences. it corresponds most closely to constructionism and critical theories employing interpretive and naturalistic methodologies. it is also consistent with pragmatism, in which decisions about how research should be conducted are made based on the study's goals or objectives and context (doyle et al., 2020). this research was conducted in the department of english education at a private university in yogyakarta. the first reason is that the university also teaches speaking courses, which require special activities to train students to improve their speaking skills. second, the lecturers' experience teaching speaking skills during and post-covid-19 pandemic, so they are suitable to participate in this study. the participants of this study were seven lecturers consisting of 3 females and four males. the writer used pseudonyms for the data analysis needs. participant 1 is miss intan, participant 2 is miss reyna, participant 3 is mr. zaki, participant 4 is miss ifah, participant 5 is mr. taka, participant 6 is mr. ono, and participant 7 is mr. rian. all these participants were interviewed after being contacted and ready to participate in this study voluntarily. the researchers used the indonesian language to avoid misunderstanding, as all participants were indonesian native speakers. however, the researchers made interviewed piloting to two persons to assess whether the researchers were capable of running the smooth interview processes and asked understandable questions based on the interview guide that had been prepared in advance (saddour, 2020). after piloting the interview guideline, the researchers interviewed the participants one by one based on the time convenient for them using a recorder. the interview results were transcribed verbatim. prior to the data analyses, the interview transcripts were given to the research participants for member checking to confirm trustworthiness related to the originality and credibility of the information given in the interviews (cervini & zingaro, 2021; stahl & king, 2020). by then, the data analyses were administered using thematic analysis (williams & moser, 2019) by making coding. coding is an almost standard qualitative research method; it is a fundamental part of the analytical process and how researchers break down their data to produce something fresh. "coding is the process of processing qualitative text data by extracting them from each other to see what they yield before reassembling the data meaningfully" (creswell, 2015). in other words, coding is where the researchers put together and group the results of interviews that have been conducted. there are also four coding types: open coding, analytical coding, axial coding, and selective coding (corbin & strauss, 2015; williams & moser, 2019). 217 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 214-224 suryanto et al. (enhancing speaking skills amidst and beyond the covid-19 pandemic.....) 3. findings the findings were classified based on the research questions. first, the researcher reported the result of activities used by the teachers to teach students to improve their speaking skills during and after covid-19 pandemic. second, the researcher presented the results of media used by teachers to teach students their speaking skills during post-covid-19 pandemic times. the thematic analyses revealed that the activities implemented by teachers to teach speaking skills during and after covid-19 pandemic could be categorized into two big categories: the same and different activities. the interview results indicated that most activities conducted during and post the covid-19 pandemic are the same. they cover ten themes, including giving speaking practices, making group work activities, retelling stories or experiences, assigning role play and presentations, asking students to record activities, providing speaking exposures, practicing interviews, and producing a vlog. 3.1. the same activities to practice english speaking skills during and after covid-19 pandemic they cover ten themes, including giving speaking practices, making group work activities, retelling stories or experiences, assigning role play and presentations, asking students to record activities, providing speaking exposures, practicing interviews, and producing a vlog. 1) giving practice all participants mentioned that both during and post-covid-19 pandemic provided activities for students to practice speaking skills. based on the interview result of participant 1, miss intan said, "… during covid-19 pandemic, online students should have the opportunity to chat to practice their speaking skills. similarly, i assign the same in the after pandemic" (p1.1). then participant 2, miss reyna, "give much practice and then give an input session first, give an input session like video or audio recording according to the theme or topic and then i give a case" (p2.2). participant 7, rian, stated, '…speaking is a skill, to master skills, students require to practice and practice; this is the same, i did during covid-19 pandemic and afterward. …" all teachers seem in agreement to encourage students to have activities to practice and practice their speaking skills regardless of whether the class was imposed during or after covid-19 pandemic. practicing is one of the key elements to teaching english speaking skills (richards, 2015) 2) making a group activity this study revealed that in speaking class, all teachers made group activities for students to train their english-speaking skills. one of the participants said, "so the moment we did was to make small groups, we have four credits for the course, so the time is more than 3 hours, yes, 3 hours 20 minutes now what we do is the students are grouped into small groups" (p1.2). in group activities, the lecturers commonly divide several students into groups. then the students did a speaking activity in the group. the groups of students exchanged information with one another on different topics. in the discussion, each group is given 20 minutes to do the speaking activity (duff & surtees, 2018). activities such as peer or group work enhance the speaking abilities of the learners, allowing them to convey their opinions in a sympathetic context. teachers of english must consider the requirements and interests of their pupils when selecting topics for these exercises. at this juncture, it is judicious to cite rao s. p. (2018), who asserts, "while selecting the topics, teachers must consider the learners' needs and interests so that students will work more enthusiastically on assigned topics." therefore, teachers must have a more optimistic outlook on learner-centered methods to engage students by emphasizing speaking skills-related activities. when students work in partners or small groups, they develop their independence and strive to communicate more and generate more sentences. working in a group will significantly assist english language learners in boosting their confidence and encouraging them to exercise their speaking skills whenever they have the opportunity. therefore, teachers must provide more opportunities for students to actively partake in pairings or groups to improve their speaking abilities (singh, 2020). 3) retelling activity one of the participants shared their point about teaching using retelling activity. miss intan said, "so the student tells the story later, and the other students have to retell what he told" (p1.14). the rest of the participants mentioned applying retelling stories or experiences as teaching activities during and after covid-19 pandemic. taking examples, participant 2, miss reyna, and participant 3, mr. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 218 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 214-224 suryanto et al. (enhancing speaking skills amidst and beyond the covid-19 pandemic.....) zaki, stated similarly that retelling stories or experiences is implemented frequently in their speaking class. they argued that retelling story or experience had given opportunities to have an input session first before having their speaking retrieval (richards, 2015) retelling has a positive effect on language acquisition because it improves students' ability to reorganize information from previously read texts (ghiabi, 2014; richards, 2015). retelling enables the teacher to determine how well a student comprehends the story as a whole and reorganize the story with their own words. students' speaking skills can be improved by having them relate anecdotes in their own terms. 4) using video learning based on the interview asked by the researchers, participant 1, miss intan, explained, "then they have to watch the video, so after watching it, there will be much learning in the video" (p1.19). then participant 2, mr. zaki, also explained, "if they want to can review a product, they have to watch many product reviews on youtube" (p3.26). both participants used the activity by watching a video to improve their speaking skills. miss ifah, mr. taka, mr. ono, and mr. rian shared the idea of using video learning. they argued that video learning could significantly assist the students in having clear input sessions. they clarify that video learning increases students' interest and willingness to learn. video can maintain interconnection and engagement during study and engagement leads students to practice the material learned (lowenthal et al., 2020). moreover, video can contribute positive effects in learning speaking in terms of increasing motivation to learn, and nurturing skills to think critically and lowering the anxiety in english learning (chien et al., 2020). 5) giving assessment all participants said that they did assessment activities to improve their speaking skills. the first participant, miss intan, explained, "we also made an assessment that was theirs, whose assessment could make them practice their speaking skills. then, participant 2, miss reyna, said, "practice using synchronous meetings for the assignment or the assessment." the two participants not only gave the students practice but also gave them an assessment for their improving speaking skills (burns & richards, 2018). all participants agree to give assessments. some experts say that the selection of the online assessment concept is seen as one of the learning concepts that provide an opportunity for students to perform critical thinking processes (chien et al., 2020). providing student assessments can provide opportunities for students to carry out critical thinking processes so that students can also speak well. 6) assigning role play and presentation one participant, miss intan, said, "to practice the daily conversation, students should perform interviews. i usually ask the students to do presentations followed by a role play". at this point, role play and presentation become activities in the speaking class. the other participants stated that they use presentation and role play in the context of the pandemic and post-pandemic. mr. taka and mr. ono said, "we implemented role play and presentation online during the covid-19 pandemic. at post covid-19 pandemics, we can again make the real performance of role play and presentation in front of the class". the statements of mr. taka and mr. ono signify that even though the class meetings were online, the role-play activities and presentations could still run synchronously online. indeed, many studies prove that role plays are valuable teaching tools (rashid & qaisar, 2017; stevens, 2015). likewise, presentation activities improve students' capacity to interact with others if they learn how to make a successful presentation (king, 2012). in short, the findings show that roleplay and presentation are instrumental activities for speaking class. 7) asking students to produce a recording based on the results of interviews conducted by the researchers, participant 2, miss reyna, said, "they record their voice individually, so audio recording is not just video recording. at this point, students make audio recordings to practice speaking skills. then participant 3, mr. zaki, explained that "students are supposed to make a podcast and publish it, …later, after they got the interview results with the professionals, they published it… they had practiced using english" (p3.15). this excerpt signifies that students are asked to make a podcast which will later be uploaded to one of the social media. using this podcast has an impact on students' skills (indahsari, 2020) that is beneficial both during and after a pandemic. participant 7, rian, stated, “…. i train students in my speaking class by asking them to record their speaking and listen to the recording to check. they can use any kind of media…”. self-recording technique provides solutions to other related problems that teachers face, https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ej1257171 https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/effects-of-peer-assessment-within-the-context-of-on-chien-hwang/714c622c02d7868502ef59970d601c7d23f0f9b5 https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/effects-of-peer-assessment-within-the-context-of-on-chien-hwang/714c622c02d7868502ef59970d601c7d23f0f9b5 https://jees.umsida.ac.id/index.php/jees/article/view/767/889 219 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 214-224 suryanto et al. (enhancing speaking skills amidst and beyond the covid-19 pandemic.....) such as students not feeling responsible for their learning, not putting forth sufficient effort, not speaking english in class, or speaking in their native language. (encalada & sarmiento, 2019) 8) giving exposure based on the interview results, participant 2, miss reyna, said, "earlier, you gave much practice and gave the students much exposure first, and then the exposure is in the form of examples." then participant 3, mr. zaki, also said, "in my opinion, speaking skills should start with a lot of input or exposure." participant 4, miss ifah, mentioned, “…i give a lot of exposures both online and offline. the exposures can be given both during and after pandemic…” works. in line with miss ifah, participant 5, mr. taka, said, “… whether teaching online or offline, during or post-pandemic, giving exposure for students to practice speaking skills is a must”. the excerpts proved that providing students exposure to practice english skills have been practiced by the lecturers both during and after the covid-19 pandemic, the extent of different degrees of formality, locus of control, and pedagogy (chik, 2018; dayagbil et al., 2021). 9) making a vlog creating activity is also applied by participant 3; he is one, mr. zaki. he said, "well, in this product review, i made the assignment to make a vlog. "so coincidentally, in one of the courses taught by mr. zaki, one of the goals is that students can review a product. in the activity of making a vlog, students review a product. what will be explained in this product review, students review the product, providing information about the advantages and disadvantages. the uniqueness of the product, then they will reset about the product. the person who speaks in the video is referred to as a vlogger. vlog is one of the most recent media innovations that has opened up new communication channels through user-generated content. short segments of video blogs are more effective in the teaching-learning process since the teacher can choose any section of a specific language that the students will study and practice. 3.2. the reasons of having same activities to practice english speaking skills during and after covid-19 pandemic when asked why the participants expressed almost the same activities when they taught english speaking skills during and after covid-19 pandemic, they expressed the following themes: lms (learning management system) available far before the outbreak of the covid-19 pandemic, grants for online platform establishment, and the offline activities transferable to online activities. 1) lms was established far before the outbreak of the covid-19 pandemic all participants said they had engaged in online learning before the outbreak of the covid-19 pandemic. all participants stated similarly, "….. our university has established lms since 2018…”. participant 7, mr. rian, even said, "… our university is among the pioneer universities that established lms for online learning in 2017 and 2018….". as covid-19 outbreak was in march 2020, the teachers were prepared to face the abrupt change of the online learning mode due to the availability of lsm. lms has achieved significant usability during covid-19 pandemic (saputra & kusuma, 2022). 2) grants for online platform establishment all participants had obtained grants to construct online class platforms for all subjects. for instance, participant 6, mr. ono, said, "…the university provides grants for us around 10 million indonesian rupiahs for each subject we teach every semester.”. all participants confirmed the availability of the grant granted every semester. mr. taka verifies this fact by saying, … up to the present, we are granted on the eleventh batch, meaning we have been establishing a learning management system online for five and a half years". obtaining grants warrants all lecturers constructing the online platform appropriately because the grant scheme must provide a control mechanism for the success of online learning platform creation (tavares & amaral, 2006). besides, the grant awards proved that the university had improved the capacity of the lecturers for running online classes and signifies that the university has upgraded the required infrastructures for such needs (dayagbil et al., 2021). 3) offline activities are transferable to online activities the interview results show that all the participants agree that offline activities are transferable to online activities. participant 2, miss reyna, argued, “…online platforms provide spaces to transfer offline activities, offline meetings with online synchronous online meetings, a presentation can be https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/perceptions-about-self-recording-videos-to-develop-encalada-sarmiento/6321347b3eb44eae31b5ebc2ba11a7716607d527 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 220 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 214-224 suryanto et al. (enhancing speaking skills amidst and beyond the covid-19 pandemic.....) done online and offline, offline group work with group work in online breakout meeting, etc....….". similarly, other participants possess similar ideas. this finding implies that what is commonly conducted offline activities can be replaced with online undertakings. in this respect, the same activities to practice english speaking skills during and after pandemic have substantial grounds since the spirit to have offline meetings post-pandemic can be equally undertaken in online meetings during pandemics. however, the findings also highlight the slight difference in teaching during from post pandemics. 3.3. the differences in teaching english speaking skills during and after covid-19 pandemic most participants agree they had the same activities during and after pandemic. nevertheless, the thematic analyses of the interview data of this study reveal slight differences in teaching during and after covid-19 pandemic. the differences are in the nature of activities, including flexibility, degree of control, and engagement. 1) flexibility most study participants mentioned being more flexible when teaching during a pandemic. participant 1, miss intan, said, “…. teaching online during covid-19 pandemic offers flexibility for students using a range of activities, methods, and times to learn in ways that suit them best…”. the difference emerges from post-pandemics in which the tendency of teaching is offline with face-toface meetings. participant 4, miss ifah, said, “…offline classroom meetings are rigid in terms of the meeting time, physical classroom arrangements, and others, ….". the findings picture the degree of flexibility of teaching online during covid-19 and the rigidity of offline classes post-pandemics (turan et al., 2022). 2) degree of control the findings of this study show that the degrees of control toward teaching and learning speaking skills are varied. the students control their time and mode of learning more than the teachers during the covid-19 pandemic. participant 3, mr. zaki, said, "during online classes in pandemic times, students can join the speaking class at home freely, decide the time to do exercises and assignments in the time frame in their freedom." differently, participant 4, miss ifah, mentioned, "… postpandemic, i teach students offline, even though i run blended learning. i can control students whether they practice the assigned exercise or not directly……”. these sample data illustrate different control of teachers and students during online learning during the pandemic from the control post-pandemic learning (dayagbil et al., 2021). 3) engagement the interview data denoted that students engage differently in the same activities during and after pandemics in teaching speaking skills. participant 5, mr. taka, stated, ‘i experienced that teaching face to face in a synchronous online meeting and offline class are not the same. the engagement of meeting face to face offline class is better than online one". this statement contradicts the work of kristianto and gandajaya (2023), who argue that engagement during the pandemic using online and post-pandemic using offline mode have no significant difference. the different engagement might happen when common issues with internet connection and compatibility of the gadget and in online learning occur (basar et al., 2021; hanafiah & aziz, 2022). besides the different natures of the activities in teaching english, the study also presents the media used to teach english speaking skills during covid-19 and after covid-19 pandemics. 4. conclusion this study explores the university teachers' perception of students' activities in improving their speaking skills during covid-19. the study employed a qualitative approach and descriptive qualitative as the research designs. the participants were seven university teachers at a private university in yogyakarta. the findings were classified based on the research questions. the interview data showed that ten activities were used by university teachers to teach english during and after pandemic time, covering giving speaking practices, making group work activities, retelling stories, or experiences, assigning role play and presentations, asking students to record activities, providing speaking exposures, practicing interview, and producing a vlog. the interview data also indicated that although the activities are mostly the same during and after pandemic times, differences are still found in the nature of the activities, including flexibility, degree of control, and students' engagement. 221 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 214-224 suryanto et al. (enhancing speaking skills amidst and beyond the covid-19 pandemic.....) acknowledgment this study would not have been possible without the support and assistance of numerous individuals, including our colleagues and english instructors from representative secondary institutions. we would like to take this opportunity to express our appreciation to everyone involved. our sincerest appreciation and thanks are extended to our colleagues at universitas muhammadiyah yogyakarta, who have contributed to research by providing suggestions and ideas regarding data acquisition declarations author contribution : suryanto was in charge of the overall scientific endeavor. he also directed the composition of the manuscript and the collaboration with eko purwanti and felansonia azhima dewanti, who contributed to the data gathering. all authors consented to the final manuscript. funding statement : this research was funded by the research center of universitas muhammadiyah yogyakarta conflict of interest : all of the authors declare that they have no competing interests. ethics declaration : as authors, we acknowledge that this work was based on ethical research conducted in accordance with our university's regulations and that we obtained permission from the relevant institutes before collecting data. we endorse eltej journal's commitment to upholding high standards of personal conduct and practicing integrity in all professional practices and endeavors. additional information : no additional information is available for this paper. references basar, z. m., mansor, a. n., jamaludin, k. a., & alias, b. s. (2021). the effectiveness and challenges of online learning for secondary school students a case study. asian journal of university education, 17(3), 119-129. https://doi.org/10.24191/ajue.v17i3.14514 burns, a., & richards, j. c. (eds.). (2018). the cambridge guide to learning english as a second language. cambridge university press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009024761 bustari, a., samad, i. a., & achmad, d. (2017). the use of podcasts in improving students' speaking skill. jele (journal of english language and education), 3(2), 97-111. https://doi.org/10.26486/jele.v3i2.256 cervini, c., & zingaro, a. (2021, july). when learning italian as a second language, tourism and technology go hand in hand. 7th international conference on higher education advances (head'21). https://doi.org/10.4995/head21.2021.12961 chik, a. (2018). learning beyond the classroom. in a. burns & j. c. richards (eds.), the cambridge guide to learning english as a second language (pp. 118-125). cambridge university press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009024761.017 corbin, j., & strauss, a. (2015). basics of qualitative research. sage. https://doi.org/10.24191/ajue.v17i3.14514 https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009024761 https://doi.org/10.26486/jele.v3i2.256 https://doi.org/10.4995/head21.2021.12961 https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009024761.017 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 222 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 214-224 suryanto et al. (enhancing speaking skills amidst and beyond the covid-19 pandemic.....) creswell, j. w. (2015). revisiting mixed methods and advancing scientific practices. in s. n. hesse-biber & r. b. johnson (eds.), the oxford handbook of multimethod and mixed methods research inquiry (oxford library of psychology). oxford academic. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199933624.013.39 dayagbil, f. t., palompon, d. r., garcia, l. l., & olvido, m. m. j. (2021). teaching and learning continuity amid and beyond the pandemic. frontiers in education, 6(july), 1-12. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.678692 doyle, l., mccabe, c., keogh, b., brady, a., & mccann, m. (2020). an overview of the qualitative descriptive design within nursing research. journal of research in nursing, 25(5), 443-455. https://doi.org/10.1177/1744987119880234 duff, p., surtees, v., burns, a., & richards, j. (2018). learning through social interaction. cambridge guide to learning a second language, 101-109. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009024761.015 east, m., samuda, v., van den branden, k., & bygate, m. (2018). how do beginning teachers conceptualise and enact tasks in school foreign language classrooms. tblt as a researched pedagogy, 23-50. https://doi.org/10.1075/tblt.12.02eas eriksson, l., busby, n., & warnby, m. (2023, january). preparing students for academic reading in english: a comparative study of swedish and norwegian university-preparatory curricula. in iscod-international symposium on comparative didactics, örebro, sweden, ghiabi, s. (2014). international journal of english and education investigating the effects of story retelling technique as a closed task vs story-completion as an open task on efl learners ' speaking. international journal of english and education, 3(3), 23. hanafiah, a. d., & aziz, a. a. (2022). opportunities and challenges in esl online learning environment: a review of literature. international journal of academic research in business and social sciences, 12(1), 1721-1730. https://doi.org/10.6007/ijarbss/v12-i1/12062 handoyo, r. d. (2020). editorial: impact of covid 19 on trade, fdi, real exchange rate and era of digitalization: brief review global economy during pandemic. jde (journal of developing economies), 5(2), 84–88. https://doi.org/10.20473/jde.v5i2.23641 king, d. (2012). new perspectives on context-based chemistry education: using a dialectical sociocultural approach to view teaching and learning. studies in science education, 48(1), 51-87. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2012.655037 king, j. (2002). preparing efl learners for oral presentation. the internet tesl journal, 8(3). http://iteslj.org/lessons/king-publicspeaking.html koran, s. (2015, april). the role of teachers in developing learners' speaking skill. in 6th international visible conference on educational studies and applied linguistics, april (pp. 400-4016). kristianto, h., & gandajaya, l. (2023). offline vs. online problem-based learning: a case study of student engagement and learning outcomes. interactive technology and smart education, 20(1), 106-121. https://doi.org/10.1108/itse-09-2021-0166 kurniawan, b. (2016). code-mixing on facebook postings by efl students: a small scale study at an smp in tangerang. indonesian jelt: indonesian journal of english language teaching, 11(2), 169-180. https://doi.org/10.25170/ijelt.v11i2.1496 https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199933624.013.39 https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.678692 https://doi.org/10.1177/1744987119880234 https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009024761.015 https://doi.org/10.1075/tblt.12.02eas https://doi.org/10.6007/ijarbss/v12-i1/12062 https://doi.org/10.20473/jde.v5i2.23641 https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2012.655037 http://iteslj.org/lessons/king-publicspeaking.html https://doi.org/10.1108/itse-09-2021-0166 https://doi.org/10.25170/ijelt.v11i2.1496 223 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 214-224 suryanto et al. (enhancing speaking skills amidst and beyond the covid-19 pandemic.....) namaziandost, e., saray, a. a., & esfahani, f. r. (2018). the effect of writing practice on improving speaking skill among pre-intermediate efl learners. theory and practice in language studies, 8(12), 1690-1697. https://doi.org/10.17507/tpls.0812.16 paterson, s., & fisher, m. (2022). writing for conservation—a skill for life. oryx, 56(6), 801-802. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0030605322001351 ramadhan. (2022, december 30). pemerintah putuskan cabut ppkm mulai hari ini [government decides to lift ppkm starting today]. retrieved from https://nasional.kompas.com/read/2022/12/30/14381381/pemerintah-putuskan-cabut-ppkmmulai-hari-ini rao, p. s. (2019). the importance of speaking skills in english classrooms. alford council of international english & literature journal (acielj), 2(2), 6-18. rashid, s., & qaisar, s. (2017). role play: a productive teaching strategy to promote critical thinking. bulletin of education and research, 39(2), 197-213. richards, j. c. (2015). error analysis: perspectives on second language acquisition. routledge. saddour, i. (2020). methodological considerations when piloting an interview protocol: the example of syrian asylum seekers in france. journal of french language studies, 30(2), 211-238. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0959269520000101 saputra, r. i., & kusuma, w. a. (2022). evaluation of the usability learning management system during the covid-19 pandemic using the scale system. budapest international research and critics institute journal, 5(2), 13771-13777. schwarz, j., li, k. k., sim, j. h., zhang, y., buchanan-worster, e., post, b., ... & mcdougall, k. (2022). semantic cues modulate children's and adults' processing of audio-visual face mask speech. frontiers in psychology, 13. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.879156 sim, j., & post, b. (2022). variation in quality of maternal input and development of coda stops in english-speaking children in singapore. journal of child language, 49(6), 1147-1172. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0305000921000593 singh, c. k. s. (2020). the use of think pair share of cooperative learning to improve weak students’ speaking ability. international journal of psychosocial rehabilitation, 24(5), 4008–4023. https://doi.org/10.37200/ijpr/v24i5/pr2020111 stahl, n. a., & king, j. r. (2020). expanding approaches for research: understanding and using trustworthiness in qualitative research. journal of developmental education, 44(1), 26-28. stevens, r. (2015). role-play and student engagement: reflections from the classroom. teaching in higher education, 20(5), 481–492. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2015.1020778 tavares, d. a., & amaral, a. (2006). oecd: funding systems and their effects on higher education systems, portugal. november. https://www.oecd.org/portugal/38308060.pdf%5cnwww.oecd.org/portugal/38308060.pdf thir, v. (2023). co-text, context, and listening proficiency as crucial variables in intelligibility among nonnative users of english. studies in second language acquisition, 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0272263123000207 turan, z., kucuk, s., & cilligol karabey, s. (2022). the university students' self-regulated effort, flexibility, and satisfaction in distance education. international journal of educational technology in higher education, 19(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-022-00342-w https://doi.org/10.17507/tpls.0812.16 https://doi.org/10.1017/s0030605322001351 https://nasional.kompas.com/read/2022/12/30/14381381/pemerintah-putuskan-cabut-ppkm-mulai-hari-ini https://nasional.kompas.com/read/2022/12/30/14381381/pemerintah-putuskan-cabut-ppkm-mulai-hari-ini https://doi.org/10.1017/s0959269520000101 https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.879156 https://doi.org/10.1017/s0305000921000593 https://doi.org/10.37200/ijpr/v24i5/pr2020111 https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2015.1020778 https://www.oecd.org/portugal/38308060.pdf%5cnwww.oecd.org/portugal/38308060.pdf https://doi.org/10.1017/s0272263123000207 https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-022-00342-w issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 224 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 214-224 suryanto et al. (enhancing speaking skills amidst and beyond the covid-19 pandemic.....) unesco. (2020, march 5). 290 million students out of school due to covid-19: unesco releases first global numbers and mobilizes response. retrieved from https://www.unesco.org/en/articles/290-million-students-out-school-due-covid-19-unescoreleases-first-global-numbers-and-mobilizes williams, m., & moser, t. (2019). the art of coding and thematic exploration in qualitative research. international management review, 15(1), 45-55. yu, z., gao, m., & wang, l. (2021). the effect of educational games on learning outcomes, student motivation, engagement and satisfaction. journal of educational computing research, 59(3), 522-546. https://doi.org/10.1177/0735633120969214 https://www.unesco.org/en/articles/290-million-students-out-school-due-covid-19-unesco-releases-first-global-numbers-and-mobilizes https://www.unesco.org/en/articles/290-million-students-out-school-due-covid-19-unesco-releases-first-global-numbers-and-mobilizes https://doi.org/10.1177/0735633120969214 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 202-213 https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v5i3.8141 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id examining teachers' motivation in conducting teacher professional development: a self-determination theory perspective eko purwanti a,1,*, salma octavia b,2 a, b universitas muhammadiyah yogyakarta, jl. brawijaya, geblagan, tamantirto, kasihan, daerah istimewa yogyakarta 55183 1 ekopurwanti@umy.ac.id*; 2 salma.octavia.fpb17@mail.umy.ac.id * corresponding author a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 11 september 2022 revised 25 october 2022 accepted 25 november 2022 teacher professional development (tpd) plays a vital role in fostering teacher professionalism by providing teachers with ongoing learning opportunities and support which eventually affect students’ learning. this study aims to find out various activities of english secondary school teachers regarding their teacher professional development and to investigate their motivation in conducting tpd based on selfdetermination theory (sdt) as theoretical framework. a qualitative approach with a descriptive qualitative research design was employed in this study in which three english secondary school teachers were involved as the participants using individual interviews as the data collection technique. based on the interviews, the findings showed that tpd activities done by the participants were 1) attending workshop and seminar, 2) joining english subject teacher forum, and 3) having informal peer discussions. in addition, the next findings regarding the teachers’ motivation in conducting tpd proves that the three aspects of sdt emerged from the participants, comprising 1) self-awareness, 2) in line with profession, and 3) the need to be competent. these findings imply that various activities of tpd driven by internal motivation can be effective for english secondary school teachers. therefore, it is recommended that teachers have internal motivation in order to carry out successful tpd. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords teacher professional development professional development activities teacher motivations self-determination theory how to cite: purwanti, e. & octavia, s. (2022). examining teachers' motivation in conducting teacher professional development: a self-determination theory perspective. english language teaching educational journal, 5 (3), 202-213. 1. introduction teachers play crucial roles in education because they facilitate students' learning, growth, and development. teachers facilitate learning by cultivating inquisitiveness, critical thinking, and a passion for education (mart, 2013). in addition, teachers motivate and mentor students as they advance through their education, equipping them with the knowledge, skills, and resources necessary for success in the classroom and beyond (arianti, 2019). teachers serve as mentors and role models by instilling values, nurturing character development, and promoting social and emotional well-being (careemdeen, 2023), and through their commitment, knowledge, and passion, teachers shape the minds, lives, and futures of their students. teachers also evaluate students' progress, provide constructive criticism, and provide individualized assistance to meet students' diverse needs (jayasinghe, 2010). finally, teachers influence the conduct of their students (szymkowiak et al., 2021). based on these roles, teachers become one of the factors that determine the success of education. https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v5i3.8141 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id mailto:ekopurwanti@umy.ac.id mailto:salma.octavia.fpb17@mail.umy.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4064-0339 http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.12928/eltej.v5i3.8141&domain=pdf 203 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 202-213 purwanti, e. & octavia, s. (examining teachers' motivation in conducting teacher professional development.....) having significant roles in education, teachers must be professionals by continuously enhancing their skills. maintaining professionalism is essential for teachers because it safeguards the integrity and effectiveness of the educational system (riadi et al., 2022). professionalism enables teachers to cultivate an intellectually and socially stimulating environment conducive to students' growth (richards & farrell, 2005). professional teachers demonstrate a strong work ethic, dependability, and dedication to their duties. they adhere to ethical standards, maintain confidentiality, and treat students, colleagues, and parents with respect. professionalism also necessitates continuous self-improvement and keeping abreast of the latest educational research, methodologies, and practices. professional teachers inspire students, parents, and the community who lead to improving education and fostering excellence. in indonesian context, teacher professionalism is regulated in teacher and lecturer law no. 14/2005, particularly article 10 paragraph 1 (2005), mentioning four competencies of teachers, comprising pedagogical, personal, social, and professional competencies (latiana, 2019). first, teacher pedagogical competence is the ability or skill of teachers who can manage a learning process and learning interactions with students. second, personal competence is related to personal character. third, teacher social competence is related to communication skills, attitudes and interactions in general with students, fellow teachers, education staff, parents of students, as well as the wider community. finally, teacher professional competence is related to the subject knowledge. in order to fulfil these four competencies, teachers need to carry out teacher professional development (tpd) activities. given the significance of tpd and the effects tpd has on teachers, it is then intriguing to seek the experiences of english secondary school teachers regarding their tpd activities. additionally, it is interesting to investigate what motivates these teachers to undertake tpd despite their busy and tight schedules at school, particularly through the self-determination theory lens. 1.1. teacher professional development teacher professional development (tpd) is the process of enhancing the academic quality of teachers in order to increase their competence and effectiveness in carrying out their professional responsibilities both inside and outside the classroom (komba & nkumbi, 2008). in addition, tpd can be interpreted as how teachers use their knowledge, experience, skills, and technology to improve outcomes, both for the teaching and learning process, as well as the professionalism of other educational personnel (zainal & elham, 2007). thus, it can be concluded that what is meant by tpd is any activities of teachers in applying science, knowledge, technology, and skills to enhance both the quality of the teaching and learning process and the professionalism of other educational personnel. according to djatmiko (2016), teacher professional development is based on their individual needs and responsibilities in maintaining and advancing their careers, which can be accomplished only by themselves. in education systems with well-established teacher education programs, tpd is described as a process encompassing all activities that promote professional career development and it is important that the activities in tpd gives the teachers the skills and attitudes they need to deal with the difficulties in the 21st century education (sprott, 2019). the position of teachers as professional seeks to implement the national education system in achieving the goals of national education, which are the development of students' potential to become individuals who are loyal and circumspect, knowledgeable, competent, and creative. the teaching profession in indonesia requires teachers with high levels of competence and performance, who incorporate knowledge and demonstrate commitment or responsibility. teachers are required to be continuously professional because they must possess certain competencies in order to effectively educate their students. in an attempt to give the best service to their students, teachers conduct various activities of professional development. 1.2. activities of tpd teachers can participate in a vast array of professional development activities to enhance their teaching abilities and promote their professional growth (eksi & aydın, 2013). teachers need institutional supports and personal motivation (philipsen et al., 2019) in engaging in professional development activities such as attending seminars and workshops, joining professional associations, engaging in individual online learning, and engaging in informal peer discussions issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 204 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 202-213 purwanti, e. & octavia, s. (examining teachers' motivation in conducting teacher professional development.....) teachers’ activities such as seminars and workshops are potential to provide teachers with opportunities to learn about new teaching methodologies, language acquisition theories, assessment strategies, and the incorporation of technology into language instruction. widodo (2016) said that workshop and seminar are commonly referred and used as teacher training programs. a study conducted by nugroho, triana et al. (2022) revealed that professional development activities such as joining workshop, seminar, and conference done by indonesian esp teachers enabled them to enhance their digital teaching competence. likewise, seminar activities conducted by pre-service teachers at one of the postgraduate diploma in education (pgde) programmes in south korea enabled them to build their inter-disciplinary teaching strategies and critical thinking skills (dos santos, 2019). finally, (lay, 2010) stated attending workshop can help teachers increase their teaching knowledge, familiarize themselves with techniques and approaches, and employ them effectively. additionally, joining professional associations provides teachers with resources, publications, online forums, and conferences designed specifically for them (gnawali, 2018). in indonesian context, teachers in secondary school are obliged to join a professional association called musyawarah guru mata pelajaran (mgmp) or subject teacher forum. stipulated by indonesian government regulation no. 38 (1994), mgmp is a professional forum for a district-level subject teachers which is regarded as an ideal venue for teacher professional development because it enables teachers to participate in various activities such as the training program, scientific writing, and the facilitation of discussions with other teachers of the same subject, and so forth (atmoko & kuswandono, 2021). likewise, rahman (2016) mentioned that one of the training programs launched by the government is english subject teacher forum (mgmp). thus, joining english teacher forum helped english secondar school teachers develop their competence related to teaching implementation (irmawati, et al., 2017). in general, mgmp offers activities, scientific study, and teaching sharing, and teaching experiences that can help teachers improve their pedagogical, professional, personal, and social competences. therefore, mgmp should not only offer training and other activities that can help teachers grow professionally, but it should also be connected to the government so that teachers can be supervised after the completion of professional development activities (atmoko & kuswandono, 2021). another alternative of teacher professional development activity is joining online academic forum which allows teachers to enhance their knowledge and skills at their own pace and convenience (borup & evmenova, 2019). having virtual platform of professional development, teachers are able to connect, collaborate, and engage in discussions related to academic and teaching topics with other teachers, not only from nationwide but also all over the world. this model of teacher professional development gained its popularity recently due to the covid-19 pandemic when almost all of academic activities in the world were banned and restricted. bragg, walsh et al. (2021) mentioned that online professional development (opd) became a powerful vehicle for delivering high-quality, low-cost, and accessible training to teachers. in short, joining online academic forum as the platform of teacher professional development provides a space for teachers to share experiences and exchange resources with their peers in an online environment. finally, informal discussion with colleagues allows teachers to receive valuable feedback and improvement suggestions. in indonesian context, it is very common for teachers to share knowledge, experiences, problems, and even trivial stories about their students during break time or meal time. in fact, involving colleagues as one of the sources in providing meaningful feedback related to the classroom practices is also one of contributes elements to the teachers’ professional development (vo & nguyen, 2010). during their informal chat, teachers often obtain new insights or ideas about teaching and learning process. thus, the fact that teachers meet their colleagues frequently during their work hours bring potential advantages, and the school can have intervention to teacher professionalism. a study conducted by admiraal, schenke et al. (2021) revealed the intervention done by dutch secondary school in which the concept of professional learning opportunities for all staff and collaborative work and learning was introduced, and teachers in the school work and learn together. this program is successful in maintaining a more sustainable teacher professional development. in short, professional development activities done by teachers vary depending on teachers’ interests, time availability, obligations, and opportunities. teachers should identify their specific growth areas and search out activities that address those needs. by engaging in continuous professional development, teachers can remain abreast of current best practices, improve their 205 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 202-213 purwanti, e. & octavia, s. (examining teachers' motivation in conducting teacher professional development.....) teaching abilities, and ultimately provide their students with better learning opportunities (eksi & aydın, 2013). 1.3. teachers’ motivation to conduct teacher professional development. professional development activities enable teachers to have the opportunity to acquire and enhance broad academic and professional competences (komba & nkumbi, 2008). in conducting tpd, teachers are influenced by both internal and external motivation factors (mclean et al., 2019; osman & warner, 2020). motivation is viewed as a collection of interconnected principles and emotions that drive and directly influence behaviour (alam et al., 2020). thus, motivation is what initiates, maintains, and concentrates teachers’ professional development activities. when teachers have a strong intrinsic motivation for professional development, they are driven by a genuine desire to learn, improve their teaching practice, and improve student outcomes. in other words, teachers who chose their profession voluntarily were more intrinsically motivated than those who were coerced into teaching (alam et al., 2020). on the other hand, alam, fahim et al. (2020) added that teachers who were highly extrinsically motivated needed external awards and incentives to accomplish their professional development activities. this is frequently followed by the desire to have a more prestigious work place, higher incentives, and higher position in order to keep them motivated. finally, extrinsic motivation lead teachers to seek opportunities for career advancement, such as assuming leadership positions, pursuing teacher certifications, and acquiring recognition from other teachers. it is crucial to note that the motivation of teachers for professional development can be influenced by a combination of these factors (ryan & deci, 2020), with the relative importance of each factor varying from individual to another. it is also interesting to explore more comprehensively about teachers’ internal and external motivation in conducting their professional development activities from the perspective of self-determination theory (sdt) of richard m. ryan and edward l. deci. 1.4. self-determination theory (sdt) ryan and deci, who proposed self-determination theory (sdt), have consistently discussed a theory that outlines two types of motivational sources, external and internal, along with an explanation of the specific roles of people associated with these motivations, various domains of development, and individual differences (alam et al., 2020). sdt framework has been discussed and has gone through several revisions since 1975 (vallerand, 2000), and it has been broadly used to analyse teachers’ motivation in conducting their professional development. sdt is a theory that emphasizes on the level of motivation individuals have when carrying out activities and the reasons they are motivated to carry out those activities. according to ryan and deci (2000), a person is considered motivated if he or she is ardent and engaged in an activity. two decade later, (ryan & deci, 2020) redefined the sdt and used this theory in educational contexts. sdt assumes that individuals are naturally inclined toward psychological growth and integration, and thus toward learning, mastery, and connection with others. these proactive human tendencies require supportive conditions to be robust. additionally, individual motivation and well-being which are driven by inherent psychological needs include autonomy, competence, and social connection. in other words, people should have these three basic needs in order for motivation and wellness to exist. autonomy refers to one's initiative and sense of proprietorship over their actions. it is supported by experiences of interest and worth and undermined by experiences of being externally controlled, whether by rewards or punishments. competence is characterized by a sense of mastery, a belief in one's ability to succeed and advance. well-structured environments that provide optimal challenges, positive feedback, and opportunities for growth are optimal for satisfying the need for competence. the final aspect of relatedness is a sense of belonging and connection. it is facilitated by the transmission of respect and care (ryan & deci, 2020). next, van den broeck, vansteenkiste et al. (2008) stated that competence helps individuals develop their abilities and adapt to their complex and ever-changing environment. finally, mastery and skills with certain skills and insights are part of competence that help people realize they have what they need to inspire themselves to reach their goals. (niemiec & ryan, 2009). these three fundamental factors determine self-fulfilment and satisfaction of psychological requirements. a person will not experience happiness if one or two of these conditions are not met. thus, it can be inferred that the three fundamental aspects described above are self-satisfaction supporting factors. referring to the aforementioned characteristics of sdt, it can be concluded that these characteristics motivate instructors to implement tpd. sdt enables teachers to be issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 206 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 202-213 purwanti, e. & octavia, s. (examining teachers' motivation in conducting teacher professional development.....) psychologically motivated to develop, which is the objective of tpd, and includes the independence and connection, competence, and autonomy that are anticipated to be met by utilizing sdt as the central concept (basikin, 2020). in addition, teacher professional development activities provide a teaching experience based on sdt-based learning. 2. review of previous studies numerous articles discuss teacher professional development activities and the motivation of teachers to engage in tpd through the lens of deci and ryan's sdt. the first article is a study titled "english teachers' motivation for a professional development program: perspectives of selfdetermination theory" by basikin (2020). this study investigates the motivation of school english teachers in the province of yogyakarta, indonesia, recruited through their district teacher forum (mgmp) meetings to participate in a pd program. it attempts to determine whether externally driven or controlled motivation can become more autonomous. following the framework of the selfdetermination theory, the teacher motivation for a professional development scale (tmpds) was used to assess teachers' motivation. although participants reported high scores on both introjected regulation (m = 5.73; sd = 2.28) and external regulation (m = 6.51; sd = 1.54), they also reported high scores on both intrinsic motivation (m = 7.58; sd = 1.08) and identified regulation (m = 7.91; sd = 1.04). the results show that a person's initial motivation or control could become more internal or autonomous, based on how much they have internalized. the findings suggest that when motivation is external, pd programs should provide autonomy supports to facilitate internalization. the second article entitled "teachers' motivation to participate in training and implement innovations" was written by gorozidis and papaioannou (2014). this study's objective is to investigate teachers' motivations and intentions regarding participation in training and instruction of innovative academic subjects. based on the theory of self-determination, a mixed-method design was used to find out why and how 218 teachers wanted to learn about and teach an innovative academic topic and what they planned to do about it. based on the structural equation modelling, the finding showed that teachers were more likely to participate in appropriate training and use innovation if they were selfmotivated, but not if they were self-controlled. the results suggest that policymakers should support strategies that make teachers more self-motivated so that educational innovations can be used effectively. 3. method the present study aimed to investigate tpd activities conducted by english secondary school teachers in yogyakarta and explore the motivation behind their participation in conducting tpd using deci and ryan's sdt. this study employs a qualitative methodology because it permits the researchers to collect specific information from the participants regarding the tpd activities conducted by english teachers and their motivation in conducting tpd based on sdt. similarly, lester, cho et al. (2020) mentioned that qualitative approach is commonly used to support the researcher in ‘generating a deep and nuanced understanding of a given phenomenon’ (p.95). according to creswell (2012), a qualitative approach is a method for constructing a knowledge statement based on constructive perspectives. therefore, qualitative research is suitable for this study as the participants' responses are based on their beliefs and experiences. in addition, this investigation employed a qualitative descriptive design. according to lambert and lambert (2012), qualitative descriptive research is the process of describing, analysing, and summarizing a hypothesis in relation to specific events experienced by an individual. descriptive qualitative research is therefore appropriate for this study to reveal teachers' motivation for conducting tpd. this research was conducted at two secondary schools in yogyakarta with the participation of three english teachers. in-depth interviews were used to collect the data. according to morris (2015), interviews are a flexible data collection method. he added that the interviewer's response may include their knowledge, preferences, and beliefs. in addition, interviews enable the participant to express their perspective on the situations from their own perspective. this study employs open-ended questions to elicit responses from participants during interviews. according to creswell (2012), an open-ended question permits the participant to freely express their experiences. in addition, the participants' native language, indonesian, was utilized in order to make them more at ease and collect more detailed information. while au (2019) suggested the use of mother tongue in interview can be less comfortable for 207 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 202-213 purwanti, e. & octavia, s. (examining teachers' motivation in conducting teacher professional development.....) interviewees, the researchers believed that the use of mother tongue in data collection methods allowed them to capture more information. after conducting the interview, the researchers transcribed the data without adding or removing any of the words written by the participants. the researcher utilized transcription to facilitate data analysis and summarization. to maintain its credibility, member checking was performed in which all participants affirmed the accuracy of the data. to protect the anonymity of the participants, pseudonyms of bian, anne, and lara were used. 4. findings and discussions this study focusses on twofold: 1) english secondary teachers’ activities in their tpd, and 2) english secondary teachers’ motivation in conducting their tpd based on sdt. upon the completion of collecting the data from the three participants, the findings show that there are several activities that had been carried out by the participants in conducting their tpd, comprising 1) attending workshop / seminars, 2) joining english teacher forum, and 3) having informal peer discussions among colleagues. in addition, the findings related to the second research question revealed that the three aspects of sdt emerged from the participants, comprising 1) self-awareness, 2) in line with profession, and 3) the need to be competent. detail explanations of these findings are presented below: 4.1. english secondary teachers’ activities in their tpd 1) attending workshop / seminar the first activities mentioned by the participants are attending workshop and seminar. based in the interview, all the participants have done activities such as attending workshop. the first participant, bian mentioned that “… as a teacher, we attend workshop from the provincial education department of (p1.2). similarly, other participants, anna and lara shared similar activities regarding their tpd activities, joining workshops and seminars offered by the provincial education department, or dinas pendidikan kota yogyakarta. as one of the government departments in which one of the missions is to improve the quality of education in yogyakarta, dinas pendidikan kota yogyakarta in collaboration with secondary schools frequently conduct training, workshops, and seminars for teachers. the school principals usually select their teachers alternatively so that all teachers can get similar opportunity to attend those academic events. indeed, joining workshop can help teachers increase their knowledge in their teaching careers and become familiar with techniques and approaches and properly use them fruitfully (lay, 2010). in addition, widodo (2016) said that workshop and seminar are commonly referred as teacher training programs. now that teachers experience a vast development of technology, the teaching and learning process should be contextualized into a more sophisticated platform. attending workshop or training aimed at equipping teachers with educational technological skill helped indonesian esp teachers enhance their digital teaching competence (nugroho et al., 2022). 2) joining english teacher forum (mgmp) the second tpd activities done by the participants is joining english teacher forum. based on the interview, all the participants mentioned that their involvement in joining english teacher forum can be regarded as parts of their tpd activities. anna and lara said that “we participate in activities at english subject teacher forum” (p2.3, p3.1). likewise, bian stated that sometimes she was appointed by dinas pendidikan kota yogyakarta to attend an academic event in english subject teacher forum. indeed, english subject teacher forum is a collaborative platform or forum that brings together teachers who teach the same subject in a specific region or district in indonesia. the purpose of mgmp is to promote professional development, knowledge sharing, and collaboration among subject teachers. in particular, the purpose of mgmp is to improve the quality of subject teaching and learning in schools. therefore, the involvement of these participants in mgmp has provided them with a platform for exchanging ideas, sharing experiences, and enhancing their teaching competencies. this is in line with rahman (2016) who mentioned that one of the training programs launched by the government is english subject teacher forum (mgmp). in addition, as mgmp is under the control of dinas pendidikan kota yogyakarta, and as bian said that the participation of mgmp is sometimes determined by this institution, it should be connected to the government so that teachers can be supervised after the completion of their professional development activities in mgmp (atmoko & kuswandono, 2021). thus, besides having sharing teaching competencies, this mgmp serves as a platform for ongoing professional development of english subject teachers. as mentioned by all of the participants, joining english teacher forum helped these issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 208 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 202-213 purwanti, e. & octavia, s. (examining teachers' motivation in conducting teacher professional development.....) english secondary school teachers develop their competence related to teaching implementation (irmawati et al., 2017). 3) having informal peer discussions among colleagues based on the interview, two participants are in agreement and mention that having peer discussion with colleagues at the same school is a self-activity of tpd. anna said that “usually i talk to my colleagues who also teaches english in my school”. she felt comfortable discussing about a topic related to english teaching and learning process, or sometimes she just asked certain questions related english subject materials. in addition to anna, another participant, lara stated “i often have discussions among english teachers [at my school], and i feel comfortable to share my problems in teaching with them…finally, we solve the problems together, and [i feel like] adding my new knowledge” (p3.6). the statement from these two participants showed that having discussions with english colleagues, share, and discuss the problems as well as solve the problem are frequently done, and these activities may add new knowledge. indeed, involving colleagues as one of the sources in providing meaningful feedback related to the classroom practices is also one of contributes elements to the teachers’ professional development (vo & nguyen, 2010). similarly, a study conducted by admiraal, schenke et al. (2021) revealed the intervention implemented by a dutch secondary school in which the concept of professional learning opportunities for all staff and collaborative work and learning was introduced, and teachers in the school collaborate and learn together. this program is effective at sustaining a more sustainable professional development. 4.2. teachers’ motivation in conducting tpd based on self-determination theory regarding the second research question, upon the completion of the interview with the three participants, the result shows that these english secondary teachers conducted their tpd because of mostly their intrinsic motivation such as 1) self-awareness, 2) in line with profession, and 3) the need to be competent. in relation to the self-determination theory, their intrinsic motivation in conducting tpd are mainly caused by aspects such as autonomy, relatedness and competence. the following paragraph explain the findings in a more detail. 1) self-awareness teachers often conduct their professional development because they realize that their profession require them to always update themselves with the latest information and sophisticated skills. in indonesian context, teachers are aware of the four competencies they should perform in the teaching and learning process, and failing to do can result in their being unprofessional. therefore, they have awareness to perform the best. one of the participants, bian stated “if we don’t conduct the tpd, we won’t be able to follow the curriculum developments to bring our student along development of times”. indeed, with the current curriculum change, from competency-based curriculum into freedom to learn curriculum (merdeka belajar), teachers obtain huge rooms to interpret it and implement it into the classroom. teachers have more autonomy in designing their lessons. this situation is not easy as teachers used to be controlled by their supervisors. therefore, teachers nowadays are inevitably required to be more independent in implementing the curriculum. in addition, bian said “so it’s more like i have to take part in training and workshop, so i can keep up with the developments. as much as possible follow the development of the government” this is how she keep in touch with the curriculum change. in addition to bian, another participant, lara mentioned “for me, i do various teacher professional development because i’m aware as a teacher, at least we don't go out of developing of times. especially, iptek, as a teacher we should be aware that is a necessity”. finally, anna stated: “when participating in tpd activities, our goal is for students in the learning process. there are two factors in my opinion when the school or government agencies give instructions, indeed we must follow the activities that they organized but sometimes we want to improve ourselves without having to wait for instruction from schools or government agencies” she added more opinions and said, “for me, it's because of our awareness. because we are aware as teachers, at least we don't go out of developing of times. especially, iptek, as a teacher we should be aware that is a necessity” 209 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 202-213 purwanti, e. & octavia, s. (examining teachers' motivation in conducting teacher professional development.....) from this statement, teachers have a self-awareness connected to their teacher profession to conduct tpd so that they can educate their student professionally. these statements of the participants are indeed in line with ryan and deci (2020) who stated that people have self-awareness to improve themselves, and this is called as autonomy. this situation is not affected by external factors, pressure or an order to act. this aspect focuses on internalization, which refers to one’s willingness to reflect on oneself, making the autonomy aspect ignore external aspects. 2) in line with profession the second motivation is from the relatedness aspect. as stated in the teacher and lecturer law no.14/2005, the main tasks of professional teachers are educating, teaching, guiding, directing, training, assessing, and evaluating students in early childhood education through formal education, basic education, and secondary education. in order to accomplish these tasks, teachers have to conduct tpd activities because these activities are regarded parts of their professionalism. the phenomena in which teachers conduct their tpd activities because of their profession demand are also found in this study. during the interview, bian said “of course [doing tpd activities] because of the demands from my profession… because it [tpd activities] support my professional tasks. she added more information related to her motivation in conducting tpd, “i’m doing my tpd especially in order to fulfil and improve my professional competence. it becomes an obligation for me to maintain my professional educator certificate (sertifikat pendidik)”. similarly, lara added “it’s true that there are demands [from the profession], but we must balance them with that we really need it as a teacher. i think i’m doing tpd because i am both aware of profession as a teacher and the demand of my responsibility. what lara said was interesting because she admitted she conducted her tpd activities because of two internal motivations; 1) the awareness of her status as a teacher which require her to upgrade her capacity continuously, and 2) the awareness of demands to be professional from the school and the government. interestingly, in completing their tpd, these participants also obtain support from various parties such as the school principal, colleagues, and peer teachers. anna mentioned “[i got] support from other friend, and it’s very helpful”. she added “the support from my colleagues can be my encouragement [to conduct tpd]”. likewise, bian stated “we give support each other”. finally, anne added “support from other friend is very helpful”. the excerpts from the participants show that teachers conduct tpd because of the demands of the profession of a teacher to be able to teach their student. in implementing tpd teachers also still need another support from their friends. the statements about relatedness above are in line with a study from ryan and deci (2020) who stated that people are motivated to conduct tpd because of their demand as teacher profession. as teachers, they have beliefs that they have to always improve their capacity. 3) the need to be competent the last motivation of the teachers in conducing tpd is the need to improve their competencies. during the interview session, lara stated “[as a teacher] social competence is needed as well as professional competence. also, pedagogical competences are needed to be always increased”. she added more opinions, and said: “the social competences will relate to communication skills, attitudes, interacting in general to our students, student parents, fellow teacher and general public. also, professional [competence] will relate to teachers’ tasks and completing them properly. moreover, pedagogy is related to students learning process. it’s all important. also, one more is personality [competence], [it is] related to personal character” lara listed the competencies that should be possessed by all teachers. these competencies include social, professional, pedagogical, and personal. it is interesting to find out the fact that she connected the teachers’ competencies into the teacher and lecturer law no 14/2005, and the fact that the desire to possess all of those competencies resulted in her eagerness to conduct tpd. similar opinions about the intention to be a competent teacher are stated by lara when she said: “if we don’t have professional competence, we will find difficulties later in managing classes when following the development of students in the class”. finally, anne concluded the participants’ opinion related to their motivation in conducting tpd by saying “social competence, professional competence, and pedagogical competence are needed to increase [teachers’ quality]”. she further explained “the social competences will relate to communication skills, attitudes, interacting in general to our students, student parents, fellow teacher and general public, while professional competence will relate to issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 210 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 202-213 purwanti, e. & octavia, s. (examining teachers' motivation in conducting teacher professional development.....) teachers’ knowledge of the subject. moreover, pedagogical competence is related to students learning process, and one more competence is personality which is related to personal character. it’s all important.” based on all statements above, teachers want to improve their competencies to have skills in teaching their students. in other words, these teachers want to be competent. this is in line with a study from van den broeck, vansteenkiste et al. (2008) who said that competence helps the individuals develop their skills and adapt to their complex environment and changing environment. mastery and skills to certain skills and insights are part of the competence that brings individuals to understand that they have the provisions to motivate themselves to achieve goals (niemiec & ryan, 2009; ryan & deci, 2020). 5. conclusion and recommendations teacher professional development (tpd) refers to any activities that can enhance teachers’ skills and competencies which result in students’ learning. in condign their tpd, motivation plays a crucial role. this study seeks to identify the professional development activities conducted by english secondary school teachers, and their motivations for engaging in these activities viewed from the lens of sdt. using qualitative approach and descriptive research design, three participants of english secondary school were interviewed to collect the data. in order to maintain the trustworthiness, member checking was administered, and the transcription was regarded correct by the participants. additionally, in order to maintain the participants’ identity, pseudonyms were used. the study showed that 1) attending workshops and seminars, 2) joining the english teacher forum/ mgmp, and 3) engaging in informal peer discussions became the main activities for the teachers to conduct their professional development. furthermore, the participants acknowledged their motivation in conducting tpd was driven by 1) self-awareness, 2) alignment with profession and support, and 3) the need to be competent. these three factors of motivation, indeed, corroborates the sdt proposed by richard m. ryan and edward l. deci. the study imply that teachers enhance their teaching skills by engaging in various tpd activities so that they can instruct their students in a more professional manner. in addition, since the motivation for conducting tpd is frequently generated by teachers' internal motivation, it is recommended that teachers conduct tpd based on a bottom-up approach as opposed to a top-down approach so that their tpd activities can be sustainable and result in lifelong learning. acknowledgment this research would not have been possible without many people’s support and help, including our colleagues and english teachers at representative secondary schools. we would like to take this opportunity to express our gratitude to all of them. our deepest thanks and gratitude go to our colleagues at universitas muhammadiyah yogyakarta, who have supported research by providing suggestions and ideas regarding the data collection. additionally, this endeavor would not have been possible without the generous support from secondary english secondary school teachers who were involved in the research process for their cooperation during data collection. declarations author contribution : eko purwanti was responsible for the entire research project. she also led the writing of the manuscript and the collaboration with the second author, salma octavia, who participated in the data collection. all of the authors approved the final manuscript. funding statement : no funding is available for this research. conflict of interest : all of the authors declare that they have no competing interests. ethics declaration : we as authors acknowledge that this work has been written based on ethical research that conforms to the regulations of our university and that we have obtained permission from the relevant institutes when 211 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 202-213 purwanti, e. & octavia, s. (examining teachers' motivation in conducting teacher professional development.....) collecting data. we support eltej in maintaining high standards of personal conduct and practicing honesty in all our professional practices and endeavors. additional information : no additional information is available for this paper. references admiraal, w., et al. (2021). schools as professional learning communities: what can schools do to support professional development of their teachers? professional development in education, 47(4), 684-698. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1665573 alam, a., et al. (2020). need-based perspective study of teachers’ work motivation as examined from self-determination theoretical framework: an empirical investigation. palarch's journal of archaeology of egypt/egyptology, 17(6), 8063-8086. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3771341 arianti, a. (2019). peranan guru dalam meningkatkan motivasi belajar siswa. didaktika: jurnal kependidikan, 12(2), 117-134. https://doi.org/10.30863/didaktika.v12i2.181 atmoko, s. h. d. and p. kuswandono (2021). the roles of english teacher forum (mgmp) in indonesia towards the teacher professional development. journal of english language teaching and linguistics, 6(1), 125. https://doi.org/10.21462/jeltl.v6i1.501 au, a. (2019). thinking about cross-cultural differences in qualitative interviewing: practices for more responsive and trusting encounters. the qualitative report, 24(1), 58-77. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2019.3403 basikin, b. (2020). english teachers’ motivation for a professional development program: perspectives of self-determination theory. indonesian journal of applied linguistics, 10(1), 36-45. https://doi.org/10.17509/ijal.v10i1.24982 borup, j. and a. s. evmenova (2019). the effectiveness of professional development in overcoming obstacles to effective online instruction in a college of education. online learning, 23(2), 1-20. https://doi.org/10.24059/olj.v23i2.1468 bragg, l. a., et al. (2021). successful design and delivery of online professional development for teachers: a systematic review of the literature. computers & education, 166, 104158. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2021.104158 careemdeen, j. d. (2023). teacher support for student learning: gender as a factor. muallim journal of social sciences and humanities, 7(2), 9-17. https://doi.org/10.33306/mjssh/232 creswell, j. w. (2012). educational research: planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. pearson education. djatmiko, i. w. (2016). a study on the empowering teacher professional development and quality assurance to increase teachers’ effectiveness in vocational secondary schools. jurnal pendidikan teknologi dan kejuruan, 23(2), 144-151. https://doi.org/10.21831/jptk.v23i2.12297 dos santos, l. m. (2019). pre-service teachers' professional development through four-step problem-solving model: a seminar method. international journal of education and practice, 7(3), 146-157. https://doi.org/10.18488/journal.61.2019.73.146.157 eksi, g. and y. c. aydın (2013). english instructors’ professional development need areas and predictors of professional development needs. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 70, 675-685. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.01.108 https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1665573 https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3771341 https://doi.org/10.30863/didaktika.v12i2.181 https://doi.org/10.21462/jeltl.v6i1.501 https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2019.3403 https://doi.org/10.17509/ijal.v10i1.24982 https://doi.org/10.24059/olj.v23i2.1468 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2021.104158 https://doi.org/10.33306/mjssh/232 https://doi.org/10.21831/jptk.v23i2.12297 https://doi.org/10.18488/journal.61.2019.73.146.157 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.01.108 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 212 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 202-213 purwanti, e. & octavia, s. (examining teachers' motivation in conducting teacher professional development.....) gnawali, l. (2018). english language teacher development through professional associations. the nelta way. gorozidis, g. & papaioannou, a. g. (2014). teachers' motivation to participate in training and to implement innovations. teaching and teacher education, 39, 111. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2013.12.001 jayasinghe, j. m. j. w. (2010). role of the teacher in assessment. sri lanka, staff development center, wayamba university of sri lanka. komba, w. l. and e. nkumbi (2008). teacher professional development in tanzania: perceptions and practices. journal of international cooperation in education, 11(3), 67-83. irmawati, d., widiati, u., & cahyono, b. (2017). how do indonesian professional english teachers develop their pedagogical competence in teaching implementation? arab world english journal, 8(2), 293-307. https://doi.org/10.24093/awej/vol8no2.21 lambert, v. a. and c. e. lambert (2012). qualitative descriptive research: an acceptable design. pacific rim international journal of nursing research, 16(4), 255-256. latiana, l. (2019). peran sertifikasi guru dalam meningkatkan profesionalisme pendidik. edukasi, 13(1). lay, c. (2010). efl teacher workshops on classroom management and increasing classroom interaction in cambodia. e-teacher professional development workshop university of maryland baltimore county and university of oregon. lester, j. n., et al. (2020). learning to do qualitative data analysis: a starting point. human resource development review, 19(1), 94-106. https://doi.org/10.1177/1534484320903890 mart, c. t. (2013). a passionate teacher: teacher commitment and dedication to student learning. international journal of academic research in progressive education and development, 2(1), 437-442. mclean, l., et al. (2019). career choice motivations in teacher training as predictors of burnout and career optimism in the first year of teaching. teaching and teacher education, 85(1), 204214. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.06.020 morris, a. (2015). a practical introduction to in-depth interviewing, sage. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781473921344 niemiec, c. p. and r. m. ryan (2009). autonomy, competence, and relatedness in the classroom: applying self-determination theory to educational practice. theory and research in education, 7(2), 133-144. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878509104318 nugroho, a., et al. (2022). digital teaching awareness and practice: narratives from indonesian esp teachers. elt echo: the journal of english language teaching in foreign language context, 7(1), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.24235/eltecho.v7i1.9905 osman, d. j. and j. r. warner (2020). measuring teacher motivation: the missing link between professional development and practice. teaching and teacher education, 92, 103064. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103064 philipsen, b., et al. (2019). improving teacher professional development for online and blended learning: a systematic meta-aggregative review. educational technology research and development, 67, 1145-1174. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-019-09645-8 rahman, a. (2016). teacher professional development in indonesia: the influences of learning activities, teacher characteristics and school conditions. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2013.12.001 https://doi.org/10.24093/awej/vol8no2.21 https://doi.org/10.1177/1534484320903890 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.06.020 https://doi.org/10.4135/9781473921344 https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878509104318 https://doi.org/10.24235/eltecho.v7i1.9905 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103064 https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-019-09645-8 213 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 202-213 purwanti, e. & octavia, s. (examining teachers' motivation in conducting teacher professional development.....) riadi, m. e., et al. (2022). the effectiveness of teacher professionalism in improving the quality of education. kne social sciences, 517-527. https://doi.org/10.18502/kss.v7i10.11253 richards, j. c. and t. s. farrell (2005). professional development for language teachers: strategies for teacher learning, cambridge university press. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511667237 ryan, r. m. and e. l. deci (2000). self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. american psychologist, 55(1), 68. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066x.55.1.68 ryan, r. m. and e. l. deci (2020). intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. contemporary educational psychology, 61, 101860. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101860 sprott, r. a. (2019). factors that foster and deter advanced teachers’ professional development. teaching and teacher education, 77, 321-331. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.11.001 szymkowiak, a., et al. (2021). information technology and gen z: the role of teachers, the internet, and technology in the education of young people. technology in society, 65, 101565. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.techsoc.2021.101565 vallerand, r. j. (2000). deci and ryan's self-determination theory: a view from the hierarchical model of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. psychological inquiry, 11(4), 312-318. van den broeck, a., et al. (2008). self-determination theory: a theoretical and empirical overview in occupational health psychology. vo, l. t. and h. t. mai nguyen (2010). critical friends group for efl teacher professional development. elt journal, 64(2), 205-213. https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccp025 widodo, s. (2016). professional development programs for teachers of english. jurnal ilmu pendidikan, 11(3). zainal, a. and r. elham (2007). pengembangan profesi. bandung: remaja rosdakarya. https://doi.org/10.18502/kss.v7i10.11253 https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511667237 https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066x.55.1.68 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101860 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.11.001 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.techsoc.2021.101565 https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccp025 english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 1, no. 1, august 2018, pp. 22-28 e-issn: 2621-6485 an analysis of domain mood and modality of interpersonal meaning in susilo bambang yudhoyono (sby)’s speech 1 mustika amalia, 2 dedy subandowo, 3 eva faliyanti, 4 fenny thresia universitas muhammadiyah metro 1 mustika0542@gmail.com, 2 dedy.subandowo@ummetro.ac.id, 3 evafaliyanti1980@gmail.com, 4 fenny.thresia@yahoo.com abstract this research examines the interpersonal meaning in susilo bambang yudhoyono (sby)’s speech. this is based on the details of speech or writing to define an investigation. the object of this research is the used moods and modality types in interpersonal meaning of sby’s speech under the title “toward harmony among civilizations” by dr.susilo bambang yudhoyono. the aims of this research are (1) to observe the mood and modality types used in sby’s speech, (2) to observe the dominant mood and modality types in sby’s speech, (3) to describe the interpersonal meaning in case of mood and modality types in sby’s speech. the main sources of data in this study are taken from the sby’s speech at the john f. kennedy school of government harvard university summit on september 29 th , 2009, in boston, usa. the data then are classified and collected in tabulation. this paper is based on the discourse analysis and systemic functional linguistics approach by halliday. the writer analyses the speeh by sby mainly from the interpersonal meaning which focuses on the mood and modality types. the results of this research are (1) there are two mood types in interpersonal meaning of sby’s speech namely indicative and imperative type, (2) the dominant mood in sby’s speech is the indicative type which is declarative with the total number of 97 clauses or around 95%, while the dominant used modality is “can”. in addition, the overall dominant modality type exists in median degree modality with the total percentage 40,6%, and (3) the researcher discovers the different mood and modality that might affect the value of the speech to the audience. keywords: discourse analysis, interpersonal meaning, speech of sby, systemic functional linguistic how to cite: amalia, m., subandowo, d., faliyanti, e., thresia, f. (2018). an analysis of domain mood and modality of interpersonal meaning in susilo bambang yudhoyono (sby)’s speech. english language teaching educational journal, 1(1), 22-28. introduction language is a natural part of the process of living (halloran, 2008). language is used for communication and that is called discourse (gee, 2014) and (wetherell, 2001). the researcher conducts a linguistic research on the interpersonal meaning which analyzed mood and modality types in the speech of susilo bambang yudhoyono (sby). the speech was delivered on september 29 th , 2009 at john f. kennedy school of government harvard university with the topic “towards harmony among civilizations”. this research focuses on mood and modality in the interpersonal relationship that can be seen through the interpersonal meaning realized on the mailto:mustika0542@gmail.com mailto:2dedy.subandowo@ummetro.ac.id mailto:3evafaliyanti1980@gmail.com mailto:4fenny.thresia@yahoo.com 23 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 amalia, subandowo, faliyanti, thresia speech. mood types in english depend on the position of the subject like the doer, and the finite which is used in the clause. according to gart & wignellin (halliday m. & matthiessen, 2004) there are two main categories in mood types :indicative and imperative moods (haratyan, 2011) and (matthiessen& halliday, 2009). people use interpersonal meaning in communicating to his/her motion, feeling, etc (sadighi,2008) and (feng& liu,2010). these express the speaker or writer’s judgments on or attitude to the content of the message. the elements of interpersonal meanings are mood and residue. mood element carries the interpersonal functions of the clause and consists of subject and finite (halliday &matthiessen, 2014). the research relating to this topic has been done by wang (2017) that tested on the effect of using mood and modality interactivity under the context of smart phones news reading. this study showed that mood, modality interactivity, or news story length had no direct impact on user engagement. however, there was a combinatory effect of mood, length, and topic on dimensions of user engagement. on the other hand, ko (2018) researhced on systemic functional grammar to korean texts. this study mentioned that there are three metafunctions of sfg: experiential, textual and interpersonal. the study subsequently provides a sample text analysis of email and personal diary writing of two korean esl children, thereby demonstrating the feasibility of applying sfg to korean texts. furthermore, tokunaga (2017) examined the mood and modality on transactional monologues like procedural texts. this study evaluated that interpersonal meanings are made not just in highly interactive dialogic modes of discourse such as conversations, where maintaining and negotiating social relationships is key, but transactional monologues as well. based on the phenomenon above, the research tries to conduct analysis on mood and modality in interpersonal meaning of the sby’s speech. the researcher wonders how mood and modality realize in sby’s speech and how the interpersonal meaning creates the speaker’s action to the listeners. it is important to find out the goal of sby as the speaker conveying his speech. researh method this research is qualitative research which concerned with developing explanations of social phenomena (hancock, ockleford, &windridge, 2009), (sandelowski, 2000) and (cochran, 2002). this study is categorized into documentary research regarding with the data that is taken from the document or written text; speech. based on grix (2001) in (mogalakwe, 2006) states that documents are produced by individuals and groups in the course of their everyday practices and are geared exclusively for their own immediate practical (bowen, 2009) and (voice, 2012). the speech of sby was downloaded from https://ombenk.wordpress.com/2010/06/29/idato-presiden-sby-yang-terpilihsebagaipidatoterbaik-abad-21/.in processing the data, the first step was giving a code and mark to the found mood and modality types in the script of sby’s https://ombenk.wordpress.com/2010/06/29/%20idato-presiden-sby-yang-terpilih-sebagai%20pidato-terbaik-abad-21/ https://ombenk.wordpress.com/2010/06/29/%20idato-presiden-sby-yang-terpilih-sebagai%20pidato-terbaik-abad-21/ https://ombenk.wordpress.com/2010/06/29/%20idato-presiden-sby-yang-terpilih-sebagai%20pidato-terbaik-abad-21/ https://ombenk.wordpress.com/2010/06/29/%20idato-presiden-sby-yang-terpilih-sebagai%20pidato-terbaik-abad-21/ https://ombenk.wordpress.com/2010/06/29/%20idato-presiden-sby-yang-terpilih-sebagai%20pidato-terbaik-abad-21/ https://ombenk.wordpress.com/2010/06/29/%20idato-presiden-sby-yang-terpilih-sebagai%20pidato-terbaik-abad-21/ https://ombenk.wordpress.com/2010/06/29/%20idato-presiden-sby-yang-terpilih-sebagai%20pidato-terbaik-abad-21/ https://ombenk.wordpress.com/2010/06/29/%20idato-presiden-sby-yang-terpilih-sebagai%20pidato-terbaik-abad-21/ 24 e-issn: 2621-6485 speech. the second step was observing the mood and modality types realized in the script of sby’s speech. the further step was observing the dominant mood and modality types in script of sby’s speech. then describing the interpersonal meaning in case of mood and modality types in sby’s speech based on systemic functional linguistics theory in discourse analysis. results the finding of the research showed that there are two kinds of mood types, namely indicative and imperative. indicative type has two types; those are declarative and interrogative. in terms of modality, sby applies 10 modalities which kind of low, middle and high category in his speech. the dominant mood used in the speech is declarative mood and followed by the interrogative and imperative. there are 97 clauses identified as declarative mood or around 95% in sby’s speech, and it is followed by 4 clauses or over 3,9% as interrogative mood, and1 clause or about 0,9% as imperative mood. table 1. the dominant mood type the table is about the dominant modality which showed the middle degree with 41 modal or around 40,6%, and followed low degree with 40 modal or around 39,6%, then the high degree with 20 orover19,8%.the researcher discovers the different mood and modality can affect the value of the speech to the audience. as declarative type is the dominant mood type in sby’s speech, this means that sby gave information to the audience. modality expresses the speaker’s judgment of how likely or unlikely he is toward the thing that he says. the dominant modality in sby’s speech is can which is used to describe the ability of the subject to do or to make something. apart from likely or unlikely “can” could be used as “permission”. yet, overall, the dominant modality type does exist in median degree. this degree is served by modal will, should, would, and shouldn’t. it shows that the speaker is declaring his speech courteously, or in the median politeness. mood types speech function mood element appearance percentage declarative statement subject + finite 97 95% interrogative question finite + subject wh/ finite +subje ct 4 3,9% imperative command finite 1 0,9% total clause 102 100 % 25 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 amalia, subandowo, faliyanti, thresia table 2. the dominant modality type finding and discussion from the result of the analysis, the researcher received the data of mood types. the data consist of 97clauses or all over 95% of declarative clause, 4 clauses or about 3,9% of interrogative clause, and 1 clause or around 0,9% of imperative clause. the dominant mood used in the speech is declarative type, and it is followed by the interrogative and the imperative one. in declarative mood, sby formed the nine steps to build the harmony of civilization. then interrogative mood, sby preferred to use wh-elements in representing his questions and demanding the reasons to make the work globally between indonesia and america. the last imperative mood in sby’s speech is used to demand the information from the indonesia to america. the result of modality is about 101 modals in total. the speaker tends to use modal can, but the modality types consist of 40 modals or around 39.6% of low degree, 41 modals or about 40,6% of medium/middle degree, and 20 modals or around 19,8% of high degree. the writer found the dominant mood type is declarative clause. meanwhile, the speaker tends to use modal can in his speech which included low degree. however, from the percentage of modality, the dominant shows middle degree. the mood is the valuable thing in realizing interpersonal meaning for it is the main point in bearing the speaker’s attitudes and judgments. since mood is built by subject and finite, and the chosen finite is modality, the researcher degree modality appearance percent age low can could may cannot 32 3 3 2 result 40 39,6% middle/ medium will would should should n’t 17 14 7 3 result 41 40,6% high must have to 19 1 result 20 19,8% total (low+middle +high) 40+41+20= 101 100% 26 e-issn: 2621-6485 interprets the clause which consists modal in it. sby tends to use modal "can" that aims to convince and persuade the audience to deal with the idea of the speaker,while the researcher discovers that the dominant modality type is in middle degree. it means that the speaker is conveying the speech in way of median politeness. conclusion the researcher found that there are two mood types in interpersonal meaning of sby’s speech namely indicative and imperative type, indicative type consists of declarative and interrogative. based on the analysis of mood type, the researcher reveived the data 97 clauses of declarative with the percentage around 96%, 4 clauses of interrogative with the total percentage 3,9%, and 1 clause of imperative with 0,9%. the modality in that speech is 10 modals, there are 32 of “can”, 3 of “could”, 3 of “may”, 2 of “cannot”, 17 of “will”,14 of “would”, 7 of “should”, 2 of “shouldn’t”, 19 of “must”, 1 of “have to”. the details of those types are the first low degree (can, could, may, cannot) with the total percentage of 39,60%, then middle degree (will, would, should, shouldn’t) with the 40,60%, and the last is high degree (must, have to) with 19,8%. the dominant mood in sby’s speech is the indicative type that is declarative with 97 clauses or around 95%, while the dominant modality is can. yet, overall, the dominant modality type exists in median degree modality with the percentage 40, %. this research uses sby’s speech as an example to show how interpersonal meaning is realized in a speech, especially in a political speech. from the explanation in the previous chapter, the researcher discovers that the different mood and modality can affect the value of the speech to the audience. as declarative type is the dominant mood type in sby’s speech, this means that sby gave information to audience. modality expresses the speaker’s judgment of how likely or unlikely he is the thing that he says. the dominant modality in sby’s speech is can which is used to describe the ability of the subject to do or to make something. apart from likely or unlikely “can” could be used “permission”. yet, overall, the dominant modality type exists in median degree. this degree is served by modal will, should, would, and shouldn’t. it shows that the speaker is declaring his speech courteously, or in the median politeness. the realized modality type in median degree is 40,6%of all data. references bowen, g. a. (2009). document analysis as a qualitative research method. qualitative research journal. cochran, m. q. (2002). qualitative-researchmethodology.pdf. dipetik april friday,2017, darihttp://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net: http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/-/media/science/research-andteaching/teaching/qualitative-research-methodology.pdf http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/ http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/ http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/ http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/-/media/science/research-and-teaching/teaching/qualitative-research-methodology.pdf http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/-/media/science/research-and-teaching/teaching/qualitative-research-methodology.pdf http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/-/media/science/research-and-teaching/teaching/qualitative-research-methodology.pdf http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/-/media/science/research-and-teaching/teaching/qualitative-research-methodology.pdf http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/-/media/science/research-and-teaching/teaching/qualitative-research-methodology.pdf http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/-/media/science/research-and-teaching/teaching/qualitative-research-methodology.pdf http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/-/media/science/research-and-teaching/teaching/qualitative-research-methodology.pdf http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/-/media/science/research-and-teaching/teaching/qualitative-research-methodology.pdf http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/-/media/science/research-and-teaching/teaching/qualitative-research-methodology.pdf http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/-/media/science/research-and-teaching/teaching/qualitative-research-methodology.pdf http://d1pbog36rugm0t.cloudfront.net/-/media/science/research-and-teaching/teaching/qualitative-research-methodology.pdf 27 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 amalia, subandowo, faliyanti, thresia feng, h.,& liu,y.(2010).analysis of interpersonal meaning in public speeches— a case study of obama’s speech. journal of language teaching and research. gee, j. p. (2014).an introduction to discourse analysis:theory and method. newyork: routledge. halliday, m., & matthiessen. (2004). an introduction to functional grammar 3d.ed. london: arnold. halliday, m., &matthiessen, c. (2014). hallida's introduction to functional grammar. usa: routledge. halloran, k. o. (2008). visual communication. hancock,b.,ockleford, e.,&windridge,k. (2009).an introduction to qualitative research. national institute for health research. haratyan,f.(2011). halliday’s sfl and social meaning. internatioanal conferenceon humanities, historical and social sciences. ko, b. a. (2018). applying systemic functional grammar to korean texts: transitivity, mood/modality, and theme. 언어와 언어학, 79, 45-76. matthiessen, c., & halliday, m. (2009). systemic functional grammar: a first step into thetheory. mogalakwe,m. (2006). the use of documentary research methods in sosial research. african sociological review. pidato presiden sby terpilih sebagai pidato terbaik. dipetik august sunday, 2016, dari https://ombenk.wordpress.comerror! hyperlink reference not valid.2010/06/29/pidato-presiden-sby-yangterpilih-sebagai-pidato-terbaikabad-21/ sadighi, m.b. (2008). chomsky’suniversal grammarand halliday’s systemic functional linguistics:an appraisaland acompromise. journalofpan-pacific association ofapplied linguistics, 12(1),11-28. sandelowski, m. (2000). focuson research methods: what happened to qualitative description? research in nursing & health. tokunaga, a. (2017). comparing patterns of mood and modality in a recipe and a demonstration. https://ombenk.wordpress.com/ https://ombenk.wordpress.com/ https://ombenk.wordpress.com/ 28 e-issn: 2621-6485 wetherell,m., taylor,s., & lates, s. (2001). a discourse as data: a guide of analysis. london: sage publication ltd. wang, r. (2017). reading news on smartphones: how do mood, modality interactivity, and news story length. english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 1, no. 2, 2018, pp. 65-75 e-issn: 2621-6485 the implementation of 2013 curriculum in english teaching: stories from rural areas 1heri gunawan, 2afrianto daud 1,2faculty of teachers training and education, universitas riau 1heri.gunawan4688@student.unri.ac.id 2afrianto.a@lecturer.unri.ac.id principal contact: 0822 6828 4347 abstract this study aims to document how 2103 curriculum has been implemented by english teachers in a high school located in a rural area in riau province. this research in particular investigates the implementation of scientific approach by english teachers in bunga raya siak regency. the study is specifically aimed at investigating two research questions: (1) how the scientific approach has been implemented in the classroom, and (2) what problems the teachers face during the implementation. three english teachers participated in this small scale qualitatitive study. the data were obtained through semi-structured interviews. the findings revealed that the teachers have implemented the scientific approach relatively well. however, the data show that all teachers experienced some problems in implementing the curriculum. in general, the problems can be classified into: (a) insufficient english teaching hour; (b) the students’ high diversity in terms of ability; (c) discrepancy between curriculum and national examination contents; and (d) lack of facilities. keywords: english teaching, implementation, scientific approach, siak regency how to cite: gunawan, h. and daud, a. (2018). the implementation of 2013 curriculum in english teaching: stories from rural areas. english language teaching educational journal, 1(2), 65-75. introduction the indonesian government has been formulating some significant changes and adjustments on the national education system to improve the quality of education. indonesia has undergone at least ten times curriculum revisions since the day of independence. in 2013, the ministry of education and culture or kemendikbud started to endorse the latest curriculum known as 2013 curriculum. having undergone some revisions, 2013 curriculum is the currently used curriculum ever since. former minister of national education, muhammad nuh stated that the main points of 2013 curriculum development are in refining mindset, strengthening curriculum management, deepening and broadening the materials, reinforcing the learning process, and adjusting the study needs to balance the outcome of the learning process (kemendikbud, 2013). in spite of the similarities with the previous curricula, 2013 curriculum has some relatively new features. among other things, 2013 curriculum differs in terms of the learning approach recommended to use by teachers known as “scientific approach”. mailto:heri.gunawan4688@student.unri.ac.id mailto:afrianto.a@lecturer.unri.ac.id 66 e-issn: 2621-6485 when 2013 curriculum was firstly introduced, there were some “push and pull” situations regarding its implementation in schools. many teachers from multiple schools admitted that they were not ready to adopt the new curriculum (afrianto, 2017). however, as stated in the regulation of ministry of education and culture (permendikbud) no. 81a year 2013 about the implementation of 2013 curriculum, since january 2017, 2013 curriculum is no longer optional. consequently, every teacher of any subject including english is mandated to use 2013 curriculum. one of the learning approaches recommended to use in the 2013 curriculum is “scientific approach”. the fundamental idea of the scientific approach is that teachers are suggested to apply the principles or activities that are commonly used in natural science classes. to be more specific, kemendikbud (2013) explains that the scientific approach is an approach that refers to investigating techniques towards some phenomena, acquiring new knowledge, and correcting and combining the background knowledge. the steps of the 2013 curriculum’s scientific approach are: observing, questioning, associating, experimenting, and networking. according to permendikbud no. 22 year 2016, the learning process using 2013 curriculum should touch the three domains of education; affection, cognition, and psychomotor. the affective domain is developed with a focus on the substantial transformation of the teaching materials so that the students know about “why”. the psychomotoric domain focuses on the substantial transformation of the teaching materials so that the students know about “how”. whereas, the cognitive domain emphasizes the substantial transformation of the teaching materials so that the students know about “what”. the expected outcome is the improvement and balance between the ability to be a good person (soft skills) and the ability to be a capable and competent person to have a good life (hard skills) which cover the three competency aspects. with such learning processes, it can be expected that the learning result will yield learners who are productive, creative, and affective, through an integrated reinforcement on affective, cognitive, and psychometric aspects. as one of the official approaches in the curriculum, every teacher is then expected to be able to implement the scientific approach in the learning process, including english teachers in siak regency. however, since the approach is considered relatively new to some of the teachers, it is possible that some problems or issues in the implementation will occur. some studies have investigated how this 2013 curriculum has been implemented by teachers in the classroom. yet, most of these studies still focused on schools located in urban areas. a study conducted by ratnaningsih (2017), for example, found the teachers of a senior high school in bandung has followed all the five steps in the respective order. moreover, the teachers can demonstrate the learnercentered learning strengthened by collaborative, cooperative, active and meaningful learning. this seconds the idea that the use of scientific approach in learning is able to facilitate the students to achieve the goals of learning. in addition, a research in pekanbaru city conducted by afrianto (2017) found three major problems faced by english teachers when implementing the eltej issn: 2621-6485 gunawan, daud 67 scientific approach in class. the three major problems are: (a) challenges to make the students active in learning; (b) intricate procedures of assessment; and (c) lack of supervision on the curriculum implementation. meanwhile, hariyanto (2015) in his research found that lack of time and students’ active participations were major problems in the implementation. such problems in the scientific approach implementation are likely to compromise the effectiveness of english teaching and learning process in schools. considering all the reasons above, it is necessary to study how english teachers of senior high schools in rural area implement the scientific approach in their classrooms. the school selected as a research site in this study is located in siak regency, riau. it is about 150 kilo meters away from the central city of pekanbaru. this study is aimed at answering two research questions: (1) how the scientific approach has been implemented in the classroom?; and (2) what problems have the teachers encountered during the implementation? the findings of this research are expected to provide empirical data of the real picture of how teachers implement 2013 curriculum in district school and what problems that the teachers face in the practice. therefore, the research findings can be one of the decision making bases to formulate a new policy towards the implementation of 2013 curriculum. research method this research was a qualitative study conducted under interpretive research paradigm. the data processing was dealing with non-numerical data such as sentences, statements, or documents. in other words, the nature object of the research is basically in the forms of qualitative entities such as social phenomena, perceptions, and problems in the process of the scientific approach implementation. the qualitative data were gathered through semistructured interviews, followed by its analysis. all three english teachers at a high school in siak regency who were actively on duty were chosen to be the participants of the research. respecting the confidentiality of the research participants, on the paper, the teachers are addressed with their initials instead of their names. as mentioned above, the data were gathered through in-depth semistructured interviews, which means the interviewee (the participants) were asked a series of questions regarding the scientific approach implementation. in-depth interviews are useful in getting detailed information about a person’s thoughts and behaviors or exploring new issues in depth. they are often used to provide context to other data (such as outcome data), offering a more complete picture of what happened in the program and why (boyce & neale, 2006). to do a semi-structured interview, an interview protocol as the basis of initial question was prepared before. it was used as a guide to make sure that the interview does not deviate from the main focus. the interview took about an hour for each participant and it was recorded with a notification and allowance request to the participant before beginning the interview. the recordings of the interview were transcribed and then the transcripts were analyzed. 68 e-issn: 2621-6485 in general, the data analysis was done by transcribing, editing, classifying, reducing, and presenting the data. firstly the recordings of the interviews were transcribed. the transcriptions were checked and edited on the second or third listening. next, the researcher highlighted some information on the transcripts that is related to the research questions. the highlighted items were then classified based on their group or category. later, not all information or categories were going to be included or reported on the findings. the data were reduced and then presented in the discussion. the above-mentioned process of working with the transcripts was done by referring to the three procedures introduced by flick (2002): open coding (a phase where all themes are found and categorized), axial coding (a stage where the researcher is looking for relationships among themes), and selective coding (a phase where the researcher is choosing the more relevant themes to be further explored in the discussion). findings and discussion the implementation during the interview, one of the question asked was “how do you implement the scientific approach in teaching english in the classroom?” this question was intentionally asked to know the teachers’ basic understanding about how to carry out teaching using the scientific approach. it is believed that the teachers clear understanding and their positive perception on how to implement the approach will significantly determine the success and the effectiveness of the teaching. their understanding will guide them in implementing the approach. when asked about the question, the teachers gave relatively similar answers. they basically described or mentioned some steps in the scientific approach. mr. d, one of the participants, could clearly name all the five steps in the scientific approach. meanwhile, the other participant, mr. e did not get to mention the five steps in the scientific approach. he only mentioned two steps; ‘observing’ and ‘questioning’. he, however, confidently stated that by using the scientific approach in the class, his teaching is more directed. he added that the step-by-step activities in the scientific approach is clear and flexible. “i show a video of, for example, a, uh, speaker, an english native speaker, doing, uh, expressing something. we’ll analyze it together, then we, uh, i explain, and we observe. we observe the video, ask, discuss, and analyze uh, the text. then we try to make the text together, do production, and then performance.” (mr. d) “usually when i teach narrative text, we watch a video, right? after watching the video, uh, i ask the students to give some questions, indirectly.” (mr. e) eltej issn: 2621-6485 gunawan, daud 69 in addition to mr. e’s ‘incomplete’ answer, he stated that the approach was implemented differently during different periods of time. for instance, before 2013 curriculum revisions, teachers were expected to carry out all the steps in the scientific approach in one meeting. however, this was later revised. the steps do not have to be included at one teaching session and the sequence can be altered according to the needs. the teachers’ description of some steps and how they are carried out indicate teachers’ full attempt in implementing the approach. the positive results of teachers implementing the scientific approach steps are also shown in some other schools in indonesia through some studies by sofyan (2016) and ratnaningsih (2017). from their studies, it is reported that the teachers shared similar perception in which the scientific approach is regarded as an approach that integrates students’ attitude, skill, and knowledge by implementing the steps in the teaching and learning process. the problems in the implementation besides implementation, the results of the semi-structured interviews also revealed some problems in the scientific approach reported by all the participants. the dimension of the problems can be said as something complex. however, in general these problems can be classified into four main issues: no. problems of the implementation 1. insufficient teaching hours 2. students’ high diversity 3. discrepant curriculum content 4. lack of facilities in the most recent revision of 2013 curriculum it is stated that the teaching hour for english subject in high schools is reduced from four hours a week to be two hours a week (2 x 45 minutes). this reduction, among some other problems, was the problem that most participants complained about. two of the participants, mr. d and ms. b agreed that the time reduction being a problematic issue in the scientific approach implementation. in his interview, mr. d regretted the reduction of the teaching hour for english subject and stated that the reduced time does not seem to support the students to achieve the standard learning outcomes which he thinks are pretty high. he argued that the time allocation is insufficient for a teacher to carry out all the steps in the approach and therefore cannot meet with the expected goal that the student must achieve. he also added that even with the previous time allocation, it was quite challenging to raise students’ achievement in english, let alone with the current situation where the time allocation has been cut. “the problem of this curriculum is i think in terms of the time reduction, sir. two hours. meanwhile, the challenge is high.” (mr. d) 70 e-issn: 2621-6485 “first, the problem is about the time sir, [speaking of] this 2013 curriculum. only two hours, from four hours. consequently, our chance [as a teacher] to give broader knowledge to the student is, uh, limited.” (ms. b) the issue on the time reduction is even more challenging when it meets with the condition of the students. mr. d and ms. b stated that the time reduction makes them work really hard to adjust their teaching considering the ability of the students in that area. according to mr. d, the level of students’ ability in this school varies, even most of them are categorized in medium to low level. “here [in this school], the ability of the students happens to be very drastic. some are good, some are not. and some are quiet.” (mr. d) “the students’ ability is just like what i said before; some are very smart, some others are extremely low.” (ms. b) the spirit of 2013 curriculum is to promote students-centered learning. this is evidenced by the emphasis in the scientific approach whose steps were designed to arouse students’ activeness in the class. in questioning step, for instance, the students are expected to be giving some questions about the topic given, not being “informed” by the teacher. students’ low participation clearly becomes a problem that can impede the success of the scientific approach implementation since it can lead to students’ passiveness in the class. when asked about what strategy the teacher use to cope with the limited time and students’ diverse ability, both mr. d and ms. b gave relatively similar answers. mr. d said he usually would divide the students into several groups where some of the “top students” were in each group. these top students are the ones who should help their friends in the group to become the teacher’s “second mouth”. this resembles the finding reported by hariyanto (2015) saying that lack of time became one of the major problems in the scientific approach implementation in one school in malang. furthermore, there was a schedule that 2 hours is divided into two, before and after the break time. it made the students did not focus in the material. thus, the teacher mostly made the discussion in the group rather than individually. further, the teacher asked the coordinator of each group to manage their members. eltej issn: 2621-6485 gunawan, daud 71 furthermore, albeit suitable for enjoyable learnings, there seems to be a discrepancy between the contents of 2013 curriculum and the national exam according to mr. e. the curriculum, especially the scientific approach, was designed in order to make the learning activity enjoyable. this is true, referring to the process standards by kemendikbud (2013) saying that the teaching and learning process in school should be established in an interactive, inspiring, and fun way in order for students to be active. however, it does not seem to concur with the national examination content in which it requires the students to think analytically. “in the national exam, even though [the learning] has been done using 2013 curriculum, still, the form [of the questions] is about understanding about the text, right? ... meanwhile in 2013 curriculum, those are no longer encouraged. …with the five steps (5m) done, it oddly seems to only result enjoyment, not preparing [the students] for the national exam.” (mr. e) apparently, this phenomenon occurred not only in siak. a research by ratnaningsih (2017) reported a similar case where the teachers conducted active and meaningful learning but the students still lack of critical thinking (hots). in addition, although having carried out the learning and teaching activity with various media and creative delivery, the student seemed not to have initiative to learn without stimulation and encouragement from the teacher. this inconsistency of curriculum contents and national exam is like leading two things that are supposed to meet to different directions. even though national examination is not the ultimate goal of learning, still, the results of the exam contribute certain percent to the students’ passing. many students and parents still view national exam as the final “battle” that determines the student’s future. therefore, it is no wonder that eventually the national exam will be taken very seriously by the students. moreover, the view of students must excel in national exam will affect the teachers’ teaching in some ways, including the using of some methods and strategies. to some of them, the scientific approach has not yet been optimally able to train students to deal with the standardized national exam. another problem found in the implementation was in terms of the facilities. this includes both school and students’ facilities. the problem regarding the students’ facility was in terms of the learning sources or textbooks. one of the major differences between 2013 curriculum and the previous ones is in terms of the students’ independent learning. that is, the principle of learning has shifted from “students are given information from the teacher” to become “students find out the information by themselves” (permendikbud, 2016). this can be effectively done if the school provides various learning sources to the students. however, according to one of the 72 e-issn: 2621-6485 participants, the school did provide textbooks to the students, but not to all. in addition, the students were not supported with modules and/or references books. this condition affected on the effectiveness of the teaching since learning sources play an important role in the teaching and learning using the scientific approach. in terms of the school facilities, one respondent reported that his school used to operate with no electricity. it was until early 2018 the school finally was facilitated with electricity source. when the research was conducted, the school had just been using the power for six months or so. the creativity of the teacher in teaching using different media was challenged there. the media used to be limited to non-digital ones. the goal to liven up a ‘fun and active’ learning in the class was rather difficult to actualize. “the challenge in the implementation of the five steps (5m) that is very problematic is in [the condition of] village area like here, sir. like what we’d been through, you know, we’ve just got the electricity source since the last couple months ago. it was difficult to realize a teacher who is creative, a more creative teacher, a more innovative teacher, like that.” (mr. e) lack of facilities, in terms of both students’ and school facilities, has been a huge problem in many schools in indonesia, especially schools in small towns or rural areas like siak. mirroring the problem regarding the lack of facilities in siak, a research by amalia (2018) reported that one of the difficulties faced by the teachers in one school in surakarta was in terms of the classroom facilities. the classrooms were not equipped with functioning pieces of technology that can support teaching and learning activities such as lcd (liquid crystal display) or projectors. that clearly neglected one point in permendikbud no. 103 year 2013 that explains the use of technology and information is supposed to support and improve the learning efficiently and effectively. mulyasa (2009 and 2013) states that the main factor to determine the successful curriculum implementation is teachers’ creativity. the teachers are demanded to create students to be productive, creative, and innovative in realizing the aims of learning. one way to realize a creative and innovative learning is with the support of piece of technology in the classroom. if teachers faced problems in implementing the planned program, he/she had to adjust the activities so that learning aims can be achieved. in sman 1 bunga raya case, let alone having lcds or projectors, the power source in this school was absent for years. the teachers had to come up with alternative methods in teaching that usually minimize the opportunity to bring a creative and efficient learning. eltej issn: 2621-6485 gunawan, daud 73 conclusion based on the results of the semi-structured interviews, it can be said that the scientific approach has been relatively well implemented by english teachers at this rural area school. this can be seen from the reports which the participants uttered in the interviews. most respondents could clearly mention the steps in the scientific approach and provide some descriptions about them. this means that the teachers have shown a very positive reception and understanding about the principles of the scientific approach. however, there is an indication that those steps might not have been implemented in a proper and optimal way. the evidence saying that the teachers sometimes do not include some steps in their classroom can be seen from their interviews when they described what the scientific approach is. one respondent, mr. d indeed mentioned all the steps in his elaborative answer. another respondent, mr. e, by comparison only mentioned two steps (observing and questioning) in his answer to the same question. this could mean either the interviewer did not get to go further to explore mr. e’s answer, or it is fair to say that the teacher did not implement all the steps properly. there is an indication that it occurs due to the lack or trainings experienced by the teachers. from the interviews, it was discovered that two teachers got once to none training experiences and the other one had experienced trainings several times. this could back up the factor why the implementation has not been done optimally. furthermore, an occurrence of some problems during the implementation was inevitable. among some other problems, insufficient teaching hours and students’ extreme diversity were the main issues the teachers expressed during the interviews. in addition to the problem, the mismatch between the contents of the 2013 curriculum and of the national exam seems to be another major issue in the implementation. in regard of the time allocation that seems to be one of difficulties that can impede the success of the scientific approach implementation, it is suggested to the government or the policy makers to reconsider the time allocation especially for english subject. moreover, up to this point, the training has not reached all the teachers especially those who are in the small cities or rural areas. due to lack of trainings experienced by teachers in many schools and in order for the teachers to understand on how to implement the scientific approach properly, it is advisable for the government to provide more trainings for all the teachers in near future. at last, according to the recent revision of 2013 curriculum, permendikbud 22/2016, creating is another step in the scientific approach. however, since the teachers in sman 1 bunga raya siak have not been familiar with this step, this research did not get to investigate the creating step. therefore, a further research investigating this matter is recommended to add and study the creating step in the implementation. in addition, the data from the semi-structured interviews might have not been able to vividly report what actually happened in the class due to some limitations of the methodology 74 e-issn: 2621-6485 aspect of the study. therefore, the other researchers are hoped to do better researches by employing the technique which had not been implemented by the researcher in this present study such as observation or field study. references afrianto. (2017). the implementation of scientific approach for teaching english in senior high school: voices from the field. advances in social science, education and humanities research (assehr) 110: 186-191. amalia, s. (2018). a study on the implementation of scientific approach of 2013 curriculum in english teaching process at twelfth grade of smk sakti gemolong in 2017/2018 academic year. thesis. surakarta: the state islamic institute of surakarta. boyce, c. & neale, p. (2006). interviews: a guide for designing and conducting in-depth interviews for evaluation input. pathfinder. flick, u. (2002). an introduction to qualitative research. london: sage publication. hariyanto, i.p.d. (2015) a study on the implementation of scientific approach used by english teacher in teaching english to low level students at smp in malang. s1 thesis. malang: university of muhammadiyah malang. kemendikbud. (2013). materi pelatihan guru implementasi kurikulum 2013 smp/mts. jakarta: kementrian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. kemendikbud. (2013). permendikbud no. 81a/2013 – implementasi kurikulum: pedoman umum pengajaran. jakarta: kementrian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. kemendikbud. (2014). permendikbud no. 103/2014 – pembelajaran pada pendidikan dasar dan menengah. jakarta: kementrian pendidikan dan kebudayaan. kemendikbud. (2016). permendikbud no. 22/2016 – standar proses pendidikan. mulyasa, h. e. (2009). implementasi kurikulum tingkat satuan pendidikan: kemandirian guru dan kepala sekolah. jakarta: bumi aksara. eltej issn: 2621-6485 gunawan, daud 75 mulyasa, h. e. (2013). pengembangan dan implementasi kurikulum 2013. bandung: pt remaja rosdakarya. mustafa, z. (2009). mengurangi variabel hingga instrumentasi. jakarta: graha imu. polit, d.f. & hungler, b.p. (1995). nursing research principles and methods. 3rd edition. philadelphia: jb lippincott. ratnaningsih, s. (2017). scientific approach of 2013 curriculum: teachers’ implementation in english language teaching. english review: journal of english education, 6(1), 33-40. doi: 10.25134/erjee.v6i1.768 sofyan, a. (2016). the implementation of scientific approach in english teaching based on 2013 curriculum in smk negeri 2 sragen in the academic year of 2015/2016. thesis. surakarta: universitas muhammadiyah surakarta. ______ http://sekolah.data.kemdikbud.go.id. english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 1, no. 1, august 2018, pp. 13-21 e-issn: 2621-6485 developing english for specific purposes (esp) module for computer science students’ vocabulary mastery 1 fitri palupi kusumawati, 2 syaifudin latif darmawan, 3 siti latifah universitas muhammadiyah metro 1 fitripalupi85@yahoo.com abstract this development research aimed to develop a learning module for students of compter science, to determine the feasibility of the module, and to determine the students’ response towards the module. this study used research and developmet (r&d) type of addie model (analysis, design, development, implementation, and evaluation). the module was developed based on the results of the research. the results of the feasibility of the module showed the following points: 1) the material expert and the lecturer of the computer science department gave percentage of 69,63% under the range of 66.67%
𝑥𝑖+ 1,8 𝑆𝐵𝑖 very good 2 𝑥𝑖+0,6 𝑆𝐵𝑖< x ≤ 𝑥𝑖+1,8 𝑆𝐵� � good 3 𝑥𝑖+0,6 𝑆𝐵𝑖< x ≤ 𝑥𝑖+0,6 𝑆𝐵𝑖 fair 4 𝑥𝑖 −1,8 𝑆𝐵𝑖< x ≤ 𝑥𝑖 −0,6 𝑆𝐵𝑖 less 5 x≤ 𝑥𝑖 −1,8 𝑆𝐵𝑖 poor source : sukardjo (2012) legend: 𝑥𝑖 =(ideal rate) 1 2 (ideal max score + ideal min score) �〱𝐵𝑖 =(ideal standard deviation) 1/6 (ideal max score ideal min score) x = actual score based on the above formula, we can get guidance of converting quantitative value 1 to 5 into qualitative category to conclude how media feasibility developed. if the p and 𝑆𝐵𝑖values are substituted on the formulas in the table, then the conversion guidelines will be obtained: 19 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 kusumawati, darmawan, latifah criteria of rating category no the range score of quantitative the range score of quantitative 1 p> 80% very good 2 66,67%< p ≤ 80% good 3 53,33% < p ≤ 66,67% fair 4 40%
0.05), it means that the data cannot reject the null hypothesis, so the null hypothesis is accepted. if the significance value shows lower than 0.05 (p<0.05), it means that data can reject the null hypothesis, so the alternative hypothesis is accepted. eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ rosalina & nasrulloh 75 findings and discussion this point serves the result of a descriptive statistic of each variable. there were two variables in this research, and there were two statistical findings which were served in the spss standard tables. the results were as follows: descriptive statistic of self-esteem the second variable was self-esteem personality. the table of descriptive statistic for this variable was shown in the following statistical table: table 2. descriptive statistics n minimum maximum mean std. deviation selfesteem 35 34 60 47.23 4.759 valid n (listwise) 35 the table contained of number of learners, minimum score and maximum scores, mean statistically and standard deviation. the total number of learners were 35 learners. the minimum score was 34 and the maximum score was 60. the mean was 47.23. the standard deviation of it was 4.759. descriptive statistic of reading comprehension test the second variable was reading comprehension. the table of descriptive statistic for this variable was shown in the following statistical table: table 3. descriptive statistics n minimum maximum mean std. deviation readingtest 35 20 43 32.54 6.766 valid n (listwise) 35 the table contained the number of learners, minimum score and maximum scores, mean statistically and standard deviation. the total number of learners were 35 learners. the minimum score was 20, and the maximum score was 43. the mean was 32.54. the standard deviation of it was 6.766. 76 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 table 4. the hypothesis testing correlations self-esteem readingtest selfesteem pearson correlation 1 .457** sig. (2-tailed) 0.006 n 35 35 readingtest pearson correlation .457** 1 sig. (2-tailed) 0.006 n 35 35 ** correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). if the significance level shows greater than 0.050 (p>0.05), it means that the data cannot reject the null hypothesis, so the null hypothesis is accepted. if the significance value shows lower than 0.05 (p<0.05), it means that data can reject the null hypothesis, so the alternative hypothesis is accepted. the result showed that the r of first calculation was .0457 with significance tailed 0.006 < 0.05. affective factors which may impact on foreign language learning have been researched since around the late 1980s (takahashi & takahashi, 2013). sikhwari (2008) conducted research to investigate the relationship between affective factors and the academic of the students at the university of venda. in the study, the affective factors selected are self-concept, motivation, and attitude. the general aim of the study is to determine the role of self-concept, motivation, and attitude in student’s academic achievement and ultimately come up with some recommendation for enhancing these factors. the theoretical investigation indicates that there is a relationship between students’ self-concept, motivation, attitude, and academic achievement. similarly, the empirical investigation has revealed that there is a significant correlation between self-concept, motivation, and academic achievement of students. the study conducted by sikhwari (2008) who had brought the idea of the importance of affective variables toward language learning output. however, there is also a need to investigate the interrelatedness of affective factors which has not been studied in the study. therefore, in this current research, the selected aspects of affective factors which are selfesteem will be taken into account. this research investigated the correlation between selfesteem and student’s reading comprehension. based on the result, the significant tailed of the research is 0.006 or > 0.05, and it means that data can reject the null hypothesis, so the alternative hypothesis is accepted. conclusion the conclusion of the present study was presented in accordance with the data which had been analysed in the previous chapter. based on the data analysis taken from the reading test and questionnaire, it can be concluded that there is a correlation between selfesteem and students reading comprehension. the result showed that the r of first calculation was .0457 with significance tailed 0.006 < 0.05. it was lower than .05.the hypothesis stated that there is a significant correlation between self-esteem and student’s reading comprehension was accepted. eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ rosalina & nasrulloh 77 references andres, h. p. (2002). a comparison of face-to-face and virtual software development teams. team performance management: an international journal, 8(1/2), 39-48. branden, n. (1994). the six pillars of self-esteem. new york: bantam books brown, d. (2014). principles of language learning and teaching. new york: pearson education brown, d. (2004). language assessment: principles and classroom practices. new york: pearson education. brown, d. & lee. h. (2015). teaching by principles an interactive approach to language pedagogy. san francisco state university: pearson education cahya, p. (2015). modelling relationships among selected affective factors and efl proficiency of collegue students.(unpublished thesis). malang: graduate program universitas negeri malang. facharyani, n., masrupi, m., & rahmawati, e. (2018). the influence of using jigsaw as a method on students’ reading comprehension at the seventh grade of smpn 7 kota serang. journal of english language studies, 3(1), 80-90. farley,f.h., & anthony l. t. (1970). individual differences in reading comprehension. journal of reading behavior 291970-71.vol. 3, no. 1,winter. gardner, r. c., & macintyre, p. d. (1992). a student's contributions to second language learning. part i: cognitive variables. language teaching, 25(4), 211-220. graham, s. (1997). effective language learning: positive strategies for advanced level language learning. bristol : wbc book manufactures hurd, i. (2008). after anarchy: legitimacy and power in the united nations security council. princeton: princeton university press. juyandegan, m. (2016). the relationship between self-esteem and reading comprehension of efl iranian pre-university learners. international journal of asian social science, 6 (5), 303-313. kaniuka, t. (2010). reading achievement, attitude toward reading, and reading self-esteem of historically low achieving students. journal of instructional psychology. 37. 184188. klingner, j. k, sharon v., & alison, b. (2007). teaching reading comprehension to students with learning difficulties. new york: the guilford press. 78 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 krashen, s. (2003) explorations in language acquisition and use: the taipei lectures. portsmouth, nh: heinemann lightbown, p., & spada, n. (1999). how languages are learned (2nd ed.). oxford: oxford university press. mcentire, j. (2003). read ahead 2: reading and life skills development. harlow: longman pearson education. schunk, d. h., & pintrich, p. r. meece.(2008). motivation in education: theory, research, and applications. new jersey: pearson. sikhwari, t. (2008). the relationship between affective factors and the academic achievement of students at the university of venda. south african journal of higher education. 21. 10.4314/sajhe.v21i3.25721. suharmanto. (2006). patterns of relationship among some selected factors affecting the students efl reading. (unpublished dissertation). malang: graduate program universitas negeri malang takahashi, a., & takahashi, h. (2013). learners' self-esteem and its relationships with motivation for learning english, self-perceived and actual english proficiency. 新 潟大学言語文化研究, 18, 1-12 http://hdl.handle.net/10191/23942 yorio, c. (1976). discussion of "explaining sequence and variation in second language acquisition.". language learning, 4(1), 59-63. http://hdl.handle.net/10191/23942 english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 1, no. 2, 2018, pp. 49-64 e-issn: 2621-6485 traces of linguistic imperialism enacted through discursive strategies in elt textbooks in indonesia ahmad budairi monash university, australia ahmad.budairi@monash.edu abstract although in many educational contexts textbooks serve as the backbone of teaching, providing practical guides for teachers as well as useful references for learning progress, they could also serve as a site of struggle for many competing discourses. elt textbooks bear particular relevance here, as they place english at the center of prominence while serving as a medium for knowledge transmission. this paper reports on part of the findings of a case study examining the exercise of dominant discourses in two elt textbooks for high school in indonesia. the analysis revealed that there are imbalanced power relations—enacted through such discursive strategies as foregrounding,, backgrounding and framing in two areas: topics and visuals. these strategies were understood as part of the author’s attempt to preserve the hegemonic status of english and its associated dominant ideology in ways that reflect traces of linguistic imperialism. with regard to the pedagogical value of the textbooks, this paper offers some suggestions on how the textbooks could be more engaging and culturally sensitive towards learners’ socio cultural context. the discussion concludes with an appeal for more balanced representation between the discourse of the third world and that of britain in elt textbooks in indonesia. keywords: critical discourse analysis, power relations, discursive strategies, power in discourse how to cite: budairi, a. (2018). traces of linguistic imperialism enacted through discursive strategies in elt textbooks in indonesia. english language teaching educational journal, 1(2), 49-64. introduction this article reports on part of the findings from a case study of two elt textbooks for high school level in indonesia: real english 2 for grade xi and real english 3 for grade xii. first published in 2008 by pt. penerbit erlangga publishing company, jakarta, indonesia, these textbooks were designated as supplementary under the so-called 2006 kurikulum tingkat satuan pendidikan / ktsp (school level curriculum). the case study was conducted in 2012, during which the textbooks under investigation were being used in four prominent high schools in the special district of yogyakarta. in 2013, the government introduced the k13 curriculum in place of the national school level curriculum (ktsp). however, due to a great deal of controversy surrounding the k13 curriculum, its status was declared as a pilot project, to be implemented in a limited number of schools by the newly appointed minister of education in mailto:ahmad.budairi@monash.edu 50 e-issn: 2621-6485 2014. schools were then advised to return to the 2006 school level curriculum. following a cabinet reshuffle and the review of the pilot project, the k13 curriculum began its full implementation nationwide in the 2016/2017 academic year. whether the textbooks are still used after these curriculum changes remains a subject of enquiry, particularly because since the introduction of the school level curriculum in 2006, schools have been allowed greater autonomy to select their preferred textbooks in addition to those prescribed by the government. the pedagogical value of textbooks has been widely acknowledged by many scholars. textbooks allow teachers to focus on the real work of teaching without having their energy dissipated by preparation of teaching materials (edge & wharton, 1998). they can function as a map, showing the teaching progress (mcgrath, 2002; ur, 1996) and providing direction and ideas in how lessons can be delivered (tomlinson, 2008). the other advantage of textbooks, as sheldon (1988) outlines, is their credibility, making them more reliable than teachergenerated or in-house materials. well-developed textbooks are designed by experts in the area, thereby assuring their pedagogical value, whereas classroom teachers in general undergo different training and in many cases their skills and knowledge are not suited to textbook production. allwright acknowledges this: … we need teaching materials as carriers of decisions best made by someone other than the classroom teacher, not because the classroom teacher is deficient, as a classroom teacher, but because the expertise required of materials writers is importantly different from that required of classroom teachers – the people who have the interpersonal skills to make classrooms good places to learn it (1981: 6) while textbooks have become indispensable as a medium for transmitting knowledge in many educational contexts, they are not merely printed letters and visual images, nor just a teaching–learning resource. it is equally important to acknowledge that textbooks are socially motivated and constructed. since they are produced within a certain social, political and cultural context, knowledge and culture presented in textbooks are not neutral but represent the interests of an individual, group or institution. luke (1988) suggests that in any given era in the history of education, the selection of knowledge, competence and practices for transmission in school curricula is an ideological process, serving the interests of particular classes and forms of social control. in a more specific reference, apple (1992) considers textbooks an ideological message system for the transmission of the dominant values and beliefs of a society. within such frameworks, textbooks may be understood as not only reflecting the purpose and goals that a particular curriculum pursues, but also embodying a particular construction of the social world; particular ways of selecting and organizing the vast universe of possible knowledge (apple, 1992). as such, textbooks might also reflect the working of power relations and ideological assertions among different interest groups and individuals that are inextricably related. eltej issn: 2621-6485 budairi 51 along the same vein, it is interesting to consider the fact that being in a globally peripheral position, indonesia is constantly under the influence of the ideological and cultural hegemony of advanced countries. of special importance here is the notion of discourse imperialism which pennycook (1994) refers to as the expansion of certain discourses dictated by the west, mainly by the white man but, most importantly, discourses conveyed by and through the english language which guarantee the supremacy of some countries over others. he further concedes that such a discourse is the source of regular inequalities in all fields: economics, politics, education, culture and communication. english expands hand in hand with it, it is the language of “international capitalism” (p. 43). phillipson (1992) warns against the implicit ideology of anglocentricity and english linguistic imperialism behind elt promotion. he suggests that “linguistic imperialism refers to a particular theory for analyzing the relations between dominant and dominated cultures, specifically the way english language learning has been promoted” (p. 15) and “the tenets of elt have ideological and structural consequences. they serve to strengthen the hold of the center over the periphery” (p. 192). william (1989) proposes the notion of “selective tradition” in which the dominance of a specific class is maintained through the selection of certain meanings and practices to be passed off as a “tradition.” it is in this light that elt textbooks may lend themselves to the analysis of power relations. hence, it is worth investigating how the hegemonic discourses of the west and english as an international language might be constituted, produced, naturalized and circulated through the use of linguistic and other semantic features in texts such as textbooks. viewed from its ontological standpoint, the study of language basically involves an analysis of language as speech. it looks into different elements of speech such as sounds (phonetics and phonology), parts of words (morphology), patterned of words and phrases, sentences (syntax) and finally meaning (semantics) as the ultimate function of language. although this kind of analysis may offer in-depth knowledge of language features, it tends to disengage language from its social context in which language is used as a means of communication. it fails to take into account such crucial questions as how language users seek to interpret meanings, become participants in a conversation and how language can be manipulated to accomplish certain goals in a communicative event. referring to the lack of comprehensibility in the analysis of language from its linguistic features, de beaugrande (1996) wrote : after three decades of research on syntax, no such system of underlying patterns and rules has yet been produced for any natural language. all we have is a pile of fragments such a system might contain, but no idea how they fit together and how we can supply the rest. the problem is simple and i am convinced, unsolvable: the arrangement of words in phrases and sentences is decided only partly by syntax and partly by speakers’ knowledge of the world and their society’ (p.35) 52 e-issn: 2621-6485 it is then impossible to analyze any given language, both spoken and written, without taking into account the various social contexts which contribute to the shaping and emergence of extensive linguistics variation of language use. this has created the need to look at the analysis of language by incorporating the language realities as used in various communicative events in society. a similar concern was echoed by fairclough (1995b) upon his review of the contributions to the study of language made by many existing approaches such as linguistics, sociolinguistics, pragmatics, cognitive psychology and artificial intelligence. he pointed to the lack of consideration of language as socially determined and as being in dialectical relation with society in such approaches. he proposed to look at the concept of language as discourse, that is, language as social practice. the term discourse can be understood in two ways. discourse, used as an abstract noun, refers to the “language use conceived as social practice” (fairclough, 1993, p.138). it is not only concerned with language in use, but also the pervasive and invisible sets of values, beliefs and ideas in that social circumstances. when discourse is used as a countable noun, it refers to a “way of signifying experience from a particular perspective” (fairclough, 1993, p.138). thus, a discursive event is an “instance of language use, analysed as text, discursive practice, social practice” (fairclough, 1993, p.138). discursive event, thus, refers to text, discursive practice (production and interpretation of the text), and social practice (including situational, institutional and societal practice). while taking the aforementioned concept of discourse analysis as the starting point, this research seeks to employ a further version of discourse analysis: critical discourse analysis (cda). as the word ‘critical’ suggests, in principle, cda is concerned with studying and analyzing written and spoken texts to reveal the discursive sources of power, dominance, inequality and bias (van dijk, 2001). a rather similar definition is provided by fairclough (1995a) who considers the aim of cda as “to systematically explore often opaque relationships of causality and determination between (a) discursive practices, events and texts, and (b) wider social and cultural structures, relations and processes; to investigate how such practices, events, and texts arise out of and are ideologically shaped by relations of power and struggles over power, and to explore how the opacity of these relationships between discourse and society itself is a factor securing power and hegemony.” (p.132) theoretical frameworks of cda have been proposed by different scholars, each with their respective emphasis on different aspects, attribution and levels of analysis of discourse. however, they all are essentially concerned with the same question of how language and society are dialectically related and how such relation is reflected through the use of language as social practice. as van dijk (2001) points out, “cda is not a specific direction of research” and therefore “it does not have a unitary theoretical frame.”(p.353). however, he further asserts that “given the common perspective and the general aims of cda, we may also find overall conceptual and theoretical frameworks that are closely related.”(p.353) fairclough and wodak (1997: 271-80) suggest that in general, cda deals with the linguistic characteristics of social and cultural process. it eltej issn: 2621-6485 budairi 53 adopts a critical approach to social problem in its endeavor to make explicit power relationships which are frequently hidden. it conceives power relations as discursive and as such, it seeks to explain how social relations of power are exercised and negotiated in and through discourse. cda considers discourse as constituting society and culture. this suggests that every instance of language use makes its own contribution to reproducing and transforming society and culture, including relations of power. cda considers discourse as ideological and hence, an analysis of ideological discourse must extend beyond texts to also consider the discursive practice of how the texts are interpreted and received and what social effects they have. discourse operates within historical terms in a sense that texts acquire their meanings by being situated in specific social, cultural and ideological contexts, time and space. (wodak, 1995). lastly, discourse is what links or mediates texts with society. texts acquire their meanings by the dialectical relationship between texts and the social subjects. while in fairclough’s view, the mediating function is assumed by discourse practices –text production and consumption(fairclough,1995b), van dijk (1995) considers it is the sociocognition –social cognition and personal cognition – that mediates between society and discourse. research method this study initially involved a corpus of six english textbooks for high school level in indonesia: english alive for grades x and xi, english zone for grades x and xii, real english 2 for grade xi and real english 3 for grade xii. to approach the textbooks for this case study analysis, my initial strategy was to play the role of a typical reader who was trying to comprehend the texts in an uncritical manner. i then revisited the texts, this time critically, by raising questions about them, doing a brief comparative analysis of the six textbooks, and imagining how the texts could have been constructed differently. the focus of the analysis narrowed down to two elt textbooks, namely real english 2 and real english 3, because their construction is strikingly different from the others. the analysis of the textbooks was done under the framework of critical discourse analysis (cda). cda is concerned with studying and analyzing written and spoken texts to reveal the discursive sources of power, dominance, inequality and bias (van dijk, 2001). similarly, fairclough (1995) outlines the aims of cda as “to systematically explore often opaque relationships of causality and determination between (a) discursive practices, events and texts, and (b) wider social and cultural structures, relations and processes; to investigate how such practices, events, and texts arise out of and are ideologically shaped by relations of power and struggles over power, and to explore how the opacity of these relationships between discourse and society itself is a factor securing power and hegemony” (p. 132). in terms of cda as a method, dijk (2001) acknowledges that cda does not have a unitary theoretical framework or methodology because it is best viewed as a shared perspective encompassing a range of approaches instead of one school. this case study therefore set out with a range of possibilities for applying the different classifications and categorizations of cda. first, the six english 54 e-issn: 2621-6485 textbooks to be researched may or may not have had the data necessary for a rigid framework of analysis to be applied. in other words, to use a predetermined framework of analysis as a point of departure would have meant to force a set of assumptions on the texts in terms of how and what to analyze. given the unpredictability of the nature and formal properties of the textbooks being selected, it was essential to explore the textbooks to their fullest extent in search of any traces of salient features pertaining to ideological discourses and power relations, while working out the most appropriate method and technique of analysis. consequently, this entailed a recursive process of data analysis in which new categories emerged upon further readings, and subsequently required some reshaping and modification to establish the most plausible conceptualization, categorization, and classification. the recursive process thus worked alongside the inductive analysis under the framework of the case study approach. the early stage of the analysis entailed thematic classification and categorization of the texts. different themes and topics were identified, classified and assigned to different thematic categories. a similar process was applied to the visual images in the textbooks. this process resulted in a set of data of texts and visual images in numbers and percentages. the data were then analyzed in terms of the macro structure of the textbooks; how the data contributed to the coherence of the texts as a whole. next, the analysis proceeded with an examination of the texts at the micro level to look for instances of local semantics in the forms of propositions, syntactical structures, and lexicalization—instances of the use of language which contribute to the construction of the discourse of english as an international language. the next stage was to employ huckin’s (1997) analytic tools for close textual analysis at different degrees of granularity. they are foregrounding, backgrounding, and framing, foregrounding is the prominence given to parts of a text, either by their physical placement or size or by the emphasis given them through word choice or syntactic structure. the opposite of foregrounding is backgrounding, which is the de-emphasizing of parts of a text. the ultimate form of backgrounding is omission, or leaving relevant information out of a text. framing is the slant the author gives to a text. it is the way the content of the discourse is represented, including the speaker’s perspective and others’ points of view. this includes the use of visual aids such as photographs, font of headings and diagrams. findings and discussion using huckin’s framework of analysis, i applied a close textual examination of the textbooks to investigate the extent to which different discourses had been represented. i discovered that a great deal of prominence was given to the western discourses, in particular britain's cultural, social and political practices, whereas discourses about indonesia and the rest of the world were largely underrepresented, resulting in imbalanced power relations. at the same time, the texts had also been constructed to establish a strong link between britain (and the inner circle countries) with its superior practices and the absolute role and high stature of english to guarantee access to many highly valued social goods. the analysis revealed the use of such discursive strategies as eltej issn: 2621-6485 budairi 55 foregrounding, framing, and visual images to construct britain as a center of excellence. the following section presents evidence from the textbooks foregrounding, backgrounding and framing topics the textbook real english 2 consists of 10 units and each unit features different themes such as geography, earth power, agriculture, welfare, history, communication and information technology, profession, money and international relations. within each unit, the author introduces different topics which are associated with the theme of the unit. having examined these topics, i classified them into four thematic categories: british social practices, general knowledge, science and technology, global issues, and social practices in indonesia and the rest of the world. the use of foregrounding in the textbooks is reflected in the way the writer gives prominence to social practices and traditions in britain. as can be seen from table 1, texts about british social practices form the bulk of the textbook, while only a small percentage of the textbook is allocated to description of social practices in indonesia and the rest of the world. table 1.text distribution in real english 2 thematic categories british social practices general knowledge, science and technology global issues social practices in indonesia and the rest of the world. units 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8. 9, 10 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 1, 2, 6, 10 2,4,6,8,9 number of texts 23 16 10 7 percentage 41 % 28.5% 17.8% 12.5% the second textbook, real english 3, shows an even more marked imbalance of text distribution. as in the case of real english 2, the second textbook real english 3 consists of 10 units, and each unit features different thematic titles such as economics, science and technology, politics, art and culture, society and population, trade and industry, international relations, energy, and the role of women. the distribution of texts based on thematic categories is presented in table 2. 56 e-issn: 2621-6485 table 2.text distribution in real english 3 as reflected in table 2, in the second textbook the description of social practices in britain takes up half of the total text distribution, while other discourses share the rest. the pattern of foregrounding in these two textbooks suggests that a great deal of prominence is being attached to britain and its social practices, whereas the social practices in indonesia and the rest of the world are given less or small significance. by doing this, the author constructs britain and its social practices as the dominant discourse in the minds of readers. the pervasive accounts of british social practices and english as an international language simultaneously function to invoke the notion of britain as a center of excellence, and mastery of english as key to many highly valued social goods. tables 3 and 4 show the different themes about britain which dominate the textbooks. thematic categories british social practices general knowledge, science and technology global issues social practices in indonesia and the rest of the world units 1,2,3,4,5,7,8,9,10 1,2,6,9. 3,5,6,8,9,10. 1,4,5,6, 7, 9. number of texts 36 11 13 10 percentage 51% 15.7% 18,5% 14.2% eltej issn: 2621-6485 budairi 57 table 3.themes about britain in real english 2 unit thematic titles topics 1 geography weather conditions in britain and europe (pp. 9-10). 3 culture the city of london (pp. 44-45), holiday in london (pp. 56-57). 4 agriculture how british authority handles animal disease (p. 73) animal inspection procedure (p. 74) british government ‘s compensation for farmers (p. 77). 5 welfare british welfare system (pp. 81-82), illegal immigrants entering uk (p. 86), unemployment in uk (pp. 87-88), jobs allowance application, (p. 90), the influx of eastern europe immigrants, (p. 93). 7 communication and information technology making an invitation in english (p. 132), british teenage party (p. 134). 8 profession poll on public perception about professions in britain (pp. 139-140), most respected profession in britain (p. 146), british lottery (p. 150). 9 money credit card security (p. 162), the cost of going to university in britain and australia (pp. 163164). 10 international relations british protection for child education (p. 188) 58 e-issn: 2621-6485 table 4.themes about britain in real english 3 unit thematic titles topics 1 economics plain english campaign in britain (p. 21). 2 science and technology early inventions by british scientists (pp. 27-28), medical research and inventions by british scientists (pp. 33-34), an interview between thomas alfa edison with a reporter in february 1991 (pp. 39-40). 3 politics the british parliament (pp. 45-46), the queen‘s speech at the parliament (p. 48), the british monarch and the role of the queen (pp. 49-50), british and american election (pp. 51-52), the british prime minister‘s question time (pp. 6162), the hansard reporters, (p. 62) 4 arts and culture the history of liverpool, a multicultural city and the european capital of culture (pp. 65-66), audition at the liverpool institute for performing arts (pp. 77-78), successful story of a former liverpool student (p. 82), prospectus of the liverpool institute for performing arts (p. 83). 5 society and population early british settlers in new england and australia (pp. 87-88), illegal immigrants entering uk and australia (pp. 92-93), a somali refugee boy in england (pp. 101-102). 7 trade and industry early industrialization in britain and asian countries (pp. 134-135), british textile industry (p. 136), british call centers (pp. 138-139), the royal doulton company, (p. 145). 8 international relation international rescue corps (p. 157) 9 energy power sources and industrial revolution in britain (pp. 171-172). 10 the role of women the life story of lady diana (pp. 191-192). as reflected in tables 3 and 4, the topics about britain are selected to allow the author to foreground the positive aspects of british social practices. on the contrary, not much is said about the positive aspects of social practices in indonesia. as can be seen from tables 5 and 6, topics such as earthquake in jakarta, tsunami in aceh, atm fraud experience, indonesian workers as domestic servants overseas, and indonesian endangered orang-utans represent the bleaker sides of indonesia. eltej issn: 2621-6485 budairi 59 the other seemingly positive topics such as crops grown in indonesia, indonesian fishing industry, indonesian furniture export and western company in indonesia are nevertheless used by the author to indirectly emphasize the superiority of the west and the center and to de-emphasize the positive aspects of indonesia. for example, a topic such as ‘crops grown in indonesia’ is presented with foregrounded elements of capitalism, hence ultimately serving the interest of the center as an exporter of this ideology. this can be found in the sentence, “crops such as sugar cane, spices, tea, coffee, palm oil, cocoa, rubber and tobacco all provide the country with much needed export income” (p. 66). here, exporting crops to other (western) countries is being framed as the primary purpose of growing crops in indonesia. table 5.topics about indonesia in real english 2 unit thematic title topics about indonesia 2 earth’s power earthquake in jakarta (p. 26), tsunami in aceh (pp. 29-30), 4 agriculture crops grown in indonesia’s fertile land (p. 66), indonesian fishing industry (pp. 68-69). 6 history history of indonesian struggle for independence (pp. 114-115). 8 professions job adverts (p. 148). 9 money atm fraud experience (p. 169). table 6.topics about indonesia in real english 3 unit thematic title topics 1 economics indonesian craftsmen and women (pp. 1011), indonesian furniture export (p. 13), a foreign buyer ordering furniture from local workshop (p. 16). 4 arts and culture indonesia’s six world heritage sites (pp. 69-70). 5 society and population indonesian workers as domestic servants overseas (p. 97). 6 environment and preservation indonesian endangered orang-utans (p. 112), adventure holiday in sumatra (p. 121), preparation for adventure holiday in sumatra (p. 127). 7 trade and industry a western company in indonesia (p. 143). 9 energy indonesia’s different sources of energy (p. 182). similarly, topics such as atm fraud experience and indonesians working as domestic helpers overseas are included as part of the discursive strategy to construct the discourse of indonesia as a backward and less civilized country. for example, in real english 2 (p. 26), the author uses a character named ‘mr. 60 e-issn: 2621-6485 idi otic’ to share his experience about the earthquake in jakarta. the use of such a name for an indonesian character is clearly condescending and reflects the binary perspectives and stereotypes long held by the west about the third world. in fact, in unit 4 of real english 3, indonesian culture is described as mainly constituting buildings and natural sites, viewing culture as being detached and separate from the people, instead of focusing on the creative minds and ideas found in the diverse and rich traditions of different ethnic groups in indonesia. the dominant discourse of britain serves more to highlight the many positive aspects of british social practices. upon reading the texts, the audience is expected to build a mental model which links britain with the notion of english as a key to acquiring many highly valued social goods. it is in this light that the author established a link between the dominant discourse of britain throughout the text and the discourse of english being enacted in the texts. visuals there are abundant examples in the textbooks where visual images have been used by the author to help foreground and frame britain as a center of excellence. the images of britain such as ‘the prime minister speaks’, ‘indian in central london’, ‘shakespeare’s globe theatre’, ‘london national history museum’, ‘liverpool’s historic saint george hall’, ‘the magical mystery tour’, ‘a job center plus’, ‘a channel tunnel train’, ‘mr. marsh and john’ and ‘port of dover’ all contribute to the foregrounding of britain as a center of excellence. while images of britain are generally positive, images of other countries like indonesia and the rest of the world tend to be negative and bleak. some images are even juxtaposed to provide a contrast between britain or european countries and the third world. for example, in the text about weather (real english 2, p. 10), the author included two contrasting pictures: the winter in northern europe where people enjoy ice skating and the rainy season in southeast asia where buildings are inundated by floodwaters. it might be hard to conceive such juxtaposition as merely a matter of text illustration. rather, it may reflect the author’s discursive strategy to cast britain in positive light while simultaneously invoking the grim picture of the third world through the discussion of weather. one might wonder if the author could have otherwise featured a picture of rainy season in indonesia in a much more favorable way. a similar use of visuals to foreground the backwardness of the third world can be found in the text about women's rights (real english 3, pp. 192193) where the author presented two contasting pictures as text illustration. the first picture: ‘a man beating women’ projects the sweeping generalization that oppression against women’s rights is still rampant in the third world and that the same never happens in the west. by contrast, the second picture: ‘british girls receive their exam results’ highlights absolute protection and respect for women’s rights, which guarantees them equal opportunities to pursue the best education. eltej issn: 2621-6485 budairi 61 recommendations for pedagogical values in this section i would like to recommend some modifications to the textbooks under investigation. first the reading texts, which are mostly bland and unimaginative. the inclusion of approximately two to four reading texts in each chapter is something to be applauded, especially if it can lead to extensive reading. however, as the texts are organized around a chapter topic, there is not much variation of register and genre, and some are too technical and britishspecific to engage readers. for example, chapter 2 of real english 2 includes five reading texts of different length which discuss the british political system. they are ‘the british parliament’ (pp. 45-46), ‘the queen’s speech at the parliament’ (p. 48), ‘the british monarch and the role of the queen’ (pp. 4950), british and american election, (pp. 51-52), the british prime minister’s question time, (pp. 61-62), and ‘the hansard reporters’ (p. 62). it is worth questioning whether all of these topics are appealing and familiar to high school students in indonesia. similar tendencies in the two textbooks can be seen in tables 3 and 4. there is a lack of attention given to the role of fiction as a way to engage learners in the pleasures of reading, and help them develop a reading habit. the inclusion of fiction in the textbooks is likely to cater for learners’ affect and imagination, which in turn would make learning more interesting and engaging. in the same vein, it might be worth considering incorporating a variety of cultures into the course books. in this regard, bao (2006), suggests a number of reasons for the inclusion of international culture in course books. among other things is the fact that english has become the language of the multicultural world. he argues that learners need to have a reasonable understanding of the sociocultural views of both native and non-native speakers of english, to enable them to become successful communicators, receptive to different interpretations of world views. another kind of improvement can be made to the level of familiarity of topic contents, striking a balance between novelty and familiarity. as suggested by bao (2016), good materials utilize learners’ individual knowledge. as the reading texts are predominantly about the discourse of britain and the west, learners are barely given a chance to relate to their own cultural resources. for example, topics like ‘the hansard reporters’ (real english 3, p. 62), and ‘cyclone hardy’ (real english 2, p. 15) are likely to be alienating and boring for eleventh and twelfth grade students. the same is true of a speaking task in real english 2 (p. 14) which asks learners to work in pairs to make up a dialogue in which one of them gives advice to the other about staying healthy during a visit to european countries. obviously, the task could be very difficult for learners who have never been abroad or lived in such countries. thus, it is important that learners are given a chance to utilize their personal knowledge in communication tasks; textbooks might then be more stimulating and engaging, both affectively and intellectually. 62 e-issn: 2621-6485 conclusion the analysis of the two textbooks has strongly suggested the presence of imbalanced power relations enacted through discursive strategies. the textbooks' author has constructed the texts in a subtle way to propagate the superiority of the western tradition and its contemporary practices. we could see how the discourse of britain is socially constructed and produced to be circulated and consumed by the public, and in particular students. the two textbooks are laden with sprawling portrayals of the superior practices and values known in britain (and the west). the discursive strategies such as foregrounding and framing enacted throughout the textbooks could be understood as part of the author’s strategy to control the audience's reaction to the text. the author of these textbooks applied constraint on content to achieve his goal: to promote and preserve the dominance of the west over the periphery countries like indonesia. it is at this stage of discursive process that we begin to see the truth of the selective tradition: that the selection of certain meanings and practices to be emphasized is part of hegemonic practices by the more dominant class (william, 1989) and how textbooks serve as an ideological messsage system for trasmitting the dominant values and beliefs of society (apple, 1992). this reminds us of the notion of discourse imperialism (pennycook, 1994) and linguistic imperialism (philipson, 1994) where the expansion of english also comes with the propagation of its many highly valued social and economic benefits that it brings so as to help expand international capitalism through elt industry. it is also interesting to see how power relations may have come into play in the case of the textbooks under investigation. given the author’s background (peter james, a native briton with a postgraduate certificate in elt), we could imagine the power he assumed, generated both from his credentials, especially his being a native speaker, as well as the high stature of english as a foreign language in indonesia. this is perhaps one of the reasons why the books were able to meet the requirements of being prescribed as supplementary textbooks. this study provides a glimpse of how the dominant, powerful inner circle countries have positioned peripheral countries like indonesia; how they produce values associated with britain to be consumed, circulated and naturalized. in all of these instances, we are reminded that literacy practice is always inextricably linked to cultural and power structures in society (street, 1993). the textbooks under investigation have not, to a large extent, done justice to the discourse of the third world—by giving undue prominence to the discourse of britain as a center of excellence with many highly valued social goods. eltej issn: 2621-6485 budairi 63 references allwright, r. (1981). what do we want teaching materials for? eltj, 36(1), pp. 5-18. apple, m.w. (1992). the text and cultural politics, educational researcher, 21, pp. 4-19. bao, d. (2016). improvement in today’s elt materials development. in azarnoosh, m, zeraatpishe, m, faravani, a, & kargozari, h.r (eds) issues in material development. pp. 193-205. rotterdam: sense publishers. bao, d. (2006). developing materials for local markets: issues and consideratio ns. in j. mukundan (ed.) readings on materials ii pp. 52-76. selangor: pearson longman. beaugrande, r. de. (1996). the story of discourse analysis. in teun van dijk (ed.), introduction to discourse analysis (pp. 35-62). london: sage edge, j. & wharton, s. (1998). autonomy and development: living in the materials world. in b. tomlinson (ed.), materials development in language teaching. pp. 295-310. cambridge: cambridge university press fairclough, n. (1995a). critical discourse analysis. london: longman fairclough, n. (1995b). media discourse. london: edward arnold freeman, d. (2014) reading comprehension questions: the distribution of different types in global efl textbooks. in english language teaching textbooks: content, consumption,production. pp. 72-110. basingstoke: palgrave macmillan huckin, t.n. (1997). critical discourse analysis. in t. miller (ed.) functional approaches to written texts: classroom applications. pp. 78-92. washington, d.c.: united states information agency. luke. a. (1988). literacy, textbooks and ideology: postwar literacy instruction and the mythology of dick and jane. cambridge: polity press mcgrath, i. (2002). materials evaluation and design for language teaching. edinburgh: edinburgh university press pennycook, a. (1994). the cultural politics of english as an international language. essex: longman 64 e-issn: 2621-6485 street, b. (ed.) (1993). cross cultural approaches to literacy. cambridge: cambridge university press sheldon, l. (1988). evaluating elt textbooks and materials. eltj, 42(4), pp. 237-46 tomlinson, b., dat, b., masuhara, h. and rubdy, r. (2001). efl courses for adults. elt journal, 55(1), pp. 801-101. tomlinson, b. (2008). english language learning materials: a critical review. london, uk: continuum. ur, p. (1996). a course in language teaching: practice and theory. cambridge: cup. van dijk, t.a. (2001). critical discourse analysis. in d.tannen, d. schiffrin & h. hamilton (eds.), handbook of discourse analysis. pp. 352-371. oxford: blackwell. williams, r. (1989). hegemony and the selective tradition. in s.c. de castell, a. luke & c. luke (eds) language, authority and criticism: readings on the school textbooks. pp. 56-60. london: falmer press. wodak, r. (1995). critical linguistics and critical discourse analysis. in verschuren, j., ola-ostman, j. and bloomaert, j. (eds.), handbook of pragmatics, amsterdam, netherlands: john benjamins, (204-210). english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 1, no. 3, 2018, pp. 149-160 e-issn: 2621-6485 multiple studies: the influence of collaborative learning approach on indonesian secondary high school students’ english-speaking skill berli arta monash university, australia bart0001@student.monash.edu abstract to respond the globalization, the importance of english communication skills including speaking skill increases. looking at indonesian context, secondary high school students find spoken english much more difficult than written english. students are good at grammar, reading, and writing but they can hardly speak (hairdara, 2016). this article proposes collaborative learning approach (cla) as one suitable solution to solve the obstacles of sharpening english speaking skill due to its benefits. the discussion of this investigation highlights some benefits of cla in developing speaking skill and the challenges need to be considered as well. receiving well proven evidence of its benefits, cla is recommended to be implemented in the teaching and learning of english speaking skill. as the results of this investigation, there are three main benefits of cla whose implementation can reduce language anxiety, raise students’ participation, and increase students’ self-confidence. keywords: collaborative learning approach (cla), benefits, and english-speaking skills how to cite: arta, b. (2018). multiple studies: the influence of collaborative learning approach on indonesian secondary high school students’ english-speaking skills. english language teaching educational journal, 1(3), 149-160. introduction background, definition, significance one of the consequences resulting from globalization is the increasing demand of the ability to communicate using english. to respond this phenomenon, indonesian students are demanded to be able to speak english. however, spoken english still seems difficult for many indonesian secondary high school students. haidara’s (2016) research reports that many indonesian secondary high school students are good at english written tests like reading and writing, but most of them still are hardly able to speak. meanwhile, “the mastery of speaking skill in learning any language including english is a priority for many second or foreign language learners” (haidara, 2016). there are some factors that can hinder students’ mailto:bart0001@student.monash.edu eltej issn: 2621-6485 arta 150 improvement in speaking skill. these factors can be lack of practice, high language anxiety, and lack of confidence (haidara, 2016). in response to these problems, one solution could be the collaborative learning approach (cla). many studies have shown the positive language learning outcomes of this approach in which students can engage and gain more opportunities to practice target languages in the classroom activities (thousand, villa &nevin, 1994; macaro, 1997; nunan, 1992). however, it seems that most of the indonesian teachers are not familiar enough with this approach. therefore, further research on cla would be beneficial for teaching practice where students’ speaking skill could be nurtured. collaborative learning is a process of learning in which students collaborate together to attain ‘common learning goals’ (macaro, 1997). it implies that cla is established through pairs or group works to involve students during learning process. there are at least five attributes of this approach. they are: “1) a common task or learning activity suitable for group work, 2) small-group learning, 3) cooperative behavior, 4) interdependence, and 5) individual accountability and responsibility” (davison, 1994, p. 25). all these attributes can facilitate students to develop their speaking skill. considering these features of cla, hence, this critical article will argue that collaborative learning is very beneficial to develop indonesian secondary high school students’ speaking skill. this main argument is constructed by the possible benefits of collaborative learning on speaking skill, such as reducing language anxiety, encouraging active participation, and increasing confidence and selfesteem. this study also provides a significant insight to overcome the problems of students’ english speaking skill. additionally, it will demonstrate the use of cla in teaching english speaking skills. at the end, it will give the article conclusion in which it will summarize the key points and provide some recommendation of further implementation of collaborative learning in english language teaching. based on these, english teachers also can benefit from this investigation in a way that they can insert collaborative learning approach into their teaching practice. in addition, of this study will provide different perspectives how collaborative learning approach influences the proficiency of english speaking skill. thus, english teachers or english education researchers can consider proper adjustments and modifications of the cla implementations to enhance their students’ english speaking skill. 151 e-issn: 2621-6485 research methods to understand the purposes of this study, the research questions are listed as follows: a. what are the benefits of collaborative learning approach on students’ speaking skill? b. what are the challenges of implementing collaborative learning approach in indonesian secondary high school level? c. how can the challenges of cla implementations be overcome? the research methodology of this study is literature review. to demonstrate the topic of the investigation, the first step is collecting academic literatures relevant to collaborative learning approach and english-speaking skill. the selected literature are gathered from books and articles of reliable academic journals. then evaluating and analyzing these academic sources are done critically to frame the issue and construct arguments. as mentioned above, another focus of the article is to elaborate the benefits of cla in developing students’ english-speaking skill and there are three benefits of it i.e. to decrease language anxiety during english classroom activities, the second one is to increase the participations of the students to take a part in learning, and to help students enhance their confidence in speaking english. the benefits of collaborative learning on english speaking skill reducing language anxiety the first benefit of collaborative learning approach (cla) on students’ speaking ability is to reduce the language anxiety. “anxiety is defined as distress or uneasiness of the mind caused by fear of danger or misfortune. general anxiety is the excessive and exaggerated worry about everyday things” (suleimenova, 2013). foreign language learners often experience anxiety in speaking the target language because the classroom environments seem threatening for students (dornyei, 2002). firstly, cla can contribute in reducing language anxiety because it offers safe environments of learning english as a foreign language in order that the language anxiety decreases. performing speaking english in small groups can make students feel more comfortable in making language mistakes then trying to deliver a speech in front of large groups of students. when a student sets an attempt to express an idea using english, only members of the group can listen (dalisa, 2015). the fear of eltej issn: 2621-6485 arta 152 making mistakes like mispronunciation or grammatical errors can diminish due to less threat of being judged by teachers or the entire classroom members (dornyei, 2002). secondly, cla facilitates students to support each other instead of competing. the common goals of learning particular english materials lead students to encourage all students to participate in achieving the target goals (dornyei, 2002), for example, performing a drama in which each member of the group should work together starting from preparing the plots of drama to practicing prior to the show in order to exhibit good performance. cla benefits in terms of providing social supports from peers as stated by dornyei (2002). to prevent language anxiety in english language learning classrooms, dornyei (2002) suggests avoiding competitions and promoting cooperation. cooperative behaviors generated by students through cla environments can let students feel less anxious to produce a speech or conversation among members of the groups (dornyei, 2002). thirdly, being set in a group helps students build a level of trust to share their feelings (gregersen, 2017). shy students can feel less reluctant to put their effort into practice of speaking skills due to the belief that peers would appreciate what they try to contribute (gregersen, 2017). this trust among group members gradually lessens fears or nervousness in communicating their ideas using the target language. as can be seen, cla plays essential roles in reducing language anxiety in speaking english by creating supportive environments of learning. although the above evidence may be true, drawbacks of cla in reducing language anxiety exist though, due to some reasons. the first drawback is that cla promotes interdependence to each other among students (gregersen, 2017). it implies that the success of completing a set task in cla classrooms relies on the contributions made by each member of the group. gregersen (2017, p. 122) argues that group works can “make students feel that they succeed and fail as a team”. hence, cla will trigger students to be afraid of making mistakes of performing their speaking skill because their failures will be seen as a part of group’s failures. as this pressure can hinder students’ willingness to contribute, students keep worrying that their contributions may create disadvantages to their groups. the second limitation is there is possible social incident that can appear during conducting cla activities. ‘social incident’ like disrespect in group learning can bother students’ confidence or cause fear in contributing (järvelä, volet, &järvenoja, 2010). insufficient understandings of respects among students can cause students to easily laugh or ridicule at their friends’ performance. finally, they become reluctant to express their ideas in the group discussion and the anxiety cannot be eliminated or even get increased. 153 e-issn: 2621-6485 to overcome the issue of pressure in providing good contribution to group and social incident, english teachers and students should have the same understanding about the concept of collaborative learning. the core concept of cla is about learning knowledge, skills, and competencies together (serrano-cámara et al., 2014). what students should do is to learn from each other by sharing language inputs and giving feedback to peers. once students understand the goal of cla, they can feel more comfortable to take a part in group discussion. macaro (1997) argues that students perceive learning collaboratively helps them gain better understanding of language and more ideas from small group. they believe so because the learning process they experience is done by helping each other (macaro, 1997). the values of helping each other in learning english can prevent social incident to occur. holding the supportive values, students can realize that each of them has strengths and weaknesses, so they can respect strengths and weaknesses of the other group members. eventually, cla can be very effective to minimize the level of language anxiety due to promoting secure learning environments, developing trust among students and helping each other. to sum, students can benefit from cla especially to reduce language anxiety. students can feel that speaking is less threatening when teachers are not around them (macaro, 1997). in addition, cla mediates students to encourage and learn cooperatively so the fear of producing mistakes may be less influential to students’ learning performance. active participation once students can feel less anxious in starting conversations, they tend to maintain their participation in the learning process. therefore, the second benefit of cla regarding speaking skill is it increases students’ participation. besides providing secure learning environments to increase students’ involvements, cla also promotes more opportunities for students to practice speaking english. manurung (2015) emphasizes the importance of opening wide opportunities to practice in the teaching of speaking. looking at indonesian contexts, generally each class consists of thirty up to forty students. moreover, the english learning hours are so limited approximately only two meetings a week. hence, many students cannot get adequate chance to practice their speaking skill during classroom activities. eltej issn: 2621-6485 arta 154 however, the sufficient opportunities can be provided through cla in which students can try starting to talk using english in small groups. each member of the chosen group is encouraged to take a turn in explaining ideas and counted as important resource person (nunan, 1992). another benefit of cla on students’ learning participation is individual accountability. each student’s participation that is acknowledged can support students to keep contributing to their groups (gregesen, 2017). take jigsaw as illustration, each member of group has their own job distribution and they must apply the abilities of gaining information from other groups; taking notes of the findings; and making the findings public by precise communication to their ‘home group’ (davidson, 1994). during the exploration of the given task, students can perceive how important their participation is because their presence is recognized by the learning process. furthermore, the sense of accountability makes students improve their sense of responsibility at their learning achievements as a part of collaborative group works. “the true interaction is actually to engage students’ awareness that they are not alone to finish class-works, they have their potency among individuals to accomplish all the tasks” (slavin, 2014, as cited in anwar, 2016, p. 225). the awareness of individual roles and collective efforts in achieving group goals trigger all members to be active in completing the tasks cooperatively. in a word, cla increases students’ engagements in speaking activities due to the increasing opportunities, level of individual accountability and responsibility in getting involved in the whole classroom activities. however, cla receives some critiques though, due to the potential social challenges that may hinder students’ engagements in the learning process. “groups can face multiple types of social challenges, which interfere with the social process of learning and task completion” (järvelä, volet,&järvenoja, 2010). the first challenge is social conflict. when students cannot come to consensus due to their ego to stick on their own opinions, this situation may lead students to be less involved. conflicts of students’ goals, characteristics, and interests can be obstacles to learning participations (ja¨rvenoja&ja¨rvela, 2009). it cannot be denied that reaching a consensus is difficult because students’ views on a task can be diverse. take ‘role play’ as an example, students can refuse to take a certain role that they dislike to do or two or some students wish to choose the same jobs or roles. if the conflict cannot be solved soon, the learning process cannot work as expected. then students’ speaking performance may seem impossible to occur because the unsolved dispute still restrains their willingness to take a part of collaborative works. the second challenge is students’ diversity that can influence social communication 155 e-issn: 2621-6485 during group discussion. students tend to feel comfortable to stay in a group with those whose characters or social and cultural backgrounds are similar. hence, students may experience communication difficulty generated by “interpersonal dynamics”, such as different priorities and expectations in learning; different styles of working or communicating; the tendency of some individuals to rely on others to do their share of the work, and power dynamics among members” (arvaja, salovaara, hakkinen, &jarvela, 2007, as cited in järvelä, volet, &järvenoja, 2010, p. 17). in short, the emerging issues regarding social conflicts and diversity seem so challenging for students to participate in group works especially speaking aspects. even though some researchers believe that social challenges may occur due to difficulty in making agreements and differences, cla is still believed as a good language learning approach that can increase students’ engagements. this is because working as a group is a gradual process in which students need time to build relationship and value one another as learning partners (macdonell, 1992). the conflict mentioned above is just a temporary problem. moreover, in collaborative environments students are interdependent and share common targets, which in turn construct ‘feeling of solidarity’ and ‘comradely supportiveness’ (dornyei, 2002). the effects of those feelings can influence students to take their parts voluntarily and emerging disputes can be solved through supportive discussion. learning participation will not be seen as a burden, instead it can look like a fun for them. dornyei (2002) even emphasizes that students tend to like each other regardless of ethnic, cultural, class, or ability differences when working together. the differences are good to facilitate them to develop social relationship and friendship as they practice respecting and accepting the diversity among them. the communication difficulty as mentioned above will gradually diminish and fade and it will no longer be an obstacle for increasing students’ engagement in learning process. in brief, cla has essential roles in elevating learning involvement of students. it provides more opportunities and it also saves time. each student must have turns to demonstrate their speaking skills according to particular tasks or contexts. in addition, every individual is accountable and responsible to contribute to learning outcomes of groups which students belong to. even though there are some challenges that may appear and interfere relationship among them, those challenges are still manageable for students. instead, they can build stronger relationship regardless of eltej issn: 2621-6485 arta 156 differences they have and their learning participation of english speaking activities significantly rises. increasing self-confidence to speak english the third benefit of cla in improving students’ english-speaking skill is development of self-confidence and self-esteem. as mentioned above, students encourage one another in collaborative groups. “such groups can increase learners’ psychological health by providing a nurturing environment” (kohonen, 1992). moreover, mitigating the language anxiety and increasing opportunities to practice, cla gradually can develop students’ confidence in speaking english. this is because cla provides social interactions that are necessary to shift students’ confidence as well as self-esteem (kohonen, 1992). to be confident, one needs other people to shape it by intensively communicating ideas or feelings and confirming curiosities or interests (dornyei, 2002). “self-esteem and self-confidence are social products, which means that they are created by people around us”, (dornyei, 2002, p.90). the more students interact with their peers using english, the more confident they will be to employ english as a medium of communication. this is in line with anwar’s (2016, p.228) point of view that “self-confidence emerges by itself when the opportunity and the frequency of sharing and discussing have been accumulated”. furthermore, cla allows students to have experiences of success in learning. dornyei (2002) believes that there is no better way for building selfconfidence than to generate sense of success. in cla classrooms, sense of success is built by multiple efforts students do in attempting to speak english. as the language anxiety can be prevented and students’ participations are supported by cla, students can feel braver to put an effort. starting to try their performance, students will realize that they are better than they thought before. once they can demonstrate a successful effort, they will stay motivated to improve their current abilities. finally, their self-confidence can grow well due to sense of achievements. in addition, self-confidence can develop in cla due to the involvements of four behaviors of confidence. four behaviors that are considered as confidence are willingness to take risks, to confront problems, to raise questions, and to discuss difficult issues (clark, & gakuru, 2014). being accountable and responsible in contributing to their groups, each learner is encouraged to face challenges of completing their parts. at the first effort, taking a part in group discussion looks like a burden for them because they are obliged to do so. the more they engage with group interaction, the more they get used to facing possible risks of group discussion. furthermore, collaborative working improves sense of community where sympathy 157 e-issn: 2621-6485 among students emerges due to social support from one to another. “without a feeling of community people are on their own, likely to be anxious, defensive and unwilling to take the risks involved in learning” (wegerif, 1998, as cited in van den bossche et al., 2006, p. 551). similarly, the behaviors of confronting problems, raising questions, discussing difficult issue are shaped through tasks completion done by students. assigned a certain role in a group, individuals learn to face their own problems as a team. this situation can eliminate the threat of confronting a problem of the given tasks due to feeling of togetherness (anwar, 2016). during group discussions, students can learn to ask their own questions to satisfy their curiosity and demonstrate their opinions of given issues (mcdonell, 1992). in ‘buying and selling in markets’ as an example, students can apply their english knowledge of not only asking prices but also bargaining prices of products. all in all, as four behaviors of confidence are shaped well in cla environments, students can become more confident in speaking english. conclusion in conclusion, this article has shown that cla has significant benefits of improving students’ speaking skills of english. the first benefit is that language anxiety declines due to less threatening learning environments, cooperative behaviors and social supports generated by students. another benefit is increasing students’ active engagements in the learning process. students are encouraged to take a part of group discussions and they are accountable and responsible on their own roles in their groups. moreover ‘feeling of solidarity’ and ‘comradely supportiveness’ can increase students’ willingness to participate actively in classroom process (dornyei, 2002). the last benefit students can get from cla in improving their speaking skills is the growing self-confidence to speak english. this is because cla allows students to gain senses of achievements and develops four behaviors of confidence like taking risks, confronting problems, asking questions, and discussing difficult issues. consequently, the implementation of cla is really recommended to teach english speaking skill. in the future investigation, it is suggested to examine the influences of cla on the other english skills such as listening, reading, and writing. such research is very important to monitor developments of all skills in collaborative groups. besides teachers also must provide various activities regarding cla principles in order to eltej issn: 2621-6485 arta 158 involve students’ participations in learning process. such efforts are highly necessary to improve qualities of teaching english as foreign language in indonesian contexts. therefore, the better improvement of cla can influence teaching and learning english in better ways. references anwar, k. (2016). panel discussion and the development of students' self confidence. english language teaching, 9(4), 224-229. doi: 10.5539/elt.v9n4p224 clark, n.m. & gakuru o.n. (2014). the effect on health and self-confidence of participation in collaborative learning activities. health education & behavior 41(5), 476 – 484. doi: 10.1177/1090198114549157 dalisa, y. (2015). reducing anxiety in speaking english through pair work. jurnal pendidikan dan pembelajaran, 4(2). retrieved from http://jurnal.untan.ac.id/index.php/jpdpb/article/view/8951 davidson, n. (1994). cooperative and collaborative learning. in j.s. thousand, r.a. villa & a.i. nevin (eds). creativity and collaborative learning: a practical guide to empowering students and teachers (pp. 13-27). new york: paul h. brookes publishing co., inc. dornyei, z. (2002). motivational strategies in the language classroom. cambridge: cambridge university press. gregersen, t. (2017). improving the interaction of communicatively anxious students using cooperative learning. lenguas modernas, (26-27), 119-133. retrieved from https://revistas.uchile.cl/index.php/lm/article/viewfile/45488/47555 haidara, y. (2016). psychological factor affecting english speaking performance for the english learners in indonesia. universal journal of educational research 4(7), 1501-1505. doi: 10.13189/ujer.2016.040701 imai, y. (2010). emotions in sla: new insights from collaborative learning for an efl classroom. the modern language journal, 94(2), 278-292. doi: 10.1111/j.1540-4781.2010.01021.x http://dx.doi.org.ezproxy.lib.monash.edu.au/10.1177%2f1090198114549157 http://jurnal.untan.ac.id/index.php/jpdpb/article/view/8951 https://revistas.uchile.cl/index.php/lm/article/viewfile/45488/47555 159 e-issn: 2621-6485 järvelä, s., volet, s., and järvenoja, h. (2010). research on motivation in collaborative learning: moving beyond the cognitive situative divide and combining individual and social processes. educational psychologist, 45(1), 15-27. doi: 10.1080/00461520903433539 ja¨rvenoja, h., &ja¨rvela, s. (2009). emotion control in collaborative learning situations: do students regulate emotions evoked by social challenges?.british journal of educational psychology, 79, 463–481. doi:10.1348/000709909x40281 kohonen, v. (1992). experiential language learning: second language learning as cooperative learner education. in d. nunan (eds.), collaborative language learning and teaching (pp. 14-39). cambridge: cambridge university press. macdonell, w. (1992). the role of teacher in the cooperative classroom. in c. kessler (eds.), cooperative language learning (pp. 51-63). new jersey: prentice-hall, inc. macaro, e. (1997). target language, collaborative learning, and autonomy. bristol: multilingual matters ltd. nunan, d. (1992). collaborative language learning and teaching. cambridge: cambridge university press. suleimenova, z. (2013). speaking anxiety in a foreign language classroom in kazakhstan. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 93, 1860-1868. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.10.131 thousand, j.s., villa, r.a., and nevin, a.i. (1994). creativity and collaborative learning: a practical guide to empowering students and teachers. new jersey: paul h. brookes publishing co., inc. http://www.tandfonline.com.ezproxy.lib.monash.edu.au/doi/abs/10.1080/00461520903433539 http://www.tandfonline.com.ezproxy.lib.monash.edu.au/doi/abs/10.1080/00461520903433539 http://www.tandfonline.com.ezproxy.lib.monash.edu.au/doi/abs/10.1080/00461520903433539 http://www.tandfonline.com.ezproxy.lib.monash.edu.au/toc/hedp20/45/1 eltej issn: 2621-6485 arta 160 tuncel, h. (2015). the relationship between self-confidence and learning turkish as a foreign language. educational research and reviews, 10(18), pp. 2575-2589. doi: 10.5897/err2015.2445 van den bossche, p., gijselaers, w. h., segers, m., &kirschner, p. a. (2006). social and cognitive factors driving teamwork in collaborative learning environments: team learning beliefs and behaviors. small group research, 37(5), 490-521. doi: 10.1177/1046496406292938 english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 1, no. 2, 2018, pp. 97-105 e-issn: 2621-6485 the dynamicity of the perceptive verb look: a cognitive linguistics study prayudha, s.pd., m.a. department of english education, universitas ahmad dahlan prayudha@pbi.uad.ac.id abstract perceptive verbs have important function, especially in cognitive linguistics perspective, because these verbs are directly related to real experience. cognitive linguistics focuses on the study of the relationship between language, mind, and socio-physical experience. thus, this paper discusses how the lexical semantic characteristics particularly the dynamicity or aktionsarten of the verb look. the verb look itself consists agentive and perceptive verb class. the dynamicity of agentive and the perceptive verb look were analyzed using distributional method combined with several techniques. most of the verb look constructions appear as phrasal verbs. at least, there are 17 phrasal verbs with look as the root and the constructions consist of at least 20 different meanings. the dynamicity test is also applicated for the phrasal verbs. the results of the research show unique lexical characteristics of the perceptive verb look and it influence the meaning as well as the construction of the verb. the relationship between lexical characteristic with its construction shows the schema of cognition processing language. keywords: perceptive verbs; cognitive linguistics, dynamicity, aktionsarten how to cite: prayudha, p. (2018). the dynamicity of the perceptive verb look: a cognitive linguistics study. english language teaching educational journal, 1(2), 97-105. introduction perceptive verbs are special, especially in cognitive linguistics. it is because cognitive linguistics focuses on the study of the relationship between language, mind, and socio-physical experience. perceptive verbs have important function because these verbs are directly related to real experience. the verbs are the most basic verbs. related to perceptive verb, gisborne (2010: 181-182) says, “i claim that verbs of perception are special precisely because they are directly embodied and experiental… after all, we only become aware of motion and causation via perception, so in this sense, perception is even more basic”. that is why perceptive is very beneficial to be analyzed. thus, this paper discusses lexical semantic characteristics of verbs, particularly the dynamicity of the verb look. semantic features are related to the meaning and semantic properties of a verb lexically. the lexical characteristic is related to the dynamicity of a verb. van vallin (2005) says, "to be able to determine the structure of an argument from mailto:prayudha@pbi.uad.ac.id eltej issn: 2621-6485 prayudha 98 a verb, the first thing to do is to ascertain actionsarten (the level of dynamism) of the verb" (p.59). this discussion is important to investigate the verb look. this is because the lexical semantic characteristics of the verb look will influence the structure of the argument. a notable research which inspired the study is a research from gisborne (2010) entitled the event structure of perception verbs. one of the discussions in the research is about dynamicity or aktionsarten. according to brinton (1988, in gisborne, 2010), aktiansarten is referred as actions which consist of: dynamism, telicity, and duration. gisborne (2010) discuses dynamicity of perception verb in general. some of his theories and approaches about perceptive verb are used in the research. in order to find out how lexical semantic of the verb look, the step that must be done fist is to describe the definition of look. this definition will illustrate the lexical characteristics of the verb look. the definition is taken from the fourth edition of the oxford advanced learner dictionary. in the dictionary, the verb look has two definitions. the first definition is ‘to turn one's eyes in a particular direction in order to see somebody or something.' the second definition of the verb look is ‘to seem to be; to appear ' or ‘looks like'. the verb look itself is a type of regular verb which is affixed {-ed} in the second and third form that is looked. from the definition above, look can be classified into several types. levin (1993) classifies verbs which has the same characteristics with look as perceptive verbs: a verb related to stimulus. cognitive linguistics cognitive linguistics is a relatively new study. the study that emerged in the late 1970s and began to develop in the 1980s tried to get out of the dominance of the formal approach in linguistic studies at that time. the birth of cognitive linguistics is influenced by the development of cognitive studies regarding memory, perception, attention, and categorization at that time especially cognitive psychology. cognitive linguistics focuses on the study of the relationship between language, mind, and socio-physical experience. the relationship between the three according to geeraerts and cuyckens (2007) is that the formal structure of language is not learned autonomously, but rather a reflection on general conceptual organization through the categorization principles and processing mechanisms and the influence of experience as well as environment. by that postulate, the definition of language becomes different in the cognitive linguistics perceptive. lakoff (1990 in evans, bergan, & zinken, 2007) explains that cognitive linguistics has a number of key commitments. evans & green (2006) divides the commitment into general commitment and cognitive commitment. both of them become determinants of theories and models of analysis in cognitive linguistic perspectives, including study of lexical semantic. study of dynamicity of a verb becomes important and also reliable to conduct. 99 e-issn: 2621-6485 perceptive verb a verb is a class of words which usually functions as a predicate (kridalaksana, 2008). broadly speaking, chafe (1970) distinguishes verbs into three types namely state verb, process verb, and action verb. state verb is a verb that states the condition of the subject. process verb is a verb that explains a process of change experienced by the subject. action verb is a verb describing what the subject does. the kind of verbs are divided to number of other types of verbs: action-process verb and experiential verb. action-process verb is a verb that explains what the subject does while desiring the presence of another noun as an object. meanwhile, the experiential verb is a verb that explain the things experienced by the nominee. experimental verb itself is divided into emotional, cognitional, and perceptive verb. the perceptive verb is an experiential verb which the type of stimulus experienced by the subject is a sensation that can be received by the five senses (jackendoff, 1976). gisborne (2010) divides perceptive verb into three kinds: listen-class, hear-class, and sound-class. listen-class (agentive) verbs hear-class (experiencer) verbs sound-class (percept) verbs look/a listen feel/a smell/a taste/a see hear feel/e smell/e taste/e look/p sound feel/p smell/p taste/p research method this descriptive qualitative research takes data from oxford dictionary and bnc (british national corpus). at the collecting data process, sentences with different structure are selected from oxford dictionary. after that, the various structures where the verb “look” as head are taken from bnc. the organized data then were analyzed using distributional method. distributional method is analytical method in linguistics that uses parts of the language itself as the determiner (sudaryanto, 1993). there are some techniques in distributional method and the research used permutation technique, insertion technique, and deletion technique. the three different techniques were used because there are some steps in revivifying the aktionsarten of a verb. findings and discussion the class of verb look from several types of perceptive verbs, look is divided into two types. gisborne (2010) argues that the verb look consists agentive and perceptive verb class (referred as look [a]) and the pure perceptive verb classes (referred as look [p]). the following data shows the differences between the two types of the perceptive verb look. eltej issn: 2621-6485 prayudha 100 (1) elizabeth looked at her sister-in-law. (2) they look horrible! data (1) shows the verb look [a] because it explains what the subject is experiencing. in chafe (1970), the verb look [a] belongs to the experiential verb category. the verb look [a] is also referred to perceptual experience verbs that are directed at a stimulus or directed perception. the verbs which are classified as agentive perceptive verbs are check (on), gape, gawk, gaze, glance, glare, goggle, leer, listen (to), ogle, peek, peep, peer, sniff, snoop (on), squint, and stare. data (1) is an agentive perceptive verb because it explains the things experienced by the subject, including the stimulus. it can be observed if the verb look at the data explains the stimulus her sister-in-law which are experienced by elizabeth. the verb look [a] always requires a preposition when it appears in a construction. both levin (1993) and gisborne (2010) concluded that look [a] collocated with preposition at. meanwhile, data (2) is a verb look [p] because the subject of the composition is equivalent to the object of look [a]. according to chafe (1970), such verb falls into state verbs category because it explains the condition of the subject. more specifically, jackendoff (1976) explains the verb falls into the category of static perceptive verbs or static perception verb. this verb type explains the condition of the stimulus. the stimulus is real or can be accepted by the five senses. some of the verbs included in this type are feel, smell, sound, and taste. it can be observed if the subject they in the data (2) occupies the same role or equivalent to the object of her sister-in-law in the data (1) as something experienced or stimulus. the verb look in the data explains the condition of the stimulus. the dynamicity of agentive verb look as an agentive perceptive verb, look [a] verb have their own semantic characteristics. this characteristic is related to the level of dynamics of the look verb [a]. dynamism of a verb is related to dynamism, telicity, and duration. to find out the dynamics of look [a] verbs can practice a number of tests. the following is data that shows dynamic look verbs [a]. (3) he looked at her with an icy contempt. (3a) he {was looking} at her with an icy contempt. (3b) he {finished} looking at her with an icy contempt. (3c) he looks at her with an icy contempt {for a minute}. 101 e-issn: 2621-6485 the data shows the lexical characteristics of verb look [a]. data (3) shows the verbs look in an agentive perceptive class because the verb can answer a question about what is experienced by the subject as well as include the stimulus experienced. the verb look at the data explains the stimulus experienced by the subject he. although the verb look [a] is a perceptive verb, this verb is dynamic because it is able to be present in a progressive period as indicated by data (3a). regarding dynamism, van valin (2005) distinguishes perceptive verbs from dynamic verbs (activity verb) and static verbs (state verbs). verb look [a] is a perceptive verb that is classified as an activity verb so that it is dynamic. in addition, look [a] verbs are included as telic verbs as shown in data (3b). it is because the data can be expanded by finished verbs which means stopping. telis verbs are verbs that describe as completed actions (kridalaksana, 2008). data (3c) shows the verb look [a] is durative because it can be expanded with a description of time ‘for a minute’. it means that the verb look [a] has a period of time when the action occurred. durative verbs are verbs that show timeconsuming activities (vendler, 1967 in gisborne, 2010). it can be determined that the semantic characteristic of the verb look [a] is dynamic, telic, and durative. the dynamicity of the perceptive verb look the definition of the verb look [p] in the oxford advanced learner's dictionary shows that the verb is lexically different from the verb look [a]. thus, the verb also has dynamic properties that are different from verb look [a]. it is as shown in the dynamic test of the verb look [p] as follows. (4) that book looks interesting. (4a) * that book {is looking} interesting. (4b) * that book {finished} looking interesting. (4c) *{for an hour}, that book looks interesting. the test series in the data above shows the lexical properties of the verb look [p]. data (4) shows the verb look in perceptive class because they cannot explain the activities carried out by the subject. the verb look at the data explains the state of the subject whose role as the stimulus. data (4a) shows if the verb look [p] cannot appear in progressive times. therefore, the verb look [p] can be said to be stative. data (4b) cannot be expanded with information when it finished. it shows that the verb look [p] is not telic. on the contrary, the verb look [p] is atelic. atelic verbs are verbs that describe actions that are not complete (kridalaksana, 2008: 254). data (4c) cannot be expanded with a time statement that explains the duration ‘for one hour’. it shows if the verb look [p] is not durative but punctual. punctual verbs are verbs that explain the situation right eltej issn: 2621-6485 prayudha 102 away. from the serial tests, it can be formulated that the semantic characteristic of verb look [p] is static, atelic, and pangtual. the dynamicity of the verb look in phrasal verb construction there are many phrasal verb constructions in english. according to jackendoff (2003), a phrasal verb consists of a verb as root which is paired with one or two particles. the term particle is used to make it easier to distinguish particles as prepositions in prepositional verbs and particles as adverb in the phrasal verb. phrasal verb is almost exactly the same as the prepositional verb but both are different in treating particles. phrasal verb treats particles as adverb while prepositional verb treats particle as preposition (palmer, 1987). phrasal verb orthographically separates the verb from its particle, but both are one unit and behave as a single verb. biber, johansson, leech, conrad, and finegan (2007) explain that the phrasal verb is a multi-word unit consisting of a verb followed by adverb particles which indicate spatial meaning (directive) or aspect. the prepositional verb is the verb root look [a] that are collocated with a preposition at levin (1993). in addition to the construction of verb + particle, similar construction can be classified as a horizontal verb. this includes the construction of look + particle at in its meaning extensions. more verb look appears as in phrasal verb construction. according to oxford dictionary, at least, there are 17 phrasal verbs with look as the root. the phrasal verb are look after, look ahead, look at, look away, look back, look down, look for, look forward, look in, look into, look on, look out, look over, look around, look through, look to, and look up. the phrasal verbs have various meaning. there are 20 different meaning from the 17 phrasal verbs. it is because some phrasal verbs have more than one meaning. the different phrasal verbs meaning of course form differences of verb class. the condition lead to the diverse aktionsarten of the phrasal verb with look as the root. by using the same type of dynamism analysis for agentive verb look and perceptive verb look, here are the result of aktionsarten analysis of phrasal verbs with look as the root. no. meaning phrasal verb verb class aktionsarten 1. to turn away look away movement verb dynamic, telic, durative 2. to stare look on aspectual verb dynamic, telic, durative 3. to think look at cognitive verb dynamic, telic, durative 4. to predict look ahead look to 5. to remember look back 6. to consider look at emotive verb static, atelic, durative look on 7. to underestimate look down 103 e-issn: 2621-6485 no. meaning phrasal verb verb class aktionsarten 8. to admire look up 9. to feel happy look forward 10. to expect look to 11. to beware look out 12. to become better look up 13. to examine look into actionprocess verb dynamic, telic, durative look at 14. to delve look through 15. to search look for look out look up 16. to share look on 17. to take care of look after look out 18. to visit look over look around look up 19. to avoid look out 20. to read look over look through in general, the phrasal verbs with look as root are atleast separated into movement verb, aspectual verb, cognitive verb, emotive verb, and action-process verb. a movement verb class, phrasal verbs with look as the root are dynamic, telic, and durative. as aspectual verb, the phrasal verbs are dynamic, telic, and durative. dynamic, telic, and durative are also the semantic characteristic of cognitive phrasal verb. as an emotive verb class, phrasal verbs with look as the head are static, atelic, and durative. the semantic characteristics of the action-process phrasal verbs dynamic, telic, and durative. conclusion perceptive verbs are important to be analyzed because it directly embodied and experimental. cognitively, the verbs are core class which will develop into other verb classes. the agentive verb look is dynamic, telic, durative. it synthetized that as agentive verbs, agentive verb look can be eltej issn: 2621-6485 prayudha 104 developed into various constructions. on the contrary, the perceptive verb look is static, atelic, and punctual. by the characteristic, the construction from the perceptive verb look is limited in intransitive construction. the result of the research can be developed into numerous hypotheses. moreover, there are many verbs look in phrasal verb construction. at least, there are 17 phrasal verbs construction with look as the root with 20 meaning and 5 verb classes. the phrasal verbs consist of different meanings. if all of the constructions are analyzed, there will be unique network among them, and it shows how cognitive processing language works. references biber, douglas., johansson, stig., leech, geoffrey., conard, susan., finegan, edward. (2007). longman grammar of spoken and written english. london: pearson education limited. chafe, wallace l. (1970). meaning and the structure of language. chicago. university of chicago press. evans, vyvyan. & green, melanie. (2006). cognitive linguistics: an introduction. edinburgh: edinburgh university press. evans, vyvyan., bergen, k. benjamin, zinken, jörg. (2007). the cognitive linguistics reader. london: equinox publishing ltd. geeraerts, d. & cuyckens, h. (2007). introducing cognitive linguistics. in: geeraerts, d. & cuyckens, h., the oxford handbook of cognitive linguistics. oxford: oxford university press. gisborne, nikolas. (2010). the event structure of perception verbs. new york: oxford university press. jackendoff, ray. (2003). foundations of language: brain, meaning, grammar, evolution. new york: oxford university press inc. kridalaksana, harimurti. (2008). kamus linguistik. jakarta: pt. gramedia pustaka utama. levin, beth. (1993). english verb classes and alternations: a preliminary investigation. chicago: the university of chicago press, ltd. palmer, frank robert. (1987). the english verb. singapore: longman singapore publisher, ltd. 105 e-issn: 2621-6485 sudaryanto, (1993). metode dan aneka teknik analisis bahasa. yogyakarta: duta wacana university press. van valin, robert d. jr. (2005). exploring the syntax-semantics interface. new york: cambridge university press. online sourches: situs british national corpus: http://www.natcorp.ox.ac.uk. situs etymonline: http://www.etymonline.com http://www.natcorp.ox.ac.uk/ sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 2, no. 3, 2019 pp. 133-141 e-issn: 2621-6485 integrating literary works as the local content of elt materials for undergraduate students 1pratiwi amelia, 2agci hikmawati, 1,2 stkip muhammadiyah bangka belitung, indonesia pratiwi.amelia@stkipmbb.ac.id abstract the objective of this study is to design english materials for undergraduate students. in designing the materials, the writers focused on the general english materials integrated with bangkanese’ folks as one of the literary works existing in bangka belitung province, indonesia. this idea was based on the writers’ awareness to introduce local values to the students. thus, the existing literary works were taken and modified by the writers to meet the purpose of the research. the writers used the theory of hutchinson and waters (1987) and borg & gall (1989). the theory offered six steps, namely need analysis, writing syllabus, developing materials, trying-out materials, evaluating materials, revision, and writing the final draft. the participants of the research were 37 students studying in one of the private colleges in bangka belitung province. these participants were chosen randomly. the designed elt materials integrated the english lessons and the local folktales and culture. the integration was intended to improve the students’ communicative competence of both productive and receptive skills. furthermore, it was expected that the designed materials were able to encourage the students to communicate more communicatively and appropriately in their social context. keywords: designing materials, bangkanese’ folks, elt how to cite: amelia, p. and hikmawati, a. (2019). integrating literary works as the local content of elt materials for undergraduate students. english language teaching educational journal, 2(3), 133141. introduction in indonesia, english is treated as a foreign language (efl). it means that indonesians do not use english in their daily conversations. they only use english in particular condition, such as in the field of business, economy, education, and science. among these fields, it is known that learning english for education is more popular and the most commonly used in indonesia. most of the students in indonesia learn english in order to fulfil the academic demands from their school or university. as a result, the teacher as the main facilitator in the class should be able to build the knowledge and skills needed by the students in order to succeed their learning. in teaching english as a foreign language, there are two kinds of skills learned; they are productive and receptive skills. speaking and writing belong to productive skills, while reading and listening are categorized as receptive skills. receptive skills refer to how people extract meanings from the discourse they see or hear, and this processing is called listening and reading. in addition to these two categorizations, students also need knowledge of language building and construction such as grammar, spelling, vocabulary, and phonics. this knowledge is required to make students be able to communicate effectively and appropriately, especially in constructing and making sentences. for this kind of case, teachers should make and use various and propriate methods, techniques, and materials to provide all the elements of language needed by the students. appropriate and interesting lesson and materials will create students’ curiosity and motivation in learning english. thus, english teachers should be familiar with language use in order to develop mailto:pratiwi.amelia@stkipmbb.ac.id 134 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 their own skills and understand language as a social phenomenon and not merely as an exclusive learning branch, (keshavarzi, 2012). in relation to materials or course books, it’s said that it’s important to ensure that the course content needed for ready implementation is delivered in a consistent format. research has found that appropriate language content motivates learners to develop language skills (viswanath, 2019). it’s due to the nature that language is associated with culture. that is, language is the carrier of cultural messages. one of the cultural forms is literature. in a learning context, literature is considered very significant when it’s employed in a language teaching and learning. literature is a good source to teach english. moreover, it has a particular context to contextualize the teaching activities (keshavarzi, 2012). as a result, teachers can use many sources of liteary works as teaching materials. wellek and warren (1996) define literary work as a branch of literature which deals with any materials to create a picture, an idea or a story in a meaningful pattern. the literary work is also a work of art. it can be a drama, fiction, essay, biography, or journalism and so on. literary works nowadays are more popular to use since it has many advantages in language teaching. literary works such as poetries, novels, stories, or plays should be used in foreign language teaching because these works include all the features needed to teach a foreign language (erdem, 2016). there are several types of literature that can be used for teaching purpose, as well as the approach to the use of literature in language teaching, and the underlying reasons for using literature in language teaching (arafah, 2018). in regard to teaching materials, hutchinson and waters (1987) wrote that there are three kinds of materials, namely materials evaluation, materials development, and material adaptation. as for teachers, they can evaluate from existing materials and then revise it, develop materials by the teacher, or modify the existing materials and then writing the materials. in elt, the teacher can use literature to evaluate, to develop, or to adapt the material for the students, so the students will not get bored and be attracted to the materials. why this research? there are four reasons why this study is essential to be conducted. first, literary works will be able to make lessons enjoyable, to make the students learn wisdom and knowledge, and to increase the student’s cultural awareness and moral values. harmer (2001) says learning materials should attrack and raise the students’ challenge to learn english, so the students would not feel bored during the lesson. interesting materials in the classroom will raise the student’s ability and motivate them to involve actively in the classroom. second, the use of literary works in the elt classroom as media or material in teaching and learning activity can give a chance for students to analyse, to critics, to evoke their feelings and thoughts creatively. studying through literary works will raise the student’s interest to study english. third, the use of literary works will improve the students’ awareness of their own culture. fourth, teaching english through literature enhances the students’ vocabulary mastery and reading comprehension (ismail & masnur, 2019). besides, it can promote literary understanding and general linguistic awareness among teachers and learners (shazu, 2014; yadav, 2014). most of the previous studies also found that the use of literature on language teaching has a positive influence on students’ level of motivation and interest (khodabakhshi & lagos, 1993; goh, 1996; estridge, 2000; ho, 2000; wu, 2001; chen, 2006). furthermore, more explicitly teaching english through folklore as part of literary works is such an eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ amelia & hikmawati 135 effective strategy to promote and enable cross-cultural understanding because folklore can be found in everyday life (gholson & stumph, 2005). literature enables the student’s intercultural awareness to live, nurtures empathy, improves tolerance for diversity, and emotional intelligence (ghosn, 2002). unfortunately, not many students are aware of their local literature. subhan (2006) claims that not all people like and love literature. even many people have a terrible attitude toward literature. these people usually regard literature as something irrational or something useless. these facts show that there are people who do not like literature; even they said that reading literature is donkey work. however, there are so many works of literature that have rich content, yet they have not been explored adequately. especially in bangka belitung province, the condition is almost similar where there’s not much attention paid to literary use in elt. another problem concerning english language teaching there is that there are no elt materials which provide local content. the problems in bangka belitung province above is also occurring in at the one of the private colleges in bangka belitung, which was the setting of the research. based on preliminary study conducted by the researchers, it was found out that many students were not aware of their own culture. based on this identified problem, the researchers were eager to conduct a study to design elt materials that integrated local content and elt materials. it’s hoped that it could expose the students to their own local culture while at the same time learning english effectively. with this, the students can get advantages of not only knowing about literature but also learning new vocabulary and phrases in order to improve their english ability. thus, this study focuses on designing elt materials by using bangkanese’ folks. this study presents the integration of literary works especially in teaching reading comprehension, speaking, writing, vocabulary, and grammar. it is hoped that the designed materials can in addition, the reserachers would like to promote the local content of bangka belitung to the students so that they will be more accessible and popular. research method this study aimed to develop an effective product that can be used in an educational program as the learning materials. according to borg & gall (1983), research and development is a process to develop and validate education products. products produced by r & d include teacher’s training materials, learning materials, set of behavioural objectives, media, materials, management system and so on. products are developed to meet specific needs and according to detailed specifications tested and revised until a specified level of the effectiveness is achieved. the product designed in this research was a set of english materials for undergraduate students by using literary works focusing on folktales. this study used local bangkanese’ folks which hasn’t been explored yet in english teaching materials. the total participants in this study were 37 first semester students taken randomly from two departments of a private college in bangka belitung province. the participants consisted of 20 students of primary education department and 17 students of sport education department. the instruments used in this study were two-phase of the questionnaire and interview, try-out, and group discussion with an expert senior lecturer. for the validity and reliability of the instruments, the researchers used the item validity to make sure that the instruments used were valid and reliable. several steps were conducted to meet the criteria of research and development (r&d) research. the researchers followed hutchinson & waters (1987) model in designing the research. the researchers implemented the seven steps to create an effective product. first, the researchers distributed a questionnaire for the need analysis. second, the researchers analyzed and processed the questionnaires based on the students’ need. third, the researchers wrote a course grid and syllabus based on the result of the need analysis and 136 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 designed the materials and activities based on the result of the needs analysis conducted previously. fourth, the researchers conducted a try out by using designed materials and checked the validity and reliability of the material. fifth, the researchers distributed the questionnaires to evaluate the designed material to the students. sixth, the researchers analyzed and revised the designed materials based on the validation of the content and construct of the materials by using an expert judgment. seventh, the researchers published the final draft. results and discussion 1. the results of the need analysis the results of the need analysis were taken from the distribution of the first phase questionnaire. the first questionnaires were distributed to the students to know the students needs, wants, and lacks. the questionnaire was also intended to be a guidance to design the materials in the latter step of the material designing process. most of the students took parts in the study were female. it consisted of 25 female students, while male students were only 12 students. the age and the range of theirs varied. most of them were in the range of 17-20 years old. the results of the need analysis were divided into two kinds of elements i.e. the students’ knowledge level and the distribution based on the students’ interest. the results of distribution of the students’ needs are shown in the table below: figure 1. the distribution of students’ knowledge level figure 1 shows the distributions of the students’ knowledge level and also the students’ lacks in learning english. it was divided into seven aspects, namely listening comprehension (beginner students were 55 %, intermediate students were 37%, advanced students were 8%), reading comprehension (beginner students were 65%, intermediate students were 33%, advanced students were 2%), grammar mastery (beginner students were 69%, intermediate students were 23%, advanced students were 8%), vocabulary mastery (beginner students were 58%, intermediate students were 35%, advanced students were 7%), words pronunciation (beginner students were 47%, intermediate students were 30%, advanced students were 23%), sentence constructions (beginner students were 56%, intermediate students were 38%, advanced students were 6%). based on the results, it can be concluded that most of the students have poor ability in english. sentence construction word pronunciation vocabulary mastery grammar mastery reading comphrehension listening comphrehension 56% 47% 58% 69% 65% 55% 38% 30% 35% 23% 33% 37% 6% 23% 7% 8% 2% 8% advanced intermediate beginner eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ amelia & hikmawati 137 figure 2. the distributions of learning activity based on the students’ need figure 2 shows the distributions of students’ needs on learning english. it was divided into six aspects covering listening comprehension (beginner students were 56 %, intermediate students were 39%, advanced students were 5%), reading comprehension (beginner students were 55%, intermediate students were 30%, advanced students were 15%), vocabulary task (beginner students were 65%, intermediate students were 28%, advanced students were 7%), grammar task (beginner students were 50%, intermediate students were 35%, advanced students were 15%), story re-writing (beginner students were 68%, intermediate students were 25%, advanced students were 7%), and role-play (beginner students were 72%, intermediate students were 17%, advanced students were 11%). from this figure, it can be summed up that the students’ needs on learning english varied. based on these results, therefore, the writer tried to provide all the learning activities based on the results on figure 2 during the step of material designing. figure 3. the distributions of students’ interest in bangkanese’ folktales from the distributions of the students’ interest in bangkanese’ folktales in figure 3, it can be said that most of the students chose and were interested in bangkanese’ folktales. they also agreed that learning english through literary works would stimulate them to learn english more enjoyably. so, based on the results of need analysis on the kinds of bangkanese’ folktales chosen by the students, the researchers decided to include all the seven bangkanese’ folktales listed into the designed materials. 2. designing materials re-telling story and role play story re-writing grammar task vocabulary task reading comphrehension listening comphrehension 72% 68% 50% 65% 55% 56% 17% 25% 35% 28% 30% 39% 11% 7% 15% 7% 15% 5% advanced intermediate beginner mak per and telaga warna (28%) the bird of kedidi (15%) pak udak (18%) putri pinang gading (15%) the legend of batu balai (7%) bujang antan (12%) quail killed lion (9%) 138 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 the data taken from the questionnaire were used as a basis to design the elt materials. the materials consisted of two parts. each part consisted of warming up activities, vocabulary building, exercise, pronunciation practice, grammar rules, and conversation practice activities. the materials also covered all skills of english i.e. reading, writing, and speaking, and the language knowledge focused on grammar (simple past tense, past continuous, past perfect tense, past perfect continuous tense; temporal sequence; conjunctions), and vocabulary (action verbs). each unit consisted of the learning goal and the main competence that should be achieved by the students after learning the materials. the sample of tasks presented in the designed materials are shown below: a. role play b. re-write the story instruction: re-write and complete this story based on your own imagination by using appropriate vocabulary and sentence constructions. mak per dan telaga naga one night, a grandmother said to his grandchild. “bujang... don’t be naughty, please! a naughty boy who played far away from home would be eaten by the dweller of telaga naga, said her. your grandfather often told us about the giant of telaga naga. i would tell you. once upon a time, there was a bay in the coastal areas near tempilang village. the bay was telaga naga. a long ago, there was a giant living in this lake _________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ c. fill in the blanks instruction: fill in the blanks and complete this passage by using appropriate vocabulary. burung kedidi in a village there lived two sons with their mother who was very old and she ___________ crooked. their father died when they were still in their childhood age. because they lived in suffering, one day they __________ to leave their village. they asked their mother’s _________ to allow them. “mom, we wanted to sail over the sea and see the world. i wanted to change our life. i did not want it if we lived in suffering through all my life. please, _________ us to go”, said the sons. instruction: ✓ work in groups. read the story of mak per and telaga naga on your textbook. ✓ create your own dialogue based on that story ✓ make a role-play and act out your dialogue in front of the class. eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ amelia & hikmawati 139 3. try out and evaluation the try out was implemented to the 37 students of the setting of the research. these participants participated in the questionnaire filling previously held. the try out was conducted in 6 meetings. based on the results of the try out, it can be summarized that the designed material has been appropriate and suitable for the students. furthermore, an evaluation was needed to evaluate and validate the designed material. thus, the content materials designed were evaluated and validated by a senior lecturer who was considered an expert in english language teaching. the results of the content validation were used to revise the designed materials. it was also found out that, after the try out, the students were more interested in learning english. most of them agreed that the use of literature could be used as one of techniques for teaching english for both language skills (i.e. reading, writing, listening and speaking) and language aspects (i.e. vocabulary, grammar and pronunciation). these results were in line with the research conducted by hismanagolu, (2005) and the research conducted by chen (2014) which claimed that literature could be effectively used to acquire english as a foreign language for students in all ages. students got benefits from being challenged with language input that was slightly beyond their independent level of comprehension. furthermore, erdem (2016) stated that literature had a number of benefits, including, but not limited to the availability of unique material, stimulation of the reader's development and contribution to the reader's vocabulary and cultural enrichment. along with the benefits mentioned, diversity, interest, vagueness, and universality could also be named as other advantages. literature in language teaching materials should give students the opportunity to learn and use the language more creatively and to develop a better understanding of the language they are studying (daskalovska & dimova, 2012). meanwhile, some researchers found the challenges in implementing the literary works into language teaching. hasan (2019) stated that the language of literary works are difficult to understand, unfamiliar culture-related elements in the texts can be sources of difficulty in literature studies, and the problem with the genre. so, the teachers need to evaluate and consider the effectiveness of the literary texts use especially in terms of linguistic difficulty. besides, need analysis is a mandatory pre-requisite before designing and producing any curriculum. so, it is important to consider the issues of context and culture before using it as a source of learning and designing appropriate exercises that best facilitate learning in the classroom. thus, for teachers in using literature as learning materials, they should take into account the aspects of the learners’ age, language level, clear learning objectives, appropriate pedagogically designed materials, and learning activities. the teachers should make sure whether the materials designed are suitable for the learners. besides, the teachers should also consider the students’ motivation, needs, and cultural background. last but not least, one major factor to consider when using literature is whether a particular work is capable of revealing the kind of personal involvement by stimulating the interest of the learners and generating strong, positive reactions from them, (hişmanağolu, 2005). to make it effective, the teachers need to evaluate, analyze, adapt, and modify the texts presents on the literary works before using it with the learners. because not all literary works are suitable for teaching. it should meet the students’ need and also it should match with the learning goal of learning. otherwise, it will not be able to help the students in learning english and make it useless. conclusion to sum up, the results of this study showed that developing english materials through local content integration were considered suitable for the intended students as showed through the results of try-out and evaluation done with the students and an expert in 140 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 the fileld. the results of this study were in line with the previous study conducted by some researchers, who found out that literature can be used as an alternative way to teach english. thus, it is essential to be creative in designing the materials by focusing on a particular field of study. however, not all the literature or literary works can be used as materials for teaching. the teachers need to select whether to make them suit the learners’ age, english level, and syllabus appropriateness. that is why in designing elt materials, teachers should follow the principlse of language teaching and materials development. the materials should be based on the needs of the students. besides, the teachers have to pay attention to insert the cultural awareness and moral value when engaging the materials during the process of teaching and learning. by so doing, it would give the students a chance not only to know more about their culture but also to teach good character to the them. that is why the teachers nowadays should pay attention not only to the contexts of the materials but also how to teach a moral lesson to the students. references arafah, b. (2018). incorporating the use of literature as an innovative technique for teaching english. paper presented at the 1st annual international conference on language and literature. kne social sciences. pages 24–36. doi:10.18502/kss.v3i4.1914 borg. w. r., gall, m. d. gall (1983). educational research an introduction. new york: longman. chen, y. m. (2006). using children’s literature for reading and writing stories. asian efl journal, 8(4), 210-232. retrieved from http://www.asian-efl-journal.com/ chen, mei-ling. (2014). teaching english as a foreign language through literature. theory and practice in language studies, 4(2), 232-236. doi:10.4304/tpls.4.2.232-236 daskalovska. n., & dimova. v. (2012). why should literature be used in the language classroom? procedia social and behavioral sciences, 46, 1182 – 1186. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2012.05.271 estridge, p. g. (2000). changing attitudes and behaviours toward reading using children’s literature (doctoral dissertation, the union institute, ohio, united states). retrieved from https://www.proquest.com/products-services/dissertations/ erdem, mustafa. (2016). literature in english language teaching. european journal of language and literature studies, 2(1), 157-162. doi: 10.26417/ejls.v4i1.p157-162 gholson. r., stumph. a.c. (2005). folklore, literature, ethnography, and second language aqcuisition: teaching culture in esl classroom. tesl canada journal 22(22).7591. doi:10.18806/tesl.v22i2.88 ghosn, i. (2002). four good reasons to use literature in primary school elt. elt journal, 56, (2), 172-179. doi:10.1093/elt/56.2.172 goh, l. (1996). using my folktales, and fairy tales in the adult esl classroom (thesis, simon fraser university, british columbia, canada). retrieved from https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/56371372.pdf https://doi.org/10.18502/kss.v3i4.1914 https://www.proquest.com/products-services/dissertations/ https://dx.doi.org/10.26417/ejls.v4i1.p157-162 https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/56371372.pdf eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ amelia & hikmawati 141 hasan (2019). students’ perception towards literature integration in the english language departments at duhok and zakho universities. advances in language and literary studies, 10(4), 130-152. retrieved from https://www.journals.aiac.org.au/index.php/ harmer, jeremy. (2001). the practice of english language teaching (3rd edition). london: longman ho, l. (2000). children's literature in adult education. children's literature in education, 31(4), 259–271. doi:10.1023/a:1026431003032 hişmanoğlu, murat. (2005). teaching english through literature. journal of language and linguistic studies, 1(1), 53-66. retrieved from https://www.jlls.org/index.php/jlls/article/view/6/7/ hutchinson, t and waters, a. (1987). english for specific purpose. cambridge: cambridge university press. ismail, i. (2019). the impact of interactive reading using local folktales stories in supporting students’ vocabulary achievement in indonesian efl learners. majesty journal, 1(2), 25-37. doi:10.33487/majesty.v1i2.119 keshavarzi, abdollah. (2012). use of literature in teaching english. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 46, 554 – 559. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2012.05.159 khodabakhshi, s. c., & lagos, d. c. (1993). reading aloud: children’s literature in college esl classes. the journal of the imagination in language learning and teaching, 1, 53-55. retrieved from http://coreilimagination.com/books/v1.pdf#page=55 shazu, i. r. (2014). use of literature in language teaching and learning: a critical assessment. international journal of african and asian studies an open access international journal, 5(61), 61-66. retrieved from https://iiste.org/journals/index.php/jaas/article/view/12079/12419 subhan, bustami. (2006). understanding literary appreciation. yogyakarta: lppdmf. viswanath, k., mohanty. s. (2019). tribal folklore as elt material for first-generation learners. advances in language and literary studies, 10(2). 19-26 doi:10.5054/tj.2011.259957 wellek, r and warren, a. (1995). theory of literature. new york: harcourt, brace, and world, inc. wu, y. (2001). english language teaching in china: trends and challenges. tesol quarterly, 35(1), 191-194. doi: 10.2307/3587867 yadav, shalini. (2014). recognizing the importance of literature and integration in elt classes. international journal of education and research, 2(9),393-400. retrieved from https://www.ijern.com/journal/2014/september-2014/34.pdf https://www.jlls.org/index.php/jlls/article/view/6/7 https://doi.org/10.33487/majesty.v1i2.119 http://coreilimagination.com/books/v1.pdf#page=55 https://iiste.org/journals/index.php/jaas/article/view/12079/12419 https://www.ijern.com/journal/2014/september-2014/34.pdf sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 2, no. 3, 2019, pp. 112-120 e-issn: 2621-6485 emerging challenges of teaching english in non-native englishspeaking countries: teachers’ view 1nurul hasanah, 2pratiwi tri utami 1,2 hiroshima university, japan nurulhasanah21995@gmail.com abstract teaching english to students, particularly non-english speakers, requires proper strategies and methods. by doing so, each teacher has his/her challenges. this study intends to unveil the emerging challenges faced by english teachers from non-native english-speaking countries (non-nescs) such as china, japan, thailand, senegal, mongolia, cambodia, and laos. this study stands on to answer two research questions: 1. what are the challenges of teaching english in non-native english-speaking countries? 2. is there any effort to overcome the challenges? if so, how do they overcome it? by utilizing the qualitative method, seven teachers are interviewed to tell their challenges. the result indicates three main problems, including learning materials which do not cover students’ need, too big classroom size and school environment, and also students’ low motivation. some programs are conducted to overcome those challenges. for example, japan has an assistant language teacher (alt) who comes once a week to cooperate with the english teacher in each school. then, volunteer english teacher (vet) program helps english teachers in laos. keywords: english language teaching, challenges, non-native english-speaking country, non-native english-speaking teacher how to cite: hasanah, n., utami, p. t. (2019). emerging challenges of teaching english in non-native english-speaking countries: teachers’ view. english language teaching education journal, 2(3), 112120. introduction nowadays, learning english is one of the prominent needs of a human being. oder & eisenschmidt (2018) clarify the importance of learning english as a tool to access in achieving new knowledge and opportunities in a global context. also, english is widely used in every continent that uses english for their day-to-day needs, totals over 250 million (broughton, brumfit, flavell, hill, & pincas, 2003). not only from this aspect, the use of english worldwide, but this phenomenon is also mainly influenced by colonization, shipborne trade with the americas, and politic (howson, 2013). therefore, non-native englishspeaking countries attempt to create an english environment in every school as the primary step to learn english from an early age. teaching english as a foreign language means that english is learned in non-native english-speaking countries. braine (1999 as cited in chun, 2014) states that a native speaker—not english as the specific context, will create a better teacher than a non-native speaker. by this statement, an english teacher must have many challenges when teaching their students both in english skills or teaching skills (faez & valeo, 2012). besides enhancing their english ability, a teacher should maintain their motivation and enthusiasm in teaching (oder & eisenschmidt, 2018). sometimes students 'learning motivation decreases so that students' learning performance is not following the lesson plan (ayres, swayer, & dinham, 2001; nurvita, pratolo, nuroniah, rizon, 2019; zulfikar, dahliana, & sari, 2019). this problem is one of the causes of teachers' lack of enthusiasm in teaching, mailto:nurulhasanah21995@gmail.com eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ hasanah & utami 113 and this will affect their teaching performance. also, another factor coming from the school climate can affect teachers’ motivation. school climate covers positive atmosphere which is contributed by supportive work conditions from the principal, teachers partner, school staffs, and communal school organizations (brown & roloff, 2011 as cited in oder & eisenschmidt, 2018). in this twenty-first century, an english teacher is also required to teach effectively. measuring effective teaching is something unstable and challenging because it will emerge a subjective view. two studies (frenzel, taxer, schwab, & kuhbandner, 2019; oder & eisenschmidt, 2018) indicate that measuring effective teaching is coming from two aspects, intrinsic and extrinsic. the intrinsic aspect involves the teacher’s trait, such as motivation, enthusiasm, and interpersonal between teachers and students. the extrinsic aspect is coming from the teacher’s skill, which can be formed by the training to improve their effective teaching, for example, their competency in instructional material and teaching strategy. instructional content is like designing and developing a syllabus, lesson plans, and supplementary material (gormley, hammer, mcdermott, & rothenberg, 1993). then, teaching strategy relates to the way of teaching, managing the classroom, teaching approach (raganwati, 2015). regarding the essentials of english in language teaching, we query the main challenges of english teachers in non-native english-speaking countries (non-nescs) in teaching english according to their context and views. two main questions are formulated, which can furtherly analyze within this study: 1. what are the challenges of teaching english in a non-native english-speaking country? 2. is there any effort to overcome the challenges? if so, how do they overcome it? literature review bolhuis & voeten (2004, as cited in oder & eisenschmidt, 2018) find that motivated teachers are likely to promote active and functional learning strategies that achieve the best outcome of students. frenzel et al. (2019) show that displayed enthusiasm had significant main effects on perceived teacher motivation, teacher enjoyment, and seen clarity and structure. all of those indicators were well measured by the high displayed enthusiasm condition than in the low displayed enthusiasm condition. it means that teacher motivation and enjoyment have very high effects on students’ motivation. this result supports radel et al.’s (2010 as cited in frenzel, taxer, schwab, & kuhbandner, 2019) finding, which reveals that when students had learned from a motivated teacher, the students can learn in autonomy and high behavior. demir (2017) finds three main challenges of english teachers when teaching english as a foreign language: student-related, teacher-related, and institutional difficulties. the student-related problem appears because turkish students are not interesting the material which is not in turkish and not relevant coursebook. however, this statement is subjectively coming from students who believe that english is difficult. in teacher-related, the most challenging problem is managing the classroom. some teachers say that because the students are lack of motivation, the teacher cannot teach the lesson as their planning. whereas, the institutional-related refers to classroom size and technological support provided by the school. in other words, demir's (2017) finding shows that the problems emerge from the motivation itself. other related challenges faced by efl teachers are classroom practice and commitment to teaching (hayes, 2009). he says that classroom practice refers to the difficulty of thai students in learning english because of less vocabulary, considering grammatical errors, and no one peer can join in the conversation. then, commitment to teaching relates to the teachers, which lead to teachers’ motivation again. if we genuinely 114 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 pay attention to those problems, the root of the problem is from two sides, which are interrelated to one another. similarly, hayes (2005), his finding reveals the problem faced by non-native english speaking educators in sri lanka. commitment to teaching as a job or vocation. through an in-depth interview, the teachers, as reflected in hayes's (2005) finding shows that the teachers are proud to be an english teacher, but only 20% dedicates themselves as a vocation. it happened because of some factors: more work for teachers, intensified stress levels, lack of interest in teaching, and a rise in the numbers of alienated students at school. some studies also compare english teaching performance between native englishspeaking teachers (nests) and non-native english-speaking teachers (non-nests). students perceive that nests are more competent in teaching reading, speaking, and pronunciation because they are more fluent and understand their cultural knowledge. nevertheless, for teaching writing and grammar, students prefer to be taught by non-nests who have a sensitivity to difficulties (chun, 2014). chun's (2014) finding supports walkinshaw & thi hoang duong's (2012) result which reveals that nest is better in teaching english in an oral context, but they cannot understand students’ culture. it always makes misunderstood between teachers and students (walkinshaw & thi hoang duong, 2012). the emerged problems displayed by some previous studies generate tensions to non-nests. because of this, some researchers seek solutions to break the primary issue in teaching language (hayati, 2010; rahimi & zhang, 2015; serdiukov & tarnopolsky, 1999; steyn & jaroongkhongdach, 2016; todd, stinson, & sivakumaran, 2016; yu, 2018; zhang, 2013). applying video-conferencing, which involves nest from various native englishspeaking countries, can gain more intercultural awareness and ignite discourse strategies to let converse as is (wang, 2006 as cited in yu, 2018). in such, applying critical pedagogy to non-nest also can enhance non-nests’ awareness of their strengths as bilingual or multilingual speakers and how they can properly utilize these strengths in the classroom (hayati, 2010). restructuring and sheltering instruction also can be used by non-nest to teach in the class where teachers use tools such as visuals, supplementary materials, cooperative learning, and hands-on activities to teach (todd et al., 2016). by reviewing some results showed by previous studies, this study also wants to unveil the emerging challenges faced non-nests in some countries like china, japan, thailand, senegal, mongolia, cambodia, and laos which are non-native english speaking countries and how the effort of each country to overcome those challenges. research methods by involving seven english teachers (n = 3 females) who are from china, japan, thailand, senegal, mongolia, cambodia, and laos, this study unveils the emerging challenges of teaching english. all the participants are master students in the international department of a university in japan and have capabilities in the teaching field. the age ranges from 24 to 40. the length of the teaching of each respondent is different from six months up to 17 years. also, they teach english spread over the primary level to higher education. methods this study stands on qualitative data by using an in-depth analysis of the semistructured interview. a semi-structured interview can let the researchers use the questions with the focus group, but still, investigate and clarify quickly and more depth (gilham, eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ hasanah & utami 115 2000). only one person attends each interview session. a session takes 20-30 minutes within one week. because this study involves people from various countries and has an international atmosphere in faculty, the interview uses english to ask questions. the advantages of a semi-structured interview will give the interviewer full of attention and make them comfortable to answer all the questions. even the interviewer can dig the respondent’s answers, which has an ambiguous meaning. because taking notes will distract the interviewer’s focus, the researchers are suggested to use tape-recorder during the interview session. the questions of the interview are about their experiences during teaching english, what challenges they faced, and what efforts they did. the items can be modified while the interview session to gain a sincere answer from respondents (johson & christensen, 2004). each of the responses will be analyzed in detail and in-depth in the discussion part. findings emerging challenges 1. china he taught at lower secondary level in tibet for six months in 2017. the type of school was a dormitory, which covered primary until upper secondary level. the school had very few teachers, but the teachers had a high salary than teachers in mainland of china. it was because of the condition of the school in that area. the situation was at the top of the mountain, pretty cold and dry. the school only had five hydrants, which were not enough for drinking and taking a bath to all the students. then, the students had low motivation to learn english. many factors influenced them, such as unsupported environment, lack of english learning resources, over class size, and also a socioeconomic factor. the majority of students were coming from a poor family, so they had no future planning to continue to study. also, the number of students was over class size. one grade had seven classes, and each class had 50 students. it was a vast number, which was difficult for teachers to reach each of the students’ progress. 2. japan his experience of teaching english was one year in 2017. the students in primary school liked studying english because they thought that english was an activity, not a subject. however, now the majority of secondary students started thinking that english became more difficult because they learned grammar with many new vocabularies and practiced speaking. they realized that english was essential as a tool to communicate with foreigners and to go abroad. still, the environment did not support to let them speak english naturally, even though the teacher engaged them. also, the class size was too big for a teacher to teach english. about 40 students in one class covered different characteristics of students. the textbook sometimes was not appropriate for students’ needs, so the teachers use supplementary material to perfect it. 3. thailand she taught at the primary level for three years until now. the most challenging problem was the language barrier. they still attempted to translate or find the same meaning between english and thai. they had unstable motivation because they did not learn english initiative, but their parents’ initiation. to keep maintaining their motivation, the teacher brought up exciting topics with fun teaching material in every meeting. 4. senegal he got a professional certification for teaching at the secondary level in 2014. since that, he taught english at the upper secondary level for three years in senegal. 116 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 the hardest problem of him was managing students in the class. the students did not like studying because most of them were reluctant to learn, especially english. however, it all depended on how the teacher treated his students. if the teacher had good intention in the treatment, they could study well in the class. another challenge was students’ background, including economic background which affected their motivation and achievement in class. when teaching english in class, the teacher should ensure every student paying attention to the teacher. unfortunately, the number of students was too big, about 40-50 students in which surely over to learn english. then, he thought that his school was still better, because in a remote area in senegal, the number of students could reach 60-70 for each class. ultimately, he emphasized that the textbook also was not updated for students’ needs and should be revised. 5. mongolia she taught english spreading over the primary and secondary levels for five years. in learning english, some students showed negative attitudes when learning english. because some unmotivated students disturbed other students who had high motivation. they perceive that english was too tricky both in speaking or writing. regarding this problem, the language structures of mongolian language and english were different, which sometimes was quite complicated for students. based on the entrance examination of english to university, english teachers tended to teach mostly on the grammar and vocabulary sessions. then, most of the students were bored to learn english grammar. another problem was the textbook which was not adequate enough to be discussed in one hour, but the direction was for one hour. therefore, it was not suitable for the students’ needs. 6. cambodia he had been an english teacher from 2008 to 2018. he was also an english trainer in cambodia. he trained secondary english teachers. being a teacher and trainer, the respondent faced many problems as also experienced by most english teachers in cambodia. because english started to be taught in 2003, there were not adequate english resources, including qualified english teachers and course books. to become qualified english teachers in cambodia, they should graduate from the english department, passed a national examination, and also had teaching experiences. with a short period from 2003 until 2019, there were not many qualified teachers, but contract teachers. 7. laos she had taught english from 2002 until 2017 at a university level in laos. she was also a trainer for primary school teachers, specifically on curriculum development once a year. reflecting on her experiences, she stated that the most challenging experience in teaching english for primary teachers was the classroom size which was too big, consisting of 40-50 students. they could not manage well every student when teaching english. comparing to other countries, laos was still low in the english context. the second problem of teaching english was a language barrier. the english teachers were lao people who were non-native english speakers. the teachers found challenges to pronounce some english words correctly, disregarding the fact that at primary level, students will need to follow teachers’ pronunciation. eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ hasanah & utami 117 efforts and its implementations 1. china the educational department of china attempts to facilitate every school with an appropriate textbook as well as trained and certified teachers. then, the government also cooperates with the university, asking the university to send university students to teach in a rural area such as tibet. 2. japan alt is one of the efforts proposed by mext (ministry of education). they invite native-speaking english teacher such as american, canadian, australian, and singaporean to come to school and teach together with japanese teachers in one moment. every thursday, they come to school, making a plan with various and exciting methods as their suggestions. as a result, the students are more excited to learn english because they directly learn from nest. 3. thailand to enhance students’ motivation in learning english, the teachers use any possible teaching materials. the teachers can use music, disney movie in its native language, flashcard, and other things relate to the materials. they like to sing and dance so that they will solve the problems a little bit. the teachers also try to speak english frequently with a slow and bright tone and right intonation, so the students can understand the meaning and with their effort to answer in english. besides, the teachers let them learn by their initiation and way to ignite their awareness in learning english. 4. senegal senegal is a developing country. so many obstacles faced by the teachers teaching in class. to overcome those problems, the educational government recruits a voluntary teacher who passes the national standard in education to teach in school. the government got them by collaboration with other countries. in the class context, the teacher uses supplementary material to perfect the textbook when teaching in class, mainly english subject. 5. mongolia the educational government in mongolia conduct an activity to facilitate students’ interest like a competition—language olympiads. the government pays attention to who want to learn more then, transfer them to that competition. also, the teacher uses various materials in teaching english to engage the other students who have a lack of interest, such as maps, movies, posters, and other exciting material that can support them. 6. cambodia the educational government of cambodia cooperates with the australian government to improve english education in cambodia. by developing a coursebook called english for cambodia (efc), it is planned to help english teachers in cambodia teaching english in school. 7. laos lao government tries to facilitate teachers to join the training. the training proposes to make them more qualified uniquely as an english teacher. then, another effort is the government cooperates with nescs to recruit a voluntary teacher to teach at school. this program is called voluntary english teachers (vet) program. hopefully, nest gives english knowledge to the teachers by using various strategies and methods. so, students are more motivated to learn english. 118 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 discussion the fact of teaching english in non-nescs that quite challenging is actual. faez & valeo (2012) said that being an english teacher is complicated. it means that a teacher should have english knowledge and the proper way to transfer that knowledge. as shown in the results, we indicate three main problems faced by the teachers from nescs (china, japan, thailand, senegal, mongolia, cambodia, and laos). the three main issues are inappropriate textbooks, too big classroom size and school environment, and also students’ low motivation in learning english. talking about textbooks is something crucial (dejene, 2017). english handbook is one of the sources for students to learn english besides teachers or other sources. many teachers complain that english textbook sometimes is not suitable for students’ need nowadays (as reflected by japan, senegal, mongolia, and cambodia). to create a wellprepared textbook based on students’ need takes time in several process and revision. one aspect of improving school quality is the instructional process contribution (fuller, 1985). he said that a good textbook could consistently influence students’ achievement. by this statement, it is clear enough that textbook or coursebook also include one crucial aspect in contributing learning improvement. they can reflect on the cambodian government effort that making collaboration in developing textbooks will support a standard textbook for students’ need in learning english. the second problem is classroom size, which also is the most challenging case from those countries (china, japan, senegal, and laos). teaching english will effectively teach in a small size number of students (broughton et al., 2003). because learning english is involving four skills—listening, speaking, reading, and writing, it will be effective if the number of students in the class ranges from 20-25. however, this number must be hard for several countries like senegal, as mentioned by the respondent that every district only has one single school. looking at developing countries or even developed countries which are non-nescs, they still encounter this such problem—too big classroom size. this problem probably can be solved by implementing various teaching strategies and methods, also including supplementary material to teach english in big classroom sizes. the last emerging challenge is students’ motivation in learning english, which is a big problem from all countries in this study. moreover, education ministries in several countries such as japan, laos, and china notice this as a severe problem. various programs are implemented by the government and schools in collaboration with multiple parties from the university level and even with the nescs. it means that learning motivation is the root of ideal teaching and learning activities (frenzel, taxer, schwab, & kuhbandner, 2019). by implementing some programs such as assistant learning teacher (alt), voluntary english teacher (vet), and the collaboration with student teachers in the university are expected to be able to spur student motivation in learning as well as teachers in developing their knowledge in teaching english. conclusions in conclusion, this study found the challenges of teaching english in non-native english-speaking countries. the challenges were categorized into three main problems which indicated by the findings; they are learning materials which do not cover students’ need, too big classroom size and school environment, and also students’ low motivation. however, each of non-necss had some efforts which had been attempted to resolve those problems. eventually, this study also has limitations because it only involves seven eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ hasanah & utami 119 participants, and this is considered not adequate enough to explore the real emerging challenges in the teaching of english in non-native english-speaking countries. however, this study can be a reference for other researchers who want to investigate a similar topic more deeply and in detail so that research can be refined as time goes by. references ayres, p., swayer, w., & dinham, s. (2001). effective teaching and student independence at grade 12. american educational research association, 1–18. retrieved from https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ed453189.pdf broughton, g., brumfit, c., flavell, r., hill, p., & pincas, a. (2003). teaching english as a foreign language. analele universitatii din craiova, seria filozofie (second, vol. 33). new york: routledge. chun, s. y. (2014). efl learners’ beliefs about native and non-native english-speaking teachers: perceived strengths, weaknesses, and preferences. journal of multilingual and multicultural development, 35(6), 563–579. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2014.889141 dejene, w. (2017). assessing ethiopian primary school second cycle social studies textbooks for adequate reflections of multiculturalism, 8(10), 117–126. demir, y. (2017). what, how and why? a multi-dimensional case analysis of the challenges facing native and non-native efl teachers. pasaa, 54(december), 141–176. retrieved from http://ezproxy.lib.uconn.edu/login?url=https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct =true&db=eric&an=ej1171211&site=ehost-live faez, f., & valeo, a. (2012). tesol teacher education: novice teachers’ perceptions of their preparedness and efficacy in the classroom. tesol quarterly, 46(3), 450–471. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.37 frenzel, a. c., taxer, j. l., schwab, c., & kuhbandner, c. (2019). independent and joint effects of teacher enthusiasm and motivation on student motivation and experiences: a field experiment. motivation and emotion, 43(2), 255–265. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11031-018-9738-7 fuller, b. (1985). raising school quality in counties: developing boost learning? what investments education (education and training no. edt7). gilham, b. (2000). developing a questionnaire. london: continuum. gormley, k., hammer, j., mcdermott, p., & rothenberg, j. (1993). an investigation into the influence of classroom practica experiences on student teachers’ thoughts about teaching. northeastern educational research association, 1(ll). hayati, n. (2010). empowering non-native english speaking teachers through critical pedagogy. teflin journal, 21(1), 78–89. https://doi.org/10.15639/teflinjournal.v21i1/78-89 hayes, d. (2005). exploring the lives of non-native speaking english educators in sri lanka. teachers and teaching: theory and practice, 11(2), 169–194. https://doi.org/10.1080/13450600500083964 hayes, d. (2009). non-native english-speaking teachers, context and english language teaching. system, 37(1), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2008.06.001 https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ed453189.pdf 120 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 howson, p. (2013). the english effect. british council (vol. d096). https://doi.org/10.2307/2542902 johson, b., & christensen, l. (2004). educational research: quantitative, qualitative, and mixed approaches. boston: pearson education, inc. nurvita, m., pratolo, b. w., nuroniah, n. l., rizon, z. (2019) the analysis of senior high school students’ speaking performance. international journal of scientific & technology research 8 (10), 3640-3644 accessed from http://www.ijstr.org/finalprint/oct2019/the-analysis-of-senior-high-school-students-speakingperformance.pdf oder, t., & eisenschmidt, e. (2018). teachers’ perceptions of school climate as an indicator of their beliefs of effective teaching. cambridge journal of education, 48(1), 3–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764x.2016.1223837 raganwati, d. t. (2015). cultivating pre-service teachers’ classroom management skills through teaching practicum: a reflective practice. teflin journal, 25(1), 117–128. https://doi.org/10.15639/teflinjournal.v26i1/117-128 rahimi, m., & zhang, l. j. (2015). exploring non-native english-speaking teachers’ cognitions about corrective feedback in teaching english oral communication. system, 55, 111–122. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2015.09.006 serdiukov, p., & tarnopolsky, o. (1999). efl teachers’ professional development: a concept, a model, and tools. steyn, s., & jaroongkhongdach, w. (2016). formulaic sequences used by native english speaking teachers in a thai primary school. pasaa: journal of language teaching and learning in thailand, 52(december), 105–132. retrieved from http://draweb.njcu.edu:2048/login?url=https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct =true&db=eric&an=ej1134682&site=ehost-live todd, t. a., stinson, t. a., & sivakumaran, t. (2016). strategies for improving academic performance by non-native english speakers in graduate programs. journal of college teaching & learning (tlc), 8(12), 1. https://doi.org/10.19030/tlc.v8i12.6616 walkinshaw, i., & thi hoang duong, o. (2012). nativeand non-native speaking english teachers in vietnam: wighing the benefits. the electronic journal for english as a second language, 16(3), 1–17. yu, l.-t. (2018). native english-speaking teachers’ perspectives on using videoconferencing in learning english by taiwanese elementary-school students. jalt call journal, 14(1), 61–76. zhang, h. (2013). pedagogical challenges of spoken english learning in the second life virtual world: a case study. british journal of educational technology, 44(2), 243– 254. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8535.2012.01312.x zulfikar, t., dahliana s., & sari, r. a. (2019). an exploration of english students’ attitude towards english learning. english language teaching educational journal, 2 (1), 112. doi: https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v2i1.947 http://www.ijstr.org/final-print/oct2019/the-analysis-of-senior-high-school-students-speaking-performance.pdf http://www.ijstr.org/final-print/oct2019/the-analysis-of-senior-high-school-students-speaking-performance.pdf http://www.ijstr.org/final-print/oct2019/the-analysis-of-senior-high-school-students-speaking-performance.pdf https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v2i1.947 sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 3, no. 1, 2020, pp. 41-51 e-issn: 2621-6485 kahoot in maritime english teaching: its impact on nautical science cadet’s oral reproduction and vocabulary sri sartini nautical science of sekolah tinggi maritim yogyakarta, indonesia sartinisri69@gmail.com abstract this type of research was participatory action research using the denzin and lincoln (2005) model which consists of the kahoot pre-action cycle and post-action cycle. this study aimed to examine the use of kahoot platform in maritime english learning. it improved the speaking skill of nautical science cadets by the increasing number of maritime vocabularies as an indication. the results of this study described that the use of kahoot quiz made learning experienced in the classroom very interactive, interesting, and effective, because of the two cycles carried out increased from the beginning of the cycle to the next cycle marked by the increasing number of correct answers done by the cadets. thus, their vocabulary mastery increased as well. kahoot not only increased vocabularies that supported cadet’s speaking skill initiated by the correct oral reproduction, but also increased cadet’s enthusiasm in learning maritime english. in conclusion, the use of online gamification-based kahoot quiz toward nautical science cadets at sekolah tinggi maritim yogyakarta had a significant impact on vocabulary mastery for effective communication skills. keywords: kahoot quiz, maritime english, oral reproduction how to cite: sartini, s. (2020). kahoot in maritime english teaching: its impact on nautical science cadet’s oral reproduction and vocabulary. english language teaching educational journal, 3(1), 41-51 introduction digital technology-based learning in the 4.0 era has become a compulsory that cannot be negotiated. in fact, the era of the industrial revolution was not only in the economic field but also in the field of education. this is in line with the statement of saturno, pertel, deschamps, and de f.r.loures e. (2018) that entering this era, education must adopt the current knowledge by involving technological sophistication such as the use of artificial intelligence (ai), cloud, big data, iot, and robotic. stanic, hadjina, fafandjel, and matulja (2018) also mention that in fact, industrial revolution 4.0 transformations have spread into maritime sector and shipbuilding industry. therefore, a variety of careful preparation needs to be done for the success of learning in any sector. those forms of learning preparation are preparing materials as well as the assessment procedure to measure the ability of students to understand the information and material provided. besides determining the media to be used in learning is also important. educators become an important key in the learning preparation process. with those good learning preparations by educators, it is hoped that the quality and learning targets will be wellachieved according to the expected result and it leads to qualified and benefited outcomes. maritime english learning in maritime higher education is mandatory and it is crucial. it is mentioned by pratama and sartini (2019) that in era of industrial revolution 4.0, maritime higher education must produce qualified human resources that should be wellacknowledged with the technology and proficient in english. maritime english learning includes english for specific purposes. english teaching which belongs to specific purposes is important (hutchinson & waters, 1987) and it requires practical teaching which combines the theories and practice (nunan, 2003). the international maritime organization (imo) as a global maritime policy regulator has issued a nautical science cadets handbooks of imo model course 7.03 that is for deck officers and imo model course 7.04 for prospective mailto:sartinisri69@gmail.com 42 e-issn: 2621-6485 engine room officers. those handbooks both regulate curriculum content that must be given to prospective seafarer officers to meet minimum requirements as professional, competent and skillful seafarers so that the graduates or cadets are ready with the market needs at national and international levels. in fact, english which is considered as a foreign language in indonesia is a big challenge in the maritime teaching process. this is due to the fact that learning a foreign language is not that easy. as it is argued by nunan (1999), the measurement of successful foreign language teaching is the student’s capability of making conversation in the targeted language. further farabi, hassanvand, and gorjian (2017) also claim that capability in speaking shows proficient skill in the targeted language. meanwhile, the targeted indonesian seafarers needed are those who are capable and skillful in mastering knowledge in their fields and able to communicate actively in minimally english as one of international languages. another statement from florez (1999) says that speaking should be prioritized in language learning. more active language skills are demonstrated by the ability to speak up or give utterances. on the other hand, as it is mentioned by st-pierre and beland (2010) the word reproduction means to, good speaking skill can be derived from the ability of making correct oral reproductio state the production of language both in written and orally. therefore, speaking skills initiated by correct oral reproduction become more emphasized skills for all prospective seafarers including the nautical science cadets. effective teaching strategies to enhance cadet speaking skills through oral reproduction and vocabulary drills are also very important. various language teaching methods are now available. e-learning method by involving gamification (game-based learning) becomes one of positive alternatives to improve the achievement of learning objectives. this is due to the fact that e-learning with gamification provides attractive learning opportunities and is not boring. esteve, pereira, veiga, and vasco (2018) state that gbl (gamification-based learning) can make learning interactive, interesting and effective. he considers that game-based learning makes the learner get motivation that encourages the learner to get new knowledge easily according to his learning experience. haryanto (2018) highlights that e-learning model as a game-based learning creates faster and easier transfer of knowledge. the term game-based learning emerged from cheng, c. h. and su, c.h (2012) who tried to compare conventional or traditional learning methods with game-based learning methods and found that game-based methods provide more learning. wiggins (2016) also states that gamification-based learning provides an alternative teaching and learning process that is new. further explained that the existing facilities in e-learning can connect the distance (between educators and cadets) separated by space and time. in e-learning method educators and cadets can be connected to online classes even if they are in separate place. in addition, besides it attracts the enthusiasm of cadets in learning it can also support the learning process itself becoming easier, more practical, and even preparing human resources who are ready with technology. one of the e-learning lessons that can be done is the use of kahoot. kahoot media is a learning media based on online gamification that can utilize the features as a quiz, questionnaire, survey and others. kahoot was created by three talented entrepreneurs namely johan brand, jamie brooker, and morten versvik in 2013 (vidhiasi, 2018). by kahoot game, educators can provide various types of quizzes, tests, questions that are designed to measure the ability of cadet’s knowledge according to the material which is already transferred. learning becomes interesting because all cadets using gadgets or cell phones can be directly involved actively in learning with other cadets and with educators. indirectly kahoot makes learning integrated with the use of technology and provides space eltej issn: 2621-6485 sartini 43 for cadets to explore more with technology. kahoot quiz was used by researchers to improve cadets’ vocabularies mastery in order to achieve effective speaking skills by a lot of drills. this is inseparable from the statement that vocabulary knowledge is one of important elements in supporting one's speaking skill. by the increased mastery of vocabulary knowledge cadets will also immerge on their oral reproduction because every vocabulary given has its phonetic symbol. using kahoot, the lecturer involved the quiz to assess the cadet’s knowledge on phonetic transcription upon certain word. thus it leads cadets to produce correct sound on every word tested. from this analysis it is known that it is true if learning which involves e-learning or online-based media in the form of game is needed by cadets. therefore, the researcher examined the use of kahoot as an alternative effort to improve speaking skills initiated by oral reproduction of the cadets of sekolah tinggi maritim yogyakarta. it begins with the formation of vocabulary mastery so that learning difficulties in english especially in the field of speaking skills both in general and maritime english context which has been difficult may find a solution. as it is mentioned by the previous research conducted by vidhiasi (2018), learning by kahoot game instead of learning with old-fashioned method makes them communicate more each other, being more attracted and the kahoot method enhance teaching and learning process. eventhough, he focused his study on the use of kahoot to teach standard marine communication phrases, it showed similarity that it was related to student’s speaking skill. further, hadijah, pratolo, and rondiyah confirm that kahoot (2020) can help the students to be more active and it provides fun learning in the classroom, and makes the students more enthusiastic in doing the test. however, their research also found some negative sides of using kahoot. first, the students become less confident especially when they get lower scores than other students; second, some students had a lack of knowledge in using the application; and the last, the time was limited. furthermore, esteves et.al (2018) strengthens that kahoot is one of the tools to get the students being involved well in learning process besides there are other tools like edpuzzle and socrative. the previous researchers tried to prove the effectiveness of kahoot to teach standard maritime communication phrases (smcp) and to teach any materials as a whole, here the researcher burden of proof was how the use of kahoot might influence and had impact on cadet’s speaking skill through the effective design of vocabulary and oral reproduction drills or tests. research method this research included participatory action research denzin and lincoln (2005) by involving researchers directly involved in the research process from the beginning to the end of the process. in this classroom action research data were collected through tests, observations, questionnaire, and documentation. in maritime english teaching, there was a standardized english used to converse among seafarers which was issued by international maritime organization. therefore, this standard was used by the researcher as valid basis of the test and evaluation given in every cycle of quiz. the research method used was a combination method (mixed method) of sequential exploratory type that the data obtained were analyzed descriptive qualitatively then strengthened quantitatively in the form of a percentage obtained with ibm spss statistics 23. there were two cycles of kahoot usage, pre-action kahoot intended to identify the use of kahoot as a vocabulary drills in order to support the cadets’ oral reproduction skills in the evaluation of early learning. the postaction kahoot was used to find out the improvement in learning outcomes using the quiz. each cycle contained stages of planning, acting, observing, and reflecting or using kemmis and taggard model (1988) as explained in arikunto (2015). planning in the pre-action kahoot was done by making a learning scenario about wheel order, casting off procedure, 44 e-issn: 2621-6485 and internal communication on bridge. besides scenario, making observation sheet and designing evaluation materials through kahoot quiz were done. acting stage was done by implementing kahoot as a teaching media. once acting stage was done, observation was then conducted to ensure how the quiz ran. afterward reflection was noted in order to note down the weaknesses and the strengths to be evaluated ahead in the next cycle. therefore, the weaknesses could be eliminated and the strengths could be maintained. by the increasing score in the use of kahoot, vocabulary mastery and oral reproduction skills of cadets were assumed to increase. this was due to the same subject area which were used in the quiz. those as research subjects were cadets of the nautical science program in 2018/2019 with total numbers of 21 people. table 1. the blueprint of the kahoot test no. section number 1. wheel order 5 2. casting off procedure 5 3. internal communication on bridge 5 findings and discussion pre-action kahoot kahoot quiz was given in two cycles namely kahoot pre-action and post-action kahoot. each quiz on each cycle contains vocabulary knowledge related to the use of maritime english both for internal and external communication on board. for pre-action activities, some materials were given related to internal communication on board such as maritime english that is used in conducting communications on the bridge between watchkeeping officers (for example steering orders or wheel orders, use of international alphabet, order of casting off ropes to officers on the deck both the front deck (bow) and the rear deck (stern) when the ship will do berthing and unberthing procedures and when the ship will do anchoring. in addition to the material also alluded to parts of the vessel in four times meetings, cadets were given the material above and kahoot quiz was given as evaluation material. this information had been well-informed in advance so that cadets understood well that they had to get well-prepared for the exam with the kahoot quiz. cadets studied more actively to prepare for the quiz. this was because they felt a little embarrassed if they could not answer the question. each material was given in the form of a role play conversation as well as vocabulary drills according to their respective topics. the researcher observed the learning experiences of the cadets in doing role play and understanding the vocabulary used in the contents of the conversation. it was found during the role play that some cadets were still less active because in each group there must be cadets who might be more dominating so that other cadets tend to be passive. there were also less active cadets because they were still not confident in communicating in english. on the other hand, it was also found that some cadets already understood the concept of the standard marine communication phrases (smcp) delivered, but in this cycle they still felt insecure about their english pronunciation or articulation. as a follow up, the lecturer gave a kahoot quiz as an effort to strengthen vocabulary mastery and strengthen their articulation. here it was the difference from the previous research lies in. previous research done by vidhiasi (2018) proved how kahoot could be used to teach standard maritime communication phrase. whereas esteves et.al (2018) proved the use of fun kahoot in learning process instead of other fun online game. however, here researcher proved how eltej issn: 2621-6485 sartini 45 kahoot could bring impact on vocabulary mastery and oral reproduction of cadets which later contribute to cadets’ speaking skill. it was found by using the quiz, it turned out that cadets learn more actively and responsibly because each of them used their gadgets and participated totally without external coercion. this game-based quiz turned out to have a strong motivational effect on the cadets so that they were more serious about working on the quiz without even being asked by their own active lecturer. it seems that learning was more fun for them and the questions in the form of vocabulary memorization tests and articulation of sounds that are right for them were not a burden unlike other written tests that might be felt draining their energy and mind further it sounds monotonous. one of the highlights of this quiz to be used as a media of learning and evaluation is that this quiz was limited by the time for each question and answer displayed so that the cadets must really focus and concentrate on the questions that did not appear on their gadget screens but only appear on the lecturer slide screen. after a few moments the questions were closed automatically and the answer choices given within a few seconds were set according to the lecturer decision. here it was where the excitement of this game lies in because they had to use the right vocabulary and chose the right words for the right expressions in english especially according to the material given. the results of the kahoot pre-action quiz were as shown below. figure 1. percentage form of pre-action kahoot score from the figure, it is known that from 21 nautical science cadets, the total correct answer is 53.79% while the total incorrect answer is 46.21%. some errors that often occurred are questions related to standard wheel orders and internal communication on bridge. for example, when cadets were asked a question to say the "right 15 degree" steering command according to the smcp they should choose the "starboard fifteen" but many of them chose the "fifteen starboard" even though the phrase already has its own standard. from the observation done, it was found that the cadets who answered correctly but they were considered to be wrong by the system were due to the time laps to think and answer questions over because it was just 10 seconds length. while for cadets who answered incorrectly, there were indeed many of them who experienced panic situation between having to think quickly to find answers by only being given a very limited time. so the level of their panic became the main factor causing them to fail in answering correctly. however, those who did the kahoot quiz seemed to be enthusiastic and very happy regardless of the results of their answers. they felt motivated and enthusiastic. the results of the kahoot pre-action quiz can be analyzed as follows. 46 e-issn: 2621-6485 tabel 2a. pre-action kahoot statistics of kahoot result n valid 21 missing 0 mean 7.4762 std. deviation 1.50396 minimum 5 maximum 10 tabel 2b. pre kahoot frequency percent valid percent cumulative percent valid 5.00 6.00 2 9.5 9.5 9.5 4 19.0 19.0 28.6 7.00 4 19.0 19.0 47.6 8.00 7 33.3 33.3 81.0 9.00 1 4.8 4.8 85.7 10.00 3 14.3 14.3 100.0 total 21 100.0 100.0 from the statistics above it is known that all cadets worked by answering a total of 15 questions. the maximum number of questions that can be answered correctly is 10 questions. the average question that can be answered correctly by cadets is eight questions. table 3. pre kahoot analysis no. section percentage 1. wheel order steering order 9.5 2. casting off procedure procedure single up line and spring procedure heave up line and spring procedure let go all rope 23.5 3. internal communication on bridge ensuring course and speed duties of watchkeeping on bridge 20.79 from the table above it is also known that out of 53,79% correct answer of the cadet’s trial frequently correct answer were on the material of “casting off procedure”. it means that cadet understood well the material about procedure of letting go all rope and line or spring better than the other two material sections of wheel order and internal communication on bridge. this fact was well noted as a reflection or a highlight of the lecturer to prioritize in the next cycle of kahoot quiz. based on the observation done during the quiz which was written down in observation sheet, it was found that some of the failures in answering questions by the 21 cadets were caused by the panic situation. it correlates to the questionnaire distributed showing that this quiz was their first time to deal with. however, based on the observation sheet 16 cadets out of 21 or it is about 76,19% they became more enthusiastic about eltej issn: 2621-6485 sartini 47 memorizing the vocabulary taught and managing their own level of panic. fortunately, this motivation would be benefit for them for the next cycle of kahoot. post-action kahoot kahoot's post action quiz was given to evaluate vocabulary mastery related to external communication on board which involved internal communication as the basis terms to send information. external communication included ship to ship communication, ship to vessel traffic services (vts) communication and ship to shore communication. however, the communication used still well-related to the internal communication therefore the vocabulary used were also related. external communication which was tested in kahoot covered the same expressions which were applied for internal communication. for example, in external communication ship to ship, “standard wheel orders” which belong to internal communication used in the first cycle kahoot were used in term of sending message to tell about the current position and present course of the ship. this communication was intended to avoid the collision of the vessels. another example of external communication which used internal communication basis was ship to shore communication such as the activity when the vessel intended to do berthing in a port. before the vessel moored to the quay, it had to send a “casting off procedure” or sending out rope to the port labors. besides, internal communication on bridge was also important to send external communication especially between ship to vts. for instance when the vessel starts to enter or leave a port, it had to give information to vts as well as asking permission to pass the fairway. external communication involved the terms used for internal communication on board. however the dialogue and vocabularies used based on researcher’s observation were more difficult to memorize than that of internal communication. hence, it could be stated if the result of next cycle quiz using kahoot is better than the previous means that the kahoot itself was effective to conduct. the distinguish of the pre and post kahoot lied in the length of the utterances and vocabularies tested. both tested the use of the same basic internal communication which were applied as a means of internal communication on board and external communication on board. learning from experiences in the previous cycle, cadets did not want to fail again in answering questions in the next cycle of kahoot quiz. based on observation sheet, their obstruction in the first cycle was due to the lack of vocabulary mastery in maritime english context. then they became very motivated to memorize those vocabularies and terminologies. expecting by mastering the vocabulary according to the topic of the exam, they would be no longer panic in working on the quiz. and his confidence grew up. the time allocation in post kahoot quiz was increased from 10 seconds in the first quiz to 15 to 20 seconds due to consideration that external communication required more time in determining the answer. this is because in external communication the understood vocabularies were more numerous and complex even not only in the form of words but also in the form of expressions and groups of words or phrases. so that cadets were expected to be able to express utterances which were commonly used in external communication between ship to port authorities and with vts (vessel traffic services). as an example of a communication between a ship and port authority is that when a ship is about to go berthing, communication will occur with the pilot station to ask for pilotage and directed to its pier. phrases and not just short words were required as it was ruled and structured by standard maritime communication phrases. by referring to this, the communication was easily understood and structured. as the results of kahoot quiz in the post-action phase, it led more cadet’s enthusiasm to memorize vocabularies and terminologies in the form of words and structured expressions so that when they played with this quiz they would be 48 e-issn: 2621-6485 ready with the expressions they should use when they are exactly aboard the ship. the results of the kahoot post-action can be seen from the following statistics; tabel 4a. post-action kahoot statistics of post kahoot result n valid 21 missing 0 mean 9.7619 std. deviation 1.72930 minimum 7 maximum 13 tabel 4b. post-action kahoot frequency percent valid percent cumulative percent valid 7.00 8.00 2 9.5 9.5 9.5 4 19.0 19.0 28.6 9.00 3 14.3 14.3 42.9 10.00 5 23.8 23.8 66.7 11.00 3 14.3 14.3 81.0 12.00 3 14.3 14.3 95.2 13.00 1 4.8 4.8 100.0 total 21 100.0 100.0 it is known that out of the 21 cadets who took the kahoot post-action quiz as an evaluation test increased their ability in answering the 15 questions. compared from the pre kahoot quiz there was increasing number of cadets who can answer more correct answer. here, we can see the chart below. table 5. tabulation of the frequent number of correct answers no. section mean 1. pre-action kahoot 7.47 2. post-action kahoot 9.76 frequent number of correct answers made by the cadets increased significantly from the pre-action kahoot quiz to the post-action kahoot. it is shown from the average correct number done by the cadets. the mean of correct answer in the second kahoot quiz is higher than that of the first which increased from 7,47 to 9,76. it means cadet’s mastery on terminologies which could be assumed to make them having better capability on their oral reproduction developed either. out of the 15 questions given, the average cadet who could answer correctly at least 10 questions were about 12 cadets or around 57.2%. moreover, there were three cadets who could answer 12 questions correctly or it was around 14.3%. and there was one cadet with the most correct answers of 13 questions or about 4.8%. in conclusion there were about 16 cadets or 76,19% that could answer more correct answer compared to that in the pre-action kahoot. eltej issn: 2621-6485 sartini 49 constraint of the quiz the use of kahoot as online quiz did not always run smoothly. based on the observation sheet, it was analyzed that there might be some constraints occured. one of the mostly occured obstruction it was due to the internet connection. at first, the lecturer could run the quiz smoothly because of the good internet bound using wifi facility at campus. however, once the cadet would response to the quiz the problem happened when they used their own internet data. if they had got sufficient quotas there would be no connection obstruction happened. on the other hand it was found that 23.81% or it was around 5 cadets out of 21 did not get enough quotas to run the quiz smoothly. besides, another problem occured toward some cadets who used distinghuised internet provider. it was caused by the signal strengths. for several cadets who got strong signal, they can follow and response to the quiz immediately without any delay thus they did not miss any single question to answer. fortunately, there were around 14 cadets out of 21 or it was about 66.67% that had got opportunities to answer all questions. the other 9,52% or it was around 2 cadets found difficulties in responding to the quiz due to the poor signal. as a result, prior the use of kahoot quiz, the internet and data connection as technical support is compulsory to consider. lecturer must ensure that kahoot quiz could run smootly and there were no obstructions due to technical problems. conclusion from the results of the two kahoot quiz cycles, it could be seen that the kahoot quiz turned out to have a significant influence in the vocabularies and terminologies mastery of maritime english context and it supported the smoothness of cadet’s oral reproduction. regarding the involvement of kahoot quiz as online gamification in maritime english teaching, the cadets felt more enthusiastic and pleased to learn so that they themselves were better encouraged to learn more and more. this self-motivation brought a great learning desire and led to better understanding. furthermore, in the recent era of industrial revolution 4.0, integrating online gamification learning in foreign language (efl) learning with technology-based learning would present a good alternative teaching method for educators to attract cadet’s interest and achieve cadet’s target of learning while at the same time it prepares them to become qualified human resources in sophisticated digital era. 50 e-issn: 2621-6485 references arikunto, s. (2015). penelitian tindakan kelas. jakarta: bumi aksara cheng, c. h. & su, c.h. (2012). a game-based learning system for improving student’s learning effectiveness in system analysis course. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 31, 669-675. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2011.12.122 denzin,n.k. & lincoln,y.s. (2005). participatory action research: communicative action and the public sphere.thousand oaks: sage publication. esteves, m., pereira,a., veiga,n., vasco,r., & veiga,a. (2018). the use of new learning technologies in higher education classroom: a case study. international journal of engineering pedagogy, 8(2),115-127. retrieved from https://onlinejournals.org/index.php/i-jep/article/view/8146 farabi, m., hassanvand,s., & gorjian, b. (2017). using guided oral presentation in teaching english language learners’ speaking skill. journal of applied linguistics, 3(1),17-24. doi:10.5923/j.jalll.20170301.03 florez, m.a. (1999). improving adult english language learner’s speaking skills. eric digest. eric document reproduction. 4(3), 20-32. retrieved from https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ed435204 hadijah, pratolo, b. w., & rondiyah. (2020). interactive game “kahoot!” as the media of students’ vocabulary assessment. journal on english as a foreign language, 10(1), 84-102. https://doi.org/10.23971/jefl.v10i1.1670 haryanto,s. (2018). kelebihan dan kekurangan e-learning berbasis schoology (studi ptk dalam pembejaran mata kuliah academic listening). prosiding seminar nasional geotik. surakarta, p.106-110. retrieved from http://hdl.handle.net/11617/9852 hutchinson,t. & waters, a. (1987). english for specific purposes. cambridge: cambridge university press. international maritime organization. ( 2000). standard marine communication phrase. rijeka: imo kemmis, s. & mc taggart, r. (1988). the action research planner. victoria: deakin university press. nunan, d. (2003). practical english language teaching. new york: mc grow hill contemporary. nunan, d. (1999). second language teaching and learning. boston: heinle & heinle. pratama,w. & sartini, s. (2019). perguruan tinggi kemaritiman menghadapi revolusi industri 4.0. majalah ilmiah bahari jogja,vol 17(2), 86-92. doi: 10.33489/mibj.v17i2 saturno, m., pertel, v.m., deschamps, f., & de f.r.loures e. (2018). proposal of an automation solutions architecture for industry 4.0. logforum,14 (2), 185-195. retrieved from https://www.logforum.net/pdf/14_2_4_18.pdf stanic, v., hadjina, m., fafandjel, n., & matulja, t. (2018). toward shipbuilding 4.0-an industry 4.0 changing the face of the shipbuilding industry. brodogradnja /shipbuilding/open access. vol.69(3). doi: 10.21278/brod69307 st-pierre, m-c. & béland, r. (2010). reproduction of inflectional markers in frenchspeaking children with reading impairment. journal of speech, language and hearing research (jslhr), vol. 53, p. 469–489. retrieved from https://pubs.asha.org/doi/10.1044/1092-4388%282009/07-0251%29 https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ed435204 https://doi.org/10.23971/jefl.v10i1.1670 http://hdl.handle.net/11617/9852 https://doi.org/10.33489/mibj.v17i2 https://www.logforum.net/pdf/14_2_4_18.pdf http://dx.doi.org/10.21278/brod69307 https://pubs.asha.org/doi/10.1044/1092-4388%282009/07-0251%29 eltej issn: 2621-6485 sartini 51 vidhiasi, d.m. (2018). the use of kahoot in teaching maritime english: a case study. proceeding of the 1 st cilacap national conference on maritime and multidisciplinary study. cilacap. p.136-146. doi: 10.6084/m9.figshare.7988576 wiggins, b.e. ( 2016). an overview and study on the use of games, simulations, and gamification in higher education. international journal of game-based learning. vol. 6 (1), 18-29. doi: 10.4018/ijgbl.2016010102 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.6084%2fm9.figshare.7988576?_sg%5b0%5d=kwqmosqg1f-vyadcvn0wa-plnennzteyriq_pk2tjml9cevyw5g0qb_jtywwqrueay5odvu8pvrqxt0cbhwchbopja.cpizdbtqzawuyf4tkbaki0pfhhj4cfh4fuhw3vymmfwaujfiujwr7rwvzmkno1j6i0iri08k5awmvpv0ebgi2a microsoft word surono 240-252.docx english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 3, december 2022, pp. 240-252 https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v5i3.8168 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id analysis of hots and lots of instructional questions in the english textbook "when english rings a bell" for grade viii surono a,1*, bambang widi pratolob,2, siti latifah hanun c,3 a, b, c universitas ahmad dahlan, jl. ringroad selatan, kragilan, tamanan, kec. banguntapan, kabupaten bantul daerah istimewa yogyakarta 55191 1 surono@pbi.uad.ac.id, 2bambang.pratolo@pbi.uad.ac.id, 3sitilatifahhanun669@gmail.com * corresponding author a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received 13 september 2022 revised 25 october 2022 accepted 5 december 2022 english textbooks have an essential role in learning english subjects for students in junior high school, so the quality of textbooks must be of high quality. to make students master english language skills, they need a good quality of textbooks to improve their critical thinking skills. this research aims to find out the representation of higher order thinking skills (hots) and lower order thinking skills (lots) and the appearance frequency in the instructional questions in english textbook entitled “when english rings a bell” grade viii. this study used a content analysis with qualitative approach. six chapters of the textbook were taken as the sample. observation and note-taking techniques were used to collect the data using observation sheet. the data were analyzed by using miles’s et al. model regarding coding method. the research findings showed that chapters i, vi, and vii represented lots with the most dominant in remembering and applying. meanwhile, the appearance of lots and hots in chapters v and xii looked nearly in balance dominating the verb remembering for lots and the verbs evaluating and creating for hots. the realization of hots in the chapters was less than lots, except chapter xiii. after the instructional questions in all activities were categorized, the distribution of lots in the textbook appeared in 66 (58%) and hots in 47 questions (42%). it is concluded that the textbook distributed less evenly in hots and lots composition. it implies that the textbook still focuses on lots. it is recommended that the authors of the textbook balance the hots and lots in the instructional questions proportionally to encourage students to think critically. teachers should creatively modify the instructional questions to meet the balance. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords hots lots instructional questions content analysis textbook how to cite: surono, pratolo. b. w., & hanun, l. s. (2022). analysis of hots and lots of instructional questions in the english textbook “when english rings a bell” for grade viii. english language teaching educational journal, 5 (3), 240-252. https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v5i3.8168 1. introduction nowadays, education must go beyond simply retaining material and memorization (qasrawi & benyabdelrahman, 2020). higher order thinking skills (hots) and lower order thinking skills (lots) are terms used in education. the indonesian government popularized hots, and the idea was used in the country's national test (ariawan et al., 2023). hots are very often incorporated in instructional questions of a textbook. the purpose of instructional questions is to get students to 241 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no, december 2022, pp. 240-252 surono et.al (analysis of lots and hots of instructional questions……) reflect on and interact with the subject matter. instructional questions are frequently included in textbooks to aid students in understanding and applying the principles they are learning including the culture of the target language (soviyah, 2022). depending on how much thought is needed to respond to each topic, they can either be classified as hots or lots. however, higher cognitive levels are necessary to increase students' awareness of their own learning processes and teach them how to use such capacities to improve their academic performance. (ching & da silva, 2017). one of the most crucial and integral parts of the language instruction process is the use of textbooks (dabbagh & safai, 2019). hots development resources and exercises are a requirement of a good textbook (erdiana & panjaitan, 2023). so, it is essential to develop textbooks with adequate material in order to fulfill learning objectives (lestari et al., 2022). wale and bogale (2021) stated that textbooks and the educational field are intricately related. a textbook is a piece of educational material that is used in schools and universities to support a teaching and learning program, based on the modern and widely accepted definition. however, the teachers’ expertise is very crucial to complete the role of textbook (apichat & fatimah). additionally, teachers must have the ability to modify the learning paradigm to fit the circumstances, including in selecting the textbook (purwanti et al., 2023). in the teaching and learning process, textbooks can be used as a guide for teachers and students, namely as the main reference or as a supplementary material. in learning activities, students are not limited to observing what is explained by the teacher. students also need references to explore knowledge so that their abilities and critical thinking can be optimized. according to febrina et al. (2019), reading a suitable textbook with hots issues is essential for students to strengthen their critical thinking abilities (hatmanto et al., 2023), which assist students in navigating constraints and successfully resolving problems (sutama et al., 2022). thus, teachers must intelligently determine which textbooks should be used in the learning process. if a teacher can determine a good textbook, it will consequently have a big influence in the learning process (tomlinson & masuhara, 2018). english assignments from textbooks are crucial to learning. because of this, instructional questions give students the chance to hone their abilities and produce effective teaching and learning. by practice, language learning exercises are streamlined and completely grasped. students are required to complete instructional questions from textbooks as one of their exercises (gilakjani & sabouri, 2016). because "when english rings a bell" is a guide book that highlights the potential to build information, abilities, and attitudes as a complement and companion for learning english, the researchers chose it as the material for the study. this textbook, which is a component of the advanced 2013 curriculum, exhorts students to engage in active learning and critical thinking up until the production stage. (errington & bubna-litic, 2015). english textbooks, for example, which are skill-based, are seen as a rich source of resources and content that may represent the hots and lots, due to the large number of reading passages and writing activities (qasrawi & benyabdelrahman, 2020). unfortunately, many textbooks do not represent hots proportionally and only focus on lots (hasanah, 2017). in fact, students must also be familiar with the hots materials they are learning. therefore, the representation of hots and lots should be proportional in the english textbook. this is because incorporating hots in textbooks can help students understand critical thinking. in turn, this can help teachers to be able to advance their students through bloom's taxonomy levels (kelly, 2014). critical thinking requires creativity, careful analysis, and the ability to adapt (changwong et al., 2018). there have been many researches on textbook analysis with different focuses and intensities. sucipto and cahyo (2019) analyzed the reading assignments in the english textbook "bright 2". similarly, azizah and bharati (2021) explored reading activities in package b modules. then, similarly, febriyani et al. (2019), nastiti (2020), fahmi (2020), aryani and wahyuni (2020), ariawan et al. (2023), and erdiana and panjaitan (2023) analyzed the hots focusing on the reading materials from english textbook. zainil et al. (2019) also looked into the hots reading comprehension problems found in the english textbooks for a senior high school in padang. rindawati, et al. (2014) analyzed writing skill in english textbooks to improve students' positive attitudes and communicative competence. meanwhile, zaiturrahmi, et al. (2017) focused their analysis on the exercises of english skills with limited varieties in the textbook entitled "when english rings a bell" for class x. they also revealed hots and lots in the exercises in elt issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 242 vol. 5, no, december 2022, pp. 240-252 surono et.al (analysis of lots and hots of instructional questions……) textbooks, and they focused more on discussing textbook quality. however, they only focused on different aspects and language skills in the textbook. the same thing happened to hots they analyzed in instructional questions which tended to only discuss one english skill. though analyzing hots, rizkiani (2022) just focused on the integration of hots in lesson objectives for elementary school textbook. in more general idea, the idea of fostering critical thinking in speaking was discussed (viana et al., 2022), writing (arifin et al., 2020), and listening abilities (irianti et al., 2022). a similar study but different in viewpoint was conducted by dabbagh and safai (2019). they analyzed iranian nationwide elt textbooks. then, kamarulzaman et al. (2017) compared hots and lots scores gained by the students. in sum, the previous studies explored hots and or lots in english skills separately. however, though in a bit contrast, this study focused on discussing hots and lots in each instructional question contained in all skills altogether in the textbook. based on the description above, two problems were formulated as the main discussion. they were (1) how is the representation of hots and lots in the instructional questions in the english textbook “when english rings a bell”? and (2) how frequently are hots and lots emphasized in the activities in the english textbook? these two issues are very important to investigate because the efl textbooks published by the indonesian government are used by english teachers throughout indonesia, and thus are expected to improve the quality of the instructional questions contained in the textbooks. this study aims to analyze the representation and frequencies of instructional questions considering the hots and lots. in terms of cognitive domains, the revised bloom’s taxonomy (anderson et al., 2001) indicates that there are two categories of cognitive domains that must be included in the textbook, namely hots and lots. in lots, what students do is usually in the form of taking notes, copying, memorizing, or following. in other words, lots include remembering (c1), which refers to the ability to retrieve, recall, or recognize pertinent knowledge from long-term memory; students may mention definitions, imitate pronunciations, state structures, pronounce them, and repeat; understanding (c2), which requires students to explain an idea, principle, rules, or practice in one or more ways to show that they have understood; and applying (c3), that is, students can apply their understanding in a new scenario by employing information or a skill in a new situation hots is defined as the ability to think strategically to use information in solving problems, analyzing arguments, negotiating issues, or making predictions. it can be concluded that the understanding of hots is a complicated level thinking ability that requires the use of description, conclusion, analysis, and other higher order thinking skills and actual instances. anderson et al. (2001) states that hots include analyzing (c4), namely the skill of being able to break down concepts into their component parts and connect them in order to fully understand the concept; evaluating (c5) is the ability to determine the degree of something based on certain norms, criteria or benchmarks; and creating (c6), namely the ability to integrate pieces into a new whole and broad form, or to create something original. therefore, it is very important to design textbooks with appropriate content of lots and hots so that learning objectives can be achieved. the implication of this research is that it can provide valuable information to the stakeholders involved in learning in the classroom, curriculum design, and syllabus development. in addition, materials development also gets teachers to discover how to better overcome the textbook's weaknesses with innovative methods to achieve the learning goals effectively (hafizhah & pratolo, 2022). 2. method this descriptive qualitative study employed content analysis to describe the information obtained from analyzing a textbook. the research subject of this research was the english textbook "when english rings a bell" for grade viii published by ministry of education and culture of the republic of indonesia which consisted of 13 chapters with 234 pages in total. the data of this research were gathered through observing six chapters selected to represent other chapters and note taking on the instructional questions in the english textbook. an observation sheet was used as the instrument to collect data which was based on revised bloom’s taxonomy (anderson et al., 2001) to observe the representation of hots and lots in the instructional questions. then, the instructional questions and activities contained in each of the six chapters in the textbook were listed. in order to obtain valid and reliable data, the researchers conducted a data trustworthiness using four criteria, namely credibility, transferability, dependability and confirmability (elo et al., 2014). 243 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no, december 2022, pp. 240-252 surono et.al (analysis of lots and hots of instructional questions……) to analyze the data, several steps were taken based on miles’s et al, (2004) approach by regarding coding method (st. pierre & jackson, 2014; schilling, 2006). in data reduction, two steps were conducted, namely classifying and coding. the classification in this study was based type of cognitive domains – hots or lots. so, to make it easier to classify the hots and lots in textbooks, each instructional question was coded. after that, the first data display step was to make an observation sheet assist researchers to find out the number of each type of hots and lots. after the data were calculated, they were input in a table. the data on each page were compiled into a chapter, and each chapter was compiled into the entire book. then, the percentage of the data were presented in tables to see the difference in the number between the hots and lots of instructional questions. finally, after all the analysis processes were carried out and described, the results of the analysis were concluded. 3. findings and discussion this study set out to find out the representation and frequencies of hots and lots in instructional questions of all the english skills. the following discussion focuses on the analysis of the instructional questions from textbook regarding hots and lots based on revised bloom’s taxonomy. 3.1 representations of hots and lots in the instructional questions in the english textbook when english rings a bell grade viii all of the cognitive domains were covered by the classification of instructional questions based on the revised bloom's taxonomy in the textbook. they were the levels of remembering, understanding, applying, analyzing, evaluating, and creating. based on data analysis, it was seen that chapter 1 represented lots with the most dominant instructional questions appearing in the remembering and applying categories. then, chapter v represented lots with instructional questions that appeared in balance between lots and hots. in this chapter, the most frequent occurrence was instructional questions in remembering category for lots as also found by surtikanti et al. (2020) and instructional questions in the evaluating category for hots. next, chapter vi represented lots with the most dominant instructional questions appearing in the remembering category. furthermore, chapter vii also represented lots with the most dominant instructional questions appearing in the remembering category. meanwhile, chapter xii represented instructional questions that appeared in balance between lots and hots. in this chapter, the most frequently appearing were instructional questions in the remembering category for lots and instructional questions in the evaluating and creating categories for hots. chapter xiii, represented hots with the most dominant instructional questions appearing in the analyzing and evaluating categories. hence, the instructional questions in the textbook were still more dominant in lots (58%) than hots (42%). erdiana and panjaitan (2019) showed that the distribution of hots and lots questions differed significantly but only in reading skill. the same conclusion focusing on learning outcomes was drawn by sapkota (2022). similarly, with different foci, alzu'bi (2014), assaly and smadi (2015), and fitriani and kirana (2021) also revealed lots (69.6%), (61.4%) and (77%) more dominantly respectively. the nearly balanced occurrence between lots (51%) and hots (49%) was found by sucipto and cahyo (2019) but focusing only on reading activities. the partially similar conclusion was also drawn by dabbagh and safai (2019). the following are further explanations regarding the representations of hots and lots in each section. 3.1.1. the representations of hots in instructional questions in the textbook learners must exercise critical thought, analysis, and evaluation when answering hots questions. they push students to think imaginatively and apply what they have learned to novel situations. in textbooks, hots questions are generally used at the conclusion of a lesson or chapter to assist students in making connections between the content and real-world situations and to promote a deeper level of comprehension and analysis (anderson et al., 2001). as a result, the hots were incorporated into education, both in schools and at the university level (surtikanti et al., 2020). issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 244 vol. 5, no, december 2022, pp. 240-252 surono et.al (analysis of lots and hots of instructional questions……) table 3.1 the representation of hots in the instructional questions code of instructional questions instructional questions page skill hots basic verb 13. “the activities i found most difficult were.” 18 writing c5 evaluate 23. “the activities i like most were.” 74 writing c5 evaluate 45. “i have just learn to.” 84 writing c5 evaluate 76. “what i need to do better is / are” 100 writing c5 evaluate 84 “write three different notes for our brother, sister, and parents.” 205 writing c6 create 112. “the activities i found most difficult were.” 222 writing c5 evaluate table 3.1 shows that the english textbook “when english rings a bell” had instructional questions that represented hots in each chapter (more clearly in table 3.3) distributed in different levels, even though the level of occurrence was less dominant than that of lots. this could be seen from the existence of instructional questions that had basic skills towards hots such as instructions that asked the students to evaluate and create, which are included in the top ranks in the bloom taxonomy pyramid. (anderson et al., 2001) the results of the hots analysis of instructional questions in chapter i entitled "it's english time!" showed that there were only four questions out of 14 questions in the textbook and they belonged to the evaluation level (c5). it is clearly understood more generally that in chapter i the representation of hots was lower than that of lots (zaiturrahmi et al., 2017; fitriani & kirana, 2021), it indicated that the students could state whether they were good or bad about a certain phenomenon or object that they were asked to write down their reflections during the learning process. furthermore, other data representing hots could be found in chapter v entitled "i'm so happy for you!" which contained materials that offered help for the students to determine what skills they were learning. it is known that at the evaluation level (c5) there were four questions and at the create level (c6) there was only one question out of 11 questions in the textbook. meanwhile, the results of the hots analysis of chapter vi entitled "our busy streets" showed that there were complete levels of hots, namely analysis level (c4) with three questions, evaluation level (c5) with four, and create level (c6) with one out of 23 questions in the chapter. as shown in the table above, one of the c5 levels that most often appeared was demonstrating instructional questions in writing activities in which the students were asked to write down their reflections during the learning process. chapter vii entitled "my uncle is a zookeeper" showed the results of the hots analysis at the analysis level (c4) as many as two questions, the evaluation level (c5) as many as four, and the create level (c6) as many as three questions out of 28 questions in the textbook. it means that in chapter vii the representation of hots was lower than lots. then, chapter xii entitled "don't forget it!" revealed that the hots analysis of instructional questions at c4 level appeared once, c5 level six questions and c6 level also six questions out of 26 questions in the chapter. it is clearly seen that in chapter xii there was a balance between hots and lots representations which was similar to sucipto and cahyo’s (2019). what appeared most often in hots were the levels of evaluation and create. as can be seen in the table above, one of the c5 levels that was used the most frequently was showing instructional questions in writing assignments (sapkota, 2022) where students were required to record their learning process reflections and to evaluate tables and pictures. and for c6 level, the most frequently occurring instructional questions were also related to writing activities, in which the students were asked to write notes for their brothers, sisters, and parents. in chapter xiii entitled "we have a lot of history", the results of the hots analysis of the instructional questions showed four questions for both c4 level and c5 level out of 11 questions in the chapter. hence, in chapter xiii the representation of hots was lower than lots. what appeared most often in the hots was the level of analysis and evaluation which were similar to assaly and smadi’s (2015). in c4 levels, the instructional questions were correlated with 245 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no, december 2022, pp. 240-252 surono et.al (analysis of lots and hots of instructional questions……) reading skill, in which the students were asked to find important messages in songs and required to have critical thinking (sutrisno, 2022). they needed to explore the information they had and actively sought information from a variety of sources relating to the topic (wale & bogale, 2021). then, in c5 levels, the instructional questions were devoted to writing activities (rindawati, et al., 2014), in which the students were asked to write down their reflections during the learning process. the research findings elaborated above were in line with the research by zaiturrahmi, et al. (2017) which discussed the level of thinking in each question activity. evaluation can be categorized into hots because evaluation requires the ability to think highly to know how far the implementation is carried out in order to achieve the stated goals. because create is also associated with hots, it challenged the students to design a new product by integrating diverse parts in fresh shapes or patterns which also required high-level thinking skills. hots could get least significant attention in the textbook for certain skills (dabbagh & safai, 2019) but sukmawijaya et al., (2020) found differently that hots in language skills were integrated well. meanwhile, rizkiani (2022) showed that the 2013-curriculum based textbook incorporated hots excellently and was relevant to language skills. then, only 19.4% of hots incorporation in the textbook was showed by erdiana and panjaitan, (2023). consequently, the efl textbook's ability to serve as direction toward a learning objective may be diminished by the absence of hots (ariawan et al., 2022). however, there are other things that were not found in abovementioned researches in specific but revealed in this study, though still related to hots, lots and instructional questions. 3.1.2. the representations of lots in instructional questions in the textbook the majority of lots questions are factual or knowledge-based and call on the learner to recollect details from the book. lots questions are frequently used in textbooks to check that students have understood the material delivered as well as to reinforce it. they usually serve to give students a foundational understanding of the subject at the start of a lesson or chapter. lots could be relied on to make decisions that facilitated the use of hots, particularly when doing complex tasks (kamarulzaman et al., 2017). table 3.2 the representation analysis of lots in the instructional questions code of instructional questions instructional questions page skill lots basic verb 1. “listen to our teacher reading the conversation. repeat after him/her.” 4 listening c1 remember 15. “listen to our teacher reading on the greeting cards. repeat after him/her..” 66 listening c1 remember 26. “listen to our teacher reading on the presentation. repeat after him/her. 76 listening c1 remember 68. “here are what dayu, lina and siti do as their routines, according to udin.” 98 reading c1 remember 96. “listen and repeat after the teacher reading the notices that often see around schools in the book.” 212 listening c1 remember 105. “read the lyrics of the song loudly, clearly, and correctly.” 218 speaking c1 remember table 3.2 shows that the english textbook “when english rings a bell” also contained instructional questions that represented lots in each chapter. this could be seen from the existence of instructional questions that had basic skills towards lots such as instructions that asked the students to remember as the lowest basic skill in the revised bloom’s taxonomy pyramid. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 246 vol. 5, no, december 2022, pp. 240-252 surono et.al (analysis of lots and hots of instructional questions……) based on table 3.2 the lots for the instructional questions in chapter i showed five lots questions belonging to c1 level, one question belonging to c2 level, and four questions belonging to c3 level in the textbook. it is clear that chapter i showed all lots representation. mostly the lots in chapter i often appeared at the level of remembering, meaning that the students could mention definitions, imitate pronunciation, state structures, recite, and repeat (nazri et al., 2021). it indicated that the students had only to recall and retain newly learned information. this conclusion was also supported by rustiyani et al. (2021) in their study of “pathway to english” textbook and febriyani et al. (2020) in their study of “bahasa inggris sma/ma/smk/mak kelas xii edisi revisi 2018”. in other words, it was in knowledge level (ariawan et al., 2022). furthermore, other data representing lots could also be found in chapter v of the textbook which contained materials that offered help for the students to identify what skills they were learning. the table shows that the lots for the instructional questions in chapter v comprised c1 level with four questions and c2 level with two questions out of 11 questions in the textbook. as can be seen in the table, the students were also asked to recall and retain newly learned information. however, it was clearly seen that the instructional questions in chapter v is in balance (sucipto & cahyo’s, 2019) between the lots and hots representation with six and five questions respectively. the same phenomena also happened to other chapters of the textbook with different number of questions and lots levels. chapter vi contained 12 c1 and three c2 instructional questions; chapter vii contained 18 c1 and one c2; all instructional questions (13) in chapter xii belonged to c1 level; and chapter xiii contained only three c1 questions which were less than the hots ones with eight questions distributed in c3 and c5 levels. most lots questions in the textbook still represented the level of remembering. in this aspect, sucipto and cahyo’s (2019) study showed differently informing applying as the most dominant. in most cases, the c1 level verbs were represented in activities in which the students were asked to recall and retain newly learned information. as can be seen in table 3.2 above, the c1 level instructional questions were realized in different activities, namely speaking activities (viana et al., 2022) emphasizing on word stress and pronunciation, reading activities emphasizing on asking the students to read the examples carefully and then list the routines, and listening activities emphasizing also on word stress and pronunciation. the abovementioned research findings indicated remembering as the most dominant in lots. remembering is the ability to recall information from previously acquired recollections or memories, whether they were just acquired or have been collected over a long period of time (anderson et al., 2001). hence, the tendency of lots questions appearance was clear (zainil, 2019). it means that lots questions were more dominant (ariawan et al., 2023). this finding ran counter to wu and pei's (2018) assertion that hots-based questions should ideally be utilized more frequently, particularly for fostering critical thinking as a crucial 21st-century skill (alghamdi, 2022). however, there were other things that were not found in their study but revealed in this research, namely the comparison of hots and lots in all instructional questions of all english skills under investigation. meanwhile, low english proficiency served as a cognitive barrier for students, preventing them from progressing to the higher levels of bloom's revised taxonomy (dabbagh & safai, 2019). additionally, lots was critical in establishing a framework for the implementation of hots (kamarulzaman et al., 2017). 3.1.3. the occurrence of hots and lots in the activities in english textbooks. it is a good idea to utilize instructional questions in textbooks to get students interested in the topic and to think critically about the ideas they are learning. textbooks can offer a thorough learning experience that aids students in developing a solid comprehension of the subject matter by using both lots and hots questions. these inquiries can be used to gauge students' comprehension of the subject matter and to promote deeper learning and critical thinking. regarding the point, the occurrence of hots and lots in the textbook can be seen in table 3.3. 247 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no, december 2022, pp. 240-252 surono et.al (analysis of lots and hots of instructional questions……) table 3.3 the frequency and percentage of activities in english textbook chapter levels of cognitive domain total c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 i 5 1 4 4 14 v 4 2 4 1 11 vi 12 3 3 4 1 23 vii 18 1 2 4 3 28 xii 13 1 6 6 26 xiii 3 4 4 11 total 55 7 4 10 26 11 113 percentage 49% 6 % 3 % 9 % 23 % 10 % 100 % the research revealed that the activities in the english textbook required both lots and hots. partly, this corresponded to the research by zaiturrahmi, et al. (2017) which discussed that the majority of the listening, reading, speaking, and writing activities placed a strong emphasis on lots. additionally, the authors struggled to significantly modify the cognitive domain of the speaking, listening, reading, and writing activities. it was a wonderful thing that the authors of the textbook included certain materials that possibly inspired and encouraged students to use all of their cognitive capabilities to the possible maximum extent. although the quantity of instructional questions demanding a high level of cognitive ability did not yet meet the standard for the educational objectives, it was clear that the authors had taken this into account when encouraging the students to use hots. the distribution of hots in the textbook was not significantly unequal which was in contrast to febriyani’s et al. (2020) conclusion. a very sharp imbalance between lots (97%) and hots (3%) was found by azizah and bharati (2021) who analyzed package b textbooks or modules for the students of non-formal equivalency education. according to the ministry of education and culture, students must learn to use hots and develop the ability to make realistic assumptions in accordance with the curriculum 2013 mindset, but it was not commonly promoted through textbooks (peyró et al., 2020). however, because 58% of the activities in the textbook only focused on lots, the authors of the textbook found it challenging to succeed in their goal of inspiring students to be hots. they were evidently unaware of the k13 curriculum's emphasis on developing students' hots. the studies by sapkota (2022), razmjoo and kazempourfard (2012), igbaria (2013), and alzu’bi (2014) also supported this finding. their research revealed that the authors of english textbooks created materials that placed emphasis more on lots than hots, despite the curriculum's stated objectives of developing students' critical thinking to be more creative, imaginative, and competent. nastiti’s (2020) study also showed similar point, but she did not focus her study on hots, lots and instructional questions specifically. regarding the elaboration above, the english textbook “when english rings a bell” grade viii was determined to be less relevant to the 2013 curriculum since it placed emphasis more on lots than hots in the instructional questions. but the imbalance between lots (58%) and hots (42%) in the textbook was still tolerable. the explanation above indicated that out of 113 questions in the textbook, remembering skills were realized in 55 questions, understanding skills in seven questions and applying skills in four questions. it implied that out of 113 questions in the textbook, analyzing skills were realized in 10 questions, evaluating skills in 26 questions and creating skills in 11 questions. finally, most of the instructional questions that were dominantly found in the textbook were in the lots category (chapters i, v, vi, vii, and xii). only one chapter dominated the hots category (chapter xiii). hence, critical thinking-oriented tasks in educational materials require the establishment of national norms and must begin at the top of the educational system in order to transform and affect the entire curriculum over time (susandari et al., 2019). as also stated by aryani and wahyuni (2020), the current findings appeared crucial for educators, textbook authors, and academicians as they had to collaborate to create hots-based textbooks in the future. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 248 vol. 5, no, december 2022, pp. 240-252 surono et.al (analysis of lots and hots of instructional questions……) 4. conclusion considering the discussion above, it can be concluded that the textbook "when english rings a bell" for grade viii 2017 revised edition contained the instructional questions comprising hots and lots. however, they were not represented in balance emphasizing the lots levels instead of the hots ones. although they were not balanced, at least the authors have tried to include the hots materials. even, the imbalance was still tolerable. then, the hots were also represented quite well in this textbook. there was only one out of 13 chapters which represented the hots in the textbook. it implies that the textbook will continue stressing the lots which can be more easily internalized by the students in learning the textbook materials. however, to improve students' critical thinking, it is suggested that the textbook authors balance the level of thinking in instructional questions proportionally and teachers intelligently employ more hots than lots creatively. acknowledgment the researcher extends the gratitude to all parties who helped in the process of this research project, data collection, data analysis and provided constructive feedback so that this paper could be completed. therefore, the researchers would like to thank and appreciate to all parties who have supported and encouraged the researchers to complete this manuscript. declarations author contribution : surono was responsible for the entire research project. he also led the writing of the manuscript and the collaboration with the second author. bambang w. pratolo revised and proofread the final draft. siti lh. participated in the data collection, transcription and analysis. all the authors approved the final manuscript. funding statement : this research did not receive any funding from any party. conflict of interest : all authors declare that they have no competing interests. ethics declaration additional information : : we as authors acknowledge that this work has been written based on ethical research that conforms with the regulations of our university and that we have obtained the permission from the relevant institute when collecting data. we support english language teaching educational journal (eltej) in maintaining high standards of personal conduct, practicing honesty in all our professional practices and endeavors. no additional information is available for this paper. conflict of interest : the authors declare no conflict of interest. additional information : no additional information is available for this paper. references alghamdi, a (2022). empowering efl students with 21st-century skills at a saudi university: challenges and opportunities. international journal of education, learning, and development, 10(3), 39-53. https://doi.org/10.37745/ijeld.2013/vol10no3pp.39-53 alzu’bi, m. a. (2014). the extend of adaptation bloom’s taxonomy of cognitive domain in english questions included in general secondary exams. advances in language and literary studies, 5(2), 67–72. https://doi.org/10.7575/aiac.alls.v.5n.2p.67 anderson, l. w., krathwohl, p. w., airasian, d. r., cruikshank, k. a., mayer, r. e., pintrich, p. r., raths, j., & wittrock, m. c. (2001). taxonomy for_ assessing a revision 0f bloom’s 249 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no, december 2022, pp. 240-252 surono et.al (analysis of lots and hots of instructional questions……) taxonomy of educational objectives. https://www.uky.edu/~rsand1/china2018/texts/anderson-krathwohl a taxonomy for learning teaching and assessing.pdf apichat, b. & fatimah, n. (2022). students’ difficulties in learning english speaking: a case study in a muslim high school in the south of thailand. teaching english as a foreign language journal, 1(1), 13-22. http://journal1.uad.ac.id/index.php/tefl/index ariawan, s., kholidi, m.a., & putra, m., (2023). the level of thinking skills in the reading section of efl textbook in indonesia. veles: voices of english language education society, 7(1). 117-125. http://e-journal.hamzanwadi.ac.id/index.php/veles/index arifin, s., ilyas, h. f., & sukmawidjaya, m. (2020). using journal entries and assigned writing to promote students' critical thinking. veles: voices of english language education society, 4(1), 106–117. https://doi.org/10.29408/veles aryani, e. j., & wahyuni, s. (2020). an analysis of higher order thinking skills realization in reading comprehension questions. language circle: journal of language and literature, 15(1), 83–89. doi: https://doi.org/10.15294/lc.v15i1.26064 assaly, i.r., & smadi, o.m. (2015). using bloom’s taxonomy to evaluate the cognitive levels of master class textbook’s questions. english language teaching, 8(5), 100 – 110. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v8n5p100 azizah, f. u., & bharati, d. a. l. (2021). hots in reading activities of modules 1 to 5 easy english for package b. english education journal (eej), 11(4). 600-607. http://journal.unnes.ac.id/sju/index.php/eej changwong, k., sukkamart, a., & sisan, b. (2018). critical thinking skill development: analysis of a new learning management model for thai high schools. journal of international studies. https://doi.org/10.14254/20718330.2018/11-2/3 ching, h.y., & da silva, e.c. (2017). the use of bloom’s taxonomy to develop competences in students of a business undergraduate course. journal of international business education, 12(1): 107-126. https://doi.org/10.5465/ambpp.2017.10153 dabbagh, a., & safai, a., (2019). comparative textbook evaluation: representation of learning objectives in locally and internationally published elt textbooks. issues in language teaching (ilt), 8(1). 249-277. doi: 10.22054/ilt.2020.48071.440 elo, s., kääriäinen, m., kanste, o., pölkki, t., utriainen, k., & kyngäs, h. (2014). qualitative content analysis. sage open, 4(1), 215824401452263. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244014522633 erdiana, n., & panjaitan, s. (2023). how is hots integrated into the indonesian high school english textbook? studies in english language and education, 10(1), 60-77. https://doi.org/10.24815/siele.v10i1.26052 errington, a., & bubna-litic, d. (2015). management by textbook: the role of textbooks in developing critical thinking. journal of management education, 39(6), 774–800. https://doi.org/10.1177/1052562915594839 fahmi, i. n. (2020). higher order thinking skill questions in reading comprehension exercise of when english rings a bell textbook. retain, 8(4), 187–193. https://jurnalmahasiswa.unesa.ac.id/index.php/43/article/view/35789 febrina, u., usman, b., & muslem, a. (2019). analysis of reading comprehension questions by using revised bloom’s taxonomy on higher order thinking skill (hots). english education journal, 10(1), 1-15. https://jurnal.usk.ac.id/eej/article/view/13253 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 250 vol. 5, no, december 2022, pp. 240-252 surono et.al (analysis of lots and hots of instructional questions……) febriyani, r. a., yunita, w., & damayanti, i. (2020). an analysis on higher order thinking skill (hots) in compulsory english textbook for the twelfth grade of indonesian senior high schools. journal of english education and teaching (jeet), 4(2). 170-183. https://doi.org/10.33369/jeet.4.2.170-183 fitriani, d.h., & kirana, d.p. (2021). higher order thinking skill (hots) in english language textbook in senior high school. international journal of research on english teaching and applied linguistics, 2(2), 55 – 66. doi : 10.30863/ijretal.v2i2.2455 gilakjani, a. p., & sabouri, n. b. (2016). learners’ listening comprehension difficulties in english language learning: a literature review. english language teaching, 9(6), 123. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v9n6p123 hafizhah, r. & pratolo, b. w. (2022). the effectiveness of using crossword puzzle games to improve vocabulary mastery of the 7th grade students of smp muhammadiyah 2 kalasan. teaching english as a foreign language journal, 1(1) 1-12. http://journal1.uad.ac.id/index.php/tefl/index hasanah, h. (2017). teknik-teknik observasi (sebuah alternatif metode pengumpulan data kualitatif ilmu-ilmu sosial). at-taqaddum, 8(1), 21-46. https://doi.org/10.21580/at.v8i1.1163 hatmanto, e., d., pratolo, b. w., & baskoro, c. (2023). unveiling the digital classroom: exploring students' perspectives on engaging online discussions in english language education at a private university in yogyakarta. teaching english as a foreign language journal, 2(1). 10-19. https://doi.org/10.12928/tefl.v2i1.429 igbaria, a. k. (2013). a content analysis of the wh-questions in the efl textbook of horizons. international education studies, 6(7), 200–224. https://doi.org/10.5539/ies.v6n7p200 irianti, l., febriani, r. b., & friatin, l. y. (2022). promoting students' higher order thinking through flipped classroom model in listening comprehension classes. veles: voices of english language education society, 6(1), 201–214. https://doi.org/10.29408/veles.v6i1.5060 kamarulzaman, m. s., sailin, s. n., mahmor, n.a., & shaari, a.j. (2019). correlation between lots and hots scores among uum students. asian journal of educational research, 5(3). 71-76. https:/www.multidisciplinaryjournals.com kelly, m. (2014). bloom's taxonomy in the classroom. [online] available in http://712educators.about.com/od/testconstruction/p/bloomstaxonomy.htm lestari, d. d., surono, & ika, s. (2022). cultural contents of senior high school english textbook entitled “bahasa inggris”. teaching english as a foreign language journal, 1(2) 103-113. http://journal1.uad.ac.id/index.php/tefl/index miles, m. b., huberman, a. m., & saldana, j. (2014). qualitative data anlaysis: a methods sourcebook. 3rd ed. sage publications, ltd. nastiti, a. a. (2020). an analysis of english textbook focusing on reading material to enhance students’ critical thinking in recount text and narrative text. retain, 69–79. https://jurnalmahasiswa.unesa.ac.id/index.php/43/article/view/33967 nazri, m. a., nursaly, m. a. r., murcahyanto, h., & ernawati, t. (2021). bahasa inggris sebagai pendidikan karakter pada full day school di madrasah aliyah. joeai: journal of education and instruction, 4(2), 457–463. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.31539/joeai.v4i2.2822 peyró, m. c. r., herrero, e. c., & pérez, e. l., (2020). thinking skills in primary education: an analysis of clil textbooks in spain. porta linguarum, 33(33). 183-200. doi: 10.30827/portalin.vi33.26647 purwanti, e., & anggraini, r., agustina, n. q., (2023). teacher professional development during covid-19 pandemic: opportunities and challenges. teaching english as a foreign language journal, 2(1) 19. https://doi.org/10.12928/tefl.v2i1.426 qasrawi, r., & beniandelrahman, a. (2020). the higher and lower-order thinking skills (hots and lots) in unlock english textbooks (1st and 2nd editions) based on bloom’s taxonomy: an 251 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no, december 2022, pp. 240-252 surono et.al (analysis of lots and hots of instructional questions……) analysis study. international online journal of education and teaching (iojet), 7(3). 744-758. https://iojet.org/index.php/iojet/article/view/866 razmjoo, s. a., & kazempourfard, e. (2012). on the representation of bloom’s revised taxonomy in interchange coursebooks. the journal of teaching language skills, 4(1), 171–204. https://doi.org/10.22099/jtls.2012.336 rindawati, ikhsanudin, & wardah. (2014). an analysis on english textbook “bahasa inggris: when english rings the bell.” jurnal pendidikan dan pembelajaran khatulistiwa, 3(9), 1-13 https://jurnal.untan.ac.id/index.php/jpdpb/article/view/6871/7082 rizkiani, f. (2022). the integration of hots in the lesson objectives of english textbook for second graders. bahtera: jurnal pendidikan bahasa dan sastra, 21(2), 189 – 201. http://journal.unj.ac.id/unj/index.php/bahtera rustiyani, sofyan, d., & syafryadin. (2021). levels of cognitive domain of tasks in english textbooks for senior high school: a revised bloom’s taxonomy analyses. english education: jurnal tadris bahasa inggris, 14(2). 92-105. https://ejournal.radenintan.ac.id/index.php/engedu sapkota, a. (2022). relevancy of revised bloom’s taxonomy in school-level english language curriculum. nelta bagmati journal. 3(1). 19 – 40. doi: https://doi.org/10.3126/nbj.v3i1.53413 schilling, j. (2006). on the pragmatics of qualitative assessment: designing the process for content analysis. european journal of psychological assessment, 22(1), 2837. https://doi.org/10.1027/1015-5759.22.1.28 soviyah (2022). investigating the motivational teaching strategies of an english native speaker lecturer. teaching english as a foreign language journal, 1(1), 30-41. http://journal1.uad.ac.id/index.php/tefl/index st. pierre, e.a., & jackson, a. y. (2014). qualitative data analysis after coding. qualitative inquiry, 20(6). 715-719. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800414532435 sucipto, s., & cahyo, s. d. (2019). a content analysis of the reading activities in “bright 2”an english textbook for junior high school students. english language teaching educational journal, 2(1), 13. https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v2i1.918 sukmawijaya, a., yunita, w., & sofyan, d. (2020). analysing higher order thinking skills on the compulsory english textbook for tenth graders of indonesian senior high schools. joall (journal of applied linguistics and literature), 5(2). 137-148. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.33369/joall.v5i2.10565 surtikanti, m.w., mustika aji hertanto, m. a., & agung, a. s. s. n. (2020). developing hotsbased critical reading textbook for junior high schools in ngabang. metathesis: journal of english language literature and teaching, 4(2). 205-2016. doi: 10.31002/metathesis.v4i2.2784 susandari, s., warsono, w., & faridi, a. (2019). the evaluation of exercises compatibility between revised bloom’s taxonomy and 2013 curriculum reflected in english textbook. english education journal, 10(1), 252-265. doi 10.15294/eej.v10i1.35742 sutama, s., fuadi, d., narimo, s., hafida, s. h. n., novitasari, m., anif, s., prayitno, h. j., sunanih, s., & adnan, m. (2022). collaborative mathematics learning management: critical thinking skills in problem solving. international journal of evaluation and research in education (ijere), 11(3), https://doi.org/10.11591/ijere.v11i3.22193 sutrisno, d. (2022). fostering student's critical reading through technology integrated instruction. teaching english as a foreign language journal, 1(1), 125-134. http://journal1.uad.ac.id/index.php/tefl/index tomlinson, b., & masuhara, h. (2018). the complete guide to theory and practice of materials development for language learning. wiley. https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 252 vol. 5, no, december 2022, pp. 240-252 surono et.al (analysis of lots and hots of instructional questions……) viana, s. a., suhandra, r. i., & ariawan, s. (2022). the analysis of efl students' level of thinking skill in speaking activities. 1, 103–109. tadris bahasa inggris iain kediri: https://faktarbiyah.iainkediri.ac.id/2022/08/24/1st-international-conference-on-englishlanguage-teaching/ wale, b. d., & bogale, y. n. (2021). using inquiry-based writing instruction to develop students’ academic writing skills. asian-pacific journal of second and foreign language education, 6(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40862-020-00108-9 wu, y., & pei, z. (2018). an investigation of critical thinking manifested in the questions of efl textbooks for tertiary-level english majors of china. american journal of education and learning, 3(2), 72-84. https://doi.org/10.20448/804.3.2.72.84 zainil, y., rosa, r. n. & fitrawati. (2019). an analysis of reading comprehension questions in english textbooks for sman padang: hots. proceedings of the eight international conferences on languages and arts (icla_2019), 76-80 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/). zaiturrahmi, kasim, u., & zulfikar, t. (2017). analysis of instructional questions in an english textbook for senior high schools. english education journal (eej), 8(4), 536–552. https://jurnal.unsyiah.ac.id/eej/article/view/9217/7224 sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 2, no. 2, 2019, pp. 79-89 e-issn: 2621-6485 improving students’ awareness of functional literacy 1dita surwanti, 2isti’anatul hikmah 1sarjanawiyata tamansiswa university 2sarjanawiyata tamansiswa university e-mail: ditasurwanti@ustjogja.ac.id abstract one of the ironic facts that existed in our society is functional illiteracy. it does not mean that people cannot read or write. people know how to read and write but are unable to understand the meaning of a text they read. thus, this research was held to answer the question of “how can students’ awareness of functional literacy be improved?” this research applied a classroom action research. the results showed that functional literacy was not working due to several reasons such as the students’ ignorance of the surroundings, misunderstanding of the instructions, and lacking reading comprehension and language mastery. students’ awareness of functional literacy was improved by implementing regular instructional announcements and reminders. the functional literacy which was also measured from the students’ reading comprehension increased from the pre-test, which was 34.09, to 63.17 on the 1st cycle and 69.69 on the 2nd cycle. it can be concluded that functional literacy requires practice and habituation. students reading comprehension and language mastery are the other matters to be considered in the success of functional literacy. the last, habituation that is directly related to daily life needs sustainable practices, not only in the classroom but also outside in order to become a habit and they can live well in the society. keywords: functional literacy, reading, awareness how to cite: surwanti, d. & hikmah, i. (2019). improving students’ awareness of functional literacy. english language teaching educational journal, 2 (2), 79-89. introduction literacy and basic knowledge cannot be clearly separated from each other. although the term literacy is a part of basic knowledge, it is a prerequisite and also a result of basic knowledge. when people discuss about literacy, it involves productive skills (writing and speaking) as well as receptive skills (reading and listening) (smagorinsky, 2001) to extract, construct, integrate, and give critique through interaction and involvement in the social practices (frankel et al., 2016). literacy develops throughout life. it is not the skill that is only learned in the school years. it makes people to be able to use printed or written information in order to function in the society, to achieve personal goals and to develop personal knowledge and potential (mukan and olena, 2016). meanwhile, literacy and basic knowledge may work well whenever people are aware. dourish and bellotti say that awareness is an understanding of the context of the activities (1992). people need to have awareness or a general interest in others to overcome narrow-mindedness and egocentrism. the availability of awareness can improve the effectiveness of how information is spread in the society and give positive influence on social interactions in the community (reinhardt et al., 2012). that is why it is necessary to bring about the students’ awareness in literacy. ironically in a study conducted by central connecticut state university (2016), indonesia ranked 60th out of 61 countries about reading interest. this shows that the reading level of people in indonesia is still very low. even the functional illiteracy rate of indonesia is 55% percent of the total population according to the world bank report (2018). functional illiteracy does not mean that people cannot read or write. the community knows 80 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 how to read and write but cannot understand the meaning of a reading or the text they are reading. functional literacy is a set of real skills: reading and writing, which in the context of a globalized world, means from a simple process of acquiring basic cognitive skills to use these skills by contributing to socio-economic development, to develop capacity for social awareness and critical reflection as a basis for personal and social change (unesco, 2015). functional literacy can be situated from educational, social or political viewpoints. a functionally literate person is an individual who is able to read and write well enough to understand any signs, ads, newspaper headlines, and able to fill out job applications, make shopping lists, and write (groenestijn, 2003). a functionally literate person must be able to fulfill moral obligations including being able to provide for themselves in the society (johnson, 2016). higher literacy ability is resulted in greater work productivity and higher incomes especially in the context of employment and economic development (bravo, contreras, & larrañaga, 2002 and edwards & corson, 1997). bhola and gómez categorize functional literacy into autonomous literacy, critical literacy, ideological literacy, dysfunctional literacy, document literacy, narrative literacy/ prose literacy, numeracy or quantitative literacy, and integral literacy (2008). the low ability to comprehend reading or a text certainly affects many things. for example, the low understanding of literacy (especially digital literacy) has negative impacts such as the high rates of hoaxes, pornography, misuse of private content, to the spread of terrorism or radicalism in cyberspace (hadi, 2019). a more concrete example of the poor understanding of literacy in society is that there are still many people who litter in our society. at traffic intersections, there are many motorcyclists who stop in the special waiting areas for cyclists. there are some rules and restrictions when refueling at the gas station but sometimes there are still motorcyclists who operate mobile phones during the refueling. in the researcher’s campus environment, there are several students who are definitely literate, but they still park their vehicles in the specific areas for employees and lecturers. there are also university’s dressing regulations that are not obeyed bythe students, for example wearing sandals, masks, hats, etc. inside the classroom. as what nafukho, amutabi and otunga (2006) suggest that education including literacy need to emphasize on social responsibility, job orientation, political participation, spiritual, and moral values, it is one of our major responsibilty as teachers and lecturers to assist our students to acquire basic cognitive skills and to develop their capacity for social awareness and critical reflection by possessing higher functional literacy. therefore, the functional literacy of the community needs to be improved. of course, starting from the smallest scope, like family and school, especially in the university. therefore, the researchers was interested in improving students’ awareness of functional literacy in reading classes, especially for english education department students.based on the background of the problems and objectives above, this research was held to answer the following question of “how can the students’ awareness of functional literacy be improved?” the functional literacy program (depdiknas, 2009) is developed through a bottomup strategy based on several principles, namely: local context, local design, participatory processes, and the results of actions. the functional definition depends on what reading and writing skills are usually needed in the learning community. people who live in cities and work in factories and offices clearly need information and literacy skills than people who eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ surwanti & hikmah 81 live in remote villages. therefore, each group needs their own definition of functional literacy. according to vagvolgyi, et al. the factors that influence functional literacy are related to language deficits, general cognitive deficits, and deficits related to numerical ability (2016). some ways to improve functional literacy (unesco, 2015) are effective cooperation, tot, communication support, teacher training, independent study groups, integrated evaluation, and active support systems. there are three levels of programs that can be implemented to improve functional literacy skills: eradication, coaching, and independent learning. basic skills activities should focus on the needs of individuals who lack basic reading, writing and math skills. guided learning activities provide opportunities for students to develop functional competencies to use their literacy skills in everyday life. whereas the focus of the independent learning activities is in helping students develop the capacity to meet their own learning needs through finding their own reading material needs, joining community development programs, planning their own income activities, and so on (depdiknas, 2009). research method the method used in this research is classroom action research using qualitativequantitative data. the method used in this research is classroom action research using qualitative-quantitative data. according to riel (2016) classroom action research is a research that involves a deep inquiry process. it is the systematic and reflective research where its actions affect in a workplace context, such as professional action of researchers. the researcher uses the data collected in order to characterize the forces that can be shared and used with other practitioners. this kind of research brings about a reflective stage in which the researcher formulates new plans for action for the next cycle. action research is an activity and / or action to improve something whose planning, implementation and evaluation is worked out systematically so that its validity and reliability reaches the research level. action research is also a process that includes an action cycle, which bases on reflection; feedback (feedback); evidence (evidence); and evaluation of previous actions and the present situation. the number of cycles in an action research depends on whether the (main) problem encountered has been solved. this research was conducted in four classes of the extensive reading course of the fifth semester in the 2019/2020 academic year and took place from april to november 2019. the subjects in this study were 68 students of the fifth semester of the english education department at sarjanawiyata tamansiswa university, yogyakarta. this action research was carried out in two cycles according to the problems that need to be addressed. there were 66 students who attended the pre-test. while in the first cycle, there were 68 students attended the class and did the tasks given. and there were 67 students who joined the second cycle. to obtain the data needed in this study, the researchers applied pre-test, observation, interview, written and oral reading tests. the method of presenting the data in this research was descriptive and numerical. after analyzing the data that answered the main formulation of the problem, the conclusions were drawn. each cycle consisted of planning, action, analysis, and reflection stages. the stages carried out in this research were contained in the flow chart below: 82 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 figure 1. cycles of action research (indriyanti & prasetyo, 2018) each cycle in this study consisted of several stages. the first was about understanding practical problems and planning solutions. secondly, actions based on solutions were determined and implemented. third, from classroom observations the evidence was collected and analyzed according to what happened in the class. the fourth, reflection was done to check whether the solution implemented was appropriate or not to solve the problem. if the problem still persisted, further plans had been made and continued to the next cycle. findings and discussion the following is the description of the results of this research, namely the first and second cycle treatments that include planning, action, analysis, reflection, and re-planning. the planning stage included gathering information sources and libraries, selecting materials that were appropriate to the extensive reading learning method, selecting and compiling lesson plans and materials according to the extensive reading learning method, and conducting a pre-test to understand the situation, condition, and functional literacy problems of students. the action phase was implementing the learning process with the planned extensive reading method. in the analysis phase, the ability of students’ functional literacy in the learning process was observed. reflection phase was to reflect the three stages that had been carried out and the re-planning stage for the second cycle. 1st cycle the steps that had been taken before and during the first cycle of treatment were: pre-test and planning to test the functional literacy of students, then in the first meeting the lecturer (researcher) put some instructions in front of the classroom door, almost all students did not read the instructions in front of the classroom door for various reasons such as the students did not see the instructions, the students thought the instructions were not for them, the student read the instruction but did not understand that it was an instruction or command. then the lecturer explained the intention and purpose of the instructions posted at the door so that the students were aware of functional literacy. then the discussion about reading strategies was carried out to help students to understand the reading text and understand the main idea in each paragraph. one way to assess students’ reading ability is by assessing their reading comprehension. comprehension is a process in which readers make meaning by interacting with text eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ surwanti & hikmah 83 through the combination of prior knowledge and previous experience, information in the text, and the views of readers related to the text (duke, 2003). while keenan, betjemann, and olson say that “reading comprehension needs the successful expansion and arrangement of a lot of lower-and higher-level processes and skills” (2008). that is the reason why the pre-test was carried out. gilakjani (2016) mentioned that there are three types of reading comprehension (mental representations, content literacy, and cognitive processes). mental representation is how the reader understands the text. content literacy is the ability to read, understand, and learn from texts. the last, is the automatic and unconscious practice of syntactic and semantic rules with the previous knowledge. in the pre-test, there were five items in the pre-test. each question only had 1 minute to answer. the first two questions were about understanding the main idea in the paragraph. students were expected to be able to understand paragraphs and knew the main idea in a fairly fast period of time and rewrote the main idea by using their own words (paraphrase) to develop their critical thinking. the next three questions were questions for understanding difficult words with the help of the sentence contexts and without opening a dictionary. all of these pre-test questions were adjusted to the basic principle of extensive reading, which is fun and fast reading that focuses on the meaning rather than the language (renandya, 2007) without using a dictionary. the number of students who attended the first meeting in four extensive reading classes totaled 66 students. the results of this pre-test score were minimal or low. the average value obtained was 34.09 from the range of values from 0 to 100. the highest value was 75 while the lowest value was 0. based on the results of the pre-test and analysis of student answers, there were many obstacles or problems experienced by students in understanding the questions, such as students who did not understand the instructions, so the answers deviated from what was expected. many students did not follow the examples of exercises, by paraphrasing the main ideas. the students’ pre-test score is summarized in the table below: table 1. the scores of pre-test the lowest score the highest score means 0 75 34.09 departing from the above constraints, a learning plan was developed that aimed to improve students’ functional literacy, especially in understanding instructions. several different instructions were posted in several different places, such as in front of the classroom door, on the classroom wall, and on the lecturer desk. it was needed to be done to stimulate students’ awareness of functional literacy. some of the instructions given were "knock the door”, “sign the attendance list before sitting”, “fill the front rows first”, “sit in a circle”, “sit in a small circle of four people”, “ask permission before leaving the class”, “ask for a permission before leaving the class or going to the restroom”. to cognitively measure students’ reading comprehension especially regarding to functional literacy, students were asked to do several tasks through google classroom. there were two tasks given, each was reading a short story written by minfong ho, entitled birds of paradise and rhizomes. the selected story was an english story that was still quite easy to read, this was because extensive reading should prioritize reading for joy and reading for speed. the tasks given were different in the first and the second assignment. in the first task, students were asked to make a short summary of the story using their own words (paraphrasing). in the second task, they did not only make a summary but also answered several questions about the story. 84 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 action stage this activity was carried out for 4 weeks (meetings). each week different instructions were posted in different places, from the front door of the classroom, lecturer’s desk, blackboard, and wall in the classroom. the reason for this changing placement was in addition to improve the functional literacy of the students, and of course, to increase students’ awareness of written instructions that are around them. it was done so that they were aware of other instructions in real life, such as ban of litterings, prohibition of parking, etc. for the tasks in google classroom, students received info about the tasks one week before the assignment was collected. in extensive reading courses, the reading process was not done in the classroom. so, students read stories at home. they had one week to read the story and did the work given. in the class, the discussion was conducted. this activity was carried out twice with two different stories. analysis stage most students were aware of the instructions given both around the classroom and in tasks in google classroom. they were enthusiastic and curious where the instructions were posted. each student entered class one by one carefully and tried to find and examined the available instructions. however, there were still some students who sometimes forgot and got rush into the class without paying attention to the instructions given. for the two tasks in google classroom, almost all of them (68 students) understood the questions. however, there was still misunderstanding of the story given. the average score obtained from the given assignment is 63.17. this value had increased considerably compared to their pre-test score which was 34.09. the highest score was 83 while the lowest one was 40. this indicates that the instructions and tasks given were able to sufficiently improve students’ functional literacy. table 2. the scores in cycle 1 the lowest score the highest score means 40 83 63.17 reflection stage in the second to fourth week trials, almost all students were aware of the instructions. however, some of the students were just imitating or following their friends’ actions. there were still those who also did not understand the meaning of the instructions. some students who were not present at the previous meeting could not and were not aware of the instructions, especially those students whose reading ability was low. therefore, it was necessary to plan an independent learning model that could be done by each student without the need to imitate his/her friend and further to increase students’ awareness of functional literacy and improve students’ reading comprehension skills. 2nd cycle the steps that had been taken before and during the second cycle of treatment were: planning departing from the results of the first cycle, it was necessary to plan an independent learning model that could be done by each student without the need to imitate his friend and eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ surwanti & hikmah 85 further to increase students’ awareness of functional literacy and improve students’ reading comprehension. therefore, independency in functional literacy could be increased by checking their functional literacy personally and directly in an individual oral test. action stage the lesson plan for students in this 2nd cycle was to read a novel outside the classroom hours within three weeks. in the weeks before the due date, students were asked to fill in a progress report form. they had to fill in the development of their reading process. the information and instructions were given in the google classroom. after three weeks students met the lecturer one by one in the lecturer’s office. there were instructions posted outside the lecturer’s office which consisted of a higher number of instructions than the previous instructions. in the lecturer’s room, students were given a list of written questions about the contents of the novel they had read. this was chosen in order to ensure that the students could perform correctly of the instructions given and improve their functional literacy by understanding the meaning of the questions given and able to answer correctly according to the instructions given. analysis stage from the instructions posted outside the lecturer’s room, students were getting used to reading any announcements. the number of instructions given previously was only around two or three instructions. in this second cycle there were 5 instructions and almost all students were able to understand the instructions. there were 8 students out of a total of 67 students who did not read the announcement. however, the lecturer reminded them about the existence of the instructions and after that they were able to perform correctly based on the instructions given. in terms of reading comprehension of the novel they read, there were only 2 students who did not understand the story because of their lack of english skills. the average value of this oral test was 69.69. in this 2nd cycle, the students’ score also increased by almost 7 points from the average score of 63.17. the lowest score in this cycle was 40 and the highest one was 85. table 3. the scores in cycle 2 the lowest score the highest score means 40 85 69.69 reflection stage based on the results of the first and second cycles, it could be derived that students’ awareness of functional literacy had improved quite significantly but they were constrained by the english proficiency of each individual and the continuation of habituation in daily life. discussion from the results of the first observation of giving simple written instructions in front of classroom door, it could be seen that the students’ functional literacy was quite low. almost all of them were not aware with the simple instructions given. it reflected of how most of the university students, who are able to read and write, were functionally illiterate. on this first observation, it could be seen that the students were quite ignorant about their environment and they were not able to socially and functionally aware of their surrounding. the excuses given by the students of their functional illiteracy were varied from those who did not read the instructions before they entered the classroom, those who did not see the 86 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 instructions in front of the door, to those who read the instructions but they thought that the instructions were not addressed for them. based on the results of the pre-test and the analysis of the students’ answers on the pre-test, the researcher figured out that there were many obstacles or problems experienced by students in comprehending the texts and the questions even though they had done the example exercises before the test. most of the students got low scores because they could not answer the questions correctly about the meaning of words and main idea. another disfunction of students’ literacy was that they did not paraphrase the main idea as the instructions given. there were even 11 students out of 66 students who failed at answering open ended questions with multiple answer way. the results of this pre-test proved that the students’ functional literacy was low, and their english language mastery was also low. some excuses given by the students were they felt that the time to do the exercise was too short so they did not really comprehend the questions and instructions given and they did not understand the meaning of some words in the texts. in the 1st cycle, each meeting they got different instructions that were posted in different places, from the front door of the classroom, lecturer’s desk, blackboard, and wall in the classroom. most of the students could perform the instructions given. however, some of them were just imitating or following their friends’ actions. there were still those who also did not understand the meaning of the instructions. some students who were not present at the previous meeting could not and were not aware of the instructions, especially those students whose reading ability was low. then, the students were asked to do several tasks through google classroom and in the first task, students were asked to make a short summary of the story using their own words (paraphrasing). in the second task, they did not only make a summary but also answered several questions about the story. the students were quite successful in understanding the instructions and the ten questions given in the google classroom. the problem was there were students who did not really understand the story because of the low english language mastery. there were seven students who wrongly interpreted the meaning of the questions given. in the 2nd cycle, the independent learning model was an individual oral test to check the students’ functional literacy personally and directly. from the instructions posted outside the lecturer’s room, students were getting used to it. eventhough the number of instructions given in this individual oral test was more complex, almost all students were able to understand the instructions. there were 8 students out of 67 students who did not read the announcement. after the lecturer reminded them about the existence of the instructions, they were able to perform correctly based on the instructions given. almost all students were aware of their functional literacy and getting used to any instructions in their surroundings. in terms of the reading comprehension of the novel they read, there were only 2 students who did not understand the story because of their lack of english skills and their laziness to read the novel. those two students admitted that they read the synopsis of the novel on the internet because they could not understand the story when they read the novel. based on the results of the two cycles, it could be seen that the students’ functional literacy had improved from the 1st cycle to the 2nd cycle. the average score was 34.09 in the pre-test and it had improved to 63.17 in the 1st cycle and increased again to 69.69 in the 2nd cycle. the stages of students’ improvement can be seen in the figure below. eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ surwanti & hikmah 87 figure 2. the students’ average score in each cycle conclusion from the results and discussion, it can be concluded that functional literacy emphasizes students’ performance in reading tasks that relate directly to daily life and require practice and habituation by involving reading comprehension skills. the habituation of giving instructions and reminders in each meeting turns out to be able to increase students’ awareness of functional literacy through their reading skills. students get aware of any texts or reading instruction around them. students’ functional literacy had improved significantly from the pre-test to the 1st and 2nd cycles, from the average score of 34.09 in the pre-test to 63.17 in the 1st cycle and increased to 69.69 in the 2nd cycle. although there was a significant increase in the results of this study, the students’ average score at the end of the treatments is still average and it is needed to be improved. students’ functional literacy of simple instructions can be developed through practice and habituation. the habituation should be directly related to daily life and also requires sustainable practice, not only in the classroom but also outside the class so that it becomes a habit and they are able to live well in the society. for improving students’ functional literacy of complex and sophisticated longer texts, the students’ reading comprehension and language mastery are the other matters to be considered in the success of students’ functional literacy. thus, it is strongly suggested for those who are interested in conducting research on functional literacy to consider about a longer-term research in order to successfully change the habit and emerge the students’ awareness of functional literacy. lastly, it is also necessary to improve students’ reading comprehension and language mastery to increase the functional literacy. references bhola, h.s. & gómez, s.v. (2008). signposts to literacy for sustainable development: complementary studies. hamburg: unesco institute for lifelong learning. bravo, david., contreras, dante., larrañaga, osvaldo. (2002). functional literacy and job opportunities. retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/241768059_functional_literacy_and_jo b_opportunities on december 14, 2019. central connecticut state university. (2016). world’s most literate nation ranked. retrieved from https://webcapp.ccsu.edu/?news=1767&data on may 30, 2019. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/241768059_functional_literacy_and_job_opportunities%20on%20december%2014 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/241768059_functional_literacy_and_job_opportunities%20on%20december%2014 https://webcapp.ccsu.edu/?news=1767&data 88 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 depdiknas, (2009). functional literacy programme. retrieved from https://media.neliti.com/.../260107-pengembangan-model-pembelajaran-keaksarafd1 retrieved on may 30, 2019. dourish, p., bellotti.v. (1992). awareness and coordination in shared workspaces. computer-supported cooperative work, new york, 107–114. duke, n. (2003). comprehension instruction for informational text. the michigan reading association, grand rapids, mi. edwards, v., corson, d. (eds). (1997). functional literacy. encyclopedia of language and education, volume 2: literacy, 127-132. frankel, katherine k., et al. (2016). “what is reading?” to “what is literacy?”. journal of education, volume 196, number 3. gilakjani, abbas pourhosein. (2016). how can students improve their reading comprehension skill?. journal of studies in education. vol. 6, no. 2. retrieved from http://dx.doi.org/10.5296/jse.v6i2.9201 retrieved on december 14, 2019. groenestijn, van m. (2003). functional numeracy. the 10th international conference on adults learning mathematics (alm) “learning mathematics to live and work in our world”. strobl. hadi, abdul. (2019). hoax dan literasi digital di indonesia. retrieved from https://geotimes.co.id/opini/hoaks-dan-literasi-digital-di-indonesia/ retrieved on may 30, 2019. indriyanti, rita., prasetyo, zuhdan. (2018). improving the experiment report writing skills of fifth graders through the discovery learning method. jurnal prima edukasia, vol. 6 (1), 102-110. johnson, l.r. (2016). cultural and social uses of orality and functional literacy: a narrative approach. reading & writing, 7(1), a119. keenan, j. m., betjemann, r. s., & olson, r. k. (2008). reading comprehension tests vary in the skills they assess: differential dependence on decoding and oral comprehension. scientific studies of reading, 12, 281-300. retrieved from http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/10888430802132279 retrieved on december 14, 2019. mukan, nataliya., fuchyla, olena. (2016). functional literacy learning in the system of adult education in belgium. advanced education, issue 6, 34-39. nafukho, f., amutabi, m. & otunga, r. (2005). foundations of adult education in africa. cape town: unesco institute for education. https://media.neliti.com/.../260107-pengembangan-model-pembelajaran-keaksara-fd1 https://media.neliti.com/.../260107-pengembangan-model-pembelajaran-keaksara-fd1 http://dx.doi.org/10.5296/jse.v6i2.9201%20on%20december%2014 https://geotimes.co.id/opini/hoaks-dan-literasi-digital-di-indonesia/ http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/10888430802132279%20on%20december%2014 eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ surwanti & hikmah 89 reinhardt, wolfgang., et al. (2012). understanding the meaning of awareness in research networks. the 2nd workshop on awareness and reflection in technologyenhanced learning, saarbrücken, 13-30. renandya, willy a. (2007). the power of extensive reading, 38 (113). retrieved from http://rel.sagepub.com/cgi/content/abstract/38/2/133 retrieved on may 30, 2019. riel, m. (2016). understanding action research, center for collaborative action research. pepperdine university. retrieved from http://cadres.pepperdine.edu/ccar/define.html retrieved on may 30, 2019. smagorinsky, p. (2001). if meaning is constructed, what’s it made from? toward a cultural theory of reading. review of educational research, 71(1), 133–169. the world bank. (2018). indonesia economic quarterly. washington: world bank group. unesco. (2015). adult and youth literacy. uis fact sheet. paris: unesco institute for statistics. vagvolgyi, et al. (2016). a review about functional illiteracy: definition, cognitive, linguistic, and numerical aspects. retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc5102880/ retrieved on may 30, 2019. http://rel.sagepub.com/cgi/content/abstract/38/2/133 http://cadres.pepperdine.edu/ccar/define.html https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc5102880/ english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 3, no. 1, 2020, pp. 52-63 e-issn: 2621-6485 english scholarly publishing activities in the industrial revolution 4.0: what, why, and how? dedi turmudi universitas negeri malang, indonesia tdeditur@gmail.com abstract the presence of the industrial revolution (ir) 4.0 has inevitably affected the way how scholars proceed to write. thus, activities intended to yield a piece of scientific writing facilitated by the obtainability and accessibility of internet browsing is called scholarly publishing. since english has indisputably become the language of international scholarship and research, it is urgent to have the skill in writing scientific articles benefitting the support from ir 4.0 principles. what is going on with academics and what should they do dealing with the ir 4.0 pertinent to their scholarly writing activities, benefits, and drawbacks. this paper discusses what scholarly publishing in the industrial revolution 4.0 and how it supports the process of writing articles for publishing. the purposes of this paper are to explain (1). what are scholarly publishing and industrial revolution? (2). why is it essential for academics? (3) how does writing scholarly publication in industrial revolution 4.0 work? writing the scholarly publication in english has become obligatory for teacher-educator authors (teas) and undergraduate students to doctoral students in indonesia. the study was a descriptive qualitative library to build a conceptual paper for the purpose of a further study. the method was by reviewing any related kinds of literature to provide sufficient arguments for the three research questions. the outcome is several claims, arguments, and evidence gambits for any author to consider. theoretically, the ir 4.0 principles have significantly eased the flexibility of the process, the quality, and the credibility of research outputs. keywords: activities, industrial revolution 4.0, english scholarly publishing, teas how to cite: turmudi, d. (2020). english scholarly publishing activities in the industrial revolution 4.0: what, why, and how? english language teaching educational journal, 3(1), 52-63 introduction as an academic language, english has indisputably become the language of international scholarship and research (flowerdew, 1999). therefore, writing scholarly publications has become an obligation business for teacher-educator authors (teas) and undergraduate students to doctoral students, at least in indonesia. every year, around 150.000 students get enrolled, and thus each of them has faced required obligations to publish articles in english before they graduate (wiryawan, 2014, 2019). as a result, the minority of them succeeded in publishing; the majority of them managed to find their articles published, and the rest of them had to work very hard to get their manuscripts published. it is not untrue that scientific publishing in developing countries was projected to be a future challenge (salager-meyer, 2008). the same problem happened in other countries in china (zheng & guo, 2019), egypt (shehata & eldakar, 2018), and poland (duszak & lewkowicz, 2008). the industrial revolution of 4.0, on the other hand, is promised to give academicians many benefits to overcome the appearing the challenges. rajko claimed that ir 4.0 was triggered by the development of information and communications technologies (ict). ‖its technological basis is smart automation of cyber-physical systems (cps) with decentralized control and the advanced connectivity of the internet of things (iot functionalities)…‖ (rojko, 2017, p. 80). mailto:tdeditur@gmail.com eltej issn: 2621-6485 turmudi 53 why it is worth exploring and how it is applicable in the process of research is the subject of this conceptual paper. therefore, it is essential to explore more the current tendency of researchers related to the development of an industrial revolution. also, i found the current work as a redeeming process of mastering academic essays, in which scientific writing is a small part of it (turmudi, 2017). accordingly, this paper is resulted from reviews of related works of literature to answer the following questions; (1) what are scholarly publishing and industrial revolution? (2) why is it essential for academics? (3) how does writing scholarly publication in ir 4.0 work? the objective is to provide theoretical gambits so that readers may have a clear envision when they are faced with writing a piece of scientific writing. research method data collection the study was a descriptive qualitative library work. it was a literature review to build a conceptual paper. the essences were qualitative data to support the statement arranged in the research objectives, and thus the statistical calculation was not applied (heigham & croker, 2009; wilson & creswell, 1996) the data were gathered by browsing some articles and books from any journal by the guide of research questions. all were in pdf files and stored in a file of the computer before being uploaded to mendeley desktop as secondary data. for this review or conceptual paper, i did some steps to support the writing process, as described in the following procedure. 1. using the fixed research questions as the bases keywords to find articles 2. searching for the target articles using keywords in google search and certain websites 3. downloading from the sources in pdf 4. filing the downloaded articles in my notebook 5. listing the references using mendeley desktop. all of these steps are to support the further process of data analysis and to secure the references. data analysis the needed arguments were gained by reading the related articles in pdf. all data type were qualitative data (ridder, miles, michael huberman, & saldaña, 2014). as all needed articles were selected and filed, i did some steps to support the analysis process. 1. reading the relevant articles repeatedly based on the research question guideline 2. citing the supporting arguments based on the topic in-text by paraphrasing the contents or citing directly 3. listing the sources in the reference list simultaneously 4. checking the in-text citation and list of references when all process was completed, i synchronized the research questions and the result and discussion. findings and discussion what is scholarly publishing? scholarly publishing activity is defined as any activity of studies intended to yield a piece of writing, review, or research for publication, which is also called the scholarly publishing process. in the following, it is beneficial to clarify the various term of the same sense by the author. further, what is meant by ir 4.0 in the current study? finally, what are the benefit and the implication for university students are schemed to discuss? 54 e-issn: 2621-6485 given scholarly publishing, i referred to the context of undergraduate students, graduate, and postgraduate students. however; to avoid confusion, i referred the term of scholarly publishing to as described in the table 1. table 1. sources, terminology and meaning sources used terminology meaning (flowerdew & wang, 2016) ―writing articles for publication‖ article in english for publication (jiang, borg, & borg, 2015) ―writing articles for publication‖ (fazel, 2013), ―writing for publication‖ (salager-meyer, 2014) ―scientific publication‖ or ―scientific articles‖ (cheung, 2010), ―referred english journals‖ (hyland, 2016), ‖academic publishing― (hyland, 2016; shirey, 2013) ―scholarly writing ― (choi, choi, & kim, 2019; lei & hu, 2019) "scholarly publishing" or research aiming at producing a scientific paper for publication. (flowerdew, 2015) ―in english language‖ i meant the same thing despite differences in terms. the core sense is any activity to compose scientific manuscript in english for publication. what is the industrial revolution 4.0? industrial revolution 4.0, what is it? the industrial revolution is defined as‖ the changes in manufacturing and transportation that began with fewer things being made by hand but instead made using machines in larger-scale factories‖ (www.dictionary.com). henceforth, ir4.0 is "a strategic initiative recently introduced by the german government aiming at transforming industrial manufacturing through digitalization and exploitation of potentials of new technologies (rojko, 2017, p. 77). ir 4.0 is marked by the availability of (1) internet of things (iot), (2) integration of technical process and business, (3) digital mapping and virtualization, (4) smart factory, and smart production (rojko, 2017, p. 80). in other words, petrillo claimed: "the current industrial revolution is characterized by the collaboration of intelligent machines, storage systems, and production systems into intelligent networks, merging the real and virtual worlds in cyber-physical systems (cps)"(petrillo, felice, cioffi, & zomparelli, 2018, p. 3). this situationthe availability of iot—has been inevitably affecting social science and language studies in the sense of finding sources synchronously. what is the benefit of ir 4.0 for researchers? what does it mean for us as academicians? any activity of studies intended to yield a piece of scientific writing by reviewing literatures or doing research for publication which is facilitated by the easiness and accessibility of internet browsing is considered as scholarly publishing in the era of 4.0. its easiness might be affecting significantly on the paradigm of doing studies and the eltej issn: 2621-6485 turmudi 55 process of publishing outcomes simultaneously. also, it leads to the pathway of being the professionalism of elt teachers (afrianto, 2018) by having knowledge management (roblek, meško, & krapež, 2016). further, what is the benefit of 4.0 for researchers? some studies are reported to have the positive and negative side of 4.0 technology. the benefits are found to be; big accessibility data gained from the sources, the content available online, information sharing, and collaboration synchronously (roblek et al., 2016). whereas, the drawbacks are relative to be: alleviating inflexibility, disclosing the secret of data, unsealing copy-right, and borderless ideas. what is the implication for university students and teas? referring back to the ir 4.0 principles; interconnection; information transparency; decentralized decision; and technical assistant (afrianto, 2018), it implies that the process of researching with ir 4.0 paradigm involves the essences of (1) the browsing of related articles, (2) clarity of sources and free-plagiarism, (3) autonomous selection of reliable sources, and (4) synchronous peer review, (5) synchronous publication of the studies. why is it important? inevitably, the existence of ir 4.0 has facilitated the process, quality, transparency, and accessibility of any ideas the international communities in many ways (choi et al., 2019). thus, the following parts are some reasons why it is beneficial. the first way is by voicing ideas as a contribution to the international academicians. authors can bring their current research with local sense to the world so that their findings will be a contribution to the global academicians, and thus they are their contribution. the second way is by internationalizing your local context. it may change the local sense of the idea into the general idea substantially. the third way is by integrating the status of the researcher into the knowledge society. authors are part of the global knowledge society inevitably. finally, it enables authors to have self-esteeming. as a result, by writing and publishing the piece of your study, it will have an impact on the broader scientist and borderless countries (board of editors teflin journal, 2012). the prior evidence also proves these essential arguments. referring to english as the language of scholarly publishing, it has positive sides and drawbacks. flowerdew has highlighted some helpful things for non-native speakers (henceforth called nns); such as providing global lingua franca enabling them to communicate with each other across countries in order to share knowledge and becoming other lingua franca in other field and thus, english is no longer a foreign language (flowerdew, 2015, p. 252). however; it also has drawbacks for nns or non-anglophone. first, english is the native language of one group of scholars (a minority) and is the additional language for the rest of the global citizen. whereas, the so-called anglophone is benefitted since they are freed from any burden to learn the language since they know the tools and the contents. the minority of anglophone gets benefits economically, academically, and a more significant share in 'paradigm building.' (flowerdew, 2015, p. 252). on the other hands, the non-anglophone have double burden when associating with scholarly publication in english. they need special effort to master english by investing money to learn english in education sectors. beyond this, they are pushed to hire tutors or editors unless they acquired the language for written manuscripts. finally, it may remove the scholars and professionals who do not know the english language with sufficient proficiency(flowerdew, 2015, p. 252). some benefits are also reported by many researchers (flowerdew, 2015; hyland, 2016; rathert & okan, 2015). in particular, rathert &okan highlighted the benefits with 56 e-issn: 2621-6485 three learning principles: authorship: capable of creating ideas to be shared, authority: enable to gain authority as they recognize their expertise, authorization: projects, networks, or publication authorize teachers to move forward in developing sharing knowledge(rathert & okan, 2015, pp. 364–365). further, flowerdew claimed the negative facets pertaining predominant english language citing phillipine (1992) and pennycook (1994) in that english; 1) carries very much ideological baggage ( transmitting ideology);2) devaluating local language and culture;3) perpetuating between native (ns) and non-native speakers (nns); 4) publishing in english has benefitted the ns scholars in that writing in english is less challenge compare to that of nns scholar (flowerdew, 1999, pp. 244–246). other researchers also report paybacks or drawbacks. the positive things are summarized from a published article viewed by certainly experienced authors. it was reported that the benefits cover: 1) a pathway to reach international audiences; 2) a way to communicate ideas with more comprehensive authors; 3)building confidence of intellectual potency; 4) knowing who has been in the scholar areas; 5) learning more from more experienced authors; 6) building international networks; 7) awareness that knowledge is meaningful when it is shared (board of editors teflin journal, 2012, p. 123). upon all reviewed sources, we may have a profound glimpse of enriching our schema when writing scholarly publishing so that the benefits of ir 4.0 are inherent in our habit of doing studies. how does writing scholarly publication in ir 4.0 work? knowing what is scholarly publishing is and what ir 4.0 is the necessary foundation to now know it works. henceforth, the step is to know how it works simultaneously. scientific article preparation can be divided into several parts. gillum and mendoza have proposed that the manuscript preparation can be divided into three main areas: ― 1) planning and conducting the research; 2) analyzing the data; and 3) writing the article (gillum & mendoza, 2014, p. 116). among the three parts, writing the article is the most challenging one. therefore, the process is a time-consuming and long-lasting revising process. thus, it is difficult to write an article for publication unless certain aspects are mastered. there are eight stages of how an article is written to make it publishable in an individual journal. it is begun from a good idea to publication or novelty. the eight stages cover; "in novel contemplation, in preparation, submitted, in a review, revision-revisedresubmitted, accepted, inpress, publication‖(donovan, 2018, p. 2–5). this proposition needs a technical description to make it clear-cut. the process to find what attracting topic will be addressed is called "in novel contemplation.‖ while the process to prepare what to write based on the determined novelty is called ―in preparation.‖ when the fixed manuscript is sent to a publisher is called ―submitted.‖ the process of a manuscript is being judged by a reviewer is called ― in a review.‖ after the author has revised the reviewed manuscript and resubmitted to the publisher is called ―revision-revised-resubmitted.‖ last but not least, when the article is stated to be fine for publishing by the journal editor is called ―accepted‖ which is further followed by a process called ―inpress.‖ finally, when the target journal officially publishes the final version of the article is called publication. all of these processes may be slightly different from the latest process of how an article is written with the principle of industrial revolution 4.0. eltej issn: 2621-6485 turmudi 57 the characteristics of scholarly publishing in the era of ir 4.0 are marked by the concept of knowledge management (roblek et al., 2016). the characteristic of the processes is sit up in the following flows figure 1. flow charts of initial writing scholarly publication the flows show that not all aspects are covered by the whole process of writing an article. it looks fine if some options are added to the flows, such as literature management using the software. as for the characteristic of the process, the procedures of researching both old and new paradigms are described in the table 2. table 2. old paradigm versus new paradigm old paradigm new paradigm 1. searching topic in the library 2. copying with a different subject or place 3. searching sources in the library offline 4. proposing a research proposal 5. doing research 6. writing the result 7. publishing in the library (asynchronous) 1. defining what interest 2. searching a topic in internet 3. checking the local context or available research data 4. redeeming the topic by reading related articles 5. finding what has not been done (gaps) 6. finding as many as related articles online 7. focusing what will be done (specification) 8. thinking of what impact or contribution (novelty) 9. setting up research questions 10. writing a research proposal 11. doing research 12. writing the result 13. publishing openly online (accessible for everyone) 58 e-issn: 2621-6485 the new paradigm takes authors to stages of doing research, pre-during, and postwriting scholarly articles for publication (turmudi, 2019). among the many models is the following example. however, it may work for a specific qualitative study only. pre-1 1. setting authors interest 2. searching related topic synchronously 3. downloading the selected articles in pdf 4. consolidating collection in a referencing tool (word reference manager, mendeley desktop, mendeley cite (free) 5. reading some trustable, reliable, reputable articles 6. finding what has been done 7. identifying what has not been done or what are left out (findings, methods, subjects, sites) 8. specifying a focus 9. elaborating what will be impact or contribution to the knowledge 10. setting objectives of the study 11. making research questions pre-2 1. creating instruments 2. validating instruments 3. writing a draft or outline a research proposal 4. presenting formally 5. revising based on feedback during-1 1. data gathering 2. data reduction and coding 3. data analysis (qualitative) 4. statistical calculation (quantitative) during-2 1. writing the result findings 2. discussing findings (1,2,3, ...); what prior evidences, what current findings, compare both of them, interpret the results, set temporary conclusion(1,2,3,..) 3. concluding findings based on rq 4. expressing sincere what is not in this research (limitation) 5. outlining what implications (what should be done or practiced next by educators, researchers 6. checking component of articles; introduction (previous studies); rq, findings, discussion, conclusion vs. rq, 7. reading, revising, peer review, reading revising, synchronizing in-text and references post-1 1. asking peers to review 2. self-revising (manual and online) 3. checking plagiarism-free (online) 4. submitting to a journal 5. receiving feedback (online) 6. revising accordingly eltej issn: 2621-6485 turmudi 59 7. resubmitting the revised version (turmudi, 2019, pp. 1–160) referencing tool although the citation system is part of a support system in writing a scholarly publication, it is useful to highlight a vital part of the whole process of doing research. i realized that knowing the skill of using referencing is 25 % of mastering the research itself. henceforth, it is not wrong to present what type of referencing tools are used by the current researchers. to best of my knowledge and experiences i found some models as listed below; 1. manual typing system by typing the references; 2. manual typing system with the format by typing the sources using word reference manager; 3. manual system by coping reference sources from scholar google; 4. offline automatic system by using mendeley desktop 5. online automatic system by using mendeley cite the description is explained simply in the following table. table 3. a brief description how referencing tool system works types of the citation system short visual illustration 1. manual typing system by typing the references. it is compatible with any type of ms word and libre office. typing manually; last name, first name, year, title, city of publication and publisher 2. manual typing system with the format by typing the sources using word reference manager; it is compatible with ms word 2010 or latest. 3. manual copying system by coping reference sources from scholar google; it is compatible with any type of ms word and libre office. 60 e-issn: 2621-6485 types of the citation system short visual illustration 4. offline automatic system by using mendeley desktop; it is compatible with ms word but is not with ms word 365. 5. online automatic system by using mendeley cite. it is compatible with ms word 365 and with internet connection when using. table 3 shows how authors cite the references from the manual model to the latest model that is a mendeley cite. this means that there are still many authors who use one of them. in addition, it is found that all the presented types of referencing tool are still being used by authors of articles. i found this case from reviewing 100 articles published in volume 1 no 1, 2011 to volume 8 no 2, 2019 of premise: journal of english education and applied linguistics. limitation this study focused on retrieving supporting arguments on why ir 4.0 is essential for teacher educator authors (teas) from the internet. the types of articles were various. they were reputable, non-reputable journals, and books. it was found that there was not any restriction on finding the articles to support the proposition of this article. thus, all were secondary data. some parts of the essences were taken from a draft of the dissertation by the author of this article. further study would be recommended to involve some subjects and types of how data were gained. the suggested subjects would be active teacher-educator authors who have techno-alert. the instrument may involve a questionnaire and interview. thus, a further study on how ir 4.0 affects the current studies comprehensively is needed. conclusion the study focused on three research questions underwriting scholarly publications by knowing what, why, and how ir 4.0. the arguments have shown the academics that the presence of ir 4.0 supports them in writing a research result in many ways. the first one is by providing unlimited, trustable, reputable articles from establishing to established journals. the second one is by providing synchronous feedback from peers, experts, and others. finally, it is facilitating the availability of online journal publications, enabling eltej issn: 2621-6485 turmudi 61 academics to cite the work efficiently, and thus the citation is an element of impact factor for the authors. these conclusions may be digestible from the extract of theories since the data are secondary. thus, this paper is limited to conceptual review that may be applicable only for researchers in a qualitative study. references afrianto. (2018). being a professional teacher in the era of industrial revolution 4 . 0 : opportunities , challenges and strategies for innovative classroom practices. english language teaching and research, 2(1), 1–13. board of editors teflin journal. (2012). writing for international publication : an interview with nugrahenny t.zacharias, handoyo p. widodo and willy a.renandya. teflin journal, 23(2), 115–129. cheung, y. l. (2010). first publications in refereed english journals: difficulties, coping strategies, and recommendations for student training. system, 38(1), 134–141. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2009.12.012 choi, h. w., choi, y. j., & kim, s. (2019). compliance of ― principles of transparency and best practice in scholarly publishing ‖ in academic society published journals. scienceediting, 6(2), 112–121. https://doi.org/10.6087/kcse.171 donovan, s. k. (2018). reflective practice : 8 stages of publishing a scientific research paper. publications, 6(1), 1–5. retrieved from www.mdpi.com/journal/publication duszak, a., & lewkowicz, j. (2008). publishing academic texts in english: a polish perspective. journal of english for academic purposes, 7(2), 108–120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jeap.2008.03.001 fazel, i. (2013). writing for journal publication: an overview of nnes challenges and strategies. journal of pan-pacific association of applied linguistics, 17(1), 95–114. retrieved from http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eue&an=92595848&site=eh ost-live flowerdew, j. (1999). writing for scholarly publication in english: the case of hong kong. journal of second language writing, 8(2), 243–264. https://doi.org/10.1016/s10603743(99)80125-8 flowerdew, j. (2015). some thoughts on english for research publication purposes (erpp) and related issues. language teaching, 48(2), 250–262. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0261444812000523 gillum, d., & mendoza, i. a. (2014). what is a publishable article? applied biosafety, 19(3), 116–117. https://doi.org/10.1177/153567601401900301 heigham, j., & croker, r. a. (2009). qualitative research in applied linguistics: a practical introduction. london: palgrave macmillan uk. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230239517 hyland, k. (2016). academic publishing and the myth of linguistic injustice. journal of second language writing, 31, 58–69. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2016.01.005 lei, j., & hu, g. (2019). doctoral candidates’ dual role as student and expert scholarly writer: an activity theory perspective. english for specific purposes, 54, 62–74. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.esp.2018.12.003 petrillo, a., felice, f. de, cioffi, r., & zomparelli, f. (2018). fourth industrial revolution: current practices, challenges, and opportunities in digital transformation in smart manufacturing. intech. https://doi.org/10.5772/intechopen.72304 rathert, s., & okan, z. (2015). writing for publication as a tool in teacher development. elt journal, 69(4), 363–372. https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccv029 ridder, h. g., miles, m. b., michael huberman, a., & saldaña, j. (2014). qualitative data 62 e-issn: 2621-6485 analysis. a methods sourcebook. zeitschrift fur personalforschung, 28(4), 485–487. roblek, v., meško, m., & krapež, a. (2016). a complex view of industry 4.0. sage open, 6(2), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244016653987 rojko, a. (2017). industry 4.0 concept: background and overview. international journal of interactive mobile technologies (ijim), 11(5), 77–90. https://doi.org/10.3991/ijim.v11i5.7072 salager-meyer, f. (2008). scientific publishing in developing countries: challenges for the future. journal of english for academic purposes, 7(2), 121–132. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jeap.2008.03.009 salager-meyer, f. (2014). writing and publishing in peripheral scholarly journals: how to enhance the global influence of multilingual scholars? journal of english for academic purposes, 13(1), 78–82. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jeap.2013.11.003 shehata, a. m. k., & eldakar, m. a. m. (2018). publishing research in the international context: an analysis of egyptian social sciences scholars’ academic writing behaviour. electronic library, 36(5), 910–924. https://doi.org/10.1108/el-01-2017-0005 shirey, m. r. (2013). building scholarly writing capacity in the doctor of nursing practice program. journal of professional nursing, 29(3), 137–147. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.profnurs.2012.04.019 turmudi, d. (2017). rethinking academic essay writing : selected genres in comparison. premise journal, 6(2), 119–138. https://doi.org/10.24127/pj.v6i2.1052 turmudi, d. (2019). diary gambits : understanding writing for research publication. (m. f. yulia, ed.). metro, lampung: cv laduni alifatama. wilson, r. d., & creswell, j. w. (1996). research design: qualitative and quantitative approaches. journal of marketing research, 33(2), 252. https://doi.org/10.2307/3152153 wiryawan, k. g. (2014). the current status of science journals in indonesia. science editing, 1(2), 71–75. https://doi.org/10.6087/kcse.2014.1.71 wiryawan, k. g. (2019). establishment of the indonesian association of scientific journal editors. science editing, 6(2), 148–150. https://doi.org/10.6087/kcse.176 zheng, y., & guo, x. (2019). publishing in and about english: challenges and opportunities of chinese multilingual scholars’ language practices in academic publishing. language policy, 18(1), 107–130. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10993-018-9464-8 sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 2, no. 1, 2019, pp. 22-31 e-issn: 2621-6485 the cipp model-based evaluation on integrated english learning (iel) program at language center 1noor qomaria agustina, 2fanni mukhtaruddin 1kent state university 2institut teknologi nasional yogyakarta, e-mail: nagustin@kent.edu, fanni@itny.ac.id abstract the challenging situation in the workforce leads the education institution to make suitable programs which later help the learners to be more competitive in the world of work especially in mastering the english. language training centre of a university provides service on teaching language skill especially english. the research purpose is to make an evaluation on the program conducted by the centre namely integrated english learning (iel) using the cipp model developed by stufflebeam. the methodology was the qualitative design with case study at a language centre at a private university in yogyakarta indonesia. the participants were the students from departments that had implemented the iel in six semesters. the data collection was from the interview and the data analysis used the qualitative data analysis software. the steps in analysing the data used the methods in the grounded research. this study described the iel program seen from its context, input, process and product (cipp evaluation model) from the students’ experience and perspective. the context was described from the effectivity of the program, while the input took the point of view from the quality. the process was to reveal the program implementation and the product described the achievement of the goals. keywords: cipp model, evaluation, elt, language center how to cite: agustina, n.q., & mukhtaruddin, f. (2019). the cipp model-based evaluation on integrated english learning (iel) program at language center. english language teaching educational journal, 2 (1), 22-31 introduction achieving a set of goals and objectives is one of the main reasons why an educational program is designed in the first place. to ensure that the desired goals are met, an evaluation to a program is an extremely important step in the entire process of conducting a program so that the people in authority has the bases whether to continue or bring any necessary revisions in the program (bazargan, 2007a; birjandi, 2009; piccardo, north & maldina, 2019). staub (2017) stated that “…there is the critical groundwork that must be laid for a healthy, productive environment that sees evaluation and assurance not as perfunctory activities, rather opportunities for the organization, or unit, to learn and grow (p. 75)”, so the evaluation has deeper funtion. the aim of an evaluation program is to focus on the goals accomplishment for the next alternative in decision making (bazargan, 1997; kusumawati, darmawan and latifah, 2018; stufflebeam, 1971; sundoyo in umam and saripah, 2018). an educational program that is really interesting to observe is an english language program that has been established by language training center (ltc) of muhammadiyah university of yogyakarta (umy) called integrated english learning. the program provides four complete skills in english language learning i.e., listening, speaking, reading, and writing. the program is divided into 12 levels that has its own descriptor. since the first time the program was established, there has not been any official analysis or evaluation eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ agustina, mukhtaruddin 23 regarding the iel program although the improvement of the program has already been made. there are four reasons to conduct the evaluation on iel program. first, the program is unique and interesting. it is different from other general language programs in that it has distinctive features such as the conduct of pre-test and post-test to determine the students’ level, special method of teaching using mixed teaching methods, and a detailed scoring system utilizing several components. second, there has not been any research-based evaluation on the program. third, there is curiosity to find out the weaknesses and strengths of the program. fourth, a will to describe the implementation of the program in a detailed form from the project pilot until the last revision of the program. the success of classroom teaching depends on many factors. as shown by dunkin and biddle in chaudron there are four classes of variables which show the complexity and interconnectedness of college teaching (birjandi, 2009; kuo in umam and saripah, 2018, oscarson, 2019). this research was guided by two major research questions which are listed as the following: (1) how do the students and the teachers perceive the iel program at the language center? (2) how is the iel program implemented? iel program integrated english learning (iel) program of umy is an english learning program that involves all skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) in every single meeting and uses levelling categorization-based class (wisniewski, 2017; piccardo, north & maldina, 2019). before the program is conducted, all the students following the program join the toeic-based english proficiency test consisting of listening, speaking, reading, and writing skill. the test is conducted by at least 50 english instructors covering approximately 350 classes in a semester. after the test is graded, the students are categorized in groups based on students’ department, year, and english proficiency level. the main purpose of this categorization is to give a good english program based on their needs and abilities. there are 12 levels of proficiency in the program. summative and formative evaluation scriven (1991) introduced two different kinds of evaluation namely formative and summative. formative evaluation needs collecting and sharing information to improve the program. the formative evaluators provide the program planners and staff with information, make adustment to the setting and improve it (dressler, 1997; bazargan, 2007b; dixson & worrel, 2019; mahshanian, shoghi & bahrami, 2109; english & english, 2019). formative evaluation takes place usually during the development or improvement of a program, product or person and it is held more than once (scriven, 1991). the purpose is to validate or ensure that the goals of the instruction whether they are being achieved. else, it is to improve the instruction giving identification and remediation to the problematic aspects (boon, 1987; cheng, 1996; brence & rivza, 2012). on the other hand, the formative evaluation provides data to made necessary changes during the program (xiao & yang, 2019). learning activities is possible to be changed in the range and depth of instructional activities, and curriculum can be revised in ongoing process (tylor-powell, steele & douglan, 1996; dressel, 1997). the changes are possible to both course improvement and students’ growth (doll, 1992; sowell, 2004; darusslam, 2010). in sum, the formative evaluation is operated during the program to provide direct input for the program directors. summative evaluation is implemented after a program ends to provide the strength and challenging factors after the curriculum is completely designed (houston & thompson, 2017). a summative evaluation might be conducted to determine how effective the 24 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 curriculum is (boon, 1987; tyler, 1990; doll, 1992; sowell, 2004). the summative evaluator’s function is to obtain the data and write report to describe the program and its achievements. it figures out the information about the product’s efficacy, such as the learners’ satisfaction and what kind of learning that learners have achieved. summative evaluation usually uses numeric scores or letter grades to assess learner achievement cipp evaluation model there are various evaluation approaches and models, but the researcher should choose the most appropriate one according to the objectives and conditions. stufflebeam’s cipp model (stufflebeam, 1971; tunc, 2010; ulumi, 2016; halimah and hadjar; 2018) can be utilized to evaluate the effectiveness of the program in general and the quality of input, process and product. cipp, the abbreviation of context, input, process, and product, is a program evaluation model useful for evaluating educational programs. as the name suggests, it is the evaluation of context, input, process, and product of an educational program. context evaluation comprises examining and describing the context of the program, performing a needs and goals assessment, deciding the program objectives, and verifying whether the proposed objectives are sufficiently responsive to the identified needs. stufflebeam (2000) suggests that it helps in program-planning decisions making, as he said that “context evaluations assess needs, problems, and opportunities as bases for defining goals and priorities, and judging the significance of outcomes”. in the input evaluation, the activities are the program inputs and resources description, the comparison of the program performance compared to other program, a prospective benefit/cost assessment, an evaluation of the proposed design of the program, and an examination of the recommendations for the alternative strategies and procedures that should be considered as recommended. according to stufflebeam (2000), “input evaluations assess alternative approaches to meeting needs as a means of planning programs all allocating resources”. process evaluation involves examining the implementation of the program, monitoring how the program performance, auditing the program to be in line with the required legal and ethical guidelines, and identifying defects in the design or implementation. evaluators require feedback to program personnel because it can be helpful in making decisions for formative evaluation, as stufflebeam said “process evaluations assess the implementation of plans to guide activities and later to help explain outcomes (ibid)”. product evaluation includes determining and examining the general and specific outcomes of the program, measuring anticipated outcomes, attempting to identify unanticipated outcomes, assessing the merit of the program, conducting a retrospective benefit/cost assessment, and conducting a cost effectiveness assessment (to determine if the program is cost effective compared to other similar programs). product evaluation is very helpful in making summative evaluation decisions; “process evaluations identify intended and unintended outcomes both to help keep the process on track and determine effectiveness (ibid)”. related research the cipp evaluation model invented by stufflebeam can be used to evaluate the program from the context, input, process and product. the evaluation model gives the comprehensive way to view in the holistic manner. there are many areas that use its system in evaluation, and some researches have been conducted in the topic. aziz, mahmood and rehman (2018) conducted a research to in quality evaluation in the school level. the eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ agustina, mukhtaruddin 25 purpose of this research is to evaluate the educational quality at school level. the participants are the principles, division heads, and teachers. there are two different perspectives on the success of education, from the stakeholders and teachers. the stakeholders’ point of view was more on how to build different strategies to facilitate the success of learning. on the other hand, teachers saw from the theoretical point of view and fall to apply the root learning, that turned out to burden the students and put the learning in more on the uncomfortable situation. tootian used the cipp model to evaluate succession planning training program for human capital management. the aims of the research are to know the whether the training meet the objective and it is being successful and effective. the result of the research also provides with the feedback and guide for the decision making. ulum used the model of cipp to evaluate an english language program at state schools in turkey from students’ perspective to see the effectiveness of the program. there are four aspects of the program that should be highlighted. the first was the textbook that was too hard, the second was the tests that were hard, the third was the topic that needed to be improved and the last was the time that was too much for the students. another research that used the cipp model is the evaluation of the arabic language learning program at a higher education to seek the quality assurance of the learning system. the evaluation is very comprehensive from the very beginning of the program until it is completed from the context that comprises the purpose and background of the learning process, the input that examine the implementation process of the curriculum, students, lecturers and infrastructure, and the evaluation process that viewed the curriculum, teaching materials, and media in the classroom activities. the product viewed the outputs and outcomes of the language learning. research method the objective of this study was to gain the experience of iel program from the perspectives of the students, instructors, staffs and stake holders. the cipp (context, input, process, and product) evaluation model developed by stufflebeam (1971) is utilized in the study. this research used the qualitative research methodology. qualitative data were gathered through interviews with the umy students who joined in the iel program. written documents were used of to obtain more detailed information. the target participants were the third-year students of agriculture and international relation department, 15 english instructors who has been teaching the programs since the first time, and the head of the two departments of agriculture and international relation of the department. the researcher invited them to participate in the current research by interview. findings and discussion the program evaluated is the integrated english learning; it is an english levelled program based on the cefr levelling using integrated learning which combine four skills of english namely listening, reading, speaking, and writing. there are two departments involved for the pilot projects which is conducted in six semesters, and the length of learning per semester is 48.5 hours or 291 hours altogether. the intuition plan to prepare 12 levels, but so far there are only 9 levels are used. the institution develops the program’s curriculum and syllabus on their own empowering the english instructors to collaborate in establishing the programs. the participants of this research the sixth semester werr the students of batch 2012 from 2 departments that are selected to be used as the pilot project. the data were gathered from the in-depth interview and focus group discussion (fgd) from 25 students consisted 26 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 of 9 females and 15 males. for the data triangulation, the interview was also conducted to the ltc’s management and instructors of 7 participants consist of 5 females and 2 males. context evaluations it is important to define the needs of the learners in designing a program. stufflebeam (2000) stated that “context evaluations assess needs, problems, and opportunities as bases for defining goals and priorities, and judging the significance of outcomes”. in this section, there is exploration on the need based on the participant point of view and supported by the questionnaire result. integrated english learning (iel) is designed to teach the general english using integrated learning that integrates four skills namely listening, reading, writing, and speaking and the students are levelled based on the cefr levelling system (winiewski, 2107; oscarson, 2019). to some extends, general levelled english is still acceptable, however, there are also needs to have very specific english to increase specific skills like grammar, vocabulary, public speaking, english proficiency and so forth. “i think it is vocabulary and grammar. why grammar? because when we want to speak english…some people do not understand what we said, one wrong word can change the meaning (jodi).” another interesting thing in this need analysis is about the levelling system, whether it is appropriate or not. there are also arguments on the appropriateness of the levelling system at this center. there are some problems arise regarding this system. “in my opinion, appropriateness and suitability depend on what is their level, if they are fresh graduate from senior high school, for one semester or two they will be happy…but if they are in the higher semester, they will need something else like academic english…(sekar)” some agree with the levelling system, but there is a need to improve the system so that the mechanism of the levelling system is clear. there is also problem of the students who stay at the same level for some semesters that make them feel bored and get nothing from the teaching learning process. input evaluation to accomplish the goals, an institution needs an input evaluation where there should be description of program as well as planning and allocating the resources to accomplish the programs. there is also a need to find comparison to find out the effectiveness of the programs. in stufflebeam’s (2000) point of view, “input evaluations assess alternative approaches to meeting needs as a means of planning programs all allocating resources”. there are two aspects that will be discussed in this section, they are program development and teacher quality control. program development. integrated english learning is the general levelled english program run to serve the students in learning english. because it is levelled, this program needs placement test to place the students according to their level. the test used to put the students into different level using one of the english proficiency test. “the aims of integrated english learning is to make students grouping based on their english competency level…the second intention is to make the class more homogeny; for example, the students’ ability in one class is almost the same, therefore, the teaching learning process is easier (agus).” in comparison to non iel classes, there is no placement test, so the students’ competency level will vary from one student to another to make the class more heterogenic. eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ agustina, mukhtaruddin 27 the teachers usually have difficulties in doing the teaching learning process since they should carefully prepare the material which is suitable for all. “…in my opinion, iel program tries to place the students based on their competency, and this will make the instructor easier to handle the class if there are not many differences among the students in a class…there will not be any big gap among them (ari)” another aspect that also needs attention is the program development. there are four steps to develop the program, they are defining the standard, determine the descriptors, make syllabus and material development and for the testing, design the term of specification (tos) and develop the test. the first step is determining the standards. the standard used is the common european framework of reference for languages (cefr) to measure language mastery (www.cambridgeenglish.org). “…they know well from the very beginning, from the descriptors, then they make the syllabus…after that process they will get feedback…and after the feedback they usually revised either syllabus, module or term of specification, tos is to make the test…(bambang)” from the cefr that is modified into descriptors, the centre plans to provide 12 levels. however, not all levels are made and used. there are 9 levels available, but only 8 levels are used. “based on the project in general, there are 12 levels, but for this semester there are only 9 levels. the highest level is the eighth level (dewi).” the process to make the descriptors until the module and test is a project that involves many instructors and management that also function as the professional development since the teachers will learn a lot about developing a program that hopefully this understanding will lead to better teaching. “…iel, if i am not mistaken, has 12 levels but only 8 levels are used, level 9 is already made but it has not been used yet. so, each level has its own coordinator… each coordinator will be responsible to the academic manager as the project leader. after the modules and syllabuses are done, they submit them to me…each level has coordinator, and these coordinators are led by the academic manager (wafa).” the explanation above is the process of program making that is a collaboration process that involved many teachers. the function of the management here is the coordinator of the project. for the evaluation and quality control, there is feedback session that is done either per level group or for all levels that is called grand review. teacher development is a process to make evaluation and quality control process. there are two kinds of evaluation for the teachers. the first is the end of the semester evaluation and monitoring during the semester. “we already have the sop. so, the first is the one who should handle the problems is the pic of the sharing group…the pic of the sharing group should handle the problem first. if he or she cannot handle the problems, the academic manager will handle it, and at last if the problems are very serious, then it must be handled by the centre’s head (alia).” to ensure the teacher performance, at least there are three kinds of evaluation, they are end-session feedback from the students in the form of questionnaire, peer sharing or sharing group as the media to share the problems and ideas, and the at last, the students can contact personally to the centre management by phone or face to face. process evaluation the evaluation on the implementation of a program is important for the institution to monitor how the program is carried out to see whether the program has already been conducted in line with its standard operating procedures. in this section, from the data http://www.cambridgeenglish.org/ 28 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 gathered, the implementation of the teaching learning process in the classroom can be seen from three aspects, they are material used, teacher and teaching method and the assessment. in relation to the material, the centre provides the syllabus and module for all levels. both the syllabus and the module are reviewed every year. teachers have different opinion about the module. some of them follow the module in giving the material, but some make modification on the module. “mmm we get the module from the centre…last semester was wonderful, because the book was new, and the students are happy… (jodi)” “…the lecturer has done her best…the lecturer always takes the material from the book (dewi).” however, the module is not always appropriate for the teaching learning process. therefore, the lecturers then make adjustment and find additional material. “mmm because i am not module base, what i mean by module base is that i don’t ask the students to do the exercise exactly like what it is in the book, so i have to modify…(antok)” except modifying the module, the teachers also find other resources to teach. the resources can be in the form of books, novel, games, interesting activities, games blog, as well as employ the other persons like friends, teachers, and colleagues. “the teacher can adjust the material so that the material can be more effective (dedi).” “…my class is full of games…(mawar).” “…for the assignment i gave homework for the students to read the book…(bambang).” it can be concluded that the centre provides the materials, but it is often that the module need adjustment to make it suitable to be used for the classroom activities. to make the class more engaging, the teachers also use additional materials such as games, books, blog and interesting activities. about the teacher and teaching method, the teachers at the centre possess various ways to teach in the classroom to provide good learning atmosphere. the teaching method is not only to convey the materials, but also to build relationship with the students. including in the teaching method is the teacher talk during the class, and the language use in the classroom. another important consideration is to engage the students to the activities and ask them to think on the material. assessment is one of the important aspects in the teaching learning process. there are different kinds of assessment used in the centre. the centre has already provided official assessment that is the same for all classes and the assessments are stated in the syllabus. there are five categories to do the assessment, they are attendance, in class assessment, home assignment, and progress test. besides the official assignment, the teachers also use different kinds of assessment. they use the exercise in the book to look the student’s mastery on the material. the assessment can also be in the form of review before the mid and final tests. book review and reading activities become alternatives of the assessment. product evaluation product evaluation is related to the examining the outcomes of the program. the outcomes can be traced back to the aims of the program to determine whether the aims are already achieved. there were four aspects highlighted for the evaluation. they are iel program, the levelling system, module, and the teacher. integrated english learning (iel) as its name suggests is the english language program which integrates the teaching learning of the four skills to be taught together in a eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ agustina, mukhtaruddin 29 level. this program is also general english in the sense that the material is not intended for the specific purposes that are in line with department. levelled classes are used to place the students based on their proficiency level. because iel is levelling class, it is very important that there is levelling system. one of the weaknesses of this program is the test design to place the students that are suitable for their level. there are many cases that the students are put in the wrong level they stay at the same level for several semesters. another important aspect is the module. there has not been yet the research study whether the modules used are effective or not. however, some attempts have already been taken to review the module. the centre already created 9 modules for 9 different levels along with the syllabuses, tos, and testing. the centre also continuously provided feedback for the development of the module in the form of module review and feedback. the feedback was gathered from the group discussion, teacher meeting and grand review module that was conducted special to review the module. the last feedback is on the teacher. there are differences in the teacher quality in conducting the teaching learning process. there was feedback that there should be benchmarking and careful system in recruiting the teachers so that the teacher quality can be guaranteed. the teacher should also engage and have good communication with the students; that is the one who will promote learning in the classroom. conclusion educational program is intended to conduct teaching learning process to create quality human resource. it is a kind of difficult task, so to make sure that the program can run well, there must be a kind of goals and objectives as the guidance for the implementation of the program. there must be a way to make sure the objectives and goals are met. therefore, there is a need to make evaluation and assessment. to do the evaluation and assessment needs tools. cipp model promoted by stufflebeam is one of the models that can be used. integrated english learning is one of the language programs conducted by a centre of a well-known university in yogyakarta. the research design was the qualitative method. the participants of this research are the students from two different departments who take the english at the centre and they have already joined the program for six semesters. the result was divided into four research questions asking about the context, input, process, and product evaluation of the iel program. the explanation is about the description of the program which picture the implementation of the program at the centre. the research gave useful input for the betterment of the program to know how the possible solution if there is any problem. the teacher who engaged in this program and for the teacher in general, it is to portray on how a language program should be conducted, then the information given in this research may inspire the teachers to do better and more in the teaching learning process. references aziz, s., mahmood, m., & rehman, z. (2018). implementation of cipp model for quality evaluation at school level: a case study. journal of education and educational development, 5 (1), june 2018, pp. 189-205 bazargan, a. (1997). quality and its evaluation in higher education: a look at national and international experiences. quarterly journal of rahyaft, 4,155-163. bazargan, a. (2007a). educational evaluation. tehran: samt publisher press. 30 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 bazargan, a. (2007b). higher education in iran. in james j. i. forest and p.g. altbach (eds.); international handbook of higher education; dordercht, the netherlands: springer. birjandi, p., &nosratinia, m. (2009). the qualitative program evaluation of the postgraduate english translation major in iran. the journal of modern thoughts in education, 4, 37-5 boon, k.b. (1987). effectiveness of the diploma in education program: perceptions of former bahasa malaysia methods student. kuala lumpur: university of malaya. brence, i. & rivza, b. (2012). quality evaluation of higher education programs: process and challenges in latvia. proceeding of international conference of management, knowledge and learning international, celje, slovenia (pp. 787-79). cheng, v.c. (1996). school effectiveness and school-based management: a mechanism for development. london: the fulnmer press. dixson, d.d., & worrell, f.c. (2016). formative and summative assessment in the classroom. theory into practice, 55:153–159, 2016. doi: 10.1080/00405841.2016.1148989 doll, r. c. (1992). curriculum improvement: decision making and process. boston: allyn and bacon. english, j., & english, t. (2019). combining summative and formative evaluation using automated assessment. issues in informing science and information technology, 16, 143-151. https://doi.org/10.28945/4293 halimah, u. s. & hadjar, i. (2018). arabic language learning evaluation in higher education with context input process product (cipp) model. alsinatunajournal of arabic linguistics and education, 4 (1), december 2018, pp. 3347. p-issn: 2477-5371; e-issn: 2503-2690. houston, d., & thompson, j. n., (2017). blending formative and summative assessment in a capstone subject: ‘it’s not your tools, it’s how you use them’, journal of university teaching & learning practice, 14(3), 2017. available at:http://ro.uow.edu.au/jutlp/vol14/iss3/2. mahshanian, a., shoghi, r., & bahrami, m. (2019). investigating the differential effects of formative and summative assessment on efl learners’ end-of-term achievement. journal of language teaching and research, vol. 10, no. 5, pp. 1055-1066, september 2019. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.17507/jltr.1005.19. oscarson, m. (2019). framing modern language education – a european approach. pertanika j. soc. sci. & hum. 27 (2): 773 – 786 (2019). piccardo, e., north, b., & maldina, e. (2019). innovation and reform in course planning, teaching, and assessment: the cefr in canada and switzerland, a comparative study. canadian journal of applied linguistics, special issue: 22, 1 (2019): 103128. sowell, e. j. (2004). curriculum development: an integrative approach. upper saddle river, nj: prentice hall. https://doi.org/10.28945/4293 eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ agustina, mukhtaruddin 31 staub, d. f. (2017). quality assurance and foreign language programme evaluation in s. hidri and c. coombe (eds.), evaluation in foreign language education in the middle east and north africa. second language learning and teaching, doi 10.1007/978-3-319-43234-2_16 © springer international publishing switzerland 2017 stufflebeam, d. l. (1971). the relevance of the cipp evaluation model for educational accountability. journal of research and development in education, 5, 14-28. stufflebeam, d. l. (2002). cipp evaluation model checklist. retrieved on october 19, 2006. from http://www.mich.edu/evalctr/checklists/cippchecklist tootian, s. (2019). evaluation of training courses applied in succession planning in organizations using the cipp model. international journal of human capital in urban management (ijhcum), 4(2):111-118, spring 2019. homepage: http://www.ijhcum.net/ tunc, f. (2010). evaluation of an english language teaching program at a public university using cipp model. unpublished master thesis, middle east technical university, turkey. retrieved fromhttp://www.etd.libmetu.edu.tr/upload/12611570/index tyler, r. (1990). reporting evaluation of learning outcomes. oxford: pergamum. ulumi, g. o. (2016). evaluation of english as a foreign language program using cipp (context, input, process and product) model. european journal of english language teaching, 1 (2), 2016, pp. 114-137. www.oapub.org/edu105281/zenodo.203077. umam, k. a. i. & saripah, i. (2018). using the context, input, process and product (cipp) model in the evaluation of training programs. international journal of pedagogy and teacher education (ijpte), 2, july 2018), pp.183-194. doi: 10.20961/ijpte.v%vi%i.26086. wisniewski, k. (2017). empirical learner language and the levels of the common european framework of reference. language learning, 67(s1), 232-253. xiao, y., & yang, m. (2019). formative assessment and self-regulated learning: how formative assessment supports students' self-regulation in english language learning. system, 81, 39-49. http://www.mich.edu/evalctr/checklists/cippchecklist sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 3, no. 1, 2020, pp. 64-74 e-issn: 2621-6485 the benefits of integrating video making in a speaking class edi dwi riyanto universitas airlangga, indonesia edi-d-r@fib.unair.ac.id abstract integrated teaching has been advocated and implemented for decades. lately it has been accelerated by the development of video making. this study aims to investigate the benefits of integrating video making in a speaking class of the 29 first semester students of a public university in surabaya, east java province, indonesia. it employed action research which was done to improve the quality of the teaching and learning process of the class. the data were collected through direct observation in the classroom, video reviews, and survey. the findings showed that the integration of video making in a speaking class gave benefits to students in the form of four components i.e. social, language and literary, psychological, and technical. the class has been successful in integrating the video making in a speaking class which means that the integration may be applied again in the same class in the future or for a wider scope with similar conditions or settings. keywords: action research, integrated teaching, video making how to cite: riyanto, e.d. (2020). the benefit of integrating video making in a speaking class. english language teaching educational journal, 3(1), 64-74. introduction it is quite common when people say that they can understand written and spoken language but not able to speak it (tatham and morton, 2006). however, in educational context, this partial competence is not acceptable. a student is supposed to master the four skills: listening, reading, writing, and speaking. unlike the other three which are usually done individually, most speaking is done with the presence of others. it is a two way process in which people communicate opinion, information, or emotions (florez, 1999; howarth, 2001). in the process of communication people are making and sharing meaning with others (chaney, 1998). to share meaning, people need to master the four language skills. lacking language skills as in mastering grammar, fluency and pronunciation may prevent good communication as seen in the performance of the students in hong kong (evans & green, 2007). however, speaking requires the presence of others in the process of meaning making whether it be in the stage of producing, receiving, or processing of the information (brown, 1994; burns and joyce, 1997). language skills only are not enough. speaking is a social activity, too. it involves social interaction. during a speaking moment, someone needs to listen, respond, and share information produced by others. time and context are shared. with its specific and complicated characteristics, speaking can be very burdensome for some people. in a master‟s thesis about japanese english learners it‟s reported how a mistake in speaking might bring a punishment. this brings negative atmosphere to the social dimension of speaking, which can become a serious threat to speaking performance in the forms of inhibitions and apprehensions (littlewood, 1981). students think more of the punishment rather than trying to perform. the thought of beign afraid to be punished will inhibit students‟ performance. they will also have the feeling of being ashamed to be punished in front of the class. mailto:edi-d-r@fib.unair.ac.idartinisri69@gmail.com mailto:edi-d-r@fib.unair.ac.idartinisri69@gmail.com eltej issn: 2621-6485 riyanto 65 another vital factor which often creates problem for speaking is the timing. unlike writing, in most cases speaking is an action to be done at once and cannot be repeated, edited, or deleted, to which a speaking class is designed. another issue related to timing is allocation of speaking practice especially for the class with large number of students (leong & ahmadi, 2017), since too little time for adequate time distribution for each student. those authors concern that “some learners dominate the whole class while others talk very little or never speak”. the latest development of technology of both in the hardware and software of digital video production has provided opportunity to produce video in a much more affordable way. more than two decades ago, automatic speech recogniction (asr) had been introduced to improve speaking leaning process (egan, 1999). bringing technology in speaking class can be a way to solve three problems namely social, psychological, and chronological aspects/components as explained above. this article is a report of the implementation of the integration of the video making into the speaking class for semester one at a university level by focusing on its benefits as seen during observation and as perceived by students. this speaking class for semester one was designed to tackle those three problems by integrating video making as key activities. two reasons for this are: 1. those students had different backgrounds in terms of educational, social, and cultural backgrounds. fifteen students were from urban high school of big cities of surabaya. others were from rural contexts. furthermore, there was -one student who was from pesantren or islamic boarding school. they also have different level of english even though have been enrolled in english literary department. 2. there were 29 students learning speaking in the same class sharing a moment of 100 minutes of each class sessions. that means less than 4 minutes opportunities for each student to talk. if the duration is deduced by instruction and explanation the length of time for students to speak was just about 2 minutes approximately, meaning timing becomes an issue in managing class in a conventional strategy. integrated teaching as described above, several skills are needed for speaking (arta, 2018). some scholars have long believed in that teaching speaking should not be separated from teaching other skills. an objection of the separation of the four skills of language competence has been raised (oxford, 2001). the main reason of the objection is that the separation contradicts with the use of language skills in normal communication. the other reason is because it is seen as in the wrong direction against the language teaching progression lately. for oxford language skills cannot be seen as a technical problem or a possession only which can be separated and segregated rigidly. to be operational those skills need supportive skills such as vocabulary and syntax which are overlapping each other. for oxford such a view is called integrated-skill approach. it is also proposed that since the skills are seen as overlapping, the skills are interwoven with each other during instruction”. this constitutes the integrated-skill approach. separating language skills into two domains of receptive (listening and reading) and productive (speaking and writing) are also quite common. however both domains are seen as supporting each other (harmer, 2007). for harmer, it „makes sense to integrate different skills‟ to students in order to „provide maximum learning opportunities‟. thus, the focus is on giving students the experience of learning language, not the skill in which the four skills of listening, reading, speaking, and writing “should be treated as integrated, interdependent, 66 e-issn: 2621-6485 inseparable elements of language” (ya-chen, 2007). integrating speaking, listening, and pronunciation has been reported as indispensable (murphy, 1991). for that reason the integrated and dynamic multi skill instructional models are more valued (hinkel, 2006). it focuses more on the learner‟s communicative competence. in a real communication context, people deploy multiple skills. thus in a classroom, students should learn the skill not in isolation but simultaneously in order to minimize the gap between learning process and actual language practice. further oxford (2001) proposes two forms the approach namely content-based instruction and task-based instruction. the content-based instruction requires students to learn and practice all skills based on certain content such as history and mathematics. the nature of the content is suited with the proficiency level (ibid). task-based model involves students in a certain task such as creating a wall magazine and enact a scene of a drama. the distinction of the two models is beneficial to see the nature of integrated teaching. however, oxford encourages a combination of the two. in line with the encouragement of oxford, this article is a report of a speaking class which combines the content and task for new students of a university. the contents are about the students themselves (experience, aspiration, and siblings), old-new social life (high-school vs university), and literary (characterization). the task is making the video out of those themes. this article is a report whether such combination brings benefits to students. previous related studies the integration of video into language teaching and learning has been done for decades. this involves not only those four language skills but also non-language skills such as psychological and social. a recorded process of teaching and learning in a video provides an opportunity of limitless repeated viewing for many different kinds of purpose. furthermore, even in the middle of playing, a frame of visual display can be slowed down or even frozen to allow much deeper look and investigation. thus a recorded activity allows an opportunity for a specific kind of research in which self-viewing as well as otherviewing provide ways for self and group reflection (tochon, 2001). before the turn of the century one of the most widely used of video has been the micro teaching by which feedback to improve the teacher or future teacher may be improved (ibid). using video students, teacher, instructor, and everybody else can see and observe the performance in the video. video is “both a witness and analytical tool” (tochon, 2001). they are the witness of students‟ performances. at the same time, video can be used as data collecting tools consisting of visual as well as verbal codes to be analyzed for certain purpose of certain research. talking about the process of making videos, it has been proven to involve many different skills such as language, psychological and social. the projects of video making improve the students‟ motivation, activity, interaction, and cooperation in the classroom (jany, 2015) . students‟ motivation is a very important psychological factor for the success of learning. approaches to teaching that focus on the development of motivation is growing more important (shakirova et al, 2016). thus, motivation and english language pedagogy are vital areas so that both need to be investigated carefully. if students are motivated to learn, they will learn more (james, 2012). when they learn more, they are more likely to improve their knowledge and skills. eltej issn: 2621-6485 riyanto 67 one of the forms of skills is known as social skills. social skills constitutes students‟ capability to behave appropriately in a certain context while performing social task (nowicki, 2003) such as managing team work, being tolerance, showing cooperation. thus, interaction and cooperation are categorized as parts of social skills. in relation to video making process, it can be said that a video project promotes the students‟ social skills. furthermore, it was perceived by the learners as providing motivation and giving a successful learning experience (watts, 1989). a video making is highly likely to involve a process of writing whether it be the story line or speech draft before the recording process takes place. during the course of draft writing which involved editing and rewriting, students increase their ability and awareness toward their own speaking skills. usually in a writing class, student would submit their writing to their teacher. in the case of video making, students need to read their own writing for the purpose of video making. this process gave ample opportunities for students to evaluate and contemplate on their performances (castañeda & rodríguezgonzález, 2017). research method this paper is a report of an action research done in a speaking class of semester one class in a university with 29 students in it. it was designed to have 14 class room sessions, one mid-term examination and one final examination so that there were 16 sessions in total. the research was conducted in one semester to see how the incorporation of video making activities improve the speaking class. this video making was chosen especially to solve the problem of limited allocated time for each of the students to speak during the classroom sessions. action research involves the process of studying a real classroom situation to understand and improve the quality of actions or instruction (johnson, 2012). the research was conducted to study a real class situation with the aim to improve the teaching and learning process in that particular class. it is part of the teacherresearcher‟s endeavor to understand more about his own class and at the same time involve himself in „a process of improvement and reform (hopkins, 2008). following hopkins, the process of this research was divided into four sequences: plan, act, observe, and reflect. however, in line with hopkins‟s suggestion, the implementation of the process was not a linear progression. it was more like a spiral in a continuous cycle. throughout the semester students were asked to create 6 videos, 2 individual and 4 group videos as follows: table 1. videos made by the students no topic duration indiv/group 1 siblings 6-12 mnts group 2 past experiences 6-12 mnts group 3 future plans 6-12 mnts group 4 comparing high school vs university life 6-12 mnts group 5 teaching one basic skill: greeting, inviting people, agreeing disagreeing, giving compliment, apologizing-expressing anger 6-12 mnts individual, helped by 4 others as the “students” 6 famous fictional characters 3 – 7 mnts individual the choosing of the topic was in line with the progression from talking about someone they knew very well into making a plan. meanwhile the topic number six was to 68 e-issn: 2621-6485 reinforce the basic skill they already acquired so that the videos were not about how they applied those skills but they shared their knowledge by teaching the skill. plan in the planning stage, students were made aware of the video making activities as the main projects for the whole semester. thus, from the first meeting the students were informed that the speaking class would be conducted using integrated approach, meaning that the students would need to listen, read, write, and speak with the ultimate activity was producing three video projects both individually and in groups. students were informed that classroom sessions were very limited in providing adequate opportunity for them to speak. the alternative was that they speak outside the classroom by making videos. groups were created and managed anticipate the coming assignments. details of the planning for the video making were given to students based on the assessment of the class progress. for example, topic number 1 (sibling), the lecturer assessed whether students had known each other adequately in order to work as a group comfortably and whether the students had acquired adequate knowledge and skills to discuss about siblings. the same assessment was done for the planning of the other five topics. throughout the semester, the implementation of the plan was divided into three acts, each followed by observation and reflection. in turn the reflection became the consideration in moving forward to the next act. in this fashion, there were small cycles of plan, act, observe, reflect. acts the three acts consisted of preparation, action, and revision. the preparation covered creating psychological comfort, social bonding, and performing language skills such as describing people, objects, places, feelings and time. lighthearted games were played to elevate the psychological and social atmosphere. group discussions were conducted to assess the base line of students‟ language skills. talking about people was among the first topics of speaking to improve both their language skills and social skills. this social skill would be developed later. to improve other language skills students were asked to listen, read, and write as much information as possible regarding certain topics such as siblings, past memories, and future planning. the outputs from this sequence were group videos and their scripts about siblings, places, and past memories (topic 1,2,3). special videos were made comparing the life of high school and university (topic 4). a big concentration was given to two topics comparing high school versus university life and making a future plan. those two topics wrapped other language skills, i.e. listening, reading, and writing. the outputs were some videos and their scripts. the second act dealt with basic conversational skills such as greeting, addressing, agreeing disagreeing, inviting friends, and giving direction. however, since respondents were english department students, they were assumed to have adequate background knowledge about these skills. thus, students were not asked to perform these basic skills in the class room; they were asked to conduct a micro teaching instead. this was to elevate the level of competencies in acquiring the basic skills, that was not only acquiring but also transferring the skills. students were asked to do a sort of „micro teaching‟ and record the activity in a video of 4 – 7 minutes. eltej issn: 2621-6485 riyanto 69 the third act goes back to the topic of people with some deepening. students were asked to read theories on characterization, read a novel closely, quote characterizations in the novel, and paraphrase the characterization to be performed in videos. the outputs were scripts and videos. these were to familiarize students with english literature and ways to analyze a character. observe in line with those three acts above, three sequences of data collection were conducted consisting of direct classroom observation, video reviews, and survey. direct observation during classroom sessions were done especially for the first act above to establish some preliminary assessment related to the progress of the class mentioned above. this progress assessment as the result of observation would become the basis for giving the further and more detail instruction of video making. in this second sequence videos were reviewed and treated as „witness and analytical tool (tochon, 2001). the video reviews were taken from the performances of the first and second attempts of video making. those videos were viewed outside the classroom by the teacher and then feedbacks were given to students to improve the next attempts of video making with special attention given to the process of the making. it is during these two sequences that the contemplation was done and the plan for improvement for the last act was made. the third sequence was done at the end of the semester in which students‟ perceptions were surveyed. the questionnaire was to find the perceptions of the students toward the benefits of the integration of the video making into the speaking class. the students were asked to check the columns on the questionnaire and check highly disagree, disagree, can‟t say, agree, and highly agree. the questions are intended to find whether students consider the integration as beneficial for them or not. reflect reflect was the report as the manifestation of the reflection of the action research. data gathered from direct classroom observation, video analysis, and survey were used to make the contemplation. since it was a cyclical process, the result of the first reflection would become the basis for the second cycle planning. the same was also true for the data gathered from videos. those videos submitted before the end of the semester were used as mirrors of reflection. each time data was gathered and analyzed, and some adaptations of the previous plan was made. for example, the timing of giving the video making assignment depended on the readiness of the students. a reflection was needed to make sure that the students were ready. only the contemplation from the data of the survey was could not be given back to the class since the survey was conducted after the semester ended. thus, those small cycle of reflection were intended to ensure the best preparation for the next sessions. a more comprehensive reflection was done mainly using the data from the survey with the result below. findings and discussion the findings and discussion of the data collected from the action research follows the three sequences of data collection above. 70 e-issn: 2621-6485 direct classroom observation the first was class room review which was mainly based on direct observation. the 29 participants were first year students. they showed eagerness and high spirit to study. they looked happy and seemed to feel that they had reached a great achievement of becoming a student of a university. however, it was also clearly shown that they had great expectation from the university and especially the lecturer. the dream to enter a university came true, now they were facing the real university. such a spirit and expectation were seen very clearly, for example in their being on time and being seated nicely before the class began. students also responded toward greeting whether it be welcoming and saying goodbye enthusiastically, in unison, and loudly, a reminder of high school routines. this high school reminiscence needed to be dealt with. an awareness of social transformation from high school time to university life was discussed in a special topic and recorded in a video. one of the students came and met the lecturer to discuss her transformation process of being a high school student in a quite remote area into a university in a big city. in this occasion review to the class was discussed. this was to help the student to deal with individual psychological issues as well as social and educational ones. however, most of the classroom reviews were done in classroom group discussions. this was to see how students interacted and built connection among them. after 4 sessions the class was ready for the next level which required independent learning and team work. the transformation was based on several results of the observation and reviews: 1. the readiness of the students to be „real‟ university students, leaving the habit of being spoon-fed 2. the competency to work independently to search and digest more knowledge 3. the capability to work as a team thus, from the first stage of data collection through observation and reviews of classroom activities, it was evident that respondents showed a gradual transformation from ex high school students into university students in which social, psychological and educational were eventually dealt with. video reviews time limitation which hinders adequate practice of speaking for these 29 students was dealt with activities outside classroom in the form of micro teaching and discussions. students read, wrote, listened, and spoke with ample time. video reviews helped them improve their process of video making. first and second videos were seen by the lecturer and then given the reviews in the classroom. the reviews included sonic and visual performances, verbal language, and non-verbal language. furthermore, reviews of teamwork management were also conducted. the students raised the issue of scheduling in which they found it hard to find the right time to meet and work together. place and technology for recording were problematic to students. they always found the best place to get together, such as in discussions room of the main library, in their houses, or even in class rooms. however, when those places became the setting of the video shooting, some attention needed to be paid especially their level of noise and light. in the aspect of technology, the students of this generation were able to access practical and affordable gadget in the forms of smart mobile phones. almost all students are able to record and edit videos. yet, some students used entry level of camera. eltej issn: 2621-6485 riyanto 71 first and second videos were evidence of the competence and capability of the students to produce video. this readiness gave way for the next level that is producing video with serious content. to do so, students needed to conduct some research such as by reading novels and theories of characterization. this would help them wrote a good script. survey the result of the survey is illustrated in the figure 1. figure 1. result of the survey showing benefits from video making process there were four main categories of benefits; language and literary, social, personal, and technical. 1. social skills, included group management (100), understanding about friends (100), tolerance (100), team work (97) 2. language and literary skills, included gaining general knowledge (100), new vocabularies (100), knowledge about literature (79) 3. psychological skills, included reflect on strength and weakness (97) 4. technical skills, included video skill (86), edit for best performance (86) from the figure 1, it can be seen that all students agreed that video making process helped them improve their social, language and literary skills. in social skills, students learned how to manage their group and how to work with their friends. included in group management skills were planning, distributing jobs, scheduling. meanwhile students‟ understanding about their friends was more than just knowing names but also siblings, hobbies, future plans, and many others which in turn generated more tolerance. this wass because students talked to their friends about those topics. language and literary skills covered general knowledge, literary knowledge and new vocabularies. reading novels, marking the characterization lines, and reading about characterization theories have brought more knowledge of literature. later, the acquired knowledge was synthesized in the students‟ own video performance reviewing famous characters. only one student expressed the disagreement toward the perception that video making process helped improve student‟s psychological skill. the other 28 students agreed. 72 e-issn: 2621-6485 this psychological skill was acquired through reflection on their strength and weaknesses as seen in their respective videos. this was made possible because those videos were made to be seen repetitively, unlike a real speaking occasion which happen only once. the psychological and social skills are in line with those proposed by jany (2015) who included motivation, interaction, and cooperation. the benefits regarding language skill were also reported by castaneda & rodriguez-gonzales (2017). additional benefits found in this research were technical skill in making video and knowledge about literature as the content of the video. conclusion the integration of video making into a speaking class has shown significant benefits to the students. from the survey students believed that the video making helped them improve their language and literary, social, psychological and technical skills. their knowledge was also improved. as for the current issue, it appears that the incorporation of media whether it be video or audio to learning process has dramatically risen its importance due to the covid-19 pandemic. the closures of classes have given ways for innovations and improvements in videos as alternative to ensure to continuation of learning. references arta, b. (2018). multiple studies: the influence of collaborative learning approach on indonesian secondary high school students‟ english speaking skill. english language teaching educational journal, 1(3), 148-159. doi: 10.12928/eltej.v1i3.143 brown, h. d. (1994). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. boston: pearson education. burns, a. and joyce, h. (1997). focus on speaking. sydney: macquire university press. castañeda, m., & rodríguez-gonzález, e. (2017). l2 speaking self-ability perceptions through multiple video speech drafts. hispania. 94(3), 483–501. http://www.jstor.org/stable/23032122 chaney, a. (1998). teaching oral communication in grades k:2005, boston: allyn & bacon cooter, r b and perkins, j. h. (2011). editorial: much done, much yet to do. the reading teacher, 8, 563–566. egan, kathleen b. (1999). speaking: a critical skill and challenge. calico journal. vol. 16, no. 3, special issue: tutors that listen: speech recognition for language learning. pp. 277-294. evans s., and green, c. (2007). why eap is necessary: a survey of hong kong tertiary students. journal of english for academic purposes, 6, 3–17. doi:10.1016/j.jeap.2006.11.005 florez, m. a. (1999). improving adult english language learners’ speaking skills. washington dc. national clearinghouse for esl literacy education. harmer, j. (2007). the practice of english language teaching (3rd ed.). harlow: pearson education limited. hinkel, e. (2006). current perspectives on teaching the four skills. tesol quarterly, 40(1), 109. doi:10.2307/40264513 hopkins, d. (2008). a teacher’s guide to classroom research, 4th edition. open https://doi.org/10.12928 eltej issn: 2621-6485 riyanto 73 university press. doi:10.1080/13674580300200452 howarth, p. (2001). process speaking, preparing to repeat yourself. met, 1(10), 39– 44. james, m. a. (2012). an investigation of motivation to transfer second language learning. the modern language journal, 96(1) 51–69. stable url: https://www.jstor.org/stable/41478805 jany, b. (2015). and lights, camera, action: toward active german language learning through digital media production. die unterrichtspraxis/teaching german, 48(2), 244–254. doi:10.1111/tger.10198 johnson, a. (2012). a short guide to action research (4th ed). mankato. pearson. leong, l.-m., & ahmadi, s. m. (2017). an analysis of factors influencing learners‟ english speaking skill. international journal of research in english education, 2(1), 34–41.doi: 10.18869/acadpub.ijree.2.1.34 littlewood, w. (1981). communicative language teaching. cambridge. cambridge university press. murphy, john m. (1991). oral communication in tesol: integrating speaking, listening, and pronunciation. tesol quarterly, 25(1), 51-75. nowicki, e. a. (2003). a meta-analysis of the social competence of children with learning disabilities compared to classmates of low and average to high achievement. learning disability quarterly, 26(3), 171–188. doi:10.2307/1593650 oxford, r. (2001). integrated skills in the esl/efl classroom. the journal of tesol france, 5–12. shakirova, dilyara sh. et.al. (2016). teaching speaking through the communicative approach. the turkish online journal of design, art and communicationtojdac november 2016. special edition. doi:10.7456/1060nvse/160. su, ya-chen. (2007). students‟ changing views and the integrated-skills approach in taiwan‟s efl college classes. asia pacific education review, 8(1) 27-40 tatham, m. and morton, k. (2006). speech production and perception. new york. palgrave mcmillan. tochon, f. v. (2001). education-research: new avenues for digital pedagogy and feedback in teacher education. international journal of applied semiotics, 2(1-2), 9–28. watts, c. (1989). interactive video: what the students say. calico journal, 7(1), 17– 20. doi:10.1558/cj.v7i1.17-20 sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 3, no. 1, 2020, pp. 14-25 e-issn: 2621-6485 bringing zull’s four brain-derived pillars of learning into the english classroom jorge carlos correa rodriguez central china normal university, wuhan, china jorgecorrear@yahoo.com abstract teaching modifies the brain of the learners. in that respect, providing teachers with information about ways in which the brain learns could allow them to enhance their practices. similarly, language teachers should also embrace what experts and theories from educational neuroscience and mind, brain and education science (mbe) science can offer to pedagogy. this paper explored zull’s biological learning model in order to provide a practical way to support language teaching. the model depicts 4 pillars derived from his understanding of the learning brain. zull’s model was developed by his observations of the organic structure of the brain. it originated from the functioning of specific areas located in the neocortex of the brain; the sensory area, the back-integrative area, the front-integrative area and the motor area. zull (2002) posited that each area is in charge of general functions such as; gathering, reflecting, creating and testing respectively. this connection could benefit the teaching process by providing a path to follow at the moment of instruction. in that sense, this paper observed how his model could be connected with one language teaching methodology. presentation, practice and production (ppp). it was also observed that the synergetic nature of the connections within the human brain allows the pillars to move throughout the stages of ppp. it means that despite each stage was bound to specific pillars, the rest of them could be also used in each particular stage of ppp if needed. moreover, some suggestions for the general language classroom were also included. this paper, therefore, aimed to connect one theory derived from the understanding of the brain with pedagogy in order to enhance the way teaching and learning in language classrooms is conducted. keywords: biology of learning, the brain, zull’s model, language teaching; ppp how to cite: correa rodriguez, j. c. (2020). bringing zull’s four brain-derived pillars of learning into the english classroom. english language teaching educational journal, 3(1), 14-25 introduction language learning, similar to any mental process, is strictly bounded to the inner and complex workings of the human brain (friederici, 2017). language is shaped due to the biological complexity of our brain, a process which has been also connected with aspects our evolution, such as the need for communication. it is not then surprising that language, as a mean of communication, is considered as a unique human characteristic, which is strictly bounded to the particular development of our species (jackendoff, 2002). thus, the intricate organic and cognitive processes which shape language, and learning itself, should not be an unknown subject for language teachers. according to zull (2002), “(…) the more you understand the brain, the more artful you can be when you must teach” (p.vii). consequently, language teachers’ knowledge about how the brain learns may lead to improvements in the way languages are taught and therefore learned. for instance, language teachers may actually benefit from embracing what experts from educational neuroscience, and mind, brain and education science (mbe), which are two academic fields connecting brain science and education, have offered in respect to learning, teaching and several educational matters including mailto:jorgecorrear@yahoo.com eltej issn: 2621-6485 correa rodriguez 15 language learning (battro, fischer, & léna, 2008; caine, caine, klimek, & mcclintic, 2009; oecd, 2007; sousa, 2011; tokuhama-espinosa, 2011; tokuhama-espinosa, 2014). all the investigations from those two areas can definitely have impacts on the quality of teaching and the way students actually learn. however, the success of that connection, to some extent, relies directly on educators’ willingness to accept and include knowledge from those fields into their classrooms. for instance, in the words of geake & cooper (2003), “(…) the education profession could benefit from embracing rather than ignoring cognitive neuroscience. moreover, educationists should be actively contributing to the research agenda of future brain research” (p.7). consequently, over the past years, numerous researchers have reflected on and promoted the critical connection between brain science and education to support teachers from all educational levels and academic subjects (battro, fischer, & léna, 2008; blakemore & frith, 2005; campbell & patten, 2011; geake, 2009; jensen, 2008; sousa, 2011; sousa, 2011; willis, 2008), among others. the rationale to developing this paper then originated by one main reason; the biological basis of language in the brain. it means that if language is originated in the brain, then a higher understanding of the way the brain learns may lead to enhancements in the way language is taught. moreover, since zull’s model depicts an organic way of learning, then the possible connections between language teaching and his learning model were believed to be appropriate. finally, since his model describes learning as a universal process happening in the brain, then language learning would be included, and it could be taught by following the ideas within his model. thus, this paper will particularly examine in which ways zull’s four learning pillars could be connected to one well known language teaching methodology presentation, practice and production (ppp). the four pillars being connected with language teaching will be; gathering, reflection, creating and testing as presented in his model (zull j. e., 2002; zull j. e., 2006; zull j. e., 2011). the first section of this paper will explore the main theory behind zull’s four pillars in order to describe its theoretical foundations. the second section will firstly include a reflection on how the 4 pillars can be connected with one ppp. finally, some practical and general ideas to connect the pillars with the english language classroom will be presented. zull’s biology of learning the main theory supporting this paper was developed by zull (2002) when connecting kolb’s experiential learning cycle (kolb, 1984, 2015) with his knowledge of the human brain and the biology of learning. zull proposed the construct of learning as a 4 stage physio-biological process involving, broadly speaking; the sensory, integrative and motor areas in the brain. moreover, zull observed learning as a process which produces physical changes in the structure of the brain. in his own words (2002), “learning is about biology” (p.xiii). however, even though he acknowledged learning as a far more complex process including a variety of parallel and overlapping interconnections, he insisted that in end, the 4 pillars could be considered as the main framework where all the interconnections of the biological learning processes are encased and happen in an orchestral but no rigid fashion. to sum up, and based on zull’s ideas, we could define learning as a physical and cognitive experience encasing the integration, processing and assimilation of sensory stimuli from the environment and the body resulting in concrete and dynamic motor responses. this definition could 16 e-issn: 2621-6485 also apply to language learning because it includes some actions similarly performed by language teachers. zull’s four fundamental pillars of learning zull’s four pillars of learning have some organic foundations which depict four major areas of the neocortex as observed below. thus, an overview of these structures of the brain will be firstly included. the 4 major areas of the neocortex supporting the pillars these areas are, in general terms, in charge of gathering, reflecting, creating, and testing all data around and within us. the way in which these areas of the human brain interact in complex manners are believed to set the basis for our capacity to learn. in consequence, and before going into the four pillars, it is necessary to identify and describe the 4 major areas of the neocortex carrying out most learning processes. as described in zull’s model (2002), they are the following; the sensory area (gathering), the back-integrative area (reflecting), the front-integrative area, (creating) and the motor area (testing) as clearly observed in figure 1. figure 1. the 4 major areas of the neocortex in the human brain (zull j. e., 2002) from the previous diagram, it can be observed that the relationship between those four areas is not linear; it is actually a cycle which can include several processes and sub-processes within each area, all of them happening and overlapping simultaneously. the sensory area: the sensory area of the neocortex is in charge of receiving and gathering all the stimuli coming from the environment around us, as well as from our own bodies. this process is facilitated by all the senses human beings have. for example, the senses of sight and hearing allow us to see the light, images and hear sounds in the outside world. therefore, all the senses in the body play a fundamental role as receptors of information encased in the stimuli which will be processed later on in other areas of the neocortex connected to each specific sense. this particular collection of data is fundamental for all of us because it helps us to observe, understand and interact, as well as to learn from the environment we live on. in sum, all we can sense, feel, see, hear, taste, touch etc, is firstly received in the sensory area of the neocortex in the human brain. later on, this data will be internalized. eltej issn: 2621-6485 correa rodriguez 17 the back-integrative area: once the information from the stimuli has entered the sensory cortex and its particular nature has been identified, it may be immediately directed to the back integrative area of the neocortex for deeper association. the processes in this area can also be parallel and even overlap each other depending of the experience. moreover, in this area of the neocortex, the data is also processed and combined with existing data; it means it is connected with existing information in the memories of the person. this is a fundamental aspect of the learning process, the association between the new and the previous knowledge. in sum, in the backintegrative area the sensory information is integrated in order to obtain meaning out of the data received previously through the senses by connecting it with previous knowledge. the front-integrative area: in the next area of the neocortex, the data is consciously internalized due to our cognitive skills. it is in this stage where we can identify the data, as a construct itself which we can cognitively understand resulting in judgments and decisions. similarly, when the information reaches this area, we can comprehend its meaning and apply and attach our own thinking to it. one extra process happening here is the identification of its relevance and usefulness for the learning experience itself. in sum, the front integrative are of the neocortex is in charge of the consciously processing of the information, it also allows us to plan actions and make decisions on the possible ways we can actually try out hypothesis derived from the information within the learning experience in which we are at. the motor area: the motor area of the neocortex is what allows us to, after all the integrative and associative processes, to react to the stimuli we have initially received. this active and motor reaction is bounded to the meaningful understanding, and hopefully successful processing, of the data within the stimuli. it is then due to this specific area by which our actions can illustrate a real connection between the stimuli and our particular thinking derived from the assimilation process the information, which was contained in it. for instance, a clear illustration would be the ability to orally reply to a question in our own, or for the sake of this paper, in a foreign language. in sum, the motor are of the neocortex facilitates our “reaction” to the stimuli we have received. it means that after all the reflective and integrative processes originated from the assimilation of the sensory data of the stimuli, we can finally show a cognitive and bodily understanding of that sensory experience through actions. figure 2 shows the location of the areas of the neocortex in the human brain, the picture below was obtained from (zull j. e., 2002) (p.15). figure 2. the four areas of the neocortex the four pillars or learning the four pillars in zull’s model of learning are; gathering, reflecting, creating, and testing. in this section, each pillar will be described, in general terms, aiming to set the basis for the upcoming connections with the english language classroom. a visual representation of the four pillars is presented in figure 3. 18 e-issn: 2621-6485 figure 3. zull´s four pillars of learning (zull j. e., 2002) pillar one: gathering data the first pillar, similarly to its corresponding section of the neocortex, is related to information or data gathering. in order to learn, people need to actively interact with the world around them. we need to have access to concrete experiences and meaningful interactions. it is in this way how we are able to “absorb” and assimilate the information we will use in situations like surviving, socializing, and of course learning a language. the gathering of data, within any learning experience, is a critical step which should include the activation of all senses and it should hopefully origin from concrete experiences (zull j. e., 2002).the more senses involved in any learning situation, the more regions of the brain are activated. thus, if more senses are involved in the gathering of data, these processes then may ignite the activation of more neurons and therefore the activation of more neural connections leading to the creation of complex networks within the brain. in sum, the brain relies on its biological mechanisms to gather data through, hopefully from a complete sensory-based experience. pillar two: reflecting once the brain has received and gathered information from the environment, this data needs to be connected in order to make meaning. thus, in this stage, the assimilation of all the pieces of information occurs by creating associations for instance with the existing information. it means that the data which entered the brain is somehow “grouped” with other pieces of data in order to get some meaning out of it. this process may be considered as one of the fundamental aspects in the learning of a language due to its connective nature. it is in this stage where the learner actually creates connections between the new data with existing knowledge in the brain. moreover, this new knowledge is also classified based on its relevance for that specific experience, as well as related to the recall of previous knowledge coming from the memories of the individual (sousa, 2011). similarly, the reflecting stage of the learning process is the one which facilitates, activates and produces memory formation due to the connectivity nature of its functioning. in simple words, the brain connects the incoming information with the already processed information by means of reflection. so teachers need to guide students to create connections. eltej issn: 2621-6485 correa rodriguez 19 pillar three: creating at this stage, the brain performs processes related to conscious reflection and planning. moreover, it creates intentional and purposeful associations. it is in this stage where we test hypothesis and develop action plans to be performed with the information encased in the learning experience. it is in fact what we will actually do with the data we have received. most of these action plans will be tested out in the next stage; however, some of them may not be used and could be replaced with ideas which may be considered to be more appropriate and useful for the experience. a selective process aiming to state relevance and meaningfulness may also appear at this stage. the level of metacognitive skills a person may have can similarly enhance or hinder the process. it means that the capacities a person may have to create meaning from what they learn may be observed in this stage. students at this point think and consciously observe the usefulness and possible ways in which learning a specific topic may benefit them as well as what they can do with that information. pillar four: active testing this pillar encases the active testing of the action plans originated in the previous stage. it is in this stage where learners can observe if their predictions or hypothesis from the previous stage were effective. it means that the brain of the students after receiving, associating and planning what to do with the stimuli they received can finally try their ideas out in the real world. if the actions plans for some reason fail, they can start the process again and retest their ideas. this pillar, similarly to the first one has the experience-based foundations of zull’s model of learning. its relevance originates from the concrete usage of the information after all the internal systems dealt with the stimuli entering the body. in sum, students need to be given time to try out their ideas in concrete and active manners. the four pillars described in this section provided a general view of data processing in the brain, which according to zull, should be seen as the foundation of all learning. his model represents a general way of information processing which teachers could use to enhance their practices. research method this paper followed a library research method. it means that the corresponding information and theories depicting the main ideas supporting the study were drawn after revising and understanding the selected theorists´ books. hence, a description of the major foundations was initially observed, and then the possible applications of the theory were connected with english teaching. findings and discussion this section will aim to connect zull´s model with one language teaching methodology; (ppp) presentation, practice production (harmer, 2007a; harmer, 2007b). this methodology was selected because it was believed that most english language teachers should be familiar with the theory behind it. in future research, other methodologies could be observed. presentation, practice, production (ppp) and the four overlapping pillars if we think about language teaching we can recall the idea of presentation, practice and production. ppp depicts a specific way in which language or particular features of a language can be taught. for a more detailed description of ppp, please 20 e-issn: 2621-6485 refer to (harmer, 2007a: harmer, 2007b). in general terms, when teachers use ppp, learners are firstly presented with a language feature. at this point, the sensory cortex allows the brain to gather the incoming information. then, learners need to internalize it by means of practice and reflection. in other words, they need to reflect and use the information; some testing could also be needed at this stage if needed. finally, learners should produce the same or new language derived from what was presented. therefore, they have to try or test if the way in which they processed the information was correct based on the requirements of that particular learning situation. the overlapping nature of the model allows each area and each pillar to move from one stage to the other. it means that despite, to some extent, the fixed structure of ppp, the pillars can overlap as needed. zull’s idea of the model relied on the synergetic nature of the human brain, even though it follows certain patterns, its uniqueness relies on its capacity to create infinite connections to enhance its functioning. for example, practice can include two or more areas of the neocortex at the same time as observed in figure 4. in other words, learners may rely on different parts of the brain to integrate information in order to practice and produce the target language. for instance, even though at the presentation stage learners mainly receive and gather information, they may also reflect and test some ideas related to the topic they are learning in that specific initial stage. for those reasons, despite the 4 pillars were included in each stage in the figure below, the most relevant(s) for that specific stage will be presented in italics. to sum up, figure 4 was mainly included to clarify zull’s theory rather than to rigidly provide a pattern to follow. the main idea was to try to observe how ppp could mirror the pillars and how they could be placed along all the stages. it is relevant to mention again that due to the synergetic and intricate nature of the biological processes within the human brain, the 4 pillars of learning can overlap and therefore be activated through the 3 stages of ppp. figure 4. the connection between ppp and the 4 pillars of learning the 4 pillars in the general english classroom pillar 1. data gathering: include learning experiences which promote the highly inclusion and activation of all the senses. make learning experiential! in order to apply zull’s model, educators should start by designing learning experiences which include the ideas behind the first pillar. the first pillar deals with the eltej issn: 2621-6485 correa rodriguez 21 sensory gathering of the information because we receive most of the input from the environment. thus, language teachers should do their best to turn their classes into highly sensorial learning experiences. it is relevant to mention that these will be general ideas, it is then the task of the teachers to use their creativity and adaptation skills to apply the first pillar into their particular contexts and needs. following, a set of specific ideas to include the first pillar into language classes a) when dealing with vocabulary, teachers should use pictures, videos, realia and include concrete experiences to introduce it. according to zull’s first pillar, this may facilitate the creation of more complex and integrated networks in the brain because once the input enters the brain more senses will be involved. it means that if students see, hear, touch, and taste an object related to one specific word for example, this construct will be connected to “four neuronal networks”. of course that there may be more networks involved, but here we oversimplify the idea to make things clear. following the example, the resulting activated networks would be the visual, auditory, tactile and gustatory. on the contrary, if students just look at a word on a flashcard or written on the board, they may lack the opportunity to create more networks for that specific word which may probably later on hinder memory formation. b) if possible, take students out to field trips so they can learn and use language on the spot. for instance, a zoo, a museum, a park. this will allow them to interact with the stimuli in the environment while using the target language. concrete experiences activate and involve more neuronal networks. c) bring the outside world into your classroom. turn your classroom into a post office, a hospital, a restaurant, an amusement park etc. be creative! d) ask students to bring from home realia related to the topics they are learning. this could also add the affective connection with the learning experience. e) use songs, drawing books, scale models, plasticine. etc. make learning active and more organic, so not only visual and auditory sections of the brain will be activated. pillar 2. reflection: guide students to connect and associate the new information with previous experiences. neurons that fire together, wire together (hebb, 1949). once the data has been received, something must be done with it. so now it is reflection time! provide enough time for students to reflect on what they are learning with what they already know. however, learning is more than receiving data from the environment through the senses and to think about it is not enough; something very important needs to be done with that data. what it is needed at this point is the creation of connections. moreover, they have to be highly effective connections which should be achieved thanks to the reflection processes. it means that learners should be guide to effectively associate the new input or data with existing ideas in their memory systems. thus, they need to attach new knowledge entering through the senses with previous related knowledge stored in their brains. the following are some ways in which this can be possibly achieved. a) use the art of questioning, it means that you can use specific questions to make students think, connect and associate the new information with previous experiences. recalling! 22 e-issn: 2621-6485 b) provide “thinking time”. let students go into their memories to create those connections. c) encourage students to use mind maps to connect ideas. d) allow students to interact and share ideas with peers e) provide clues and guide them to make effective connections. f) allow students to interact in groups pillar 3. creating: guide students to generate and develop ideas based on the connections they have formed. this specific pillar may allow students to develop a sense of deep understanding of the data they have received and processed in the previous stages, and actually plan and try out what to do with it. this is actually the stage in which students use their cognitive capacities to consciously think and give meaning to knowledge, as well as to generate some potential final outputs. this capacity to think about what is being learned leads to the planning of the actions to be performed in the next stage. students can therefore mentally prepare themselves to try out a hypothesis or ideas connected to the element or topic they are dealing with. this stage provides them with the opportunity to personalize and connect their own thinking with the learning experience by becoming cognitively active manipulators of the knowledge. this could be considered as a cognitive trial an error process. here students plan and test their ideas because it is a fully metacognitive stage. below, some ideas to get the best out of this pillar. a) provide appropriate time for students to reflect and try out their mental ideas. b) celebrate mistakes as part of the learning process! c) encourage students to think about learning. promote critical thinking. d) show them ways to enhance their metacognitive skills. e) guide the reflection by being a supporter rather than a corrector. f) promote creativity among your students. pillar 4. testing: see learning as an experiential process where students can test their ideas. after the data, content or knowledge passed the previous pillars, students need to test the ideas specifically developed in the reflection and creating pillars. it means that they need to have the opportunity to observe how their assumptions on the new knowledge, which was already processed, can be applied or tried out. this stage may provide a concrete way to meaningfully use the data which was received, associated and integrated in the first stages. similarly to the previous stage, in the last pillar, students will also experience mistakes at the moment of trying out their ideas. it is then the task of the teacher to guide and make them aware of the importance of mistakes as fundamental part of learning. in the case errors are done, they should be encouraged to rethink and reconsidered their hypothesis or ideas in order to retry them until they get it right. this, in the end, should produce a new sensory and concrete experience and the cycle may start all over again. a) the inclusion of acting and role plays in the language classrooms are specific ideas related to the last pillar. these two, and other similar activities, may allow eltej issn: 2621-6485 correa rodriguez 23 students to fully and bodily immerse themselves in the use of language. in a class performance, the students will use all their bodies and senses to communicate when acting out. in other words, they would be actively testing and integrating knowledge within an experiential process. b) at this point it should be mentioned that the performance of dialogues in front of the class may a little distant from the pillars because, in general, students mainly read aloud from their notes or a given handout. the idea is to make learning a highly sensorial experience in which they were active participants. so, encourage students to be creative by developing their own dialogues using the target language. c) encourage students’ active participation! d) similar to the previous pillar, celebrate mistakes as part of the learning process. e) design your classes so all students can use the target language in experiential and active fashions. the previous examples included some general ideas to include the four pillars in the english classroom. however, considering the vast amount of specific topics, levels and contexts related to language learning, it was decided to include mainly some broad ideas for the teacher. it is then recommended that teachers should use their creativity to include the pillars when designing their classes because as observed in zull’s model, that is how the brain actually learns. conclusion in general words, this paper reflected on the connection between zull’s biological model of learning and one language teaching methodology; presentation, practice and production. it overviewed zull’s model main foundations rooted in some of the major areas of the brain; the sensory, integrative and motor areas of the neocortex. similarly, it observed how zull connected those areas of the brain with learning itself by proposing 4 pillars depicting a natural, but not fixed, cycle of learning. it also included a reflection on how one language teaching methodology (ppp) may connect to the pillars. it was also observed that the synergetic nature of the connections within the human brain allows the pillars to move throughout the stages of ppp, it means that despite each stage was bound to specific pillars; the rest of them could be also used in each particular stage of ppp if needed. moreover, it included some general ideas to incorporate each pillar into the language classroom. it is relevant to mention that this paper mirrored a similar review which observed the ways in which other learning principles found within (mbe) science could be similarly included into the english classroom (correa rodriguez, 2018). to sum up, learning involves mental and physio-biological process. educators then should take into account both aspects of learning when designing and conducting their classes. they should not focus only on the cognitive aspects of learning; they should also pay attention to how the brain organically processes that knowledge and bring that information into their classrooms when possible. as zull, (2002) stated, “(…) learning is change. it is change in ourselves, because it is change in the brain. thus, the art of teaching must be the art of changing the brain” (p.xiv). hopefully, zull’s model of learning can provide a different perspective for teachers to use so they can enhance their practices and make learning a more organic-based experience. 24 e-issn: 2621-6485 references battro, a. m., fischer, k. w., & léna, p. j. (2008). the educated brain. essays in neuroeducation. new york: cambridge university press. blakemore, s.-j., & frith, u. (2005). the learning brain. lessons for education. oxford: blackwell. caine, r. n., caine, g., klimek, k. j., & mcclintic, c. (2009). 12 brain/mind learning principles in action. thousand oaks, ca: corwin press. campbell, s. r., & patten, k. e. (2011). educational neuroscience: initiatives and emerging issues. west sussex: wiley-blackwell. correa rodriguez, j. c. (2018). connecting english language teaching with 12 brain/mind learning principles. international journal of indonesian education and teaching, 2(2), 161-169. https://doi.org/10.24071/ijiet.2018.020208 friederici, a. d. (2017). language in our brain: the origins of a uniquely human capacity. cambridge, massachusetts: the mit press. geake, g. j. (2009). the brain at school. new york: mcgraw-hill companies. geake, j., & cooper, p. (2003). cognitive neuroscience: implications for education? westminster studies in education, 26(1), 7-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/0140672030260102 harmer, j. (2007a). how to teach english: an introduction to the practice of english language teaching (2nd ed.). essex: pearson education limited. harmer, j. (2007b). the practice of english language teaching (4th ed.). essex: pearson education limited. hebb, d. o. (1949). the organisation of behavior. new york: wiley. jackendoff, r. (2002). foundations of language: brain, meaning, grammar, evolution. new york, u.s.a: oxford university press inc. jensen, e. (2008). brain-based learning. thousand oaks: corwin press. kolb, d. a. (1984). experiential learning: experience as the source of learning and development. new jersey: prentice-hall. kolb, d. a. (2015). experiential learning: experience as the source of learning and development (2nd ed.). new jersey, u.s.a: pearson education, inc. oecd. (2007). understanding the brain: the birth of a learning science. centre for educational research and innovation. oecd. sousa, d. a. (2011). how the brain learns. thousand oaks: corwin. sousa, d. a. (2011). how the ell brain learns. thousand oaks : corwin. the royal society. (2011). brain waves module 2. neuroscience: implications for education and lifelong learning. london. the royal society. tokuhama-espinosa, t. (2011). mind, brain and education science. new york: w.w. norton & company, inc. tokuhama-espinosa, t. (2014). making classrooms better: 50 practical applications of mind, brain and education science. new york: norton. willis, j. (2008). how your child learns best. naperville: sourcebooks inc. zull, j. e. (2002). the art of changing the brain. enriching the practice of teaching by exploring the biology of learning. virginia: stylus publishing, llc. zull, j. e. (2006). key aspects of how the brain learns. in s. johnson, & k. taylor (edits.), the neuroscience of adult learning: new directions for adult and eltej issn: 2621-6485 correa rodriguez 25 continuing education, (pp. 110, 3-9). u.s.a. jossey-bass. https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.213 zull, j. e. (2011). from brain to bind: using neuroscience to guide change in education. sterling: stylus publishing. english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 10.12928/eltej.v5i1.5822 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index eltej@pbi.uad.ac.id collaborative learning and classroom engagement: a pedagogical experience in an efl chilean context jessica vega-abarzúa a,1,*, javiera pastene-fuentes b,2, constanza pastene-fuentes c,3, camila ortega-jiménez d,4, tamar castillo-rodríguez e,5 a,b,c,d,e, universidad adventista de chile, camino a tanilvoro km. 12 sector, las mariposas, chillán, ñuble, chile 1 jessicavega@unach.cl*; 2 javierapastene@alu.unach.cl; 3 constanzapastene@alu.unach.cl; 4 camilaortega@alu.unach.cl; 5 tamarcastillo@alu.unach.cl * corresponding author a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t ( 1 0 p t ) article history received 8 march 2022 revised 19 april 2022 accepted 26 april 2022 in the context of teaching english as a foreign language (efl), there is growing attention towards collaborative learning and learners’ engagement. despite the interest on these topics, there is little research in chile, in the english classroom, about both collaborative learning and learners’ engagement at a school level. therefore, this study emerged to explore and describe the impact of collaborative-based instruction on learners’ engagement during an intervention of five weeks in a private-subsidized school in the city of chillan. the participants of the study were 62 female and 70 male students, aged 15 to 17. based on an action research methodology, the researchers used quantitative and qualitative techniques to collect data which comprised a likert test (adapted from alsowat, 2016) administered before and after the intervention, and unstructured observation registered in every lesson by means of field notes learnt from efrat and ravid (2020). our results show that collaborative learning has a direct relationship with learners’ engagement, evidenced in our four classes where behavioral engagement was predominant. future studies may investigate whether the use of collaborative learning tasks, over a longer period, would still maintain learners’ engagement in the efl classroom as well as whether behavioral engagement is the most salient dimension among their students. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. keywords collaborative learning engagement english high school efl how to cite: vega-abarzúa, j., pastene-fuentes, j., pastene-fuentes, c., ortega-jiménez, c., & castillorodríguez, t. (2022). collaborative learning and classroom engagement: a pedagogical experience in an efl chilean context. english language teaching educational journal, 5(1), 60-74. 1. introduction undoubtedly, english language educators pursue learners’ engagement in their lessons. this interest is not far from chilean education where the school curriculum encourages efl teachers to implement an active pedagogy not only to increase students’ interests towards english language learning but also to learn it meaningfully within a social context (mineduc, 2016). however, engaging learners in a chilean context becomes challenging when facing multiple educational issues. one of these problems has to do with the focus of the instruction, which in chile seems to still dominate a teacher-centered practice. a study conducted by alarcón, díaz and vergara (2015) about identifying university students metaphors’ reveals that pedagogy students mostly played a passive role in their education. this view is completely opposed to the communicative emphasis declared by chilean education. muñoz campos (2017) reports that the focus of the efl classroom, at some point, diverted to standardized testing though in an ill-structured way because the national expectations of attaining https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v5i1.5822 http://journal2.uad.ac.id/index.php/eltej/index mailto:jessicavega@unach.cl mailto:javierapastene@alu.unach.cl mailto:constanzapastene@alu.unach.cl mailto:camilaortega@alu.unach.cl mailto:tamarcastillo@alu.unach.cl http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5260-5584 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9631-0035 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7945-8185 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1276-9987 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1507-6353 https://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi=10.12928/eltej.v5i1.5822&domain=pdf issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 61 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) an intermediate user proficiency have not yet been met. student-centeredness may be distant from the chilean classroom since educators must tackle different problems, leaving no time and room to innovate. for example, research studies report that chilean teachers face serious difficulties such as misbehavior and violence (cid et al., 2008; espinoza & arias, 2020; velasco-cortés, 2014) that threaten the optimal delivery of classes and therefore the implementation of strategies centered on the students. another educational issue that may be hindering student-driven education is classroom size. in a study conducted by ocde (2016), findings reveal that the average pupils per chilean classroom is 24, being the maximum 45, which is a frequent number in chilean urban schools. acción educar (2016) claims that it is vital to reduce large classes to improve the quality of chilean education, classroom didactics and classroom management. although the chilean government asserts to have an ongoing class-size agenda, not to exceed 35 learners per classroom (mayoría, 2013), no changes have yet occurred. the research site of this study was not an exception to the educational issues discussed above, specifically in terms of classroom size and teacher-centeredness. therefore, for this study, it was imperative to i) take a reflective role in our teaching context to bring changes to the classroom, ii) promote learners’ engagement to meet the pedagogical orientations of the national curriculum, and iii) select an approach or method likely to be implemented in our context. in this endeavor, collaborative learning (cl), a student-centered method to reach a common goal (laal & laal, 2012) emerged from the literature review which has reported various benefits for the educational communities in different contexts. this method also matched our expectations to improve our teaching practices. our study was exploratory in nature given the fact that we did not find similar investigations, at the time of the investigation, focusing on collaborative learning and learners’ engagement in a chilean context. the research purpose was to implement an action plan, in this case basically translated into collaborative learning tasks, during five weeks to explore and describe its impact on the engagement of our high school learners in a school of ñuble region, chile. to attain this goal, we have posed the following research questions: is there a relationship between collaborative learning and learners’ engagement? in what way would collaborative learning tasks impact learners’ engagement in the efl classroom? 1.1. engagement for some, the concept of engagement is interchangeably used with the notion of involvement. to some extent this use is acceptable as these two concepts hold a positive connotation, for they imply an active participation. nevertheless, beyond the ordinary use, researchers claim that engagement is broader than involvement as it comprises other elements such as feelings, meaning making and active participation (harper & quaye, 2009). the broadness in the term has allowed a categorization to serve educational purposes, specifically at a school level. thereafter, it is not uncommon to encounter studies and books addressing different types of engagement. fredricks, blumenfeld and paris (2004) distinguish three dimensions of engagement in the literature: 1. behavioral engagement. it entails the active participation and engagement to successfully meet academic and extracurricular demands. 2. emotional engagement. it is characterized by affections, bonds and willingness to commit with the educational setting and actors. 3. cognitive engagement. it is marked by the level of participation and effort to thrive in learning and more challenging tasks. not far from this appraisal, hu and kuh (2001) define engagement as “the quality of effort students themselves devote to educationally purposeful activities that contribute directly to desired outcomes” (p.3). similarly, coates (2007) asserts that engagement is “a broad construct intended to encompass salient academic as well as certain non-academic aspects of the student experience” (p.122). although these definitions are more general, they relate back to the three dimensions of engagement in fredricks, blumenfeld and paris’ work as they signal one or more elements, showing the interaction between the same. 62 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) empirical studies on learners’ engagement and collaborative learning have revealed a favorable relationship between these two areas. huang (2021) studied the effects of a smartphone-based collaborative project on efl students’ performance and learning engagement during an eight-week intervention, where learners’ speaking performance and engagement increased. blasco-arcas et al. (2013) used a framework including interactivity, collaborative learning and engagement to investigate the use of clickers in the classroom, yielding positive results in favor of learners' performance. myller et al. (2009) found a positive correlation between high levels of learners’ engagement and collaborative activities. in a more recent study, the researchers qureshi et al. (2021) examined the social factors in the learning performance through collaborative learning and engagement, highlighting the importance of such elements on learners’ academic achievement. clearly, the concept of engagement possesses various definitions and empirical evidence points at being beneficial in stimulating a classroom environment that facilitates learning. for the scope of this study, engagement will be understood as “a broad construct intended to encompass salient academic as well as certain non-academic aspects of the student experience” (coates, 2007, p.122) . 1.2. collaborative learning in a nutshell, collaborative learning (cl) is understood as learning while interacting. barkley, cross and howell (2012) define cl as “group work, avoiding solo projects to achieve goals of common interest” (p. 17). gerlach (1994) maintains that learning takes place in learners’ interaction and negotiation. this socialization is facilitated by the attainment of a specific task (gokhale, 1995) that allows learners not only to gain academic skills but also to develop group work abilities as well as affective benefits as they support each other. in other words, cl has an emotional implication (laal & laal, 2012) that enriches learners’ academic life (brown, 2008) as learners convey, listen and respect different ideas and beliefs. while the concept of cl is interchangeably used with the one of cooperative learning, barkley, et al. (2012) highlight a theoretical difference. in cooperative learning, students work in groups arranged by the instructor who maintains the role of authority and decision making as students make progress with their work and peers. collaborative learning, on the other hand, implies students working on their own, finding and building their own learning as the teacher monitors and provides feedback on their tasks (ibrahim et al., 2015). it might be concluded that whilst cooperative learning reinforces group work, led by the strong figure of the teacher, collaborative learning enhances teamwork from students’ own organization and decision making. in gokhale’s words “the students are responsible for one another’s learning as well as their own'' (1995, p.1). particularly, in implementing collaborative learning in the classroom as tasks, barkley, et al. (2012) state that students have a crucial role. there is no gain in collaborative learning activities if just one student does all the work. collaborative learning activities are successful when all the group members fulfill and take responsibility for a role (collazos & mendoza, 2009; villa, thousand & nevin, 1994). proponents of cl assert that working collaboratively does not only entail developing social skills but also individual accountability (collazos, & mendoza, 2009; johnson & johnson, 2017; villa, thousand & nevin, 1994) as learners commit to a shared goal. it must be noted that teachers have a vital bearing as well, for they design, plan and create a cooperative environment that triggers motivation and involvement (collazos, & mendoza, 2009). in other words, collaborative learning has an ‘intentional’ implication given that “activities performed by students are specially designed by teachers for pairs or small groups” (barkley, cross & howell, 2012, pp. 17-18); affecting positively students’ learning experience. to enrich group work, educators must highlight the relevance of each student by assigning a role to all group members (collazos, & mendoza, 2009; villa, thousand & nevin, 1994). regarding this aspect, a research study exploring students’ perceptions on cl conducted by brown (2008) showed that students had negative perceptions towards cl since some group members assumed most of the work. these findings lead to a major significance to group organization and role distribution to ensure active involvement and commitment in every student. empirical studies reveal various other benefits of cl (see table 1). there is evidence that shows that in collaborative-based work students no longer centered the attention to their grades but to selfsatisfaction as the result of group work in challenging tasks (scager, bonstra, peeters, vulperhost & issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 63 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) wiegant, 2016). furthermore, and considering the social nature of learning, many studies on cl address learners’ social abilities development and consolidation (chen, 2018; brown, 2008; escofet & marimon, 2012; gómez gutiérrez, 2018; scager, bonstra, peeters, vulperhost & wiegant, 2016). additionally, findings also highlight the improvement of higher levels of thought as seen in the study conducted by gokhale (1995) where learners engaged in analyzing, synthesizing and evaluating tasks, revealing significant changes in higher other thinking skills after working collaboratively. one strand of research focuses on the impact of cl on teachers, finding positive results in broadening teaching competences. sheldon (2002) pinpoints the importance of exposing instructors to the advantages of various teaching strategies in favor of students’ learning. table 1. summary empirical evidence on cl. authors empirical evidence on cl context brown f. (2008) cl is interesting for learners in addressing academic and social skills. higher education cadavieco, iglesias & cabezas (2016) cl had a positive impact on teachers’ praxis. higher education escofet & marimon (2012) cl exerted a positive impact on learners’ social skills. higher education gokhale (1995) cl fostered students’ critical thinking. higher education gómez gutiérrez (2018) cl had enhanced group work skills such as respect and problem solving. primary education mulligan & garofalo (2011) cl positive impact on learners’ writing. higher education scager, bonstra, peeters, vulperhost & wiegant, (2016) cl fostered responsibility and shared ownership. higher education source: personal elaboration despite the advantages that cl poses for english language teaching, most of the research studies focus on tertiary education. furthermore, it was evidenced that there is little empirical evidence on collaborative learning in chile especially at a high school level. 1.3. the efl classroom in high school education in chile, high school education starts approximately at the age of 14, undergoing 8 semesters in 4 years. the aim of the efl classroom at a secondary level is to use the language in communicative situations reinforcing primary school contents (marco curricular, 2009), which students begin mandatorily learning in 5th grade around the age of 9. in this context, at the end of the 4th semester of high school education, students are expected to attain a pre-intermediate level of english to eventually reach an intermediate level at the end of the 8th semester (bases curriculares, 2015). the chilean curriculum outlines a progression of learning outcomes and linguistic complexity between grades summarized in progresion de objetivos de aprendizaje. this transition requires a slow pace and time to consolidate and improve students’ english proficiency (marco curricular, 2009). in the development of the four abilities of the english language (reading, writing, listening and speaking) with an average of three hours a week, students are expected to develop a communicative competence (bases curriculares, 2015). in a didactical and methodological field, the chilean curriculum does not limit the different approaches, techniques and methods for english language teaching, yet it does stress the use of student-centered methodologies as well as the use of information and communication technologies (icts) to slowly master the target language (bases curriculares, 2015). 2. method this exploratory study adopted an action research methodology using both quantitative and qualitative techniques for data collection. given the fact that the researchers of this study were teachers investigating their work and deliberately intervening in their own classroom settings to seek improvements, the most adequate methodology to employ was action research. in particular, action research is understood as a type of inquiry led by teachers who become agents of change “in their own educational setting in order to advance their practices and improve their students’ learning” (efrat & ravid, 2020, p. 13). furthermore, action research has a cyclical nature, which at the time is characterized by flexibility as a result of moving between action and reflection (allan, herbert, peter, & bridget, 2018). considering this continuum, experts in the field of action research have suggested 64 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) different steps in the inquiry process. we arranged our study following the six-step put forward by efront & ravid (2020, p.8): 1. identify a problem 2. gather background information 3. design the study 4. collect data 5. analyze and interpret data 6. implement and share the findings the researchers were four preservice teachers of english in charge of the four class groups of the 10th grade in a private-subsidized school in the city of chillan as part of their pedagogical training program. the researchers were in their 20s and received pedagogical guidance by their mentor, an inservice teacher in her 30s with 8 years of teaching experience in english teaching in different educational contexts. prior to the investigation, the researchers took some actions including the familiarization with the research site, detection of a pedagogical issue, and tailoring an action plan in response to the issue. after two weeks of observation, the researchers concluded that learners' engagement was an area to explore and likely to be targeted with collaborative-based instruction. the research site in which the study was conducted is located in a rural area of the city of chillan, ñuble region of chile. the universe of students attending the school are from a lowerto middle-class socioeconomic community, mainly living in the schools’ surroundings. the educational institution, private-subsidized, is part of one of the adventists schools of chile and has approximately 640 students in high school education. the participants of our study included 132 students, 70 male and 62 female, aged 15-17, divided into four class groups (a, b, c, and d). at the moment of the study, they were undergoing their fourth semester (10th grade) of high school education. the observed level of english was basic, implying that learners decoded messages and were able to communicate ideas with the help of the teacher; students’ behavior ranged from moderate to normal, and they had efl lessons twice a week, one lesson of 90 minutes and the other of 45 minutes. 2.1. ethical considerations before conducting the study and tailoring the action plan, the researchers socialized their investigation interests with the school’s director and teachers of english. after the school’s approval, the researchers introduced themselves to the four class groups and communicated their basic research plan that by then consisted of research site observation to plan an intervention. once the researchers detected the pedagogical issue, they provided more details to participants, informing that they would take over the english lessons during five weeks where they would implement an action plan comprising four phases embedded in their regular lessons. the researchers also explained that they document the experience by collecting data to which participants could decide whether to participate or not. the investigation and intervention was also communicated through a written letter attached with a consent letter to be signed by the participants’ parents. these documents were distributed in spanish to avoid misunderstandings. 2.3. intervention design once we had problematized the issue and found background information, we moved to the third step of our research cycle, designing the study. this step underpinned a complex process because we needed to find a way to organize, share and present the detailed actions of the intervention with the schools’ stakeholders. consequently, we design our own procedures to illustrate our action plan which basically comprises four phases as shown in figure 1: planning, induction, development and closure. the planning phase, executed by the researchers, encompassed administrative work and the validation of pedagogical material with the appointed teacher of english of the school so as to meet curricular and institutional requirements. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 65 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) fig. 1. intervention design the induction phase, marked by the first interaction with the learners in instructional mode, took place with a threefold purpose carried out in two lessons where participants 1) explored the characteristics and major aspects of collaborative learning activities, 2) examined their assessment criteria to complete a portfolio, and 3) distinguished the importance of group work roles to ensure cooperation and commitment (barkley et al., 2012; collazos, & mendoza, 2009) in every lesson. in this phase, learners took responsibility for the roles of organizer, speaker, assistant, summarizer, recorder and elaborator. students themselves selected their roles and used sticky labels to remind and identify their roles throughout the intervention. role importance and team organization were learned from villa, thousand and nevin (1994). it is worth noting that we excluded the role of ‘leader’ because it might have been thought as more protagonic or important over other roles. regarding group formation, learners were grouped with their closest classmates not to alter classroom arrangement. in the development phase, learners engaged in collaborative learning tasks tailored to their efl curriculum and school’s guidelines during six lessons. learners worked with the same teammates and everybody maintained their roles. in every lesson, learners and their groups completed challenging tasks that resulted in a product that was added to their portfolios. this phase also encompassed selfassessment scales that were also added to their portfolios. the final phase, closure, comprised two lessons. in the first lesson, learners reflected upon the various tasks of their portfolios and collaborative work, and in the second lesson, learners were individually tested using an end-of-unit written assessment. 2.4. data collection as it may be seen in figure 1, data collection happened in different moments that responded to the techniques employed. on the one hand, it was imperative to reach a large number of students in a short time, and it was also crucial to compare the initial engagement with the engagement after the intervention. therefore, we decided to collect quantitative data, surveying participants’ engagement before and after the implementation of collaborative learning tasks using a likert test (adapted from alsowat, 2016). the instrument, administered by the investigators, displayed 19 indicators to which learners reacted in terms of totally agree, agree, neither agree nor disagree, disagree, totally disagree, in a scale from 5 to 1. consequently, we administered a pre-test to measure the engagement of learners prior to collaborative-based instruction, manifested for learners from the induction phase to closure face. once we finished the intervention, we used the same instrument to gauge students’ engagement after our intervention. on the other hand, we wanted to keep a record of how collaborative learning was impacting learners in every lesson within a natural context. therefore, we decided to employ a qualitative tool, observation, as in efron and ravid’s words it “provides a powerful insight into the authentic life of schools and classrooms” (2020, p.91). this observation process extended from the induction to the closure (see figure 1). given that we did not have a predetermined agenda to observe, we opted for unstructured observation, for it gives “an overall description of social settings and social dynamics in 66 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) the research site” (lecompte & schensul, 1999, p.19). the observation protocol was learnt from efron and ravid (2020), comprising the use of field notes to register descriptive and reflecting comments. we designed an ad hoc observation sheet, displaying the features of class group, time, date, observer’s name, sheet number and notes (see figure 2). class group date sheet nº observer time notes ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ _____________________________________________ source: personal elaboration fig. 2. sample observation sheet it is worth mentioning that, in every lesson, there were two researchers where one was in charge of the instruction and the other one was appointed to document the observation process during the classroom time and breaks. 2.5. data analysis and results this step involved analyzing data emanating from two different sources. quantitative data, gathered with a likert test adapted from alsowat (2016), was analyzed using the software spss v23. in this test, engagement was measured regarding the frequency in reaction to 19 indicators ranging from totally agree to totally disagree, in a scale from 5 to 1 respectively. table 2 shows the contrast between the scores obtained before and after the intervention, applied on a scale of 100 to measure learners’ engagement. the overall scores in all the class groups (a, b, c, d) were higher in the post-test. table 2. overall scores of preand post-tests on learners’ engagement. n mean low high overall pre-test 132 66,69 39,05 87,62 overall post-test 113 70,72 42,00 95,00 figure 3 illustrates the overall results of pre-and post-tests in t test, showing a difference (p <, 000) between both tests. issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 67 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) fig. 3. overall scores of pre-test and post-test in t-test. among the scores obtained per group as seen in table 3, it was observed that group b obtained a greater difference in scores; the mean was 68,80 in the pre-test and 75,95 in the post-test, increasing 7,15 points. it was also observed that group d maintained similar scores during the pre-test with a mean of 71,61 and 71,26 in the post-test, observing a small drop between the two tests. table 3. overall scores of pre and post-tests by class group on learners’ engagement class groups n mean low high overall pre-test a 36 61,56 39,05 80,95 b 29 68,8 45,71 84,76 c 31 64,97 45,71 80,00 d 36 71,61 46,67 87,62 overall post-test a 31 66,93 42,00 88,00 b 24 75,95 47,00 95,00 c 24 69,62 53,00 92,00 d 34 71,26 46,00 88,00 qualitative data from our field notes yielded a total of 40 observations sheets. before organizing the data, we examined the comments evaluating a possible way to sort them into categories. at this point, we received methodological guidance from an experienced professor who informed us that it was possible to use predetermined categories drawn from the literature review. therefore, we manually divided our data into the dimensions of engagement as addressed by the authors fredricks, blumenfeld and paris (2004). we designed a table ad hoc with the three categories or dimensions: behavioral engagement, emotional engagement and cognitive engagement. table 4 shows an excerpt of the data organization per category. 68 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) table 4. data division based on fredricks, blumenfeld and paris’ (2004) dimensions of engagement. data dimensions arranging groups by their own initiative checking their notes prior to the lesson waiting for the teacher in groups raising their hand to answer participating communicative showing interest organizing group work asking questions to the teacher helping classmates distributing tasks willingness to participate behavioral curious glad at the arrival sense of making a contribution satisfied with their roles showing responsibility expressing satisfaction towards collaborative learning emotional different attempts to complete tasks attentive trying to use english to answer making extra efforts to complete tasks on time tasks cognitive after dividing our data into categories, we created a concept map since this allows researchers to establish the relationship among them (efrat & ravid, 2020). in this process, it was crucial to go back to our research questions and to the implementation design to establish the interconnections and have more grounded interpretations. we decided to present our interpretations by the engagement dimensions that grouped most of the data. behavioral this dimension grouped the majority of the observed data. we believe that the induction phase is directly related to the behavioral dimension of engagement. observations including actions such as distributing tasks, organizing group work, revising notes and grouping before the teacher arrived were actions spontaneously maintained and repeated throughout the lessons by learners in all the class groups. we believe that these common actions were the result of raising awareness on the implications of collaborative work on the first day of instruction. it might also be possible that learners reacted proactively to the methodological change from a traditional approach to a student-centered one. it can also be concluded that the behavioral dimension was more visible because it was evidenced from the first day of implementation, collecting more observable actions. similarly, we reckon that behavioral engagement was more prominent because learners adopted the same or similar actions as they observed other groups. for example, the student organizer in one group asked their teammates to arrive a few minutes before the break so that she could make sure that everybody had their school materials and tasks. as other groups observed this type of organization, they followed it. consequently, almost everybody was already in the classroom at the instructor’s arrival. emotional this dimension was the second area of major impact. we observed and documented many actions that denoted an emotional engagement such as satisfaction to work in groups, curiosity towards the tasks, group commitment, enjoyment and pride. after exploring the implications and duties of every issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 69 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) role, learners selected their own roles based on their skills and preferences which might have contributed to feeling motivated towards something they had chosen. for instance, there were participants who expressed that they had selected the role of speaker because they enjoyed communicating with their peers and teachers. we believe such role accountability contributed to peer acceptance as well as group commitment. it was observed that before the intervention there were some learners that were at the margin of interacting with their classmates and were somehow uncomfortable when told to check their exercises with their peers. during the intervention, we observed satisfaction towards group work in those learners. although these students kept introverted during collaborative work, they seemed to be enjoying their participation and contribution to their groups. it was also evidenced that students made an effort to comply with the duties of their roles. we observed different strategies that emerged from the same learners to comply with their roles. some of them had a notebook specially designated to keep a record of what occurred during the lesson. others used a checklist to monitor their teammates’ work while others used graphic organizers to make plans about the completion of tasks. cognitive making efforts to use english in the classroom as well as to complete assignments, marked the engagement patterns in this dimension. although cognitive engagement grouped the least number of observable data, it must be considered that measuring cognitive engagement by means of observation methods in large groups might not be the best technique to employ. however, our observations before the intervention shed light on the actions that were notoriously different such as students' effort to speak in english and time spent on the completion of their tasks. moreover, and compared to the other dimensions, cognitive engagement was not substantially evidenced until the second and third week of intervention that corresponds to the development phase. conclusions the present study described the implementation of collaborative learning tasks and their impact on learners' engagement in the chilean efl classroom. our results show a direct relationship between classroom engagement and collaborative work evidenced in our four class groups of large size where behavioral engagement was notoriously predominant. during this pedagogical experience, it was not expected that group organization and role accountability would have such relevance for the participants and the investigation. quantitative data reveals a high engagement after the implementation of collaborative-based instruction. our pedagogical experience showed an overall increase in learners’ engagement; however, there was a class group, group d, that maintained the initial level of engagement, 71, in both pre and post engagement tests, presenting a slight drop reflected in decimals. a plausible explanation might be connected to the class prior engagement levels that once high, improvements turn more complex to be increased. qualitative data also shows that collaborative work has an important bearing in learners’ engagement. we could evidence that engagement was maintained in every lesson and that behavioral engagement was the most salient dimension followed by emotional and cognitive engagement respectively. we believe that behavioral engagement is connected to one of the phases of our methodological design, the induction phase that set expectations, organization and raised awareness on the implications of collaborative learning. we noticed that accounting for a specific role in the completion of collaborative tasks was paramount for the whole intervention. we had learnt from empirical studies that implementing cl without assigning roles may generate negative perceptions on students (brown, 2008; villa, thousand & nevin, 1994). therefore, we included this indication in our methodological design applied to large class groups ranging from 31 to 36 students where they show satisfaction and willingness to work. participants did not feel individually overwhelmed nor showed reluctance to work with their classmates. therefore, our results match the favorable findings of cl implemented in other studies (collazos & mendoza, 2009; scager, bonstra, peeters, vulperhost & wiegant, 2016; villa, thousand & nevin, 1994). this fact leads us to conclude that collaborative learning, in its student-centered nature, helps learners gain meaningful knowledge and self-confidence. in this sense, literature broadly 70 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) discusses that a student-driven instruction has the potential to develop and consolidate learners’ affective factors and social skills (gokhale, 1995; laal & laal, 2012; scager, bonstra, peeters, vulperhost & wiegant, 2016). in general terms, we are satisfied to have been able to provide an answer to our research question which is translated into a direct relationship between collaborative work and learners’ engagement. we could also determine that collaborative-based instruction had an impact on learners’ actions and attitudes in the classroom as they showed self-initiative and satisfaction towards collaborative work as well as proactivity in the completion of their tasks. it is worth noting that the final step to complete the full cycle of our investigation comprised the dissemination of our work. we shared our findings in a formal presentation held by the english language department of our faculty, and we also wrote the present report in the hope that it can be a contribution for our fellow pre-service teachers. beyond doubts, the hard work to design and implement the action plan was worth it, for we enriched our teaching practices and were able to tackle an educational issue in our national and regional context. the next step is to take this experience and knowledge to our future classrooms. recommendation this experience has allowed us to draw some recommendations for our fellow pre-service teachers, or in-service educators that teach english as a foreign language. first, in numerous classes, collaborative tasks are avoided to not trigger misbehavior or chaos. yet, if collaborative work is planned ahead and learners are assigned roles, it is possible to have an organized learning environment (collazos & mendoza, 2009; thousand & nevin, 1994) that is likely to positively impact learners’ attitudes and perceptions about collaborative learning as evidenced in our study. second, in groups showing a lack of engagement towards the english language, the constant incorporation of collaborative tasks that imply the execution of meaningful activities rather than being passive about a topic has the potential to motivate learners as they will not just listen but do. our action plan comprised varied and challenging tasks to solve in groups in every lesson. our field notes indicate that not in a single lesson learners showed boredom or lack of interest to complete their challenges. third, collaborative work can be the stepping stone to strengthen learners’ autonomy since by establishing a collaborative routine where every student takes responsibility for a role is likely to bring an increasing level of proactivity in the whole class as we were able to experience with our class groups. limitations and suggestions for further research it is worth mentioning that the significance of this study was limited due to time; therefore, our students could not further explore collaborative tasks on other topics. consequently, it is expected that further studies are able to implement collaborative-based work over a longer period. likewise, it would be interesting to know if the level of engagement decreases in this period, and whether it increases again. it is also expected that this study could be improved and implemented with large groups to determine whether the design plays the same importance as it occurred in this pedagogical experience and whether some phases are more determining than others. in the same trend, future investigators could use other instruments to collect data and thus bring more substantial results. finally, it is expected that experienced teachers could test our methodological procedures since their expertise in teaching english could bring further areas or results that are worth exploring. acknowledgement we would like to express our gratitude to the editor and anonymous eltej reviewers for their constructive comments on the earlier versions of this paper. declarations author contribution: jessica vega-abarzúa led the research group, adapted and elaborated the research tools, analyzed the data and revised the final manuscript. javiera issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 71 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) pastene-fuentes, constanza pastene-fuentes, camila ortega-jiménez identified the research problem, conducted the literature review, intervention, and collected the research data. tamar castillo-rodríguez identified the research problem and complemented the literature review. funding statement : the research is non-funded. conflict of interest : the authors declare no conflict of interest. references acción educar. (2015). alumnos por curso en la educación escolar: realidad actual y su relación con los resultados de aprendizaje [students per class in schools: current reality and its relation with learning outcomes]. https://accioneducar.cl/wpcontent/uploads/2018/09/1443578310ana%cc%81lisisalumnosporcurso_26.6.2015.pdf agencia de la calidad de la educación (2017). informe de resultados estudio nacional inglés tercero medio 2017 [english national results report 3rd grade 2017]. http://archivos.agenciaeducacion.cl/informe_estudio_nacional_ingles_iii.pdf alarcón, p., díaz, c., & vergara, j. (2015). chilean preservice teachers’ metaphors about the role of teachers as professionals. elicited metaphor analysis in educational discourse, 3, 289. https://doi.org/10.1075/milcc.3.12ala allan, f., herbert, a., peter, p., & bridget, s. (2018). teachers investigate their work: an introduction to action research across the professions. routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315398822 alsowat, h. (2016). an efl flipped classroom teaching model: effects on english language higher-order thinking skills, student engagement and satisfaction. journal of education and practice, 7(9), 108-121. barkley, e. f., cross, k. p., & major, c. h. (2012). técnicas de aprendizaje colaborativo: manual para el profesorado universitario (2nd. ed.) [collaborative learning techniques: higher education manual for teachers]. ministerio de educación y ciencia. bases curriculares (2015). idioma extranjero inglés [english as a foreign language. curriculum nacional. https://www.curriculumnacional.cl/614/w3-propertyvalue-52050.html blasco-arcas, l., buil, i., hernández-ortega, b. & sese, f. j. (2013). using clickers in class. the role of interactivity, active collaborative learning and engagement in learning performance,computers & education, 62, 102-110. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2012.10.019 brown, f. a. (2008). collaborative learning in the eap classroom: students’ perceptions. english for specific purposes. elsevier, 1(17). cadavieco, j. f., martínez, m. j., & cabezas, i. l. (2016). el trabajo colaborativo en la educación superior: una competencia profesional para los futuros docentes. educação & sociedade, 37(135), 519-538. https://doi.org/10.1590/es0101-73302016147914 chen, y. (2018). perceptions of efl college students toward collaborative learning. english language teaching, 11(2), 1-4. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v11n2p1 cid, p., díaz, a., pérez, m. v., torruella, m., & valderrama, m. (2008). agresión y violencia en la escuela como factor de riesgo del aprendizaje escolar [aggression and violence in schools as a risk factor of school education]. ciencia y enfermería, 14(2), 21-30. https://doi.org/10.4067/s071795532008000200004 coates, h. (2007) a model of online and general campus-based student engagement. assessment and evaluation in higher education, 32(2), pp. 121–141. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602930600801878 collazos, c. a., & mendoza, j. (2009). cómo aprovechar el aprendizaje colaborativo en el aula. educación y educadores, 9(2), 61-76. https://ebookcentral.proquest.com efrat, s., & ravid, r. (2020). action research in education: a practical guide (2nd ed.). the guilford press. https://accioneducar.cl/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/1443578310ana%cc%81lisisalumnosporcurso_26.6.2015.pdf https://accioneducar.cl/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/1443578310ana%cc%81lisisalumnosporcurso_26.6.2015.pdf http://archivos.agenciaeducacion.cl/informe_estudio_nacional_ingles_iii.pdf https://doi.org/10.1075/milcc.3.12ala https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315398822 https://www.curriculumnacional.cl/614/w3-propertyvalue-52050.html https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2012.10.019 https://doi.org/10.1590/es0101-73302016147914 https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v11n2p1 https://doi.org/10.4067/s0717-95532008000200004 https://doi.org/10.4067/s0717-95532008000200004 https://doi.org/10.1080/02602930600801878 72 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) escofet, a. & marimon, m. (2012). metodologías de aprendizaje colaborativo a través de las tecnologías [collaborative learning methodologies through technologies]. ediciones universidad de salamanca. espinoza, s., & arias, a. (2020). violencia de pareja en estudiantes secundarios de osorno (chile). opción: revista de ciencias humanas y sociales,(93), 300-314. fredricks, j. a., blumenfeld, p. c., & paris, a. h. (2004). school engagement: potential of the concept, state of the evidence. review of educational research, 74(1), 59-109. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543074001059 gerlach, j.m. (1994). is this collaboration? in bosworth, k. & hamilton, s.j. (eds.), collaborative learning: underlying processes and effective techniques, new directions for teaching and learning, (pp.5-14). jossey-bass publishing. https://doi.org/10.1002/tl.37219945903 gokhale, a. a. (1995). collaborative learning enhances critical thinking. journal of technology education, 7(1), 22-30. https://doi.org/10.21061/jte.v7i1.a.2 gómez gutiérrez, j. (2018). collaborative inquiry in the efl classroom: exploring a school related topic with fifth graders. colombian applied linguistics journal, 20(2), 248-262. https://doi.org/10.14483/22487085.13008 harper, s.r. and quaye, s.j. (2009) beyond sameness, with engagement and outcomes for all. in: student engagement in higher education. new york and london: routledge, pp. 1–15. hu, s. and kuh, g.d. (2001) being (dis)engaged in educationally purposeful activities: the influences of student and institutional characteristics. paper presented at the american educational research association annual conference. seattle, wa, 10–14 april. huang, h. w. (2021). effects of smartphone-based collaborative vlog projects on efl learners’ speaking performance and learning engagement. australasian journal of educational technology, 37(6), 18-40. https://doi.org/10.14742/ajet.6623 ibrahim, n., syaflq, m., mohd, t., ismail, n. a., dhayapari, p., zaidi a., & ali, s. m. (2015) the importance of implementing collaborative learning in the english as a second language (esl) classroom in malaysia. procedia economics and finance, 31, 346–353. https://doi.org/10.1016/s22125671(15)01208-3 johnson, d. w., & johnson, r.t. (2017). cooperative learning. innovación educación congreso internacional. conference in gobierno de aragon, spain. https://2017.congresoinnovacion.educa.aragon.es/documents/48/david_johnson.pdf laal, m., & laal, m. (2012). collaborative learning: what is it? procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 31, 491-495. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2011.12.092 lecompte, m.d., & schensul, j.j. (1999). essential ethnographic methods. altamira press marco curricular (2009). objetivos fundamentales y contenidos mínimos obligatorios de la educación básica y media [fundamental outcomes and minimum contents in primary and secondary education]. mineduc. https://www.curriculumnacional.cl/614/articles-34641_bases.pdf mayoría, n. (2013). programa de gobierno de michelle bachelet 2014-2018. chile de todos. mineduc (2016). idioma extranjero inglés [english as a foreign language]. curriculum nacional. https://www.curriculumnacional.cl/614/w3-propertyvalue-52050.html mulligan, c., & garofalo, r. (2011). a collaborative writing approach: methodology and student assessment. the language teacher, 35(3), 5-10. https://doi.org/10.37546/jalttlt35.3-1 muñoz campos, d. (2017). problem-based learning: an experiential strategy for english language teacher education in chile. profile issues in teachersprofessional development, 19(1), 29-40. https://doi.org/10.15446/profile.v19n1.53310 myller, n. bednarik, r. sutinen, e. & ben-ari, m. (2009). extending the engagement taxonomy: software visualization and collaborative learning. acm trans. computing education, 9, (1), 1-27. https://doi.org/10.1145/1513593.1513600 oecd (2018). education at a glance 2018: oecd indicators. oecd publishing. https://read.oecdilibrary.org/education/education-at-a-glance-2018_eag-2018-en#page3 https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543074001059 https://doi.org/10.1002/tl.37219945903 https://doi.org/10.21061/jte.v7i1.a.2 https://doi.org/10.14483/22487085.13008 https://doi.org/10.14742/ajet.6623 https://doi.org/10.1016/s2212-5671(15)01208-3 https://doi.org/10.1016/s2212-5671(15)01208-3 https://2017.congresoinnovacion.educa.aragon.es/documents/48/david_johnson.pdf https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2011.12.092 https://www.curriculumnacional.cl/614/articles-34641_bases.pdf https://www.curriculumnacional.cl/614/w3-propertyvalue-52050.html https://doi.org/10.37546/jalttlt35.3-1 https://doi.org/10.15446/profile.v19n1.53310 https://doi.org/10.1145/1513593.1513600 https://read.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/education-at-a-glance-2018_eag-2018-en#page3 https://read.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/education-at-a-glance-2018_eag-2018-en#page3 issn 2621-6485 english language teaching educational journal 73 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) qureshi, m. a., khaskheli, a., qureshi, j. a., raza, s. a., & yousufi, s. q. (2021). factors affecting students’ learning performance through collaborative learning and engagement. interactive learning environments, 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2021.1884886 scager, k., boonstra, j., peeters, t., vulperhost, j., & wiegant, f. (2016). collaborative learning in higher education: evoking positive interdependence. cbe life sciences education, 15(4). https://doi.org/10.1187/cbe.16-07-0219 sheldon, c. q. (2002). building an instructional framework for effective community college developmental education. eric digest. https://doi.org/10.1187/cbe.16-07-0219 velasco-cortés, a. (2014). origen y dinámica de violencia en chile desde la atribución de sus propios protagonistas. [origin and dynamics of violence in chile from the voices of their own protagonists]. revista inclusiones, 1(1), 73-85. villa, r. a., thousand, j. s & nevin, a. (1994). creativity and collaborative learning: a practical guide to empowering students and teachers. p.h. brookes pub. co. appendix questionnaire addressed to students mark with an x the box that best reflects your perception considering the following criteria: • totally agree = 5 • agree = 4 • neither agree nor disagree = 3 • disagree = 2 • totally disagree = 1 no. indicator score 5 4 3 2 1 1. group activities are more attractive than traditional tasks. 2. group activities give me more opportunities to communicate with my classmates. 3. i feel that group activities improve my understanding in the english language. 4. it motivates me to learn english when working with my classmates. 5. i listen carefully when i am in the english class. https://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2021.1884886 https://doi.org/10.1187/cbe.16-07-0219 https://doi.org/10.1187/cbe.16-07-0219 74 english language teaching educational journal issn 2621-6485 vol. 5, no. 1, 2022, pp. 60-74 vega-abarzúa, j., et.al (collaborative learning and classroom engagement:…..) 6. i show a job attitude when i am in the english class. 7. i enjoy learning new things in the english class. 8. i feel supported in group work tasks. 9. i underline information we study in the class to help me study. 10. i ask myself questions to make sure i understand the contents. 11. before starting a project or task, i organize the work with classmates to determine how we are going to do it. 12. when i have a project or some homework for the english class, i worry a lot about that. 13. i pay attention in the english class. 14. i am interested in doing my tasks and activities in the english class. 15. when i read in english, i ask myself questions to make sure that i understand the text. 16. the assessment in the english class can evaluate in a good way what i am able to do. 17. i do more than what i am required in the english class. 18. i enjoy talking about the topics discussed in the english class with my classmates outside the classroom. 19. the english class makes me want to learn the topics discussed more thoroughly. sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 2, no 3, 2019, pp. 102-111 e-issn: 2621-6485 metalinguistic awareness of multilingual first graders: an exploratory study 1irish mae fernandez-dalona, 2alvert dalona 1,2 msu-iligan institute of technology, iligan city, philippines, irishmae.fernandez@g.msuiit.edu.ph alvert.dalona@g.msuiit.edu.ph abstract this study, which utilized a modified metalinguistic awareness test adopted from dita’s (2009), probed on young children’s metalinguistic awareness in identifying syntactic errors; determining sounds and the use of phonological segments; and explaining a word on their own by describing its appearance or its functions in english, filipino, and cebuano. this study attempted to elucidate young children’s readiness to take on more difficult linguistic tasks in the succeeding academic levels. since the children’s level of metalinguistic awareness is average, this study recommends that schools are encouraged to provide strategies and lessons that would enhance learners’ metalinguistic awareness, most especially in terms of language arbitrariness in english and filipino; and since there is significant difference in all three languages in all tests, parents and teachers should ensure that the pupils achieve full proficiency in all three languages by providing rich experiences equally in these languages. keywords: metalinguistic awareness, bilingualism, multilingualism how to cite: dalona, i.m.f. & dalona, a. (2019). metalinguistic awareness of multilingual first graders: an exploratory study. english language teaching education journal, 2(3), 102-111 introduction bilingual/multilingual education has been the subject of never ending debate as to its possible harm or gain. one of the strongest defenses to promoting bilingualism/ multilingualism is that “in contrast to monolinguals, bilinguals develop communicative sensibility, creativity and metalinguistic awareness” (goetz, 2003). metalinguistic awareness refers to an individual’s understanding that language is a system of communication, which follows certain rules; and the rules become the basis for the ability to discuss different ways to use language (baten, hofman & loeys, 2011). an individual with such ability is aware that linguistic forms and structure can be framed and manipulated to communicate a variety of meanings. in thailand, a study was conducted to test children’s metalinguistic awareness to determine whether bilingualism inhibit their learning or not. the study shows that monolinguals and sequential bilinguals do not differ. importantly, bilingualism does not affect the development of their first language (l1). in the present educational system in the philippines, young school-age children are tasked to read and write in english and filipino, the philippine’s national language. this can pose a bigger challenge to those whose first language is neither filipino nor english. dita (2009) conducted a study in the northern part of philippines to test the metalinguistic awareness of filipino bilingual children, foci of which is on: (a) language arbitrariness, which demands the ability of a person to recognize correct syntactic errors; (b) phonological awareness, which demands the capability of a person to identify sounds and use phonological segments; and (c) vocabulary, which demands the ability of a person to explain a word on his own by describing its appearance or its functions. her investigation revealed that full bilinguals outscored the partial bilinguals in the entire test conducted suggesting that those children who were proficient on two or more languages perform multilingual tasks better than the monolinguals. since the philippines is now facing a new educational system which supports the use of mother languages, and classes are getting more culturally and linguistically diverse, schools should discern whether learner’s knowledge is adequate to face the demands of the succeeding academic levels. this, therefore, motivated the researchers to conceptualize this study, which particularly focuses on bilingual children in an elementary school in davao city, philippines, which is home to various linguistic communities, especially cebuano, and where english and filipino are encouraged mediums of instruction in schools. specifically, this is sought to provide answers to the following: 1. what is the level of students’ metalinguistic awareness in english, filipino and cebuano? mailto:irishmae.fernandez@g.msuiit.edu.ph mailto:alvert.dalona@g.msuiit.edu.ph eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 ◼ dalona & dalona 103 2. is there a significant difference between the students’ level of metalinguistic awareness in english, filipino, and cebuano in terms of language arbitrariness, phonological awareness, and vocabulary? 3. what can be deduced about language instruction at the basic education level in the country? this study is deemed important as it shed light on the linguistic proficiency of young learners and their capacity to perform linguistic tasks as they continue their academic pursuits. bilingualism is the ability of a person to speak two languages: the frequent oral use of two languages and multilingual ability of a person to use several languages. however, the distinction of multilingualism and bilingualism has been greatly argued. in the study of wachira (2006) on the multilingualism in kenya she discussed the relevance of multilingualism and bilingualism. she cited that bilingualism occurs when a given society two or more languages are spoken. as cited in grosjean and li (2013), haugen (1956) defines a bilingual, as a “bilinguist” or as one who knows two languages or more than two (languages). some refer to them as a pluralingual, a multilingual, or a polyglot. therefore, based on this definition, bilinguals and multilinguals are technically the same, i.e. those who can use more than one language. as defined by grosjean and li (2013), bilingualism is a regular use of two (or more) languages. thus, bilingualism and multilingualism have similar concepts. an individual who has the capacity to function in two or more languages in muticultural communities at an equal level of proficiency with native speakers and in accordance with the sociocultural demands for communicative and cognitive competence by these communities, (skutnabb-kangas, 1984), can either be a bilingual or a multilingual. metalinguistic awareness, on the other hand, is the ability of an individual to analyze the subparts of any language, and to understand how every component of a language operates and how they are incorporated into the wider linguistic system (beceren, 2010). according to tunmer and cole (1985), in hill (1998), metalinguistic awareness is the ability to deliberately reflect on and manipulate the structural features of spoken language. that is, people who understand the nature of language rather than the ability to use language to communicate meaning are said to possess metalinguistic awareness. metalinguistic awareness, therefore, refers to the ability of a person to consciously reflect on the nature of language using the following skills: (a) an awareness that language is more than just a collection of simple symbols, (b) an awareness that words are separable from their referents, and (c) an awareness that languages has a structure that can be manipulated. donaldson (2013) argues that metalinguistic awareness is essential in the development of reading skills in young children and a vital component in the development of learner’s cognitive skills because of its documented relation to language ability, symbolic development and literacy skills according to bialystok (2011). among the popular concepts in the study of bilingualism is metalinguistic awareness, which could refer to learners’ awareness of the language’s phonological, morphological, syntactic systems and pragmatics (tunmer, herriman, & nesdale, 1988). amongst the four, phonological and word awareness are the two aspects of metalinguistic awareness that have gained the greatest attention in bilingual literacy research. metalinguistic awareness in bilingualism is that, a person has the ability to objectify outside one language system and languages’ rules, functions and structures. studies reveal that when bilinguals have profound linguistic experience in two different language systems, they develop an articulated understanding of how languages work (adesope, et al., 2010). bialystok and barac (2012) related the degree of bilingualism, those who are proficient in two or more languages and those who are not, to aspects of linguistic awareness in terms of their demands on analysis of knowledge. two studies are reported in which the respondents differ in the level of bilingualism to solve a metalinguistic task that made demands on their analysis and control. the hypotheses were that all bilinguals would perform better that those who are monolinguals in all metalinguistic tasks requiring high levels of control of processing and that full bilinguals would perform better than those who are partial bilinguals in all metalinguistic task requiring high levels of analysis of knowledge. the results were largely consistent with these predictions. galambos and goldin-meadow (1990) believe that experiencing two languages hastens the development of metalinguistic skills of young children. and so, bilingualism of the children is associated with their cognitive skills that are influenced by immediate speech community and media (bialystok, 2011; baker, 1996). the theory of cromdal (1999) emphasizes that children demonstrate syntactic awareness when they have sufficient levels on receptive vocabulary. that is, bilingual children who have higher combined perceptive vocabulary eventually outscored their less proficient bilingual peers in terms of syntactic measure. wachira (1986) in bialystok and barac (2012) also cited an advantage of bilingualism, which states that since bilingual children have words in different languages to refer in a same thing, they can easily grasp the arbitrariness of a word and its 104 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 104 referent, and can understand the sound of a word even if it has no relation with the meaning. while in terms of phonology bilinguals according to yelland, pollard, and mercuri (1993) that limited exposure to second languages will result in phonological advantage. however, it may not be bilingualism alone, since languages affect the children’s metalinguistic awareness, particularly, in terms of their awareness to the language’s syntactic pattern. the importance of the learners’ awareness to the language is also confirmed in the previous study. surwanti and hikmah (2019) revealed that students reading comprehension and language mastery are the other matters to be considered in the success of understanding the meaning of a reading text. in the theory of peal and lambert (1962) in which they emphasized that bilinguals are based on the relationship between the proficiencies or awareness of the respective language that bilinguals master. that balance bilinguals are those who acquire similar degrees of proficiency of both languages while unbalance bilinguals are those whose proficiency or awareness in one language is higher than that of the other languages. flood and menyuk (1983) indicated that reading achievement and age were positively related with metalinguistic ability. in their study, subjects were tested on non-grammatical, anomalous and ambiguous stimulus items in sentences and passages. it was found out that they were better to judge than to produce correct forms. good readers’ performance on oral tasks equaled their performance on written tasks by adulthood. mora (2009) exclaimed that most children between the ages 6 and 8, begin to expand their metalinguistic awareness and start to recognize irony and sarcasm. this concept requires the child to understand the subtitles of an utterances of social and cultural context. recently, in the study of dita (2009) on metalinguistic awareness, she used three tests to determine the metalinguistic of filipino bilingual children. this includes language arbitrariness, phonological awareness, and vocabulary knowledge. dita’s study, however, focused only on two languages (english and filipino), while this study included a regional language (cebuano). language arbitrariness, according to eviatar and ibrahim (2012), imposes high demands on the control of attention and the capacity to detect and correct syntactic violations. since the child is expected to suppress the expected answer and stick to the rule of the game, he/she would eventually know that language is arbitrary and subjected to change. edwards and christophersen (1988) reported that bilinguals have better performance in language arbitrariness than monolinguals. language is an arbitrary system because there is no significant relationship between the words of a given language and the concept it represents. the rules of the combination of signs to produce complete thought differ from one language to another and no sets of rules can claim the “right” one (nor & rashid, 2018). phonological awareness is measured by children’s ability to identify sounds of phonemes and to isolate and manipulate phonological segments. there are three versions of this task. the first two involve identification of first and last sound, respectively. the third consist of deleting a phoneme or a syllable and identifying the sound of the left phoneme or syllable after the deletion. it was eviatar and ibrahim (2012) who forwarded an extensive body of literature which discuss the relationship of phonological awareness to learners’ levels of language facility, reading experience, and literacy. children who have well-developed phonological awareness when it comes to school have a head start making sense of how sounds and letters operate into prints. this ability is important for using sound-letter effectively in writing and reading (adams, et al., 2003). vocabulary knowledge is measured by the child’s ability to explain a word on his own, drawing either on the function of the word or its general appearance. vocabulary is a crucial tool to express ideas, feelings and learn about the world. since words are foundation of learning, improving one’s vocabulary becomes an educational priority (massey et al., 2005). limited vocabulary prevents students to comprehend a text. therefore, vocabulary knowledge and academic achievements are strongly connected. eviatar and ibrahim (2012) investigated the way the degree of difference between the linguistic systems influenced metalinguistic awareness. in the study entitled “bilingual is as bilingual does: metalinguistic abilities of arabic-speaking children”, to which one hundred sixteen (116) israeli children participated, it was revealed that there were no differences in the scores of arab children and russian-hebrew bilinguals when it comes to arbitrariness. besides, the scores of both groups are significantly different from the scores of hebrew monolinguals. with regard to vocabulary, both russian-hebrew bilinguals and hebrew monolinguals showed eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 ◼ dalona & dalona 105 a significant difference in their scores comparing the grade 1 and kindergarten. however, no improvement took place with arab children. the study conducted by eviatar and ibrahim (2012) is related to the proposed study because both studies aim to investigate the metalinguistic awareness of bilinguals/multilinguals; however, the two studies differ in the respondents involved. the study of eviatar and ibrahim focused on the metalinguistic awareness of bilingual and monolingual kindergartens and grade 1 pupils who were hebrew-russian bilinguals and russian monolinguals while the present study focuses on the multilingual pupils of san roque central elementary school in davao city. a relevant study was conducted in thailand by turbpaiboon and onsuwan (2011). the study compares thai children’s metalinguistic awareness from different age groups and educational backgrounds. it suggested that the metalinguistic awareness of monolinguals and those who have sequential bilingualism does not differ. the metalinguistic development seems to emerge first age wise in structure meaning domain, then phonological, and lastly lexical. interestingly, at around the ages of five and six, thai monolinguals and bilinguals show a strong level of metalinguistic awareness in structure-meaning domain. they are able to produce grammatical sentences and also have the knowledge of syntactic rules. in both educational programs, the 8-9 year olds performed significantly better than that of the 5-6 year olds in all tasks except for the test on word arbitrariness. the study conducted by turbpaiboon and onsuwan (2011) is related to the proposed study because both studies aim to investigate the metalinguistic awareness among children. however, the study differs on the number of languages spoken and chosen respondents because the study that was conducted in thailand has two languages spoken namely: thai and english and focused on children with different age groups 5-6 and 8-9 years old while the present study has three languages spoken namely: english, filipino and cebuano and will focus on the grade 1 pupils with the age range from 6-8 years old. in the study of smith and tager-flusberg (1982) on metalinguistic awareness and language development”, 36 preschoolers were given six metalinguistic tasks and two measures of language development: the peabody picture vocabulary test and a sentence comprehension test. the children have been found to perform some metalinguistic judgment and the authors’ content that metalinguistic awareness improves with age. the study of smith and tager-flusberg is related to the proposed study since both studies aim to investigate the metalinguistic awareness among children. however, the studies differ on the type of tests and the respondents because the study of smith and tager-flusberg conducted 6 types of metalinguistic tests and focused on the preschoolers while the present study has 3 metalinguistic tests and focuses on the grade 1 pupils. another study was conducted by maxilom and tecson (2009), investigating metalinguistic awareness of adolescent multilinguals in cebu city. the results showed that the multilinguals who were highly proficient in cebuano performed best in the control of linguistic processing in three languages. in the analysis of linguistic knowledge, the multilinguals who were highly proficient in three languages performed better in the error identification while the highly proficient in english and cebuano performed better in the correction and grammatical error explanation. the study of maxilom and tecson is related to the present study. the two studies only differ in the respondents and the type of metalinguistic tests given. maxilom and tecson focused on the metalinguistic awareness of adolescents who underwent error identification, correction and explanation while the present study focuses on the metalinguistic awareness of grade 1 pupils whose knowledge on language arbitrariness test, phonology and vocabulary will be tested. dita (2009) conducted a study on metalinguistic awareness among children. the subjects were asked to answer three metalinguistic tests namely: language arbitrariness, phonological awareness and vocabulary test. the result shows that those who are full bilinguals outscored the partial bilinguals in all three tests conducted. this study is related to the present study because both studies aim to investigate the metalinguistic awareness on filipino bilingual/multilingual children. however, the studies differ in their scope and limitation because the study of dita focused on the kindergarten while the present study will focus on the metalinguistic awareness of grade 1 pupils in a pilot elementary school in davao city, a city located in the southern part of the country. the participants of the present study speak english, filipino, and cebuano at home and in school. 106 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 106 research method this research followed the purely descriptive quantitative type of research which involves collection of quantitative information that can be tabulated along a continuum in numerical form, such as scores on a test. this is descriptive since this involves data, culled from participants’ scores from an administered test, that can then be organized and tabulated to describe (glass & hopkins, 1984) the metalinguistic awareness of multilingual pupils in the elementary level, specifically on language arbitrariness, phonological test and vocabulary. the tests are modified from dita’s (2009) metalinguistic awareness test. the study involved thirty (30) multilingual learners whose ages range from 6-8 years and enrolled as grade 1 pupils. results and discussion students’ level of metalinguistic awareness in english, filipino and cebuano this section shows how students performed in the test written in three languages. table 1. level of students’ metalinguistic awareness in three languages metalinguistic tests language arbitrariness phonological awareness vocabulary overall english mean 5.87 21.13 6.37 20.3 level average high high average filipino mean 4.9 21.87 7.17 22 level average high high average cebuano mean 5.97 24.6 7.6 22.32 level high very high high average table 1 shows that in english the multilingual pupils scored average in language arbitrariness (with mean score of 5.87), which means pupils were good in detecting syntactic violations; while phonological awareness (with a mean score of 21.13) and vocabulary (with a mean of 6.37) scored high, which means that they were outstanding in recognizing both initial and final phonemes and deletion task in a word and were outstanding in describing the functions and appearance of a given word. in filipino, they scored average in language arbitrariness (with the mean score of 4.9), which means they were good in detecting syntactic violations; while in phonological awareness (with the mean score of 21.87) and vocabulary (with the mean score of 7.17) both scored high, which means that the multilingual pupils were outstanding in recognizing both initial and final phonemes and deletion task in a word and in describing the functions and appearance of a given word. while in cebuano, they scored high in language arbitrariness (with the mean score of 5. 97) and vocabulary (with the mean score of 7.6), which means that the pupils were outstanding in detecting syntactic violations and in describing the functions and appearance of a given word; while in phonological awareness, the pupils scored very high with a mean score of 24.6, which means that they were excellent in recognizing both initial and final phonemes and deletion task in a word. the results confirmed the study of cromdal (1999) that children who are proficient on receptive vocabulary have better performance in syntactic awareness measure. that is, bilingual children who have higher combined perceptive vocabulary eventually outscored their less proficient bilingual peers in terms of syntactic measure. this also confirms the study of smith and tager-flusberg (1982) which also found out that bilingual children have good level of metalinguistic awareness especially in vocabulary. and these findings were verified by the present study since all grade 1 multilingual pupils were found to be either on the average or high level in language arbitrariness even if they are still first graders. the findings also support the contention of vygotsky (1986) in bialystok and barac (2012) in the advantage of bilingualism, which states that because bilingual children have words in different languages to refer to a same thing, they can easily grasp the arbitrariness of a word and its referent, and can understand the sound of a word even if it has no relation with the meaning. the present study confirms maxilom and tecson’s (2009) study. in their study, in terms of english and cebuano, pupils scored high in the metalinguistic tasks like correction and grammatical identification. the findings in the present study also shows that the multilingual pupils scored high in english and cebuano in terms of language arbitrariness. the findings also affirmed the theory of yelland, pollard, and mercuri (1993) that even limited exposure to eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 ◼ dalona & dalona 107 second or third language will result in phonological advantage. however, it may not be bilingualism per se, but the finding reminds us that languages affect children’s metalinguistic awareness, particularly, in terms of syntactic awareness, considering that the children’s first language/s has/have entirely different syntax compared to english. these findings were confirmed by the result of the present study since the grade 1 multilingual pupils were established to score high in phonological awareness in all three languages. and so, the bilingualism of the children is associated with their cognitive skills that are influenced by the immediate speech community and media (bialystok, 2011; baker, 1996) since the media of today has a big impact on children’s learning most especially in second language learning. the result also affirms the theory of mora (2009) that most children between the ages 6 and 8, begin to expand their metalinguistic awareness and start to recognize irony and sarcasm. this concept requires the child to understand the subtitles of the utterance’s social and cultural context. that in this crucial stage of learning, language is not the only factor in learning or acquiring vocabulary. the results also support the theory of galambos and goldin-meadow (1990) who believe that the experience in two languages hastens the development of metalinguistic skills of young children. that is, the difference between languages may also affect children’s syntactic awareness and that being bilingual helps detect grammatically correct sentences better. and thus, higher receptive vocabulary score in cebuano does not necessarily translate higher syntactic awareness into other languages that they are rarely exposed. this is similar with the findings of the present study since the grade 1 multilingual respondents got high score in cebuano, which is their mother tongue, compared to english and filipino. the findings also confirm the study of dita (2009) in which the pupils scored higher in filipino rather than in cebuano because of the different exposure and learning in the two languages. the results were verified by the present study because they scored higher in their mother language, cebuano, than english and filipino. in the tests conducted to the multilingual pupils, they scored average in all three languages. among the three versions, the grade 1 multilingual pupils got the highest mean of 22.32 in the cebuano test; followed by the filipino version with the mean of 22 and lastly, the english test since it recorded the lowest mean of 20.3. this means, in all three tests, the multilingual pupils are good in analyzing language and its subparts: the languages’ structure, sound pattern, function and appearance. this finding supports the theory of bialystok (2011) in bilingualism or multilingualism that those who are proficient in two or more languages are more likely to perform linguistically better than that of monolinguals. that is, it involves speakers who have native-like control of a language when they are interacting with other people and have as much knowledge and control over language as they have of the other languages. from the findings, it could be deduced that overall, the pupils were indeed multilinguals and they scored average in all three tests. this proves their control of these three languages despite the frequency of exposure. statistical difference of students’ level of metalinguistic awareness in the administered tests table 2 shows the difference in the performance of students given the use of different languages in the test. table 2. significant difference between the students’ level of metalinguistic awareness in english, filipino and cebuano in all tests metalinguistic test language arbitrariness phonological awareness vocabulary english sig. value .000 .011 .075 remarks sig. different no sig. different sig. different cebuano sig. value .000 .012 .018 remarks sig. different sig. different sig. different filipino sig. value .026 .226 .014 remarks no sig. differ. sig different no sig. differ. the findings in the cebuano test reveals that there is significant difference in terms of language arbitrariness (with significant value of .000); phonological awareness (with significant value of .012) and vocabulary (with the significant value of .018) since the significant value of the mean scores of the grade 1 multilingual pupils was higher than the significant value of 0.05. this indicates that the extreme heterogeneity of pupils’ metalinguistic awareness was apparent in the cebuano test, even if it is their native language. this could be due to different exposures to the language or to varied linguistic experiences of the grade 1 multilingual pupils when it 108 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 108 comes to learning cebuano. as indicated by their scores, the researcher was able to realize that some pupils have enough knowledge while there were others who lack awareness on cebuano language arbitrariness, and vocabulary. based on the result in the english test, the participants’ scores in terms of language arbitrariness (with significant value of .000); phonological awareness (with significant value of .011), and vocabulary (with the significant value of .075). the mean scores of the grade 1 multilingual pupils when it comes to language arbitrariness and phonological awareness are significantly different since the significant values were less than the significant value of 0.05. this means that children has different metalinguistic awareness in language arbitrariness and phonological awareness while in terms of vocabulary, children have almost the same level of metalinguistic awareness. in the filipino test, on the other hand, the scores of grade 1 multilingual pupils are significantly different only when it comes to vocabulary (with significant value of .014). this means that they have different metalinguistic awareness; whereas, in the filipino test for language arbitrariness (with significant value of .026); and phonological awareness (with the significant value of 0.226), students’ scores are not significantly different. this implies that in terms of language arbitrariness and phonological awareness, the multilingual pupils have almost the same metalinguistic awareness. the findings imply that there is no significant difference between the learners’ metalinguistic awareness in english and cebuano in terms of language arbitrariness, which confirms the study of eviatar and ibrahim (2012) in their study of arab children and russian-hebrew bilinguals. the findings also affirm the theory of peal and lambert (1962) in which they emphasized that bilinguals are based on the relationship between the proficiencies or awareness of the respective language that bilinguals master. balanced bilinguals are those who acquire are those who acquire similar degrees of proficiency of both languages while unbalanced bilinguals are those whose proficiency or awareness in one language is higher than the other languages. this helps explain the significant difference between learners’ metalinguistic awareness in three different languages. table 3. significant difference in the overall level of metalinguistic awareness in english, filipino and cebuano metalinguistic tests sig. value remarks english .000 there is significant difference. filipino .000 there is significant difference. cebuano .000 there is significant difference. overall, the awareness of multilingual pupils in each language differs from one to another. this means further that each student has diverse linguistic experience and that they do not have similar exposure to the phonological, morphological, and syntactic structures in english, filipino, and cebuano. this supports the claim of genesee (2015) that bilingual children can acquire the same proficiency in all aspects of their two languages over time. bilingual children may have different patterns of development in certain aspects of language in the short term, but children generally acquire the same proficiency in the sound system and morphological-syntactic pattern of the two languages, when given sufficient input. bilingual children's overall proficiency in each language reflects the amount of time they spend on each. the theory was verified with the result that the grade 1 multilingual pupils have different awareness in each language they were proficient based on the exposure they have in the multilingual environment. parents can ensure that their children achieve full proficiency in both languages if they are supportive of the idea that children need to be provided with rich experience with each language, especially with the language that might otherwise not get strong support in the extended community. it is, therefore, important that parents continue to use their native language so that they expose their child to varied and rich ways of using the language. in summary, this study reveals that in both english and filipino, the grade 1 multilingual learners scored average in language arbitrariness and high in phonological and vocabulary; while in cebuano, they scored high in language arbitrariness and vocabulary and very high in terms of phonological awareness. the overall level of young school-age children’s metalinguistic awareness in english, filipino, and cebuano is average when analyzing language and its subparts: syntactic structure, sound pattern, function and appearance in all eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 ◼ dalona & dalona 109 three languages. there is significant difference between the learners’ metalinguistic awareness in english and filipino in all the tests; while in cebuano, there is no significant difference between the learners’ metalinguistic awareness in all three tests. finally, there is significant difference between the overall level of metalinguistic awareness in english, filipino and cebuano. conclusion this study concludes that grade 1 multilingual learners still need to improve their linguistic experience to english and filipino particularly in the identification of syntactic errors, since they will likewise be using these languages in their succeeding academic endeavors. the study further posits that the young school-age children’s metalinguistic awareness in cebuano helps them in fulfilling their linguistic tasks in filipino and english. based on the results, the study recommends that teachers and curriculum designers can provide strategies and lessons that would enhance learners’ metalinguistic awareness most especially in terms of language arbitrariness in english and filipino. since there is significant difference in english and filipino in all three tests, parents and teachers should ensure that the pupils achieve full proficiency in all three languages by providing rich experiences in these languages. and to develop this study to know further the factors that would best develop learners’ metalinguistic awareness and its impacts to young school-age children’s readiness for other linguistic demands. references adesope, o. o., lavin, t., thompson, t., & ungerleider, c. (2010). a systematic review and meta-analysis of the cognitive correlates of bilingualism. review of educational research, 80(2), 207-245. doi: 10.3102/0034654310368803 adams, m. j., foorman, b. r., lundberg, i., & beeler, t. (2003). phonemic awareness in young children: a classroom curriculum. baltimore, md: brookes. baker, m. (1996). corpus-based translation studies: the challenges that lie ahead. benjamins translation library, 18, 175-186. doi: 10.1075/btl.18.17bak baten, k., hofman, f., & loeys, t. (2011). cross-linguistic activation in bilingual sentence processing: the role of word class meaning. bilingualism: language and cognition, 14(3), 351-359. doi: 10.1017/s1366728910000246 beceren, s. (2010). comparison of metalinguistic development in sequential bilinguals and monolinguals. the international journal of educational researchers, 1(1), 28-40. retrieved from http://ijer.penpublishing.net/makale/33 bialystok, e. (2011). reshaping the mind: the benefits of bilingualism. canadian journal of experimental psychology/revue canadienne de psychologie expérimentale, 65(4), 229. doi: 10.1037/a0025406 bialystok, e., & barac, r. (2012). emerging bilingualism: dissociating advantages for metalinguistic awareness and executive control. cognition, 122(1), 67-73. doi: 10.1016/j.cognition.2011.08.003 cromdal, j. (1999). childhood bilingualism and metalinguistic skills: analysis and control in young swedish–english bilinguals. applied psycholinguistics, 20(1), 1-20. doi: 10.1017/s0142716499001010 dita, s. (2009). the metalinguistic awareness of filipino bilingual children. the philippine esl journal, 3. retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/291798975_the_metalinguistic_awareness_o f_filipino_bilingual_children donaldson, m. (2013). a study of children's thinking. abingdon: routledge. edwards, d., & christophersen, h. (1988). bilingualism, literacy and meta‐linguistic awareness in preschool children. british journal of developmental psychology, 6(3), 235-244. doi: 10.1111/j.2044-835x.1988.tb01097.x eviatar, z., & ibrahim, r. (2012). multilingualism among israeli arabs, and the neuropsychology of reading in different languages. in current issues in bilingualism. springer-dordrecht heidlberg london pp 57-74. https://doi.org/10.3102%2f0034654310368803 https://doi.org/10.1075/btl.18.17bak https://doi.org/10.1017/s1366728910000246 https://dx.doi.org/10.1037%2fa0025406 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cognition.2011.08.003 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1017/s0142716499001010 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1111/j.2044-835x.1988.tb01097.x 110 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 110 flood, j., & menyuk, p. (1983). the development of metalinguistic awareness and its relation to reading achievement. journal of applied developmental psychology, 4(1), 65-80. doi: 10.1016/0193-3973(83)90059-x galambos, s. j., & goldin-meadow, s. (1990). the effects of learning two languages on levels of metalinguistic awareness. cognition, 34(1), 1-56. doi: 10.1016/0010-0277(90)90030n genesee, f. (2015). myths about early childhood bilingualism. canadian psychology/psychologie canadienne, 56(1), 6. doi: 10.1037/a0038599 glass, g. v & hopkins, k.d. (1984). statistical methods in education and psychology, 2nd edition. englewood cliffs, nj: prentice-hall. goetz, p. j. (2003). the effects of bilingualism on theory of mind development. bilingualism: language and cognition, 6(1), 1-15. doi : 10.1017/s1366728903001007 grosjean, f. & li, p. (2013). the psycholinguistics of bilingualism. malden, ma & oxford: wiley-blackwell. hill, v. (1998). integrating the theories of metacognition and metalinguistics to help in the understanding of literacy development to promote academic success. text in education and society, 106-125. doi: 10.1142/9789812815781_0007 massey, a. j., elliott, g. l., & johnson, n. k. (2005). variations in aspects of writing in 16+ english examinations between 1980 and 2004: vocabulary, spelling, punctuation, sentence structure, non-standard english. cambridge: cambridge assessment. retrieved from https://www.cambridgeassessment.org.uk/.../109738-variations-inaspects-ofwriting-in-16-english-examinations-between-1980-and-2004-vocabulary maxilom, r. m. r., & tecson, c. a. (2009). metalinguistic awareness of adolescent multilinguals in cebu city. philippine quarterly of culture and society, 37(4), 207230. mora, j. k. (2009). metalinguistic awareness as defined through research. retrieved from http://www. moramodules. com/pages/metalinghandout. nor, n. m., & ab rashid, r. (2018). a review of theoretical perspectives on language learning and acquisition. kasetsart journal of social sciences, 39(1), 161-167. retrieved from http://www.thaiscience.info/journals/article/tkjs/10989582.pdf peal, e., & lambert, w. e. (1962). the relation of bilingualism to intelligence. psychological monographs: general and applied, 76(27), 1. doi: 10.1037/h0093840 skutnabb-kangas, t. (1984). bilingualism or not: the education of minorities (vol. 7). avon: multilingual matters ltd. smith, c. l., & tager-flusberg, h. (1982). metalinguistic awareness and language development. journal of experimental child psychology, 34(3), 449-468. doi: 10.1016/0022-0965(82)90071-6 surwanti, d. & hikmah, i. (2019). improving students’ awareness of functional literacy. english language teaching educational journal, 2(2), 79-89. doi : 10.12928/eltej.v2i2.1307 tunmer, w. e., herriman, m. l., & nesdale, a. r. (1988). metalinguistic abilities and beginning reading. reading research quarterly, 134-158. doi: 10.2307/747799 turbpaiboon, p., & onsuwan, c. (2011). “a comparative study of thai children’s metalinguistic awareness from different age groups and educational programs.” in sagaravasi and ml. abhakorn (eds.), proceedings of the 2nd international conference on language and communication, the graduate school of language and communication, the national institute of development administration (nida), thailand. 45-52. retrieved from https://arts.tu.ac.th/teacher_linguistics02.html https://doi.org/10.1016/0010-0277(90)90030-n https://doi.org/10.1016/0010-0277(90)90030-n https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/a0038599 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1017/s1366728903001007 https://doi.org/10.1142/9789812815781_0007 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/h0093840 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1016/0022-0965(82)90071-6 https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v2i2.1307 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.2307/747799 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 ◼ dalona & dalona 111 wachira, a.w. (2006). multilingualism in kenya: focus on language use and its implications. in: trans. internet-zeitschrift für kulturwissenschaften. no. 16/2005. retrieved from http://www.inst.at/trans/16nr/03_2/wachira16.htm yelland, g. w., pollard, j., & mercuri, a. (1993). the metalinguistic benefits of limited contact with a second language. applied psycholinguistics, 14(4), 423-444. doi: 10.1017/s0142716400010687 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1017/s0142716400010687 sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 2, no. 3, 2019, pp. 121-132 e-issn: 2621-6485 uyghur and china in the american media discourse: a critical discourse analysis of cnn news articles 1prayudha, 2ma’ruf fawwaz 1, 2 english education department, universitas ahmad dahlan, indonesia prayudha@pbi.uad.ac.id abstract this paper analyzes the textual aspects in critical discourse analysis (cda) norman fairclough model of cnn news discourse about uyghur issue. when this research is conducted, there are only at least five articles specifically discussing uyghur issue that are 29th december 2011, 29th february 2012, 29th february 2012, 30th october 2013, and 5th september 2014 publications. the research focuses on analyzing the text representation and the relation between participants in the discourse. objectives of the paper are: 1) to analyze the text representation of news in the news channel of cnn related to the uyghur case, and 2) to analyze the relation between participants in the news channel of cnn related to the uyghur case. the subject of this paper is uyghur issue as reflected in the news articles of cnn international. the paper applies qualitative descriptive method. as a consequence: cnn often put formality features and a vague vocabulary to block and obscure the negative value from the readers to china. the relation here is presented by cnn to china rather than cnn to uyghur. it is reflected by the power of the status of china. keywords: critical discourse analysis, uyghur issue, cnn how to cite: prayudha, & fawwaz, m. (2019). uyghur and china in the american media discourse: a critical discourse analysis of cnn news articles. english language teaching educational journal, 2(3), 121-132. introduction uyghur issue has become international topic. quoted from human rights watch (2019), united nations experts responded it by issuing critics toward chinese government’s counterterrorism law that is being used to justify violations of basic rights and freedoms in xinjiang. the counterterrorism program was started since 2014 when local government demand new identity card for uyghur community (finley, 2019). the prosses was started by making project of mass interment. in the perceptive of china’s government, the uyghur are extremist. china perceives that the muslim ethnicity were increasingly on creating their independent state (terhune and matusitz, 2016). according to soliev (2016) the judgment occurred seriously after the execution of chinese a freelance consultant from beijing by isis in syiria in november 2015. the chinese government argues that the execution was related with the uyghurs. about 300 migrants from uyghur joined isis as foreign fighters (clarke and kan, 2017). uyghurs ethnic group itself are the indigenous population of the xinjiang region that is a large area in the northwestern part of the people’s republic of china (dawyer, 2005). conflict between uyghurs versus chinese government is actually related with global issue of terrorism. battle between liberal value and islam dominates western medias discourse especially american media after the attacks on september 11th, 2001. that condition strengthen of islamic practice aggravates preexisting tensions or may initiate new conflicts (mahmood, 2006). one of the examples of that conflict is in china. islamic practices and uyghur ethnic markers were increasingly framed in the public written media as sources of social and national insecurity (castets, 2007). 122 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 that condition has been approved by several scientific research. meyer (2012) from university of cambridge wrote a dissertation entitled governing muslim minority as security threats: the case of the uyghurs and the concept of new chinese nation. that research found that hundreds of chinese official news report framed uyghurs as islamic extremism and a serious treat for chinese nationalism. the framed discourse is not only published in china. beijing attempts to develop it into global understanding including in u.s perspective. jai (2016: 3) concludes that china makes uyghur issue as a commodity which can be placed as equal as international war on terror. if the campaign has been done massively, the question is whether it influences international media especially american media in capturing uyghurs issue or not. to answer the question, an approach is needed to be applied. this research discusses the perspective of american media toward uyghur and chinese government using critical discourse analysis (cda) model norman fairclough (2013). as one of the largest medias in united states of america (usa), cnn news portal becomes the data source of the research. founded in 1980 by ted turner, the media is also considered as a liberal media. cnn had earned a reputation as a more liberal network (gilbert, 2012: 40). news published by cnn had influenced global political issues and then it is uttered as “cnn effect”. the cnn effect for instance had shaped conflict in kosovo (1998) and iraq (2003). in kosovo civil war, the media focuses on the topics which were not merely beneficial for the albanian and it gradually shifted western policy toward military intervention (bahador, 2007). almost similar with that, in iraq war, jaramillo (2009) argues that cnn strategy was retelling the official narrative of the government to justify war. jaramillo (2009) also says that the cnn strategy is driven by some motives: ideology, economy, and ratting. to know the motives, here cnn news about uyghur issue, it needs cda analysis. cda becoming the approach of the research is because the approach can discuss a discourse not only from the appearance but also from the power and ideology behind the discourse. ideologies are propositions that generally figure as implicit assumptions in texts, which contribute to producing or reproducing unequal relations of power, relations of domination (fairclough, 1995). the ideology and power behind a text can be observed by seeing the language in a text critically. critical is used in a special sense, to denote the connections that might be hidden. for example, budairi (2018) revealed how textbooks have been designed to foreground the supremacy of western practices and in doing so, to preserve the hegemonic power of the center. this study observes ideology and power behind news article published in cnn about uyghur issue. it is expectantly that the study can answer how the “cnn effect” works in the conflict between uyghur and chinese government. critical discourse analysis according to van dijk (2009), cda is one of analytical research that studies the way social power abuse, dominance, and inequality are enacted, reproduced, and resisted by text and talk in the social and political context. in other words, cda is the study of law by language perspective. van dijk also stated the practice of language power inequalities often occurs. in fairclough (2010) perspective, cda aims to systematically explore often opaque relationships of causality and determination between (a) discursive practices, events and texts, and (b) wider social and cultural structures, relations and processes; to investigate how such practices, events, and texts arise out of and are ideologically shaped by relations of power and struggles over power. hence, cda is a form of discourse analysis that studies eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ prayudha & fawwaz 123 the relationship between discourse and ideology. according to fairclough (2013), ideology is closely linked to power, because the nature of the ideological assumptions embedded in particular conventions themselves, depends on the power relations which underline the conventions. fairclough (1992) states that there are three dimensions in cda: (1) text dimension, (2) discursive practice dimension, and (3) social practice dimension. the text dimension attends language analysis of texts. the discursive practice dimension specifies the nature of the process of text production and interpretation for example which types of discourse (including 'discourses' in the more social-theoretical sense) are drawn upon and how they are combined. the social practice dimension appears on issues of concern in social analysis such as the institutional and organizational circumstances of the discursive event and how that shapes the nature of the discursive practice. this study focuses on the text analysis. texts here are parts of social events (fairclough, 2003). fairclough (2013) sees the text on many levels. a text is not only about how the object is displayed but also how the relationship between object definitions must be calculated. in this stage, there are two elements that can be described: text representation and text relation that is the relation between participants in texts. text representation this aspect is linked to how someone or group, action, or tragedy are shown in the text. fairclough (2013) states there are three types of representation, including representation in clauses, representation in a combination of clauses, and representation in an egalitarian sequence. in representation in clauses level, there are two points in this section: vocabulary and grammar. at vocabulary level, there are many words to provoke the readers. for instances, these two words are "could not yet and cannot." in this case, a writer could put someone, groups or incident to be shown as action or an event. every word gives a different meaning and also different perceptions. the word "could not yet" is better than "cannot." “could not yet” means someone or group did not finish the job at that time, but it was possible for them to try again because they are not given up. the word cannot mean inversely proportional to the previous one. at the grammar level, fairclough's model focuses on whether grammar is displayed as a process or participant. generally, when it is displayed as a process, the transitive structures would be (subject + verb + object). when it is displayed as a participant, as an actor's generally, it is shown as an active word. this actor is also do something to the object. in this case, generally, the objects are displayed as passive words that is "poor people did a suicide last night." based on the example, there is only one point to “suicide action” in the data. there are no specific actors and the motive behind it. the next level is representation in a combination of clauses. this aspect discusses how two or more sentences are arranged. one important aspect is whether participants are considered independent or displayed to react in a news text. another important aspect is whether there is any information displayed as a foreground or background. in a clause that occupies a position as a background, displayed is a summary of the news theme which then given as the information of the event backgrounds. placing a sentence arrangement as implicit would show the practice that the writer wants to convey. text relation this aspect is related to how the participant is displayed in the text. fairclough (2013) states that there are three types of participant: a reporter, the media, and the public. this aspect is not focused on how public participation is displayed in media. it is about how that 124 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 pattern is connected to each other in the text. one of the examples is a news which is covered papua merdeka issue. the news can produce two choices; the first is the papuan party who is not satisfied with the news and the second is the government who wants papua to remain peaceful under the authority of the indonesian government. research method this research is a qualitative descriptive study because the ultimate goal is to explain and describe all facts objectively with the final results in the form of lingual units such as words, phrases, and sentences not in the form of numbers. in this study, the object studied is the text representation and text relation in the news channel of cnn related to the uyghur issue. the news is chosen due to several factors, such as uyghur issue is hot topic in all around the world until today and the background of the media which cover the issue is one the biggest news portal in usa. after searching on the cnn international website, at least, until the research finished, there are five articles in cnn which covers uyghur issue. that are 29th december 2011, 29th february 2012, 29th february 2012, 30th october 2013, and 5th september 2014 editions. the data collecting method used in this study is simak method. the technique that follows is a note-taking technique. the data of this research is collected by reading some news in the cnn international website that related to the uyghur case. after collected, the data is analyzed using padan method with the technique of pilah unsur penentu with daya pilah sebagai pembeda referen. according to sudaryanto (2015), padan method is determined by outside factors and it is not part of the language concerned. the determinant factor here are the text representation and relation as postulated in the cda model fairclough (1984). the example of the data analysis can be seen as follows: (1) “the chinese authorities have often blamed militants of uyghur descent for outbreaks of violence in xinjiang in recent years.” (text 1, paragraph 7). text 1 paragraph 7 would more be represented as an event (the chinese authorities (s) have often blamed (v) militants of uyghur descent (o) for outbreaks of violence in xinjiang in recent years (a)). the subject or agent here has a responsibility to the object of the sentence. the subject is reflected inanimate participants, so it can be called as nondirected action. thus, this sentence must be an event. results and discussion the research findings are taken from five different news texts from cnn international online newspaper but those texts are still spotlighted uyghur case. the text or articles published on 29th december 2011, 29th february 2012, 29th february 2012, 30th october 2013, and 5th september 2014. the analysis includes text representation and the relation between participants. the theories in this analysis belong fairclough (2013). a. text representation in cnn related to the uyghur issue text representation is divided into two analysis: vocabulary and grammar. the vocabulary in a discourse is used to display and describe something, includes ideology and expressive things. the vocabulary components include experiential values, relational values, expressive values, and metaphors. the second is grammar. the grammar in discourse is used to underline the action or event. the grammatical components include eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ prayudha & fawwaz 125 experiential values, expressive values, relational values, and how the simple sentence are linked. a. vocabulary 1) experiential value experiential value is how the ideological differences between texts in their representations of the world are coded in the vocabulary. there could be by synonym, antonym, or hyponym. the sentence below is taken from text 1 and also for the instance of experiential value analysis. (2) “police opened fire when locals clashed with officers during a demonstration outside the police bureau, he said.” (text 1, paragraph 5). there is synonym in the sentence as a repetition of words. it is ‘police’ and ‘officers.' the meaning is the same, but the repetition of ‘officer’ has its own ideology. in the vocabulary, the word ‘officers’ is politer, and the influence in social relations is higher than 'police' itself. in this case, the word ‘officer’ as repetition could protect the agent from the object, and the impact is the object did not have the power to take over his position as a victim. 2) relational value relational value is how the text choices the words to create social relationships between participants; this word includes formal and informal words. it can be observed from the data bellow. (3) in december, chinese authorities killed seven uyghurs in a bid to free two hostages kidnapped in the rural county of pishan, near yecheng, in an incident which the stockholm-based world uyghur congress disputes. (text 2, paragraph 7). the meaning of this phrase 'rural county' is similar to the 'village,' but cnn as the producer of the discourse more likely to choose a 'rural county' to the component of the text. ideologically, this phrase could to represent the other words. it might be more appropriate, but this phrase is more formal. the phrase also does not have a reduction in the sentence meaning. thus, this would be probably like the respect of social relations. 3) expressive value a discourse or text occasionally contains the word or phrase which has a certain ideology. expressive refers to the persuasive language, and it aims to show the contrastive ideology. thus, this all can be called as expressive value. the sentence below is taken from text 2 and also for the instance of expressive value analysis. (4) in december, chinese authorities killed seven uyghurs in a bid to free two hostages kidnapped in the rural county of pishan, near yecheng, in an incident which the stockholm-based world uyghur congress disputes. (text 2, paragraph 7). the expressive value is reflected in the phrase 'a bid.' it can be represented as a positive expressive value to the consumer. in this case, the phrase 'a bid' acts as an active 126 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 word to combine two clauses. the prominent meanings to the consumers would be likely like this 'before they killed uyghurs, they had already offered 'a bid' to free to the hostages.' it gives an advantage to the uyghur because the phrase 'a bid' is covered them from their criminal activity (killed seven uyghurs). expressively, it gives disadvantages to the uyghur even it is positive for several readers. 4) metaphors metaphor is a means of representing something by another term. it could be poetry and literary discourse. the particular interest of metaphor here is the relationship between alternative metaphors that displayed as different ideology. further discussion can be seen from the data. (5) uyghur exile groups claim that beijing uses the etim as a red herring to rationalize its repressive policies against the uyghurs. (text 5, paragraph 14). a metaphor occurs in the phrase 'a red herring.' the meaning of this metaphor is diverting the conversation from the main problem, but in this case, there is any other hidden meaning. interestingly, the producer here acts as a neutral participant. briefly, the producer placed himself on the uyghur sides after all news about uyghur in the previous sentences. the producer also got a moment to blame china. it is reflected in the clause 'to rationalize its repressive policies against the uyghurs.' expressively, the metaphor aim is to get a fight between uyghur and china. b. grammar the text representation of grammar includes experiential value, relational value, expressive value, and how the simple sentence linked. 1) experiential values the experiential aspect of grammar is how the relation grammatical forms of language codes are connected in this world. it includes people, animals, or things involved in those happenings or relationships. the experiential value itself contains four components; there are the process, nominalizations, active or passive sentences, and positive or negative sentences. a) the process the process is a choice between different grammatical process and participant types, and the selection that is made can be ideologically significant. it includes actions svo (subject + verb + object), events sv (subject + verb), and attributions svc (subject + verb + complement). the sentence below is taken from text 1 and also for the instance of the process analysis. (6) "we chinese are glad to see these muslims' death!"(text 5, paragraph 5). the sentence above refers to possessive attributions. the components are “we chinese” (s) are “glad” (s) “to see these muslims' death” (c). the agent here is an animate thing, so the agent is responsible to the other participant. thus, the agent here does not try eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ prayudha & fawwaz 127 to reduce the meaning of the sentence. this sentence is shown to express the resentment of citizens to uyghurs with the human common sense. b) nominalizations nominalization is a conversion process of verb or adjective into a noun (or a multiword compound noun, as here). the sentence below is taken from text 1 and also for the instance of nominalization analysis. (7) the iraqi army has captured an islamic state in iraq and syria fighter from china, the baghdad-datelined report said. (text 5, paragraph 1). the first is text 5, paragraph 1. the nominalization process is reflected in the word 'fighter.' the 'fighter' here is also could be called a participant. the aim is to spotlight the main subject, 'the iraqi army.' this nominalization has a reduction of the action, but the causality and the responsibility are clear. c) active or passive sentences the active or passive sentence here is used for avoiding the hiding when the information is already given in some way. text 5 contains the active sentences, and there is no found the passive sentences. this active sentence here is predominantly of the agent who introduced by the verbs that follow it. thus, it makes causality, and the agency is clear. (8) a spate of violent incidents has been blamed on the uyghurs. (text 5, paragraph 10). the sentence refers to the passive sentence. the agency here is unclear because it is reflected by an inanimate thing (a spate). also, it leaves the causality of the text unclear. thus, this sentence can be called an agentless passive sentence. d) positive or negative sentences the positive or negative sentence here is based on intertextuality of a text. there are only two negative sentences that found in text 1, and it is dominantly by positive sentence. the sentence below is taken from text 1 and also for the instance of the positive or negative sentence. (9) however, dilxat raxit, a spokesman for the stockholm-based world uyghur congress, said the shooting did not stem from a rescue operation. (text 1, paragraph 4). this sentence comes from the direct informant (dilxat raxit) which has been paraphrased by cnn. it could make the sentence more valuable. it is said that the shooting did not stem from a rescue operation. in this sentence, there are two participants who were cornering the uyghur, i.e. dilxat raxit and cnn, so it could lead the consumer views to give a negative value to the uyghurs. 2) expressive value the expressive value here refers to expressive modality. it could be modal auxiliaries, the verbs with non-modal present tense, and perfect tense forms. the sentence below is taken from text 1 and also for the instance of expressive value in grammar. 128 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 (10) the report, which could not be independently verified, gave no details about what could have sparked the violence. (text 2, paragraph 3). the word ‘could’ means the possibility. the agent here is an inanimate thing, and the word 'could' itself did not have a responsibility to the agent. the modality here is the interpretation of what the agents have done. 3) relational value there are some varieties of grammatical features of texts which have relational values. there are modes of sentence, modality, and pronouns. a) modes of sentences here, there are three major modes: declarative (s followed by v), grammatical question, and imperative (do not have an s at all). the sentence below is taken from text 1 and also for the instance of modes of sentences. (11) xinhua said the trouble began when a group of knife-wielding assailants attacked people in a market. (text 3, paragraph 2). the sentence above is likely to be a declarative sentence. the components are the xinhua (s) followed by said as (v). the subject here acts as the giver (of information), and the addressee's position is the consumer. this would be that the xinhua as china's side put himself into the victim in this sentence; it reflected how the agent is accentuated himself. b) modality modality has to do with speaker’s or writer’s authority. it can be observed from the data 12. (12) neither account could be independently verified. (text 3, paragraph 6). the modality in the data 6 is reflected in the word ‘could.' this modality refers to the expressive modality. it is reflected by the subject (account) is speaking about the possibility. notice also the adverb in front of the account. it makes the modality is clear to be relational modality. c) pronouns pronouns here have relational values of different sorts. this closer to the relation between the agent to the other participants. the sentence below is taken from text 1 and also for the instance of pronouns. (13) beijing says militant uyghur groups linked to the east turkistan islamic movement, a separatist organization it says operates from neighboring afghanistan and pakistan, have been fomenting trouble in the region. (text 3, paragraph 11). eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ prayudha & fawwaz 129 a pronoun in the data (13) is reflected in the ‘it.' the ‘it' here refers to the separatist organization. it has been reduced in the textual structure, but the meaning is the same. the writer aims probably to make the subject is more specific. 4) how the simple sentences linked it is how the formal features are connected together parts of texts. it is also about how the relationship between texts and contexts: some formal features point outside the text to its situational context, or to its 'intertextual' context. it includes the logical connector, coordination or subordination, and the means inside and outside. a) the logical connector this connector is based on ideological perspective. in other words, this connector is an effect of an agent action to the other participant. the sentence (14) is taken from text 1 and also for the instance of the logical connector. (14) the wuc said the deaths occurred when police opened fire on a demonstration outside a police bureau where uyghurs were protesting a recent security crackdown in hotan city. (text 2, paragraph 8). the logical connector here is manifested in the word ‘when' and ‘where.' both pronouns here are connecting three clauses. the first clause is connected by ‘when' which refer to causal relationship between the first and the second clause. the second connector is ‘where' which connected the second clause to the third clause; it also refers to the consequential relationships. the producer aim in this sentence is to show that the police has a reason to blamed the uyghurs. thus, it gives a positive value from the consumer to china. b) coordination or subordination coordination or subordination is how the sentence in the complex sentence are combined. it also how the texts commonsensically divide information into relatively prominent and relatively backgrounded. (15) the news agency said that 10 people were killed in riots in the restive xinjiang province and police shot dead a further two people in the disturbance. (text 2, paragraph 2). (16) it said a group of knife-wielding assailants attacked people in a market in yecheng county. (text 2, paragraph 3). in the data (15), the first clause up to 'province' is the main clause, the second (the rest of the sentence) is subordinate. the main clause is contained to statement which followed by the conjunction 'and.' it is asserted that the riots left 10 people died also followed by the police actions. expressively, this conjunction is covering the agent (police) to his action, because the first clause is more uptight for several consumers. the pronouns 'it' in the data (16) shows the unclear extension of meaning. the agent here is shown as an inanimate thing. it is not compatible because there is no responsibility of the agent. thus, it makes the reader assume that the information is valid, although the previous sentence says not. expressively, this pronoun leads the consumer to the producer aims. 130 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 b. the relation between participants in cnn related to the uyghur issue a relation here is how the participants in the media relations and displayed in the text. there are two main participants in discourse; it includes the participants: china and uyghur. the analysis below is taken from cnn related to the uyghur case. text 1 entitled "china, uyghurs offer a different account of deadly shooting" published on 29th december 2011. in-text 1, the relation between cnn and china is apparent rather than to the uyghurs. it reflected by how many times the cnn's put attention to china in many ways. the sentence below is taken from text 1 for instance. (17) chinese officials said they killed seven members of the uyghur ethnic group in the restive western region of xinjiang in order to free two hostages -an account the uyghurs disputed. (text 1, paragraph 1). (18) beijing has said uyghur militants are often based overseas and has linked some of them to the east turkistan islamic movement that allegedly trains in pakistan. (text 1, paragraph 8). (19) uyghur activists say the crackdowns have only heightened anger among uyghurs who already accuse the government of religious and political repression. (text 1, paragraph 10). in the first instance, in the data (17) uyghur is displayed as a passive agent. cnn's is more interested in putting relations with the chinese. it showed how social power is represented. it is reflected by the vocabulary they use. 'chinese officials' here has a large power of social to provoke the consumer. it aims to convince the consumer about the validity of the information and also to give respect to the social status. however, the other participant (uyghur) is harmed because of the social status itself. it obviously the uyghur here is the victim, but that was blocked by the social status. the second instance, sentence (18) shows the partiality of the producer to text. this sentence comes from a direct speech which has been changed to the indirect speech. it is said that beijing claimed the uyghur militants are often based overseas and has linked some of them to the east turkistan islamic movement. this conversion could affect the imagination of the reader is overtaken. expressively, it also signaled if cnn or producer agrees with what beijing says. the third, data (19) is the cnn take attention to the uyghur. it can be seen by how cnn gives a chance to uyghur to take part in this news, although the informant of uyghur here does not have social power as china. this is a disadvantage for uyghurs in the practice of discourse. the other disadvantage is that the word 'only' before (have) would probably give a negative relation between uyghurs to the consumer, and it could make the situation worse. conclusion the conclusion deals with some findings. cnn, as one of american media, from the discussion above is obscuring the negative value from china as a government to get positive value from the readers. cnn here also used formality features that can block a negative value or perspective. uyghurs here does not have a place to protect himself even in text. in some articles, cnn put attention to china. it is reflected by how many vague eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ prayudha & fawwaz 131 vocabulary or sentences that come after every china’s statement. the aim is to blur the negative value from china to the readers. when giving uyghur extra attention, in some articles, cnn uses many vocabulary or sentence that corner to the uyghurs. unfortunately, it also does not work as vice versa to china. they block a negative value from the readers by formality features. although, in one article, cnn textually puts attention to both of them. however, implicitly, cnn refers to china. it is reflected by the vocabulary and grammar they use. china gets a vague meaning to block the negative value from the readers. in relation between participants level, cnn is numerically interested in cnn rather than uyghur. it is reflected as directly and indirectly in the five different data above. although, in some part, cnn tries to spread his ideology about an islam phobia to the public. this discussion is not based on the actual condition of china and usa relationship. it is interesting to analyze cda analysis for latest cnn news article about uyghur issue and then compare it with the findings in this research. references bahador, b. (2007). the cnn effect in action: how the news media pushed the west toward war in kosovo. new york: palgrave macmillan. budairi, a. (2018). traces of linguistic imperialism enacted through discursive strategies in elt textbooks in indonesia. english language teaching educational journal,1(2), 49-64. doi:10.12928/eltej.v1i2.581 castets, rémi. (2003). the uyghurs in xinjiang – the malaise grows. china perspectives [online], 49 | september-october 2003, online since 17 january 2007, connection on 25 february 2020. doi:10.4000/chinaperspectives.648. clarke, c. p. & kan, p. r. (2017). uyghur foreign fighters: an underexamined jihadist challenge. icct policy brief, 8 (2), 3-19. doi: 10.19165/2017.2.05. dawyer, a. m. (2005). the xinjiang conflict: uyghur identity, language policy, and political discourse. washington, dc: east-west center washington. finley, joanne smith. (2019). securitization, insecurity and conflict in contemporary xinjiang: has prc counter-terrorism evolved into state terror?. central asian survey, 38 (1), 1-26. doi:10.1080/02634937.2019.1586348. gilbert, sara. (2013). built for success: the story of cnn. minnesota: creative education. human rights watch. (2019). unprecedented un critique of china’s xinjiang policies: growing outrage over abuses. accessed 2 december 2019. retrieved from https://www.hrw.org/news/2019/11/14/unprecedented-un-critique-chinas-xinjiangpolicies. jai, kehaulani r. (2016). “crackdown and consent: china’s war on terror and the strategic creation of a public discourse in the u.s.” thesis. california: claremont colleges. jaramillo, deborah. (2009). ugly war pretty package: how cnn and fox news made the invasion of iraq high concept. bloomington: indiana university press. mahmood, saba. (2006). secularism, hermeneutics, and empire: the politics of islamic reformation. public culture, 18(2), 323-347. doi:10.1215/08992363-2006-006. meyer, patrik kristof. (2012). “governing moslem minorities as security threats: the case of the uyghur and the concept of a new chinese nation”. dissertation. cambridge: university of cambridge. https://doi.org/10.12928/eltej.v1i2.581 132 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 fairclough, norman. (1992). discourse and social change. cambridge: blackwell publishing ltd. fairclough, norman. (1995). media discourse. new york: publisher bloomsbury publishing. fairclough, norman. (2003). analyzing discourse: textual analysis for social research. new york: routledge. fairclough, norman. (2013). language and power discourse: 2nd edition. new york: rourledge. fairclough, norman. (2010). critical discourse analysis: the critical study of language. new york: longman publishing. soliev, nodirbek. (2016). growing uyghur militancy: challenges for china. rsis commentary. retrieved from https://www.rsis.edu.sg. sudaryanto. (2015). metode dan aneka teknik analisis bahasa. yogyakarta: diandra primamitra. terhune, v. & matusitz, j. (2016). the uyghurs versus the chinese government: an application of realistic conflict theory. journal of applied security research, 11 (2), 139-148. doi:/10.1080/19361610.2016.1137174. van dijk, teun a. 2009. society and discourse: how social contexts influence text and talk. cambridge: cambridge university press. online sources https://edition.cnn.com/2011/12/29/world/asia/china-hostage-rescue/index.html. accessed on saturday, january 15, 2019. https://edition.cnn.com/2012/02/29/world/asia/china-riots-archive/index.html accessed on saturday, january 15, 2019. https://edition.cnn.com/2012/02/29/world/asia/china-riots/index.html accessed on saturday, january 15, 2019. https://edition.cnn.com/2013/10/29/world/asia/china-tiananmen-suspects/index.html accessed on saturday, january 15, 2019. https://edition.cnn.com/2014/09/05/world/asia/china-isis/index.html accessed on saturday, january 15, 2019. https://edition.cnn.com/2011/12/29/world/asia/china-hostage-rescue/index.html https://edition.cnn.com/2012/02/29/world/asia/china-riots-archive/index.html https://edition.cnn.com/2012/02/29/world/asia/china-riots/index.html https://edition.cnn.com/2013/10/29/world/asia/china-tiananmen-suspects/index.html https://edition.cnn.com/2014/09/05/world/asia/china-isis/index.html english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 2, no. 2, 2019, pp. 50-61 e-issn: 2621-6485 understanding efl teachers’ beliefs about lesson study and their knowledge development viewed from social cultural theory of vygotsky 1eko purwanti, 2endro dwi hatmanto 1,2universitas muhammadiyah yogyakarta 1ekopurwanti@umy.ac.id, 2endrodwihatmanto@umy.ac.id abstract lesson study has been implemented in indonesian classrooms since more than a decade ago, and it is seen as a means to improve teacher knowledge. this study aims to investigate secondary english teachers’ opinions about lesson study in relation to their knowledge development viewed from the lens of social cultural theory of vygotsky. using a descriptive qualitative design, the study involved twelve secondary english teachers from two different cities as the participants. in collecting the data from the participants, group interviews were used. the findings showed that most of the participants developed their teaching capacity, particularly in terms of english language knowledge, teaching pedagogy, and teaching innovation. this implies that lesson study is worth to be conducted in different contexts of teaching and learning process. keywords: lesson study, teacher knowledge, sociocultural theory, teacher professional development how to cite: purwanti, e., & hatmanto, e. d. (2019). understanding efl teachers’ beliefs about lesson study and their knowledge development viewed from social cultural theory of vygotsky. english language teaching educational journal, 2(2), 50-61. introduction lesson study is a japanese professional development by which teachers who are involved in a lesson study group collaboratively plan, observe, and reflect their teaching practices (lewis, perry, & friedkin, 2009). of several types of professional development, lesson study is regarded as the most suitable activity for teachers because it is conducted in the real classroom, using hands-on and minds-on activities (saito, imansyah, kubok, & hendayana, 2007), and school-based activities (supriatna, 2011). it means that teachers remain in their classroom and teach their students as usual while they are doing their professional development. in implementing lesson study, teachers normally invite their colleagues such as the principal, peer teachers, school stakeholders, and outside specialist or expert of the subject to an open lesson / research lesson activity. open lessons, or sometimes called as research lessons, are real classroom activities in which a model teacher delivers a lesson and other teachers or colleagues observe the teaching and learning process focusing on students’ learning (lewis & tsuchida, 1998). in these open lessons, teachers not only invite their colleagues to observe their teaching and learning process, but also welcome them to give input and suggestions related to their students’ learning. the main objective of lesson study is to ensure that students learn something from the lesson. the practice of lesson study applied by japanese teachers since a century ago has proved to increase teachers’ competences in teaching (farrell, 2015), and therefore lesson study has been adopted in indonesian teaching and learning process, especially in secondary school contexts, since more than a decade ago. lesson study is regarded by many researchers as a means to develop teachers’ knowledge (lewis, perry, & hurd, 2004; lim, white, & chiew, 2005; stigler & hiebert, mailto:ekopurwanti@umy.ac.id mailto:2endrodwihatmanto@umy.ac.id eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 ■ purwanti & hatmanto 51 1999; tall, 2008; yoshida, 1999) because of its cyclical processes. in the indonesian context, the cyclical process of lesson study is simplified into plan, do, and see. due to the steps of plan, do, and see, teachers are exposed to various learning opportunities (anggara & chotimah, 2012). these become beneficial factors for improving teachers’ knowledge. in fact, teachers’ development has become an important issue in indonesia as it corroborates the teacher and lecturer law no 14/2005. based on this law, teachers and lecturers in indonesia are demanded to maintain their competencies such as professional, pedagogical, personal, and social competencies. therefore, all teachers, including english foreign language (efl) teachers must have these competencies and failing to do so will result in poor qualities of efl teaching and learning process. the english language subject has been included in the curriculum of indonesian education, starting from secondary schools to the highest levels of education. as one of the compulsory subjects, the english language is taught to all secondary school students by which the students are expected to master the four basic skills of english language such as listening, speaking, reading, and writing. these basic skills of english are very important for the students so that they can update the latest news, information, and technology. in addition, these skills are necessary for them to help them prepare their national exam as well as continue their study into higher level of education. to achieve these goals, efl teaching should be effective, and in order to have effective efl teaching, teachers should be qualified and competent. however, many researches have reported that the current teaching and learning process of efl in indonesia is regarded as unsatisfying due to the low levels of efl teacher competences (nurkamto, 2000). furthermore, many efl teachers in indonesia do not master the english language itself so that it is very challenging for them to deliver the lesson and transfer their knowledge in their efl classrooms (lie, 2007). therefore, teachers’ knowledge should be improved by implementing continuous professional development. among various types of continuous professional development, lesson study is regarded as the most effective way to increase teachers’ capacity (hendayana, 2015; lewis, perry, & murata, 2006; marsigit, 2015). initially implemented in mathematics and science subjects, lesson study has now been conducted in almost all subjects, including efl subject. indeed, the development of teachers’ knowledge happens as a result of their interaction with other colleagues during lesson study cycles plan, do, and see. how these phases enable the teachers to improve their knowledge, especially efl teachers at secondary schools in remote areas of yogyakarta province, is quite interesting if viewed from social cultural theory of vygotsky. while much research are focusing on lesson study implementation and how lesson study build teacher’s knowledge, only few discusses about lesson study from the perspectives of social cultural theory. this study was then aimed to investigate more about the efl teachers’ belief about lesson study and their knowledge development at secondary schools through the lens of vygotsky social cultural theory. literature review lesson study lesson study was initially implemented in indonesia in 1998-2003 by three leading universities in collaboration with japan international cooperation agency (jica) through imstep (indonesian mathematics and science teacher education project). being successful in indonesia (suratno, 2012), it was then followed by various similar projects such as imstep follow-up in 2003 – 2005, sisttems (strengthening in-service teacher training in education of mathematics and science) in 2006-2008, and pelita from 2008 ■ e-issn: 2621-6485 52 to 2013. since then, lesson study has been implemented by many schools in different parts of indonesia. the concept of lesson study is simple because if teachers want to improve their teaching, the most effective way to do so is in the context of classroom lessons (stigler & hiebert, 1999). lesson study becomes an important aspect to improve effective teaching practice due to the underlying principles attached to it, such as: 1) teachers are able to learn and improve their teaching by observing other colleagues; 2) knowledgeable teachers should share their knowledge and experience with novice teachers; and 3)teachers should empower students’ interest and emphasize their learning quality (burghes & robinson, 2010). as lesson study in indonesia is conducted based on the three phases plan, do, and see, during the plan phase, teachers collaboratively design a lesson plan based on the goals chosen by the teachers. the lesson plan is then discussed and revised based on the feedback during the discussion. the next step is delivering the lesson plan in a real teaching and learning process in which one teacher becomes the model teacher and other teachers become the observers. in this step called do, these teachers critically observe the students’ learning and write detail situations about the teaching and learning process in the classroom. it is common to record the lesson for research and reflection purposes. when the lesson is completed, the teachers engage in a reflection session. this session usually begins with the model teacher reflected on what worked well in the lesson and what did not work based on the objectives of the lesson plan. then other members of the group give their critical opinion focusing on the lesson and the students, not on the model teacher. they are, in fact critiquing themselves in the reflection session, and this is an important part of the lesson study because it shifts the focus from a personal evaluation to a self-improvement activity (stigler & hiebert, 1999). based on their observations and reflections, the lesson study group revises the lesson plan. once the revised lesson plan is ready, it is taught again to a different class with a different model teacher, and thus another cycle of lesson study begins. sociocultural theory and knowledge development teachers learn through interaction with their peers, meaning that learning happens as a result of a sociocultural process (bocala, 2015). sociocultural theories explain that individual learning and development are attached to social events and happen as a result of people’s interactions with other people, objects, or events in their community (vygotsky, 1978). in this context, social-cultural theories appear effective to explain efl teachers’ development caused by their interaction during lesson study activity. vygotsky (1978) believes that knowledge construction includes both a social and cognitive process. according to him, community plays a central role in the social process of individual knowledge development. thus, how people develop their knowledge and how they get meaning from their knowledge are created in social contexts. the social interaction between an individual and his/her community is mediated by psychological symbols such as language, number, arts, and technical tools such as books and a calculator. among these symbols, vygotsky puts more emphasis on language as one of the social interaction mediations. though there are many forms of language such as symbols, gestures, or motions, the most common type of language, verbal language, is mostly used among the participants in the study because that type of language can make sense of complex and abstract thought. therefore, vygotsky believes in the role of language as the most important tool for accessing this social knowledge. thus, teacher learning in the study is mediated by language. in addition to the previous concept, vygotsky also believes that learning includes cognitive process, meaning that learning will be effective only if an interactive process of eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 ■ purwanti & hatmanto 53 interaction such as discussion, negotiation, and sharing occurs. further, he asserts the cognitive process of an individual is influenced by cultural and social factors. in this case, vygotsky mentions that the first cultural development of people on the social level is called inter-psychological, and the second one lies on the individual or personal level called intrapsychological. regarding the social factor, vygotsky believes that children have curiosity and eagerness to learn something new that leads them to a learning situation. learning, in this case, occurs through social interaction between the children and people who have more knowledge or as vygotsky termed as the more knowledgeable other (mko). the more knowledgeable other can be parents, teachers, coaches, experts, professionals or friends who can provide verbal instructions for the children. the mko can be anyone who has a better understanding or a higher ability level than the learner, with respect to a particular task, process, or concept (vygotsky, 1978). besides the mko, vygotsky (1978) introduces the concept of the zone proximal development (zpd) to describe a difference between what a child can complete independently and what a child can complete with the guidance of another. the gap between what is known and what is not known by the child creates a learning situation. to help the child achieves the new knowledge, the mko gives step by step guidance based on the knowledge level of the child. in this case, scaffolding occurs. despite the fact that sociocultural theory is frequently used to frame child’s knowledge development researches, as mentioned earlier its theory is still relevant to explain adult learners (bonk & kim, 1998) like the participants in this current study, and few researchers and educators have addressed adult learning from sociocultural theory (bocala, 2015; bonk & kim, 1998). bonk and kim (1998) argued that sociocultural theory can be used not only to explain children and students’ cognitive development but also to frame adult learning. also, as learning resources have expanded, adult learning becomes more self-directed; therefore, there are more chances to assist and scaffold adult learning. concerning the principles of sociocultural theory such as the zpd and the mko, learning assistance may come from friends, relatives, text resources, mass media, technology, or work colleagues. however, one of the greatest challenges and opportunities in adult education is utilizing assisted learning practices teacher-centred when most adult learners have lived their entire lives with more traditional, programs and assembly line schooling (bonk & kim, 1998). previous related studies sociocultural theory of vygotsky has been applied in various fields of education and other disciplines of study. research on a group of efl teachers implementing lesson study was conducted using vygotskian sociocultural theory as one of its theoretical frameworks to understand the interaction among the efl teachers, their students and the administrators of the school, and the trace of teachers' cognitive development (tasker, 2014). using a grounded content analyses, the findings showed that 1) school administrator involvement is necessary to affect school change; 2) outside experts might need to take a more active, longer-term role to help teachers adopt a critical perspective; 3) efl teacher professionalization should include participation in professional development activities; and 4) lesson study is a viable ‘second stimulus’ and potential to provide teachers with an effective conceptual tool to mediate their learning and bring about expansive transformation; and 5) sociocultural theory provides a theoretical foundation for understanding how teachers learn through participation in lesson study (tasker, 2014). an interesting study on sociocultural theory was also conducted by lantolf and beckett (2009) who analyzed forty-eight notable publications as an attempt to seek common patterns emerging from those research focusing on the theory that all mental activity is ■ e-issn: 2621-6485 54 symbolically mediated. within the general mediational framework, the findings showed four themes which characterized their publications which can support the literature such as 1) the theory as a lens for interpreting data (naturally occurring as well as elicited), 2) the theory as an educational framework for promoting l2 development (i.e., developmental education), 3) a concern with specific concepts with which the theory operates, and 4) a concern with explicating a concept or theoretical issue. while the research focusing on sociocultural theory in relation to teaching and learning process have been done by many researchers, the one focusing on lesson study is still in scarcity. therefore, this study was aimed to bridge the gap. the findings on sociocultural researches are expected to inform the current study focusing on adult learners such as the english teachers and the english lecturers. as adult have more opportunities to learn, their learning environment are developing too. with more exposure to learning possibilities, adults have more opportunities to improve their knowledge, and in this case, a sociocultural view of adult learning can promote their learning and better utilize their experience and wisdom (bonk & kim, 1998). research method the study employed the qualitative research approach using a qualitative descriptive design which enabled the researcher to describe in detail what was happening in a group, in a conversation, or in a community (lambert & lambert, 2012). in addition, as understanding the efl teachers’ beliefs about lesson study and their knowledge development requires human experiences and invites the researcher's interpretation to understand their meanings and their impact on the world, this qualitative approach fits into this study. in addition to the qualitative approach, a qualitative descriptive is chosen as the research design. the qualitative descriptive design used in the study aimed to give “a comprehensive summarization, in everyday terms, of specific events experienced by individuals or groups of individuals" (lambert & lambert, 2012, p.255). in this case, the design was applied to describe detail summary of particular events related to lesson study implementation experienced by a group of efl teachers at secondary school levels. focus group interviews were used to collect the data from the participants. focus group interviews were intended to obtain the participants’ beliefs about lesson study in a ‘permissive, nonthreatening environment’ (krueger & casey, 2014). the focus group interviews which consisted of twelve efl teachers enabled these teachers to ‘hear each other’s responses and to make additional comments beyond their original responses as they hear what other people have to say’ (patton, 2002). the data collected from these efl teachers enabled the researchers to figure out the teachers’ development as the result of their interaction with other peer teachers in implementing lesson study in secondary schools level. twelve participants included in three lesson study groups were involved in the study. two groups were from braga (pseudonym) province, while the other one was from yamuna (pseudonym) province. the idea to include different groups of participants was to find out whether there were differences in lesson study implementation between one province and another province. in addition, these groups of lesson study implemented different types of lesson study; the junior secondary school teachers conducted subject teacher lesson study and the senior high school teachers implemented school based lesson study. purposive sampling focusing on selecting the participants who were potential to give resourceful information was used to obtain the objectives of the study (patton, 2002). in selecting the participants, some criteria were applied. first, these efl teachers were involved in lesson study for at least three years so that they had enough experiences eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 ■ purwanti & hatmanto 55 regarding lesson study. next, these efl teachers implemented lesson study in their teaching so that they experienced lesson study cycle starting from plan, do, and see. finally, these participants were willing to participate voluntarily in the study. having these criteria, these participants were expected to be familiar with lesson study, and therefore they were able to share their experiences and give their opinions about how lesson study was implemented and how it supported their knowledge development in teaching. in presenting the findings, the participants’ pseudonym was used in order to maintain their confidentiality. findings and discussion the data collected from the focus group interviews revealed that there were three themes emerging from the participants. after implementing lesson study for more than three years, most of the participants believed they developed their english language knowledge and teaching pedagogy as well as teaching innovation as the results of their interactions with their peer colleagues when conducting lesson study. these findings are now discussed in the following section. lesson study develops efl teachers’ english language knowledge since the very beginning, the participants were required to work together in all phases of lesson study. as the teachers worked together in planning, observing, and debriefing, at the same time, lesson study also promoted sharing activity among these teachers so that they were able to exchange their teaching experiences. the data obtained from the focus group interviews revealed that collaboration and sharing activity during lesson study phases had improved these efl teachers’ capacity, especially in their english knowledge. the following statement from isabel proves the fact. “during planning, we discuss many things, such as finding appropriate media to teach a certain topic, followed by (planning) the steps. thus, when we get back (to our school), we still remember about this topic as well as the steps to conduct the lesson” (isabel). based on this excerpt, it is shown that isabel improved her english knowledge due to her involvement in the first step of lesson study, plan, by which she worked together with her peer colleagues in designing the lesson. thus, it can be concluded that plan phase in lesson study is useful in improving her english language knowledge. indeed, a lesson plan took important roles in teachers' teaching as it functions as ‘a scenario' for teachers so that they knew what to do in the classroom and what learning targets should be achieved. therefore, lesson plans should be designed carefully and with full of thought by the teachers. to achieve learning objectives, the teachers should design their own lesson plan as they know the characteristics of both the students and the class. however, the situation is slightly different in lesson study process by which lesson plans are discussed and written collaboratively by teachers. in some cases, sometimes the model teacher makes the lesson plan herself, and after that, she asks for inputs and suggestions from the peer teachers. the interaction happening during the discussion creates learning activity among the teachers, and they are motivated to perform better teaching by designing the best lesson plan. this model of lesson plan designing seems suitable for these teachers and they admit that they feel more confident using their lesson plans due to the collaboration attached in it. this is what chloe said: "lesson study improves my english knowledge because we plan the lesson collaboratively. so, we discuss the lesson plan together. of course, during the ■ e-issn: 2621-6485 56 discussion, sometimes we do not know about something. but, we can always ask to other peer teachers.” as mentioned earlier, a lesson plan functions as a ‘teaching scenario' so that it can help teachers perform their teaching in front of the class. in lesson study, the lesson plan is presented in an open lesson by the model teacher, and when it is over, the teachers gather and discuss what has happened in the classroom. one of the discussions is related to the lesson plan regarding its effectiveness in achieving learning goals in the class. based on the discussion in the reflection session, the lesson plan is often revised and then applied in another class. the revised lesson plan then can be used by other teachers in their class. thus, the authenticity of the lesson plan is not important as it is written by many teachers, and it can be used repeatedly by other teachers in the same group of lesson study. also, the lesson plan is not a fixed thing which cannot be revised, so the more teachers use the lesson plan, the better the lesson plan because it can be continuously revised based on the real situation happens in the classroom. similarly, the improvement in teachers' english knowledge can also be traced from another phase of lesson study such as do (observation). amy stated: “i learned from bu rini, a lecturer from a public university in braga city, when she taught ‘english for children’ using english songs. i previously never used songs, but now, i use english songs and the students like them much.” it is interesting to find the fact that amy was inspired by one of the expertise during lesson study implementation in which this expertise demonstrated teaching practices using english songs as the media to teach in the classroom. as she found the effectiveness of the media, she applied this teaching method in her classroom. interestingly, this teaching improvement led to another positive thing when she added another statement: “also, i try to use media when teaching (english) now...” these excerpts show that the nature of lesson study which involves teachers’ collaboration and sharing activities in its phase has improved the efl teachers’ english knowledge. thus, most of these participants believed their teacher’s capacity developed due to lesson study. indeed, the efl teachers involving in lesson study have been exposed to social interactions in which they meet professionals such as various teachers from different subjects and other professionals in education such as the principal, the superintendents, the students' parents, the knowledgeable resources, and so forth. collaboratively, these professionals interact with each other and design open lessons which focus on students’ learning aiming to improve their achievement. to achieve their goals, these professionals must have similar visions and missions. because the teachers and the other professionals have many opportunities to learn from each other while doing collaborative work in lesson study, their knowledge develops. this situation fits the sociocultural theory of vygotsky which states that individuals’ knowledge develops as a result social interaction. this finding is also in line with the study conducted by tasker (2014) who stated that the interaction done by the teachers in lesson study became a potential trigger for these teachers to accelerate their learning, and therefore the social cultural theory is able to foster teacher learning (tasker, 2014). lesson study develops efl teachers’ pedagogy besides improving english knowledge, the efl teachers also gained skills on how to deliver teaching materials in front of the class. this improvement was mostly caused by their observation to the model teachers during open lessons and by teachers’ discussion during reflection sessions. lesson study gives chances for these efl teachers to observe other teachers delivering a lesson in an open lesson, a real classroom which is observed by other teachers. at the beginning of lesson study implementation, the teacher who was eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 ■ purwanti & hatmanto 57 teaching in the research lesson was usually a lesson study facilitator, a senior teacher, or even an expert or a knowledgeable resource to give good teaching samples to other teachers. thus, it can be said that the model teacher represents someone who is more knowledgeable as mentioned by vygotsky (1978). in this case, the teachers also got many of teaching methods from other teachers who taught subjects other than english. after these efl teachers were mainly involved in english teaching practices and their experiences were limited to english teaching areas, they finally gained new teaching insights from teachers who taught subjects other than english. one of them mentioned: "well…lesson study is currently implemented in all subjects, and teachers may attend open classes other than their subject. this is good as we (observers) can then get new knowledge from another teacher who teaches different subject from us, for example, math teacher, or economic teacher, and others. thus, teachers from cross subject complete and inspire each other" (hendry). in addition to the previous finding, the efl teachers also learned teaching pedagogy from model teachers. these teachers got much benefit such as more learning strategies from these model teachers who taught other subjects. irish said: ” when i observed open lessons from english class, i probably have been familiar with the (lesson plan) steps. thus, i got more (experiences) when i observed lesson study from other subjects." through this observation and reflection, the efl teachers obtained many ideas in teaching styles and strategies. the following excerpt described the situation: “…, we always got something (useful) ..even we can get something [teaching ideas] from a new teacher…only, we have to adapt this idea [of teaching] into our own school culture...different school different culture…and different school different students too…thus it all depends on us [the teachers] (samuel). another teacher added some more information: “from model teacher, i could get something good and bad, and if it's bad, then i promised myself not to do the same thing in my class. so, we adopt the positive things, and we ignore the negative things from another teachers' teaching. (rosemary) as stated by some participants, their teaching strategies improve since they are involved in the interactions of professionals and peer colleagues during lesson study. the observation to the model teacher in the research lessons and the debriefing discussions after the lessons are believed to be the factors improving their teaching pedagogy. the model teacher in the observation session of lesson study often presents new teaching innovations, and thus gives ideas to the other teachers who observe the lesson. this also happened to preservice teachers (soviyah, 2018). in this case, the model teacher functions as the more knowledgeable others (mko) like what is stated by vygotsky's social-cultural theory because many participants who were initially unfamiliar and unaware about certain teaching style became familiar and got new ideas in teaching. then, after that, they tried to apply what they got from the model teacher in the observation session into their class. it is also interesting to know the finding that the more knowledgeable others are not necessarily from the same subject with the teacher. one of the english teacher participants stated he got new techniques in teaching from a model teacher whose subject is not english. this ■ e-issn: 2621-6485 58 phenomenon appears reasonable as according to vygotsky (1987) the mko can be anyone who is expertise in their field. lesson study develops efl teachers’ teaching innovation during the phases of plan, do, and see, the teacher participants had many opportunities to learn how to improve their teaching practices from peer teachers, model teachers, facilitators, knowledgeable resources, school principals, as well as supervisors from district education department which finally encouraged their motivation to become better teachers by applying new and innovative teaching and learning ideas. the intention to perform new and innovative teaching was caused by their motivation such as motivation to have more teaching preparation that leads to better teaching performance, motivation to conduct research, and motivation to be more innovative in teaching. based on the interview results, most of the participants had strong motivation to perform new and innovative teaching practice due to collaborative observation in open lessons. samuel mentioned: “…when i became a model teacher, i prepared my best….. however, when we didn’t have open lessons, we were back to our previous teaching style because it took a lot of time and energy in preparing an open lesson in lesson study.” (samuel) samuel’s statement proves that lesson study led his teaching practice to be more innovative due to the existence of many observers in the classroom. first, he became more creative and innovative in preparing his teaching when he became the model teacher in the open lesson. the open lesson is live teaching in which a model teacher is delivering a lesson while observed by peer teachers and sometimes by the school principal and superintendent. this enthusiasm barely happens when he teaches in a normal class where no observers come. second, samuel revealed his reluctance in conducting innovative teaching in his daily class due to limited time and resources. he confessed that lesson study took a lot of time and energy, while as a teacher, he had other responsibilities such as maintaining students' achievement in the national examination and support them to pass the exam. however, the first fact emerging from samuel’s statement gives evidence that he wanted to perform better in his teaching and therefore prepared everything prior to teaching because of the presence of many observers in his class. thus, it could be assumed that a model teacher would use all his/her efforts to perform the best teaching in the open lesson. in many cases, the effort to prepare better teaching by making various media or using various teaching techniques, no matter what reasons underline his actions, results in knowledge development of the teacher. in addition, open lessons, as a part of lesson study activity, are usually attended by many observers, and it often leads to learning ideas to the teachers. one of the ideas was the use of technology by the model teacher. based on the focus group discussion with these efl teachers, it is revealed that they seem more advanced than teachers from other subjects. they often employed technology and software assistance such as computer, power point presentation, and other teaching software. the application of technology usage by these efl teachers have motivated teachers from other subject to learn technology from them since they also want to present the best practice of their teaching in the future. the followings are teachers’ excerpts on this case: “…other teachers from different subject, such as indonesian subject were mostly senior teachers and they were not familiar with the use of computer in teaching. when they became observers and attended my class, they saw how i used power eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 ■ purwanti & hatmanto 59 points in my teaching. then, they were motivated to use computers in their subject too. they wanted to learn from me” (yendy). the excerpt above shows that efl teachers are regarded more advanced in terms of their skills in teaching and their technology skills in teaching. this is caused by their english language skills which make them easy to learn new technology such as using computers, using hot potatoes software, and so forth because usually such information is presented in english language. indeed, in indonesian context, people who can speak english well is regarded as prestigious, and thus having higher status than other people who cannot speak english. the same case also happens to the english teachers. as efl teachers, they are assumed to be more sophisticated than other teachers, and thus the other teachers sometimes expect them to share their teaching methodology and their knowledge, especially in terms of information technology in teaching. another interesting fact about the findings of the study is that the efl teachers were eager to research due to their lesson study experiences. in addition, they were willing to join workshops, seminars, and similar activities where they became not only the participants but also the presenters where they could present their research results. the researches the teachers mostly did were based on their daily teaching experience. this situation was not common in the past because research activity was usually dominated and conducted by lecturers in the university level. irish stated: "…uhm…in my school, we had assistance from a lecturer of the indonesian university of education, and she said that open lessons could be conducted using action research. therefore, many teachers did action research and presented their research in seminars, both in local and international seminars". the idea of becoming presenters or being researchers for secondary school teachers was probably not present in these efl teachers' mind in the past. hence, lesson study had brought the teachers motivation to become better or even extraordinary professionals because a lot of research opportunities it provides which could be conducted in their classroom. indeed, the best research the teachers could do was based on their classroom because it was attached to their work place, manageable, affordable, and accessible (stigler & hiebert, 2009; yoshida, 1999). conclusion the current study investigated efl teachers opinion about lesson study in relation to their knowledge development viewed from the lens of social cultural theory of vigotsky. the findings revealed that the efl teachers believed they developed their english language knowledge and teaching pedagogy as well as teaching innovation as the result of their interactions with their peer colleagues during the phases of lesson study. these findings bring implications that lesson study should be implemented in broader contexts, not only in secondary level but also in tertiary level. in addition, since lesson study should be carried out collaboratively and systematically, its sustainability should be maintained so that teachers can have more opportunities to enhance their professional development. ■ e-issn: 2621-6485 60 references anggara, r., & chotimah, u. (2012). penerapan lesson study berbasis musyawarah guru mata pelajaran (mgmp) terhadap peningkatan kompetensi profesional guru pkn smp se-kabupaten ogan ilir. in jurnal forum sosial 5(1), 107-203. retrieved from http://eprints.unsri.ac.id/1421/1/penerapan_lesson_study_berbasis_mgmp_pkn.p df bocala, c. (2015). from experience to expertise the development of teachers’ learning in lesson study. journal of teacher education, 66 (4) 349-362 doi.org/10.1177/0022487115592032 bonk, c. j., & kim, k. a. (1998). extending sociocultural theory to adult learning in m. c. smith & t. pourchot (ed.) adult learning and development: perpectives from educational psychology (pp. 67-88) new york, routledge. burghes, d., & robinson, d. (2010). lesson study: enhancing mathematics teaching and learning. reading: cfbt. farrell, t. s. (2015). reflective language teaching: from research to practice. new york, n.y.: bloomsbury publishing. hendayana, s. (2015). teacher learning through lesson study in indonesia in k. wood and s. sithamparam (ed.), realising learning: teachers’ professional development through lesson and learning study (pp. 62-77. krueger, r. a., & casey, m. a. (2014). focus groups: a practical guide for applied research. singapore: sage publications. lambert, v. a., & lambert, c. e. (2012). qualitative descriptive research: an acceptable design. pacific rim international journal of nursing research, 16(4), 255-256. lantolf, j. p., & beckett, t. g. (2009). sociocultural theory and second language acquisition. language teaching, 42(04), 459-475. lewis, c., perry, r., & friedkin, s. (2009). lesson study as action research in s. nofke & b. somekh (ed.) the sage handbook of educational action research (pp. 142154). london: sage publication ltd. lewis, c., perry, r., & hurd, j. (2004). a deeper look at lesson study. educational leadership, 61(5), 18. lewis, c., perry, r., & murata, a. (2006). how should research contribute to instructional improvement? the case of lesson study. educational researcher, 35(3), 3-14. lewis, c., & tsuchida, i. (1998). a lesson is like a swiftly flowing river. american educator, 22(4), 12-17. lie, a. (2007). education policy and efl curriculum in indonesia: between the commitment to competence and the quest for higher test scores. teflin journal, 18(1), 01-15. http://eprints.unsri.ac.id/1421/1/penerapan_lesson_study_berbasis_mgmp_pkn.pdf http://eprints.unsri.ac.id/1421/1/penerapan_lesson_study_berbasis_mgmp_pkn.pdf https://doi.org/10.1177%2f0022487115592032 eltej e-issn: 2621-6485 ■ purwanti & hatmanto 61 lim, c. s., white, a. l., & chiew, c. m. (2005). promoting mathematics teacher collaboration through lesson study: what can we learn from two countries’ experience. paper presented at the proceedings of the 8th international conference of the mathematics education into the 21st century project:" reform, revolution and paradigm shifts in mathematics education. marsigit. (2015). mathematics teachers professional development through lesson study in indonesia in m. inprasitha, m. isoda, p. w. iverson, & b. h. yeap (eds.) lesson study: challenges in mathematics education (vol. 3, pp. 229-241). singapore: world scientific. doi.org/10.1142/9789812835420_0015 nurkamto, j. (2000). problema pengajaran bahasa inggris di indonesia. retrieved from www.e-li.org website. patton, m. q. (2002). qualitative research and evaluation methods. 3rd ed. thousand oaks, ca: sage. saito, e., imansyah, h., kubok, i., & hendayana, s. (2007). a study of the partnership between schools and universities to improve science and mathematics education in indonesia. international journal of educational development, 27(2), 194-204. soviyah. (2018). lesson study: what do pre-service teachers tell? ahmad dahlan journal of english studies, 5(1), 12-19. stigler, j. w., & hiebert, j. (1999). the teaching gap: best ideas from the world's teachers for improving education in the classroom. free press. stigler, j. w., & hiebert, j. (2009). the teaching gap: best ideas from the world's teachers for improving education in the classroom. simon and schuster. supriatna, a. (2011). indonesia’s issues and challenges on teacher professional development. cice series, 4(2), 29-42. suratno, t. (2012). lesson study in indonesia: an indonesia university of education experience. international journal for lesson and learning studies, 1(3), 196-215. tall, d. (2008). using japanese lesson study in teaching mathematics. scottish mathematical council journal, 38, 45-50. tasker, t. c. (2014). exploring efl teacher professional development through lesson study: an activity theoretical approach (unpublished doctoral dissertation). pennsylvania: the pennsylvania state university. vygotsky, l. s. (1978). mind in society: the development of higher psychological processes. harvard: harvard university press. yoshida, m. (1999). lesson study: a case study of a japanese approach to improving instruction through school-based teacher development.(unpublished doctoral dissertation) university of chicago, department of education. https://doi.org/10.1142/9789812835420_0015 http://www.e-li.org/ sebuah kajian pustaka: english language teaching educational journal (eltej) vol. 3, no. 1, 2020, pp. 1-13 e-issn: 2621-6485 exploring how silence communicates dat bao monash university, australia dat.bao@monash.edu abstract this article argues that silence as communication can be academically practised in the classroom as much as talk, simply because talk and silence are both essential components of everyday interaction (nakane, 2012). these two constructs are interdependent in the sense that one would not exist without the other. silence can be practised in two different ways: one is to employ it as a mental processing process in learning; two is to observe and discuss how silence is used in communication. the article begins by sharing the literature review on how silence works in education, how it deserves a place in sls theorisation, and how it constitutes communication competence. secondly, it highlights classroom tasks that trigger silent processing and explain why this is the case. thirdly, the discussion recommends an activity which addresses the value of silence, which was developed by the author through research and experience. finally, there are recommendations for task design in which similar activity types are introduced to assist the learning of reflective students. keywords: silence, talk, mental processing, inner speech, private speech how to cite: bao, d. (2020). exploring how silence communicates. english language teaching educational journal, 3(1), 1-13. introduction the duality of speech and silence in communication deserve more attention in academic discourse. language teaching is not always about talk. in the real world, effective communication is both about speech and silence. sometimes, we express ourselves through words but at other times, we speak better without them. for example, when a friend is internalising from the loss of a loved relative at a funeral, quiet sympathy would be essential unless one finds helpful words to say and locates the right moment. because of this duality in the nature interaction, it is absurd to only rely on what we hear to make sense of the world, but there is the need to rely on feeling, observation, understanding, knowledge, empathy, and other non-verbal clues such as eye contacts, gestures, movement, tone, posture, and artefacts. in a word, while speaking out fluently is an essential ability; employing silence productively represents another major capability as well (bao, 2014). the discourse on how silence works the silence and talk can be equal in communication values. if we ask two people: ‘do you agree?’ one person may say ‘no’; while the other person may simply keep silent. both responses seem to denote the same attitude, that they do not agree. as zembylas & michaelides (2004: 207) explain, ‘silence can be colonized by talk, of course, but meaning cannot. suggests that while talk might dominate as an utterance system, silence can operate as a productive system of its own. in many cases, it is the structure of silence among talk intervals that help enhance articulation quality. because of this, in reviewing silence, it would be unreasonable to remove talk from the background of the discussion, simply because without the presence of talk, one cannot recognise how silence really occurs. this project investigates students’ ways of responding to classroom tasks and documents their justification when a decision on participating modes is made. based on this, mailto:dat.bao@monash.edu 2 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 recommendations are offered to task design. being able to comprehend the rationale behind decisions to cope with a task will benefit tasks in optimising students’ learning strengths. to understand classroom silence is one step forward in uncovering the learning mechanism. as educators, we need to ‘hear’ and interpret silence attentively, not only from experience but also on the foundation of research, without which we might, in the words of zembylas & michaelides (2004: 207), happen to conduct ‘teaching with ignorance’. although the current discourse has expressed appreciation for the silent mode of learning (see, for example, creelman, 2017) and has recognised students’ choices to be either silent or verbal, not much research has unpacked the process of students’ verbal or non-verbal behaviour as tactically influenced by task characteristics. this article responds to this gap through an empirical project that sheds light on the relationship between the nature of the task and students’ responses in either spoken or reflective ways. in search of silence in sla theories silence is an under-explored theme in the mainstream literature on second language acquisition and on the methodology of teaching a second language (bao, 2019). silence is a hard topic to deal with when it comes to empirical research, simply because when learners talk, the research can record data for analysis, yet when learners are speechless, data hardly exist for one to collect and read. in fact, the association between words and silence have historically divided eastern and western social, educational, and academic attitudes over the past century toward which one is the more cherished mode of communication (zembylas, 2008; belanoff, 2001). while in some non-western cultures, silence may be required to express a role or a voice, in many western contexts, the obsession with words sometimes causes one to be intolerant toward silence and view the wordless person as subordinate, or in karmen’s (2001, p. 4) words, as being ‘inadequately educated’. believe it or not, more research on silence has come from other disciplines including psychology and sociology than research in second language acquisition. although the discourse has embraced rich discussion on the silent period (krashen, 1985), the innerspeech stage (vygotsky, 1986), internalisation (winegar, 1997), private speech (savilletroike, 1988), and inner voice (tomlinson, 2001), it has been acknowledged that today’s research on inner speech is not much easier than such research in vygotsky’s time (ehrich, 2006). given all the subtleties and complexities of human talk that makes it hard to research on talk (edwards & westgate, 1987), research on silence is many times more difficult as there is virtually no scientific method to transcribe silence. as a constantly evolving discipline in the fields of linguistics and psycholinguistics, second language acquisition was initially concerned with cognition and over the years has moved to exploring affect (chambers, 2007) as well as other areas in language development. despite such dynamics, the role of silence in l2 education has been treated with great caution and, as far as research findings are concerned, has hardly been connected to learning abilities in optimistic ways. scholarly research during the 1960s and 1970s pointed out that children who remain reticent in class were often perceived as socially and intellectually incompetent (gordon & thomas, 1967) as they make poorer school progress than their peers (feshback et al., 1974; stevenson et al., 1976; colligan, 1979). in fact, silence in sla discourse until the 1980s was mentioned as resistance to speech (harder, 1980), difficulty in performance, and lack of comprehension (dulay et al., 1982; gibbons, 1985). while acknowledging silence as the initial stage of language study, sla scholarly research until recently remains uncertain about how to proceed to address the continuing eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ bao 3 role of silence in the ‘post-silent era’ – a term which indicates the end of silent film era and which is mentioned to criticise how excessive talk can weaken the subtlety of communicative silence. although this debate in the movie industry seems irrelevant to language learning, it reminds us that silence should be seen more than just a period when we were hopeless due to the inability to produce speech and that silence continues to play a significant role in l2 development. in fact, sla shows less interest in private speech than overt production (saville-troike, 1988) and seems ‘insufficiently curious about silence as part of the second language learning process’ (granger, 2004, p. 30). silence as communicative competence it is important to note that silence, historically, has an integral role in communicative competence ever since the 1960s. according to hymes (1967; 1972), language competence comprises three elements: knowledge, ability and actual use. although silence may allow space for the construction of knowledge and ability, it may not show evidence of the actual use of language. the gap between silence and actual verbal communication, however, is not always clear-cut due to the existence of private speech and internalisation. private speech can happen in silence, through whispering to oneself or others, or in spoken and written form. it serves to draw one’s own attention (frawley, 1997) and has a self-regulatory nature (john-steiner, 1992). all of these skills are able to function thanks to learners’ exposure to social interaction and therefore it is hard to say that silence is far removed from verbal communication. instead, the internal world and the social world can be quietly negotiated in learners’ mental processes. such negotiation, which is known as internalisation (winegar, 1997), has the potential to become useful in future communication. although it is commonly acknowledged that silence plays a role in monitoring language, it remains a mystery how exactly that role can help develop communication strategies. strategic competence is the ability to make conversational plans and compensate for difficulties in verbal communication (canale & swan, 1980). even though one can quietly internalise such strategies through attentive listening, observing others’ communication, and engaging in self-directed speech, the development of such competence needs to be negotiated within the framework of language use (bachman & palmer, 1996). so far, the relationship between silent observation and strategy development has rarely been a concern in second language acquisition research. oxford (2001) argues that there is a connection between learning and social skills: those who are good at social communication strategies often tend to be good at language learning strategies. based on this understanding, if silent learners develop effective ways to learn l2, they have potential to develop social skills. these abilities, which celce-murcia et al. (1995) refer to as interactional competence, requires practical actions such as managing social introduction, turn-taking, initiation of talk, closing conversation, changing topics, interrupting, recognising the difference between l1 and l2 social norms, and so on. someone who remains silent from such practice may experience difficulty in communication. one may need to keep in mind that silence, in a similar vein to talk, is not context free. if talk has to be socioculturally appropriate depending on who, where, when, what role and what content, silence as part of language also shares similar needs in order for one to be welcome, accepted, valued and understood rather than to cause confusion and misinterpretation. celce-murcia et al. (1995) maintain that social competence includes factors such as power, politeness, and cultural awareness. arguably, if these elements play a role in how one communicates through talk, they also must play a role in how one appropriately keeps silent. in other words, to keep silent cannot be a decision made by the silent language user alone but is contingent upon social situations. in the context of the 4 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 classroom where the regulation to moderate between silence and talk is negotiated and co decided by both the teachers and students, silence needs to take place within the expectation of the class society rather than occur accidentally. on an additional note, today’s changing globalised contexts may prompt the need to research on silence beyond a face-to-face learning mode, that is, online silence. nowadays as words such as ‘interaction’ and ‘chat’ are placed on google search, their meanings often take on a digital connotation. likewise, the concept silence has altered its meaning as the nature of communication in the digital age constantly changes. as much as the concepts of social presence and social interaction have been modified (gunawardena et al., 2001; leh, 2001), silence can also refer to the state of being quiet from writing rather than from talking (zembylas & vrasidas, 2007). when someone is not making written comments during engagement with online discussion, the person is considered as keeping quiet. silence in this sense indicates social and psychological distance between humans, that is, the lack of attentiveness, engagement, responsiveness, and participation. the need to understand the nature of and reasons for such types of silence should be studied alongside the need to improve online learning and communication. research method this article itself is not a research study, but it follows up on two empirical projects conducted by the authors. the former took place during 2009 2013 (bao, 2014) and the latter happened during 2018 – 2019 (bao, 2014). both of the studies have been systematically reported in academic publications. the first project was a qualitative, phenomenological study in which bao (2014) interviewed 100 participants for two years to find out how these learners developed their language proficiency through silence. it was followed up with the author’s connection of the study outcome with the current debate in sla discourse (bao, 2019). the second project is also a qualitative, phenomenological study in which 10 east-asian participants were interviewed about how they responded to classroom tasks through the use of both silence and talk, with analysis related to when silence and talk occur respectively. the article, which is a follow-up on the above projects, responds to the appeal for knowledge about silence to be pushed further and becomes classroom pedagogy. the article focuses on a new activity, whose type is extremely rare in english language education. the activity, again, is founded upon the author’s two previous research studies, as mentioned above, about the use and value of the silent learning style in second language acquisition. in particular, two important research findings lay the foundation for the activity propose in this article. one is the need for silence to enter into task design; and two is the need to understand task types which allow for silent processing of information. these needs, which come from research effort, are explained in the subsequent section. findings and discussion the first finding, which comes from the project conducted by bao (2014), concluded that silence needs to be incorporated in classroom tasks. without this awareness and practice, communication would be unreal. teachers would continue to pretend that talk makes up 100% of everyone’s communicative repertoire. bao (2014; 2019) has discovered that in many teachers’ practical experiences, not every individual student who is highly articulate would demonstrate better academic skills than those who speak sparingly. for this reason, relying solely on students’ verbal participation to judge their ability and learning eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ bao 5 enthusiasm would seem to be an inadequate approach to educational practice. even when we become aware of this reality, to be able to comprehend how students learn effectively in silence remains a challenging task. the second finding, which arrives from an empirical study by bao (2020), highlights that a number of classroom tasks actually trigger silent learning and intense mental processing, a reality that many teachers are unaware of. collecting narrative data from 10 east-asian students in australia, bao was discovered that there are certain types of classrooms that actually require more silent processing than spontaneous talk; and if the teacher unknowing stress students out to come up with immediate responses, that pedagogy would ruin the discussion, risking low understanding of the learning process and risking poor quality contribution from students. such tasks would offer personal space and wait time, not requiring peer interaction, challenging the mind, inviting personal reflection, asking for a written response, and organising cognitive processing of rules or methods. they encourage students to work alone and produce output such as a written summary, an idea, an account of experience, and solutions to problems. of course, there are tasks that would that elicit verbalisation right away. they include, for example, fluency tasks (which involve spontaneous responses for verbal skills development), exploratory tasks (which involve peer discussion), communication and feedback tasks (which involve mutual support), collaborative projects (such as producing a poster, a video clip, or a summary), post-tasks (which follow up a main task for sharing further thoughts), and game-like tasks (which encourage teamwork, competition, and enjoyment). the common characteristic of these activities is that they involve collaborating with classmates rather than functioning alone, with clear emphasis on fluency, rehearsal, communication, collaboration, and sharing. they prompt talk by requiring quick, spontaneous answers or reactions, which focus on the process rather than outcome and are often not of a cognitively demanding type. arguably, tasks that go well with their knowledge and experience will give them the confidence to speak out more; and tasks of an informal nature that require no right or wrong answer also make students feel relaxed enough to participate. the proposed activity this section, which is the main part of the article, proposes a classroom activity in which silence is used as a discussion topic. in addition, silence is also employed as part of the learning process whereby learners watch a video clip from a movie, reflect on the content, take notes, and later on join a verbal discussion if they wish. observing and listening to silence attentively is an important skill in communication. this is an activity which the author designed and implemented for the first time in 2020 at monash university. the task has four steps: experience sharing, observation, reflection and discussion, as will be elaborated below. sharing your experience think about moments of tension or conflict in your life. when was the last time you experience such a moment? where? in what situation? with who? how long did tension last? how was it resolved? ex. you are waiting for someone or some news anxiously, not knowing when or even if at all that person/news will arrive. ex. you are struggling to express yourself in a specific situation and not sure if you should speak out or keep quiet. you want a promotion; someone bullies you, etc. share that with the person next to you. 6 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 in that experience, which tool seemed work for you: talk to explain, or silence to let things work. observe a movie scene watch this movie scene, as in the link below, to see an interesting example of the above. please also refer to the appendix at the end of this article to form an idea of what the conversation in the movie scene is about. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_hvc1ae-ycu you will notice that the first half of this scene is filled with words: you need to listen. the second half take place almost without words: you need to observe. discussion questions 1. which detail in this scene is your favourite moment? 2. in the end, why didn’t akatsuka kill ichi with his sword when ichi had no weapon? 3. suppose you are to add more dialogues into this scene, what you would add? would those make this scene better? 4. how would you comment on the use of words and that of silence? 5. what elements helps build tension and climax? 6. in your view, what content carries the most weigh in this scene? (ex. honour, manhood, sacrifice, respect, hypocrisy, tyranny, resolution, etc.) 7. in your imagination, how would hollywood movie depict this scene differently? (ex. consider gymnastics, clashes of words, dramatic dialogues, ways of telling the story, camera work, expression of emotion, etc.) if you like, watch the last scene of blind fury, a 1989’s american remake of zatoichi challenged to see a different interpretation of the scene. productive follow-up some people feel that the best part about the last scene is not words: it is the frugality of them. do you have a moment in your life which points to the same value where not talking out at the moment seems to be the best thing to practise? for example, one of my friends suffered from the loss of someone he loved. to comfort him i said very little but stay with him in silence to show that i was there for him, understood what he was going through, and share the pain with him by not verbally disturbing too much. would you like to write a comment, share a life anecdote, or create a poem about this scene or even part of it? here is an example: like paper lanterns flowing down the river the souls of two warriors torn apart in the winter steel and snow, cold. eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ bao 7 recommendations for task design task developers might consider providing explicit suggestions for silent processing, verbal responses, or self-talk when necessary. one example provided by wilkinson and olliver-gray (2006) is an instruction that guides students to write down how they feel during exam time and then compare their responses with peers. stickler, batstone, duensing and heins (2007) suggest that task designers can specify which part of a task does not involve speaking; and can allocate specific moments when students are expected to reflect or silently type their thoughts. such instructions show the evidence that materials developers can consider including learning strategies to assist students in coping with the learning process. sometimes, to avoid disrupting students’ productive silent processing, teachers also need to keep silent to ensure that the shared space is observed and respected. it is noted that experienced teachers tend to use silence in their pedagogy more than novice teachers (vassilopoulos & konstantinidis, 2012). silence may not benefit learning unless teachers can monitor the ways in which learning takes place before, during, and after the productive silent moment. this requires thoughtful task design, clear expectation, and a well-planned management procedure. such a procedure includes explicit instruction, appropriate wait time, timely support, relevant follow-up strategies, and effective assessment policy. all these strategies should be included in task design with guidance for teachers to use the material. the challenge of the pedagogy above is that silence, unfortunately, might not be equally favoured by all members in a learning community depending on who shares the learning environment and its broader social norms. it is therefore important for teachers to handle such diverse preferences, with clear expectations when conducting multiple subtasks that allow various learning modes to come into play. similar activity design for reflective learners of course, the task introduced in this article is not the only one of its kind. below are some of my suggestions for working with both highly articulate and less verbal students in the english classroom: • asking students yes/no and either/or questions and accept brief responses • giving students the opportunity to participate in whole class activities whereby everyone takes note from both conversation and observation • using artefacts or props such as video clips, pictures and realia to encourage thinking and questions • having small groups of students present new vocabulary to the class by using pictures • providing listening activities and reflection time before verbal response • creating tasks that involve prediction, such as showing a picture and asking wait happens next, telling a story and pausing for guessing the continuation, and so on. these tasks allow for thoughtful responses and high-quality discussion. • supporting learning with graphic organizers, charts and graphs as frames to scaffold writing. • creating tasks that require memorisation, such as showing a detailed picture and having students report what they remember. classroom tasks sometimes exhibit a stimulating quality that inspires students’ thinking. at other times, they might have a routine and humdrum characteristic. when 8 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 learners are inspired, some mind find themselves spending more time in silent thinking; while others may prefer to speak out more with others. arguably, learners’ silent processing might occur quietly or at times it might develop into the occasional verbal articulation. for example, some reflective students prefer to quietly work on a written task, while other reflective counterparts might switch learning modes and share their thought with peers, especially when the task seems to require some exchange of ideas. some learners experience such moments of adjusting their participation mode. empirical research has found that peer influence is a factor which governs how much a learner is willing to participate in classroom discussion (see, for example, bao, 2014). however, findings from various case studies are often so diverse that they show no consistent formula with regards to what personality leads to talk and silence respectively. you might wish to reflect on your individual inclination in working with peers. to some extent, learners’ decision to speak out or to remain quite during a discussion might have to do with peers’ behaviour. conclusion once i was told this anecdote where an eloquent student was telling a classmate: ‘i can train you to become more confident at speaking in front of the class’; to which, the other student replied: ‘i can train you to become better at listening to others’. as can be inferred from this exchange, since different individuals have their own prioritised ways of learning best, it is hard to assume everyone would benefit from learning in the same manner. in many cases, not talking in class may not denote low confidence but could mean one simply feels confident enough to contemplate a less assertive disposition. teachers need to be unbiased about the various ways in which students respond to the demand of a task and should not hold on to any pre-determined expectations, such as assuming that talk is the natural route of learning. in many cases, it is teachers’ flexibility, supportive attitudes, and innovative pedagogical strategies that would improve task design by allowing both mental and verbal rehearsal to reach its optimum. although many communicative tasks might expect learners to switch to an impulsive learning mode, during the actual classroom process, some learners might choose to handle them in a more reflective manner. this is because some might need more self-monitoring time than others before verbal exchange can take place. when this happens, the quality of classroom tasks should not be measured by how much speaking occurs but by the depth of learner engagement. silence as mental rehearsal provides conditions for self-directed learning which may be either connected to or independent from the teaching. pedagogy founded on a profound understanding of productive silence can liberate learners from the constraint of having to produce impulsive, low-quality participation. silence needs to be managed with acute awareness of why, how, when and how long a student needs it to support their own learning and when the verbal mode of learning should take over. obligatory talk can be frustrating when learners are required to publicise their half-baked thoughts when they are unprepared to do so. silence training should be organised to include reflectivity, concentration, outcome and avoidance of idle, unproductive moments–the same way as talk that needs to be directed to enhance learning rather than become mere social time in the classroom. the structure of learning might fundamentally change when this knowledge is applied so that learners can employ both silence and talk as learning tools in conscious, informed ways. eltej issn: 2621-6485 ◼ bao 9 references bao, d. (forthcoming). silence, talk, and in-betweens: east-asian students’ responses to task challenges at an australian university. in king, j, & harumi, s. (2020). east asian perspectives on english language education. bristol, uk: multilingual matters. bao, d. (2019). the place of silence in second language acquisition. english language teaching & research 1 (1), august 2019, pp. 26-42. bao, d. (2014). understanding silence and reticence: ways of participating in second language acquisition. london: bloomsbury. belanoff, p. (2001). ‘silence: reflection, literacy, learning, and teaching’, college composition and communication, 52(3), 399-428. canale, m. and swain, m. (l980). ‘theoretical bases of communicative approaches to second language teaching and testing’, applied linguistics, 1(1), 1–47. celce-murcia, m., dörnyei, z. and thurrell, s. (1995). ‘a pedagogical framework for communicative competence: a pedagogically motivated model with content specifications’, issues in applied linguistics, 6(2), 5–35. chambers, j. (2007). ‘silence in sla research: from personality to identity’. j-quotes: a quest for great ideas web-site. retrieved 24 june 2013 at http://j quote.blogspot.com.au/2007/12/silence-in-sla-research-from.html colligan, r. c. (1979). ‘predictive validity of the myklebust pupil rating scales: a twoyear follow up’. journal of learning disabilities, 12, 264-7. creelman, a. (2017) silent learners – a guide. copenhagen: denmark: nordic council of ministers, accessed 6 november 2018. http://lnu.divaportal.org/smash/get/diva2:1171709/fulltext01.pdf dulay, h., burt, m. and krashen, s. (1982). language two. new york and oxford: oxford university press. edwards, a. d. and westgate, d. p. g. (1987). investigating classroom talk. london: the falmer press. ehrich, j. f. (2006). ‘vygotskyan inner speech and the reading process’. australian journal of educational and developmental psychology, 6, 12-25. feshbach, s., adelman, h. and fuller, w. w. (1974). ‘early identification of children with high risk of learning failure’. journal of learning disabilities, 10, 49-54. frawley, w. (1997). vygotsky and cognitive science: language and the unification of the social and computational mind. cambridge, ma: harvard university press. gibbons, j. (1985). ‘the silent period: an examination’, language learning, 35(2), 25567. gilmore, p. (1985) silence and sulking: emotional displays in the classroom. in d. tannen and m. saville-troike (eds.) perspectives on silence (pp. 139-162). norwood, nj: ablex. gordon, e. m. and thomas, a. (1967). ‘children's behavioural style and the teacher's appraisal of their intelligence’, journal of school psychology, 5(4), 292-300. granger, c. a. (2004). silence in second language learning: a psychoanalytic reading. clevedon, uk: multilingual matters. gunawardena, c. n., nolla, a. c., wilson, p. l., lopez islas, j. r., ramirez-angel, n. and megchunalpizar, r. m. (2001). ‘a cross-cultural study of group processes and development in online conferences’, distance education: an international journal,22(1), 85-121. harder, p. (1980). ‘discourse as self-expression: on the reduced personality of the second language learner’, applied linguistics, 1(3), 262-70. karmen, m. (2001). immemorial silence. new york: state university of new york press. 10 ◼ e-issn: 2621-6485 krashen, s. d. (1985). the input hypothesis: issues and implications. harlow: longman. leh, a. s. c. (2001). ‘computer-mediated communication and social presence in a distance learning environment’. international journal of educational telecommunications, 7, 109-28. nakane, i. (2012). 9 silence. the handbook of intercultural discourse and communication, 29, 158. oxford, r. (2001). ‘language learning styles and strategies’, in m. celce-murcia m (ed), teaching english as a second or foreign language. boston, ma: heinle and heinle, pp. 359-66. saville-troike, m. (1987). ‘bilingual discourse: communication without a common language’. linguistics, 25, 81-106. saville-troike, m. (1988). ‘private speech: evidence for language learning strategies during the ‘silent’ period’, journal of child language, 15(3), 567-90. stevenson, h. w., parker t., wilkinson, a., hegion, a., and fish, e. (1976). ‘predictive value of teacher ratings with young children’. journal of educational psychology, 68, 507-17. stickler, u., batstone, c., duensing, a., and heins, b. (2007) distant classmates: speech silence in online and telephone language tutorials. european journal of open, distance and e-learning 10 (2), accessed 19 november 2018. http://www.eurodl.org/?p=archives&year=2007&halfyear=2&..&article=277 vassilopoulos, s., and konstantinidis, g. (2012) teacher use of silence in elementary education. journal of teaching and learning 8(1), 91-105. vygotsky, l.s. (1986). ‘thought and language’, in a. kozulin (ed). cambridge, massachusetts: the mit press. wilkinson, l., and olliver-gray, y. (2006) the significance of silence: differences in meaning, learning styles, and teaching strategies in cross-cultural settings. psychologia 49(2), 74-88. winegar, l. (1997). ‘can internalization be more than a magical phrase? notes toward the constructive negotiation of this process’, in c. lightfoot and b. cox (eds), sociogenetic perspectives on internalization. mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum associates. zembylas, m. (2008). ‘the sound of silence in educational pedagogy,’ educational theory, 54(2), 193-210. zembylas, m. and vrasidas, c. (2007). ‘listening for silence in text-based, online encounters’, distant education, 28(1), 5-24. zembylas, m., and michaelides, p. (2004) the sound of silence in pedagogy. educational theory 54(2), 193-210. appendix: transcript from the video clip the following script, which was documented by the author, is for the teacher to use as a way of keeping track what is said in the movie, if you would lie to try out the activity recommended in this article in your classroom. the section ‘using silence as a discussion topic’ in the article, including items a, b, c and d, can be printed out as handouts for your students to use. if you have feedback from the implementation, please email it to